Sr.

No Questions Answers
1 Name the two segments of engineering sector. heavy and light
2 Different types of Process Industry All of above
3 Which type of industries involves large investment and a high level Large Scale
of automation process?
4 Assigning each group according to the similar activities to be Organizing
performed, to manager with the necessary authority to supervise
themofisthe
5 Out called ____________.
following options given below, which does not implies Equal wages
to equity?
6 ................................is accountability, which is an obligation of a Responsibility
subordinate to his/her boss to perform the assign work.
7 For product type departmentation, which statement is incorrect? No duplicate of work
8 ____________________________ is concerned with procurement, Financial management
allocation and control of financial resources of a firm.
9 ____________________ are expenses done for raising funds for Financial expenses
running business.
10 A ______________ or flexible budget recognized the unreliability Variable budget
of income or sales prediction and makes provision in advanced for
variation in production and expenditure in accordance with
variationsthe
11 Consider in sales
following two statements. (1) Preference shares (1) False (2) True
normally offer investors a lower level of risk than loan capital. (2)
Preference shares are not normally given voting rights. Which ONE
of the following combinations relating to the above statements is
correct?
12 The Bill of materials provides __________________________. A and b both
13 Whenever a department needs an item, it is officially brought to the Exact quantity of material
notice of the purchasing department by filing a purchase requisition to be purchased and its
from. The next step is____ specification is decided
14 Identify the system, which show the essential elements used in MRP
Master Production Schedule as its basis for any material control
system. aims at improving processes and producing goods with
15 Six-sigma (a) Implement, Control
zero defects and thus helps in improving productivity. (a) DMAIC
and (b) DMADV are the two methods to achieve this goal, from the
figure and given options select the appropriate last two steps for (b) Design, Verify
bothgoals
16 The the methods.
of the Enteprise are fulfilled through the use of resources All of the Above
like was superseded by WTO in
17 GATT 1994
18 The success of any project depends upon- Planning
19 Planning Means Thinking before doing
20 Which is the Smart technique that allows everybody to do the job Division of work
as per their Skills or Specialization.
21 Bata India Limited is a form of - Public Companies
22 In which of organization the sub-ordinates receive orders from their Line organization
immediate boss
23 Allotting right work to the right person means. Effective Delegation
24 The risk is very high in Proprietorship
25 According to factory Act which of the following comes under Cleanliness
health provision?
26 Collapse of crane is a cause of accident, under which type of Mechnical Cause of
accidents does it come ? Accident
27 Which type of capital is used for all the current assets ( Possession Gross Working Capital
or Property)
28 The Tax which is paid by Individual to the central Government of Income Tax
India is known as
29 Which is a part of Material Management- Inventory Management
30 The assumption made in EOQ is that Lead time is know
& is constant
31 The major advantage of MRP is Minimizing Unnecessary
Inventory Investment
32 Sales & Marketing is module of ERP
33 The activites that ensures right material at right quantity and right Purchase Department
34 in time belongs
Objective to circle is -
of quality To Imporve quality,
Productivity, safety and
reduce the cost
35 Important themes in six sigma are- Study of variation in the
production process and
other business processes
36 Measurement Analysis and Improvement clause of ISO 9001:2000 … Covers the overall
monitoring,
measurement, analysis
and improvement of
37 The two types of trade are ___________________ and QMS. multilateral
bilateral,
____________________.
38 Textile industry does not produce ______________. polythene
39 Business is the process of providing platform to the people to technical, managerial
exhibit their ________________ and _______________ skills.
40 "Administration is concerned with the determination or Oliver Sheldon
planning of corporate policy whereas management is concerned
with the execution or implementation of policy witihin the limits
set" is stated by _____________________.
41 Remuneration of personnel is the principle based on Henry Fayol
_____________________________ principles.
42 Organizing facilitates __________________________________. All of above
43 The objectives of planning is to ____________________________. increase productivity,
decrease overload of
work and maintain
44 In an education institute, the people who belongs to the three standards
(1) Board of Trustees (2)
Prncipals, HOD's
different levels of management are: (3) Teachers
45 Which is the aim of departmentation? All of the above
46 Which statement is false about partnership? There is limited liability
47 With________________, the top management can focus on Decentralisation
strategic issues for finding new avenues and opportunities.
48 The structure of Rubber Department shows the hiearchy level along Functional Organization
with their executives. It has which type of Organizational structure?
49 A labour welfare officer is appointed in the factory as per factory 500
act when there are minimum ____ workers.
50 ___is a financial statement that summarized a company’s assets , Balance sheet
liabilities and shareholder equity at a specific point in time.
51 Preparation of budget forecasts the future of the departments and (1) Coverage (2) Capacity
company and due consideration is given on the basis of period,
functions and flexibility. Identify the different types of budgets (3) Period
according
52 ____ to their
is a list scope of use:
of component part and sub-assemblies needed to BOM
produce the final product.
53 Objectives of inventory management includes ________________ financial, operative and
objectives. property protection
54 The important functions of purchase departments are preparation of purchase
budget, track pending
purchase order, issue and
__________________________. follow up purchase order
55 The master production schedule is a list of: All of the above
56 The process or approach as seen in the figure, attempts to ERP
consolidate all of a company’s departments and functions into a
single computer system that services each department’s specific
57 needs. Identify
Quality thefor
is fitness system.
_____________. Use
58 A well organized working place results more efficient and more 5S
productive operation : is the principle of ________________.
59 Select the correct functional role of (1) Planning system (2) (1) System for ensuring
the quality, consistency
and continuity of
strategies, programs and
projects. (2) Mechanism
Standard and process improvement system (3) Monitoring and
for continous review,
enhancement of system.
(3) Quality control and
adjustment mechanisms
evaluation system from the given QMS structure: to ensure efficiency and
60 First nationalisation of 14 banks happened in assurance
1969 of results.
61 Following is not the chemical industry Sugar
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative
63 Employees get energized due to Motivation
64 Functional organization is also called as Staff organization
65 Basic aim of the government sector is Providing service to
66 Highest business secrecy is in society
Proprietorship
67 Unlimited liability is present in Both a & b
68 Who can be responsible for accident All the above
69 As per factory act, one first aid box is provided for......workers. 150
 70 Budget is the financial plan for Next year
71 Buffer stock is nothing but Safety stock
72 A type of items has......importance due to consumption. 70-80%
73 Quality management is not focusing on Money
74 Sustain in 5S is Shitsuke
75 HDFC Bank is a … Private sector bank
76 Deciding in advance what to do, how to do and when to do is… … Planning
77 The assignment of each grouping to a manager with the authority Organising
necessary to supervise it' , is called as…..
78 Scalar Organisation is also known as Line organisation
79 Highest control of government is there in Government department
80 Co-ordination in an organisation means: 1. complete control of the code 2 and 3
activites of the employees 2. To structure harmony among
different units of the organisation 3. Removal of conflict and
81 overlapping
Statement 1-inShareholders
the organization
are owners of the company. Statement 2 Both 1 and 2 are correct
- Debenture holders are creditors of the company.
82 ________ is the collective stock of items which is required for Inventory
routine functioning of industry
83 Ups and Downs in consumption and delivery period are absorbed Buffer stock
84 by purchasing,
In _______ DGSD belongs to Director General of
Supplies and Disposals
85 Statement 1- ERP gives transparency. Statement 2- Repetition of Both 1 and 2 are correct
work is avoided due to ERP
86 ERP software provides: Option a & c
87 Traders make profit in form of ............................... commissions
88 …
... and …
.are produced in largest quantity in chemical industry. polymers and plastics
89 Insurance company is categorized as All of above
90 Scalar chain is the ............................, which runs from top level to line of authority
the lower level in the organization.
91 SMART stand for .......................................................... specific, measurable,
achievable, realistic,
92 Which is not the type of the joint stock company? timely sector
Public
93 Biotechnology Information System, Network department of Government departments
Consumer Affairs, and Department of Education etc, are which
types ofdeposit
94 Public companies?
is the source of finance for ............................ Joint stock company
95 If the factory employs more than 500 workers, it should appoint a welfare officer
qualified______________ to carry out the prescribed duties.
96 Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of the employees is the Factories Act
primary purpose of the-
97 …
..represents the quantities of the materials to be purchased and the Purchase budget
estimated costs of the material
98 Which is the objective of financial management? All of above
99 Tax includes the current tax as well as _______tax. deferred
100 Debentures are included in ______________ source of finance. Long term
101 The table shows the income tax rates for an individual - Between 60 years to 80
years
102 …
... is a planning technic that calculates material requirement and MRP
schedule supply to meet changing demand across all product and
parts
103 Procurement costs consists of cost of ............................. receiving, processing
quotations, issuing and
expediting purchase order
104 Excess inventory needs ___________. more funds
105 .............................. function can be defined as procuring different Purchasing
types of material for an organization from different sources
106 Packing cost means ............................... cost of packing of goods
107 In this Stock control chart, label the maximum stock level and (a) Minimum stock level
minimum stock level – (b) Maximum stock level
108 Which one of the following is application of Six sigma? Identify way to increase
production capacities of
present equipment
109 Which one of the following is a requirment for conformance? Quality
110 Which of the following statements outline the relationship factor? (a), (b), (c)
(a) ISO 9000 and total quality are not in competition
(b) ISO 9000 and total quality are not interchangeable
(c) ISO 9000 and total quality are compatible
(d) ISO 9000 and total quality are in competition
111 Following is the fastest growing sector in india now a days Service
112 All export and imports activities are governed by Foreign trade policy
113 Following bank is working for agriculture field NABARD
114 Remmuration is not based on emotion
115 Food, Water, Shelter are _______________ needs Physiological
116 Line organisation is of ------- type Vertical
117 Decision are quick in Line organisation
118 Maximum shareholders in public limited company are ------------ No limit
119 Which is not included in the ' causes of accidents' Gas leakage
due to nature
120 Minimum wages which are fixed are declared by government Official gazatte
through
121 ________is the effective procurement of funds and their effective Finance
utilisation. is zero in
122 Flexibility Fixed budget
123 Statement 1- Excise is a direct tax,Statement 2-Excise is a 1 is wrong,2 is correct
commodity
124 Which is thetax
function of inventory? All of above
125 Procurement of C type of items,should be done Infrequently
126 Annual consumption of the item is represented by______in EOQ. S
127 The logic of_____is based on the principle of dependent demand. MRP
128 ERP vendor is All
129 Which element is at the top of the Quality Circle Steering committee
130 Objective of quality control is Both are correct
131 --------------------------is backbone of indian economy banking
132 major functions of insurance comapny --------------------- all of the above
133 --------------------------- is recruitment of right people right place in staffing
an organisation
134 management functions are as ______________________ all of the above
135 --------------------------- results into better output in terms of work Division of work
136 henry fayol proposed ---------------------- no of principles of 14
management
137 ---------------------- activites includes communication among the coordinating
different department which are dependet upon each other
138 elements of organisation are all of the above
139 ----------------------------is one of the simplest types of organizations line organisation
140 advantages of line and staff organisation all of the above
141 ---------------------------- can be defined as running business by the propertiership
single person
142 types of jiont stock companies both 1 and 2
143 Dependent of a deceased employee does not include: major son
144 ----------------------------is not an environmental cause of an extreme lethargy
accident.
145 ------------------------ is a person who has completed the 18 yrs Adult
146 Which of the following qualifies as a health provision ? cleanliness
147 A--------------------- is an instrument of management used as an aid budget
in the planning programming and control of business activity
148 production budget is based upon all of the above
149 _______________________ is a comsption tax which is leveied at VAT
each stage of production based on valve added to the producty at
that stages
150 what function are involved in material management all of the above
151 Advantage of Quality control is_______ Only a and b
152 Systemize means Neatness
153 Which one of these is the largest segment in Indian industry? Engineering Industry
154 Which type of industries involve largest investment? Large scale industries
155 The planning process is used to prepare ___________ in an Budgets
organisation.
156 Who is not a middle level manager? General Manager
157 _______ does not belong to Henry Fayol's 14 principles of Standardisation
management?
158 In functional organisation activities are grouped by____function. Common
159 Which of the following is not an element of communication Span
process?
160 In a joint stock company loans are repaid by the______________. Company
161 An adult as per Factories act, 1948 an adult is a person with age: More than 18 years
162 Which one of the following is contributory cause of an accident? Tendency of show off
163 Fixed capital is the capital invested in assets over: None of these
164 A sales budget is the basis for preparation of a ________________ None of these
165 Which one of the following taxes is not charged by the state Income tax
government?
166 The___ provides the information about when to order and how MRP
much to
167 which order.
one of the following is not a benefit of MRP? All of these
168 _____ is an activity of quality assurance. All of these
169 Suppose a business requires 1000 units of a particular items. Which EOQ
one of the following can provide the number of units to be
purchased each
170 Mechanism thattime?
allows trade is called as Market
171 Globalisation has pose major challenges for Small producers
172 What is management Both (a) and (b) are
173 Work on correct track with correct speed is possiable by correct
Controlling
174 Policy making in an industry is a role of – Administration
175 Maximum security of job is in Public Sector
176 Which of the following is/are the key features of organization All of these
177 Mr. Sunil’s one-day salary was deducted because of his uninformed Punishment
leave, as he was already warned about this behaviour. It is an
example of which method of shaping behaviours?
178 Ability to adjust , change , bend is _________________ Flexibility
179 ___________ is a financial statement that summarizes a companys Balance sheet
assests , liabilities and shareholders equity at a specfifc point in
180 time
Identify important constituents of Total Quality Management from i, ii, iii, and iv
Following -
i) Orderliness and Cleanliness ii) Punctuality and Continuous
181 efforts
In a car assembly factory the high value items like engine is given Item A
182 .rating
… of…
. Of ERP.. steamlines Procurement of Required raw materials
… Purchasing Module
183 Which of the following is not benefit of MRP? Improved Quality
184 The Modern Technique of Material Management is… ..
… MRP
185 Which of the following is Not advantage of ABC Analysis It does not take into
account seasonal
186 Kaizen is a Japanese technique. Kaizen word is formed from two varitations
KAI meansof cost
change
& ZEN means
characters KAI and ZEN in which good
187 Top agro industry in india is Dupont India
188 In which type of industry fiber is converted into yarn,then fabric Textiles
189 Position, designation, seniority defines Authority
190 Providing correct way of working is Directing
191 Which is not the limitation of public sector Unlimited liability
192 Which is the first step in effective delegation ? Goals establishment
193 At which place line organization is not possible Government company
194 Which type of capital is Requred for business operation. Both (a) & (b)
195 Procurement,Fund allocation and control of finicial resources is Financial Managment
196 concerned with.
Forecasting of resources, expenses & revenues is over a Budget
specified future period
197 The Example of Indirect Tax is Wealth Tax
198 The Function of material management is Material Planning
199 Which is the correct assumption in EOQ Lead time is known
& constant
200 Which is not the feature of ERP Different Look For Each
Module
201 Quality Management components are a & b
202 Which of the mentioned option is related to goal to reduce the 6- Sigma
number of defects to as low as 3.4 parts per million.
203 Which statement is wrong? Planning is thinking after
failures
204 Documentation is less in Proprietorship
205 Service tax is exempted to All the above
206 Equity share financing is Permanent source of
207 The segment which is known as economy's goods producing industrialfunds sector
208 .segment
… has allowed companies to increase their base of operation Globalization
209 14 Principles of Management is contributed by Henry Fayol
210 ... is important not only for the individuals but also for an
… Discipline
211 organization
The blend of too.
kindness and justice in an organization is Equity
212 The base of success of any project of an organization is its Planning
213 Line Organization is also called as Both a and b
214 Reporting structure is complicated in Functional Organization
215 1.Span of control 2.stability 3.flexibility 4.Delegation 1 and d,2 and b,3 and a,4
match these facts with following
a.work adjustment b.tolerate loss c. allocation d.reporting of and c
216 subordinates
Legally _____ are not allowed but still they may exist with the none of above
consent of other partners
217 Which one of the following is a cause of accident due to unsafe oily floors
working conditions ?
218 ..is a universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic.
… capital
219 ...capital includes long term decisions.
… both a and c
220 Under sectioon 17 on the Income tax act 1961 _____ and ________ none of above
comes under heads of salry for which Income tax is applicable.
221 A ______ is an instrument of _________ used as an aid in budget and management
planning,programming and control of business activity.
222 Find the odd man out C's'
223 Match the following options l) ISO 9000-2000 i) Quality l-ii,m-iii, n-i
management system guidelines
m) ISO 9001-2000 ii) Quality management system vocabulary
n) ISO9004-2000 iii) Quality management system requirements
224 Service industry is ---------Sector in Economy Tertiary
225 The first step in decision making is Recognise the problem
226 when many functions are controlled by a central Authority, It is Centralisation
227 called as
Which is not the technique for effecting decision making in core Out sourcing
228 company
Which is not limitation of cooperative society Government support is
229 Minimum Members in Private limited company are 2less
230 One Ambulance room should be provided in a factory employ more 300
than ----workers
231 Zero based budgeting is based on Mechanism
232 Custom Duty is charged on All
233 When stock is more than the required then ------------- cost involves Over Stocking
234 PO in materials management means Purchase order
235 Which is the input to MRP both
236 QMS means Quality Management
237 Which is not included in 5S System
solve
238 The process to produce an effective QMS requires All
239 Following is not a agro industry Paper
240 The quality of product made for Liberalization and Globalization ISO-9000
241 father of scientific management is Fedrick W.Tailor
242 Decision making occurs as a reaction to a Problem
243 _________Check the result, __________Shows the result Authority, Responsibility
244 The followings are invoved in Middle level of management Branch Managers
245 Demerit of Line organisation / Scalar organisation is Lack of specialisation
246 The downward flow of Authority is termed as Delegation
247 Calendar year as per the Factory Act is 1st January to 31st
December
248 In which act "The aims to provide fair Wages to employed None of these
persons"
249 Which one is the advantage of ERP ? Duplication of work,
repetition of work is
250 Procurement cost per order includes avoided
All
251 In graphical method of EOQ , the cost which is represented as Inventory carrying cost
straight inclined line is
252 Which is the first step in doing ABC Analysis ? Perparing the list of all
253 The safety stock of an inventory item is 100. The supply lead-time items
300
is two weeks and the average
weekly demand is 100 units.
Which one is the re-order level?
254 The objective of TQM is To improve process
255 Which is the main clause in ISO 9001:2000 ? All
256 The foudation of Kaizen, consists of Both A & B
257 Which is not the stage in 6 sigma Standardisation
258 Insurance companies are growing at the annual compound rate of 15% - 20%
259 The functions of top level management are All of above
260 Which of the following is the advantage of effective decision- All are correct
makingfactor
261 Which ? decide the type of organization All of above
262 Applications of Line organization All of the above
263 …allows executive to give opportunity to his subordinate to Effective Delegation
think,make work related decision, and get developed
264 Accidents because of management are: Both (B) and (C)
265 Working capital is not required for Furniture
266 …
indicates the total sales in the year, when goods sold are returned Sales
are referred as sales return
267 …
.is a form of indirect tax imposed on specified services called Service tax
"taxable services"
268 The major purpose of MRP Components and required
raw material are available
in right quantities at right
time
269 .….is a list of component parts and sub-assemblies needed to produce BOM
the final product
270 In ABC temof inventory control, the material is divided in A,B and Consumption value of
C categories on the basis of material
271 Advantage of quality management is It ensures the reliability
272 Benefit of QMS is There is uninterruptible
consistency in quality of
products and services
273 Responsibility, Authority clause of ISO 9001:2000 This clause covers
defining of responsibility
and authorities and its
communication to
everyone within an
274 ----- is also called as commerce organization
Trade
275 __________ is an activity which defines the steps of how and when Planning
work will be done effectively and efficiently.
276 Types of accidents are : All of the above
277 Taking shortcuts and lack of adequate knowledge are causes of workers
accidents because of ____________
278 Which of the following provisions are included in Factory Act ? All of the above
279 Which is included under fixed capital All
280 Functions of financial management All of the Above
281 Following service is not under service tax Export services
282 Which is the function involved in materials management? All
283 What is the pattern of care for A type of items? More attention
284 Quality circle is a brain child of Ishikawa
285 The most important objective of TQM is Customer satisfaction
286 Following are the advantages of Globalization, except Increased Competetion
287 A valid definition of a business purpose is to _______. create a customer
288 The purpose of retail business is to … . Offer products and
289 The transfer of ownership of state property into the hands of the services
privatization
private individuals by the sale of state assets through auction is-------
290 ----- policies & procedures are the function of------
Plans, Top Level Management
291 Who defined management as "the art of knowing exactly F.W.Taylor
what you want men to do and then see that they do it in the best
292 & cheapest
Determine way"?
how tasks is to be grouped is part of which management Organizing
293 function?
In Automobile Industry, departments can be on the basis of------- Product
294 All the following are characteristics of the sole proprietorships Profit are taxed twice
295 except of the following type of business organization is owned by A Public Limited
Which
296 its customers?
Each manager is a highly qualified specialist in a ------- Company Organisation
Functional
297 organization.
Which of the following is a characteristic of a Public sector Strict Financial Control
organization? by Government
298 Which act provides for Health safety Welfare of workers? Factories Act 1948
299 Workplace related injuries, illnesses and deaths impose costs upon? All of the above
300 What is the minimum number of workers required in a Factory for More than 1000
the mandatory appointment of safety officer?
301 What is the minimum space to be allocated to each worker as per 14.2 Cubic Meters
the Factories Act 1948?
302 Which is the odd statement about objectives of Financial To conduct Market and
Management? Sales survey
303 Capital budgeting is related to Long Term Assets
304 The difference between Fixed cost & Variable cost assumes Flexible Budget
significance in preparation of the following budget-----------
305 Value Added Tax (VAT) is a tax on? Goods &
306 Which of the following is a function of the Finance Manager? Servicesover the use of
Control
Funds
307 Which of the following is not an element of master budget? Production Schedule
308 EOQ is the quantity that minimizes Total Ordering Cost
309 ABC analysis deals with which of the following? Controlling Inventory
Cost Money
310 which of the following is not Procurement Cost? Storage Cost
311 The ---- is the input to Material Requirement Planning,which lists Bill of Material
the assemblies, sub asemblies, parts & raw materials needed to
produce one unit of finsished product.
312 Which is not a component of ERP? Cybersoft
313 Which of the following is a highly structured technique, designed Brainstorming
to keep personal interactions at a minimum?
314 Mr. XYZ is a manager in a manufacturing company, he attempt to TQM
establish a culture of quality affecting the attitudes and actions of
every employee & relies on a workforce that want to improve
quality.
315 Six Hemethodology
Sigma focuses on establishing-----
is driven by a _____ methodology Management by Fact
316 “No U Turn”sign board comes under which S “ ”of the 5S? Seiketsu
317 LPG is aimed at making the India as fastest growing competitive All of the above
economy firm
318 Business through
emphasis on attracting new------ Target Groups
319 Which is not one of Fayol's principles: Globalization
320 In the last one decade, which one among the following sectors has Telecommunication
attracted the highest foreign direct investment inflows into India?
321 Which of the following was the key aim of scientific management? To increase Productivity
322 All levels of management between the supervisory level & the Middle Managers
top level of the organization are termed as
323 According to Fayol’s 14 principles of management, ‘esprit de corps’ Team work &
refers to which of the following? harmony
324 Which of the following is not the characteristic of top level To look after production
management?
325 Out of following forms, which form of organization is the oldest job Organization
Line
one? is the term used to define the number of subordinates directly
326 What Span of control
controlled by a manager?
327 Line organization is not suited for --------- type of organization both A & C
328 Authority and responsibility are ----------to each other. Complementary
329 The maximum number of shareholders allowed in a Public Limited No Maximum Number
Company
330 Which is? following provisions do not come under the “Welfare
of the Washing Facility
provision”in the Factories Act 1948?
331 Which of the following are not included in "Wages"? (ii) & (iii)
(i) Dearness Allowance (ii) Bonus (iii) House Rent
Allowance (iv) Basic Salary
332 Most of the industrial accidents are : Preventable
333 Which of the following terms are defined in the Workemen (i) (ii) & (iii)
Compensation Act 1923? (i)
Dependant (ii) Disablement (iii) Workman (iv)
Seaman
334 ____________ tries to secure for the workers employment Factory Act 1948
conditions conducive to their health and safety
335 The primary goal of financial management is To maximize the profit
336 A statement which reflects future income & expenditure-------- Budget
337 Which of the following is not one of the main objectives of It helps in reduction in
material management? material purchasing price
338 Which of the following is an indirect tax? Entertainment Tax
339 Which of the following banks/institution acts as custodian of IFCI
nation’s foreign exchange reserve?
340 A bill of material lists the----- Components, ingradients
& material
required to produce an
341 Which of the following is not included in cost of inventory? item Cost
Selling
342 When using ABC approach to stock categorization which of the Low Value, Low Risk
following desirable class ‘C’Items?
343 MRP specify------ The quantity &
timing of planned order
releases
344 A sales person can access the warehouse, inventory and delivery to ERP
give a customer a quick update on the status of his order through----
345 -----------
The quantity sigma indicates Dispersion in the data
346 Six Sigma is based on understanding & improving processes Project by Project
on a ------------basis
347 The ISO 9000:2000 standards consist of three documents of which Requirements
ISO 9001 pertains to:
348 To achieve quality (i.e., defect free products and services), we All of the above
349 require------- is the process of integrating national economies into Spread of Technology
Globalization
the international economy through trade, foreign investment,
350 migration
Men, and Material & Machines are included in
Money, Resources
351 The manager of multinational company is located in France, India, An Electronic Meeting
Brazil & USA, which decision making technique seems most
reasonable for this organization?
352 ---------authored the principle of “Scientific Management” F W Taylor
353 Henry Fayol laid down----- 14 Principles
354 Management & Administration are------ Partly Same &
Partly Different
355 Every subordinate should receive orders from & be Unity of Command
accountable to only one superior is-------
356 Management is ------- Art & Science
357 Organization structure primarily refers to How activities are
coordinated &
controlled
358 Line organization follows --------method of communication Scalar Chain
359 One disadvantage of forming a Partnership is? Any Financial losses
must be shared
360 Functional organization is suited for limited number of --------- Product
361 A joint venture can be defined as: Two firms come together
to form a third, legally
separte firm
362 A Textile industry, departments can be on the basis of-------- Process
363 Who is an adult as per Factories Act, 1948? Who has completed 18
years of age
364 The word labour means ___________. Any Productive Activity
365 Financial planning deals with: Preparing Budgets
366 Operating budgets are: Concerned with the
income generating
367 Which of the following is not the form of tax revenue? activitiesFee
Licence of Firm
368 Which of the following is not a current asset Creditors
369 Which class of elements in ABC analysis is generally large in C
370 number?
The economic order quantity in inventory control refers to Optimum lot size
371 A master production schedule specifies What product to be made
& when
372 Which of the following input data are needed for MRP ? (i) (ii) & (iv)
(i) Master Production Schedule (ii)Inventory Position (iii) Machine
Capacity (iv) Bill of Material
373 Six Sigma principle which is a philosophical benchmark or Edward Deming
standard of excellence proposed by----------
374 Select the odd one which is not the dimension of quality Reputation
375 Which "S' of 5S involves cleaning the floors, the walls Seiso
and the equipment and ensuring all items are restored to their
designated
376 In place. Quality Circles in India were first introduced?
which industry Bharat Heavy Electricals
Ltd.
377 The company should exceed the customers expectations and lease TQM
him. This means giving the customer more than he ever thought
possible. It is the ultimate goal in--------
378 which organisation is at number one position in India in insurance? LIC
379 Out of mentioned below , which is not the input of management? Growth
380 "Esprit De Corps" refers to Team Work
381 Due to unity of direction, Deviation from defined
path is prevented
382 Which is the first step in organisation forming? Aims are determined
383 Reliance Industries Ltd. Is a form of, Joint Stock Company
384 VAT started in maharashtra from_____ and __________ business 2005 , Importers
is liable according to VAT.
385 Cushion between supply and demand is called as - Inventory management
386 __________ determines quantity and timing for material planning MRP
387 To encourage competition and to remove trade restrictions a policy GATT
was established in 1948
388 Advantage of Globilization is … . Both i & ii
389 HSBC is a Foreign bank
390 Framing broad policies in a company is concerned with top management
391 Following is a goal oriented, continious forward looking, choice planning
making & integrated processs
392 The unbroken line of authority from highest to lowest level is scalar chain
393 known
Man as- planning is a function of-
power staffing
394 In a XYZ company if the raw material required for manufacturing a top management
product is not available on the given time, due to insufficient funds
. Which level of mananagement is responsible ?
395 Military type of organisation is known as line organization
396 Grouping the activities or operations of an enterprise into various departmentation
397 unts is
Tata referedHindustan
motors, as- motors contribute in the development of Private organisation.
the society has which type of organisation.
398 Tenneco Automotive India refers to which type of company- private limted company
399 The meaningful exchange of information between two or more communication
participants is termed as
400 Type of organization preferred to steel industry is line, staff &
functional organization
401 Industrial acts are useful for… … Guarantee of employee
welfare.
402 If a bar bender working on a construction site meets some accident Yes eligible &
during his holiday when he is called for extra work and losses his under workman` s
one left leg. Is is eligible for any accident amount? And under what Compensation act.
403 act?
Variance report is the difference between the outcomes of a planned budget
company & actual budget
404 Reserves and Surplus is also known as / is a part is _____ Retained Earnings.
405 when a person gets salary a certain amount of tax is deducted at the Income tax
source as per rules of that financial year -
406 The term " Account Recievables " come Current Asset.
in________________ With reference to the term ` Debtors`
407 The amount actually demanded against the shares is… . called-up capital
408 In inventory control theory, the economic order quantity is optimum lot size
409 which of the following are modern techniques of material MRP, JIT, ERP
management? & SAP
410 which of the following is not a feature of ERP? Each module has the
different look and feeling
411 Which of the following is output of MRP? All the above.
412 What is quality assurance? preventation of defectsin
product or process
413 The participation of all the members in an organizing, aiming at total quality management
long term success through customer satisfaction for the benefits to
all members & to the society is known as
414 According to ISO 9001, inspection and testing comes under Process control
____________
415 In _______ first car was driven on the roads of India 1898
416 Manufacturing sector contributes _______ % India 15%
417 Meaning of _________ is right to command Authority
418 Out of mentioned below is not the output of management Technology
419 The structure of organization depends on ________ All of the above
420 Maximum members in co-operative society no limit
are_________________
421 Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to accidents ? All
422 Which is indirect tax ______________________ All
423 Collection of taxes is concerned in _____________ Revenue Budget
424 A' type of items has _____________ % importance due to 70 - 80 %
consumption in ABC analysis
425 Inventory carrying cost include ___________ Both (a) & (b)
426 Which is not the disadvantage of ERP? Slow decision making
427 Quality is defined by ____________ Customers
428 India adopted LPG Policy in 1990s
429 Which one of the following is not a service industry Manufacturing
430 Which one of the following is not a process industry Heavy Engineering
431 Who developed a theory on Motion Study Gilberth
432 ________________ is a policy making function Administration
433 Line and Satff Organisation is Suitable for Medium and large
Enterprises
434 A_________________________ Company can be formed by Private limited
minimum 2 and maximum 50 members.
435 Suggest a Suitable form of ownership for a bicycle repair business. None of the above
436 Fire in industry is due to: All of the above
437 A document that authorizes one to carry out a specific job is called Work permit
: any accident occurs on the premises of any employer which
438 If 7,Commissioner
results in death of an employee or serious bodily injury to an
employee, the employer must within __________ days of the death
or serious bodily injury, send in the prescribed form a report to the
_________________ for employee's compensation giving
circumstances
439 What .
are the types of Capital Fixed and working
440 In which year the value added tax was introduced 2005
441 Working Capital is required to Pay wages and salaries to
employees
442 A _____________ and a______________ are the two major books Journal and ledger
used to maintain accounts
443 "A'Class items are__________% of the total number 10-20%
444 of items. order quantity provides the __________ number of units optimum
Economic
445 to order.Curve represent total cost curve as shown in the figure
Which A
446 ______________ and ____________ are the modern techniques of MRP and ERP
material management.
447 ISO 9001 is related with Quality
448 What does Seiketsu means standerdising
449 Fishbone diagrams are drawn to brainstrom causes of an
effect
450 If , 1: Problem Selection, 2: Data Collection , 3: Recommendation, 1 2 3 4 5 6
4: Presentation to Management, 5: Review and Decision, 6:
Implementation and Controll. The steps for problemsolving are
451 The output of the ….. Sector may be information, service, attention, Service
advice, experiences, discussion and the like
452 F W Taylor has given his highest contribution in Scientific management
453 The other side of coin of authority is …
.. Responsibility
454 Which parameters is/are the esstenials of organisation ? All of the above
455 Following business is not coming under sole proprietorship ? Insurance company
456 Agreement between partners is called as Partnership deed
457 Which is not included in the cause of accident due to worker ? Poor housekeeping
458 The deviation of the actual from the standard is ______ in budget Variance
459 language.is the responsibility of
Customs Central Government
460 ABC Analysis is the ______ concept Inventory management
461 In EOQ _____ is ordered Optimum quantity
462 Statement 1- ERP integrates all data. Statement 2_ ERP covers 1 is correct, 2 is wrong
only materials management
463 Which of the following is not one of the four primary management Staffing
464 functions? 1- VAT is not simple & transparent
Statement 1 wrong & 2
Statement 1- VAT is progressive form of sales Tax. correct
465 BPO stands for _____________ Business Process
Outsourcing
466 The income of __________ mostly depends on the availability of Hospitality Industry
leisure time and disposable income.
467 The major functions of Reserve Bank of India include All of above
468 Following is not a function of a management. Administration
469 __________ can be defined as the process of establishing the Organizing
orderly use of resources by assigning and coordinating tasks.
470 Administration function or duties are: All of the above.
471 Steps for organizing process: All of the above.
472 __________ is accountability. It is an obligation of a subordinate to Responsibility
his/ her boss to do given work.
473 ______________ means giving right work to the right person. Effective Delegation
474 Anand engineering works in business of customized laboratory Project organization
material and equipment supplier. One day they received a new
development assignment. Which type of organization they have to
reform internally
475 Rupesh started hisfor
ownthis?
business and thinks to make the local Nominal partner
corporater as partner.But the partner allows only using the goodwill
and credit of his name. What will be the role of local corporetor in
Rupesh's
476 Unsafe business?
acts occurs because of following reasons. Working with unsafe
477 Statement 1- Shares form the part of capital of company. speed1 and 2 are correct
Both
Statement 2- Debenture is loan to company.
478 Which is not the merit of individual tax? Convenient
479 ___________ are the finished goods lying in stock rooms and Indirect inventories
waiting dispatch.
480 Benefits of MRP _____________ . All of the above.
481 In Quality Management , PDCA means Plan,Do,Check,Act
482 ________ is a management approach to long-term success through Total Quality
customer satisfaction. Management
483 Identification and Traceability clause of ISO 9001:2000 Identification is to know
what the product and
service is And the
traceability focuses on
from where (processes)
_____________ . the product has come
484 Which on of these is not a type of business? machining
485 Similar to manufacturing companies, banking is a business to make profit
486 .
Who sets the vision and mission of the organisation. Top Management
487 Who is credited with having developed the concept of a priorty or Abraham Maslow
hierarchy of needs?
488 ____are an organisation's objective, and ___are the Goals; plans
documented ways that organisations intend to meet those
489 objectives.
A private limited company can have minimum__ and 2,50
490 Maximum___members.
Line and staff organisation is the modification of: Line Organisation
491 Which one of following is not included in the 'contents of Face value of share
partnership deed'.
492 The speed of decision making is quick in ___ Centralisation
493 The capital invested in assets which cannot be easily converted into fixed capital
money is called:
494 What are the types of taxes? direct and indirect
495 The utility of every machine or equipment decreases because of depreciation
wear and tear during use, the reduction in value:
496 According to which Act, a business is required to prepare balance Companies Act
sheet?
497 Market research is necessary for information about market
condition and availability
of material
498 What do you mean by insurance cost: cost of insurance of
goods while they are in
499 Inventroy control means. transit
all of the above
500 In six sigma, how many employee are there per black belt? 100
501 Which one of the following processes is not a part of textile d. polishing
502 industry?
“P rincipal of Management “is the contribution of b. Henry Fayol
503 ‘The assignment of each grouping to the manager with the authority b. Organizing
necessary to supervise it’is called as …
.
504 Due to unit of direction … c. Deviation from the
defined path is prevented
505 The Communication process is said to be completed only when Understood
receiver has ___the message.
506 The process of ___of tasks of similar nature is known as grouping
507 departmentation.
In Project organisation, the members can be from. both A and B
508 Who is the chairman of the plant safety commettee? d. a senior manager
509 On contravention of provisions of Factories Act, the occupier shall a. 2 years imprisonment
or a fine up to Rs.
be liable for punishment of : 1,00,000 or with both
510 Accidents that are caused because of partial or no knowledge of c) Accidents due to
process or may be because of physical weakness of theperson personal factors
511 working
is definedisas
called :
an accounting record where all business transactions Journal
are originally entered or recorded.
512 What is an inter company loan? it is loan and investment
between two companies
513 Interest paid on loan, interest on capital, discount on bills, bank Financial expenses
charges, interest paid for bank OD (Over Draft) are examples of
514 Inventory record file also called as (a) Item master file
515 While on a long tour, which are the items that we take most care b. ABC analysis
of? Certainly, it is the jewelry and the cash! …this could be an
516 analogy to :of ABC analysis is : seasonal variation of cost have no a. true
Limitation
consideration in the analysis.
517 Permissible defects per million in 1st Sigma level: 6,90,000
518 Integrating the economy of a country with global / word economy Globalization
519 is - function of putting together the different parts of enterprise
The Management
into working order is referred as-
520 Amul Dairy industries refers to which of the following company Co-operative company
521 type- health ,fatigue and anxiety are the factors which are
Age, Personal causes of
522 categorized
Which of theas:following comes under the title of “sources of fixed accidents
All of the above
523 capital”sources of for obtaining working capital are the commercial All of the above
Major
banks. They provide Finance in the form of:
524 A technique for determining the quantity and timing of dependent MRP
demand items -
525 Which of the following process includes the activities of planning, Material Management
scheduling and controlling
material
526 A Technique based on a very universal Pareto's Principal ABC Analysis
that a few high usage value items
constitutes a major part of the capital invested in inventories,
whereas bulk of items in inventory ,
having low usage value constitute insignificance part of the capital.
527 Quality is the responsibility of -- All those who are
working in the
528 Following are the kinds of partners- organisation
Active partner and
Sleeping Partner
529 Mr. Ramesh is working in ABC Electronics ltd in the capacity of Workman’s
Foreman. One Day while
working in the organization he met with an accident in which he
has to lose his right
forehand . ABC Electronics is paying him fifty percent of his
monthly wages in multiplication
with relevant factor. Under which act he is eligible for the said Compensation Act
amount? the activities of purchasing procedure in the sequential
530 Arrange iii, i, iv, ii
form
i) Receipt of quotation ii) selection of right source of supply
iii) Receipt
531 Which is theoffirst
purchase requisition
steps in iv) making
organisation comparative
forming? b. Aims are determined
532 ‘Request’is the … . Communication b. Upward
533 Which is not the advantage of sole propertorship? d. Business growth is
faster
534 …is the process of dividing large organisation into small and flexible c. Departmentation
administrative units.
535 ___is the legitimate power to exercise influence, make decision, Authority
carry out actions and to direct others.
536 The------ Budget is the forecast of the number of products that must production budget
be manfactured
537 ___is not a safety provision under Factories Act, 1948? first-aid appliances
538 With reference to fire extinguisher, get the odd the out? Liquid
539 In problem solving, after problem selection___is recommended. a. data collection and
analysis
540 . Quality control assist to: a. employees
541 . What is the full form of ISO? b. International
Organisation for
Standardisation
542 Which one of the following is not one of the commitments of total technical quality
Quality Management?
543 Trading enterprise may be found operating in the form of _____ Market
544 Principles proposed by ______ are very useful for the Controlling
contemporary managers to manage their work efficiently
effectively.
545 Which is importmant word in the defination of organisation? Group of persons
546 Which is not included in the 'causes of accident' due All the above
547 to nature? control is the important function of ______
Budgetary Fixed capital
548 Industry economic condition depends on Land value
549 Production budget is based on Quality
550 Which is indirect tax form Report form
551 A type of items purchased in Primary cost
552 ...determines quality and timing for material planning
… Both a) & b)
553 Which is assumption in EOQ? ERP
554 Quality management Both are correct
555 Privately owned business have one of their main objectives as the Profit
556 generation
.may referofto a particular area of economic activity, such as the
..…
… Business
real estate business, computer business poultry,
farming, telecommunication, shipping, tours and travel etc.
557 Examples of service sector include… … House decorators,
entertainers
558 Control system having feedback is … Closed loop system
559 ‘Achievement due to one, will be shared by all others’This happens General partnership
560 in …
..
Accident is All of above
561 Which one of the following is not an unsafe act ? bad state of health
562 ____________ can be defined as it is that administrative area or Finance
set of administrative function in an organization which relate with
arrangement of cash and credit .so that organization matters their
means to carry out its objectives as satisfactorily as possible .
563 ___________ Can be defined as goods or cash used (invested) to Capital
generate income from business or property (that can give income).
564 Examples of retained earnings are: All of the above
565 _________ can be defined as an attempt to balance inventory needs Inventory management
and requirements with the need to minimize costs resulting from
obtaining and holdinginventory.
566 ____________ is a part of materials management. Inventory management
567 _________ involves semi-finished goods at various stage of In-process inventories
568 manufacturing
Advantages cycle.analysis________
of ABC All of these
569 Principal of TQM are _____________ Quality should be
570 managed
_______________is the sale of goods and services to the end user Retail
571 The industry that refers to manufactring that is associated with Process industry
formulas and manufacturing recipies is called as __________
572 The primary objective of ____________ was to make the economy LPG Policy
of India the fastest developing economy in the globe with
capabilities that help it match up with the biggest economies of the
573 world.
Following is the function of Top management To set objectives and
policies of the
574 Motivation available at the time of performance of work organization
intrinsic motivation
is_________.
575 Making assignments, issuing orders and instructions, providing Directing.
guidance and inspiration to
subordinates for the achievement of organizational objective is
called_______.
576 A system of co-operative activities of two or more persons is called organization.
__________.
577 The process whereby a manger shares his work and authority with Delegation.
his subordinates is____________.
578 Co-operatives play an important role in: agriculture.
579 Minimum compensation payable in case of permanent total 1,40,000
disablement
580 Which is Rs
of these :
is most likely to cause an accident in a workplace? Manual handling
581 This symbol means: You must not smoke
582 In which year was the Workmen’s Compensation Act introduced? 1923
583 The financial statement that shows the financial position of an Balance sheet
enterprise at a particular point in time is the:
584 A fixed budget is: A budget that is set for a
specified level of activity
585 Which of the following is not a direct tax? service tax
586 In finance, "working capital" means the same thing as current assets.
587 Excise duty can be levied on those goods which are Manufactured in India
588 "C" items in ABC analysis are: often managed by the
supplier.
589 Which one of the following is not a requirement for effective Using an EOQ model for
inventory management? determining order
590 ___________________ also called part lists or building lists is the BOM quantity
( Bill of Materials)
document generated at the design stage
591 A material requirements planning (MRP) system: requires explosion of the
bill of material as the
basis of planning.
592 _________________ is the task of buying goods of right quality, in Purchasing
the right quantities, at the right time and at the right price
593 An ERP system automates much of the “back-office”work involved Database
in fulfilling
594 customer
Which of demand. “Front-office”
the following , in is
document this context,inrefers
included to : system quality policy
the quality
595 Characteristics of total quality management include: All of the above
596 Which of the following is the example of empowerment Quality Circle
597 Six Sigma methodology defines three core steps. define, measure, analyze
598 The ISO quality assurance standard that applies to software ISO 9001:2000
599 engineering
Income tax isispaid by individual to central government is a direct tax
600 __________
Which .
of the following is negative effect of the Globalization? Monopoly in business
601 Following is not the textile industry IBP
602 Out of following which is not the objective of good plan? To get money
603 ___________ are Balaji Telifilms,Bank of Maharashtra,Bata India Public companies
Limited,Bharat Fertilizers Ltd etc.
604 _____ could be manager,organizer,adviser,or controller. Active partner
605 Which source of income is specified under - IT act, 1961 All
606 _____________________ is the percentage of net earnings which Retained earnings
is not paid out as dividends, but retained or kept by the company
for reinvesting it for core business or to pay debt.
607 ________________ is an agreement in which customer can Trade credit
purchase goods on account that is without paying cash or paying
the supplier
608 Which at a later
is worng date.
statement? Interest is payable only
when there is profit
609 The objective of the purchasing _____________ Both ( Option i
& ii)
610 Which is not the advantage of ERP? Easy to implement
without any training
611 Statement 1 - Quality circle is a problem solving technique 1 correct, 2 wrong
Statement 2 - Quality circle is responsibility of management
612 Following is the main destination for capital inflows india
613 Indian central bank is ________________ Reserve Bank of
614 Hospitality industry categories ___________________________ India(RBI)
All of the above
615 "Management is getting the things done by others" is Mery parker
said byare three conditions or factors that affects decision making as
616 There All of the above
follows:of the following is part of Directing ?
617 Which All of the above
618 Line and Staff oraganization is Bothe Horizontal and
Vertical
619 The _______ is also known as working partner. Active partner
620 Which is the correct limitation of project organization? All of the above
621 In __________ firm there could be two or even more than two partnership
partners are there who share all profits and expeneses.
622 As per factory Act, a factory is a place which uses electricity for 10 workers
manufacturing process with minimum ________ workers.
623 When a worker works for _____ hours in a day or for more than 48 more than 9
hours in any week, he shall be entitled to wages at the rate of twice
his ordinary
624 Tax revenue rate of wages.
comes from All
625 India's Tax structure is ___________ in nature Progressive
626 _________________ are the term used to indicate purchases made Purchases
during the year for the purpose of sale. When goods purchased are
returned is referred as purchase return.
627 __________________ include maintenance of office, Office administrative
administration and management of the company or organization. expenses
628 Minimum capital required for day to day functioning is called is Permanent working
629 Examples of office and administrative expenses are capital
All of the above
630 _______________ is an intelligent activity includes decision Procurement
making, selection of vendors etc.
631 Slow, never ending, continuous improvement in all aspects of life Kaizen
is ________________
632 Agriculture provides employment to almost _____ % of Indian 50
work force.
633 Which one is backbone of Indian economy? Banking
634 Hospitality falls under _______ sector. service
635 Which one is a long term goal? vision
636 The broad objectives and policies are decided by: Chief Executive Officer
637 Gantt chart represents- Predetermine duration
and actual progress of
638 Good _____ or salaries motivate people to work efficiently and activities
Remuneration
make them satisfied and eventually they become loyal to the
639 organization.
Arya Chanakya's Arthashatra written in the 3rd century BC The policies of
governance of a kingdom
provides guidelines for- and people management
640 The main components of organization are: All of the above
641 Which type of companies collects the capital from private partners? Private limited
642 The _____ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and Functional organization
the person does the same job. This is also known as staff
643 organization
Match type.
the pairs- 1-c, 2-d, 3-a, 4-b
1. World bank a. No barriers to trade
2. International Monetary Fund b. Monetory policy
3. World Trade Organisation c. Basic health and
education
644 4. Reserve
Which fire Bank of India
fighting device is it? d. Currency convertibility Fire extinguisher
645 No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a factory Weekly holiday
646 on ____
Knowledge of _______ and _______ is sufficient to understand Total revenue, Net profit
the size, scale and financial position of a business. (loss)
647 What is function of inventory? All of the above
648 Freight cost means- Cost required for
movement of material
649 What do you mean by services to customer? Prompt supply of finished
parts to customer
650 "Red tags" are used in which step of 5 "S" Sort
651 ?
What is Brainstorming? Both (A) and (B)
652 Find the correct order for the sequence stages for development of 2,1,3,4
quality management.
1. Quality Control 2. Inspection 3.Quality assurance 4.Total quality
653 management
What does ITES stands for ? Information Technology
Enabled Services
654 ____ can be called as "leading", Directing
"motivating", "actuating" and so on
655 Which one is the process of getting activities completed efficiently Management
and effectively with and through other people.
656 Advantage of centralisation : Greater control
657 Which type of authority figure refers to: Staff
658 What sort of company is Infosys today? Well there are shares of Public Limited
company which are traded in a stock market people can buy and
sell them. The company started in July 1981, at Pune with a capital
of Rs. 10,000/-. At that time it was a Private limited company.
659 Preventive measures that can be taken related to working Safe workplace and
environment are ___ working conditions
660 Financial activities are ____ All of the above
661 The amount to be collected by a company is divided in equal Shares
number of parts known as -------
662 When the company has confirmed export order and is in need of Export finance
finance, the banks provide short term credits known as -
663 The term means a loan in which the lender buys and owns Equipment leasing
equipment and then rents those equipments it to a business at some
flat monthly rate for particular period or certain number months.
664 The purchasing function plays the role of mediator between _____ Vendor, organization
and ______ for purchase of material.
665 Which one is a control chart ? C chart
666 The first preference in the components of TQM is __ To the customer
667 Observe the figure and find out the missing steps - Data Collection and
Analysis, Review and
Decision
668 Banking sector involves All of above
669 Which is not the advantage of globalization Loss of culture
670 Management causes- None of above
671 _______________ is an activity which defines the steps of how and Planning
when work will be done effectively
672 Decision making means- All of the above
673 Name the leval strategical leval
674 The Principles of organization are- All of above
675 Indetify the Organization structure Departmentation
676 What is proprietorship ? Individual ownership
677 More than 20 person are involved in… ..
… Joint stock
678 Accidents due to lack of maintenance of plant is because Management
679 of______________
In which year was Factory act enacted to ensure the safety of 1948
680 workers?
____________ improves the safety in an industry All of above
681 An unsecured loan that one offers to company as a creditor is Debentures
known as__________________
682 _______________ is a method of buying goods by making Hire purchase
installment payments over the period of time
683 Vijay received a car in his marriagefrom relatives of his Gift Tax
uncle.Which tax will be applied on him
684 _________________ contains an estimate of direct labour required labour budget
685 in industry
Which inventory includes the raw material required for industry ? None of above
686 Which is the ERP software from below list None of above
687 What does the graph indicates ABC analysis
688 DMAIC' concept comes under which method Six sigma
689 Which is the standard for quality management system ISO:9001:2000
690 Fill in the stages of DMAIC Measure, Improve
691 ________________________ created and established Prof. sam Ho
the'5's technique
692 __________ has helped in increasing environmental protection in Globalization
developed nations.
693 ______ in an organization as a blend of kindness and justice. Equity
694 __________ produces best result in terms of productivity. Motivation
695 What is the function of administration ? Decision making
696 If specialization or ________ is not used , the work done cannot be Division of work
697 satisfactory.
Generally __________ flow of chain or direction of chain is from Scalar chain
highest organization authority to the lower ranks
698 Identify the process from figure Decision making
699 _______ is accountability . Responsibility
700 _____ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave Flexibility
setback or delay
701 _________ are Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) Public corporation
702 In Joint stock private Limited company _______ No limitation for business
activities
703 Workman Compensation Act came into force from 1st July 1924
704 Following is the health provisions Cleanliness
705 _______ is the life blood of a business enterprise.It is a universal Capital
lubricant which keeps an enterprise dynamic
706 _______ is used for all the current assets(Possesions or Property) Gross working capital
707 For big industries , the amount of _________ is very large. Deferred provision
708 A _______ is one which relates to any of the function of an Functional budget
undertaking e.g sales , production , cash , etc.
709 ________ is a form of Indirect tax imposed on specified services Service tax
called " Taxable Services".
710 _______ is made oup of list of the sub assemblies as well as Bill of material
components that makes up the end product .
711 Apllication of six sigma are _______ Identify ways to increase
production capacities of
present equipment
712 A quality policy makes a foundation for _____ All of the above
713 What does a business provide to the custmer in exchange of their Goods and services
money
714 According to Drucker the purpose of business To create and keep
customers
715 The function of employing eligible people for the company Staffing
716 ______________ is the right to issue order or make decisions Authority
717 A business plan depends upon the information of Market
718 In order to have flexibility,the maintenance activities must be Adaptive
supported by ---activities
719 Departmenatation helps to improve ------ of an orgnasation. Effectiveness
720 Industrial accidents are of the following types: All of the above
721 Person whose age is below 18 years is called a Minor
722 The sum that every shareholder gets is known as Dividend
723 A plan for the co-ordination of resources and expenditures Budget
724 Which one of the following is not a type of share Fixed share
725 Main heads of income are All of the above
726 Working Capital is calculated as Working Capital=Current
Assets-Current Liabilities
727 Which are the most important items A item
728 Fill the name of inventory in the blank space provided Indirect material
729 Purchasing is one of the funcion of ------ management Material
730 In inventory management by ABC analysis A items most Item C
costly,item C are inexpensive and item B have cost between A and
B which item is having highest inventory
731 State owned or Co-operative businesses have one of their main (c) Service the
objectives as the generation of….
… society/nation
732 A commercial, industrial of professional activity undertaken by an (b) Business
individual or a group, e.g. the purchase & Sale of goods,
providing services etc. in an attempt to make a profit is called
733 Following are mentioned few duties.Which is not the duty of d)To do manufacturing
734 gmanagement?
…ives power in the hands of centre. b)Centralisation
735 Which of the following is one of the principles of organization? Span of Control
736 Which type of organizational structure can be applied to small Line
737 scale Industry?
What is the function of Gang Boss? Setting up Jobs on
738 Which of the following is type of Departmentation? Machine
By Product
739 Which of the following is not a form of ownwrship? Dealership
740 Which of the following may be the cause of accident? a)Overconfidence of
employee
741 Which of the following is preventive measure of accident? a)Proper working
742 Finance may be defined as art & science of … .. condition Money
Managing
743 Fixed capital is the capital which is needed to meet the…
..
… Long term purpose
744 Balance sheet is a statement of… … d) All of the above
745 A fee levied by a government on a product,income or activity is Tax
746 called as…
Excise …are…
tax .. Tax whereas custom duties are…
… .taxes
… a)Inland,Border
747 Percentage of total inventory for "A" category material a)less than 10%
748 is…
. five great "M" of management are
…
The b)Men,Machine,Money,
Material,Method
749 Inventory Control is concerned with… .
… d)All of the above
750 Total Cost is calculated by adding c)Procurement cost
& carrying cost
751 Objective of Quality Circle is…. To identify problems
752 ISO stands for…
.
… International
Organization for
753 Which of the following words does not include in 5S? Standardization
d)Safety
754 Which one of the following is the leading software exporter from a)Banglore
755 India?
________reduces uncertainty b)Planning
756 ________is the judgement of future a)Forecasting
757 The process of inspiring the subordinates to put in their best is a)Motivation
758 known is
Which as not type of communication d)listening
759 The process of monitoring,comparing & correcting is b)controlling
760 called_______
For a manager,to control or direct the work to an employee,the a)Line authority
manager must have
761 Who is responsible for the actual operations of various Misddle management
762 departments?
Getting work done with a minimum of effort,expense or waste is Efficiency
763 the definition
Day of act is :
as per factory None of the above
764 Financial management aims at All of the above
765 Working capital is the capital which is needed to meet the… … Day to day transaction
766 ________budget is the projection of cash inflow & outflow cash
for a particular time period in future
767 The balance sheet shows liabilities & assets of the b)company
768 Inventory control means timely availability of all kind of materials a)true
769 5"S" designed to all of these
770 Cause and effect diagram is used in problem analysis
771 Producing more useful product from raw material is known as____ Manufacturing
772 Which of the following is programme undertaken by Government All of the above
773 of India?
Government established SEZ are for motivating_____ IT Industry
774 Frank B. Gilbreth worked on_______ Time and Motion study
775 Which of the following post comes under middle level Branch Manager
776 management?
Which of the following includes in Top level management? All of the above
777 Which of the following function of management includes Staffing
778 recruitment?
Passing down some work to his/her subordinates is known Delegation
779 as_______ development of each department means_______
Proportional Balance
780 Business owned by single person is known as ____ Proprietorship
781 In private limited company number of members are limited to ____ 50
782 Which of the following should be included in partnership deed? All of the above
783 How many members are required to start a public limited Minimum 7
784 company?
Daily working hours of an adult worker should not exceed____ 9 hours
785 Why safety is necessary in Industry? To protect the employees
from injuries or accident
786 Financial Institutions________________ All of the above
787 Shares means________________ Both a& b
788 Debentures is an ________________ Both A & B
789 Productions budget shows________________ All of the above
790 MRP is ____ Material Requirement
Planning
791 ABC is ____ Always Better Control
792 The cost represented by material fluctuates and may comprise 20-50%
between___ % of the total project cost.
793 5. Percentage of total inventory for ‘C’category material is ____ 70 to 80%
794 Which of the following is not a key feature of TQM? Establishing clear
specification
795 LPO stands for ---------. A) Legal Process
Outsourcing
796 Annual growth of approximate____is recorded in last five years by B)30%
service industry.
797 Following is not advantage of globalisation Increased competition
798 Following is not principle of management- Staffing
799 _____can be defined as the process by which a manager guides and leadership
influences the wotk of his subordinates
800 The _____ process transforms plans into reality All of the above
801 Advantages of line organization are All of the above
802 Which is not the effect of accident on the worker ? Production stoppage
803 Internal sources are All of the above
804 The amount of working capital required depends on _____ All
805 The budgeting process usually begins with a _____budget Sales
806 ______is an instrument of management used as an aid in planning , Budget
programming and control of business activity
807 _____is the process of verifying or determining whether products Quality assurance
or services meet or exceed customer expectations
808 IT sectors involves ________ Both i&ii
809 heanry foyal proposed _____no. of principle of management 14
810 _______ gives power in the hands of centre centralisation
811 concetration in work is possible by_____ stability
812 Meeting is the____communication formal
813 merits of functional organization_________ all of the above
814 which are the essentials of organization all
815 Minimum number of directors in public limited company are 3
816 Short term sources for finance are required for 0 to 1 year
817 Important terminologies related to profit and loss account All
818 C' types of items of inventory are generally ____%of all 50
819 Inventories activity is _____ and takes more time
Procurement Complicated
820 The ____ keeps a track of inventory status for each items in the inventory record file
821 database cost consists of
Carrying all
822 Quality can not be Compromised
823 _____ adopts the policy of zero defect . There is no scope for TQM
rework and rejection.
824 _____ realise on the use of normal distributions to predect Six sigma
825 defective
____ mayrates
result in 25 to 30 suggestion per employee , per year and Kaizen
over 90 % of those are implemented .
826 Business is a legally recognized organization which provide goods &
827 Which is the example of trader services
all of above
828 Which is a example of process industry Ranbaxy
829 Organising has following objective all of above
830 administration consist of deciding b&c
831 Following is not a function of management purchasing
832 Middle management includes superintendents
833 Henry Fayol is the father of principle of management
834 Scientific management could be summarized as all of above
835 Follwing is not a type of organization process
836 Span of control may vary between 2 to 20
837 The process of grouping is known as departmentation
838 Line organization is suitable for a&b
839 A public limited company is an association of a minimum 7
840 ____members
Which is a category of cause of accident b & c
841 Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by all of above
842 Followings are fixed capital all of above
843 Financial statements include both A and C
844 Sources of working capitals are b&c
845 A right granted to an individual or group to market a franchising
company's product within a certain territory is
846 Which of the following factors affect a production budget all of above
847 A detailed list of movable items which are required for inventory
manufacturing
848 Which is
is the operational objective of inventory management avoid over-stocking
& under-
849 ABC analysis is based on the principle stocking
vital few-trivial many
850 % of total consumption cost for B class items is 15 to 25
851 EOQ can be used by a & b
852 Elements of quality circles are a&b
853 A nominated senior person of an area & ought to catalyze facilitator
& stimulates the quality circles is
854 Defect rate in 3 sigma level is 66807
855 It is not a type of Buisness Hospitality
856 Insurance which provides protection against loss or damage caused Wind Storm Insurance
by hurricanes..?
857 What is like a brake system in automobiles? Controlling
858 About 'Sleeping Partner' which statement is wrong? Do not share profit / loss
859 Functional organisation is suitable for ------------. For highly specialised
860 Which type of organization structure is shown below? workand Staff
Line
861 Which is not the advantage os joint stock compaany? Organization
Easy to form
862 Which is not included in "Wage" under All
"Minimum Wages Act"?
863 From following types of act which is not a type of Industrial Act? Rowlatt Act
864 Fixed capital is required for ------. All
865 A --------- is a book or computer file in which all monetary Journal
transactions are originally entered.
866 Which is not a type of working capital? Legal working capital
867 Bonds/Debentures or Team loans from Banks are called as-------. Other long term liablities
868 Goodwill,Brands/trademarks,Compuer Software ,Mining Intangible Assets
rights,Copyrights & patents are known as------
869 "-----------" is a computer based system designed to ERP
streamline & integrate various operations & informations
870 fows in theOrder
Economic compony.
Quantity of material takes into account ordering Carying Costs
costs and -----------.
871 Modern Technique of Mateial management is--------. MRP
872 Order costs and Carrying costs are---------. Variable
873 One of the principles of TQM, Quality is------. A long term investment
or asset
874 5S includes the phases in following order----- Sort-Set in order-Shine-
Standardize-Sustain
875 the occupation of a farmer falls under primary sector
876 the ------ sector of India attracts the highest foreign investment information technology
877 the relaxation of rules and regulation on industries is known as liberalisation
878 the author of principles of scientificmanagement was F.W.Taylor
879 the fourteen principles of managent were put forth by Henry Feyol
880 forecasting is judgement of future
881 the right to issue orders or make decisions is called authority
882 Ashoka hotel near by house is owned by my friends father ,it is proprietorship
883 example
My friendofmet with a car accident because the brakes could not be Mechanical causes of an
applied this can be termed as which form of accident Accident
884 Various Cost associated with ordering and receiving goods are procurement cost
885 known
the as
integration process of business management is called ERP
886 Customer should be the focus is an important attribute of Total quality
887 the ________ helps in finding the key cause of a problem management chart
Pareto's
888 rajesh is an working for state electricity board, he has to attend a work permit
complain,before going to atttend the complain he has to take.
889 identify the major difference between share and debenture share holders become the
owners of the company
and debenture holders are
the creditors of the
890 one of the following is not a part of material resource planning compnay
details of the employees
891 In ABC analysis_______items are costly and significant A items
892 The WTO gave a real boost to theprocess of, Globalization
893 GATT is created in ___________ 1947
894 The first and foremost activity of management is , Planning
895 Which is not the part of 4 M's management, Motivation
896 Which are the aims of forming an organization? All of the above
897 ________is the ability to influence or to cause a person to perform Authority
and act.
898 Causes of accidents can be, All of the above .
899 Which of the following is a fixed capital,? Equipments and
machinery cost
900 It is not one of classification of Inventory, All of the above .
901 TQM believes in systematic training as a need for Quality
902 achieving_______
Which of the following is not benefit of QMS,? None of the above
903 Quality is a ________concept Relative
904 LIC of India is an example of, Government owned
public limited
905 First step in decision making is , Recognize the problem
906 To prevent exploitation of the employess,this act aims at fixing The minimum wages
minimum wages which they must get, act,1948
907 Following table is an example of which type of budget.? Direct labour budget
908 X' company has all database related to employees working Human Resource
with them.It has employed which ERP module?
909 Identify the business sector which make a product from raw b) manufacturing
material or a component parts , which then they sell at a profit
from the following lists of business sectors.
910 What do you mean by " Management"? c)An art and Science
911 Who has enlisted Principles of Management ? b)Henry Fayol
912 Line Organisation is suitable for - a) Small Scale Industries
913 The function of management by which it transfers its ideas and d) Directing
information to subordinates is called :
914 Which of the following are Principles of Management ? d) All of the above
915 Name the factors in deciding structure of organisation All of the above
916 Line Organisation is observed in which of the following Military
organisations
917 Which ?
of the following are forms of Ownership ? All of the above
918 Heat Treatment shop ' in Kirloskar industries is an example Departmentation by
of - shows organisation structure of one of the departments of
919 Figure process
Departmentation by
ABC Cars Limited . Identify the Method of Departation ? product
920 Which of the following are types of accidents ? a and b both
921 Which of the following are silent features of Employee's a and b both
State Insurance Act ,1948 ?
922 Find the odd one out from the Industrial Acts listed below : d) Income ,Payment and
Wages Act.
923 In a Medium scale industry , while operating a machine a worker d) Death
was seriously injured . He was immediately taken to hopistal but he
is affected by fatal accident . What do you mean by fatal accident ?
924 Capital can be defined as - b) Wealth which yields
income or helps in the
production of further
925 which of the following points highlights Sales budget of an income
All of the above
organisation
926 Indirect ?
tax includes- a) Excise Duty ,Custom
Duty and VAT
927 Canons of Taxation should have- A and B Both
928 Figure shows a format of Annual Budget of KGTD Blow Plasts b) Sales Budget
Limited. Identify the type of budget to be filled in at the blank
space provided
929 Identify in budget
the functions sheet. Management-
of Material d) All of the above
930 In ABC Analysis which of the following inventory needs full b)A
record -keeping treatment and a regrious observation on stock
positions
931 In of theseindustry
an automobile items ? the various items are classsified into c) Consumption value of
'A','B' and 'C' . In which
item A needs full record keeping , item B needs medium record
keeping treatment whereas item C may not require much record
keeping. In this system of inventory control the material is material
devidedofinto
932 Which the A,B, and Cison
following the basis of-
constituent of Total Quality Orderliness and
Management
933 Which of the ?following refers to a solution of efficient knowledge Panctuality
Six Sigma
Management
934 An ? need a documented procedure to control quality
organisation ISO: 9001
documments. In that case everyone must access to up -to-date
documents and be aware of how to use them, is a clause -
935 Figure shows Working Model of Quality circle of Manufacturing a) 5)Selection of best
Industry working on a tooling problem.couple of the important solution 7)
step no 5 and 7 are missing in the model. Correctly identify the Presentation of solution
steps from the options given below. to Management
936 Figure shows Principle of 5 'S' refers to Japanese a) S2-Sort , S4 -
words which have been translated into English language. Fill in the
appropriate words in the figure at S2 and S4 so as to complete Systemize
5'S'
937 Which principle.
of the following is not a part of process industry? Automobiles
938 Laying out plants,designing and manufacturing machines for Industrial
industry is done by ------------------- engineering industry
939 The significant activities of management are ---------------------- All of the above
940 Scientific management is one of the areas of -------------------------- Classical school
school
941 The number of people working at the lower level is ---------------- More
than that of higher level
942 Duties of administration are ---------------- All of the above
943 Quality of leadership is ------------ All of the above
944 Organization has following characteristics All of the above
945 Organization can be defined as ----------------------------- All of the above
946 The ___________________ makes a combination of the line Line and staff
organization with the staff departments that helps and advice line organization
departmets
947 The partner who contibutes capital,shares profit and losses of the Sleeping Partner
firm but does not contribute in day to day activities or affairs of the
firm Life
948 The is called --------------
Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) is __________ public corporations
949 Company "X" has limited number of share holders and Joint stock public ltd.
the scope of business is limited where as company "Y"
has unlimited number of share holders and has a huge scope of
business. So "Y" comes under which category? Company
950 Which out of the following is not a mechanical factor or cause of non-use of safety devices.
accidents ?
951 ------------------- is used for all the current assests Gross working capital
952 ------------------ = Total current assets - Total current liabilities Net working capital
953 ------------------- is one or more source of capital where the person Personal funds saved or
uses his/her own funds from different sources like
savings,investments in share market, mutual funds, fixed deposits inherited
etc. ----------------- depends upon the ability to perfect income,sales
954 The Fixed budget
or shipments with atleast a no provision is made for any changes
may occur during period.
955 What comes in the empty box? Short term source of
956 ----------------- include lubricants and other items needed for proper finance inventories
Indirect
operation.
957 ------------------ is made up of list of the sub assemblies as well as Bill-of-material
components that make up the end product.
958 ------------- is a small group of employees of the same work Quality circle
area,doing similar work that meets voluntarily and regularly to
identify,analyze and resolve work related problems.
959 ---------------- is the process for verifying or determining whether Quality Assurance
products or services meet or exceed customer expectations.
960 People of entire world are unified into a single society and function Globalisation
together called as
961 LPG Stands for Liberalization ,
Privatization,
962 Trading business means Globalization
Buying goods Policy
& selling them
without any processing
963 Dr.Mccregar is famous for Theory X and Theory Y
964 Function of Management does not include Observation
965 Defining a problem is a first step of Decision Making
966 Chief Executive Officer has More Authority
& More
967 Following is not the Principle of Management Responsibility
Planning
968 Leadership, Communication , Motivation, Supervision is a function Directing
969 of which type of company the liabilities is limited
In Joint Stock Company
970 Which one is an example of Co-operative Company Amul Dairy Ind.
971 No. of Subordinates handled by one manager effectively termed as Span of Control
972 Which is not included in the cause of accident due to management Bad habit of workers
973 Safety in an industry is the responsibility of all of the above
974 Irregular Salary to the employees comes under which act Minimum Wage Act
975 Machinery Head belongs to Fixed Capital
976 Inventory belongs to Fixed Capital
977 Custom Duty, Import Duty, or Export Tax is a part of Indirect Tax
978 Tax charged by insurance company on policy is Service Tax
979 Tax being charged on value addition are called VAT
980 A medium to long term debt instrument bearing fixed interest Debentures
issued by a company is referred to as ..
 981 Inventory consist of All
982 Quality is a relative term & is used with reference to the end Product
use the
983 All of person working in the organization ( including managers TQM
& Workers ) Should be involved in ___________ operation
984 Total Quality Management mean All
985 In Six Sigma Quality Improvement Programme As the Level of Decreases
Sigma increases defect rate will
986 Which of the following are main element of quality Quality of design
987 RBI stands for Reserve bank of India
988 ABC Company is a time-sharing company, means they are into ------ Hospitallity
--------- business.
989 Ministry of Human resource Development is a part of ----------------- Service
------ sector.
990 Management is-------------- All of the above
991 Vice President -Production will come in _______________ level of Top
management
992 Board of Directors are a part of _____________________ Administration
993 XYZ company says "we are an equal opportunity employer Equity
for progress of society and employees", means they follow
994 All rounders are seen in Line organisation
995 Specialist are seen in Line and Staff
996 PQR Company produces shampoos of various fragrances. Hence Organisation
Product
their departmentation will be by_________
997 Mr. Y is a partner in MZ firmm.He is always ready to provide Sleeping
finanace ,but never contributes in decion making process. But
legally is binded in case any legal action is been taken on the firm.
Hence he act
998 Factories is __________partner
came into force from__________________ 1st April 1949
999 If a factory employs more than1000 workers, it should appoint a safety officers
qualified _________to carry out prescribed duties.
1000 Patents' are a form of ______________ Fixed Capital
1001 CBEC atands for________________ Central Board of Excise
and Customs
1002 Assets' are preferrably seen in ____________ Balance Sheet
1003 ___________ is a multi point system of taxing Excise Tax
1004 If the fixed monthly income of Mr. Kiran is Rs. 50,000. Mr.Kiran Rs. 70000
is of age 62 years.Hence he will pay income tax of ___________
1005 BOM needed in materials management stands Bill of Materials
for__________________
1006 Carrying cost means_______________ All of the above
1007 The optimum quantity of orders that minimizes the inventory EOQ
carrying cost and ordering cost is given by _________________
technique
1008 An ERP can have the following modules All of the above
1009 Primaware is power company having global presence and good ERP
business. As a consultant to the company for better material
management you will suggest_______________
1010 QC stands for ____________________ Quality Control
1011 Aspects of quality__________________ All of the above
1012 "Right at first time" means TQM
1013 In KAIZEN "KAI" means Change
1014 Service enterprise provides the services that are called as Intangiable goods
1015 Indian industrial sector does not invovles Railways
1016 Regulatory body for banking sector which also monitors GDP and RBI
1017 inflation
The main areas of quantitative or management science school are Operations management
1018 At this level of management few people are involved Strategical level
1019 Power to act and accountability Authority and
1020 Espirit de corps refers to responsibilty
Team work
1021 Planning' usually fail due to Unrealistic nature
1022 Military organisation is also commonly referred as: Scalar organisation
1023 The partner who does not take part in day to day activities Sleeping partner
1024 Principle/s of Organisation is/ are: Effective delegation
1025 Indian railways is a : Government Department
1026 Accident caused by worker is because of : Ignorance of safety
procedure
1027 Safety provision/s for workers under Factory act 1948 is/are None of the above
1028 Minimum wages act was passed in the year: 1948
1029 Goods or cash invested to generate income from business or Capital
1030 propertysource/s
Internal is /are of finance is/are: Deferred taxation
1031 Legal debts or obligations which arise during the business Liabilities
1032 operations:
Value added tax is a: consumption tax
1033 Inventory management is part of: Materials management
1034 Generally 'C' type and 'A' type of 5 % and 80 %
items consume an inventory cost of : respectively
1035 Annual consumption is 20 units, procurement cost is Rs. 40, cost of 10
carring inventory is 16%, cost of each unit is Rs.100. The economic
1036 order quantity
Collection will be that are used to manage the quality of
of guidelines Quality management
activities in an organisation system
1037 The objective of Quality circle is /are Improve quality,
productivity,safety and
reduce cost
1038 Six sigma methodology endorse DMAIC concept
1039 Number of Sub-ordinates a manager can supervise effectvely is Span of Control
1040 Which budget shows one plan, one volume of output or sales Fixed Budget
& the related fixed costs-
1041 Expenses of office & administrature expenses are grouped All of the Above
1042 under- is essential to direct, guide, instruct, and order the
_____ Manager
1043 subordinate.
Accident due to daydreaming which comes under Human error
1044 General causes of accidents could be as follows All of the above
1045 . is the lifeblood of business
… Capital
1046 VAT and sales tax falls under … Indirect tax
1047 In …. Approach all members of an organization paricipate & TQM
improving the processes & culture of organization
1048 Which statement is correct about 'nominal partners' All are correct
1049 Which statement is wrong about partnership There is limited liability
1050 Which ststement is wrong in product type departmentation No duplication of work
1051 XYZ electronics company has confirmed expert order and is in Export finance
need of finance. The bank provides short term credits. It is known
as …
1052 ABC .. company has in profit of Rs one lakh. It is divided in equal Shares
number of parts known as … ..
1053 While on long tour which are the item that we must take care of ? ABC
Certainly it is the jewellery and the cash !!
This could be an analogy to
1054 Which of Following is not the agro industry Paper
1055 Which is the apex authority of Government of India SAIL
1056 Which of Following are principles of management ii and iii
i) Motivating ii) Remuneration
iii) Division of Work iv) Organising
1057 Arrange Maslow`s Theory of Motivation in ascending order i-iv-ii-iii-v
(Bottom to Up)
i) Physiological Needs ii) Love / Affection Needs iii)
Social / Esteem Needs
iv) Security
1058 Discipline / Safety
starts from Needs v) Self Actualization Needs Top to Bottom
1059 Injury after accident disables the affected worker forever is Permanent
_________
1060 ______ accident
is the study of relationship between the raising of finance Financial Management
and deployment of finance
1061 In balance sheet, we see, ______ equal to the sources of the funds Assets
1062 Which is input to MRP All of the above
1063 ____________________ is process of dividing large organisation Departmentation
into small and flexible administrative units
1064 Profit and Loss Account is ______________________ Both i and ii correct
i) A flow statement
ii) A measure of firm`s profitability
1065 Central government is not dealing with Sales Tax
1066 Effect of Innovation is _________ and effect of Kaizen is Short Term, LongTerm
_______________
1067 "Throw away unnecessary" is in Seiri
1068 i) Quality Assurance is a proactive approach Both i and ii correct
ii) Quality Assurance improves quality of product
1069 Which is not the consideration in ABC analysis? Sub Categorisation like
A1 A2, B1 B2, C1 C2 is
not possible
1070 GDP stands for _____________. Gross Domestic Product
1071 GATT started in 1948 at ________ . Geneva
1072 Entertenment Business belongs to _____________ industry. Service Industry
1073 ________ product comes under Petrochemical Industry. Plastic
1074 One Man - One Boss may be called as ___ Unity of Command
1075 Which function of management is a tool for fast development. Decision Making
1076 In which type of Authority Punishment is given Coercive
1077 Which Structure of Organization is Tight & Rigid Staff Organization
1078 Who is directly responsible for profit & loss in the business Chief Execuitive Officer
1079 Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran has started a business of Mr. Kiran
Automobiles in 2003, in that business Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam
& Mr. Kiran have invested Rs 500000/- Lakhs individually.
But Mr Ram & Mr. Shyam gives full attention towords the
business and Mr. Kiran does not gives the attention towords
1080 business.
Which so ina this
is not causetype of business
of accidents in who is the sleeping partner
industry Due to Government
1081 Any device which generates or provides power is known as Policy Mover
Prime
1082 Which is a cause of accident due to management Faulty Equipments
1083 According to minimum wages act ,wages means:........... all of the above
1084 Which is not the objective of financial management unfair or no returns to
shareholders
1085 Working capital is not used for____. Land Purchase
1086 Postponement of tax liablity means Deferred taxation
1087 The tax in wihich impact and incidence are on the same person. It Gift Tax
is not intended to be shifted.
1088 NSE stock exchange market is located in ______ Mumbai
1089 Collective stock of items which is required for routine functioning Inventory
of industry means___
1090 Which of the following is not an objective of inventory All of The Above
1091 management
What is essential for successful purchase All of The Above
1092 In ABC analysis which category of item is having average Category B
importance
1093 ______ is the formal contract between supplier and purchaser Purchase order
1094 "Cash to cash cycle time is categorised under ERP metrics
1095 The degree of Congruence between expectation and relisation Quality
meansis responsible for quality of a product
1096 Who Development Manager
1097 Six Sigma, Kaizan management Techniques are discovered in Japan
1098 The ISO 9001:2000 standards are Quality management
procedures that address
leadership,
documentation, and
1099 record-keeping
The process by which the people of the entire world are unified into Globalization
a single society and function together is –
1100 Globalization leads to – None of the above
1101 Life Insurance Corporation refers to which of the following type – Public sector
1102 Which type of organization structure is this – Line & staff
organization
1103 .. is a direct tax levied on the income earned by individuals,
… Income Tax
corporations or on other forms of businesses.
1104 . is prepared to co-ordinate between various budgets.
… Master Budget
1105 Suggest the appropriate types of finance in the blank space. Internal sources
& external
1106 Name the type of following budget. sources budget
Labour
1107 …
. Is defined as ‘the optimal quantity of orders that minimizes total EOQ
variable costs required to order and hold inventory’.
1108 Which of the following is not function of MPR? To make sales forecast
1109 Arrange the following in chronological order while purchasing 1–2–4–3
material.
1. Receive purchase requisition from department
2. Call for quotation
3. Inspect the material
4. Placeofpurchase
1110 Which order is function of material management.
the following All of the above
1111 Transferring ownership of business from public sector Privatization
(government)to the private sector is
1112 Globalisation would mean. All of the above
1113 WTO aims at Liberalising international
trade
1114 Decision support systems are used by Top-level managers
1115 Thinking before doing is Planning
1116 The problem-solving process begins with Identification of the
1117 Organizations have hierarchical structures because difficultyresponsibilities
Specific
can be assigned for each
1118 _________is right to issues orders levels
Authority
1119 The act of entrusting subordinates with the same power that are of Delegation
the superior is termed
1120 The type of organisation structure in Blowplast Ltd is shown below Functional Organisation
. Which type of Organisation
Structure is this.
1121 Span of control an important factor, which is to be taken into When jobs are similar but
account when undertaking organizational design. Maintaining a have varying performance
large span of control within an organization is most effective in all measures
except
1122 A onewho
person of the
hasfollowing situations
ultimate control over the affairs of the factory Occupier
under Factories Act, 1948 is called _________
1123 "Advisory Board " concerned with 'Minimum Appropriate Government
Wages Act' is appointed by
1124 __________and __________are the two versions of goals of the Profit maximisation,
financial management of the firm. Wealth maximisation
1125 An industrial concern is invested in assets like plant, building, and Fixed capital
land is refers to
1126 Budget Statement of expected
results expressed in
numerical terms
1127 Income tax and Property Tax falls under Direct Tax
1128 What are the functions of material management All of the above
1129 ABC anaiysis helps senior manager to control Inventory Cost
1130 Improving quality through small, incremental improvements is a Kaizen
characteristic of what type of quality management system
1131 A fundamental attribute of TQM is Direct involment of Top
management
1132 Benchmarking determines Standards
1133 Business firms produce and supply wide varieties of goods and Services
_____ required by the society.
1134 Service Industry provides Intangible Goods
1135 Indian Insurance sector has _____ number of insurance companies. 52
1136 Globalization is not intended for free flow of __________ Diseases
1137 Direct Supervision on workers is function of Low Level Management
1138 Stability in Principles of Management indicates Turnover
1139 Organising does not means Developing alternate
methods to do job
1140 In organization process activites can not be grouped on the basis of Economy
1141 Authority delegation allows employee To perform better as per
responisibility
1142 Following organization is limited to small concerns Line
1143 A company has multiples kind of products like Pharmaceutical, By Product
Cosmetics, FMCG. Which type of departmentation will it prefer ?
1144 'Balance' in Organization Principles intends to _____ All departments are
equally developed
1145 I wanted to maintain secrecy of business. Which business type shall Single Ownership
1146 I select
In accident prevention, Safe Workplace Layout does not include : Separate Storage of
Inflammable Materials
1147 Trivial Accident means : Of Less Importance
1148 As per the definition in Indian Factory Act, a person working in Adolescent
Factory having an age of 17 years is :
1149 Which of following is Method of raising Long Term Capital Prefernce Shares
1150 In Financial Management Liquidity Decisions are related to Cash Management
1151 Following are Liabilities of Business Short Term Borrwings
1152 Blank Space in the figure I indicates Owner's Equity
1153 In P&L account Extra Ordinary Items means Materially large revenue
or loss
1154 Following will not come underinventory Machines
1155 'A' kind of items in ABC analysis purchased on time
1156 Purchase Order Includes Quantity of Items
1157 Which one of the following is not a Module of ERP Quality Control
1158 In Figure II blank space indicates Buffer Stock
1159 In Figure III blank space indicates Bill of Materials
1160 Main eight sections of ISO 9001:2000 does not include Recruitment
1161 Quality Cirle People Discuss Work
RelatedProblems
1162 Elements of TQM include Both Above
1163 Objectives of Quality Control includes 1, 2 and 3 only
1. Establish desired quality standards 2. To determine deviations in
quality 3. Ascertain causes in deviations 4. To use modern
techniques of measurement.
1164 Globalization involves All of the answer options
given are correct
1165 Which of the following is not a type of copyright work Furniture
1166 During the agriculural revolution, all of the following transformed Coal,oil and other new
the economy except energy sources
1167 The primary sector include all of the following except Manufacturing
1168 Planning, organizing, directing and controlling are the Functions of management
1169 Fredrick Taylor stressed on Selecting the right people
for the job
1170 Which of these statements about organizational structure is (are) ALL of the above
true? Statements are true
1171 As organization grow they tend to _____________ decision Decentralize
making
1172 A authority. structure creates a _________ span of control wide
flat organizational
1173 Which structure is usually optimal for project based organization Matrix
with fluctuationg workload?
1174 Departmentalization is a(n) Element of organizatinal
structure
1175 Which of the following is an advantages of a sole proprietorship? All of the above
1176 The primary purpose of employee safety programme is to preserve All of the Above
the employee's :
1177 The steps in financial planning are option (A) and option (C)
1178 A statement that projects management's expectations for A budget
revenues and based on those financial expectations, allocates the
use of specific resources throughout the firm is called
1179 A budget is the plan of the various costs and expenses needed to Operating Budget
operate the buniness based on the short term forecast
1180 The most common causes of financial problems are all of the above
1181 The following is an example of direct taxes Income tax
1182 one use of inventory is To provide a hedge
against inflation
1183 Material Management is also called Both of the above
1184 ABC analysis is used for Inventory Control
1185 The quantity discount model is most similar to which one of these EOQ
models of the following describe an ERP System?
1186 Which All of the above
1187 What system helps make calculations regarding the volume and Material requirement
timing of materials needed? Planning
1188 Where was TQM first developed? JAPAN
1189 Which of the following is not a record required by ISO 9001:2000 Review of requirements
related to the product
1190 An economic activity involving the regular production or Business
distribution of goods and services with the object of earning profits
through satisfaction of human needs is called as
1191 Name the type of business enterprise concerned with the Trading
distribution
1192 Dryers of goods are examples of which services
and cleaners Direct services
1193 The number of management principles given by Henry Fayol are 14
1194 CEO belongs to which level of management Top level
1195 The act of getting people together to work for a common goal is Management
called asmaking is the role of
1196 Policy Administration
1197 Myself and my friend start a company, which type of organistaion Line
it will be from the structure point of view at the start with simple
format,small
1198 Authority size
means All the above
1199 An automobile company has departments for two wheelere and By product
four wheelers , what is the method of departmentation this
company
1200 My friendhas
andadopted
I start a company , she is just providing money in the Limited Partnership
business , she does not look into the day to day activities of the
company ,our company has which form of ownership
1201 Which of the following is not a safety measure to avoid accidents ? over confidence
1202 The necessity of industrial acts is to protect the interests of : Workers
1203 Welfare of the employees is taken care by which industrial act Factory Act
1204 A small child 8 years old is working in XYZ company Factory Act
manufacturing silk sarees. Which act is being violated by the
company
1205 A worker ?has used cutter instead of a plier for doing some job , and Human cause
he gets a cut on his right hand . What is the cause of this accident
1206 classified as
Capital required by a company to purchase building for starting the Fixed capital
company is called as
1207 Which is the budget to which all other budgets are geared Sales
1208 Which of the following items manufactured in India is not liable for Salt
Excise
1209 Mr. tax. two flats in ,Mumbai , he and his family resides in one
X has Income tax
flat and the other flat he has given on rent , the money he earns
from getting the rent is liable for which tax.
1210 In ABC analysis all materials are divided into how many types 3
1211 The point at which ordering cost is equal to carrying cost in EOQ
materials management is called as
1212 In any factory , bulk usage of items is of which type C type
1213 Following is not a part of the of steps for purchasing a) Getting c
requisition from various departments b)Obtaining Quotations c)
Making budget d) Preparing Purchase orders
1214 Reliance company has a common software platform integrating all Enterprise Resource
its functions materials ,finance ,personnel , sales ,etc . The
company is said to have one of the following in place Planning (ERP)
1215 Following is not the definition of Quality experience of people
1216 If the comppany has a goal to accept only .0003%defect , which is 6 Sigma
the most important modern technigque it should adopt.
1217 L&T asks its various shop floors to sort all goods on the 5S
floor,keep them in order as per use , keep them clean ,standardise
the process and sustain this activity . Which modern technique and
system of Quality manangement it is adopting
1218 Examples of services sector include … ( i) news media, hospitality all of above
industry,consulting (ii) legal practice, healthcare, waste disposal
(iii) real estate, personal services, business services (iv) house
decoraters,
1219 Which entertainers.
is importatnt factor in deciding structure of organisation ? all
1220 Which is the pre requisite of effective delegation? all the above
1221 Sales department in nokia is the example of … Departmentation by
1222 …is the management of finance of an organisation in order to achieve function Management
Financial
financial objectives.
1223 Which is the factor responsible in the selection of types of all
ownerships?
1224 which of the following is wrong? if the capital is not
managed properly no
losses may be incurred
1225 The objective of inventory management is …
.. all
1226 Which of the following is correct ? both (i) and (ii)
1227 Procurement cost consists of … all
1228 Carrying( holding) cost ; none
1229 which of following is wrong ? quality means less
maintainability
1230 Following are the business pattern is not coming under service Textile mill
1231 industry.
Which is unimportant word in the defination of organisation? Profit
1232 All the partner have same status in General partnership
1233 If an affected worker recovers within 10 hours, then it is Minor
1234 a__________
_______ is theaccident.
financial snapshot of the organisation. Balance sheet
1235 Capital invested on Buildings' is an example of : Fixed capital
1236 Which is not the type of profit and loss account? Report form
1237 Statement 1 - Income tax is levied by central government. 1 correct, 2 wrong
Statement 2 - Income tax is to be paid by all employees.
1238 The stock of material, maintained in order to avoid 'no Buffer stock
stock' situation is called as
1239 Calling quotation, order follow-up, material receiving. Placing PO Puchase department
are the function of
1240 Quality standards should be related to All of the above
1241 Statement 1 - Quality Assurance is a proactive approach. Both 1 and 2 are correct
Statement 2 - Quality Assurance improves quality of product.
1242 ________ is willing to exchange of goods. Trade
1243 Following is not associated with insurance ICC
1244 How many needs are mentioned in Maslow's need 5
1245 hierarchy?
Which is not the public sector? Public Limitted Company
1246 Car division in Tata Motors is example of Departmentation by
1247 The duties and qualification of Labour Welfare Officer is product
State Government
prescribed by:
1248 "Customer Advances" are included under ________ Short-term
source of finance.
1249 For making Labour Budget, workers are classified into All of the above
1250 The earning capacity and potential of a firm are reflected in Profit and loss account
________
1251 Which is not the merit of Indirect tax? Certain
1252 Which is not the cost concerned with EOQ? Primary cost
1253 What will be happen when there is no buffer stock? All of the above
1254 Statement 1 - Procurement is a systematic process. Both 1 and 2 are correct
Statement 2 - Purchasing is a routine process.
1255 Benefits of TQM are _____ both i and ii
1256 The Six Sigma methodogy endorses DMAIC concept
1257 Which definition best describes the process of globalization? individuals, groups and
nations are becoming
more interdepend
1258 _______ is a right for giving orders and the power to ensure Authority and
obedience ensures that things fall within the standards defined by
1259 ------------ Resonsibility
Controlling
an organization and should not divert from it
1260 1. -------------- can be defined as the set of steps to do the Planning
particular activity or activities in systematic manner.
1261 1. Goal and solid decision making allows … to….very fast and
… Bussiness to Grow
becomes stable in the market.
1262 BIRLA Industries Ltd. Is a form of – Private ltd
1263 Balaji Telefilms industries refers to which of the following Public Company
company type- ______ is mainly about adjusting work
1264 organizational Flexibility
assignment,man power ,and facilities that are required when
htemporary
1265 … as to keptchanges accor
at secured andwhile working
separate place which is not easily Inflammable Materiial
accessible.
1266 Mr. Praful kulkarni is working in Birla Pvt. ltd in the capacity of Safety provisions Act
Foreman. Company provided him certain protecting devices under -
--------------
1267 when foreignACT.
investors does huge sell of stocks back to its own Profit Flow Back
country it is refereed as------
1268 According to F.W. Paich----------- can be defined as “the provision Finance
of money at the time it is wanted”
1269 -------- is a consumption tax which is levied at each stage of VAT
production based on the value added to the product at that stage.
1270 Sevice Tax introduce in india in----------- year 1994
1271 ----------- is one in which allows lowest csot per unit andis most Economic Order Quantity
advantageous
1272 For staffing ,inventory,production etc company develops and MPS
design a plan called--------
1273 ---- avoids effects like price fluctuations and shortage of material in EOQ
the market
1274 ERP stands for----------- Enterprise Resource
Planning
1275 ----- is a process that ensures the quality of a product throughout its Quality Management
lifeiscycle
1276 --- collection of guidelines that are used to manage the quality of QMS
activities carried out in an organization
1277 1) The goal of Total Quality Management is Action Globally
1278 1) 80:20 rule can also be called as Pareto Diagram
1279 1. Types of business All of Above
1280 The great thought of motivating the workers or employees for The behavioral school
better results have come up from _________ of management
1281 _____ allows employees to get involved in the process of decision Centralization
making for better results
1282 Decision taken by supervisor could be: All of the above
1283 Departmentalization can be done on the basic of following factor: All of above
1284 ________ can be defined as running business by the single owner Proprietorship
1285 _____ can culminate into strikes or fights among employees and miscommunication
cause serious consequences to the organization.
1286 a _____ assists in taking decisions correctly and also implementing line and staff
it effectively and efficiently. organization
1287 Causes of accidents are: Both a) and b)
1288 Adolescent is a person of the age in between 15-18
1289 Vat started in Maharastra from 2005
1290 ____________________ uses all the resources of the enterprize in ERP
a systematic way.
1291 Economic order quantity is represened by Eq
1292 Discipline comes in Seiketsu
1293 The year 1991 is famous for Globalization policy
,liberliation were
accepted by india
1294 Globalization has disadvantage All of the above
1295 Follow in not the strength ot textile industry Import of raw material
1296 Implementation of policy making in an industry is a role of – Management
1297 Hindustan Petrolium Is a form of – Public Sector
1298 Which organisation is temporary in nature Project organisation
1299 Which of following is not the direct tax All of the above
1300 Working capital is required for All of the above
1301 The summerised budget of entier enterprise is known Master Budget
1302 as______________.
Who is responsible "unguarded moving parts" Management
1303 __________________is the financial snapshot of the of the Balance Sheet
1304 organisation.is not concerned with modern techniques in
Following 5S
1305 material management
A' type of items are purchased in Small quantities
1306 _________determines quntity and timing for materials planning MRP
1307 "Number of subordinates handled by a manager Span of Control
1308 effectively"
Pickles, called
papad, basket as
making are products Agro Industry
1309 of____________________
Industries associated with are computer hardware, software, IT Industry
electronics, semiconductors, internet, telecom equipment and e-
commerce
1310 Match the pairs: 1-(ii),2-(iv),3-(i),4-(iii)
1. Adam Smith (i) Need Hierarchy
2. F.W. Taylor (ii) Economics
3. Maslow (iii) Principles of Management
4. Henry Fayol (iv) Scientific Management
1311 _____ is a process of dividing large organisation into small and Departmentation
flexible administrative units.
1312 Which statement is wrong? In product type departmentation No duplication of work
1313 Under which of the following case, an employer has to provide all of the above
compensation to an employee?
1314 A joint stock company divides the capital required into units of Share
equal denomination of Rs. 1,2,5 or 10. Each unit is called a …
1315 ____ is a multipoint destination based system of taxation, with tax VAT
being levied on value addition at each stage of transaction in the
production/
1316 While distribution
deciding chain. inventory, the question to be
how to manage Both (a) and (b)
answered
1317 Which is following is not a step in purchasing?
of the To achieve integration
with other departments of
the company
1318 A product/service is said to possess good quality if it fulfills the All 1,2, 3,4
following requirements.
1. Suitability (It is fit for the intended use)
2. Reliability (It gives efficient and consistent performance)
3. Durability (It has desired life)
4. Safe and foolproof workability (Its working is safe and
1319 foolproof)
____ is a management technique used to communicate to QMS
employees what is required to produce the desired quality of
products and services and to influence employee actions to
complete
1320 In tasks adopted
1991 india according to the quality specifications
_______ Globalisation policy
1321 Types Of Business ___ All of above
1322 Cipla Ltd is Chemical Company
1323 Scientific management works on Research &
experimentation
1324 Setting basic goals and objectives is function of______- Top level management
1325 ABC industry start their recruitment process in which manager Staffing
select qualified people for various job position in organisation. This
activity
1326 How is _______
many parteners are eligible for partnership ALL of the above
1327 The firm type of Bajaj Auto Ltd is Joint stock company
1328 The type of organisation structure in Varroc Ltd is shown below . functional
Which type of
Organisation
1329 Sai Structure
Sale services is this.
is trading business started by four person by Partnership
investing 2lacks each. Which is suitble ownership for that business.
1330 Fixed capital is also called as Blocked capital
1331 Which of the following illustrates the use of a hedging (or Permanent working
capital financed with long-
matching) approach to financing? term liabilities.
1332 Which business is liable for VAT All
1333 figure shows ___________budget Variable
1334 The ABC company Investment in purchasing raw material, salary ALL
1335 is come under set of activities that ensure right material at right
__________is Purchase Department
quality and quantity in right time
1336 Inventory control objectives Both I & ii
1337 Circle leader is from______ Supervisors
1338 A paper mill supplies a corrugated container manufacturer with Both the paper mill and
Kraft paper. The corrugated container manufacturer uses Kraft cereal manufacturer are
External customers to
paper to manufacture corrugated shipping containers that are then the corrugated container
sold to a cereal manufacturer. Which of the following is true? manufacturer.
1339 GATT stands for General Agreement on
Tariff and Trade
1340 Product are produced in Manufacturing industry
1341 Banking Business is Service
1342 Which is the process by which manager select , train,pramote and Staffing
retire their
subordinates
1343 The process of breaking down an enterprises into various Departmentation
departmentsraised
1344 Investment is by share holder from public for profit based Joint stock Company
business
1345 Form in
of ownership which is non profit based is Cooperative enterprises
1346 Kirloskar Pneumatic Limited Company is Public Limited
1347 Figure shows Departmentation by _____ Product
1348 Sai Krupa Sugar & alied industry form by Mr. XYZ with 7 Line & staff
Board of director with, CEO. Under CEO, Plant Manager , Finance
, & market . Plant Manager supervise on supervisor. Workers organisation, Private ltd
are under Supervisor. Investment raised by 43 share holder in it.
Then which is suitable Organisation & form of Ownership Company
1349 Injured Employer is not liable to compensate if: All of above
1350 woking capital is also called current capital
1351 Types of budget: All of above
1352 Figure shows _____________budget Production
1353 Johnson Company wants to procure Land & build the structure Fixed capital
for its own company. Investment for this coming under
1354 The concept in management which concern with flow of material in Material Management
an organisation by using function like purchasing, storing, moving,
distributing ,production , dispatching is called
1355 What is Ascending path for purchasing 1) Purchase Order 2) 2-4-3-5-1
Material Requisition 3) market analysis 4) Quotation call 5)
finalisation of include
1356 Standardizing supplierin Seiketsu
1357 Industrial sector involves All of above
1358 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free country in Jan-11
1359 Don Mackinnon , the person incharge of " Hear Music" Controling
has been given goals related to the rollout and sales of this
subsidiary of starbucks . His success at implementing the strategy
will be acessed by actual performance againest the goals . This
comparison
1360 A partner whois known as :
is not publically known as a partner but takes active Secrete partner
part in the affairs of the business is
1361 In simple words the … can be defined as the association of two or Partnership
more people doing business together to share the profit and
expenses coming out of the business.
1362 Flood , Earthquake , Tsunami are Accidents because of
natural disasters
1363 Which is the health provision Cleanliness
1364 Which is an instrument of management used as aid in the planning , Budget
programming and control of business activity
1365 A single unit of ownership in a corporation , mutual fund or any Share
other type of organization is called
1366 Indirect Tax examples All of above
1367 Which includes expenses like commission to salesman Selling and distribution
,advirtisement, discount given , carriage outward, bad debit, cost of
service after sale ,rent of go down ,expenses related to delivery of expenses
1368 material
The role etc.
of purchase department is vital because Material required for
running organization is
purchased by the
1369 ISO 9001:2000 is purchase department.
Quality management
system standard
1370 The organized efforts by cetain persons, to Supply the consumers Business
with goods and services is called _____
1371 In textile industry fibre is converted into … Yarn
1372 A…. Is any achievement of the end point that is stated in quantitative Goal
1373 termset. objectives and policies of the organization is function of…
To ..
… General Managers
1374 Conceptual and human needs is related to… … Administration
1375 Out of following which is not the principles of management None of these
1376 The process by which actual performance of subordinates is guided Directing
towords common goal of the enterprise is call …
1377 is The process of operaions, verify conformity with the
… Controlling
predetermined plan and takes corrective action
1378 Identify which statement is correct related to organization Theory All the above
Organization theory may be defines as the study of
1. Functioning
2. Perfrmance of organization
3. Structure
4. The behaviour of Group
1379 Following diagram represents which organisation ? Functional organisation
1380 It is The process which is used to group the activities of the Departmentation
enterprise into various division for the purpose of the efficient
management
1381 Sahkari . is …
Bhandar . Types of ownership Cooperative
1382 The accident which leads to death of a victim is called … .. Fatal Accident
1383 As per Worker's Compensation act , dependant means : All the above
1384 Which is not element of financial management None of the above
1385 Depreciation provision is which type Source of finance? Internal Source
1386 …
.. Is a direct tax levied on the income earned by Income Tax
individuals,corporations or on other forms of business entities.
1387 Anti Dumping Duty is which type of Tax? Custom Duty
1388 Which of the following is not input to MRP? ERP
1389 Work out product requirement in detail and set product Quality management
specifications on the basis of customer's preference ,cost and
profit is
1390 Work outa product
functionrequirements
of ….. in details and set product Quality management
specifications on the basis of customer preferance ,cost and profit
is aCustomer
1391 1. function Focus
of … ISO9001:2000
2. Ledership
3. Continual improvement
4. System Approach to Management
5. Mutually beneficial Supplier relationship
6. Process approach
7. Factual approach to decision making
8. People involvement
It is principles of …..
1392 FTA stands for______ Foreign Tourist Arrivel
1393 _____act of simulating or inspiring workers Motivation
1394 _____is generally from lowest grade employee to the top Upward communication
executives
1395 Absence of _____ in units will lead to failure in achiving All of the above
organizational
1396 First goal. in industry comes under______ .
-aid appliance Welfare provisions
1397 Taking care while working on machinery in motion is a_______ Safety provision
1398 ____ is a temporary in nature & the erning capacity is reduced Partial disablement
due to disablement .
1399 Which of the following is not included in the causes of accidents gas leakage
under natural disaster?
1400 ____assists in taking decision correctly & also implementing Direct Tax
it effectively & efficiently
1401 _____ includes the bad debt means amount that cannot be R.D.D account
recovered from market .It is treated as a loss.
1402 ______is method of buying goods by making installment payments Hire purchase
over the period of time.
1403 ____can be defined as an unsecured loan certificate issued by a Debenture
company which is backed by general creditninstead by specified
assets.
1404 The rates at which the excise duty to be collected are specified in 1985
the Central Excise Tariff Act _____
1405 ____can be defined as an integrated information system that serves ERP
all departments within an enterprise.
1406 ______ is an intelligent activity includes decision making ,selection Purchase order
of venders
1407 Suggest etc.
appropriate Quantity(%) and purchase rate in the blank 50,intermediate purchase
spaces provided in following ABC Classification
1408 _____defined as a statistically based process improment Six Sigma
methodology or technique.
1409 It aims to reduce defects to a rate of _____ defects per _____defect 3.4,million
opportunity by identifying & eliminating causes of variation in
business
1410 In processes
India The novel economic model came with an intension of Liberalization,Privatizati
on,Globalization
1411 The items are produced using material with the help of different Manufacturing
engineering processes and technologies is
1412 Globalization increases All of above
1413 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free country by World Health
1414 The main contributor in scientific school Organization
F.W.Taylor
1415 The unity of authority and plan of action is about Unity of direction
1416 Directing can be called both (option I)
& (optionII)
1417 Taking decisions and determine the objectives in company is the Administration
1418 role line
The of organization is developed step by step to shape as the Line and staff
1419 Workman’s compensation act for workers came in to existence in organization
1992
1420 year
Ideantify the important health provisions in an industry Ventilation and
1421 temperature
Oily or greasy floors is the factor which contributes to accident due faulty layout or design of
to: working place
1422 _____is defined as an accounting book of final entry where Ledger
transactions are listed is separate or different accounts.
1423 Capital invested in equipments,tools,furniture are termed as Fixed capital
1424 Inheritance tax and Endowment tax are falls under Direct tax
1425 Which are the following are the”Sources of working capital” both (A) and (B)
1426 Buying new machinery,Doing research and Development are the Retained earning
1427 examples
An of information system that serves all department within ERP
integrated
an enterprise is called as
1428 List the modules in ERP All of above
1429 Ideantify the different inferences of EOQ i)No quantity discounts i,ii,iii,iv
ii)No stock out will be there iii)Receipt of material is immediate
iv)Only order cost and holding cost
1430 Arrange the activities of ABC analysis in the sequential form iv,i,iii,ii
i)Make the list of all item as per there value ii)Find out the
percentage of high,medium,and low valued items.iii)Seprate and
count the number of costly,medium valued and low valued items
1431 iv)Find out
Ideantify and list all
important items used
constitutes in following
from industry i)orderliness and i,ii,iii,iv
cleaniness ii)Punctuality and continuous efforts iii)Customer
1432 service iv)Standization
Quality of work
circle is small group of employees .that is may be __ to __.. 5,10
1433 Match the following,select proper option L)Structurize i)Cleaning L-iv,M-iii,N-ii,O-i
M)Systemize ii)Standardization N)Standardize iii)Neatness
O)Sanitizeiv)Organization
1434 Which are the following two elements of TQM i)Quality of i and iii
planning ii)Quality of design iii)Quality implementation iv)Quality
of performance
1435 Trade is defined as the agreeable exchange of a and b both
1436 The chemical industry consists of the companies that c) converts oil,natural
gas, metals,minerals,air
water into different
chemical products
1437 Which is the fastest growing sector in india now a days ? c) Service
1438 Which of the following is disadvantage of Liberalisation ? d) All of the above
1439 Management is in process since a) Historical period
1440 Who said this ," Management is getting the things done by c)Mery Parker
1441 others "-?
Which is the first in planning ? d) Establish goals
1442 Who had a main concern to achieve efficiency of Men and Material a) F.W.Taylor
through application of Time and Motion Study ?
1443 How many levels of management are there ? b) Three
1444 Vidarbh Textiles is establishing company. In the first meeting a) Planning
some policies were determined which includes determine
companies objective, Formulate correct policies,prepare cost and
performance standards for budget and prepare short range plans to
evaluate achievements . Identify the function of management
1445 discussed
Which in the
of the said meeting.
following are types of partners ? a and b both
1446 Express papers ltd is a joint stock private limited company. What is b) 50
maximum limit of members?
1447 Injury is defined as harm caused to the body such as - d) All of the above
1448 Who is responsible for ungaurdrd moving parts in an industry ? b) Management
1449 The capital required for establishing an organisation is called as - Fixed capital
1450 Financial control ensures- All of the above
1451 Which of the following budget is a forecast of the number of b) Production Budget
products that must be manufactured ?
1452 Which of the following types of budgets essential for smooth d) All of the above
working of Manufacturing Industry ?
1453 Which of the following management task , refers to process of a) Materials Management
planning,storing and providing the appropriate material of the right
quantity at right time and place ?
1454 In ABC Analysis ,which inventory is classified into group C ? c)Annual consumption
cost is around 5-10%
1455 Items like nuts , bolts ,screws are given a rating of - c) Items C
1456 Figure shows Inventory Parameters Identify the parameters at X a) X- EOQ
and Y ? Y- Reorder Point
1457 The company have to generate valueable financial reports by a) Financial module
compiling financial data from every department of company which
includes Production, Accounts, Sales , Purchase, Personnel ,
Product development and design. Which of the following module
shall execute
1458 Figure shows six thissigma
task- DMAIC cycle . Identify the missing terms d) 1- Define
3-
from the options given below? Analyse
1459 ATM Means? Automated Teller
1460 Lower Levels operation as Machines
All of these
1461 The qualities of Leadership are: All of these
1462 …is division of Labour. Work specialization
1463 "The process of classifying an organization on the basis of Departmentation
similar activities,to facilate planning and control is called … .
1464 ___________ is also called as Scalar Organization Line organization
1465 "… .. Is an association of two or more persons who have agreed Partership
…
to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them
acting for
1466 Which all"
of the following comes under Government sector _______ ONGC
1467 To ensure … , a long term planning related to the required manpower Stability
,traning and development for employees is required
1468 Main aim of Public Sector is Service motive
1469 Which of the following is not a human cause for accidents in Oily or greasy floors
industry? include injuries because of exposure to :
1470 Accidents All of these
1471 Where death from accidents, amount of compensation given by Workmens Compensation
which act Act
1472 Tax paid by individual to Central Government of India it is called Income Tax
as
1473 Commission paid to salemen, discount on bills they are debited in Profit and Loss Account
1474 A' type of item are generally … .. Of all inventories cost 1%
1475 …mainly focuses on the right quantity of items to be stored to reduce EOQ
the cost associated with the inventories
1476 Input to MRP are All of these
1477 Objective of Purchasing are All of these
1478 …module facilitates processes of maintaining the stock levels in a Inventory
warehouse
1479 The quality management system of ISO 9001 : 2000 is based on All of these
1480 "Do it Right First Time"- it is principle of TQM
1481 By India there is very large export of processed fruits and vegetables
_______________
1482 Management is an organ; organs can be described and defined only Peter F. Drucker
through their functions. This definition was given
by____________.
1483 No smoking the factor is an example of ___________. rules
1484 out of following which is not the correct advantage of quality of work gets
'Division of Work'? reduced
1485 Motivation based on force of fear is called__________. negative motivation
1486 Management By Objectives was introduced by_____________. Peter Drucker
1487 Departmentation on the basis of activities grouped according to the departmentation by
type of customer is__________. customers
1488 A process whereby superiors and subordinates jointly set goals and MBO
assess contributions of Every one
to the common goals is called__________.
1489 The following picture is associated with : employment of a young
person
1490 As per Factories Act "Factory" means any premises 20
including the precincts there of where ____ or more workers are
working or were working on any day of the preceding 12 months,
and in any part of which a manufacturing process isbeing carried on
without
1491 Aim the aid ofmanagement
of financial power, or is is
ordinarily
at so carried on. all of the above
1492 computer software, goodwill, brands / tradmarks, mining rights, intangible assets
copyrights and patents are known as __________
1493 _____________ is levied on the sale of commodity, it is produced sales tax
or imported and sold for the first time.
1494 suppose following is budget of a company : 'T' Total cost on direct
stands forhanding cost means
1495 material labour
cost of handling material
1496 C' class items are _______________ % of the total number 65-75
of items
1497 To have selective control and focus attention only on important ABC analysis
items __________ will helps manager
1498 JIT (Just-In-Time) inventory control is an approach to inventory Suppliers located in
control, which stipulates that materials should arrive just, as they
diverse and distant
are needed, in the production process. Which of the following
would generally not be associated with a successful JIT program, locations
for the purpose of is
1499 ______________ inventory control?
a computer based system designed to stramline ERP
and integrate various operation and information flows in the
company
1500 Each __________ is lead by the area supervisor and all circles are Quality Circle
co-ordinated by a facilitator
1501 Six sigma is ______________ improvement methodology business
1502 Following are the principles of : 1) System approach to ISO:9001
management 2) Continual improvement 3) Factual approach to
decision making 4) Mutually beneficial supplier relationships
1503 Which of the following organisation belongs to Service Sector? Birla Sunlife Insurance
Company Limited.
1504 Identify the organisation which belongs to Information Technology Tata Consultancy Sevices
Sector. Limited
1505 Which of the following is not effect of globalisation in India? Decrease in rainfall
1506 Name the scientist who put forward the theory of 'hierarchy Abraham Maslow
of human needs'.
1507 Which theory was put forward by F.W.Taylor? Scientific Management
1508 Which alternative can replace blank spaces in given statement? Authority,
Statement: '----------------------- and---------------------- must
always go together.' responsibility
1509 Identify function of management from following alternatives. Decision making
1510 Identify correct meaning of Fayol's principle The general interests are
'Subordination of individual interests to the general more important than
interests.' individual interests.
1511 What is the correct sequence of control procedure? ( P) taking RQSP
corrective action (Q) Measuring actual performance ( R )Setting
up standard (S) Comparison of actual with Standard
1512 Identify the alternative which does not indicate feature of a joint Unlimited Liability
stock
1513 In company?
which type of organisation decision making activity consumes Line organisation
least time?
1514 Some women from a village want to set up a small industrial unit Co-operative Society
to produce various types of Jams ,Jellies,Juices from locally
available fruits.Which form of ownership will be more suitable for
this agro
1515 What based
is the mostindustry
suitable ?base for departmentation for a company Territory
selling only washing machines over entire India?
1516 M/s Technica Private Limied is a medium scale industry which Line and staff
manufactures and sells machine tools.It requires services of experts
in various fields like metallurgy,mechanical engineering,computer
software,finance,manufacturing,etc.Which type of organisation
structure will be more suitable for this company? organisation
1517 Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces in 6:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
following statement.
Statement:According to Factories Act ,women workers can work in
factories only in hours between ---------------------------------.
1518 Which industrial Act safeguards interests of workers against their Minimum Wages Act
expolitation regarding wages?
1519 Identify from the following a mechanical cause of accident . Leakage of chemical
through valve of storage
1520 Which of the following is not the direct tax? tank duty
Excise
1521 The expenditure on which of following items can be classified as Maintenance of machines
Working Capital?
1522 Identify false statement out of given statements Debenture holders can
vote in annual general
meeting of the company.
1523 Which budget can be considered as summarised budget for entire Master Budget
organisation?
1524 Which pair is correctly matched? Group I :(p)Excise duty p-b,q-d,r-a,s-c
(q)Customs duty (r ) Income Tax (s) VAT
Group II: (a) Income of individual (b) Production of goods (c
)Amount of value added (d) Import of goods
1525 Which costs are optimised to find EOQ ? (p)Procurement Cost (q) (p)& (t)
Material Cost ( r) Labour Cost ( s) Indirect Cost (t) Inventory
carryingcosts
1526 Which cost can not be considered as inventory carrying cost? Cost of placing purchase
order for materials
1527 What is lead time? Time duration between
placing an order to the
supplier and actual
receiving material
1528 What is full form of ERP? Enterprise Resource
Planning
1529 Which statement regarding 'A'category items in 'A'category
items should be
purchased in large
ABC analysis is false? quantity and less
1530 What is the correct sequence of Purchase procedure? ( frequently
S-P-R-U-Q-T
P)Decision of purchasing (Q) Issuing Purchase order (R
)Market analysis of material suppliers (S) Material requisition
received (T)Material receiving,accepting and payment to supplier
1531 (U) Finalisation
Identify of suppliers
the position which is not included in organisation for Director
1532 Quality Circle?
Identify incorrect statement from given alternatives. Quality is negotiable.
1533 What is not included in 5S? Shinto
1534 Find incorrect pair of ISO standard and and its title. ISO 8402: Management
of audit programmes
1535 Which of the following is not principle of TQM? Higher the quality,higher
the cost.
1536 Which of the following organisation belongs to Public Sector? Bharat Heavy Electricals
Limied
1537 Identify the organisation which does not belong to Service Sector. Tata Motors Limited
1538 Identify false statement out of given statements in Identity of nationality is
enhanced due to foreign
collaboration and multi
alternatives,regarding effects of globalisation. national companies.
1539 Which of the following is not an Agro Industry based product ? Chemical Pesticide
1540 Name the scientist who put forward the theory of 'Scientific F.W.Taylor
Management'.
1541 Identify the alternative which does not give function of middle To guide and instruct
workers regarding daily
level management. workload
1542 Identify the subfunction which is not included in Directing Co-ordination
1543 function.
What is minimum number of members in a public limied 7
1544 company?
Which statement regarding Joint stock companys is incorrect? Joint stock companies
have no separate legal
status than their
1545 In which form of ownership,the owner has to bear unlimited members. firm
Proprietory
1546 liability?
For which type of following business, the form of cooperative Extraction of oil from
society will be the most suitable? groundnuts
1547 In following alternatives,some statements related with Public The main motive of
public sector units is
profit and social benefit
Sector are given .Identify which statement is incorrect . is secondary motive.
1548 Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces in 48 hours in a week
following statement.
Statement:According to Factories Act no adult worker should be
required or allowed to work in a factory for more than ----------.
1549 Which of the following can not be considered as welfare activity Adequate ventilation by
for workers. circulation of fresh air
1550 Which industrial Act safeguards interests of workers regarding their Indian Factories Act
health,safety and welfare?
1551 Identify the cause of accident which is a personal factor? Workers talking on
mobile phones while
operating machines.
1552 Which of following can not be considered as source of fixed Bank overdraft
1553 capital?alternative can replace blank space in given statement?
Which Budget
Statement : A ------------------ is a forecast of revenues ,expenses
and resources over a specified future period of time.
1554 Which statement regarding preference share holders is incorrect? Preference shareholders
enjoy voting right.
1555 Which alternative can replace blank space in given statement? Enterprise Resource
Statement : ------------------ is a business management system which
integrates all functional units of the business through a common Planning
1556 corporate database.
Which two costs are optimised to find EOQ ? Procurement Cost and
Inventory Carrying Cost
1557 Which costs can not be considered as procurement cost? Interest on capital
invested in inventory
1558 What is right meaning of inventory? A collective term used for
raw materials and
consumables,work-in-
process,finished goods.
1559 What is the first step of Purchase procedure? ( P)Decision of Material requisition
purchasing (Q) Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis of
material suppliers (S) Material requisition received (T)Material
receiving,accepting and payment to supplier (U) Finalisation of received
1560 suppliers
What is the term used for slow but never ending improvement in all Kaizen
aspects of life ?
1561 With reference to 5S, which pair of Japaneese word and its Seiri-Sustaining
meaning in English is not properly matched?
1562 What is the correct sequence of planning procedure? ( P) TPSRQ
Planning premises (Q) Implementing Plan & taking corrective
actions ( R )Evaluating Alternatives & Selecting the best (S)
Developing alternative Plans(T) Fixing objectives
1563 M/s Madhura Sugars is a private firm in sugar industry which Line organisation
produces and sells sugar, that is produced by chemically
processing sugarcane juice.Which type of structure is more
suitableoffor
1564 Which thethis company?
following is not financial institution? State Bank of India
1565 Which statement regarding 'C'category items in 'C'category
items should be
purchased in large
ABC analysis is true? quantity and less
1566 Identify wrong statement regarding Quality Circle.(Q.C.) frequently
Membership to Q.C. is
compulsory
1567 KPO stands for Knowledge Process
OutSourcing
1568 _____ is recruitment of right people at right place in an Staffing
1569 organization
___ was main contributor in the scientific school Frederick Taylor
1570 ____ has to be maintained in an organization while treating the Equity
1571 employees
The managers working at middle level ____ manages the whole Tactically
organization and reach to the goal defined by top management.
1572 ____ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish Delegation of Authority
or perform a particular assignment while operating within pre-
decided limits and standards established
1573 ____ are private and mainly created for providing the different Cooperative
services to the individual as well as society. Organizations
1574 In ____ minimum members involved are 2 and maximum are 50 Joint Stock Private
Limited Stock company
1575 ____ are Public welfare Department, Department of Human Government departments
Resource Development etc
1576 Tsunami is an Accident because of
Natural Disasters
1577 ____ is universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic Capital
1578 The ____ is an accounting and a taxation term Depreciation Provisions
1579 Suggest the appropriate types of sources for Middle Term Capital Equipment Leasing,
Straight Term Loans
1580 ABC Analysis plays a vital role in ____ management Inventory
1581 ____ is one which allows lowest cost per unit and is most Economic Order Quantity
advantageous
1582 The SAP ERP product is very popular for material management Material Management
called as Module
1583 Suggest the appropriate inputs to MRP: Master Production
Schedule, Inventory
Record File
1584 Arrange the activities of Purchasing Procedure before issuing ii, i, iv, iii
Purchase order
i) Making request for quotation
ii)Selection of possible potentials sources of supply
iii)Selection of right source of supply
iv) Receipt and analysis of quotations
1585 CRM is Customer Relationship
Management
1586 Clause of ISO 9001:2000 Internal Audit includes ____ Need of Internal Audits at
pre planned intervals
1587 Match the following -Select Proper Option l-ii, m-i, n-iii
l) Quality Circle i)School of Wisdom
m) Kaizen ii) Small group of voluntary
employees
1588 n) 6 sigma
India is largest market in theiii) 3.4 defects
world for per million Three Wheelers
1589 Domestic trade is also called as Internal trade
1590 Mc Gregor has given contribution in Theory X
&Theory Y
1591 Out of the following which is not function of management Discipline
1592 Which statement is wrong ? Discipline starts from
bottom to top
1593 Which Statement is wrong Authority can not be
delegated
1594 Which Statement is wrong Talent of each member
cannot be used
1595 Which is barrier in communication all
1596 Which is not correct advantage of 'line organisation' Specialised
1597 Who is responsible for accident All of above
1598 According to Workman's compensation act, in which of the All of above
following cases should an employer provide compensation to the
1599 employee?
A budget which is designed to change in relation with the level of variable budget
activity of the business
1600 Labour budget is based on Function
1601 Which Statement is wrong? Zero based budgeting Consume less time
1602 Why purchasing is required Both a and b
1603 Statement 1:MRP maintains maximum inventory Statement 1 wrong,2 correct
2:MRP provides better inventory turnover
1604 Statement 1:procurement is a systematic process Statement 2: both 1&2 are
Purchasing is a routine process correct
1605 Quality managemant Assures Quality
1606 Match the pairsof column 1 & 2 Column 1 a) Seiri a-4,b-3,c-2,d-1
b) Seition c) Seiso d) Seiketsu Column 2 1)
Standardise 2) Sanitise 3) Systemise 4) Structurise
1607 Reserve Bank of India established in _____________ 1935
1608 Following industry comes under tertiary sector in economy Service Industry
1609 Which is the first need in Maslow's need hierarchy? Physiology
1610 Structure of organisation is represented by Oragnisation chart
1611 Statement - 1 : Excise is direct tax Statement -2 : Excise is a Statement 1 is wrong
commodity tax & 2 is correct
1612 Shares is included under _____________ source of finance Long term
1613 ________ determines quantity & timing for material planning MRP
1614 Which is the assumption in EOQ? None
1615 What is the relationship between graph & classification of A, Classification is done
B, C categories? after drawing graph
1616 Which is the component of TQM? All the above
1617 5 S is Positioning of items
1618 SEZ means special economic zone
1619 Which is first need in Maslow's need of hierarchy? Physiological
1620 Government sector is also called as Public sector
1621 Which is incorrect type of partner? Perfect
1622 Tata motors refers to which of the following company type Public limited company
1623 Internal accident means injury without showing
external signs
1624 Six sigma success factors are All
1625 _____ policy covers all the medical expenses following health insurance
1626 hospitalisation.
Need- want - satisfaction chain is invented by _______ Maslow
1627 The staff specialist provides _____ to line managers. advice
1628 A public limited company can have minimum ____ and maximum 7, unlimited
1629 ___ members.
Delegation is a right given by a ____ to ____ to make decisions. Superior , Subordinate
1630 Minimum ___________ & Maximum ____________ Persons 2,20
can be partners in a business
1631 Who is incorrect person in the defination of Dependent? Friend
1632 An adult worker can work up to ____ hrs in a day as per factories 9
1633 Act, current
The 1948. effective service tax rate is: 12%
1634 Which one of the following is not a current liability? long- term provisions
1635 select the apropriat options for 1,2,3,4 in above fig. 1-Production Budget 2-
Mft. Overhead Budget3-
Cash budget4-Direct
Material Budget
1636 Which is the first step in purchasing? Material requisition
1637 Statement 1- ERP needs exhaustive training to employees 1 correct, 2 wrong
Statement 2- Cost of ERP installation is less
1638 Give the % of total consumption cost in above figure A-70-80, B-10-20, C-5-
1639 Innovation shows _____ steps and Kaizen shows _____ steps in 10 Small
Big,
1640 speed
A of work
Pareto chart points out: the key cause
1641 Which one of the following is not a principle of TQM? feedback
1642 If XYZ company makes or produces TVs it can be called as ____ Manufacturing
type of industry.
1643 Infosys is example of ___ industry IT
1644 In banking sector ATM stands for Automated Teller
1645 Edible oil is a product of Machine
Agro Industry
1646 Administration is a Thinking or
Determinative function
1647 _____ Management is responsible for the image of the company. Top
1648 _____ skill is needed at the top level of Management Conceptual
1649 _____ is the most basic and primary function of Management Planning
1650 Out of various principles of management ____ principle of Centralization
management concerns with the distribution of autorities among the
variousfunction
1651 _____ levels ofofmanagement.
management consists of man power planning, Staffing
recruitment, selection, training of employees etc.
1652 In the event of liquidation of the company, a _______ priority will be given to
debentureholder to
receive his money before
the shareholder gets
1653 Co-operative society runs on ____ basis. something.
no profit or no loss
1654 In functional organization an employee reports to several higher Double command
authorities is called as ____ , which is disadvantage of functional
organizational.
1655 As we move from bottom level of management to higher level of Narrow
management the span of control becomes ___
1656 In line organization high level of obedience on the part of sub- Autocratic approach
ordinate is required. Due to which ____ is developed in the higher
authorities, which is disadvantage of Line type.
1657 If an employee gets injured in a factory while working ,then he is The employees
eligible to receive compensation under ___ act . compensation act 2009
1658 The capital which is required for day –to –day needs is labeled as working
____overall
1659 The capital.or summary budget is called as Master Budget
1660 If salary of an employee is above 12 lacs per annum, then he will Income
pay ____ tax to central Government.
1661 Identify taxes collected by Central Government Income and Excise
1662 Identify taxes collected by state Government stamp duty and luxury
1663 In EOQ : Economic Order Quantity; Q is ___ Order quantity
1664 Preperation of comparative statement is part of ___ procedure. Purchasing
1665 Motor byke ready with engine fitting and all other accessories but Semi-finished
without tyres is example of ___ inventory
1666 In case of Inventory management match the following a - s; b - q; c - r; d - p;
a. Raw Inventories b. In process Inventories c. Finished
Inventories d. Indirect inventories. p. They include lubricants and
other items, like spare parts, needed for proper operation, repair and
maintenance during manufacturing cycle. q. semi finished goods r.
waiting
1667 In forABC
case of dispatch s. raw
analysis of materials
material management, and in case of A type : mother board,
Computer sub parts following are the various type of materials used
RAM; B type : power
like mother board and RAM, power supply, screws for mother
board fitting etc. then which is A type, B type and C type ? supply; C type : screws
1668 Kaizen is basically ___ technique Japanese
1669 The parts per million defects are accepted in 6 sigma is 3.4
1670 In 5 S technique ___ can also translated as "Set in Seiton
order" or "Stream line"
1671 What plays an important role in the Indian Textile Industry ? cotton
1672 Which of the following is not a basic function of the management Working
1673 process?
In line organisation ,who is responsible for final result? The managers
1674 Which of the following is not the advantages of a public limited Quick Formation
1675 company?
Which of the following is not the responsibility of a production Storage of goods
1676 manger?
In partnership, the partners have unlimited liability, is it true or TRUE
1677 false? happens in fatal accident?
What Death
1678 _________ is a factor influencing requirements of fixed capital ? Nature of business
1679 Which one of the following is not a major section in cash budget? Capital section
1680 Which one of the follwing is not a tax charged by the central Stamp duty
1681 Government?
Service tax is applicable to the whole of India except the state Jammu and Kashmir
1682 What are the various costs involved in material management? a and b both
1683 One of the functions of MRP all of the these
1684 Which one of the following can be an ERP module ? all of the above
1685 An activity under quality assurance : process control
1686 Which one of the following benefits the customer due to TQM ? Both 'A'
and 'B'
1687 Which one of the following categories of chemical industry has Life Sciences
1688 smallest
Old volume?
Indian textile industry was predominantly _______ based. Cotton
1689 Espirit de Corps means ______ . Principle of management
1690 Aim of Departmentation is to _____ . All of above
1691 Which statement about cooperative society is wrong? Ownership is in the hands
of the Government
1692 Week as per Factory Act is a period between two ___ . Saturdays
1693 According to Factory Act , drinking water must be away from 6
latrine by ____ meters.
1694 Working capital is also called as _____ . Circulating capital
1695 --------- is a type of indirect tax levied on goods imported into India Customs duty
as well as on goods exported from India.
1696 1) VAT is not simple and transperent 1 wrong & 2
2) VAT is progressive form of Sales tax. correct
1697 Material planning is based on data from ____ . Sales Department
1698 Holding cost is also known as _____ . Carrying cost
1699 In ABC analysis which one is incorrect about 'A' Insignificant items
items one of the following is one of the aspect of TQM?
1700 Which Product aspect
1701 Six Sigma implies that ___ . 3.4 defects per million
output
1702 Which one of the following is a benefit of the Kaizen? All of these
1703 Classification of industry based on Both(i) and (ii)
1704 SEZ policy announced in 2000
1705 Getting the things done through others is called Management
1706 First step in planning is Establish goals
1707 What is Espirit De Corps? It is a principle of
management
1708 "Achievement due to one will be shared by all others", General partnership
this happens in
1709 About budget, which statement is wrong It is not time bound
1710 Following is not concerned with material management 5'S'
1711 QA is Quality Assurance
1712 IT Enabled services ( ITES) includes All of the Above
1713 Which of the following includes monitoring & controlling of RBI
banking & financial systems throughout India
1714 Travel & tourism business comes under Service Industry
1715 Which of the following is NOT the advantage of Globalization? Over use &
heavy dependence on
communication Media
& IT Services
1716 Administration is ---- activity in organization Top Level
1717 Planning may fail because of All of the Above
1718 Which of the follwing function of management involes measuring Controlling
& comparing current performance against the established
standards
1719 A force that causes & inspires an individual to behave in a Motivation
specific way and to increase his performance is called as
1720 When Prerna is comparing actual sales figures with goals Controlling
established earlier to see if her department met the target, she is
performing which of the following functions?
1721 Line organization is characterized by All of the Above
1722 BSNL is a Public Limited company
1723 Accidents happen in industry because of - All of the Above
1724 Which Act safeguards interest of workers engaged in factory Indian Factory Act
1725 Safety promotes______ Productivity
1726 Which of the following is external source of capital? Share Capital
1727 Which of the following is not an example of fixed capital? Payment of employee
1728 The Stock of goods in hand at the beginning of the year is known as wages Stock
Opening
1729 A financial statement showing assets and liabilities of company at Balance Sheet
any given time is known as
1730 Tax to be paid by manufaturer of goods/commodities/products to Excise Duty
government
1731 Which of theisfollowing is/are objectives of materials management All of the Above
1732 In ABC Analysis, Items that are extremely inexpensive or have low "C"
demand are termed as Items
1733 In quality circle Participation of employees in the group is ____ Voluntary without any
compulsion or Pressure
1734 First Preference in TQM is given to___ The customers
1735 Inspection assures that__ Product meets
1736 Commerce is also called as ____________. Specification
Trade
1737 Out of the following which is not the function of management None of above
1738 From the options given below, who belongs to the lower level of All of above
1739 management?
Which is the appropriate reason of failure of good plan? All of above
1740 Determine objectives and goals is __________ step in the process first
of organizing.
1741 Identify the levels of management with respect to the position held 1- Top management, 2-
Middle management, 3-
by the different persons in organization. Lower management
1742 Which is the disadvantage of co-operative society? None of these
1743 Security of job is maximum in ___________________. Public sector
1744 For the given figure label the number with the appropriate 1- Sender, 2- Channel, 3-
Receiver, 4- Noise, 5-
components of communication process Feedback
1745 According to Factory Act,an ambulance room should be provided 500
by every factory if the number of workers is more than
___________________.
1746 ___________ takes in account only those cost, e.g. direct labour Variable budget
and material, which vary with output and over which the
department has control
1747 ________________ capital is that amount of capital which must be Permanent working
in cash or current asset for continuing the activities of business.
1748 Select an appropriate response from the options that fits in the Short term budget, Long
blank space provided in the budget chart: term budget
1749 Which of the following is not correct assumption in calculating The lead time is not fixed
EOQ?event of ordering has a certain cost associated with it called procurement cost
1750 Each
_________________________________.
1751 ABC analysis divides an organization on hand inventory into three annual consumption
classes based upon: value
1752 Pick the false statement about ERP vendors. They are now shifting
gears to develop
applications for good
electronic commerce
1753 An effective QMS focuses on _____ websites.
systematically developing
and communicating a
customer – focus
mission, strategies and
1754 5S was developed in Japan and stands for the Japanese words seiri, action planssystemize,
structurize,
seiton, seiso, seiketsu, and shitsuke. The English equivalent of 5S sanitize, standardize, self-
is - discipline
1755 Statement 1: The organization must establish, document, Both statements are true,
implement and maintain documented procedures for its internal and the second statement
audit, corrective and preventive action processes, among others explains the first
Statement 2: This is a requirement of ISO 9001:2000 statement.
1756 Manufacturing is ____________________________. production of
1757 ______________ is described as willing exchange of goods. merchandize
Trade
1758 The Indian Textile industry was predominantly Cotton
__________________ based during post independence.
1759 The functions of middle level management are All of above
1760 Among the given options who are designated as members of All of above
middle level of management?
1761 Comparing actual performance with the standard is ________ steps third
in process of directing.
1762 Identify the management function which carries out this process Decision making
consisting of these basic steps:
(1) identifying the problem;
(2) identifying resources and constraints,
(3) generating alternative solutions,
(4) evaluating alternatives,
(5) selecting an alternative,
(6) implementing the alternative, and
(7) monitoring the alternative
1763 Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Ltd, Bharat fertilizers Ltd etc, are Public companies
which types of companies?
1764 Crèches should be provided when there are more than ____ female 30, 6
workers having children of age below_____ years.
1765 _______________ is prepared to co-ordinate between various Master budget
budget.of the following is function of financial management?
1766 Which Keep a check and control
over the expenditure
1767 What is the total amount of liabilities from this balance sheet? 22290
1768 Instead of each department having its own database of information, ERP
___ puts all of the information into a single place
1769 ______________ is the process of planning, procuring, storing and Materials management
providing the appropriate material of the right quality, right quality
at the right place in the right time.
1770 ________________ is just a transaction and is basic activity of Purchasing
purchase department.
1771 From the EOQ, label the cost at point 1 and 2. (1) Ordering cost (2)
Storage cost
1772 Which statement about kaizen is wrong? It needs heavy investment
1773 SME's stands for _______________________________. Small and Medium sized
enterprises
1774 _________________ is popularly known as the Silicon Valley of Bengaluru
India and IT capital of India.
1775 ___________________ Business aims to identify factors Manufacturing
hampering industrial growth and seeks to redress the above factors.
1776 Which is not the principle of management, according to Henry Decentralisation
1777 Fayol?
In the words of ________________ “planning is deciding in Harold Koontz
advance what to do, how to do it, when to do it and who is to do it.”
1778 Measuring actual performance is the __________________ steps third
involved in the process of controlling.
1779 Top level is known as _______ because all important decision Strategical Level
related to whole organization is taken by top management
1780 Vertical dimension of organization structure defines Hierarchy
1781 _____________________.
Which of the following can be considered as a project Installation of a dairy
organisation?
1782 Which of the following business type, has to pay double taxes to Joint stock company
the government?
1783 According to Workmen's compensation act, a widow, a Dependents
minor son and a widow mother qualify as _______ of a worker.
1784 An indirect Tax levied on those goods which are manufactured in Excise duty
India and are meant for home consumption is called ____
1785 Which of the following is function of financial management? All of above
1786 From which accounting sheet, the net profit in balance sheet is Trial balance account
carried down? statement
1787 Which of the following methods of stock control aims at ABC analysis
concentrating efforts on selected items of
material__________________?
1788 The activity of ' Control " in Six sigma refers to: determine various
controls needed and
1789 Fill in the blank space provided in the figure with an appropriate validate control
Quality them
tool given as options.
1790 ____________ also known as Cyber City is the major IT and BPO Hyderabad
hub in India which has major IT MNC’s together and hence called
as Hitech City.
1791 ___________________ industry primarily refers to manufacturing Process
that is associated with formulas, procedure, development, method
and practice.
1792 Review of plan is the __________step in the process of planning. last
1793 From the figure of levels of management which are the principles 1- Authority and
that flows upward and downward? responsibility, 2-
1794 Which of the following is true concerning technical and human Command
Human skills remain
necessary and technical-
skill needs decrease as
manager’s move to
skills of a manager? higher levels
1795 One canteen should be provided atleast per ____ workers in a 250
1796 factory.
To provide insurance coverage to the employees who are injured on Workman Compensation
the job with payment for lost wages, medical care, and if necessary,
vocational rehabilitation is the primary purpose of the – Act
1797 _____________ budget shows the estimate of direct labour needed Direct labour
to carry out the budget output.
1798 ____ includes the free reserves of the company which are built out Reserves and surplus
of the genuine profits of the company.
1799 Land, buildings, plant and equipment, furniture and fixtures, Tangible assets
vehicles and office equipment are called ____
1800 What do you mean by finished part? Part which is ready to
dispatch to customer.
1801 __________________ include raw material and semi-finished Raw inventories
products supplied by another firm and which are raw items for the
1802 present
The industry.
table below shows the list of items as per their annual Pareto analysis
consumption and annual consumption value. Can you identify
which type of anlaysis is this to have proper inventory control?
1803 How many steps are there in implementation of 5S? 5
1804 The basic goal of ________ is to ensure that the product or/and Quality control
services meet specific requirement.
1805 In PDCA , Act consists of which of the following? ensure continuos
improvement
1806 According to ISO 9004:2000, what kind of improvements is Breakthrough projects
that may lead to the
normally carried out by cross-functional teams outside routine
implementation of new
operations? processes
1807 ___________________ industry primarily deals with the design, Engineering
manufacture and operation of structures, machines or devices.
1808 To conduct day to day activities, monitor daily progress and lower
reporting to middle level management is the function of
1809 __________
Which is the level of management.
principle of organization? All of the above
1810 In a tall organisation structure, the span of control is _________. narrow
1811 As per Factory Act, 1947, a child is a person whose age is less than 15 years
__________.
1812 Safety management deals with ________________. prevention of an accident
1813 Good layout and reduction in noise level are examples of ________ safe workplace and
working conditions
1814 Working capital can be financed through ______________. All
1815 ________ refers to sparing of the replacement cost of tangible Depreciation
assets like building, machinery, etc.
1816 Sales returns represents value of goods returned by the customers
___________________.
1817 The earnings like interest, dividend or capital gains etc, which are Deferred taxation
gathered tax free until the investor withdraws and takes position of
it. These earning are refered as ___________________.
1818 _____________ can be defined as the tax which increases the price Indirect tax
of a good in such way that consumers are actually paying the tax by
paying more for the products they are buying.
1819 The procurement costs _________________________________. decreases as quantity
ordered increases
1820 The figure shows a graphical method for determining the order EOQ
quantity which attempts to minimize total inventory cost. Which is
this tool used to answers the following questions. (1) How much
should I order? (2) How often should I place each order?
1821 Formulate company quality policy is function of ______________. Quality control
1822 Which one of the following does not belongs to Process Industry? Information Technology
1823 Which one of the following is the advantage of effective decision All of above
making.
1824 When an employee receive orders and report to only one superior Unity of Command
rather than multiple bosses, the principle is called as
_________________.
1825 Proper __________, facilitates employees appraisal, as managers control
can easily measure the performance of supervisors/subordinates as
per the standard and provide them necessary feedback for appraisal.
1826 In line organisation, the authority flows from _______________ to superior, subordinate
________________.
1827 Which statement is false about 'nominal partners’? All are correct
1828 The organisation always prefers to have ___________ span of wide
control.
1829 Long term sources of finance are required for ______________. Above 5 years
1830 The suppliers of goods and services to the company provide various trade credit
goods and services with an expectation of payment in future is
called_____
1831 Which one of the following is a type of preference shares? noncumulative shares
1832 The table shows the tax rates for which types of taxes? Income Tax
1833 Procurement cost is obtained by plotting _____________ against cost
ordered quantity.
1834 ____________ is the collective stock of items which is required for Inventory
routine functioning of industry.
1835 "Fit for purpose" and “Right first time and everytime” Quality assurance
are the principles of _________________________ ?
1836 In __________________ all are encourage to come up with small Kaizen
suggestion on a regular basis.
1837 A producer of consumer goods wants to analyze its product range G1 – A items, G2 – B
from product 1 to product 13. The management has decided to use
the annual consumption value as the key figure to assess the
product range. An ABC analysis is done and the raw data is order
in decreasing order of annual consumption value. How have they items, G3 – C items
classified
1838 ITDC the for
stands product group in A, B and C category items? Indian Tourism
Development
1839 Which process is the part of textile industry? Corporation
All of above
1840 ______________________ may be refer to particular area of Business
economic activity such as the real estate business, computer
business, poultry, farming, telecommunication, shipping, tours and
travels, etc.of alternative is done in which step of decision making
1841 Evaluation third
process?
1842 Which is not the type of departmentation? By material pattern
1843 Which are factors on which span of control depends? All of the above
1844 An activity in which people practice leaving a place quickly is fire drill
called _____________.
1845 ____________ is a book or computer file in which all monetary Journal
transaction are originally entered.
1846 _______________ represents what the company has to pay others. Liabilities
1847 Which of the following is not function of financial management? Periodically evaluate the
material consumption of
each department
1848 These are the taxes which are imposed or levied and assessed on Direct tax
individual or organizational income directly and have to pay the
same to the government in form of income tax, wealth tax and
etc.
Which is this type of tax?
1849 Low complex and low cost items that are typically commercially Items C
available and require little manager control are called
______________.
1850 A detailed list of all kinds of goods handled by business is called inventory
_________________.
1851 _____________ management is defined as an attempt to balance Inventory
inventory needs and requirements with the need to minimize costs
resulting from obtaining and holding inventory.
1852 ________ department floats enquiries and processes quotations. Purchase
1853 In this Stock control chart, label the buffer stock – (a)
1854 American Society for Qualiy (ASQ) defines, “________ as the Quality Assurance
planed and systematic activities implemented in a quality system so
that quality requirments for a product or service will be fulfilled .”
1855 ITO stands for ___________________________. International Trade
Organization
1856 Which one out of the given options is not a broad category of Durable products
chemical
1857 Top level industry?
management includes All of above
1858 Decision making is not linked with _____________________ reporting
function of management.
1859 Business secrecy is less in _______________. Public sector companies
1860 Infosys is which type of company? Public Limited
1861 A newly marketing executive is appointed and has been assigned Area
certain function: 1) to visit the 10-15 doctors daily at specified area
2) promote the product to the doctors 3) keep a track of availabiltiy
of medicine at the medical stores 4) report to the manager once in a
week. Now his activities of work will come under which type of
departmentation?
1862 ____ is a person who has completed the 18 years Adult
1863 _____________ budget is a forecast of the number of products that Production
must be manufactured.
1864 Which is not the direct tax? Excise tax
1865 Which of the following is a false statement? Capital is required to sell
the business
1866 These are the taxes which an individual or organization does not Indirect tax
pay directly, but are can be easily shifted to others may be in form
of service tax, excise tax, value added tax or custom duty. Which is
this type of
1867 Complex tax?
and expensive parts are items that require strict Items A
management and control are called ____________.
1868 Which is the first step in process of purchasing? Analysis of purchase
requisition
1869 Which of the following is not objective of purchasing? To facilitate waste
1870 From the graph, the point Q at which slope = 0, is called Economic Order Quantity
__________.
1871 You need a documented procedure to control quality documents in ISO:9001
your company. Everyone must have access to up-to-date documents
and be aware of how to use them, is the clause
of_______________.
1872 Agro-industry mainly comprises of the ________________ post-harvest
activities of processing and preserving agricultural products for
intermediate or final consumption.
1873 ____________________________ is the process of transformation Globalization
of a regional phenomenon into global ones.
1874 _______________________ major contribution to the management Henry Fayol
theory in his 14 principles of management that are based on his
thoughts and experiences.
1875 ________________ gives power in hands of centre. Centralisation
1876 Lower level is also known as __________ Operational level
1877 Effective ____________________ helps employees to eliminate coordination
wastages and achieve better results.
1878 Suresh has been hired by a consultant to provide training to the Controlling
workers of a firm where he needs to monitor, compare and correct
the tasks or activities performed by the workers. So what is the
actual line of function of management he is concentrating on?
1879 Which one is not the disadvantage of staff organization? Lack of specialization
1880 Which is not the advantage of delegation? Control of Centre
1881 The figure depicted below shows departmentation by – increases
Product
1882 A tax levied on services rendered by a person is called Service tax
___________.
1883 Which is the following is a false statement? Debenture holder are
owners of the company
1884 A planned capital investment in the business without disrupting the capital budget
normal working of the company is ____________
1885 _________________________ include purchase of raw material, Raw material inventory
semi-finished components, standard components or/and
1886 subassemblies
From the graphfrom suppliers.
of graph of inventory level versus time, the value Average inventory
Q/2 is called __________________.
1887 _________ is a management technique used to communicate with Quality Management
employees, in order to produce the desired quality of products and
services to be render to influence employee actions to complete System
1888 tasks as Assurance
Quality per qualityisstandards.
a ____ approach Proactive
1889 What is the proper sequence for the implementation of TQM? Plan - Do - Check - Act
1890 The chart shown is used to investigate whether the Control chart
manufacturing process is in stable condition or not and is
used to maintain the process within the tolerance. This
technique helps in taking the right decision for selection of the
1891 machinecompany
Which with higher processing
is associated capabilities.
with Insurance?Which type of chart is All of above
1892 _______________ industries are owned and run by rural Village
households with very little capital investment and a high level of
1893 manual labour
___________________ Business has elevated the Indian Manufacturing
population above poverty line by shifting the majority of the
1894 workforce
Which out step
is next of low-wage agriculture.
after planning? Organizing
1895 Management is not directly visible instead; its presence is observed Intangible
in the form of results such as higher productivity, higher efficiency,
disciplined work force, etc. Hence management is
___________________.
1896 Managers must develop a team spirit among the subordinates by coordinating
__________ the activities of everyone to achieve the team
objectives.
1897 Which of the following is the advantage of a narrow span? closer supervision
1898 Assistant to the president of a company refers to which type of Staff
authority?
1899 Out of the following one which is not an unsafe condition ? long working hours
1900 __________ budget, generally deals only with the direct materials. Material
1901 _____________is record of an organization that registers all Account
financial transactions. It is a written statement of all business
dealingsa or
1902 ____is debts
types of and credits
indirect tax leived on goods imported in to India Customs duty
as well as on goods exported from India.
1903 In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into category B Annual consumption cost
items? is around 15-25%
1904 While deciding how to manage inventory the question that a how much should we
materials manager need to be ask himself is order and how often
_____________________________________ should we order?
1905 In EOQ, annual _______ cost = unit price x annual consumption consumption
volume this basic inventory control technique which is often
1906 Identify Pareto analysis
applied to almost all aspects of materials management.
1907 A machine draws a very delicate copper wire from the plate and is Check list
facing repeated breaking of wire. The tally table illustrates all
possible causes of problem (symptom) and the frequency of each
cause is observed and noted. This tally table is also called as
_________________.
1908 A manufacturing industry follows multiple techniques of quality Six sigma, Kaizen,
management system where they focus on total employee
Quality control tool,
participation, continuous improvement, customer satisfaction and
preferred partner as seen in the figure. Which are the techniques Quality assurance tool
used?
1909 Which one is not the textile industry? ICICI
1910 Which type of industries are characterized by medium investment Small scale
and semi-automation process?
1911 ___________________ is the fastest growing sector in India now-a- Service
days. steps in decision making process develops alternative
1912 Which third
solutions
1913 Which duties come under Administration? All of above
1914 ______________________ is the process of identifying a set of Decision making
feasible alternatives and from these selected alternative the best
course
1915 A plantofmanager
action. who organizes the plant by separating middle managers
engineering, accounting, manufacturing, personnel, and purchasing
into departments is practicing functional departmentalization is also
called asof_______________.
1916 Control government is highest in Government department
__________________________.
1917 Which partner contribute in terms of their goodwill and credit from Nominal partner
the market?
1918 Manav is a new divisional manager, in reorganizing his division; he wider spans reduce
must make some decisions regarding the span of control.
He thinks wider spans are more efficient in terms of cost but at effectiveness.
some point:
1919 Which preventive measure industry should take to avoid accidents? All of the above
1920 ___________ is a person employed directly or through any agency, Worker
whether for wages or not, in any manufacturing process or in
cleaning any part of the machinery or premises used for
manufacturing process or in any other kind of work incidental, to or
1921 connected with,tax
____is a direct thelevied
manufacturing process.
on the income earned by individual, Income tax
corporation or on other forms of business entities.
1922 In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into category A Annual consumption cost
items? is around 70-80%
1923 _____________ is a detailed list of movable items which are Inventory
required for manufacturing products and maintaining the equipment
and machines in good working order.
1924 Which are the functions in materials management? All of the above
1925 The principal files that are incorporated into a computerized MRP inventory record, master
system are: schedule, BOM.
1926 The totality of features and characteristics of a product or service Quality
that bears the ability to satisfy stated or implied needs of the
customer about
1927 Decision is called
the_________.
quality system are made based on recorded data ISO: 9001
and the system is regularly audited and evaluated for conformance
and effectiveness, is the clause of ________________.
1928 Identify the diagram, which is an investigative tool of quality Ishikawa diagram
control to rearrange possible causes of the problem?
1929 DMAIC stands for define, measure, analyze, improve and control. Numerical measurement
It involves defining the problem, measuring where you stand, of the current process is
analyzing where the problem starts, improving the situation and necessary in order to
controlling the new process to confirm that is fixed. The Analyze change the process
1930 step,
Indianinvolves
Industry- Started from - 1850
1931 I.T.Sectors involves- a and b Both
1932 An activity which involves handling or directing the affairs of an Administration
organisation is called as-
1933 The ability of a supervisor to choose the correct course of action Decision Making
from the available alternatives to achieve the desired aims and
objectives of the business is termed as -
1934 Who is called as Founder and Architect of " Modern Fredrick W.Taylor
Scientific Management" ?
1935 Scientific Management Involves - All of the above
1936 While working as a professional Manager in any modern Industrial All of the above
Organisation , which of the following duties he is expected to
perform?
1937 Figure shows Modern Thought represented in a schematic way. Functions Of Mangement
Fill in the appropriate Terminology at space marked by
"?"
1938 Which of the following is / are the characteristics of Organistion ? All of the above
1939 The commonly known forms of organisation structures are - All of the above
1940 Joint stock private limited company is - Not Managed by
Government
1941 Balaji Telefilms , Bharat Fertilizers are - None of the Above
1942 Which of the following includes causes of accidents All of the above
1943 A temporary accommodation given by the bank to their customers Overdrafts
against certain security is called
1944 When finance is required for expansion and development of an Debentures
organisation , it can be raised through loans instead of issuing
shares isoftermed
1945 Which as -
the following are financial Institutions? All of the Above
1946 Which of the following are recently included under the service Tax- All of the Above
1947 The size of an order that minimises the total inventory cost is called Economic Order Quantity
as-
1948 Which of the following are the Aims of Material Management? All of the Above
1949 Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) can be used by- All of the above
1950 Arrange in a chronological order the steps of material purchasing I,iii,iv,ii
i) Place Order ii) Payment of bill iii) Receive the material iv)
Inspection-
1951 Figure shows modules of a system being implemented in ERP
Industries. Choose the appropriate terminology from options given
below to be placed at the letter 'X' .
1952 As per definition of ISO 8402-1968 , " the totality of features Quality
and characteristics of a period or service that bears its ability to
satisfy stated or implied needs is known as
1953 Figure refers to a Japnese Technique whichis also known as TQM
Shewhart cycle, Deming cycle or PDCA cycle. identify correctly
the technique from the given option.
1954 WTO stand for :- World Trade
1955 Level Management :- Organization
All of the above
1956 ____________are internally formed Project Organization
1957 Which factor dose not cause accident due to dangerous machine Unsafe clothing
1958 Reason due to which non-machinery accident may occur all of the above
1959 which of the following condition is not physical condition Sufficient Working Space
for Movement
1960 Example of office & Administrative expenses are All of the above
1961 ___________may occure because of loss on scale of asset fire or Abnormal Losses
1962 theft etc
_________is a part of material management? Inventory management
1963 EOQ stand for Economic order Quantity
1964 Advantage of ERP are A unified &
single reporting system
1965 ______is define as tool for controlling the quality of the product Quality control
& services to ultimately gain the customer satisfaction
1966 For effective quality circles Both A & b
1967 Write Step by step sequently objective I )To endorse self & i-ii-iii-iv
mutual development ii) To develop quality of work iii)To give an
opportunity to employee iV)To improve quality,productivity,safety
& reduces the cost
1968 Engineering industrial sector not involves ____ Filament Yard
1969 ITES Stand for_____ IT Enabled Services
1970 _________Is recruitment of right people at right place in an Staffing
1971 organization.
Advantage of planning :- All of the above
1972 _____________ is the life blood of business enterprise. It is a Capital
universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic.
1973 External sources are_____________ All of the above
1974 Following are which types of taxes :-1) Consumption tax. 2) Flat Both A&B
tax. 3) Social security tax. 4) Dividing tax. 5) Gift taxes. 6)
1975 Payroll tax. 7) Poleistax.
_______________ a plan that view future production of end of MPS
1976 product.
Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2000 ________________ the organization should
identify work
environment that ensures
conformity of service
1977 The idea of liberalization in the present phase of globalisation economic aspect
1978 dealsofwith
One the following is definitely not a positive aspect of Growth of small scale
globalisation in India industry
1979 The services provided by Ashoka hotel comes under tertiary activity
1980 The art of getting things done by people is called as management
1981 Who is recognised as a man who invented management Peter drucker
1982 The lower level of managers work at Operational level
1983 The management of interdependence in work situations is called as Coordination
1984 An organization is nothing but Structure of Management
1985 Funtional organizations are based on Based on specialization
factor
1986 The principal sent a note that he will be on leave for a few days and delegation
the Hod of mechanical department will look after the responsibility
in his absence, this is called
1987 two of our friends decided to start a garment shop such type of Partnership
business organisation can be called
1988 Minimum wages need to be paid in: cash
1989 The quantity to be ordered depends upon two costs, what are they holding cost and
procurement cost
1990 In Kaizen the role of middle management is to implement the process
1991 I want the products of my company to achieve perfect quality, six sigma
which tool will I apply to check this
1992 I wanted to know the major and minor causes which are responsible Ishikawa diagram
for the problem,from the following which technique will I adopt
1993 Find the odd one out TQM
1994 Which of the following is correctly matched Seiri means sorting and
Seition means Set in
1995 Following are types of banks ---------- order
All of the Above
1996 . --------------------- is not the type of service industry. Import &
Export House
1997 The area of classical school are ---------- All of above
1998 .-------- level management is known as strategical level of Top
1999 management.
.----------- is the downward transfer of authority from manager to Delegation
2000 subordinate.
The factor which affects decision making is ---------------------- All of above
2001 The funtion ofadministration is -------------- All of above
2002 .------- is important not only for individual but for an organization Discipline
2003 also.
.---------- organization is also called as staff organization. Functional
2004 .------- type of organization is suitable for military & small Line
2005 businesses.
Factors which affects departmentation are ----------- All of the Above
2006 .------------ means right (to command) and power to act. Authority
2007 Features of project organization are ------------ All of the above
2008 Lack of training to worker is a cause of accident due to -------- Management
2009 Fire extinguishers should be kept in easily accessible places.Under Safety measures essential
which category of accident prevention methods does this appear? in industry
2010 Out of following, --------- is not considered as a dependent. Married sister
2011 Direct tax is an example of ----------- Income tax
2012 Income other than sales are called as ------------ Indirect income
2013 EOQ does not work if ------ order quantity is compulsory. Minimum
2014 .------------ activity is complicated and takes more time. Procurement
2015 In ABC analysis, the 20 % items in industry having cost 80% of Type A
total inventory cost is called as -------
2016 .------------ inventory is not a type of inventory. Departmental
2017 Continuous Improvement means ----------- Kaizen
2018 License permit raj in India was in this period 1965 – 1990
2019 Match the pair 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (a)
1. Ashok Leyland a) Gurgoan
2. Suzuki b) Pune
3. Mahindra c)Chennai
4. Kinetic d) Nasik
2020 Why plan fails All are correct
2021 Which statement is wrong? Authority cannot be
delegated
2022 Application of ERP are__________ Both A & B
2023 Benefits of ISO 9001:2000 are _______ All of the above
2024 Service sector has occupied _____ of GDP (Gross Domestic 1%
2025 Product) are produced from raw materials by using engineering
Products Machinery
technology and ______________
2026 Hospitality industry is mainly dependent on ______________ Tourism
industry
2027 Management works as _______________ to produce goods using Catalyst
labour, materials and capital
2028 Middle level management is also called as Tactical Level
__________________________ of managers
2029 "The process by which actual performance of subordinates is Directing
guided towards common goals of the enterprise" is called as
_____________ function of management
2030 Which function of management fails due to following reasons a. Planning
Incorrect person to do plan, b. faulty System of work c. Insufficient
data d. No feedback system e. Overconfidence
2031 Oraganization establishes a relationship betweeen authority & responsibility
______________ & controls the efforts of group.
2032 Similar activites & related people are grouped together to form department
a _________________
2033 Senses of responsibility increases due to _____________________ authority
provided by seniors.
2034 Departmenation is done on the basis of product, function & process
_____________
2035 When a group of people are pulled together for a special task then Project
formed structure of organisation is called _________________
organisation
2036 When 20 number of persons comes together to form a business as Partnership
owners with all legal formalities then formed ownership is called as
______________ type of ownership.
2037 __________________ is an unfortunate & sudden Accident
mishappening which causes damage or loss of property, material or
human.
2038 ____________ accident prevents employees from working, for the Minor
period less than 48 hours from the time of accident.
2039 ______________ department will be dedicated for saftey related Safety
2040 work only between employer & employees is very
Relationship Survival
important for the development & _____________ of any
organization.
2041 Financial management is nothing but effective management of Funds
__________ permanent working capital is working capital but
2042 Eventhough Permanent
it's nature is ______________ for every year or month.
2043 ____________ is an instrument of management for planning its Budgets
future activities.
2044 _________________ operates on the principle that if you have Balance sheet
something it must have been paid for somehow.
2045 A man working in an industry has annual income of 2,50,000 Rs. 5000
from all sources, total investment like PF, PPF, LIC savings 50,000
Rs., Exempted amount for income tax is 1,50,000 Rs. &
income tax rate is 10% upto 3,00,000. Find out amount of income
tax paid by that person is is way of keping material which will not
2046 ____________________ inventory
stop the manufacturing and allied process
2047 The results of ABC analysis have to be reviewed periodically
________________ & updated.
2048 If there is more stock than requirement , then the cost of carrying it inventory
i.e. __________________ cost will b more.
2049 MRP (Material Resource Planning) projects not only demand but inventory
also the timing of the _______________ demand.
2050 If a TV manufacturing industry is using ABC analysis for inventory A- picture tube, B- PCB,
management. They are having items such as picture tube main
C- electronics
costly item, PCB moderately cost & electronics components
less costly items, then classify these items into A items, B items components
& C items.
2051 According to ERP each department has its own ERP module A- 2, B- 4, C- 3, D-1
following are the ERP module and department match ERP module
with their department A. ERP Finance module B. ERP Human
Resources Module C. ERP Purchase Module D. ERP production
module and Departments are 1. Production Dept. 2. Account Dept.
3. Purchase
2052 Quality Dept. 4. Personal
__________ Dept.
gives more attention on testing of products to Control
find defects & reporting to management before release of
product.is the Japanese term which means __________________
2053 Kaizen Improvement
2054 5"S" methodology for organizing & minimizing Efficiently
items within a workplace in order to operate more ________.
2055 Following are the stages & Break through Strategy (B.S.) 1-C, 2-D, 3-A, 4-B
phases. Match the Stage & Break through Strategy correctly.
1. Identification 2. Characterization 3. Optimization 4.
Institutionalization and B.S. phases are A. Improve & Control
B. Standardise & Integrate C. Recognize & Define D.
Measure
2056 The term & Analyze
management means---? All above.
2057 Organizing process transfers------? Into reality Plans
2058 To avoid delay in work-----? Management function is used. Coordinating
2059 In line organization authority flows from---------? Top to bottom
2060 An accident means unforeseen ----------- sudden mishap? Uncontrolled
2061 Material Management is an --------activity? Integrated
2062 The term Inventory management means---------? Short list of items
2063 TQM stands for----------? Total Quality
2064 KAIZEN theory uses---------theory? management.
5S
2065 6-Sigma is a---------- method used for improvement? Statistical.
2066 For creating Departments --------- methods are used? All above.
2067 If the capital in a business provided by one or two persons in the Partnership co.
form
2068 Following tableof is Shares With legal
the example entity then it is Called as --------Sales
of--------budget?
.
XYZ-Co.
-----------Budget.
For the year-
Dept. JAN FEB MAR 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr.
X 4000 2000 4000 13000 14000
Y 2000 2000 3000 9000 9500
X+Y
2069 To achieve the vision of an organization------ management works? Upper level
2070 Brainstorming is used by the management for: Generating alternative for
problem solving.
2071 "Analysis of causes of deviation" is a part of controlling
______________ Process
2072 In an organization which of following group is not present group of 15 people on
bus stop
2073 which of the following statement is wrong ? organization has no
boundaries
2074 which of following is not objective of financial management to ensure regular and
adequate supply of funds
2075 The capital required for a business is ____________ both (A) and (B)
2076 Following fig. refers to : Balance sheet
2077 which of the following is advantage of ABC analysis _______ ABC analysis results in
reduction of annual
inventory cost
2078 EOQ is a formula that determines the ___________ at which the quantity
combination of procurement costs and inventory carrying costs are
least
2079 procurement costs: they decrease as quantity
ordered increases
2080 Quality consist of ______________- to satisfy wants. capacity
2081 Process employed to ensure a certain level of quality in a product or quality control
service is called
2082 AGM stands for Annual General Meeting
2083 India is awarded a certification of ---- free country. Polio
2084 Exchange of ideas, opinions, information etc. between two or more communication
persons is________
2085 An identified group of people contributing their efforts towards the Organization
attainment of goals is called an
2086 Goal or target to be achieved is known as ____________. objective
2087 The chain of superiors from the highest authority to the lowest level Scalar chain
in the organization is _________
2088 Maslows motivation theory is on the basis of human___________. needs
2089 which type of organization is the fig. refer to… Line and Staff
2090 Gross Profit is the difference between? Sale Revenue
& Cost of
2091 Which of the following is/are Current Liabilities of the Goods Sold
Creditors
organisation?
2092 Which of the following would represent an organisations Fixed Fixtures &
Assets
2093 following fig shows : Fittingsbudget
master
2094 Which of the following is in significant item A items
2095 finished good means good waiting for dispached to: customer
2096 Excess inventory may lead to : loss
2097 when we order and receive good in company it will include procurement cost
2098 Following are the principles of …..1)Customer focus ISO:9001
2)Leadership3)Involvement of people4)Process approach
2099 Extract from pareto's chart : The key causes are A,B,C
2100 _________ Industries are known as sunshine sector of Indian information technology
economy
2101 The purpose of business according to Drucker, to create and keep
customers
2102 Which of the following is an example of a physical aspect of Goods being transported
globalization? across borders
2103 The ------process transform plans in to reality. organizing
2104 The right of a person to give instructions to his subordinates is authority
known as_________.
2105 Supply of human and material resources and helps to achieve the Organization
objective of business is _______
2106 The process of dividing the large monolithic functional Departmentation
organization into small and flexible
administrative units is called__________.
2107 Identify type of organization does the fig. refer to.. Project
2108 An environmental factor for accidents in industry is: daydreaming
2109 As per Factories Act, "--------------------”of a factory means Occupier
the person who has the ultimate control over the affairs of the
factory.of the following is obligation imposed byFactories Act
2110 Which All the above.
upon the employer with respect to his workers ?
2111 XYZ company has to be appointed _____________ if an welfare officer
organization is engaging 500 or more employees
2112 The function of financial management is ________ all of the above
2113 complete fiil in the blank It is the credit money of
the company
2114 The summary of an organisations assets and Liabilities at a Balance Sheet
particular
point inone
2115 Which time
ofisthe
called?
following cannot be found in the Profit & Sales Goods returned
Loss
Account?
2116 An organisation which produce DVD recorders has a Fixed Cost 120
of
Rs. 30,000. If the selling price is Rs. 350 each and Variable Costs
are Rs. 100
per preparation
2117 To unit what isof theABC
number of units
analysis Firstneeded
step isto reach the Break- preparation of lisi of all
2118 Which of the following is the name given to a bill of lading where items bill of lading.
Clean
goods have been received by a
carrier free of defects?
2119 Which of the following categories of materials handling equipment Fork lift Trucks
does a ‘counterbalanced type’
belong to?
2120 Warehouses and stockyards are two types of storage facilities. Surface
Which of the following is the most appropriate factor to consider in
the design of a stockyard?
2121 process flow chart helps to explain process steps and their
relationship
2122 Name the curve shown in fig. Normal distribution curve
2123 LPG increases – All of the above
2124 Banks are regulated by RBI
2125 what is the next function after planning organising
2126 which is the last need in Maslow need hierchy self actualisation
2127 Urban co-operative bank refers to which of the following company Co-operative company
2128 type- statement is wrong
which centralisation considers
local issue always
2129 employer has to do compensation in which case All of the above
2130 Fixed capial can be financed through all
2131 Fixed capial is not required for cash to be maintained in
emergency
2132 which is wrong statement about capital None of the above
2133 which statement is wrong none
2134 classification of material as per their values and usage comes under ABC analysis
2135 Quality is the relative term and is used with reference to - product
2136 it is the series of the quality management system standards created ISO 9001
by the international organisation for standardisation
2137 Following business pattern do not come under service industry. Textile Mill
2138 --------- is a willing exchange of goods Trade
2139 Which one of the following is not a personal protective device ? pullover
2140 Excise duty is the amount of duty paid on _____ of goods. Production
2141 Too little inventory increases the risc of: Out of stock condition
2142 Kaizen is the name given by: Japanese
2143 Meeting goals can increase : Motivation
2144 Food,Water,Sleep,Clothes,and an acceptable temperature are all Physiological Need
2145 examples
The of : are guided by :
motivators Need
2146 ____ make products, from raw materials or componentparts, which service providers
they then sell at a profit.
2147 How do traders make profit? in the form of
2148 What is the main stay of Indian economy? commission
Agriculture
2149 Indian IT companies are not working in the __________________ product development
2150 business.
Out of following which is the first activity in organizing? Identifying the activities
2151 "They expect less but contribute more" this happens in Self actualization
2152 which phase?
Project organization is a ____________organization structure. Temporary
2153 _________ is a voluntary organization formed to serve the co-operative society
members and the welfare of society.
2154 In a tall organisation structure, the span of control is ___________ narrow
2155 _______________ is a source of working capital. loans from commercial
banks
2156 Tools, lubricants, cutting fluids are ___________. indirect materials
2157 ________ helps managers to have selective control and focus ABC analysis
attention only on important items.
2158 The ___ provides the information about when to order and how MRP
2159 much
In to order.
kaixen the role of an employee is __________ to participate
Sr. No. Question Answer Option

1 Indian factory act come in to force on ---------- 1st April 1949 B

2 As per Indian factory act, The person who has control over the affairs of factory is known as ------- occupier C

3 Section 27 under the Industrial dispute act is about ........ Penalty for instigation B

4 As per Indian Factory act, Employer has to provide canteen facility, if there are ---- number of employees. 250 D

5 ------------- section of Industrial Dispute act covers the topic penalty for instigation. Section 27 B
6 -- is not statuary welfare facility under Factory act Transport C
7 Bhopal gas tragedy led to an amendment under ---- legislation None of the above D
8 arrangements of drinking water is mentioned under------ section of Factory act 18 D
9 For contravention of provisions of factories act , the occupier shall liable for punishment up to .------- None of the above D

10 The license fee can be paid to get license for a factory maximum up to -------- Five Year C

The occupier of a factory is required to send written notice to the Chief Inspector of Factories at least --------- days
11 15 B
before he begins to occupy the premises as factory.
As per the Factories Act,1948 any engine,motor or other appliance which generates or otherwise provides power is
12 Prime Mover A
termed as --------------
As per section 16 of the Factory Act, 1948 the minimum space to be allocated to each worker employed in the
13 4.2 cu.met C
factory is ---------------
14 An adult worker is allowed to work for -------- hours in a week. 48 B

There must be an electronic

15 ------- is not a essential element of a factory data processing units are D
installed

16 Section 2 (m) of the Factory Act 1948 Says about -- Manufacturing Process B

17 Crèche is to be provided if______ or more lady employees are engaged 30 C

18 The maximum daily hours of work in a day with normal wage allowed in factories is ----------- 9 B

The Chief Inspector of the

19 --------- is the chairman of Site Appraisal Committees A
State

The Labour Department of

20 ------- authority enforces the Factory Act 1948 C
the State Government

21 --- year did the Industrial Dispute act come into operation. 1947 B

Negotiation and
22 The industrial peace is secured through voluntary _______ and compulsory ________ D
Adjudication

Industrial Disputes Act,

23 -------legislation there is a provision called „protected workmen‟. C
1947

24 Grievance Handing Machinery is given in --------- Industrial Dispute Act A

To provide compensation to workmen in cases of Lay-off, retrenchment and closure is a provision of ...............
25 Industrial Dispute B
Act.

26 -------- is a machinery for the settlement of Industrial Disputes in India Industrial Tribunal C

------- machinery has been mentioned in the Industrial Dispute act accountable for the speedy and amicable
27 Conciliation B
settlement of industrial disputes
________ means an interim or a final determination of any industrial dispute or of any question relating there to
28 Award D
by any labour court.

29 Industrial Dispute means, Dispute between ----- All of the Above D

30 The ------- authorities are set up for settling the industrial Dispute. All of the Above D

31 An arbitrator is appointed by ------------ Government C

32 „Award‟ under Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 is------- Both A & B D

 When demand made for
alteration of conditions of
33 Under the Industrial Disputes Act, ------- is not be considered as an industrial dispute C
service of employees in a
cooperative society

34 The ongoing globalization in India requires drastic changes under --------- of the labour legislation. The Industrial Disputes Act C

------------- includes any court constituted under any law relating to investigation and settlement of industrial
35 Labour court A
disputes in force in any State

36 ----------- members does a conciliation board consist of as per the appropriate government Chairman and 2-4 members B

37 A national tribunal consist of ---- number of person/s to be appointed by the central government. 1 C

------- is the time period in which all the awards of the arbitration are to be published from the date of its receipt by
38 30 days D
the appropriate government
As per section ___ a conciliation proceeding shall be deemed to have commenced on the date on which a strike or
39 22 A
lock - out is received by the conciliation officer
No person employed in a public utility service shall go on strike in breach of contract within ____ of giving such a
40 6 weeks B
notice.
Section ____ of industrial dispute act covers the compensation provided to workers who are in continuous service
41 25-FFF C
for not less than one year.
A workmen who is employed in an industrial establishment in the place of another workman whose name is borne
42 badali workman C
on the muster rolls of the establishment is -------------

43 dependent means ------- relatives of a deceased workman, All of the above D

44 A person named as Minor who has not attained the age of ----- years 18 B

40% monthly wages

45 if death results an from the injury, the amount of compensation to the employee equal to multiplied by the relevant A
factor

46 Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by ----- All of the above D

if workmen Loss of both hands or amputation at higher sites then he /she will get compensation ----- percentage of
47 100 B
loss of earning capacity
if workmen have permanent total disablement, he /she will get compensation amount ----- percentage of monthly
48 50 A
wages.
A workmen have Amputation through shoulder joint .,then he/she will get compensation -----Percentage of loss of
49 90 D
earning capacity.
A workmen have Loss of both eyes, then He/She will get compensation ------ Percentage of loss of earning
50 50 B
capacity
51 Basic compensations given to employees as salaries or wages are called ------- Basic pay A
---------- is the total cash and non-cash payments that you give to an employee in exchange for the work they do for
52 Compesation B
your business.

53 ---------- is the initial pay, you give your employees Basic Pay D

54 Characteristic of a good compensation system is ------- All of the above D

55 Major factors influencing compensation of worker are ----- All of the above D

In graduated time rates system, if basic salary is Rs.2000 and dearness allowance is 150% then total remuneration
56 5000 B
will be Rs. -----

57 Most common and usual form of direct compensation paid in organizations is ----- base and variable pay C

An Act to provide for the payment by certain classes of employers to their Employees of compensation for injury
58 Workman Compensation Act C
by accident ----

------ means, where the disablement is of a temporary nature, such disablement as reduces the earning capacity of a
59 partial disblement B
*[employee] in any employment in which he was engaged at the time of the accident resulting in the disablement

60 ----- is the maximum wage period for the payment of wages 1 month D
 Deduction for payment of
61 -------- deductions is not authorized payment of wages act D
uniform and property

62 -------- of the wages payable is the maximum limit of fine to be imposed on an employee 0.03 C
63 section....... deals with the provisions relating to arrangements for drinking water in factories 18 A
64 -------- means a person who has completed his fourteenth year of age but has not completed his eighteenth year adolescent B
65 ------- means a person who has completed his eighteenth year of age Adult C
66 -------means a person who has not completed his fourteenth year of age Child B
67 ------- means all remuneration expressed in terms of money wages B
According to the definition of "Week" under the Minimum wage Act, it is a period of 7 days beginning at
68 Monday B
midnight on______
69 The power of inspectors is discussed under Section-----------of the Factories Act, 1948. 9 A
70 The responsibility for maintenance of employee health and safety is concerned with -------- All of the above D

71 Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of the employees is the primary purpose of the ------- Factories Act, 1948 A

72 A person who has ultimate control over the affairs of the factory under Factories Act, 1948 is called as ---- Occupier C
73 Leave with wages is allowed for employees if they work for _____days in a month 20 B
74 An adult worker can work up to __ hrs in a day as per factories Act, 1948. 9 A

75 Section 22 and 23 of the industrial dispute Act says about --------- strikes and lock-out D

76 The Section 20 of the Factories act discusses about--------- Spittoons C

77 Under Minimum Wages Act an Adult means a Person who has completed a age of -------- years 18 A

78 The employment of young person on dangerous machines shall be prohibited by .................. the Act. Factory C
79 To close down a factory. the occupier has to give ________ days notice to the authoritie 60 B
80 Under the Factories Act, white washing of the factory building should be carried out in every _________ months 14 D

81 Accident may occur due to unsafe act of worker B

.Controlling function includes the following processes. 1. Analyzing the actual performance 2 Finding out the
82 reasons for discrepancies 3 Evaluating the performance 4 Establishing the standards of work performance. The 4,1,3,2 C
correct sequence in which these processes are usually carried out is-

Which one of the following statement is correct- 1 Planning and controlling are one and the same. 2 Controlling is
83 a part of the planning process. 3 Controlling is a substitute for planning 4 A control process is meaningless 4 D
without preset standards
Which basic function of management includes setting standards such as production of engine piston with desired
84 Controlling B
quality standards- a. Planning b. Controlling. C. Directing d. All above

checking to see how actual

85 Which specific activities listed below are part of the controlling function- performance compares with D
standards.

86 Directing function of management implies- 1.Planning 2. Staffing 3. Leadership. 4. Motivation 3&4 B

Consider the following basic steps involved in the process of controlling- 1. Identifying the strategic control
87 points. 2. Establishment of standards 3. Measuring performance against standards 4. Correcting deviations from 2,1,3,4 C
the standards Arrange it in order in which it is carried out.

88 Establishment of standards , comparing actual results with standards and taking corrective action are the steps in- Controlling B

89 Which of the following management functions are closely related- Directing and Controlling C

Setting performance
90 which of the following would be included in the controlling function C
standards

91 -------- is the right to make the decision, to direct the work to workers and to give order to subordinates. Directing C

92 -------- are authorized to direct the work and issue of orders workers at lower level of management. Supervisor C
 Making decisions, giving
93 Directing is a continuous task of – orders and providing A
leadership

In order to achieve the desired results , the effort should be in proper direction, this is ensured by the following
94 1&4 A
function of management – 1.Directing 2.. Coordinating 3. Forecasting 4. Controlling

get desired results as per set

95 Order issued by Supervisor must have clarity and completeness to- standard and increase in D
productivity

Issuing instructions to subordinates are necessary to- 1.achieve desired set of standards 2.increase productivity
96 1,2,3 D
3.make efficient use of machine and equipment. 4.to maintain discipline in only one section.

get clarity in performance

97 Supervisors should issue the order with no ambiguity and with completeness to- D
and achieve target

98 Supervisor can bring clarity in order and in performance by- all above. D
99 Establish standards and evaluation of performance is the parameters of- Controlling B

100 Directing is not concerned with the following function- forecasting and management D

101 Ensuring that everything is carried out according to plan is the part of the process- Planning A

lack of clarity and

102 Some times subordinates were found confused about their work, this mainly happens due to – completeness in order issued B
by supervisor

Prateek is working in multinational company in Mumbai. When he was new he does not know the rules ,
regulations and Quality policy of company. He was poor in some technical and generic skill. He was lacking in
103 confidence and communication. But his supervisor Mr. Atul constantly encourages him and motivates to work. He Directing. B
demonstrates the work and direct him to do individually. Now Prateek is a skilled employee and working in the
direction and leadership of Mr. Atul. Identify the function of managem

104 The rate of minimum wage is fixed with respect to ................................. Cost of Living allowance B

Ambiguous and incomplete order issued by supervisor results in 1 Poor communication 2 Incapability of
105 3&4 C
supervisor to get work done. 3 Loss of time, money and energy 4 Higher idle time of employees

Employees who are more concerned about their work may loss their interest and enthusiasm towards work
106 because of 1 Ambiguous order issued by supervisor 2 Feasibility of order is not possible 3 There is no clarity and 1,2,3 & 4 C
completeness in order 4 Lack of motivation from supervisor

Not feasible and ambiguous

107 ------------ may lead the make employees confused about their work. A
order

Order with clarity,

108 To complete the work without any problem and in time employees mainly needs- completeness and having C
feasibility

109 Proper instructions issued by supervisor to his subordinates result in- All above D
While issuing order supervisor shall take care of- 1 present situation of his section 2 order must be issued loudly
110 and in hard words to get work done. 3. provide only necessary information 4. checking the desired impact of order 3&4 C
or repeat it.

111 Supervisor can reduce the anxiety of employee which affects on his performance by- Personal counseling C
 advise the troubled employee
112 Personal counseling is the technique by which supervisor can- C
to reduce his anxieties

Following are the features of the perfect order issued by supervisor- 1 Clarity and completeness 2 Feasibility and
113 1&2 B
timely bounded 3 Consideration of worker choice and interest 4 Incomplete orders from higher authority

Mr. Vijay is working in renowned company as worker. He is a sincere & obedient employee. But from last few
days his behavior is changed. Most of the time he gets annoyed and behave erratically. He lacks his interest in
114 work thus his performance also get reduced and more rejection takes place. Mr. Atul is a supervisor in his section, Personal counseling B
noticed the change in behavior of Mr. Vijay. He take him in confidence and advise. So that Mr. Vijay feels relax
and again he concentrates on his work

Identify the step of controlling process applicable in following case- In a company a manager is trying to find out
comparing actual and
115 the deviation between the actual number of parts produced and the desired number. He already knows about the C
standard performance
standards as the company has assigned him a definite quantity of parts to be produced

Mr Rajesh wants to set standard to be achieved in both qualitative and quantitative in his section. He wants to
judge the motivation, skill level and satisfaction of the subordinates. All these things will require qualitative
116 Setting standard A
standards while on other hand he has to set quantitative standards for the number of units produced. Identify the
step of controlling process applicable in this case.

Sachin is working in tool manufacturing company and have been assigned the job of judging the output of
production in a neutral and reliable way. He is applying different techniques for achieving this aim. He is also Measurement of actual
117 B
keeping the units of measurement same to that of the units of set standard. Identify the step of controlling process performance
applicable in this case.

provide feedback to
118 find odd thing out with respect to type of communication (upward/downward) B
subordinates

119 Advantages of written communication are All of the above D

120 _____________ requires intuition and good judgment Decision making B

Supervisor has to advise troubled employee to improve his performance. Which function of management he is
121 Personal counseling B
performing-

122 Personal Counseling is a very effective tool for troubled employee when- all above D

-------------- is essential because the performance of the troubled employee gets affected and also spoil the
123 Personal counseling C
discipline of section.

Supervisor can counsel his employee by- 1. sharing worker feelings 2.understand his problem 3. giving him extra
124 1&2 A
facility. 4. changing his job position

125 Which of the following law is a relating to Industrial Relations? Industrial Disputes Act 1947 D

126 Which of the following Act has provision for the constitution of Board of Conciliation? Industrial Disputes Act 1947 B

The Factory act is applicable to the premises wherein ........ or more workers are employed without the use of
127 20 D
power.

Which of the following Schedules of Industrial Disputes Act 1947 indicates "The matters within the jurisdiction of
128 The Second Schedule B
Labour courts"?

Lay off indicates the temporary inability of an employer to avail the services of the employee due to following Relief to an employee from
129 D
reasons except: his monotonous job

130 ……………….is the temporary removal or suspension of the employee from his job during period of emergency. Lay off B

Separating or removing the

131 Following are the methods to improve discipline except: C
employee from the pay roll
 Wealth creation and
132 Discipline is necessary in all efficient organizations for following factors except D
expansion of plant

Decision related to policy matter taken at higher level of management after careful analysis and evaluation of
133 various alternatives like capital expenditure, decision related to pricing, expansion and change in product line etc. Strategic Decision D
are the type of following type of decision;

Following are the general steps of which management activity Step 1: Defining the problem Step 2: Searching for Decision making & Problem
134 A
alternative course of action Step 3: Evaluating the alternatives Step 4: Selecting one alternative solving

Following statements related with Decision making are valid and correct except: 1. A Decision is a course of
action or inaction selected to meet the requirements of solution. 2. Decision making is an intellectual activity,
135 because it calls for both judgment and imagination to select one from many alternatives. 3. A Decision is in act of Only 4 is incorrect statement C
choice wherein a manger forms a conclusion about what must be done under a given situation. 4. Decision making
involves only one alternative.

A………………………is a conclusion of a process by which one chooses between two or more available
136 Decision Making B
alternative courses of action for the purpose of attaining goals.

Read the following statements and identify the correct option for characteristics suited to the statements: 1. It is
the knacks of getting other people to follow you and to do willingly the things you want them to do. 2. It means to
137 Leadership Qualities A
inspire confidence & trust so that there is maximum cooperation from the employees within the control of
manager. 3. It is the ability to persuade others to seek defined objectives enthusiastically.

138 Following types of information is passes through the foreman. Both a & b C

A…………………..is the person who actually gives practical shape to the policies of the enterprise with the help
139 Foreman/Supervisor A
of workmen
140 A…………………..is a vital link or mediator between management & worker. Supervisor A

A …………………….is a generally designated by supervisor (in most of the industries) is a person in charge of
141 Foreman B
and coordinator of, the activities of the group of workers engaged in a one type of task.

In case of piecework, due to non availability of fixed minimum piece rate, the employer has to pay
142 Minimum time rate C
............................. to the employee.

Detector or Sensor,
143 Every control system has at least four elements, viz. : Assessor, Effector and A
Communication Network.

144 Management audit is a technique to keep a check on the performance of: Management of the company B

Forward as well as backward

145 Controlling function of an organization is; C
looking

146 An efficient control system helps to: All of the above D

Fire the worker who failed to

147 Following are the corrective actions might involve in Control Process by Management except: D
achieve target

……is an important principle of management control based on the belief that an attempt to control everything
148 Management by Exception B
results in controlling nothing.

“A good control system ensures that employees know well in advance what they are expected to do and what are
Improving Employee
149 the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised.” This statement focus on which A
Motivation
importance aspect of Controlling:

150 Control must be tailored to following factors except; Leadership & Motivation C

151 There are following types of control except; Advanced Control D

152 The advanced and quantitative technique used for managerial control is…………. PERT A
153 The traditional device which is widely used for managerial control is……………… All of the above D
154 Control that takes place before work is performed is known as…………… Pre Control A
 “One of the most frustrating situations manager can find themselves in is knowing that something is going wrong
155 in their company/agency/department and not knowing exactly where the responsibility for the trouble lies”. This Controlling B
type of problem is relates and responsible with which of the management function:

Motivate the subordinates

156 The following list is some of the common mistakes supervisors have made while trying to delegate except: D
for active involvement

Effective supervisors getting out and understanding the day-to-day operation firsthand. He knowing his people as
individuals and being known by them. Real involvement on the part of the supervisor reaps two advantages. First,
157 it will provide his with knowledge about his section that is unobtainable any other way. Secondly, frequent To get involved A
interaction with people promotes what managerial experts call a “therapeutic climate”--the supervisor
demonstrates concern for the workers‟ daily performance,

Any control system has four important elements. Which element helps in comparing the actual results with the
158 An assessor B
standard or expected results?

159 The day-to-day activities of an organization are controlled by: Operational Control System B

160 By what process do managers influence other members of an organization to implement organization‟s strategies? Management Control C

161 Following are not the causes of deviation in controlling process ? Newly purchased machinery A

162 Leadership is a function of all the following factors except; Product or Service B

When management pays attention to more important areas and when day to day routine problems are looked after
163 Management by Exception B
by lower level management, it is known as;

In the process of controlling management certain steps are normally taken which includes; 1. analyze the actual
164 performance 2. finding out the reasons for discrepancies 3. evaluating the performance 4. establishing the 4,1,3,2 D
standards of work performance The correct sequence in which these steps are usually taken is:

165 Which of the following is the origin of any motivated behaviour? Need A
166 The higher quality of managers and their subordinates the less the need for.............. Direct control. A

Yes as a public utility

167 Can banking be treated as an industry? A
service

168 The General Manager‟s meeting was most likely a result of the following management function: Decision-Making C

169 Leadership can _______ subordinates to help the organization achieve its goals. All of the above D

Which type of decision making is carried out by lower level management and deals with specific day-to-day
170 Operational decision making B
processes?

171 The process by which a sender transmits content is known as…………. Encoding A
172 According to Abraham Maslow, the most elevated / higher type of need is _____. Self-actualization A

It is interesting and inspiring to know about N. R. Narayan Murthy, Ex-Chairman of Infosys, an IT legend,
institution builder, a leader par excellence and embodiment of directing abilities. He started his career as head of
173 the computer centre at IIM, Ahmadabad. He started Infosys, a small software company along with his friends in All of the above D
1981 and turned it into a global IT company by 2002. He was the chief mentor, CEO of the company for two
decades. During that time he took the company to unimaginable

Firing an employee for

174 Some examples of employee recognition are as below except one: giving suggestions for D
improvement

HCL Technologies has formulated a rather innovative approach to management, where employees come before
customers. Every employee ranks their boss, their boss‟s boss, and at least three other company managers on a 1-
175 to-5 scale. Then the results are posted online for everyone to see. This company realizes that satisfied and secure Leadership & Team Work A
employees can best focus on customer success. HCL has formed new strategic alliances, and is embarking on a
rather innovative approach to shared risk with customers.

According to Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich “Leadership is the art or process of ___________”. This is
176 A & B both C
defined by:
“Motivation refers to the way in which urges, drives, desires, aspirations, strivings or needs direct, control and
177 Mc Farland B
explain the behaviour of human beings”. This is defined by:
 a process of stimulating
178 According to William G. Scout, Motivation means ______ people to action to A
accomplish desired goals

Following are certain statements about a good leader. Rectify the statement which is found to be incorrect. (a) He
179 is empathetic and listens to others. (b) He is competent thus, does everything alone. (c) He has to be very good b & c – Incorrect C
looking else people will not like him. (d) He likes to generate team spirit and works with the people as a team.

Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication. “A
180 Informal, Horizontal, Verbal D
typist informs his fellow typist during the lunch-break about the rude behavior of her supervisor.”

Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication. “The
181 Informal, Horizontal, Verbal C
sales assistants discussing with his friend regarding customers‟ behaviour.”

Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication. “The
182 Formal, Upward, Verbal B
supervisor sending an explanation to the General Manager stating the performance of his department.”

Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication. “The
183 Formal, Downward, Verbal A
General Manager seeking explanation from a supervisor for poor performance in his department.”

184 The control process is based on _____________. Clear standards A

185 Empowerment means_____ All of the above D

Workmen's compensation
186 Which of the following industrial Acts safe guards the security of dependents of the employee? C
Act 1923

has the leadership style most

187 The most effective leader is one who: appropriate to the situation C
and the employee involved

188 Coordinating people and human resources to accomplish organizational goals is the process of: leadership D

Principal of Taylor and Fayol are mutually complementary. One believed that management should not close its
ears to constructive suggestion made by the employees, while the other suggested that a good company should
189 All of the above D
have an employee suggestion system, whereby suggestions which result in substantial time or cost reduction
should be rewarded. Identify and explain the principles of Taylor and Fayol referred in the above paragraph.

190 which of the following is not a provision of Factories Act 1948? Workmen's compensation C

Punishment and reward are

191 Which of these statements best describes the concept of reinforcement (strengthening or forced) ? B
both reinforcements.

Variety of approaches to find

192 Which of the following is an advantage of group decisions making D
possible problem solutions

193 Supervisors have the tendency to spend most of their time on this function: Controlling B

194 The upper limit of employees or subordinates a supervisor can effectively manage is called: Span of control A

Ask for performance and set

195 Which of the following will help motivate employees? B
standards

196 Which of the following three factors affects an employee‟s motivation? Attitude, interests and needs A
 Enforce policies and rules
197 While taking disciplinary action, you should………………… D
with consistency

198 The following is (are) the element(s) of control All of the above D
199 ______ is a process of influencing people. Motivation A
200 The old control technique(s) which were used through years is (are) All of the above D

201 Communication barrier(s) in the international environment is (are) All of the above D

202 The external factor(s) that limit control is (are) All of the above D

measuring results against

203 Which of the following would be included in the “controlling function”? A
corporate objectives

204 Empowerment is related to: directng C

205 Motivation is related to: leading C

206 Supervisory management spends most of his/her time: directing and controlling B

Guiding and supervising the efforts of subordinates towards the attainment of the organization‟s goals describes
207 directing C
the function of :

208 Directing function of management embraces activities of : all of these D

boosting the morale of the

209 Adequate motivation of employees results in: B
subordinates

Establishing standards, comparing actual results with standards and taking corrective actions are the steps
210 controlling B
included in the process of :

211 The last function in the sequence, which culminates in the attainment of organization objectives is: controlling C

212 In comparison to top level managers, a first -line supervisor will spend more time in : direction of subordinates A

213 Which level of management would be most involved in the function of directing and controlling? lower C

Avoid confusion among

214 Elaborating decisions can ____ B
workers

The decision making for controlling of any process has several characteristics. Which of the following wing is it cannot be learned in the
215 D
NOT typically included? classroom

216 The decision making process is conducted in three different ways .Which is NOT a typically method? by fate C

217 The decision making for the purpose of controlling is made up of : all of these D

218 Following are the ways to elaborate decisions____ All of the above D

219 Creative behavior is made more likely: All of these D

Participation of groups while decision making and elaborating decisions is helpful in minimizing deviations but
220 too much time required A
one disadvantage of group participation in decision making is ____

more uncertainly and greater

221 Top management decision making for the purpose of controlling is distinctively characterized by: B
reliance on judgment
 place decision making at the
222 Guidelines for establishing vertical layers include all but which one of the following: highest level it can be B
efficiently handled

223 A supervisor is most likely to be able to directly affect an employees: task assignments A

to identify psychological
224 Which is not goal of performance appraisal is : B
problems

225 Traditional approach to appraisal, now-a-days, have increasingly emphasized the evaluation of: employee performance B

The traditional method of appraisal whereby the rate lists the employees according to their level of performance is
226 personal observation A
called the:

227 Directing functions of management embraces activities of : d. all of these D

it cannot be learned in the

228 The direction process has several characteristics. Which of the following is not typically included? D
classroom

229 In comparison to top level manager, a first-line supervisor will spend more time in : direction of subordinates A

operations are complex and

230 Technical skill of a supervisor will be most needed where: A
organizational level is low

measuring performance
231 Execution involves all of the following steps except: D
against the plan

232 The element that is a linking process of managerial functions is : communicating C

233 Successful communication involves the occurrence of a : desire change A

sender-message-transmission-
234 The proper sequence of elements in the expanded communication model is : A
recipient-meaning

leadership is a subset of
235 The relationship between leadership and management is most accurately stated as: A
management

The manager who motivates people by explicitly or implicitly threatening punishment of some kind for non-
236 negative leadership B
cooperation is using:

237 Needs hierarchy theory of motivation was given by___ Abraham Maslow A

What in your opinion would be the most powerful personal objective of a Noble Prize winning chemist working in
238 pride of creativity C
the research department of a medical concern?

remove unnecessary
239 Managerial control typically consists of three steps. Which one does NOT belong? C
obstacles

set standards, measure

240 The proper sequence of the three steps in the traditional control process is : performance, take corrective C
actions

241 Control systems typically focus on all except... quality of planning process D

242 Several means are available for the determination of performance: all of these D
243 For best management, controlling should be objective-oriented C
244 In controlling ,a common means for determining performance is by means of: reports A
245 The control function of management embraces: all of these D

246 Several types of control systems rely on quantitative data in their measurement process. Which type does NOT? social control A

The area having to do with identifying personal characteristics and situational factors leading to managerial
247 leadership C
success is that of:

When management pays attention to more important areas and when day-to -day routine problems are looked after Management of Exception
248 B
by lower-level of management ,this is known as: (MBE)

information and
249 Effective communication requires: D
understanding

250 One of the sign of effective non-verbal communication is: body language D

251 The best analogy of communication in an organization with respect to human body is: nervous system B

252 Positive motivation makes people willing to do their work in the best way they can and improve their ________. Both (A) and (B) C

253 Following are disadvantages of written communications except Can be written casually C

254 Effective communication at directing level can be in the form of All of the above D

255 which of the following is not principle of directing organizing C

………………..are made under different conditions to determine the behaviour of the system containing the
256 Observations B
problem based on which decisions could be taken for doing appropriate control action

Abraham Maslow, a well-known Psychologist in a classic paper published in 1943, outlined the elements of an
overall theory of motivation. His theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human being, there
257 exists a hierarchy of five needs. Figure shows Maslow‟s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation. Answer the Basic Physiological Needs A
questions related to Motivation Theory respective to the diagram. Hunger, thirst, shelter, sleep are some examples
of most basic in the hierarchy and corresponds t

Abraham Maslow, a well-known Psychologist in a classic paper published in 1943, outlined the elements of an
overall theory of motivation. His theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human being, there
258 exists a hierarchy of five needs. Figure shows Maslow‟s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation. Answer the Affiliation/Belonging Needs B
questions related to Motivation Theory respective to the diagram. According to Maslow, Affection, sense of
belongingness, acceptance and friendship lies in which category:

Abraham Maslow, a well-known Psychologist in a classic paper published in 1943, outlined the elements of an
overall theory of motivation. His theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human being, there
259 exists a hierarchy of five needs. Figure shows Maslow‟s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation. Answer the Self Actualization Needs D
questions related to Motivation Theory respective to the diagram. Growth, self-fulfillment and achievement of
goals, these types of needs are lies in which category:

260 A good decision is dependent upon recognition of the right ............................ problem A

261 Following are the main purposes of communication except: To hide the information C

What a man can be, he must be. this is a need, which is paramount in a very small percentage of people, those who
have reached high on the ladder of success in life and have nothing further to gain from the material values of life.
262 Self Actualization Needs B
This generally results in a change in the life cycle of the individuals. Through the above paragraph, Abraham
Maslow discuss the following type of Need

A..............................is a number of persons who communicate with one another over a span of time, and which is
263 small enough so that each person is able to communicate with all the others, not at second hand through other Group A
people, but face to face.

................................is an element of managerial tasks and involves the measurement and correction of the
264 performance of subordinates to make sure that the objective of the enterprise and the plans devised to attain them, Controlling B
are accomplished efficiently and economically.

which correct deviations

265 The best kind of managerial controls are those........................... A
from plans before they occur

266 Some Common aspect(s) of standard(s) listed below: All of the above D

Managers should insist on checking personally before the work is permitted to proceed. it is for the purpose of
Measurement of
267 seeing how far the goal or objective is being realized, how far the standards are being followed. The above C
Performance
paragraph mentioned the following step in control process:
268 Effective control cannot tolerate All of the above D

A Manager is the principal medium of communication in any enterprise. He should give orders and instructions to
269 his subordinates and supervise them to ensure that their performance is according to plan. The above mentioned Directing D
statement elaborates which type of Management function?

In respect of Agreements which are directed at achieving obedience, application, energy and outward marks of
270 Discipline D
respect, clearness in rules, good supervision will ensure....................................in an enterprise.

Which part of the management process includes measuring results, comparing results to expectations, and taking
271 Controlling D
corrective action to bring results in to line?
Making assignments, issuing orders and instructions, providing guidance and inspiration to subordinates for the
272 Directing C
achievement of organizational objective is called __________.

273 Motivation based on force of fear is called __________. negative motivation A

274 Wages, salaries, bonus, vacation pay, insurance are examples of _________. financial motivation A

275 According to Maslow, self-actualization needs is a _________. high level needs B

276 According to terry, "Decision making is the selection based on some criteria from ____possible alternatives" Two or more than two D

277 The purchase of land and building is an example of.............................. major decision C

278 Exchange of ideas, opinions, information etc. between two or more persons is________. Communication B

279 Communication is a _________. two-way process A

280 The person who sends a message is known as________. Sender C

281 Direction is a managerial function performed by ________ at largest scale top level management C

282 When an individual or a group agrees to work under the direction of an informal leader is called ________. informal delegation B

283 No smoking - This factor is an example of.................... rules & discipline C

284 The number of subordinates that report directly to a single supervisor is ________. span of supervision C

Directing function of management implies 1. Planning 2. Staffing 3. Leadership 4. Motivation Choose the correct
285 3 and 4 B
answer using the codes given below:

286 Which is not an objective of fire drill ____________. All of the above D

287 Which is a cause of accidents due to unsafe working conditions? ___________. both a and b C

288 Which one is not a type of accident . None of the above D

289 After a fire drill ___________. Reset fire alarm A

290 which is not a preventive measure under safety __________. Work permit A

291 Providing a fire extinguisher equipment is a part of ________. Safety provision C

292 Preventive measures refers to: ___________. All of the above D

293 Which one is not a step in fire drill------------ Define related policies C

294 Which one is not an effect of accident on family? Loss of production D

295 Which one is not an effect of accident on worker? Bad message to other worker C

296 Which is not a cause of accident due to unsafe working condition ______________. Lack of safety awareness A

Worker can go to the site for

297 Issue of work permit means _________. A
work

To control hazards in
298 Safety management is a branch of management ________________. B
industry

299 Work that can create fire, needs a ______________. Hot work permit B
300 Selection of PPE depends on _____________. Ppocess and body exposure A

301 To avoid accidents, the worker must be ___________. All of the above D

302 Which is a cause of accident? unstable mental condition A

303 Which is indirect cost of accident ____________. Cost of time lost B

Safely reach to
304 In case of occurrence of fire _____________. D
predetermined safe area

305 Safety devices are used in industry for ___________. Avoiding accidents C

wear gloves and safety

306 While working with grinder ___________. A
goggles

307 Safety cards are ____________. Cards with hazard symbol C

308 Around work station having moving and rotary parts, the protective cloths used shall be ____________. Tightly fit A
309 Burn hazard may certainly be due to presence of ___________. Fire B

As per type of work and

310 Safety equipements shall be decided _________. C
body exposure

311 Which is not a safety preventive measure __________. development of work station C

312 Which accidents shall be reported to management ?_________. All accidents C

Personal protective
313 Long form of PPE ____________. A
equipements

314 Safety management is needed for ___________. Managing workplace safely A

315 Which type of work permit is required while working in pipes, tanks and boilers? Confined space B

Barrier between hazard and

316 Personal protective equipment is a _____________. B
person

317 Duty of safety officer: ____________. All of the above D

318 Which is not a type of work permit ____________. Videography D

319 Confined space is a ____________. Small and enclosed area A

Identify unsafe conditions

320 Safety audit means to _____________. C
and unsafe act

321 Safety policies are framed because of _______________. All of the above D

322 To work with nuclear reactor, type of work permit required is ___________. Radiography permit C

323 Maintenance in hazardous area should not be started without----------------------- having food A
324 Dos and don'ts at the work station are ____________. None of the above D

325 Ensuring fire alarm system back to normal operating condition shall be done _______________. After fire drill C

326 Paper and clothes are: _____________. Flammable solid materials A

 Practice how to behave in
327 Objective of fire drill is to ___________. B
emergency

328 Accident affects ___________. All of the above D

Chemical leakage, poor electrification, weak machine foundations are the causes of accidents due to
329 Unsafe working condition C
____________.

Stress in work, un-necessary

330 Causes of accident due to worker are _______________. A
daring

331 Land sliding is a type of accident _____________. On construction site, mines A

332 Tools required for safety are: ___________. Helmet, safety shoes, goggle B

Designing policies to avoide

333 Safety management is a department for ___________. B
accidents

334 Fire hazards are ___________. Workplace hazards C

335 Fire drill shall be done ___________. Once in a quarter C

336 Accident due to unsafe workplace is ____________. Due to management A

337 Industrial accident causes damage to ___________. Property, material, human A

338 Injury without showing external signs: _________. Internal injury A

practice evacuating
339 Fire drill is carried out to __________. buildings in case of C
emergency

340 Natural causes of accidents are: ___________. All of the above D

341 Mining accidents are because of ___________. All of the above D

342 Fatal accident results in ______________. Death of an employee A

343 Safety management concentrates on __________. Avoiding accidents B

344 As per safety procedures, compressed gas cylinders may be moved ______________. By rolling A

345 Using a tool without proper sharpening is ___________. More dangerous B

Occupational safety and

346 Long form of OSHA ____________. D
health act

347 Under occupational health the employer is responsible for providing a _____ Safe workplace A

348 Unsafe physical condition refers to ------------- All of the above D

349 Safety training includes _____________. All of above D

350 Workplace safety requirements are ________. All of above D

351 Safety standards focus on _________________. All of the above D

352 Objective of safety management is to ______. Prevent accident A

353 Fetal accidents result in: ___________. Death of an employee A

354 After the fire drill, supervisor has to________. All of the above D

355 General safety norms include____________. Head protection A

 Fencing of rotary and
356 Promoting safety awareness does not consist of the following _________. D
moving parts

357 lack of concentration is the cause of accident due to ______. Worker D

358 Unsafe working conditions :_______. all of the above D

359 Effect of accident on Industry is _________. Production stoppage A

360 SOP for an activity is prepared by ----------------- Plant manager A

361 Example of Chemical Hazards___________. all of the above D

362 Proper storage of flammable liquids prevents_____. Fire hazards C

363 During a fire drill, supervisor has to monitor__________. All of the above D

364 Safety management ensures --------- compliances from all location. centralized B

365 Which one of the following can be considered as unsafe act?. All of the above D

366 Which one of the following is not included in the causes of accident due to worker? Poor housekeeping B

367 Following is not included in the cause of accident due to management? Bad habits of worker A

368 Who may be responsible for accident? All of the above D

369 Who is responsible for unguarded moving parts? Management B

370 Which one of the following is not included in the causes of accidents due to unsafe working conditions? Quarrels among the workers D

371 Which one of the following is not included in the causes of accidents due to nature? Gas leakage B

372 Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to accidents? All of the above D

373 Which one of the following preventive measures an industry should adopt to avoid accidents? All of the above D

374 An accident that disables the affected worker forever is a :----------------------------- permanent accident A
375 What occurs in fatal accident? Death D
376 If affected worker is not recovered within 48 hours, then which type of accident is it ? Reportable C

377 Which one of the following is not the effect of accident on worker. Production stoppage B

Physical condition of the

378 Which one of the following is not a part of the immediate cause of accident: C
person

379 Floods, earthquakes, and tsunami are causes of accidents due to __________. natural disasters D

380 Which factor does not cause accidents due to dangerous machines? Unsafe clothing B
381 An example of wrong layout or design of working place... :__________. Congestion A

382 House-keeping refers to -------------- Neatness and cleanliness D

383 Safety management deals with :__________. Prevention of an accident D

384 Get the odd one out: __________. Pullover D

385 Which one of the following is contributory cause of an accident? Tendency of show off D

386 In a minor accident, the affected worker is recovered within ___________. 48 hrs A

387 Management is responsible for ___________. Unguarded moving parts D

388 The cause of accident due to unsafe working conditions: _____________. All of the above D

389 Which one of the following is the cause of accident due to worker. Untrained workers B
390 Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to an accident? ______________. All of the above D

391 Which one of the following is the cause of accident due to management Poor house keeping B

Injury without showing

392 Internal accident means an ____________. B
external signs

393 Example of Fire Hazards are: ___________. All of the above D

394 Faulty electrical equipements may cause ___________. All of the above D

395 Fire drill is ___________. a kind of training C

396 Before doing fire drill operation,communication should be established with ____________. Fire marshal A

397 The fire triangle does not include-------------- Temperature C

398 To give practice of evacuation in emergency -------------- is done. Fire drill B
399 Documented format that authorizes specified people to work under conditions is a Work permit B

400 A document that sets out the logical sequence of steps to perform an activity is known as ----------------- Safe operating procedure B

401 Work permit sets out the ------- required to be taken to do work safely under--------- Precaution, risk management D

402 Work permit is given at ____ High risk areas A

403 Work permit is essentially obtained at __________. All of the above D

404 Work permit is not required in case of ____________. Emergency B

405 A person authorized to keepworkplace safe is: Responsible person C

406 Safety management does not ensure Time management B

407 Get the odd one out: Unguarded moving parts D

408 Work permit does not involve following person ------- software designer C

409 Safety procedure includes: ____________. All of the above D

410 Find the odd one out: Compensation paid C

Cost of lost time of injured

411 The following is an indirect cost of accident ___________. C
worker

412 The following is/are physical hazard agents ______________. All of the above D

Material, machines,
413 Check list for job safety analysis consist of ____________. B
tools,men

414 Which one of the following is not an accident based on the place of accident? __________. Laboratory accident B

415 For household wiring and small units, the following should be used for safety measure ________. MCB A

416 Which one of the following is generally provided with limit switch to prevent motion beyond preset limit. All of the above D

417 The following are used as safety devices in machines ____________. All of the above D
418 Class-A fire consists of fire due to _________. Wood A
419 Water is used to extinguish _____. Class-A fire A
420 The following class of fire occurs in electrical equipment ___________. Class-C fire C
421 The following extinguisher is suitable for fire due to cotton Foam C
422 ________is best suited for extinguishing oil or flammable liquid fire. Foam C
 Person will improve his
423 Purpose of Negative motivation during disciplinary action is to _____ performance in future with C
fear of disciplinary action

424 which of the following is not form of non-verbal communication instant messages C

Period of 24 hours starting at

425 A day according to factory Act is ..................... C
mid night

426 Which of the following Provisions of Factory Act provides for First Aid facility at work place ? Welfare A

According to provisions of Factory Act, provision of Canteen becomes necessary in the factory when the number
427 250 D
of ordinarily employed workers is more than ...................
According to Factory Act, the working women in factory can avail the facility of Creches for their children with
428 Six C
age below ................. years.

Provision relating to
429 which of the Factory provision provides for the constitution of "Site Appraisal Committee" ? B
Hazardous Processes

430 Which of the following provision of Factory Act provides for "Artificial Humidification"? Health B
431 The ceiling of number of working hours per week for adult worker according to Factory Act is ........... hours. Forty Eight D

According to provision of working hours of Factory Act, the interval for rest after continuous work of not more
432 Thirty A
than five hours is ............... minutes.

433 The age of young person according to Factory Act lies between .......................years. Fourteen to Eighteen B

434 According to Factory Act, the young person working in factory has to carry ........................ during working. Both B & C D

A Factory ordinarily employs 165 employees out of which twelve are women. Select the correct welfare provisions Rest room / Lunch room is
435 B
according to factory act from the following options. needed.

436 Select the correct form of Light at work place as per health provision of factory act from the following options. Both B & C D

437 In a factory lubrication of prime mover part is needed. Who among the following are not permitted for this work? Both A & B D

An underground work place employs a cage lowered and lifted by hoist.. Which of the following is the correct
438 Twelve months B
frequency for thorough examination of the hoist mechanism by Chief factory inspector?

439 Select the odd one from the following; Rope sling D

Under which of the following cases, appointment of safety officer becomes compulsory according to safety
440 All of the above D
provisions of factory Act;
Select the correct Chapter of Factory act applicable to launch prosecutions against factory-owners; from the
441 Chapter X D
following.

442 According to Factory Act, a worker is entitled for over time under which of the following cases? Both of A & B D

Select the correct time slot in which women employee can be employed under normal conditions according to Any shift between 6.00 a m
443 B
provisions of Factory Act. to 7.00 p m

444 Select the correct chapter of Factory act from the following for penalizing a factory. Chapter Ten C

To promote good relations

445 The duty of works committee in Industrial disputes Act is to ................................ between Employer and B
workmen
 The conciliation officers appointed as per the provisions of Industrial disputes act have the duty of Mediating in and promoting
446 C
..................................... settlement of disputes

Members recommended by
447 The members on board of conciliation set up under the provisions of Industrial disputes Act are.................. C
parties in dispute

448 Labour court constituted as per the provision of Industrial Disputes Act is headed by ............................. Presiding Officer A

Labour court constituted under the provision of industrial dispute Act adjudicates industrial disputes listed under
449 Second Schedule D
.............................

The industrial Tribunal constituted as per the provision of Industrial Disputes Act has Jurisdiction over the Either second or third
450 C
disputes falling under .............................. schedule

The condition for disqualification of the presiding officer of Labour court / Industrial Tribunal / National Tribunal
451 Both of A & B D
despite fulfilling judicial eligibility criteria is ..................................
According to Industrial disputes Act, grievance redressal Committee becomes compulsory when the number of
452 Fifty C
workmen exceeds ..................

According to Industrial disputes Act, an award in regard to an industrial dispute has to be enforced within a
453 Three hundred sixty five A
maximum time limit of .............................days.

The appropriate section of Industrial disputes act applicable to matters related to strikes and lockout is
454 Section 22 and 23 A
.......................................

Employer taking active

455 Identify the unfair labour practice from the following; interest in organising trade C
union of workmen

An electrician after an accident at work place loses his capacity to perform the duties of electrician for one month.
456 Total and Temporary B
Under which category, the disablement can be classified?

457 A minor according to Workmen Compensation Act is equivalent to which of the following identity of Factory Act? Both of A & B C

No compensation other than

How much compensation is due in case of an accident in a factory resulting in total disablement of worker for two
458 medical expenses and paid B
days?
leave

The authority to settle workmen compensation issues as per the provision of workmen compensation Act is Commissioner of Work
459 C
...................................... men's compensation

In case of any appeal against an order by commissioner of Workmen compensation Act, the party has to approach
460 High Court D
...............................

461 Complete deafness due to injury in an accident deprives the workmen of ................................ 100% earning capacity A

According to provision of workmen compensation Act, the multiplying factor for working out the lump sum Decreases with age of
462 C
compensation ....................................... workmen

463 Occupational diseases are listed in schedule ................ of workmen compensation Act. Three D

464 The schedule III of workmen compensation Act enlists ...................................... Occupational Diseases B

465 Which of the following is not included in the wage of the employee ? Both B & C D
466 Minimum Wage comprises of how many components? Three C
467 How many classes of employment are there in Maharashtra? Three A
468 Adherence to the provisions of minimum wages Act is verified by ............................. Factory Inspector B
469 The clerical category of employment is equivalent to which of the following categories? Skilled B

In case it is noticed during factory inspection that the drinking water facility is located very close to wash rooms,
470 Health B
then the factory has defaulted under which of the following provision of Factory Act?
 There are 162 employees in a factory. The workers after working for four hours, break for lunch. They assemble at
Shelter / Rest room facility
471 the open space in shop floor and eat their lunch. In the above narrative, which of the welfare provision of Factory B
as workers eat at work place
Act is violated?

Lunch break is provided after four hours of work in a factory and the workers are instructed to report back to work
472 Woking Hours C
in twenty minutes for the post lunch session. In the above narrative, which provision of Factory Act is violated?

An employer decides to withdraw the transport facility given to the employees. He gives a one month notice to
473 employees and offers to compensate them with allowance to cover travel expenditure through public transport. Notice of Change B
Which provisions of industrial disputes Act support this Act of employer?

An employee retired from a factory has a dispute with the management regarding his gratuity amount. Which
474 Industrial tribunal A
authority he has to approach for steelement of the issue?
An employer is active in the trade union activities. The employer transfers him to another location of the factory
475 with an intention of distancing him from the trade union. Identify the provisions of Industrial dispute Act Unfair Labour Practices C
applicable.

A worker while carrying out his work in a factory meets with an accident resulting in the loss of his thumb in his
Permanent partial
476 right hand. According to the provisions of workmen compensation Act, the injury to the worker can be classified C
disablement
as .....................................

A worker of a maintenance contractor engaged in servicing of exhaust fans in the shop floor meets with an
No as the work performed is
477 accident and is totally disabled temporarily. According to provisions of Workmen compensation Act, is the C
not regular work of factory
employer of the factory is liable for compensation to the maintenance worker?

Under which of the following cases, an employer is liable for penalty as per the provisions of Workmen
478 Both of A & B D
compensation Act?

A worker in a factory has eight hours of work in an ordinary day of work. However, on a particular day, the worker
Yes, as employer did not
479 finished the work assigned to him in six hours and leaves the work place as no further work was assigned. Is the C
assign him sufficient work
worker eligible for full day wage?

A worker in a factory works as skilled employee for half day and semi skilled employee for rest of the day as per
480 Both of B & C D
the requirement of work place. Which of the following wage can be correct for the worker?

This is a narrative about a factory having 300 workers out of which 70 are women. The workers have to bring their
lunch as there is no canteen facility. One woman has a son aged 12 years and she has requested for permission to
481 Welfare in respect of canteen B
accommodate him in Creche after his school hours. Her request is rejected. Identify the provisions of Factory Act
that are violated.

Health - Ventilation, Safety -

482 Select the correct match of Provision and the corresponding condition from the following; A
Protection to eyes

The manufacturing process in a factory involves large number of risky operations. The number of workers in the Absloutely necessary as the
483 factory is six hundred forty six. Decide whether there is necessity for the appointment of a safety Officers in the process involves risky B
Factory. procedures.

A factory undertakes manufacturing process classified under the hazardous. Identify the condition under
484 Both of A & B D
provisions of Factory Act is applicable to the factory?

Calculate the available leave with wage as balance of a worker from the following data. He has worked 240 days
485 34 days C
per year for four consecutive years. He has availed 14 days of leave with wage during the four years of his service.

Identify the correct statement applicable to the narrative below; "A worker working in a factory having 45 workers
has a grievance to be addressed. He approached the grievance redressal cell in the factory with his complaint. The The employer has delayed
486 D
grievance redressal committee gave its decision in three weeks. However, the employee was not satisfied by the his decision.
decision and approached the employer who disposed off the grievance after five weeks."
 The workers of a Factory have a dispute referred to Conciliation board. The proceedings of the board are
Strike by workers within
concluded and the settlement has not been arrived. Hence the workers proceed on strike from the next day of
487 sevendays of conclusion of B
conclusion of conciliation procedure. In the above narrative, identify the violation of provision of industrial
conciliation process.
dispute Act.

A factory employing about 50 workers continuously for more than one year is facing slow down. In view of the
Half of total wage they were
488 situation, the factory lays off the workers for a period of 15 days after which the factory is expecting fresh orders B
paid before lay off
after 15 days. In this situation, the workers of the factory are liable to .........................

A worker in a factory having continuous service of more than one year is laid off by the management as he was
489 slowing down production as per directives of trade union instructions. Is the worker liable for lay off No, as he is part of strike. B
compensation?

490 Select the appropriate condition for retrenchment of worker with more than one year continuous service. All of the above D

Establishing management
491 Which of the following acts can be classified as unfair labour practice? C
sponsored trade union.

In case of death of a worker in a factory, who among the following are eligible as dependent to receive the
492 Both of A & B C
compensation?

Forty percent of monthly

In case of death of a worker in a factory, the amount of compensation to the dependent of worker is calculated by
493 wage of worker multiplied A
which of the following method?
by relevant factor

The relevant factor decreases

Select the correct fact from the following in relation to the relevant factor used for calculating amount of
494 with the age of dead / B
compensation using the monthly wage.
injured worker

Fifty percent of monthly

In order to calculate the compensation amount of a worker injured permanently with total disablement, select the
495 wage of worker multiplied C
correct methodology from the following.
by relevant factor

The award by commissioner appointed as per the provision of Workmen compensation Act has divided the
496 compensation among the number of dependents. Some of the dependents are not satisfied with the division. High court C
Suggest the authority for appeal against the compensation award.

Pay no compensation as the

Which of the following is correct to decide the compensation claim by the family of dead worker. The worker died
497 worker has disregarded C
on account of fall from high platform as he had not fastened safety belt.
safety tool provided to him

Amputation through
498 Separate out the injury which does not come under permanent total disablement from the following. C
Shoulder joint
 Suggest the factor which controls the compensation amount for a worker in case of permanent disablement which Percentage loss of earning
499 B
is not total. capacity

Loss of four fingers in one

The correct option among the following arranging the injuries in the descending order of the percentage loss of hand - Loss of one eye - Loss
500 D
earning capacity is .................................... of thumb - Loss of all toes in
one leg.

Variable Dearness
501 Frequent revision is necessary in which of the following wage component? A
Allowance (VDA)

According to minimum wages Act, the employer is liable for penalty and punishable with imprisonment under
502 Both of A & B C
which of the cases?

verbal and non verbal

503 Which of the following is not a part of motivation A
motivation

504 These factors affects the workers motivation All of the above D

505 Which of the following is not an example of positive motivation disciplinary action B

506 find odd thing out with respect to type of motivation job security C
507 find odd thing out with respect to type of communication rumours C
508 which of the following is a form of written communication? All of the above D

fixed mindset in any

509 which of the following are not the characteristics of personal counselor B
situation

510 Possible mistakes can be predicted by using All of the above D

An industry is selling a product for Rs. 10 per unit. The fixed cost for assets is Rs. 40000 with variable cost of Rs.
511 10000 B
6 per unit. How many units should be produced to break even?

512 laying disciplinary standard in overall working helps to _______ All of the above D

513 laying disciplinary standards through way of disciplinary action is an example of which type of motivation negative motivation C

514 Which are the possible ways of laying disciplinary standards All of the above D

515 Controlling is _____________ function A & B both C

516 Controlling helps in _________- All of the above D

assign simple work to only

517 The objectives of quality control activity is to not to _____ B
selected workers

Feedback from customer

518 External sources of information to quality control department includes B
regarding quality of product

519 In controlling process the standards can be _______ term A & B both C

520 Quantitative standards in setting performance standard can be in terms of ________ All of the above D

521 Qualitative standards in setting performance standards can not include ___ Cost to be incurred A

View past performance of

worker, ask them reasons
522 Methods of measurement of actual performance does not include ______ A
and stop their salary so that
they will leave company
 Fixed cost / selling price per
523 Break even point in break even analysis can be calculated as ____ A
unit - variable cost per unit

point at which their is no

524 Break even point in break even analysis means _____ A
profit no loss

525 with the help of break even analysis we can determine relationship between __________ cost, volume and profit B

526 Which of the following are characteristics of Break Even Point ? All of the above D

Given selling price is Rs 10 per unit, variable cost is Rs 6 per unit and fixed cost is Rs 5,000. What is break-even
527 1250 units C
point?

Total expenses = Total

528 At breakeven point ____ A
revenue

Total revenue and Total cost

529 The breakeven point is obtained at intersection of ___ A
line

530 Analysis which focuses on firms profitability is classified as _______ break even analysis D

According to factory act, all inside walls and partitions, all ceiling tops of rooms, passage and staircase to be
531 5 C
repainted once in ..... years

fixation and revision of

532 Which of the following is not a provision of Factory Act? C
minimum wages

533 A factory should employ a welfare officer if it is having minimum ....... number of workers 500 B
534 According to factory act, which of the following part should be securely fenced by safeguards. All of the above D

A worker will get overtime wages at the rate of twice his ordinary rate of wage, if he works more than ...... hours in
535 48 A
any week.

536 ------------ includes cleanliness in work area and rest area. Housekeeping C
537 ---------- is a legal document that provides logical sequence of steps to perform an activity. SOP B
538 It is not necessary to report -------- accidents to management. Minor B

If a Occupier or Manager fails to produce registers or other document on demand by Inspector and prevents any
539 Rs. 10000 A
factory worker from being examined by the Inspector he will be punishable with.......

540 The government of India has set up the second national labour on ................. 15th October 1999 B

541 ---------------- is an example of unsafe working condition. Oily surface B

542 Carbon dioxide is not used for which class of fire? class A A

Directorate General of Mines

543 DGMS stand for ........ C
Safety

544 Which of the following is a cause of dispute: All of the above D

Closing of place of
545 Lock-out means: C
employment

546 Retrenchment does not include..... All of the above D

The work committee shall be formed in any industry that have employed minimum .......... workers in preceding 12
547 100 A
months.

50% of the total of his basic

A worker having more than one year of continuous service under an employer, if is laid off, shall get
548 wages and C
compensation equal to ..............
dearnessallowance

549 According to Minimum Wages Act, government may provide a day for rest in every period of ..... days 7 B
 Carrying tools to the tool
550 Which one of the following activity does not require a work permit? A
room

551 Get the odd one out: Foreman B

552 The sole purpose of work permit is: To avoid accident B

553 The fire drill should be conducted on a : Working day C

554 With reference to a fire drill, which one of the following statement is incorrect? All of the above D
555 Get the odd one out: Acid C

Fire involving ordinary

556 Cooling effect of water is essential for: A
combustible matter

557 A blanketing effect is essential for: Fire in flammable liquids B

Fire involving gaseous

558 It is necessary to dilute the burning gas for: C
substances

559 Special extinguishing medium is essential for: Fire involving metal D

Fire involving electrical

560 The electrical nonconductivity of the extinguishing media is important for: D
equipment

561 Get the odd one out: Carbon dioxide C

562 Which one of the following is not a mechanical hazard: Short circuit D

563 Which one of the following is not applicable to Good housekeeping: Extinguishes fire D
 ANSWER
SR.NO OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D
A/B/C/D
Capital can be Government
1 In public undertaking company______________ Both (a) and (b) None B
raised from general provides capital.
__________Companies are established for large profit Capital can be Government
2 Both (a) and (b) None B
business. raised from general provides capital.
Which is important word in the defination of
3 Group of persons Profit Common aim United together B
organisation ?
Group od 15 Employees doing
Meeting members Labour working
4 Following group is not an orgnisation people on bus discussion in work B
in a company on a site
stop area
Responsibility on
5 Which are the aim of forming orgnistion ? Teamwork Combined efforts All are correct D
all
Organisation is a It has aims and Organisation has Organisation is
6 Which statement is wrong ? D
group of working objectives no boundaries a sysytem
Which the first step in organization forming? --------- Assignment of Aims are Identifying Formulating
7 B
---- duties determine activities plans
Organization Organization
8 Structure of organization is represent by Organization draft None of above A
chart brochure
Number of
9 The structure of organization depends on Scope of function Span of control All The Above D
employees
Resources
10 The structure of organization is not depend on Span of control Communication Profit margin C
available
Organisation
11 Which are the essentials of organization? Delegation Integration All D
chart
Which is the important factor in deciding structure
12 Type of product Specialisation Function All C
of organization?
Vertical dimension of organisationl structure Both hierarchy and
13 Departmentation Hierarchy None of above B
defines departmentation
Project Functional
14 Scalar organization is also known as Line organization Staff organization A
organization organization
15 Line organization is of _______ type Horizontal Vertical Both None A
16 Military type organization is seen in Line Staff Line and Staff Project A
Functional Line & Staff Project
17 Decisions are very quick in Line organization A
organization organization organization
Which is not the correct advantage of ‘Line Easy to
18 It is simple Confusion is less Specialised C
organisation’? understand
Which is not the correct disadvantage of ‘Line Poor Lack of Overlapping of Nobody is
19 D
organisation’? performance specialization activities overloaded
Military Government
20 At which place line organization is not possible? Small workshops Tiny firms D
department company
Small process
21 Where line organization is applicable? Workshops Small firms industries with All D
automation
Project None of the
22 Functional organisation is also called as. Line organization Staff organization B
organization above
23 Functional organization is Horizontal Vertical Both a) & b) None A
Which is the correct advantage of staff Performance Standardisation in More productivity
24 All D
organization? better than line process than line
Which is not the correct disadvantage of staff Discipline is Lack of Difficult to
25 Ego of specialty B
organization? lacking specialization handle expert
26 Line and Staff organization is Horizontal Vertical Both a) & b) None D
27 Which organization is temporary in nature? Lin Staff Line and Staff Project D
Project organization has few forms. Which is correct
28 Balance matrix Project matrix Functional matrix All B
one?
Which is the correct limitation of project Heavy pressures Complication of Difference of
29 All D
organization? o work function opinion

_____ is a process of dividing large organization into

30 Departmentation Defragmentation Division formation None A
small and flexible administrative units
To distribute To make people To give freedom for
31 Which is the aim of departmentation? All the above D
work specialized each function
To avoid
To distribute To make the To make the
32 Following is not aim of departmentation intermixing of B
work power centralize people specialized
many function
By material
33 Which is not the type of departmentation? By product By function By process D
pattern
Depigmentation Depart mentation Departmentation
34 ‘Car division’ in Tata Motors Is example of None A
by product by function by process
 Product may People become
Which statement is wrong? In product type depart Attention is given No duplication
35 become brand expert in the work D
mentation to product of work
name allotted to them

Depart mentation Depart mentation

36 ‘Sale Department’ in Nokia is the example of None D
by product by process
‘Heat treatment’ shop in Kirloskar, is the example Depatmentation Departmentation Departmentation
37 None B
of by product by process by function
Authority &
38 Which is the principal of organization? Span of control Delegation All D
responsibility
‘Number of subordinates handled by one manager
39 Delegation Responsibility Span of control None C
effectivly’ is called as __________
Authority, Responsibility, Authority, Responsibility,
40 ______ check th result, _______ Shows the result A
responsibility Authority Authority Responsibility
Knowledge of Decision making Independent
41 Which is the pre-requisite of effective delegation? All the above D
designation freedom subordinates
Goals Establishing
42 Which is the first step in effective delegation? Training None A
establishment responsibility
Work load is Stress level on Work can be Control from
43 Which is not advantage of delegation? D
reduced manager reduced finished in time center increases
44 Ability to adjust, change, bend is Flexibility Balance Stability Ability A
45 Following is not the type of communication Oral Written horizontal Clear D
46 ‘Instruction’ is the ________ communication Upward Downward Informal Horizontal B
47 ‘Meeting is the __________ communication Formal Non-verbal Written Both b) & c) A
48 ‘Request’ is the ________ communication Upward Downward Both a) & b) None A
Language Confused
49 Which is barrier in communication? Poor knowledge All D
problem information
Which is the factor responsible in the selection of
50 Capital required Scope o business Type of business All D
type of ownership?
owner is
51 Which statement is wrong? has single owner owner is supreme has limited liability responsible for C
all
Business growth Easy to form a Documentation is Freedom of
52 Which is not the advantage of sole proprietorship? A
is faster business less work
Limited
Decision may be Growth rate is
53 Which is not the limitation of sole proprietorship? Corruption is more resources C
wrong small
available
Following business is not coming under sole Insurance
54 Service centre Press shop Hardware unit D
proprietorship corporation
55 How many partners can be eligible for partnership? )2 2 To 5 2 to 10 all are correct D
56 Which is incorrect type of partner? Active Perfect Nominal Sleeping B
Also called as Do not active in Do not share
57 About ‘Sleeping partner’ which statement is wrong? They do invest D
silent partner daily wok profit/loss
Which statement is correct about ‘Nominal Do not actively Business can use
58 Do not invest All are correct D
Partner’? involved their name
59 Which is the type of partnership? General Limited Private Both a) & b) D
‘Achievement due to one, will be shared by all General Limited
60 Both None A
others’. This happens in partnership partnership
General Nominal Limited
61 All partners have the same status in None A
partnership partnership partnership
62 Which is included in partnership deed? Name of the firm Location of work Names of partners All D
Partnership Partnership
63 Agreement between partners is called as Partnership deed partnership draft A
document sheet
Government Co-operative
64 Highest business secrecy is in Partnership Sole-proprietorship C
sector society
65 Unlimited liability is there in Proprietorship Partnership Both a) & b) None C
Business life is
There is limited It is a joint No transfer of
66 Which statement is wrong about partnership? dependent on A
liability business partnership
partners
Privet limited Public limited
67 Which is not type of Joint Stock Company? Public sector None C
company company
68 Maximum members in private limited company are 10 20 30 50 D

69 Minimum members in private limited company are 2 5 10 20 B

Minimum number of directors in Public Limited
70 2 3 7 10 B
Company are
Maximum shareholders in Public Limited Company
71 7 10 50 No limit D
are
72 Minimum shareholders in public limited company 2 7 50 100 B

Which is not the advantage of Joint Stock Business life is Effective

73 Easy to form No autocracy B
Company? longer division of work
Political
Heavy cost of Flexibility in Formation is
74 Which is not the limitation of Joint Stock Company? interference is A
management business is less lengthy process
more
75 Maximum member in co-operative society are 50 100 500 No limit D
Works on Ownership in the
Which statement about cooperative society is membership is It is privet
76 democratic hands of C
wrong? voluntary ownership
principles government
Members are
Beneficial to Business growth is Strengthens
77 Which is not the advantage of cooperative society? involved in decision B
common man faster rural economy
making
Political
Professionalism is Decision making is Government
78 Which is not limitation of cooperative society? interference is D
very poor low support is less
more
79 Government sector is also called as Public sector Service sector People’s sector None A
Providing service
80 The basic aim of government sector is Earning profit Earning fame None C
to society
Employment Balanced regional
81 Which is objective of public sector? Public welfare all D
opportunity growth
Government Public limited
82 Which is not type of public sector Public corporation Public company B
department company
Government Public limited
83 Highest control of government is there in Public corporation ) Public company A
department company
Huge capital
84 Which is not the advantage of the public sector? Liability is limited Secrecy is more Job security B
can be raised
Productivity is Decision making is More political Unlimited
85 Which is not the limitation of public sector? D
less slow interference liability
Sole
86 Documentation is less in Partnership Joint stock Public sector A
proprietorship
87 Maximum security of job is in Partnership Public sector Joint stock Co-operative B
88 Secrecy is least in Proprietorship Partnership Joint stock Public sect D
89 An accident is an ____sudden mishap. uniforeseen uncontrolled undesirable all of these D
90 Get the odd one out: hand gloves helmet goggle pullover D
damage ot the prevention of an
91 Safety management deals with: loss of life personal injury D
equipment accident
Which one of the following is contributory cause of an
92 pantry area unsafe condition protruding object unsafe acts A
accident?
Which one of the following is contribuory cause of an improper material tendency of
93 poor housekeeping protruding object D
accident? handling show off
using unsafe unsafe position
94 Which one of the following is not an unsafe act? ignoring rules bad state of health B
equipment and posture
Which one of the following is an immediate cause of an inexperience of operating at unsafe bad state of
95 extreme lethargy B
accident? workers speeds health
unsafe lifting,
wearing faulty using unsafe
96 ___is not an immediate cause of an accident: bad state of health pulling and A
protective devices equipment
pushing
physical condition of
97 Which one is not the part of the immediate cause: unsafe act unsafe condition fire C
the person
operating at unsafe non effective safety Using unsafe
98 ___is an unsafe condition. unsafe position B
speed devices equipment
hozardous
improper material poor house
99 ___is not an safe condition. long working hours arrangement of A
handling keeping
material
the department
the department
wher maintenance the government
100 Work permit is issued by: which is going to do the general manager A
activity is going to safety officer
the repairs
take place
A document that authorises one to carry out a specfic
101 factory act safety schedule work permit lethargy C
job:
An activity in which people practice leaving a place
102 Fire drill Fire show fire paly work permit A
quickly;
extreme insufficient
103 ___is not an environmental cause of an accident. long working hour extreme lethargy C
temperature illumination
104 ___may not be a member of fire detection system? smoke detector fuse detector flame detector heat detector C

105 With reference to fire extinguisher, get the odd the out? . Liquid gaseous foam powder A
106 Get the odd one out: fire hydrant fire drill fire extinguisher fire mains B
107 A safety committee works at __level management plant company supervisory B
108 ___is not a member of safety committee? medical officer security officer executive officer fire officer C
a senior
109 Who is the chairman of the plant safety commettee? a safety officer a security a purchase officer D
manager
more than 15
110 An adult as per Factories Act, 1948 is a person with age: more than 18 years less than 18 years more than 14 years A
years
111 ___is not a welfare provision under Factories Act, 1948? centeen creche first Aid drinking water D

who has completed who has completed

What is the age limit for an asolescent, as per Factories who is less than 18
112 17 year years but 15 years but less none of less C
Act? years
less than 18 years than 18 years

An adult worker can work upto __ hrs in a day as per

113 8 9 10 12 B
factories Act, 1948.
___is to be appointed if an organisation is engaging 500
114 safety committee welfare officer plant committee safety officer B
or more employees.
Canteen is to be provided for engaging employees more
115 250 500 300 700 A
than.
2 years/fine up to 6 months/fine up
For contravention of provisions of Factories Act, the 3 three years/fine None of the
116 Rs. 1,00,000 or to 10,000 or with A
occupter shall be liable for punishment up to: 10,000 or with both above
with both both
casing of new None of the
117 ___is not a safety provision under Factories Act, 1948? first-aid appliances fencing of machinery A
machinery above
If the fectory employs more than 1000 workers, it should
118 safety Officer welfare officer security officer none of these A
appoint qualified __to carry out the prescribed duties.
119 Type of accident are : Minor Serious Fatal all of the above D
Accident due to Accident
Taking shortcut ,Lack of adequate knowledge are Accident because Accident because
120 layout or design of because of A
___________ of workers of management
working place natural disasters

Accident because Accident because

121 Cause of accident are ______________ Both (a) and (b) None C
of workers of management
Equipment’s for
Lack of training to
122 Accident because of management are _____________ Mental distraction safety are not Both (b) and (c) D
workers
provided
Wrong design or
123 Accident due to layout or design of working place : Earthquakes layout of working Oily or greasy floors Both (b) and (c) D
place
Accident due to Accident
Accident because Accident because
124 Floods ,earthquakes ,tsunami are ________________ layout or design of because of D
of workers of management
working place natural disasters
Accident due to
Unsafe physical
125 General causes of accidents could be as follow : dangerous Moving objects All of above D
condition
machines.
Which factor does not cause accidents due to dangerous Transmission
126 Boiler Unsafe clothing Prime movers B
machines system

Unsafe physical condition occurs because of following Absence of proper No proper Working with
127 harmful aerosol C
reason : protecting devices ventilation unsafe speed

Accidents due to
In an industry these accidents are caused because of
128 dangerous Moving objects Personal factors None of above B
______________or falling objects .
machines
Accidents may cause because of partial or no knowledge Accidents due to
129 of process or may be because of physical weakness of dangerous Moving objects Personal factors None of above C
person working is called as __________ machines
Accidents due to
________________ accidents are caused because of
130 dangerous Moving objects Personal factors Unsafe acts D
not following safety procedures.
machines

absence of proper No proper Working with

131 Unsafe acts occurs of following reasons:- harmful aerosol D
protecting devices ventilation unsafe speed

Accidents because of electrical factors includes following absence of proper No proper Working with
132 harmful aerosol A
reason: protecting devices ventilation unsafe speed

133 Accidents include injuries because of exposure to : Harmful substance n Toxic gases dangerous fumes All of the above D
None of the
134 Industrial accidents have following types: Machinery Non-Machinery Both (a) and (b) C
above
 _____________accidents happen because of insufficient None of the
135 Machinery Non-Machinery Both (a) and (b) A
safeguard of machines. above
Reasons due to which non-machinery accidents may
136 age of person Harmful substance Toxic gases Unsafe clothing A
occur:
Safe work place
Preventive measures that can be taken related to Atmospheric Working with
137 and working dangerous fumes A
working environment are __________ condition unsafe speed
condition
Safe work place
Atmospheric Working with
138 Good layout , reduction in noise level are _______ and working Dangerous fumes A
condition unsafe speed
condition
___________has to be kept at secured and separate Inflammable Machine None of the
139 Both (a) and (b) A
place which is not easily accessible . material safeguards above
Sufficient working Good ventilation and Proper flooring
Which of the following condition is not physical Enough
140 space for height of working with cleanliness B
condition : illumination
movement place and oil free

Fire extinguishers should be kept at easily accessible Safe material Personal protection Safe activities in the Good house
141 B
places is the condition of ________ handling devices organization –keeping
Based on the past experiences, the danger zone should
safe material Personal protection Safe activities of the good house-
142 be declared and proper precautions need to be taken is C
handling devices organization keeping
the condition of ___________
Use of machine Separate place for Reducing vibrations
None of the
143 Q26) Good house –keeping includes following conditions: that will reduce machines that are of machine with D
above
noise level producing noise . some technique
___________is a person who has completed the 18th
144 Adult Adolescent Child young person A
years
___________is a person who has completed his 15th
145 Adult Adolescent Child young person B
year of age but not complete 18 years of age .
___________is a person who has completed his 15th
146 Adult Adolescent Child young person C
years of age
Either a child or an adolescent is called as
147 Adult Adolescent Child young person D
______________
__________ is electrical energy or any other form of
Transmission None of the
148 energy ,which is not generated by human or animal Power Prime mover A
machinery above
agency .
_________ is any engine ,motor or other appliance Transmission None of the
149 Power Prime mover B
,which generates or provides power machinery above
___________ is a person employed directly or through
any agency , whether for wages or not ,in any
manufacturing process or in cleaning any part of the none of the
150 Worker Factory Occupier A
machinery or premises used for manufacturing process or above
in any other kind of work incidental, to or connected with
,the manufacturing process .

_____________ Of factory means the person who has

ultimate control over the affairs of the factory and where none of the
151 Worker Factory Occupier A
the said affairs are entrusted to a managing agent ,such above
agent shall be deemed to be occupier of the factory .
Fencing of
152 following is the health provision: cleanness washing Facilities None of above B
machinery
Taking are while working on machinery in motion is a Employment of
153 Health provision Safety provision Welfare provision B
_____________ young person

Employment of
154 First –aid appliance is a Health provision Safety provision Welfare provision C
young person
No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a None of the
155 Monday Weekly holiday Tuesday B
factory on _________ above
When a work works for _____________hours in a day or
156 for more than 48 hours in any week , he shall be entitled More than 9 Less than 9 More than 8 Less than 8 A
to wages at the rate of twice his ordinary rate of wages .
This provision provides a further restriction to female
157 workers that no women shall be employed in any factory 7 A.M and 6 P.M 6 A.M and 7 P.M 5A.M and 7 P.M 6A.M and 5 P.M B
except between __________
___________ is of temporary nature and the earning
Partial
158 capacity is reduced due to disablement is of permanent Total disablement Both (a) and (b) None of above A
disablement
nature.
________________ means such disablement whether if
a temporary or permanent nature, which incapacitates a
Partial
159 workman, forms all work which he was capable of Total disablement Both (a) and (b) None of above A
disablement
performing at the time of accident resulting in such
disablement.
 ____________ includes any privilege or benefit which is
capable of being estimated in money other than a None of the
160 Wages Partial disablement Total disablement A
traveling allowance or any other contributions paid above
towards pension etc .
__________ means any person who is employed in any None of the
161 Dependant Workman Minor B
such capacity specified in schedule II on monthly wages . above
Meaning of ______ is a widow, a minor son, a widow None of the
162 Dependant Workman Minor A
mother. above
None of the
163 _______________ Person whose age is below 18 years Dependant Workman Minor C
above
164 Minimum wages need to be paid in the __________ Cash Check Either (a) or (b) None A

165 Who can be responsible for accident? Management Worker Working conditions All the above D

166 Who is responsible for “unguarded moving parts”? Management Workers Government None A
Which is the not included in the causes of accidents Irregular floor
167 Suffocation work Chemical leakages Quarrels D
due to ‘Unsafe Working Condition’? heights
168 Accident is ………….. Misshaping Unfortunate Sudden All the Above D

Which is not included in the cause of accident due Mishappening Poor Lack of
169 B
to worker? behavior housekeeping concentration Overconfidence

Which is not included in the cause of accident due Bad constriction Untrained Bad habits of Faulty
170 C
to Management? of plant worker worker equipment
Which is not included in the ‘cause of accident’ due Temperature
171 Gas leakages Heavy rains Floods B
to nature? strokes
Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to
172 Industry Worker Family of worker All D
accident?
Which preventive measure industry should take to Training for safe
173 Safety provisions Safety device All the above D
avoid accidents? working
Removes
Provision of Guarantee of
174 Industry acts are useful for extortion of All the above D
legal platform employee welfare
workers
175 Indian factory Act is passed in …… 1976 1947 1948 1935 C
Production
176 Which is not the ‘effect of accident on worker’? Injury to body Loss of job Financial loss A
stoppage
If affected worker is recovered within 10 hours,
177 Reportable Minor Major Fatal B
then which type of accident is it?
178 What happens in fatal accident? Fractures Hospitalisation Disablement Death D
Injury after accident Disables the affected workers
179 Major Fatal Permanent None C
forever is ……… accident.
Injury without Accident in the
180 Internal accident means …. showing external premises of Both None A
signs company
181 Adolescent is a person of the age between …… 58-61 years 18-21 years 21-25 years 15-18 years D
A Labour Welfare Officer is appointed in the factory
182 as per Factory Act when there are minimum ………….. 500 1000 100 300 A
Workers.
State
183 Right of Labour Welfare Officer are given to …… Industry Minister Factory head None A
Government
184 As per Factory Act, painting should be done … Once in 3 years Once in 5 years Once of years Twice of years C
Less than 15 Less than 5 None of the
185 Child is a person of the age …… Less than 8 years A
years years above

1st January to 1st April to 1st July to 30th None of the

186 Calendar years as per Factory Act is ……….. A
31st December 30th March June Above

Period between Period of 12 None of the

187 Day as per Factory Act is …………. 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. A
2 midnight hours Above
188 Week as per Factory is Period between two ….. Saturdays Thursdays Sundays Mondays A
Factory using power as per factory Act is a premise
189 40 workers 20 workers 30 workers 10 workers D
of minimum ………..
As per Factory Act, space required for a water is ……
190 1000 750 500 2000 C
Cu. feet.
One canteen should be provided at least per
191 200 250 100 150 B
…….workers in a factory.
Crèches should be provided when there are more
192 than ……. female workers of their kids of age below 100,6 25,6 25,9 30,6 D
…….
 Drinking water must be away from latrine by …….
193 12 9 6 3 C
Meter.
As per Factory Act, one box of First Aid is provided
194 150 250 100 200 A
for ….. workers.
One ambulance room should be provided in a
195 500 400 300 200 C
factory employing more than … workers.
who is incorrect person in the definition of
196 Wife Minor son Widowed mother Friend D
Dependent?
Which is not included in “Wage” under minimum Travelling
197 Gratuity PF All D
wages act? allowance
“Advisory Board” concerned with ‘Minimum Wages Appropriate
198 MIDC Factory Head None A
Act’ is appointed by …… Government
Minimum Wages which are fixed are declared by
199 Magazine Newspaper Official Gazette All C
Government through ……
Workers
Competition is not extended to ………. Under Willful
200 Causal Workers covered under ESI All the above D
Workman’s Compensation Act. Disobedience
Act
Injury caused Any disablement
Employer has to do compensation under which Injury caused
201 during / death after All the above D
case? by accident
employment accident
202 Minimum Wages act is passed in ………. 1952 1935 1948 1924 C
203 1) Accident is Unfortunate Mishappening Sudden All the above D
2) Which is not included in the cause of accident due Lack of Mischievous
204 Poor housekeeping Overconfidence B
to worker? concentration behavior
3) Which is not included in the cause of accident due Bad habits of Bad construction of Faulty
205 Untrained workers C
to management? workers plant equipments

206 4) Who can be responsible for accident? Worker Management Working conditions All the above D

207 5) Who is responsible “unguarded moving parts”? Workers Management Government None B

6) Which is not included in the causes of accident Irregular floor Quarrels of

208 Chemical leakages Suffocation of work D
due to ‘Unsafe Working Conditons? heights workers
7) Which is not included in the ‘causes of accident’ Temperature
209 Floods Gas leakage Heavy rains B
due to nature? strokes
8) Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to
210 Worker Industry Family of worker All D
accident?
Production
211 9) Which is not the ‘effect of accident on worker? Injury to body Loss of job Financial loss B
stoppage
10) If affected worker is recovered within 10 hours,
212 Minor Reportable Major Fatal A
then which type of accident is it?
213 11) What happens in fatal accident? Hospitalization Fracture Disablement Death D
12) Injury after accident disables the affected worker
214 Fatal Major Permanent None C
forever is_________ accident
Accident in the Injury without
215 13) Internal accident means premises of showing external Both None B
company signs
14) Which preventive measure industry should take Training for safe
216 Safety provisions Safety devices All the above D
to avoid accident? working

Guarantee of Provision for legal Removes extortion

217 15) Industrial acts are useful for All the above D
employee welfare platform of workers

218 16) Indian Factory Act is passed in 1935 1947 1948 1976 C

219 17) Major amendments done in the Factory Act in 1948 1952 1976 1991 C

220 18) Adolescent is a person of the age between 15 – 18 years 18 – 21 years 21 – 25 years 58 – 61 years A
221 19) Child is the person of age less than 10 years less than 15 years less than 8 years none of above B
1st April to 30th 1st January to 31th
222 20) Calendar year as per Factory Act is 1st July to 30th June None of above B
March December
Period between two None of the
223 21) Day as per Factory Act is 6 a.m.to 6 p.m. Period of 12 hours C
midnights above

224 22) Week as per Factory Act is period between tow Mondays Thursday Sunday Saturday D

23) Factory using power as per Factory Act is a

225 10 workers 20 workers 30 workers 40 worker A
premises of minimum
24) A Labour welfare Officer is appointed in the
226 factory as per Factory Act when there are 100 300 500 1000 C
minimum______workers.
227 25) Rights of Labour Welfare Officer are given to Factory head Industry minister State Government None D

228 26) As per Factory Act painting should be done Once in a year Twice a year Once in 3 years Once in 5 years A
 27) As per Factory Act, space required for water is
229 1000 2000 500 750 C
_______ Cu feet
28) Drinking water must be away from latrine by
230 3 6 9 12 B
_______ meters
29) As per Factory Act, one box of First Aid is
231 100 200 150 250 C
provided for ______ worker
30) One ambulance room should be provided in a
232 200 300 4000 500 B
factory employing more than _______ workers
31) One canteen should be provided atleast per
233 100 150 200 250 D
_______ workers in a factory
32) Creches should be provided when there are
234 more than ______ female workers of their kids of a 30,6 25,6 25,9 100,6 A
age below___ yrs
235 33) Workman’s Compensation Act is passed in 1925 1948 1950 1934 A
34) Who is incorrect person in the definition of
236 Wife Widowed mother Minor son Friend D
Depended?
35) Compensation is not extended to ________ Workers covered
237 Casual worker Willful disobedience all the above D
under Workman’s Compensation Act under ESI Act
Any
36) Employer has to do compensation under which Injury caused Injury caused by
238 disablement/death All the above D
case during employment accident
after accident
239 37) Minimum wages act is passed in 1924 1935 1948 1952 C
38) Which is not included in ‘Wage’ under Minimum Travelling
240 PF Gratuity All D
Wages Act? allowances
39)”Advisory Board” concerned with “Minimum Appropriate
241 Factory head MIDC None C
Wages Act” is appointed by Government
40) Minimum wages which are fixed are declared by
242 Newspaper Magazine Official gazette All C
Government through
QLWhat is Management?

a) Channelizing b) Administration

c) Production d) Getting work done from others

Answer:

Option : d) Getting work done from others

Q2.What is process of Management?

a) Planning b) Organizing

c) Controlling d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q3.Who is father of Scientific Management?

a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option : b) F.W.Taylor

Q4.Contributor to 14 principles of Management is -------?

a)Henry Fayal b) F.W.Taylor

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option : a)Henry Fayol

QS. Who is father of Modern Management?

a) F.W.Taylor b) Henry Fayol

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option : b) Henry Fayol

Scanned by CamScanner
Q6.What are different schools of Management?

a)Classical School b)Behavioral School

c) Universal process School c) All of the above

Answer:

Option : c) All of the above

Q7.The areas of Classical school are:

a) Scientific Management b) Administrative Management

c)Bureaucratic Management d)AII of the Above

Answer:

Option : d)AII of the Above

QS. Bureaucratic Management doesn't consist of-------- ----?

a) Work specialization and division of labor b) Abstract rules and regulations

c) Impersonality of managers d) None of the above
Answer:

Option : d) None of the above

Q9.The Scientific Management consists of-----------?

a) Piece rate incentive system b) Time and motion study
c) Gantt scheduling chart d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

QlO.Who is not a Contributor to theory of Scientific Management?

a) Frederick Winslow Taylor b)Maslow
c) Lillian Gillbreth
d)Frank Gillbreth
Answer:

Option : b)Maslow

Scanned by CamScanner
0 11. In which theory 'Redesigning the work process to increase efficiency' is proposed .
a) Administrative Management b) Scientific Management
c) Bureaucratic Management d) Modern Management
Answer:

Option: b) Scientific Management

Q12.Henry Fayal stated----- ------ - principles of management?

a) Remuneration b) Order
c) Stability of tenure d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q13.What is Administration?

a) Decision Making b) Policy Making

c) Controlling d) All of the Above

Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q14.Determination of Objectives and major policies of an organization is concerned with- --- ?

a) Management b) Organization

c) Administration d) None of the above

Answer:
Option : c) Administration
QlS. -------------- is defined as set of steps to do the particular activity or activities in
systematic manner.

a) Organizing b) Decision Making

c) Planning d) Controlling

Answer:
Option : c) Planning

Scanned by CamScanner
Q16.The process of establishing the orderly use of resources by assigning & coordinating tasks
is called as-----------?

a) Decision Making b) Organizing

c) Planning c) Controlling

Answer:

Option: b) Organizing

Q17 .The management of interdependence in work situations is known as-----------------?

a) Organizing b) Decision Making

c) Coordinating c) Controlling

Answer:

Option : c) Coordinating

Ql8.Communication, Leadership & Motivation are sub functions of-------?

a) Directing b) Decision Making

c) Coordinating d) Controlling

Answer:

Option: a) Directing

Q19.Functions of controlling are--------------?

a) Establishing Standards b) Measuring Performance

c) Taking Corrective Actions d} All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q20.A process of solving the problem or finding out the new business opportunity is, called as ?

a) Directing b) Decision Making

c} Coordinating d) Controlling
Answer:

Option: b) Decision Making

Scanned by CamScanner
Q21.A very few number people work at--------- level.

a) Low level b) Middle Level

c) Top Level d) Tactical Level

Answer:

Option : c) Top Level

Q22. A very large number people work at------- level.

a) Low level b) Middle Level
c) Strategic Level d) Tactical Level

Answer:

Option : a) Low level

Q23.Henry Fayol proposed------- number of principles.

a)lS b)14

c)12 d)9

Answer:
Option: b)14

Q24. Types of decision based on levels of Management are-·-···-----?

a) Strategic Decisions b) Tactical Decisions
c) Operational Decisions d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q25.Adams Smith found theory of-·-·-··--·-?

a) Job Analysis b) Job Description
c) Job Specialization d) Recruitment
Answer:

Option : c) Job Specialization

Scanned by CamScanner
 Q26. ' Codify the new methods of performing tasks into written rules and standard operating
procedures' Is principle proposed in ---------- .

a)Maslow's Theory b)Scientific Management

c) Administrative Management d) Contingency Theory

Answer:

Option : b)Scientific Management

027. Functions of top level Management is ·····-?

a)Defining Goals b) Laying Strategies to achieve goal

c) Monitoring Progress d) All of the Above.

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above.

Q28.Principle of Management to manage work effectively & efficiently was proposed by?

a)Henry Fayal b} F.W.Taylor

c)Adams Smith d}Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option : a}Henry Fayol

Q29.Worker should receive order from one supervisor is called as- - - -----?

a)Unity of Direction b) Unity of Command

c) Scalar Chain d)Equity

Answer:

Option : b) Unity of Command

Q30.Worker should be given assurance about Safety & Security is called as--- ?

a}Staffing b)Stablllty of tenure

c) Authority d) Order

Answer:

Option : b)Stabllity of tenure

Scanned by CamScanner
Ql.What is Organization?

a) Formal Structure b) Coordinating Activities

c) People working together with common goal d) Shared Environment

Answer:

Option : c) People working together with common goal

Q2. What are Characteristics of Management?

a) Clear defined Objective b) Coordinating Activities with people

c) Shared Environment d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q3.What are different steps in forming organization?

a) Determining Objectives b) Designing strategy to achieve goal

c) Defining Roles & Responsibilities d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q4.What are different types of Organization?

a) Line Organization b) Line & Staff Organization

c)Functional Organization d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

QS.---------------- is simplest structure of Organization?

a) Line Organization b) Line & Staff Organization

c)Functlonal Organization d) Project Organization

Answer:

Option : a) Line Organization

Scanned by CamScanner
Q6.Subordinate works under guidance of·····-··---- -- -?

a)Manager b)Engineer

c)Foreman d) Superior

Answer:

Option : d) Superior

Q7.Line organization is also called·-··-···---?

a ) Line & Staff Organization b)Scalar or Military Organization

c)Functional Organization d) Project Organization

Answer:
Option : a) Scalar or Military Organization
QS. Advantages of Line organization?

a) Simple and Easy Structure b) No Confusion & High Discipline

c) Simple Division of Authority d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q9.Disadvantage of line organization?

a) Lacks in Employee Specialization b) High skilled People are required

c) Not suitable for large organization d)1All of the above
Answer:

Option: d) All of the above

QlO.Line Staff organization is combination of---·----···---- departments

a) Line & Staff b) line & Project
c) Functional d) Project & Functional
Answer:

Option : a) Line & Staff

Scanned by CamScanner
Qll.Advantages of Une Staff organization?
b) Division of work ls easy
a) Responsibilities are Fixed
c) Low wastage due to high skilled employee d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q12.Disadvantages of Line Staff organization?

a) Discipline maintaining is difficult b) Confusion may arise structure

c) Requires more cost d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

QB.Functional organization is specialized in------------?

a) Hierarchy of Organization b) Functions of Organization

b) Structure of Organization d) None of the above

Answer:

Option : b) Functions of Organization

Q14. Advantage of Functional organization?

a) Specialization can be done b) High Qualified people required

c) Cost of structure is more d~ Better Quality of Products can b e Produced

Answer:

Option : d) Better Quality of Products can be Produced

QlS.line Organization is suitable?

a) Small Organizations b) Medium Organization

b)Large Organization d) None of the above
Answer:

Option : a) Small Organizations

Scanned by CamScanner
Q16. Types of project Organizations?

a) Function based b) Matrix Based

c) Project based d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q17. Advantage of Project organization?

a) High Efficiency b) Greater Flexibility
c) Scope of work is limited d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q18.Disadvantage of Project Organization?

a) Temporary structure b) Confusion may arise

c) Functions are complicated d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q19.Departmentation can be done based on---------?

a) Process b) Product
d)Market or Customer d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q20.Advantages of Departmentation?

a) Accountability for profit or loss b) Evaluation of performance is easy

c) Better Controllability d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Scanned by CamScanner
Q21. Disadvantages of Departmentatlon?

a) Cost of Structure Is more b) Applicable for Large organization

c) Large amount Manpower Is essential d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q22.---·····-·······----- enforces centralized control.

a)Decentralization b) Departmentation

c) Centralization d)None of the above

Answer:
Option : c) Centrallzatlon
Q23. Centralization---------- Span of control.

a) High b) Less

c) Moderate d)None
Answer:
Option : b) Less

Q24. Decentralization is---------------?

a) Division of Authority b) Separation into Departments

c) Distribution of work d} All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q25.--------······· has right to command?

a) Subordinate b) Superior
c)Authority d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : c)Authority

Scanned by CamScanner
Q26.·············------ Is defined as number of subordinates who report to executive.
a) Responsibility b) Delegation

c) Span of Control d) Stability

Answer:
Option : c) Span of Control
Q27.---------·----means a capacity to tolerate losses because of key persons leaving organization.

a)Balance b) Stability

c)Flexibillty d) Communication

Answer:
Option : b) Stability
Q28.Which is not a type of Communication?

a) Horizontal Communication b) Vertical Communication

c) Triangle Communication d) Upward Communication

Answer:

Option : c) Triangle Communication

Q29.What are Different forms of Ownership?

a) Partnership b) Joint Stock Companies

c) Cooperative Organization d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q30. Types of Joint stock companies?

a) Private limited Joint stock company b) Public Limited Joint stock company
c) Both a & b d)None of the above
Answer:

Option : c) Both a & b

Scanned by CamScanner
SR. ANS
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D
NO WER
__________Companies are established for large Capital can be Government
39 Both (a) and (b) None B
profit business. raised from general provides capital.
Which is important word in the defination of
40 Group of persons Profit Common aim United together B
organisation ?
Group od 15 Employees doing Meeting members Labour working
41 Following group is not an orgnisation B
people on bus discussion in work in a company on a site
Responsibility on
42 Which are the aim of forming orgnistion ? Teamwork Combined efforts All are correct D
all
Organisation is a It has aims and Organisation has Organisation is
43 Which statement is wrong ? D
group of working objectives no boundaries a sysytem
Which the first step in organization forming? -- Assignment of Aims are Identifying Formulating
44 B
----------- duties determine activities plans
Organization Organization
45 Structure of organization is represent by Organization draft None of above A
chart brochure
Number of
46 The structure of organization depends on Scope of function Span of control All The Above D
employees
Resources
47 The structure of organization is not depend on Span of control Communication Profit margin C
available
Organisation
48 Which are the essentials of organization? Delegation Integration All D
chart
Which is the important factor in deciding
49 Type of product Specialisation Function All C
structure of organization?
Vertical dimension of organisationl structure Both hierarchy and
50 Departmentation Hierarchy None of above B
defines departmentation
Project Functional
51 Scalar organization is also known as Line organization Staff organization A
organization organization
52 Line organization is of _______ type Horizontal Vertical Both None A
53 Military type organization is seen in Line Staff Line and Staff Project A
Functional Line & Staff Project
54 Decisions are very quick in Line organization A
organization organization organization
Which is not the correct advantage of ‘Line Easy to
55 It is simple Confusion is less Specialised C
organisation’? understand
Which is not the correct disadvantage of ‘Line Poor Lack of Overlapping of Nobody is
56 D
organisation’? performance specialization activities overloaded
At which place line organization is not Military Government
57 Small workshops Tiny firms D
possible? department company
Small process
58 Where line organization is applicable? Workshops Small firms industries with All D
automation
Project None of the
59 Functional organisation is also called as. Line organization Staff organization B
organization above
60 Functional organization is Horizontal Vertical Both a) & b) None A
Which is the correct advantage of staff Performance Standardisation in More productivity
61 All D
organization? better than line process than line
Which is not the correct disadvantage of staff Discipline is Lack of Difficult to
62 Ego of specialty B
organization? lacking specialization handle expert
63 Line and Staff organization is Horizontal Vertical Both a) & b) None D
64 Which organization is temporary in nature? Lin Staff Line and Staff Project D
Project organization has few forms. Which is
65 Balance matrix Project matrix Functional matrix All B
correct one?
Which is the correct limitation of project Heavy pressures Complication of Difference of
66 All D
organization? o work function opinion
_____ is a process of dividing large
67 organization into small and flexible Departmentation Defragmentation Division formation None A
administrative units
To distribute To make people To give freedom for
68 Which is the aim of departmentation? All the above D
work specialized each function
To avoid
To distribute To make the To make the
69 Following is not aim of departmentation intermixing of B
work power centralize people specialized
many function
By material
70 Which is not the type of departmentation? By product By function By process D
pattern
Depigmentation Depart mentation Departmentation
71 ‘Car division’ in Tata Motors Is example of None A
by product by function by process
 Product may People become
Which statement is wrong? In product type Attention is given No duplication
72 become brand expert in the work D
depart mentation to product of work
name allotted to them

Depart mentation Depart mentation

73 ‘Sale Department’ in Nokia is the example of None D
by product by process
‘Heat treatment’ shop in Kirloskar, is the Depatmentation Departmentation Departmentation
74 None B
example of by product by process by function
Authority &
75 Which is the principal of organization? Span of control Delegation All D
responsibility
‘Number of subordinates handled by one
76 Delegation Responsibility Span of control None C
manager effectivly’ is called as __________
______ check th result, _______ Shows the Authority, Responsibility, Authority, Responsibility,
77 A
result responsibility Authority Authority Responsibility
Which is the pre-requisite of effective Knowledge of Decision making Independent
78 All the above D
delegation? designation freedom subordinates
Goals Establishing
79 Which is the first step in effective delegation? Training None A
establishment responsibility
Work load is Stress level on Work can be Control from
80 Which is not advantage of delegation? D
reduced manager reduced finished in time center increases
81 Ability to adjust, change, bend is Flexibility Balance Stability Ability A
82 Following is not the type of communication Oral Written horizontal Clear D

83 ‘Instruction’ is the ________ communication Upward Downward Informal Horizontal B

84 ‘Meeting is the __________ communication Formal Non-verbal Written Both b) & c) A

85 ‘Request’ is the ________ communication Upward Downward Both a) & b) None A
Language Confused
86 Which is barrier in communication? Poor knowledge All D
problem information
Which is the factor responsible in the
87 Capital required Scope o business Type of business All D
selection of type of ownership?
owner is
88 Which statement is wrong? has single owner owner is supreme has limited liability responsible for C
all
Which is not the advantage of sole Business growth Easy to form a Documentation is Freedom of
89 A
proprietorship? is faster business less work
Limited
Which is not the limitation of sole Decision may be Growth rate is
90 Corruption is more resources C
proprietorship? wrong small
available
Following business is not coming under sole Insurance
91 Service centre Press shop Hardware unit D
proprietorship corporation
How many partners can be eligible for
92 )2 2 To 5 2 to 10 all are correct D
partnership?
93 Which is incorrect type of partner? Active Perfect Nominal Sleeping B
About ‘Sleeping partner’ which statement is Also called as Do not active in Do not share
94 They do invest D
wrong? silent partner daily wok profit/loss
Which statement is correct about ‘Nominal Do not actively Business can use
95 Do not invest All are correct D
Partner’? involved their name
96 Which is the type of partnership? General Limited Private Both a) & b) D
‘Achievement due to one, will be shared by all General Limited
97 Both None A
others’. This happens in partnership partnership
General Nominal Limited
98 All partners have the same status in None A
partnership partnership partnership
99 Which is included in partnership deed? Name of the firm Location of work Names of partners All D
Partnership Partnership
100 Agreement between partners is called as Partnership deed partnership draft A
document sheet
Government Co-operative
101 Highest business secrecy is in Partnership Sole-proprietorship C
sector society
102 Unlimited liability is there in Proprietorship Partnership Both a) & b) None C
Business life is
There is limited It is a joint No transfer of
103 Which statement is wrong about partnership? dependent on A
liability business partnership
partners
Privet limited Public limited
104 Which is not type of Joint Stock Company? Public sector None C
company company
Maximum members in private limited
105 10 20 30 50 D
company are
Minimum members in private limited
106 2 5 10 20 B
company are
 Minimum number of directors in Public
107 2 3 7 10 B
Limited Company are
Maximum shareholders in Public Limited
108 7 10 50 No limit D
Company are
Minimum shareholders in public limited
109 2 7 50 100 B
company
Which is not the advantage of Joint Stock Business life is Effective
110 Easy to form No autocracy B
Company? longer division of work
Political
Which is not the limitation of Joint Stock Heavy cost of Flexibility in Formation is
111 interference is A
Company? management business is less lengthy process
more
112 Maximum member in co-operative society are 50 100 500 No limit D
Works on Ownership in the
Which statement about cooperative society is membership is It is privet
113 democratic hands of C
wrong? voluntary ownership
principles government
Members are
Which is not the advantage of cooperative Beneficial to Business growth is Strengthens
114 involved in decision B
society? common man faster rural economy
making
Political
Professionalism is Decision making is Government
115 Which is not limitation of cooperative society? interference is D
very poor low support is less
more
116 Government sector is also called as Public sector Service sector People’s sector None A
Providing service
117 The basic aim of government sector is Earning profit Earning fame None C
to society
Employment Balanced regional
118 Which is objective of public sector? Public welfare all D
opportunity growth
Government Public limited
119 Which is not type of public sector Public corporation Public company B
department company
Government Public limited
120 Highest control of government is there in Public corporation ) Public company A
department company
Which is not the advantage of the public Huge capital
121 Liability is limited Secrecy is more Job security B
sector? can be raised
Productivity is Decision making is More political Unlimited
122 Which is not the limitation of public sector? D
less slow interference liability
Sole
123 Documentation is less in Partnership Joint stock Public sector A
proprietorship
124 Maximum security of job is in Partnership Public sector Joint stock Co-operative B
125 Secrecy is least in Proprietorship Partnership Joint stock Public sect D
126 An accident is an ____sudden mishap. uniforeseen uncontrolled undesirable all of these D
127 Get the odd one out: hand gloves helmet goggle pullover D
damage ot the prevention of an
128 Safety management deals with: loss of life personal injury D
equipment accident
Which one of the following is contributory cause
129 pantry area unsafe condition protruding object unsafe acts A
of an accident?
Which one of the following is contribuory cause of improper material tendency of
130 poor housekeeping protruding object D
an accident? handling show off
using unsafe unsafe position
131 Which one of the following is not an unsafe act? ignoring rules bad state of health B
equipment and posture
Which one of the following is an immediate cause inexperience of operating at unsafe bad state of
132 extreme lethargy B
of an accident? workers speeds health
unsafe lifting,
wearing faulty using unsafe
133 ___is not an immediate cause of an accident: bad state of health pulling and A
protective devices equipment
pushing
physical condition of
134 Which one is not the part of the immediate cause: unsafe act unsafe condition fire C
the person
operating at unsafe non effective safety Using unsafe
135 ___is an unsafe condition. unsafe position B
speed devices equipment
hozardous
improper material poor house
136 ___is not an safe condition. long working hours arrangement of A
handling keeping
material
the department
the department
wher maintenance the government
137 Work permit is issued by: which is going to do the general manager A
activity is going to safety officer
the repairs
take place
A document that authorises one to carry out a
138 factory act safety schedule work permit lethargy C
specfic job:
An activity in which people practice leaving a place
139 Fire drill Fire show fire paly work permit A
quickly;
extreme insufficient
140 ___is not an environmental cause of an accident. long working hour extreme lethargy C
temperature illumination
 ___may not be a member of fire detection
141 smoke detector fuse detector flame detector heat detector C
system?
With reference to fire extinguisher, get the odd the
142 . Liquid gaseous foam powder A
out?
143 Get the odd one out: fire hydrant fire drill fire extinguisher fire mains B
144 A safety committee works at __level management plant company supervisory B
145 ___is not a member of safety committee? medical officer security officer executive officer fire officer C
Who is the chairman of the plant safety a senior
146 a safety officer a security a purchase officer D
commettee? manager
An adult as per Factories Act, 1948 is a person with more than 15
147 more than 18 years less than 18 years more than 14 years A
age: years
___is not a welfare provision under Factories Act,
148 centeen creche first Aid drinking water D
1948?

who has completed who has completed

What is the age limit for an asolescent, as per who is less than 18
149 17 year years but 15 years but less none of less C
Factories Act? years
less than 18 years than 18 years

An adult worker can work upto __ hrs in a day as

150 8 9 10 12 B
per factories Act, 1948.
___is to be appointed if an organisation is
151 safety committee welfare officer plant committee safety officer B
engaging 500 or more employees.
Canteen is to be provided for engaging employees
152 250 500 300 700 A
more than.
2 years/fine up to 6 months/fine up
For contravention of provisions of Factories Act, 3 three years/fine None of the
153 Rs. 1,00,000 or to 10,000 or with A
the occupter shall be liable for punishment up to: 10,000 or with both above
with both both
___is not a safety provision under Factories Act, casing of new None of the
154 first-aid appliances fencing of machinery A
1948? machinery above
If the fectory employs more than 1000 workers, it
155 should appoint qualified __to carry out the safety Officer welfare officer security officer none of these A
prescribed duties.
156 Type of accident are : Minor Serious Fatal all of the above D
Accident due to Accident
Taking shortcut ,Lack of adequate knowledge are Accident because Accident because
157 layout or design of because of A
___________ of workers of management
working place natural disasters

Accident because Accident because

158 Cause of accident are ______________ Both (a) and (b) None C
of workers of management
Equipment’s for
Accident because of management are Lack of training to
159 Mental distraction safety are not Both (b) and (c) D
_____________ workers
provided
Wrong design or
160 Accident due to layout or design of working place : Earthquakes layout of working Oily or greasy floors Both (b) and (c) D
place
Accident due to Accident
Floods ,earthquakes ,tsunami are Accident because Accident because
161 layout or design of because of D
________________ of workers of management
working place natural disasters
Accident due to
Unsafe physical
162 General causes of accidents could be as follow : dangerous Moving objects All of above D
condition
machines.
Which factor does not cause accidents due to Transmission
163 Boiler Unsafe clothing Prime movers B
dangerous machines system

Unsafe physical condition occurs because of Absence of proper No proper Working with
164 harmful aerosol C
following reason : protecting devices ventilation unsafe speed

Accidents due to
In an industry these accidents are caused because
165 dangerous Moving objects Personal factors None of above B
of ______________or falling objects .
machines
Accidents may cause because of partial or no
Accidents due to
knowledge of process or may be because of
166 dangerous Moving objects Personal factors None of above C
physical weakness of person working is called as
machines
__________
Accidents due to
________________ accidents are caused because
167 dangerous Moving objects Personal factors Unsafe acts D
of not following safety procedures.
machines

absence of proper No proper Working with

168 Unsafe acts occurs of following reasons:- harmful aerosol D
protecting devices ventilation unsafe speed
 Accidents because of electrical factors includes absence of proper No proper Working with
169 harmful aerosol A
following reason: protecting devices ventilation unsafe speed

170 Accidents include injuries because of exposure to : Harmful substance n Toxic gases dangerous fumes All of the above D
None of the
171 Industrial accidents have following types: Machinery Non-Machinery Both (a) and (b) C
above
_____________accidents happen because of None of the
172 Machinery Non-Machinery Both (a) and (b) A
insufficient safeguard of machines. above
Reasons due to which non-machinery accidents
173 age of person Harmful substance Toxic gases Unsafe clothing A
may occur:
Safe work place
Preventive measures that can be taken related to Atmospheric Working with
174 and working dangerous fumes A
working environment are __________ condition unsafe speed
condition
Safe work place
Atmospheric Working with
175 Good layout , reduction in noise level are _______ and working Dangerous fumes A
condition unsafe speed
condition
___________has to be kept at secured and Inflammable Machine None of the
176 Both (a) and (b) A
separate place which is not easily accessible . material safeguards above
Sufficient working Good ventilation and Proper flooring
Which of the following condition is not physical Enough
177 space for height of working with cleanliness B
condition : illumination
movement place and oil free

Fire extinguishers should be kept at easily Safe material Personal protection Safe activities in the Good house
178 B
accessible places is the condition of ________ handling devices organization –keeping

Based on the past experiences, the danger zone

safe material Personal protection Safe activities of the good house-
179 should be declared and proper precautions need to C
handling devices organization keeping
be taken is the condition of ___________

Use of machine Separate place for Reducing vibrations

Q26) Good house –keeping includes following None of the
180 that will reduce machines that are of machine with D
conditions: above
noise level producing noise . some technique
___________is a person who has completed the
181 Adult Adolescent Child young person A
18th years
___________is a person who has completed his
182 Adult Adolescent Child young person B
15th year of age but not complete 18 years of age .
___________is a person who has completed his
183 Adult Adolescent Child young person C
15th years of age
Either a child or an adolescent is called as
184 Adult Adolescent Child young person D
______________
__________ is electrical energy or any other form
Transmission None of the
185 of energy ,which is not generated by human or Power Prime mover A
machinery above
animal agency .
_________ is any engine ,motor or other appliance Transmission None of the
186 Power Prime mover B
,which generates or provides power machinery above
___________ is a person employed directly or
through any agency , whether for wages or not ,in
any manufacturing process or in cleaning any part
none of the
187 of the machinery or premises used for Worker Factory Occupier A
above
manufacturing process or in any other kind of work
incidental, to or connected with ,the manufacturing
process .
_____________ Of factory means the person who
has ultimate control over the affairs of the factory
none of the
188 and where the said affairs are entrusted to a Worker Factory Occupier A
above
managing agent ,such agent shall be deemed to be
occupier of the factory .
Fencing of
189 following is the health provision: cleanness washing Facilities None of above B
machinery
Taking are while working on machinery in motion Employment of
190 Health provision Safety provision Welfare provision B
is a _____________ young person

Employment of
191 First –aid appliance is a Health provision Safety provision Welfare provision C
young person
No adult worker shall be required or allowed to None of the
192 Monday Weekly holiday Tuesday B
work in a factory on _________ above
 When a work works for _____________hours in a
day or for more than 48 hours in any week , he
193 More than 9 Less than 9 More than 8 Less than 8 A
shall be entitled to wages at the rate of twice his
ordinary rate of wages .
This provision provides a further restriction to
194 female workers that no women shall be employed 7 A.M and 6 P.M 6 A.M and 7 P.M 5A.M and 7 P.M 6A.M and 5 P.M B
in any factory except between __________
___________ is of temporary nature and the
Partial
195 earning capacity is reduced due to disablement is Total disablement Both (a) and (b) None of above A
disablement
of permanent nature.
________________ means such disablement
whether if a temporary or permanent nature, which
Partial
196 incapacitates a workman, forms all work which he Total disablement Both (a) and (b) None of above A
disablement
was capable of performing at the time of accident
resulting in such disablement.

____________ includes any privilege or benefit

which is capable of being estimated in money None of the
197 Wages Partial disablement Total disablement A
other than a traveling allowance or any other above
contributions paid towards pension etc .
__________ means any person who is employed in
None of the
198 any such capacity specified in schedule II on Dependant Workman Minor B
above
monthly wages .
Meaning of ______ is a widow, a minor son, a None of the
199 Dependant Workman Minor A
widow mother. above
_______________ Person whose age is below 18 None of the
200 Dependant Workman Minor C
years above
Minimum wages need to be paid in the
201 Cash Check Either (a) or (b) None A
__________

202 Who can be responsible for accident? Management Worker Working conditions All the above D
Who is responsible for “unguarded moving
203 Management Workers Government None A
parts”?
Which is the not included in the causes of Irregular floor
204 Suffocation work Chemical leakages Quarrels D
accidents due to ‘Unsafe Working Condition’? heights
205 Accident is ………….. Misshaping Unfortunate Sudden All the Above D

Which is not included in the cause of accident Mishappening Poor Lack of

206 B
due to worker? behavior housekeeping concentration Overconfidence

Which is not included in the cause of accident Bad constriction Untrained Bad habits of Faulty
207 C
due to Management? of plant worker worker equipment
Which is not included in the ‘cause of accident’ Temperature
208 Gas leakages Heavy rains Floods B
due to nature? strokes
Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to
209 Industry Worker Family of worker All D
accident?
Which preventive measure industry should Training for safe
210 Safety provisions Safety device All the above D
take to avoid accidents? working
Removes
Provision of Guarantee of
211 Industry acts are useful for extortion of All the above D
legal platform employee welfare
workers
212 Indian factory Act is passed in …… 1976 1947 1948 1935 C
Which is not the ‘effect of accident on Production
213 Injury to body Loss of job Financial loss A
worker’? stoppage
If affected worker is recovered within 10
214 Reportable Minor Major Fatal B
hours, then which type of accident is it?
215 What happens in fatal accident? Fractures Hospitalisation Disablement Death D
Injury after accident Disables the affected
216 Major Fatal Permanent None C
workers forever is ……… accident.
Injury without Accident in the
217 Internal accident means …. showing external premises of Both None A
signs company
218 Adolescent is a person of the age between …… 58-61 years 18-21 years 21-25 years 15-18 years D
A Labour Welfare Officer is appointed in the
219 factory as per Factory Act when there are 500 1000 100 300 A
minimum ………….. Workers.
Right of Labour Welfare Officer are given to State
220 Industry Minister Factory head None A
…… Government
221 As per Factory Act, painting should be done … Once in 3 years Once in 5 years Once of years Twice of years C
 Less than 15 Less than 5 None of the
222 Child is a person of the age …… Less than 8 years A
years years above

1st January to 1st April to 1st July to 30th None of the

223 Calendar years as per Factory Act is ……….. st th
A
31 December 30 March June Above

Period between Period of 12 None of the

224 Day as per Factory Act is …………. 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. A
2 midnight hours Above
Week as per Factory is Period between two
225 Saturdays Thursdays Sundays Mondays A
…..
Factory using power as per factory Act is a
226 40 workers 20 workers 30 workers 10 workers D
premise of minimum ………..
As per Factory Act, space required for a water
227 1000 750 500 2000 C
is …… Cu. feet.
One canteen should be provided at least per
228 200 250 100 150 B
…….workers in a factory.
Crèches should be provided when there are
229 more than ……. female workers of their kids of 100,6 25,6 25,9 30,6 D
age below …….
Drinking water must be away from latrine by
230 12 9 6 3 C
……. Meter.
As per Factory Act, one box of First Aid is
231 150 250 100 200 A
provided for ….. workers.
One ambulance room should be provided in a
232 500 400 300 200 C
factory employing more than … workers.
who is incorrect person in the definition of
233 Wife Minor son Widowed mother Friend D
Dependent?
Which is not included in “Wage” under Travelling
234 Gratuity PF All D
minimum wages act? allowance
“Advisory Board” concerned with ‘Minimum Appropriate
235 MIDC Factory Head None A
Wages Act’ is appointed by …… Government
Minimum Wages which are fixed are declared
236 Magazine Newspaper Official Gazette All C
by Government through ……
Workers
Competition is not extended to ………. Under Willful
237 Causal Workers covered under ESI All the above D
Workman’s Compensation Act. Disobedience
Act
Injury caused Any disablement
Employer has to do compensation under Injury caused
238 during / death after All the above D
which case? by accident
employment accident
239 Minimum Wages act is passed in ………. 1952 1935 1948 1924 C
240 1) Accident is Unfortunate Mishappening Sudden All the above D
2) Which is not included in the cause of Lack of Mischievous
241 Poor housekeeping Overconfidence B
accident due to worker? concentration behavior
3) Which is not included in the cause of Bad habits of Bad construction of Faulty
242 Untrained workers C
accident due to management? workers plant equipments

243 4) Who can be responsible for accident? Worker Management Working conditions All the above D

5) Who is responsible “unguarded moving

244 Workers Management Government None B
parts”?
6) Which is not included in the causes of Irregular floor Quarrels of
245 Chemical leakages Suffocation of work D
accident due to ‘Unsafe Working Conditons? heights workers

7) Which is not included in the ‘causes of Temperature

246 Floods Gas leakage Heavy rains B
accident’ due to nature? strokes
8) Who gets affected directly or indirectly due
247 Worker Industry Family of worker All D
to accident?
9) Which is not the ‘effect of accident on Production
248 Injury to body Loss of job Financial loss B
worker? stoppage
10) If affected worker is recovered within 10
249 Minor Reportable Major Fatal A
hours, then which type of accident is it?
250 11) What happens in fatal accident? Hospitalization Fracture Disablement Death D

12) Injury after accident disables the affected

251 Fatal Major Permanent None C
worker forever is_________ accident
Accident in the Injury without
252 13) Internal accident means premises of showing external Both None B
company signs
14) Which preventive measure industry should Training for safe
253 Safety provisions Safety devices All the above D
take to avoid accident? working
 Guarantee of Provision for legal Removes extortion
254 15) Industrial acts are useful for All the above D
employee welfare platform of workers

255 16) Indian Factory Act is passed in 1935 1947 1948 1976 C
17) Major amendments done in the Factory Act
256 1948 1952 1976 1991 C
in
257 18) Adolescent is a person of the age between 15 – 18 years 18 – 21 years 21 – 25 years 58 – 61 years A

258 19) Child is the person of age less than 10 years less than 15 years less than 8 years none of above B
1st April to 30th 1st January to 31th
259 20) Calendar year as per Factory Act is 1st July to 30th June None of above B
March December
Period between two None of the
260 21) Day as per Factory Act is 6 a.m.to 6 p.m. Period of 12 hours C
midnights above
22) Week as per Factory Act is period between
261 Mondays Thursday Sunday Saturday D
tow
23) Factory using power as per Factory Act is a
262 10 workers 20 workers 30 workers 40 worker A
premises of minimum
24) A Labour welfare Officer is appointed in the
263 factory as per Factory Act when there are 100 300 500 1000 C
minimum______workers.
25) Rights of Labour Welfare Officer are given
264 Factory head Industry minister State Government None D
to
265 26) As per Factory Act painting should be done Once in a year Twice a year Once in 3 years Once in 5 years A

27) As per Factory Act, space required for

266 1000 2000 500 750 C
water is _______ Cu feet
28) Drinking water must be away from latrine
267 3 6 9 12 B
by _______ meters
29) As per Factory Act, one box of First Aid is
268 100 200 150 250 C
provided for ______ worker
30) One ambulance room should be provided
269 in a factory employing more than _______ 200 300 4000 500 B
workers
31) One canteen should be provided atleast per
270 100 150 200 250 D
_______ workers in a factory
32) Creches should be provided when there
271 are more than ______ female workers of their 30,6 25,6 25,9 100,6 A
kids of a age below___ yrs
272 33) Workman’s Compensation Act is passed in 1925 1948 1950 1934 A

34) Who is incorrect person in the definition of

273 Wife Widowed mother Minor son Friend D
Depended?
35) Compensation is not extended to ________ Workers covered
274 Casual worker Willful disobedience all the above D
under Workman’s Compensation Act under ESI Act

Any
36) Employer has to do compensation under Injury caused Injury caused by
275 disablement/death All the above D
which case during employment accident
after accident
276 37) Minimum wages act is passed in 1924 1935 1948 1952 C
38) Which is not included in ‘Wage’ under Travelling
277 PF Gratuity All D
Minimum Wages Act? allowances
39)”Advisory Board” concerned with Appropriate
278 Factory head MIDC None C
“Minimum Wages Act” is appointed by Government
40) Minimum wages which are fixed are
279 Newspaper Magazine Official gazette All C
declared by Government through
54 Budget is the financial plan for the Next year Last year Running year None A
Quantity of the It is prepared
55 About Budget, which statement is wrong? It is not time bound It define policies A
money are the basis before the period

Budgetary control is the important function of Finance

56 Accounts Economics None C
___________ Management
57 Production budget is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None B
58 Labour budget is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None B
59 Fixed Budget is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None A
60 Zero based Budgeting is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None C

61 Flexibility Is zero in Fixed budget Production Budget Labour Cash Budget A

62 Fixed budget is for _________ Variable period Fixed period Both None B
___________ is not based on previous year’s Production
63 Zero based budget Variable budgeting None A
record budgeting
is difficult to
64 Which statement is wrong? Consume less time avoid wastages is costly B
implement
65 Zero based budgeting:-
 Production budget is not prepared on
66 Quantity Money Quality Both a) & b) C
________ angle
67 Production budget is prepared by considering Sales Economic lot size Capacity of plant All D

The deviation of the actual from the

68 Variance Change Difference None A
slandered is _________ in budget language
For making Labour Budget, workers are
69 Skilled Semi-skilled Unskilled All the above D
classified into
The summarized budget of the entire Enterprise
70 Master budget Template budget Final budget A
enterprise is known as budget
The earning capacity and potential of a firm Profit & Loss
71 Balance sheet Both None B
are reflected in _________ Account
Both 1& 2 are 1 is correct,2 is 1 is wrong,2 is
72 Profit & Loss Account is ________ Both 1&2 are wrong A
correct wrong correct
1) a flow statement 2) a measure of
73
firm’s profitability
74 Which is not a type of profit and loss account? Step form Account form Report form None C

_________ is the financial snapshot of the Profit and Loss

75 Balance sheet Snap sheet Budget A
organization Account
In balance sheet, we see,_________ equal to
76 Expenditure Assets Savings Liabilities B
the sources of the funds
77 Collection of Taxes is concerned in Capital budget Revenue budget Both None B
78 Tax revenue comes from Income Property Commodities All D

79 India’s Tax structure is _________ in nature Progressive Aggressive Cumulative None A

80 Central Government is not dealing with Income Tax Excise Customs Sales Tax D
Excise from liquor and alcoholic drinks is Central Local self
81 State Government All A
under Government Government
Local self
82 Custom is responsibility of State government Central government All B
government
Personal Income
83 Which is direct tax from following? Corporation tax Estate duty All D
tax
84 Which is not the direct tax? Income tax Corporation tax Gift tax Excise duty D
85 Which is indirect tax? Custom Excise Sales All D
Reduction of
86 Which is not the merit of direct tax? Equitable Elastic Convenient C
inequalities
87 Which is not the merit of indirect tax Convenient Equitable Wide coverage Certain D
(a)-2, (b)-4, (c)-1, (a)-1, (b)-2, (c)3, (d)- (a)-3, (b)-1, (c)-2, (d)- (a)-4, (b)-1, (c)-3,
88 Match the pairs A
(d)-3 4 4 (d)-2
a) Excise 1)
89
Income of individual
b) Customs 2)
90
Levied on production
c) Income tax 3)
91
Amount of value added
d) VAT 4)
92
Imports
Statement 1 – Excise is direct tax Both 1&2 are 1 is wrong,2 is 1 is correct,2 is Both 1&2 are
93 B
Statement 2 – Excise is commodity tax wrong correct wrong correct
94 Which is the type of excise duty? Basic Special Additional All D
Statement 1 - Excise is levied directly on the
Both 1&2 are 1 is wwrong,2 is 1 is wrong,2 is Both 1 & 2 are
95 goods Statement 2 – Excise is payable by B
wrong correct correct correct
the manufacturer
Statement 1 – Service tax is regressive
Both 1&2 are Both 1&2 are ) 1 is correct,2 is 1 is wrong,2
96 Statement 2 – Service tax is bound to affect all A
wrong correct wrong correct
section of society
97 Following service is not under service tax Courier Telephone Banking Export service D
Statement 1 – Income tax is levied by central Both 1&2 are
98 Both 1&2 wrong 1 correct,2 wrong 1 wrong,2 correct C
government correct
Statement 2 – Income tax to be paid by all
99
employees
Which sources of income is specified under IT Income from capital
100 Salary Business profit All D
Act 1961 gain

Statement 1 – VAT is not simple & transparent Both 1&2 are 1 wrong,2
101 Both 1&2 wrong 1 correct,2 wrong D
Statement 2 – VAT is progressive from sales tax correct correct

102 Which business is liable for VAT Importers Manufacturers Distributors All D
103 VAT started in Maharastra from 2003 2004 2005 2006 C
Statement 1 – Custom is related to import &
Both 1&2 are
104 export Statement 2 – Central Govt. levies Both 1&2 wrong 1 correct,2 wrong 1 wrong,2 correct A
correct
both the custom duties
SR.NO OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D ANSWER
1 Business is the process of providing platform to technical and thinking and technical and leadership C
the people to exhibit their & abilities. economical mental mangerial and vocal

2 What does a business provide to the customers goods and profit and satisfaction knowledge A
in exchange of their money? services services and reliability and happiness

3 According to Drucker, the purpose of business: to get money to acquire to satisfy to create and D
success in customers keep
market customers.
4 Which on of these is not a type of business? Service machining trade C
Manufacturin
g
5 Service sector is also known as: primary quaterly secondary tertiary D
sector sector sector sector
6 What is manufacturing? Acquring production of gaining profit completing B
customers merchandise demand

7 How do traders make profit? in the form of in the form of in the form of in the form of A
commission loans shares debentures

8 What are the types of trades? profitable and singular and . bilateral and direct and C
loss plural multilateral indirect

9 Which one of the following is not a broad durable basic life sciences consumer A
category of chemical industry? products chemical products
10 Which one of the following is a fertillser? nitrogen chlorine soda ash ammonia D
11 Which one of the following categories of basic life sciences specially consumer B
chemical industry has smallest volume? chemicals shemicals products
12 Which one of the following is not a consumer soap detergents cosmetics caustic soda D
13 product?
____is the leading manufacturer in the Tata Parle Agro- Hindustan Reliance D
chemical industry. petrochemical products Unilever Petrochemical
s s
14 What is the maintay of Indian economy? Agriculture Chemicals Engineering Textile A
industries
15 Agriculture provides employment to almost % 40 50 60 none of above B
of India's work force.
16 India has very large export of processed chemicals fruits and finished fishes B
vegetables products
17 Similar to manufacturing companies, banking is public relation profit goods customer B
a business to make . relations
18 ___banking is not a business segment of retail interest whole sale treasury C
industry. operations
19 It takes too many days for payment by . demand draft cash cheque RTGS C

20 For paying amount upto 2 lacs,______is in demand draft cheque RTGS NEFT D
better choice. payment
21 Commission charged by a bank on DD is less than equal to . more than negligible to C
charges applied to RTGS & NEFT.
22 The promise to compensate for any potential fixed deposit recurring insurance interest C
failure is called as .
23 The certain amount which an insurer pays to the EMI premium interest bill. B
company is:
24 Find the odd one out. health travel life insurance motor C
insurance insurance insurance
25 ____policy covers all the medical expenses health travel life insurance motor A
following hospitalisation. insurance insurance insurance
26 Very recently, the Indian government has 49 48 50 51 A
permitted % FDI in the insurance sector.
27 Find the odd one out. Bajaj Allianz LIC of India ESIC Kotak life A
general insurance
insurance
28 Which one of these is the largest segment in textile banking chemical engineering D
Indian industry? industry industry industry industry
29 What are the segments of engineering sector? precise and heavy and heavy and civil and B
controlled light technical mechanical
30 Which one of these is not a relavant factor in goods ingredients formulas bulk A
process industries?
31 What plays an important role in the indian satin wood cotton machines C
32 textile of
which industry?
the following can't be used in textile cotton wool jute polythene D
33 industry?
How many products are produced by chemical more than more than more than more than A
industry? 70,000 6,000 60,000 7,000
34 Chemical industries produce in the largest soda and polymers and cosmetics and water and B
quantity. soaps plastics paper detergents
35 Which one of the following processes is not a spinning weaving dying polishing D
part of textile industry?
36 ____demand high level of manual labour. small scale large scale village sugar C
industries industries industries industries
37 Which type of industries are semi automated? small scale large scale village sugar A
38 Which type of industries involve largest small scale large scale village sugar B
investment? industries industries industries industries
39 Which one of the following is not a cash crop? cashew spices jower tobacco C
40 What does ITES stand for? Information Information Information Information C
Technology Technology Technology Technology
Extend Education Enbled Energy Service
Service Service Services
41 ___industry is the sunshine sector of Indian chemical information agricultural process B
economy. technology
42 Which one of the following is the leading Bangalore Hyderabad Chennai Mumbai A
software exporter from India?
43 Indian IT companies are not working in the service telecom software product D
business. development

44 Retailers can be classfied into: big and small classfied and individual organised and D
non-classfied and group unorganised

45 The Government of India has allowed % FDI in 49 51 100 50 C

single brand retail trading.
46 In multi brand retail trading the permission for 49 51 100 50 B
47 FDI is is%largely an___retail market.
India unorganised profitable organized . black A

48 Hospitality falls under____sector. public retail private service D

49 Which one of the following is not a major accommodati food services public relation other C
segment of hospitally industries? on hospitality
operations
50 The health care sector in India is controlled by: public sector private sector hospility government B
sector
51 The process of transferring ownership of privatisation liberalisation trading globalisation A
business from public sector to private sector is:
52 The relaxation of previous government privatisation globalisation liberalisation modernisatio C
restrictions economic policies, transfer of trade n
and foreign direct investment is:
53 A commercial, industrial or professional Budget Business Hospital Education B
activity undertaken by an individual or a
group, e.g. the purchase and sale of goods,
providing services etc. in an attempt to make a
54 …….may refer to a particular area of Agriculture Business Balance sheet Budget B
economic activity, such as the real estate
business, computer business
poultry, farming, telecommunication, shipping,
55 Privately owned business have one of their Equality Loss Profit Service/societ C
main objectives as the generation of y/nation
56 State owned business or Co-operatives Loss Profit None C
business have one of their main objectives as Service/societ
the generation of y/nation
57 The output of the …..sector may be Service Manufacturin Engineering Trade A
information , service, attention, advice, g
experience, discussion and the Like.
58 …….is the process of transformation of a Organisation Privatsation Globalsation Liberalisation C
regional phenomenon into global one
59 Examples of service sector include……. only (i) I and ii ii and iv All of above D
i. news media, hospitality industry, consulting
ii. legal Practice healthcare, waste disposal
iii. real estate, personal service , business
services iv. House decorators, entertainers
60 ……make products, from raw materials or Service Manufacturin Traders None B
component parts, which they then sell at a Providers g
61 Following is not advantage of globalization. Increased Huge amount Access Manufacturer A
competition of foreign advanced s
investment technology

62 ….act as middle men in getting goods Service Service Traders All C

produced by manufacturers to the consumer Providers
63 …is also called as commerce Trade Service Manufacturer Economics A
s
64 Manufacturing sector contributes ……..of 5% 30% 15% 25% C
India’s GDP
65 …….make profit in the form of commission Service Manufacturer Traders All C
Providers s
66 India is the largest market in the world for . Cars Three Heavy Public Travels B
wheelers vehicles
67 . ……is willing exchange of good Service Trade Both a and b B
Manufacturer
s
68 Globalisation leads to……… Clean reduce increased None of D
environment competition terrorism above

69 The various industrial sectors are True False A

Engineering, process, Textile, chemical, Agro,
IT, Banking, Insurance, Retail,
Hospitality and Healthcare
70 Annual growth of approximate ……..is 10% 30% 20% 5% B
recorded in fast five years by service industry
71 …...industry primarily deals with design, Engineering Process Hospitality Health care A
manufacture and operation of structures, industry industry industry industry
machines of device.
72 LPG Policy stands for Localisation, Liberalisation Liberalisation Liberalisation B
Privatidation Privatidation Privatidation Privatidation
and and and and
Globalization Globalization Government Generalisatio
policy policy Policy n Policy

73 ……industry primarily comprises sectors like Engineering Process Textile chemical A

civil, electrical, electronic s and aeronautical. Industry Industry Industry Industry
74 ……industry refer to manufacturing that is Engineering Process Textile Insurance B
associated with formulas and manufacturing industry industry industry Industry
recipes.
75 Which is not the challenge in front of cement Power cuts Less market Tight policies Shortage of B
industry? size of coal
government
76 In the …..industry fiber is converted into Textile chemical Hospitality Health care A
yarn, then fabric, then textiles. industry Industry industry industry
77 Indian textile industry currently generates True False A
employment to more than 3.5 crore people .
78 Which is the advantages of globalization? Increased Imported Increased All of the D
competition culture pollution above

79 Investment is the challenge in front True False A

automobile Industry.
80 Engineering industries output consists of True False A
polymers and plastics.
81 Mechanism that allows trade is called as……. Government Finance Industry market D
Department
82 Which of the following advantages of Increased Better access Threat the Both a and b D
globalization? International to external terrorism
Co-operation financing

83 Following is not the strength of textile cheap Demand is Import of raw Huge capacity C
industry. workforce continuous material of production

84 Pickles, papad, basket making are products chemical Agro Industry IT Industry Banking
of…….. Industry Industry
85 ………industry helps in processing Textile chemical IT Industry Agro Industry D
agricultural products such as crop, livestock industry Industry
and fisheries and converting them to edible
and other to usable forms.
86 Following are the challenges in front paper Availability of Heavy set-up Though Inadequate A
industry .Which one is wrong? lab cost competition quality of raw
material

87 35. Following is not the chemical industry. Polymer Petrochemical Paints Sugar D

88 36. Industries associated with ……. Are IT Industry Banking Insurance Retail A
computer hardware, software, electronic, Industry Industry Industry
internet, telecom and equipment and e-
89 ……has transformed India’s image on the chemical Agro Industry IT Industry Banking C
global platform and also fuelled economic Industry Industry
growth by energizing the higher education
sector especially in engineering and
90 …….is the business activity of accepting and Agro IT Banking Insurance C
safeguarding money owned by other
individuals and entities.
91 There are two types of banks, True False A
commercial/retail banks and investment bank.
92 SEZ means …….. Special Special State Special B
Export Zones Economic Economic engineering
Zones Zones Zones
93 Banks are regulated by……… SBI RBI CBI FBI B
94 Punjab National Banks is a ……….. Public sector Private sector Foreign Bank Co-operative A
Bank Bank Bank

95 HDFC Bank is a ……….. Public sector Private sector Foreign Bank Co-operative B
Bank Bank Bank

96 HSBC is a …………….. Public sector Private sector Foreign Bank Co-operative C

Bank Bank Bank

97 is a promise of compensation potential future Process chemical Banking Insurance D

losses in exchange for a periodic payment
98 Principal of ….. involves collecting funds from Hospitality chemical Banking Insurance D
many insured entities to pay for the losses that
some may incur.
99 Following is not associated with Insurance. Bajaj Allianz Max Life LIC ICC D
100 ……Policies cover the cost of medical Health Dental Crime Life Insurance A
treatments. Insurance Insurance Insurance
101 ….. protects policy holders for dental costs. Health Dental Crime Disability B
Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
102 …..policies provide financial support in the Auto Dental Health Disability D
event of the policyholder becoming unable to Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
work because of disabling illness or injury.
103 …. Cover the policyholder against losses Property life Insurance Crime Disability C
arising from the criminal acts of third parties. Insurance Insurance Insurance
For example, theft.
104 Provided a monetary benefit to the family of Health Dental Life Insurance Property C
dead person or other designated beneficiary. It Insurance Insurance Insurance
may also provide for burial, funeral and
105 Provides protection against risks to property, Crime Property Crop Earthquake B
such as fire, theft or weather damage. Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
106 …Protects against property loss due to Flood life Insurance Property Boiler A
flooding. Insurance Insurance Insurance
107 …..is the sale of good and services to the Banking Insurance Retail Hospitality C
endures.
108 ………is the relationship between the guest Banking Insurance IT Hospitality D
and the host.
109 The income of ……..mostly depends on the Insurance Agro Industry Hospitality Healthcare
availability of leisure time and disposable Industry Industry Industry
110 ……..means maintaining and restoration of Insurance Healthcare Retail Hospitality B
health by the treatment and prevention of
disease by trained and licensed professionals.
111 …………is the fastest growing sector in India Agriculture Fishing Service Manufacturin C
now-a-days. g
112 WTO stands for ………….. World Tariff World Trade World Wild Trade B
Organisation Organisation Tourism Organisation
Organisation

113 The year 1991 is famous for New fiscal IT parks Globalisation Policy of C
deficit policy initiated in policy, cooprative
Bangalore liberalisation societies
were changed
accepted by
india
114 Following business pattern is not coming under ITes Banking Real estate Textile mill D
service industry
115 Service industry is _____________ sector in Primary Secondary Basic Tertiary D
116 economy
Annual groth of approximate _________ % is 10% 30% 20% 5% B
recorded in last five year by service industry
117 Following is the fastest growing sector in india Agriculture Fishing Service C
now-a-days Manufacturin
g
118 License permit raj in india was in this period
119 Manufacturing sector contributes _________ % 5% 30% 15% 25% C
of India's GDP
120 _______% of workforce in india is working in 0.50% 1% 30% 12% D
manufacturing sector
121 ______ is a willing exchange of goods Service Trade Both (a) & (b) B
Manufacturin
g
122 ______ is also called as commerce Trade service Manufacturin Economics A
g
123 mechanism that allows trade is called as ______ Government Finance Industry Market D
department
124 Domestic trade isalso used as Global trade Foreign trade International Internal trade D
trade

125 Following is the main destination for capital India USA Pakistan Australia A
126 inflows
Following is not among the top 5 countries in China USA Saudi Arabia UK D
the list of our importers
127 All exports and imports activities are governed Foreign trad Fiscal policy Global policy Trade and A
by policy Business
policy
128 SEZ means Special Special State Special B
Export Zones Economic Economic Engineering
Zones Zones Zones
129 Which is the pioneering company with respect TISCO BOSCH Rajuri steels Jindal steel A
to iron and steel field in India ?
130 ______ is the apex authoity of Government of TISCO Heavy SAIL ISA C
India ? industries
ministry
131 In ______ the first car was driven on the roads 1790 1857 1898 1909 C
132 of India
India is the largest market in the world for Cars Three Heavy Public travels B
wheelers vehicles
133 Match the pairs 1-a, 2-c, 3-b,4- 1-c, 2-a, 3-b,4- 1-b, 2-c, 3-d, 1-d, 2-b, 3-c, C
d d 4-a 4-d
1. Ashok Leland a. Pune
2. Suzuki b.
Chennai
3. Mahindra c.
Gurgoan
4. Kinetic d. Nashik
134 Following is 'not' the challenge in front of Fuel stortage Pollution Condition of Investment D
automobile industry road
135 Per capita consumption of paper in India is 1 kg 10 kg 4 kg 20 kg C
136 Following are the challenges in front of paper Availability of Heavy set-up Tough Inadequate A
industry. Which one is wrong ? labour cost competition quality of raw
material

137 Per capita consumption of cement in japan is 500 kg 400 kg 1000 kg 70 kg D

700 kg. in India, it is
138 Which is not the challenge in front of cement Power cuts Less market Tight policies Shortage of B
industry ? size of coal
government
139 Old Indian textile industry was predominantly Cotton Polysters Synthetic Blended A
_______ based textiles fabrics
140 Following is not the strength of textile industry Cheap Demand is Import of raw huge capacity C
workforce continuous material of poduction

141 Following is not the textile industry Arvind Welspun IBP Century C
142 Following is not the chemical industry Polymer Petrochemical Paints Sugar B

143 Following is not the agro industry Jute Suger Poultry Paper D
144 First nationalisation of 14 banks happened in 1969 1976 1950 1991 A
145 Following bank is working for agriculture field ICICI Allahabad NABARD AgroB C
146 Following is not associated with insurance Bajaj Allianz Max Life LIC ICC D
147 which organisation is at a number one position Max Life Birla Sunlife LIC ICICI Prulife C
in India in insurance ?
148 Type of business ___________ Service Manufacturin Trade All of Above D
g
149 Service enterprise provides the service that are Intangible Manufacturin All of Above None of A
called as _________ goods g above
150 Trading enterprises may be found operating in Wholesale Investment (a) and (b) None of C
the form of _____________ above
151 Industrial sector involves ____________ Construction Fisheries Textile All of Above D

152 Engineering industrial sector not involves Civil Mechanical Chemical Filament yard D
___________
153 Textile industrial sector involves Petrochemical Sericulture )Tobacco Seeds B
______________
154 Top agro industry in India is ____________ Fabinda Pidilite Dupont India None of C
Above
155 IT Sector involves __________________ ITES Telecommuni a) and b) None of C
cation Above
156 ITES stands for______________ IT Enabled IT Enterprise IT Enables Industry A
service Service System Telecomm
Enabled
Service
157 BPO Stands for _______________ Business Business Business Business B
Procedure Process Process Procedure
Outsourcing Outsourcing Organization Organization

158 KPO stands for __________________ Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge None of B

Procedure Process Process Above
Outsourcing Outsourcing Organization

159 LPO Stands For ________________ Legal Process Limited Limited Last A
Outsourcing Process Procedure Procedure
Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing.

160 RPO Stands For _______________ Research Read Process Research None of C
Procedure Outsourcing Process Above
Outsourcing Outsourcing
161 __________________ is backbone of Indian IT Textile Banking (a) and (b) C
162 economy.
Indian central bank is ShamraoVitth State bank Of Central Bank Reserve Bank D
______________________ al Co- India (SBI) of India (CBI ) of India (RBI)
operative
Bank (SVC)
163 Insurance company categories Life Insurance General All of above None of C
________________ Insurance above
164 Major function of Insurance company To provide To Provide Shares risk All of above D
________________ certainty protection
165 FTA stands for ___________________ Financial Foreign Foreign Foreign C
Transfer Transfer Tourist Arrival Tourist
Arrival Arrival Arrangement

166 Hospitality industry categories Food and Accommodati Travel and All of above D
________________ beverages ons tourism
167 ITDC stand for ___________ Indian Tourist Indian Indian Tourist Indian B
Development Tourism Development Tourism Data
Corporation Development Co-operative Corporation
Corporation

168 Indian is awarded a certification of POLIO free Cancer Polio Swine Flu AIDS B
country in _______________
169 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free January2011 January2009 Jan-14 Jun-11 A
country in __________

170 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free World Health World health Nation health None of A
country by ___________- Organization center Center above

171 LPG ______________________ Liberalization, Liberate, Liberate, None of A

Privatization, Private, Private, above
Globalization Globalization Global

172 GATE stands for _______________________ Global General General General D

Agreement on Aggregation Agreement on Agreement on
Tariffs and on Tariffs and Traffics and Tariffs and
Trade Trade Trade Trade
173 GATT was created in _____________ 1950 1947 1948 )1951 B
174 ITO stands for ________________ a)Internationa International Internal Trade International D
l Trance Test Organization Trade
Organization Organization Organization

175 WTO stands for ___________ World Trade World Test Work Test World Trade A
Organization Organization organization Organics

176 Cipla is a ____________________ Textile Process Chemical IT industry C

industry industry industry
177 Insurance companies are growing at the annual 100% 15 %-20% 30% 30%-40% B
compound rate of ______________

Correct
Sr Question A B C D Answer
electronics
and
Name the two segments of engineering heavy and civil and telecommuni None of heavy and
1 sector. light mechanical cation above light

2 Different types of Process Industry General Chemical Heat All of above All of above
Which type of industries involves large
investment and a high level of automation Medium
3 process? Village Small scale Large Scale Scale Large Scale
Assigning each group according to the
similar activities to be performed, to
manager with the necessary authority to Decision
4 supervise them is called ____________. Planning Organizing Controlling making Organizing

Out of the following options given below, Good work

5 which does not implies to equity? Equal wages Dignity Fair culture Equal wages
................................is accountability, which
is an obligation of a subordinate to his/her Responsibilit Communicat All of the Responsibilit
6 boss to perform the assign work. Authority y ion above y
People
become
expert in the Product
work become Attention is
For product type departmentation, which allotted to name brand given to the No duplicate No duplicate
7 statement is incorrect? them name product of work of work
____________________________ is Financial
concerned with procurement, allocation Financial Material Personnel Operation managemen
8 and control of financial resources of a firm. management management management management t

Office
____________________ are expenses done Financial administrativ Financial
9 for raising funds for running business. expenses Purchases Sales e expenses expenses
A ______________ or flexible budget
recognized the unreliability of income or
sales prediction and makes provision in
advanced for variation in production and Variable Functional All of the Variable
10 expenditure in accordance with variations in Fixed budget budget budget above budget
Consider the following two statements. (1)
Preference shares normally offer investors a
lower level of risk than loan capital. (2)
Preference shares are not normally given
voting rights. Which ONE of the following (1) True (2) (1) True (2) (1) False (2) (1) False (2) (1) False (2)
11 combinations relating to the above True False True False True
 List of what
is needed for
each
component,
sub-
A product assembly
The Bill of materials provides structure and
12 __________________________. (tree) assembly A and b both None A and b both

Prepare a
comparative
Prepare a list statement of
of suppliers the, terms
Exact who deal and Exact
quantity of with the conditions quantity of
material to business of Pen the mentioned material to
be the articles quotations in the be
Whenever a department needs an item, it is purchased to be at prescribed quotation purchased
officially brought to the notice of the and its purchasing time on the and then and its
purchasing department by filing a purchase specification and are prescribed analyze specification
13 requisition from. The next step is____ is decided reliable date them is decided
Identify the system, which show the
essential elements used in Master
14 Production Schedule as its basis for any MRP ERP EOQ ABC MRP
Six-sigma aims at improving processes and
producing goods with zero defects and thus (a) (a) (a)
helps in improving productivity. (a) DMAIC Implement, (a) Design, Implement, (a) Verify, Implement,
and (b) DMADV are the two methods to Control (b) Verify (b) Verify (b) Implement Control (b)
achieve this goal, from the figure and given Design, Implement, Design, (b) Design, Design,
15 options select the appropriate last two Verify Control Control Control Verify
The goals of the Enteprise are fulfilled All of the All of the
16 through the use of resources like Man Machine Material Above Above
17 GATT was superseded by WTO in 1994 1998 2000 2005 1994
All of the
18 The success of any project depends upon- Planning Organizing Directing Above Planning

Thinking Thinking Thinking All of the Thinking

19 Planning Means before doing after doing during doing Above before doing

Which is the Smart technique that allows Authority &

everybody to do the job as per their Skills or Division of Responsibilit All of the Division of
20 Specialization. work y Discipline Above work

Government Public Public All of the Public

21 Bata India Limited is a form of - Department Companies Corporations Above Companies

In which of organization the sub-ordinates Line Line & Staff Fanctional Product Line
22 receive orders from their immediate boss organization organization Organization organization organization

Allotting right work to the right person Delegation Responsibilit Effective All of the Effective
23 means. of Authority y Delegation Above Delegation
Joint stock Proprietorshi All of the Proprietorsh
24 The risk is very high in Partnership company p Above ip
 According to factory Act which of the Fencing of safety None of the
25 following comes under health provision? Machinery Cleanliness guards above Cleanliness
Collapse of crane is a cause of accident, Mechnical Natural Mechnical
under which type of accidents does it come Cause of Cause of All of the Cause of
26 ? Accident Accident Human Error Above Accident
Gross Permenant Temporary Gross
Which type of capital is used for all the Working Net Working Working Working Working
27 current assets ( Possession or Property) Capital Capital Capital Capital Capital
The Tax which is paid by Individual to the
28 central Government of India is known as Direct Tax Indirect Tax Secrvice Tax Income Tax Income Tax
Inventory Marketing Inventory
Managemen Managemen Managemen
29 Which is a part of Material Management- t t Both A & B None t

Lead time is Lead time is

know & is Total cost is Primary cost All of the know &
30 The assumption made in EOQ is that constant constant is constant Above is constant

High
Minimizing Investment Minimizing
Frequent Conflicts Unnecessary in Unnecessary
Material among Inventory unnecessary Inventory
31 The major advantage of MRP is Shortage employees Investment Inventory Investment
32 Sales & Marketing is module of ERP MRP MPR None ERP

The activites that ensures right material at Purchase Marketing Design All of the Purchase
33 right quantity and right in time belongs to Department Department Department Above Department

To take Take
essential different
steps so thatmeasures to To Imporve To Imporve
the defectiveensure or quality, quality,
products improve the Productivity, Productivity,
should not quality safety and safety and
reach to standard of reduce the None of reduce the
34 Objective of quality circle is - customers. product. cost these cost
Study of Study of
variation in variation in
Discontinuou the the
s focus on production production
the process and process and
customer's other Discontinuou other
requirement business s striving for business
35 Important themes in six sigma are- s processes perfection All of these processes
 The Includes Covers the Covers Covers the
organization controlling overall monitoring overall
must take of monitoring, of monitoring,
care of the monitoring measuremen information measureme
conformity and t, analysis that depicts nt, analysis
of the measuring and the and
Measurement Analysis and Improvement product / devices in an improvemen customer improvemen
36 clause of ISO 9001:2000 …………… service. organization. t of QMS. satisfaction. t of QMS.
The two types of trade are
___________________ and direct, bilateral, internal, bilateral,
37 ____________________. indirect multilateral external local, global multilateral
Textile industry does not produce
38 ______________. polythene cotton wool jute polythene
Business is the process of providing
platform to the people to exhibit their technical, thinking, technical, technical,
39 ________________ and _______________ economical mental managerial All of above managerial
Administration is concerned with the
determination or planning of corporate
policy whereas management is concerned
with the execution or implementation of Oliver Peter Oliver
40 policy witihin the limits set is stated by Sheldon Henry Fayol F. W. Taylor Drucker Sheldon
Remuneration of personnel is the principle
based on Peter
41 _____________________________ F.W. Taylor Henry Fayol Drucker Mary Follet Henry Fayol

performance
Organizing facilitates effective delegation of of
42 __________________________________. management authority employees All of above All of above

increase increase
productivity, productivity,
decrease decrease
overload of overload of
decrease work and work and
The objectives of planning is to increase overload of maintain maintain maintain
43 ____________________________. productivity work standards standards standards

(1) Board of (1) Board of (1) Board of

Trustees (2) (1) Borad of Trustees (2) Trustees (2)
In an education institute, the people who Principal of Trustees (2) Prncipals, (1) Principal Prncipals,
belongs to the three different levels of college (3) HOD (3) HOD's (3) (2) HOD's (3) HOD's (3)
44 management are: Teachers Teachers Teachers Teachers Teachers
To give
To make freedom to
people To distribute each All of the All of the
45 Which is the aim of departmentation? specialized work function above above

Business life There is No transfer There is

It is a joint is depend of limited of limited
46 Which statement is false about partnership? business partners liability partnership liability
 With________________, the top
management can focus on strategic issues Responsibilit Centralisatio Decentralisat Decentralisa
47 for finding new avenues and opportunities. Authority y n ion tion
The structure of Rubber Department shows
the hiearchy level along with their Line and
executives. It has which type of Line Staff Project Functional Functional
48 Organizational structure? organization organization Organization Organization Organization
A labour welfare officer is appointed in the
factory as per factory act when there are
49 minimum ____ workers. 100 300 500 1000 500
___is a financial statement that summarized
a company’s assets , liabilities and Balance Profit and Balance
50 shareholder equity at a specific point in sheet Budget loss Account sheet
Preparation of budget forecasts the future
of the departments and company and due
consideration is given on the basis of (1) Period (2) (1) Capacity (1) Period (2) (1) Coverage (1) Coverage
period, functions and flexibility. Identify the Capacity (3) (2) Period (3) Coverage (3) (2) Capacity (2) Capacity
51 different types of budgets according to their Coverage Coverage Capacity (3) Period (3) Period
assemblies needed to produce the final
52 product. MPS MRP BOM ERP BOM
financial,
financial, operative
operative and
Objectives of inventory management property and property property
53 includes ________________ objectives. financial protection operational protection protection

preparation
preparation of purchase
of purchase budget,
budget, track track
pending pending
purchase purchase
preparation track issue and order, issue order, issue
The important functions of purchase of pending follow up and follow and follow
departments are purchasing purchase purchase up purchase up purchase
54 __________________________. budget order order order order

How many When the

What end of each products
products are product is to shall be
to be be ready for All of the All of the
55 The master production schedule is a list of: produced? produced? shipment? above above
The process or approach as seen in the
figure, attempts to consolidate all of a
company’s departments and functions into
a single computer system that services each
56 department’s specific needs. Identify the MRP MRP-II ERP EOQ ERP
57 Quality is fitness for _____________. Use Action Product Business Use
A well organized working place results more
efficient and more productive operation : is
58 the principle of ________________. Kaizen 5S TQM Six sigma 5S
 (1) System (1) Quality (1) System
for ensuring control and (1) Quality (1) System for ensuring
the quality, adjustment control and for ensuring the quality,
consistency mechanisms adjustment the quality, consistency
and to ensure mechanisms consistency and
continuity of efficiency to ensure and continuity of
strategies, and efficiency continuity of strategies,
programs assurance of and strategies, programs
and projects. results. (2) assurance of programs and
(2) system for results. (2) and projects. projects. (2)
Mechanism ensuring the Mechanism (2) Quality Mechanism
for quality, for control and for
continous consistency continous adjustment continous
review, and review, mechanisms review,
enhancemen continuity of enhancemen to ensure enhancemen
t of system. strategies, t of system. efficiency t of system.
(3) Quality programs (3) System and (3) Quality
control and and projects. for ensuring assurance of control and
adjustment (3) the quality, results. (3) adjustment
mechanisms Mechanism consistency Mechanism mechanisms
Select the correct functional role of (1) to ensure for and for to ensure
Planning system (2) Standard and process efficiency continous continuity of continous efficiency
improvement system (3) Monitoring and and review, strategies, review, and
evaluation system from the given QMS assurance of enhancemen programs enhancemen assurance of
59 First
structure:
nationalisation of 14 banks happened results. t of system. and projects. t of system. results.
60 in 1969 1976 1950 1991 1969
Petrochemic
61 Following is not the chemical industry Polymer al Paints Sugar Sugar
Managemen
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative Dynamism Leadership t Initiative
Managemen
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative Dynamism Leadership t Initiative
Decision-
63 Employees get energized due to Controlling Planning Motivation making Motivation

Line Staff Project None of Staff

64 Functional organization is also called as organization organization organization above organization
Providing Providing
Earning service to None of service to
65 Basic aim of the government sector is profit Earning fame society above society

Government Proprietorshi Co-operative Proprietorsh

66 Highest business secrecy is in Partnership sector p society ip
Proprietorshi None of Both a
67 Unlimited liability is present in p Partnership Both a & b above & b

Managemen Working All the

68 Who can be responsible for accident Worker t Conditions All the above above
 As per factory act, one first aid box is
69 provided for......workers. 100 200 150 250 150
None of
70 Budget is the financial plan for Next year Last year Running year above Next year
Confused Unnecessary
71 Buffer stock is nothing but New stock Safety stock Inventory stock Safety stock
A type of items has......importance due to
72 consumption. 10-20% 15-25% 40-50% 70-80% 70-80%
Improvemen
73 Quality management is not focusing on Money Quality ts Productivity Money
74 Sustain in 5S is Shitsuke Seiri Seiso Seiketsu Shitsuke

Public sector Private Co-operative Private

75 HDFC Bank is a ……… bank sector bank Foreign bank bank sector bank
Deciding in advance what to do, how to do Decision -
76 and when to do is……… making Organising Planning Motivating Planning
The assignment of each grouping to a
manager with the authority necessary to
77 supervise it' , is called as….. Controlling Organising Staffing Planning Organising

Line Project Staff Functional Line

78 Scalar Organisation is also known as organisation organisation organisation organisation organisation

Public
Government Public Public Limited Government
79 Highest control of government is there in department corporation company company department
Co-ordination in an organisation means: 1.
complete control of the activites of the
employees 2. To structure harmony among
different units of the organisation 3.
80 Removal of conflict and overlapping in the code 1 & 2 code 1 & 3 code 2 and 3 code 1,2 &3 code 2 and 3
Statement 1- Shareholders are owners of
the company. Statement 2 - Debenture Both 1 and 2 1 is correct, Both 1 and 2 1 is wrong, 2 Both 1 and 2
81 holders are creditors of the company. are wrong 2 is wrong are correct is correct are correct
which is required for routine functioning of
82 industry Purchase Inventory Tool room Vendor Inventory
Ups and Downs in consumption and delivery Procurement
83 period are absorbed by _______ Buffer stock EOQ strategy ERP Buffer stock

Director Defined Division Director Director

General of Goods for General of General of General of
Supplies and Supply and Sales and Supply and Supplies and
84 In purchasing, DGSD belongs to Disposals Dispatch Distribution Distribution Disposals
Statement 1- ERP gives transparency.
Statement 2- Repetition of work is avoided Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 is correct, 1 is wrong, 2 Both 1 and 2
85 due to ERP are correct are wrong 2 is wrong is correct are correct
 A set of tools
for planning
and
A system to A capacity to monitoring
capture and assess the processes to
make data feasibility of achieve
available in a proposed goals of the Option a
86 ERP software provides: real time plan organisation Option a & c & c
Traders make profit in form of None of
87 ............................... laons commissions shares above commissions

…………... and ……………….are produced in soda and cosmetics polymers soaps and polymers
88 largest quantity in chemical industry. soap and paper and plastics detergents and plastics
Life General None of
89 Insurance company is categorized as Insurance Insurance All of above above All of above
Scalar chain is the ............................, which
runs from top level to the lower level in the line of plane of path of line of
90 organization. authority authority authority authority authority

specific, specific, specific, specific, specific,

measurable, measurable, moveable, moveable, measurable,
achievable, accountable, achievable, accountable, achievable,
SMART stand for realistic, realistic, realistic, realistic, realistic,
91 .......................................................... timely timely timely timely timely
Public Private
Which is not the type of the joint stock limited limited
92 company? Public sector company company None Public sector
Biotechnology Information System,
Network department of Consumer Affairs,
and Department of Education etc, are which Government Public Public All of the Government
93 types of companies? departments companies corporations above departments
Public deposit is the source of finance for Joint stock Cooperative Proprietorshi Joint stock
94 ............................ company society Partnership p company
If the factory employs more than 500
workers, it should appoint a welfare
security none of welfare
95 qualified______________ to carry out the safety officer officer
officer these officer
Workman
Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of Industrial Compensatio Minimum
96 the employees is the primary purpose of the- Factories Act Disputes Act n Act Wages Act Factories Act
……………………..represents the quantities of
the materials to be purchased and the Production Purchase Materials Purchase
97 estimated costs of the material Sales budget budget budget budget budget

To ensure
regular and
Profit Wealth adequate
Which is the objective of financial maximizatio maximizatio supply of
98 management? n n funds All of above All of above
Tax includes the current tax as well as
99 _______tax. income expenses excise deferred deferred
Debentures are included in Medium
100 ______________ source of finance. Long term Short term term None Long term
 Between 60 Between 60
The table shows the income tax rates for an Below 60 years to 80 Above 80 years to 80
101 individual - years years years For all ages years
……………………... is a planning technic that
calculates material requirement and
schedule supply to meet changing demand
102 across all product and parts TQM ISO MRP QA MRP

receiving, receiving,
cost of cost of processing processing
processing following up quotations, quotations,
quotation and issuing and issuing and
cost of and issuing expediting expediting expediting
Procurement costs consists of cost of receiving purchase purchase purchase purchase
103 ............................. quotations order order order order

104 Excess inventory needs ___________. more funds less funds less space more space more funds
.............................. function can be defined
as procuring different types of material for
105 an organization from different sources Purchasing Procurement Planning Processing Purchasing

cost required
cost of cost to be for cost of
packing of paid to movement inspection packing of
106 Packing cost means ............................... goods customer of material cost goods

(a) Minimum (b) (a) Minimum

stock level (a) Minimum (b) Minimum Maximum stock level
In this Stock control chart, label the (b) stock level stock level stock level (b)
maximum stock level and minimum stock Maximum (c) Maximum (c) Maximum (c) Minimum Maximum
107 level – stock level stock level stock level stock level stock level

Increase the
Identify way cycle time Maximum Identify way
to increase for hiring quality or to increase
production and training delivery production
capacities of new problems capacities of
Which one of the following is application of present employees in with None of present
108 Six sigma? equipment organization suppliers these equipment
Which one of the following is a requirment
109 for conformance? Quantity Finance HRD Quality Quality
Which of the following statements outline
the relationship factor? (a) ISO 9000 and
total quality are not in competition (b) ISO
9000 and total quality are not
interchangeable (c) ISO 9000 and total
110 quality are compatible (d) ISO 9000 and (a), (b), (c) (b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (d) (a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c)
Following is the fastest growing sector in Manufacturi
111 india now a days Agriculture Fishing Service ng Service
 trade and
All export and imports activities are Foreign business Foreign
112 Following
governed bybank is working for agriculture trade policy fiscal policy global policy policy trade policy
113 field ICICI Allhabad NABARD AgroB NABARD
Responsibilit
114 Remuneration is not based on Performance y emotion Designation emotion
Food, Water, Shelter are _______________
115 needs Physiological Esteem Social Safety Physiological
116 Line organisation is of ------- type Horizontal Vertical Both None Vertical

Line and
Line Functional staff combined Line
117 Decision are quick in organisation organisation organisation type organisation
Maximum shareholders in public limited
118 company are ------------ 50 10 7 No limit No limit

Which is not included in the ' causes of Temparature

119 accidents' due to nature Floods Gas leakage Heavy rains strokes Gas leakage
Minimum wages which are fixed are Official Official
120 declared by government through Newspaper Magazine gazatte All gazatte
________is the effective procurement of
121 funds and their effective utilisation. Accounts Commerce Finance None Finance
Production Labour
122 Flexibility is zero in Fixed budget budget budget Cash budget Fixed budget

Statement 1- Excise is a direct Both 1 and 2 1 is wrong,2 1 is correct,2 Both 1 and 2 1 is wrong,2
123 tax,Statement 2-Excise is a commodity tax are wrong is correct is wrong are correct is correct

Ensures Proper
availability purchasing Preventing
124 Which is the function of inventory? of material guidelines stock out All of above All of above

Procurement of C type of items,should be In immediate

125 done Frequently schedule Infrequently None Infrequently
Annual consumption of the item is
126 represented by______in EOQ. A AC S None S
The logic of_____is based on the principle
127 of dependent demand. MRP MRP II ERP SAP MRP
PEOPLE
128 ERP vendor is SAP ORACLE SOFT All All

Which element is at the top of the Quality Steering Circle Steering

129 Circle committee Circle leader member Facilitator committee

To decide To check the

the quality quality Both are Both are Both are
130 Objective of quality control is standard deviations correct wrong correct

extreme extreme insufficient high extreme

131 #NAME? temperature lethargy illumination humidity lethargy
Dependent of a deceased employee does widowed unmarried
132 not include: his widow major son mother daughter major son
 private ltd public ltd
jiont stock joint stock
133 types of jiont stock companies company company both 1 and 2 none both 1 and 2
propertiershi propertiersh
134 #NAME? p partnership private ltd public ltd ip

improved duties are system

product clear to each function all of the all of the
135 advantages of line and staff organisation quality person smootly above above

line all of the line

136 #NAME? organisation line and staff functional above organisation

well proper
organised dividion of
set of define group of work and
all of the all of the
137 elements of organisation are objective people labourabove above
diecision
138 #NAME? controlling movtivating coordinating making coordinating
henry fayol proposed ---------------------- no of
139 principles of management 10 20 14 30 14

authority
Division of and all of the Division of
140 #NAME? work responsibity discipline above work
management functions are as all of the all of the
141 ______________________ planning organisaing directing above above

142 #NAME? planning organising staffing controlling staffing

major functions of insurance comapny -------- to provide to provie all of the all of the
143 ------------- certianty protection share risk above above
144 #NAME? IT textile banking 1 and 3 banking
------------------------ is a person who has Young
145 completed the 18 yrs Adult Adoloscent Child person Adult
Which of the following qualifies as a health fencing of washing none of the
146 provision ? machinery cleanliness facilities above cleanliness
A--------------------- is an instrument of
management used as an aid in the planning
147 programming and control of business finanace capital budget VAT budget

factory budget stock all of the all of the

148 production budget is based upon sales budget capicity requirement above above
_______________________ is a comsption
tax which is leveied at each stage of
production based on valve added to the
149 producty at that stages finanace capital budget VAT VAT

what function are involved in material storage all of the all of the
150 management planning warehousing manageemnt above above

Huge
Inspection Consistency improvemen
costs are in quality can t in
151 Advantage of Quality control is_______ reduced be achieved productivity Only a and b Only a and b
Standardizati
152 Systemize means Cleaning Organization Neatness on Neatness
 Fixed capital is the capital invested in assets A short One year A long None of None of
153 over: period period period these these
Improper Poor
Which one of the following is contributory material housekeepin Protruding Tendency of Tendency of
154 cause of an accident? handeling g object show off show off
An adult as per Factories act, 1948 an adult More than Less than 18 More than More than More than
155 is a person with age: 18 years years 21 years 15 years 18 years
In functional organisation activities are
156 grouped by____function. Common Separate Grouped Special Common
Which of the following is not an element of
157 communication process? Feedback Noise Span Message Span
In a joint stock company loans are repaid by None of
158 the______________. Members Promoters Company these. Company
_______ does not belong to Henry Fayol's Standardisati Standardisat
159 14 principles of management? on Scalar chain Authority Discipline ion

General Production Marketing General

160 Who is not a middle level manager? Manager Manager Section head manager Manager
The planning process is used to prepare Advancemen
161 ___________ in an organisation. t Technologies Discoveries Budgets Budgets

Which type of industries involve largest Small scale Large scale Village Sugar Large scale
162 investment? industries industries industries industries industries

Which one of these is the largest segment in Textile Banking Chemical Engineering Engineering
163 Indian industry? Industry Industry Industry Industry Industry
A sales budget is the basis for preparation of Master Materials None of None of
164 a ________________ budget budget Cash budget these these
Which one of the following taxes is not Land Taxes on
165 charged by the state government? Income tax revenue Luxury tax properties Income tax
The___ provides the information about None of
166 when to order and how much to order. MRP ERP Inventory these. MRP

Gives
which one of the following is not a benefit production
167 of MRP? Saves time Saves cost schedule All of these All of these
Process Performance Reliability
168 _____ is an activity of quality assurance. control testing testing All of these All of these
Suppose a business requires 1000 units of a
particular items. Which one of the following
can provide the number of units to be
169 purchased each time? ERP ABC analysis ISO 9001 EOQ EOQ

Finance
170 Mechanism that allows trade is called as Government Industry Market department Market
Big Small rural none of Small
171 Globalisation has pose major challenges for producers producers Producers above producers
Both (a) and Both (a) and Both (a) and
(b) are (b) are (b) are
172 What is management It is science It is an Art wrong correct correct
Work on correct track with correct speed is
173 possiable by Controlling Directing Organising Planing Controlling
Managemen Administrati Administrati
174 Policy making in an industry is a role of – t on Public Workers on

175 Maximum security of job is in Public Sector Co-operative Partnership joint stock Public Sector
 Which of the following is/are the key Social Gropu Accomplishin
176 features of organization Inventions Efforts g goals All of these All of these
Mr. Sunil’s one-day salary was deducted
because of his uninformed leave, as he was Negative Positive
already warned about this behaviour. It is Reinforceme Reinforceme Reinforceme
177 an example of which method of shaping nt nt Punishment nt Punishment
Ability to adjust , change , bend is
178 _________________ Ability Stability Flexibility Balance Flexibility
___________ is a financial statement that Profit and
summarizes a companys assests , liabilities Balance loss Balance
179 and shareholders equity at a specfifc point sheet Budget Account statement sheet
Identify important constituents of Total
Quality Management from Following - i)
Orderliness and Cleanliness ii) Punctuality
180 and Continuous efforts iii)Customers' Only i and ii Only i Only ii i, ii, iii, and iv i, ii, iii, and iv
In a car assembly factory the high value None of
181 items like engine is given rating of………….. Item A Item B Item C abovess Item A
Human
………….. Of ERP steamlines Procurement of Financial Resource Purchasing Production Purchasing
182 Required raw materials Module Module Module Module Module
Reducied Improved Reduced
Which of the following is not benefit of inventory customer Improved Purchesing Improved
183 MRP? cost service Quality cost Quality
The Modern Technique of Material
184 Management is…….. ISO MRP TQM EOQ MRP

It does not Stores It does not

take into personnels take into
account time can be account
The system seasonal utilized in a seasonal
Which of the following is Not advantage of is easy to varitations of better varitations
185 ABC Analysis understand cost manner All of cost

KAI means KAI means KAI means

Kaizen is a Japanese technique. Kaizen word change & good & ZEN KAI means change
is formed from two characters KAI and ZEN ZEN means means good & ZEN None of the & ZEN
186 in which good change means GURU above means good
Quality Quality
187 Quality Management components are Planning Control a&b None a & b

188 The Example of Indirect Tax is Wealth Tax Flat tax Income tax Excise Tax Wealth Tax
Material Material Material All of the Material
189 The Function of material management is Planning Marketing Sales Above Planning

Different Different
Inteqrated Common Department Look For Look For
190 Which is not the feature of ERP System Data-base al Access Each Module Each Module
Lead time is
Lead time is known
known & None of the &
191 Which is the correct assumption in EOQ Total Cost constant Primary Cost above constant
Forecasting of resources, expenses &
192 revenues is over a specified future period Shares Taxes Debenture Budget Budget
Personal Material
Procurement,Fund allocation and control of Managemen Managemen Operation Financial Financial
193 finicial resources is concerned with. t t Managenent Managment Managment
 Which type of capital is Requred for Working Both (a) & None of Both (a)
194 business operation. Fixed capital capital (b) abvoe & (b)

At which place line organization is not Small Military Government Government

195 possible workshops department company Tiny firms company

Establishing Goals Goals

Which is the first step in effective responsibilit establishmen Ego of establishme
196 delegation ? y Training t speciality nt
Decision
Political making is Less Unlimited Unlimited
197 Which is not the limitation of public sector interference slow productivity liability liability

198 Providing correct way of working is Controlling Organising Directing Planning Directing
Centralizatio
199 Position, designation, seniority defines Scaler chain Initiative Authority n Authority
None of Dupont
200 Top agro industry in india is Fabindia Pidilite Dupont India above India
In which type of industry fiber is converted
201 into yarn,then fabric Chemical Health care Process Textiles Textiles
Which of the mentioned option is related to
goal to reduce the number of defects to as Department
202 low as 3.4 parts per million. Five -S ( 5S) ation 6- Sigma ERP 6- Sigma

Proper
planning Planning is Planning Planning is
helps in Planning thinking improves the thinking
203 Which statement is wrong? motivating reduces risk after failures processes after failures

Proprietorshi Joint stock Co-operative Proprietorsh

204 Documentation is less in p Partnership company society ip

Services with
Suppliers to Export small All the
205 Service tax is exempted to SEZ services turnover All the above above
Permanent Temporary Permanent
source of source of source of
206 Equity share financing is funds funds Both None funds
1.Span of control 2.stability 3.flexibility
4.Delegation match these facts with 1 and b ,2 1 and c,2 1 and a,2 1 and d,2 1 and d,2
following a.work adjustment b.tolerate loss and d,3 and and b,3 and and b,3 and and b,3 and and b,3 and
207 c. allocation d.reporting of subordinates a,4 and c d,4 and a c, 4and d a,4 and c a,4 and c

Line and
Line Project Functional staff Functional
208 Reporting structure is complicated in Organization Organization Organization organization Organization

209 Line Organization is also called as Military Scalar Automated Both a and b Both a and b
The base of success of any project of an
210 organization is its Planning Organizing Directing all of above Planning
The blend of kindness and justice in an unity of
211 organization is Equity Scalar chain order command Equity
………... is important not only for the Division of
212 individuals but also for an organization too. work Authority Discipline all of above Discipline
…………. has allowed companies to increase Liberalizatio Globalizatio
213 their base of operation n Globalization Privatization all of above n
 14 Principles of Management is contributed
214 by Henry Fayol F W taylor P F ducker H Koontz Henry Fayol
The segment which is known as economy's trading industrial business industrial
215 goods producing segment sector allied sector sector sector sector
may exist with the consent of other sleeping secret partner at none of none of
216 partners partner partner will above above
Which one of the following is a cause of
217 accident due to unsafe working conditions ? earthquakes oily floors daydreaming all of above oily floors
……………..is a universal lubricant which
218 keeps enterprise dynamic. Finance capital budget VAT capital
……………...capital includes long term
219 decisions. Fixed Working block both a and c both a and c
Under sectioon 17 on the Income tax act
1961 _____ and ________ comes under salary and salary and allowance none of none of
220 heads of salry for which Income tax is wages gartuity and pensions above above

A ______ is an instrument of _________ management resources budget and

used as an aid in planning,programming and budget and capital and and and managemen
221 control of business activity. management distribution resources management t
222 Find the odd man out kaizen Six Sigma 5's' C's' C's'
Match the following options l) ISO 9000-
2000 i) Quality management system
guidelines m) ISO 9001-2000 ii) Quality
management system vocabulary n) ISO9004-
223 2000 iii) Quality management system l-i. M-iii, n-ii l-ii,m-iii, n-i l-iii. M-i, n-ii l-i. M-ii, n-iii l-ii,m-iii, n-i
224 Service industry is ---------Sector in Economy Primary Secondary Basic Tertiary Tertiary

Recognise finding out Recognise

225 The first step in decision making is the problem Evaluation analysis alternatives the problem
when many functions are controlled by a Managemen Centralisatio Centralisatio
226 central Authority, It is called as Authority t Discipline n n
Dynamic
Which is not the technique for effecting Linear Programmin
227 decision making in core company Programme Simulation Out sourcing g Out sourcing
Political Professionali Decision Government Government
Which is not limitation of cooperative interference sm is very –Making is support is support is
228 society is more poor slow less less
Minimum Members in Private limited
229 company are 2 5 10 20 2
One Ambulance room should be provided in
230 a factory employ more than ----workers 200 300 400 500 300

231 Zero based budgeting is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None Mechanism
Movable
232 Custom Duty is charged on Vessels Currency property All All
When stock is more than the required then -- Under Over Over
233 ----------- cost involves stocking Stocking More stock None Stocking
Placement Purchase Purchase
234 PO in materials management means officer Post Office order None order
On hand Bill of
235 Which is the input to MRP Inventory Material both None both

Quality Quality Quality of Quality

Managemen Measuremen Measured Managemen
236 QMS means t System t System Standards None t System
237 Which is not included in 5S Sort solve Shine Sustain solve

Aggressive Clear
Top implementat presentation
The process to produce an effective QMS management ion of quality of quality
238 requires support policy policy All All
239 Following is not a agro industry Sugar Poultry Paper Jute Paper
The quality of product made for
240 Liberalization and Globalization ISO-2001 ISO-2000 ISO-9010 ISO-9000 ISO-9000
Fedrick Arthur Fedrick
241 father of scientific management is W.Tailor Dunkel Henry Fayol Robert owen W.Tailor

242 Decision making occurs as a reaction to a Argument Problem Perception Expectation Problem

Authority, Responsibilit Authority,

_________Check the result, Responsibilit Responsibilit Authority,au y,Responsibil Responsibilit
243 __________Shows the result y y,Authority thority ity y
The followings are invoved in Middle level Board of Branch Branch
244 of management Directors Clerks Workers Managers Managers
Lack of Lack of
Demerit of Line organisation / Scalar High level of specialisatio Decisions are Easy to specialisatio
245 organisation is discipline n quick understand n

The downward flow of Authority is termed Responsibilit Division of Authority &

246 as y Delegation Authority Responsility Delegation

1st January 1st January

1st April to to 31st 1st July to None of to 31st
247 Calendar year as per the Factory Act is 30th March December 30th June these December

Workmans
In which act "The aims to provide fair Indian Compensatio Insurance None of None of
248 Wages to employed persons" Factory Act n Act Act these these
Duplication Duplication
Exhaustive of work, of work,
training of repetition of repetition of
It is time The cost is users is work is work is
249 Which one is the advantage of ERP ? consuming high required avoided avoided
Cost of Cost for
calling Cost of receiving
250 Procurement cost per order includes quotation inspection materials All All

In graphical method of EOQ , the cost which Inventory Procurement None of Inventory
251 is represented as straight inclined line is Total Cost carrying cost cost these carrying cost
Arranging
Perparing items in Perparing
Which is the first step in doing ABC Analysis the list of all Deciding the descening Determining the list of all
252 ? items policies order unit price items
The safety stock of an inventory item is 100.
The supply lead-time is two weeks and the
average weekly demand is 100 units. Which
253 one is the re-order level? 100 300 200 400 300
 To improve To improve To guide To improve
254 The objective of TQM is profitability process management None process
Managemen
t
responsibilit Resource Producy
255 Which is the main clause in ISO 9001:2000 ? y management realisation All All
Quality Both A
256 The foudation of Kaizen, consists of circles Teamwork Both A & B None & B
Standardisati Characteriza Identificatio Standardisat
257 Which is not the stage in 6 sigma on tion n Optimization ion

Nature of Complexity
the product of the
Which factor decide the type of Size of the being problems
258 organization organization manufctured being faced All of above All of above
Which of the following is the advantage of Quick All are All are
259 effective decision-making ? No delays actions No confusion correct correct

Making
different
Defining goal long term
of an Defining policies for
organization mission and an
260 The functions of top level management are or business vision organization All of above All of above
Insurance companies are growing at the
261 annual compound rate of 1% 15% - 20% 0% 30% - 40% 15% - 20%

Automated
Small industries All of the All of the
262 Applications of Line organization businesses Military like textile above above
…… allows executive to give opportunity to
his subordinate to think,make work related Delegation Responsibilit Effective All of the Effective
263 decision, and get developed of authority y Delegation above Delegation

Equipments
Lack of for safety
Mental training to are not Both (B) and Both (B) and
264 Accidents because of management are: distractions workers provided (C) (C)

Payment of
light and
telephone
bills, water
charges, Advertiseme Payment of
municipality nt and selling insurance,
265 Working capital is not required for bills etc expenses rent Furniture Furniture

………indicates the total sales in the year, Office

when goods sold are returned are referred Opening administrativ
266 as sales return stock Purchases Sales e expenses Sales
 …….is a form of indirect tax imposed on
267 specified services called "taxable services" Direct Tax Indirect Tax Service tax Income tax Service tax

Material
Components resource Components
and required planning is and required
raw material all about raw material
are available management are available
in right of resources in right
quantities at required for Both ( a ) quantities at
268 The major purpose of MRP right time production and ( b ) None right time
assemblies needed to produce the final
269 product MPS MRP BOM ERP BOM

In ABC temof inventory control, the Consumptio Re-order Maximum Consumptio

material is divided in A,B and C categories Material n value of levelof each level of n value of
270 on the basis of quantity material material material material

Inspection Consistency It ensures

It ensures costs are in quality can None of the
271 Advantage of quality management is the reliability reduced be achieved these reliability

There is There is
uninterrupti Quality uninterrupti
ble increases the ble
consistency productivity Custer consistency
in quality of and becomes in quality of
products and profitability loyal to that All of the products
272 Benefit of QMS is services in long term organization above and services

Top
management
This clause must make it This clause
covers sure that covers
defining of customer defining of
Includes responsibilit requirement responsibilit
planing of y and s are known y and
the QMS for authorities and they are authorities
meeting the and its met with an and its
requirement communicati objective of communicati
s of the on to continuously on to
standard and everyone increasing everyone
Responsibility, Authority clause of ISO quality within an customer None of within an
273 9001:2000 objectives organization satisfaction these organization
Water
274 Which is included under fixed capital Plant set-up supply Land All All
 Health and
Which of the following provisions are safety working welfare of All of the All of the
275 included in Factory Act ? employee hours employee above above

faulty layout
Taking shortcuts and lack of adequate or design of
knowledge are causes of accidents because working natural
276 of ____________ workers management place disasters workers
All of the All of the
277 Types of accidents are : Minor Serious Fatal above above
__________ is an activity which defines the
steps of how and when work will be done
278 effectively and efficiently. Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling Planning
Manufacturi
279 #NAME? Trade Service ng Economics Trade
Allocation of Investment Disposal of All of the All of the
280 Functions of financial management funds of funds surplus Above Above
Export Export
281 Following service is not under service tax Courier Telephone Banking services services
Which is the function involved in materials
282 management? Purchasing Storing Distributing All All

No defined
What is the pattern of care for A type of More Average Less way of More
283 items? attention attention attention attention attention
284 Quality circle is a brain child of Fayol Ishikawa Juran Lee Tsing Ishikawa

Reduce the
By selling Customer cost of the Customer
285 The most important objective of TQM is product satisfaction services All of these satisfaction

Each manager is a highly qualified specialist Line Staff Functional Matrix Functional
286 in a ------- organization. Organistion Organization Organisation Organization Organisation
A Public A Public
Which of the following type of business A Limited A Retail Limited
287 organization is owned by its customers? Partnership Company Cooperative A Franchise Company
They are the
most
numerous
All the following are characteristics of the There is a Profit are Liability is type of Profit are
288 sole proprietorships except single owner taxed twice unlimited business taxed twice
In Automobile Industry, departments can be
289 on the basis of------- Territorial Product Customer Process Product
Determine how tasks is to be grouped is
290 part of which management function? Planning Controlling Leading Organizing Organizing
Who defined management as "the art of
knowing exactly what you want men to do Mary Parker
291 and then see that they do it in the best & Henry Feyol F.W.Taylor Follet Juran F.W.Taylor
Middle &
Bottom Bottom
Top Level Middle Level Level Level Top Level
Plans, policies & procedures are the Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen
292 function of------ t t t t t
The transfer of ownership of state property
into the hands of the private individuals by Domesticatio
293 the sale of state assets through auction is----- privatization Liberlization Globalization n privatization
 Make Offer Offer
Go for maximum products and Create products
294 The purpose of retail business is to …. partnership promotion services employment and services

increase the
A valid definition of a business purpose is to create a maximize serve the wealth in the create a
295 _______. customer profits society firm customer

Huge
Increased Better Assess amount of Increased
Following are the advantages of International to external foreign Increased Competetio
296 Globalization, except Cooperation financing investment Competetion n

Primary Strict Strict

Profit Financial Financial
Which of the following is a characteristic of Private making Control by None of the Control by
297 a Public sector organization? Ownership Motive Government above Government

Employees
Which act provides for Health safety Apprenticesh Factories Act Compensatio All of the Factories Act
298 Welfare of workers? ip Act 1961 1948 n Act 1923 above 1948
Workplace related injuries, illnesses and All of the All of the
299 deaths impose costs upon? Employers Employee Community above above
What is the minimum number of workers
required in a Factory for the mandatory More than More than Less than More than More than
300 appointment of safety officer? 100 500 750 1000 1000
to each worker as per the Factories Act 12.2 Cubic 13.2 Cubic 14.2 Cubic 15.2 Cubic 14.2 Cubic
301 1948? Meters Meters Meters Meters Meters

To integrate To conduct To help in

To conduct overall sound designing To conduct
Which is the odd statement about Market and Finanacial investment capital Market and
302 objectives of Financial Management? Sales survey Programme policies structure Sales survey

Long Term Short Term Working Long Term

303 Capital budgeting is related to Assets Assets Capital Fixed Assets Assets
The difference between Fixed cost &
Variable cost assumes significance in Master Flexible Capital Flexible
304 preparation of the following budget----------- Budget Budget Cash Budget Budget Budget
The The Goods
An Emplyee Organization Investment Goods & &
305 Value Added Tax (VAT) is a tax on? Earnings Profits Earnings Services Services

Control over Control over

Which of the following is a function of the Risk Return Deployment the use of the use of
306 Finance Manager? Procurement Trade Off of Funds Funds Funds
Capital Operating
Which of the following is not an element of Expenditure Production Expenses None of the Production
307 master budget? Budget Schedule Budget above Schedule
Total Total
Ordering Total Total Interst Safety Stock Ordering
308 EOQ is the quantity that minimizes Cost Inventory Cost Level Cost
 Controlling Ordering Controlling
ABC analysis deals with which of the Inventory Flow of Schedule of None of the Inventory
309 following? Cost Money Material Job above Cost Money
Cost of
Receiving, Cost of
Inspecting & Processing
which of the following is not Procurement Transportati Stock Vendors
310 Cost? on Cost Material invoice Storage Cost Storage Cost
The ---- is the input to Material Requirement
Planning,which lists the assemblies, sub Net
asemblies, parts & raw materials needed to Bill of Requirement Inventory Assembly Bill of
311 produce one unit of finsished product. Material Charts Records Time Chart Material

Legacy Bolt Operational

312 Which is not a component of ERP? System Application database Cybersoft Cybersoft
Which of the following is a highly structured Nominal
technique, designed to keep personal Brainstormin Group Group Brainstormi
313 interactions at a minimum? Clustering g Technique Interview ng
Mr. XYZ is a manager in a manufacturing
company, he attempt to establish a culture
of quality affecting the attitudes and actions Knowledge Operation
of every employee & relies on a workforce Managemen Managemen
314 that want to improve quality. He focuses on t TQM t MIS TQM

Conformanc
Six Sigma methodology is driven by a _____ Managemen e to Managemen
315 methodology Fit for use Cost driven t by Fact Specification t by Fact
“No U Turn” sign board comes under which
316 “S” of the 5S? Seiri Seiton Seiso Seiketsu Seiketsu
When using ABC approach to stock
categorization which of the following High Value, High Value, Low Value, Low Value, Low Value,
317 desirable class ‘C’ Items? High Risk Low Risk High Risk Low Risk Low Risk

The The quantity

quantities of The quantity Capcity Cost &
the product & timing of needed to associated timing of
families that planned provide with planned
need to be order projected alternative order
318 MRP specify------ produced releases output plan releases
Which of the following is not included in Purchase Transport
319 cost of inventory? Cost Cost Import Duty Selling Cost Selling Cost

Components
Components , ingradients
, ingradients &
Time needed & material Operation material
to perform Production required to required to required to
all phases of schedules for produce an produce an produce an
320 A bill of material lists the----- production all products item item item
Entertainme Entertainme
321 Which of the following is an indirect tax? Income Tax nt Tax Profit Tax Wealth Tax nt Tax
 Which of the following banks/institution Punjab
acts as custodian of nation’s foreign State Bank of Reserve National
322 exchange reserve? India Bank of India IFCI Bank IFCI

It helps in It helps in
It helps in reduction in it aims at It helps in reduction in
purchasing material planning & planned material
Which of the following is not one of the of standard purchasing controlling material purchasing
323 main objectives of material management? items price materials purchasing price

To maximize
To maximize To maximize the wealth To maximize To maximize
324 The primary goal of financial management is the return the risk of owner the profit the profit
A statement which reflects future income & Balance Cash
325 expenditure-------- Budget Profit & loss Sheet Account Budget

____________ tries to secure for the Industrial Workmen

workers employment conditions conducive Disputes Act Factory Act Compensatio Factory Act
326 to their health and safety 1947 1948 ESI Act 1948 n Act 1923 1948
Which of the following terms are defined in
the Workemen Compensation Act 1923? (i)
Dependant (ii) Disablement (iii) Workman (i) (ii) &
327 (iv) Seaman (i) & (ii) (i) (ii) & (iii) (i) & (iv) (iv) only (iii)

not None of the

328 Most of the industrial accidents are : preventable Preventable unavoidable above Preventable
Which of the following are not included in
"Wages"? (i) Dearness Allowance (ii) Bonus (ii) &
329 (iii) House Rent Allowance (iv) Basic Salary (i) & (ii) (ii) & (iii) (iii) & (iv) (iv) only (iii)
Which of the following provisions do not
come under the “Welfare provision” in the Washing Drinking Facility for First Aid
Washing
330 Factories Act 1948? Facility Water sitting Appliance
Facility
Line organization is not suited for --------- both A
331 type of organization Large Small Medium both A & C & C
Authority and responsibility are ----------to Supplementa Complement Contradictor Complement
332 each other. ry ary y Inconsistent ary
No No
The maximum number of shareholders Maximum Maximum
333 allowed in a Public Limited Company is? 20 50 100 Number Number

Out of following forms, which form of Line & Staff Committee Functional Line Line
334 organization is the oldest one? Organization Organization organization Organization Organization
What is the term used to define the number Division
of subordinates directly controlled by a Managemen Department Span of Investment Span of
335 manager? t alization control Span control

To execute To take To take

all plans of decisions of To look after decision of To look after
Which of the following is not the the long term production short term production
336 characteristic of top level management? management policies job forecasting job

According to Fayol’s 14 principles of Being Team work

management, ‘esprit de corps’ refers to treated fairly Spirit of the Team work Spirit of &
337 which of the following? & kindly corporation & harmony work harmony
 All levels of management between the
supervisory level & the top level of the Middle Fisrt Line Middle
338 organization are termed as Managers Manager Supervisors Foreman Managers

To increase To develop
worker time &
Which of the following was the key aim of control of To increase To decrease motion To increase
339 scientific management? Production Productivity Absenteeism studies Productivity
In the last one decade, which one among Chemical
the following sectors has attracted the other than Food Service Telecommun Telecommun
340 highest foreign direct investment inflows Fertilizers Processing Sector ication ication

Authority &
Responsibilit Line of Unity of Globalizatio
341 Which is not one of Fayol's principles: y Authority Globalization Command n

Efficient
LPG is aimed at making the India as fastest utilization of Transperenc Reduced All of the All of the
342 growing competitive economy through Resources y Process Corruption above above
Business firm emphasis on attracting new---- Target Target
343 -- Customers People Groups Suppliers Groups
A sales person can access the warehouse,
inventory and delivery to give a customer a
quick update on the status of his order
344 through--------------- MRP MPS BOM ERP ERP

Lack of
Trend in the Dispersion in attention by Dispersion in
345 The quantity sigma indicates process the data workers Average the data

Department
Six Sigma is based on understanding & Product by by Project by Project by
346 improving processes on a ------------basis Product Department Day by Day Project Project

Guidance for
The ISO 9000:2000 standards consist of Performance
three documents of which ISO 9001 Fundamental Requirement Improvemen Requiremen
347 pertains to: s s Vocabulary t ts

Close An
coperation environment
between in which
To achieve quality (i.e., defect free products management quality can All of the All of the
348 and services), we require------- & satff Commitment flourish above above
from & be accountable to only one superior Unity of Unity of Centralizatio Unity of
349 is------- Decisions Command n Scalar Chain Command

Partly Same
Partly Same &
Same & & Partly Partly
350 Management & Administration are------ Same Different Diferent Different Different

351 #NAME? Elton Mays Henry Fayol F W Taylor M P Follet F W Taylor

352 Henry Fayol laid down----- 12 Principles 13 Principles 14 Principles 15 Principles 14 Principles
The manager of multinational company is
located in France, India, Brazil & USA, which A Postal A An
decision making technique seems most Service Brainstormin A nominal An Electronic Electronic
353 reasonable for this organization? Transaction g session discussion Meeting Meeting

Men, Money, Material & Machines are Factors of Budget

354 included in Production Resources Preparation Cost Analysis Resources
Globalization is the process of integrating
national economies into the international
economy through trade, foreign Communicat Spread of Transportati None of the Spread of
355 investment, migration and ion Technology on above Technology
Art & Art &
356 Management is ------- Art Science Science Humanities Science

How
How Policy activities are
activities are How Location of Statement coordinated
coordinated resources Department defined by &
357 Organization structure primarily refers to & controlled are allocated& Offices firm controlled
Line organization follows --------method of Unity in Closed
358 communication Scalar Chain Command Open System System Scalar Chain
More
Financial Any
The number Specialist capital is Any Financial Financial
One disadvantage of forming a Partnership of partners skills may be usually losses must losses must
359 is? are limited itroduced available be shared be shared
Functional organization is suited for limited
360 number of --------- Persons Machines Product Process Product

Two firms Two firms

Two firms One firm come come
collborate licences its together to together to
together on intellectual Two firms form a third, form a third,
a specific property to merge legally legally
361 A joint venture can be defined as: project another firm together separte firm separte firm
A Textile industry, departments can be on
362 the basis of-------- Territorial Product Customer Process Process
Who has Who has
completed Who is more Who is more completed
18 years of Who is less than 14 than 16 18 years of
363 Who is an adult as per Factories Act, 1948? age than 18 year years years age

Any Person Efficiency & Any

Productive working for Productivity Productive
364 The word labour means ___________. Workman Activity salary of labour Activity

Preparation Planning for

of Financial Capital Preparing All of the Preparing
365 Financial planning deals with: Statement Issues Budgets above Budgets
 Concerned Concerned
with the with the
A forecast of income income
A forecast A forecast of expected generating generating
units of operating operating activities of activities of
366 Operating budgets are: production expenses expenses Firm Firm
Which of the following is not the form of tax
367 revenue? Income Tax Sales Tax Licence Fee Excise Duty Licence Fee

368 Which of the following is not a current asset Cash in Hand Cash at Bank Debators Creditors Creditors
Which class of elements in ABC analysis is Unpredicatbl
369 generally large in number? A B C e C

Lot Lot most

The economic order quantity in inventory Optimum lot Lowest level correspondin economical Optimum lot
370 control refers to size of inventory g to BEP to process size

Financial What What What

Resources component product to Labor hour product to
required for to be made be made & required for be made
371 A master production schedule specifies production & when when production & when
Which of the following input data are
needed for MRP ? (i) Master Production
Schedule (ii)Inventory Position (iii) Machine (i) (ii) &
372 Capacity (iv) Bill of Material (i) (ii) & (iii) (ii) (iii) & (iv) (i) (iii) & (iv) (i) (ii) & (iv) (iv)
Six Sigma principle which is a philosophical
benchmark or standard of excellence Geinichi Edward Philip Joseph M Edward
373 proposed by---------- Taguchi Deming Crossby Juran Deming
Select the odd one which is not the
374 dimension of quality Response Reliability Reputation Reassurance Reputation
Which "S' of 5S involves cleaning the floors,
the walls and the equipment and ensuring
375 all items are restored to their designated Seiri Seiton Seiso SeiketsuSeiso
Bharat Bharat
Bharat Heavy Bharat Heavy
In which industry Quality Circles in India Electronics Electricals Heavy Plates Bharat Earth Electricals
376 were first introduced? Ltd. Ltd. & Vessels Movers Ltd. Ltd.
The company should exceed the customers
expectations and lease him. This means Lean
giving the customer more than he ever Manufacturi
377 thought possible. It is the ultimate goal in----- Globalization TQM MRP ng TQM

Single Joint Stock Joint Stock

378 Reliance Industries Ltd. Is a form of, Ownership Partnership Private Ltd. Company Company

Which is the first step in organisation Assignment Aims are Identifying Formulating Aims are
379 forming? of duties determined activities plans determined

Deviation Deviation
from defined from
path is Work is Authority is Teams are defined path
380 Due to unity of direction, prevented divided delegated formed is prevented

Co-
381 Esprit De Corps refers to Team Work Planning ordination Authority Team Work
 Out of mentioned below , which is not the Human Financial
382 input of management? resources Resources Growth Technology Growth
which organisation is at number one
383 position in India in insurance? Max Life Birla Sunlife LIC ICICI Prulife LIC
VAT started in maharashtra from_____ and
__________ business is liable according to 2003 , 2004 , 2005 , 2006 , 2005 ,
384 VAT. Banking Exporters Importers Telephone Importers
Inventory
Cushion between supply and demand is Material Inventory Sales and None of managemen
385 called as - management management purchase above t
__________ determines quantity and timing
386 for material planning EOQ ERP SAP MRP MRP
The participation of all the members in an
organizing, aiming at long term success total quality
through customer satisfaction for the quality quality total quality managemen
387 benefits to all members & to the society is control assurance management quality team. t
Control of
non-
According to ISO 9001, inspection and Process Document conforming Process
388 testing comes under ____________ control control products Servicing control

evaluate preventatio
preventation whether the n of
rejecting the of defectsin detection of end result is defectsin
final product or errors or satisfactorily product or
389 What is quality assurance? product. process defects . process

Each module Each Integrated Each module

has the department system has the
It has a different is able to which different
which of the following is not a feature of common look and acess the functions on look and
390 ERP? data feeling system real time. feeling
Purchasing
plan & Capacity Cancellation All the All the
391 Which of the following is output of MRP? schedule plan notices above. above.
MRP, JIT,
which of the following are modern TQM, SAP, MRP, JIT, MQC, ERP, MRP, MQC, ERP &
392 techniques of material management? ERP & QC ERP & SAP BOM & ISO JIT & ISO SAP
The amount actually demanded against the working paid -up called-up called-up
393 shares is…. capital overdraft capital capital capital

lot size
correspondin
In inventory control theory, the economic average level optimum lot capacity of a g to break- optimum lot
394 order quantity is of inventory size warehouse even analysis size
Reserves and Surplus is also known as / is a Retained Share None of the Retained
395 part is _____ Earnings. Capital. Dividend. above. Earnings.
when a person gets salary a certain amount
of tax is deducted at the source as per rules
396 of that financial year - sales tax VAT Income tax wealth tax Income tax
The term " Account Recievables " come
in________________ With reference to the Current Current Current
397 term ` Debtors` Investments Goodwill. liabilities Asset. Asset.
 planned
planned purchase budget
material budget & cash budget budget & &
Variance report is the difference between cost& labour actual & fixed overhead actual
398 the outcomes of a company cost budget budget. budget. budget

Yes eligible
If a bar bender working on a construction Yes eligible & Not eligible &
site meets some accident during his holiday Not eligible under & under yes eligible & under
when he is called for extra work and losses & Under workman` s workman`s under workman` s
his one left leg. Is is eligible for any accident minimum Compensatio compensatio minimum Compensati
399 amount? And under what act? wage act n act. n act. wage act. on act.

Guarantee of Guarantee
Training to increase Overconfide employee of employee
400 Industrial acts are useful for……… workers. production nce. welfare. welfare.

line, staff
line, staff & &
Type of organization preferred to steel line & staff functional line functional functional
401 industry is organization organization organization organization organization
The meaningful exchange of information
between two or more participants is termed co- communicati communicati
402 as delegation ordination controlling on on

Tata motors, Hindustan motors contribute private - Private

in the development of the society has which Private public government public organisation
403 type of organisation. organisation. organisation organisation. organisation .
private private
Tenneco Automotive India refers to which limted partnership ownership Co-operative limted
404 type of company- company company company company company
Grouping the activities or operations of an centralizatio departmenta communicati department
405 enterprise into various unts is refered as- n tion delegation on ation
The unbroken line of authority from highest remuneratio
406 to lowest level is known as- stability n scalar chain team spirit scalar chain
co-
407 Man power planning is a function of- organising staffing ordinating directing staffing
In a XYZ company if the raw material
required for manufacturing a product is not top
available on the given time, due to lower middle top none of managemen
408 insufficient funds . Which level of management management management these. t

line functional line & staff project line

409 Military type of organisation is known as organization organization organization organization organization

public sector Schedule Nationalised

410 HSBC is a bank bank bank Foreign bank Foreign bank
top
Framing broad policies in a company is lower top middle none of managemen
411 concerned with management management management these. t
forward looking, choice making & co-
412 integrated processs organising planning ordinating Staffing planning
Increase
International Better acess
Co- to external Threat to Both i
413 Advantage of Globilization is ……. Operation financing terrorism Both i & ii & ii
 trade restrictions a policy was established in
414 1948 WHO LPG GATT IPR GATT
In _______ first car was driven on the roads
of India
415 Manufacturing sector contributes _______ 1790 1857 1898 1909 1898
416 % India 5% 30% 15% 25% 15%

417 Meaning of _________ is right to command Stability Authority Scalar Chain Initiative Authority

Out of mentioned below is not the output Desired Goal Status in

418 of management results Achievement Technology Market Technology

The structure of organization depends on Scope of Number of Span of All of the All of the
419 ________ functions Employees control above above
Maximum members in co-operative society
420 are_________________ 50 100 500 no limit no limit
Who gets affected directly or indirectly due Family of
421 to accidents ? Worker Industry worker All All
Which is indirect tax
422 ______________________ Income tax Excise Sales All All
Collection of taxes is concerned in Capital Revenue Revenue
423 _____________ Budget Budget Both None Budget
importance due to consumption in ABC
424 analysis 10 - 20 % 15 - 25 % 40 - 50 % 70 - 80 % 70 - 80 %
Inventory carrying cost include Both (a) & Both (a)
425 ___________ Storage Cost Insurance (b) None & (b)
Slow Slow
Time decision Difficult to decision
426 Which is not the disadvantage of ERP? Cost is high Consuming making learn easily making

427 Quality is defined by ____________ Manager Engineer QC in charge Customers Customers

Finance
operating
losses establish
particularly Pay wages good decide basis Pay wages
in the initial and salaries relations for and salaries
years of to with existing expenditure to
428 Working Capital is required to business. employees financers of capital employees
If any accident occurs on the premises of
any employer which results in death of an
employee or serious bodily injury to an
employee, the employer must within
__________ days of the death or serious
bodily injury, send in the prescribed form a
report to the _________________ for 7,Commissio 7,Commissio
429 In
employee's
which yearcompensation giving
the value added tax was 8, Collector ner 10,Inspector 11, Doctor ner
430 introduced 2001 2005 2000 2002 2005
Favourable
Fixed and and Small and Fixed and Fixed and
431 What are the types of Capital Unfixed workable Big working working
A document that authorizes one to carry Safety
432 out a specific job is called : Factory act Schedule Work permit Lethargy Work permit
All of the All of the
433 Fire in industry is due to: short circuit Fuel Ignition above above
Suggest a Suitable form of ownership for a Public Private None of the None of the
434 bicycle repair business. limited limited Partnership above above
 can be formed by minimum 2 and maximum Public Private None of the Private
435 50 members. limited limited Partnership above limited

Medium and Medium and

Small large Large Non od the large
436 Line and Satff Organisation is Suitable for Enterprises Enterprises Enterprises above Enterprises

437 Who developed a theory on Motion Study Taylor James watt Gilberth Peter Druker Gilberth
________________ is a policy making Administrati Administrati
438 function Production Plan work on on

Which one of the following is not a service Hotels & Transportati Manufacturi Manufacturi
439 industry Restaurents on Hospitals ng ng

Which one of the following is not a process cement Steel Food Heavy Heavy
440 industry industry industry industry Engineering Engineering
441 India adopted LPG Policy in 1950s 1980s 1990s 1970s 1990s

A _____________ and a______________ Diary and ledger and

are the two major books used to maintain Journal and Maintenance Journal and maintenance Journal and
442 accounts Diary book ledger book ledger
Removed
Excise duty can be levied on those goods Manufacture from the None of the Manufactur
444 which are d in India Sold in India factory above ed in India

particularly
critical in often often
reviewed financial ordered managed by managed by
445 C items in ABC analysis are: frequently. terms. frequently. the supplier. the supplier.

Using an Using an
A Reasonable EOQ model EOQ model
A system to classification estimates of for for
Which one of the following is not a keep track of system for holding and determining determining
requirement for effective inventory inventory on inventory shortage order order
446 management? hand items costs quantity quantity

MRP MPS ( ERP

___________________ also called part lists (Material Master (Enterprise
or building lists is the document generated Requirement BOM ( Bill of Production resourse BOM ( Bill of
447 at the design stage Planning) Materials) Schedule) Planning Materials)

requires requires
explosion of explosion of
the bill of the bill of
material as minimizes material as
A material requirements planning (MRP) controls the maximizes the basis of the use of the basis of
448 system: "A" items. inventory. planning. data. planning.
_________________ is the task of buying
goods of right quality, in the right None of the
449 quantities, at the right time and at the right Supplying Purchasing Scrutinizing above Purchasing
An ERP system automates much of the
“back-office” work involved in fulfilling
450 customer demand. “Front-office”, in this Information Employees Customers Database Database
Which of the following document is Customer All of the quality
451 included in the quality system quality policy focus Commitment above policy
 striving for
focusing on continuous involvement
Characteristics of total quality management customer improvemen of the entire All of the All of the
452 include: satisfaction. t. work force. above above

Which of the following is the example of Training and None of Quality

453 empowerment Quality Circle development TQM these Circle
analyze, define, define, define,
Six Sigma methodology defines three core improve, analyze, measure, measure, measure,
454 steps. control design, verify analyze control analyze
The ISO quality assurance standard that ISO ISO ISO ISO ISO
455 applies to software engineering is 9000:2004 9001:2000 9002:2001 9003:2004 9001:2000
Income tax is paid by individual to central
456 government is __________ . a direct taxwealth tax property tax service tax a direct tax
Increased
Job
Which of the following is negative effect of Monopoly in opportunitie Technology Improved Monopoly in
457 the Globalization? business s Transfer economy business
458 Following is not the textile industry Arvind Welspun IBP Century IBP

To avoid
heavy
Out of following which is not the objective To reduce To increase mental To get To get
459 of good plan? uncertainty productivity pressuress money money

___________ are Balaji Telifilms,Bank of

Maharashtra,Bata India Limited,Bharat Government Public public all of the Public
460 Fertilizers Ltd etc. Departments companies corporations above companies
_____ could be Sleeping Active Secret Nominal Active
461 manager,organizer,adviser,or controller. Partner partner partner partner partner

Which source of income is specified under - Business Income from

462 IT act, 1961 Salary profits capital gains All All
_____________________ is the percentage
of net earnings which is not paid out as
dividends, but retained or kept by the Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the Retained
463 company for reinvesting it for core business earnings provisions taxation above earnings
________________ is an agreement in
which customer can purchase goods on
account that is without paying cash or Credit
464 paying the supplier at a later date. facilities Trade credit Shares Debentures Trade credit

Debenture
Debentures Interest is holders have Interest is
carry a fixed payable only no control payable only
rate of when there on affairs of when there
465 Which is worng statement? interest is profit the company All is profit
 To store
material Preparation
to produce from right of Both (
The objective of the purchasing or store right and reliable purchasing Both ( Option i
466 _____________ material supplier budget Option i & ii) & ii)

Easy to Easy to
implement Easier All functions System implement
without any decision- are inter- carries all without any
467 Which is not the advantage of ERP? training making connected data training
Statement 1 - Quality circle is a problem
solving technique Statement 2 - Quality Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 1 correct, 2
468 circle is responsibility of management correct wrong wrong correct wrong
When a worker works for _____ hours in a
day or for more than 48 hours in any week,
he shall be entitled to wages at the rate of
469 twice his ordinary rate of wages. more than 9 less than 9 more than 8 less than 8 more than 9
As per factory Act, a factory is a place which
uses electricity for manufacturing process
470 with minimum ________ workers. 10 workers 20 workers 30 workers 40 workers 10 workers

single
In __________ firm there could be two or ownership
even more than two partners are there who (private joint stock cooperatice
471 share all profits and expeneses. undertaking) partnership companies organization partnership
Heavy
Which is the correct limitation of project pressuress of complication Differences All of the All of the
472 organization? work of functions of opinions above above
The _______ is also known as working Sleeping Active Secret Nominal Active
473 partner. Partner partner partner partner partner

Bothe Bothe
Horizontal Horizontal
474 Line and Staff oraganization is Horizontal Vertical and Vertical None and Vertical
Communicat All of the All of the
475 Which of the following is part of Directing ? Leadership ion Motivation above above
There are three conditions or factors that All of the All of the
476 affects decision making as follows: Certainty Risk Uncertainty above above
Management is getting the things done by
477 others is said by Henry Fayol Drucker Mery parker Fayol Mery parker
Hospitality industry categories Food and Accommoda Travel and All of the All of the
478 ___________________________ beverages tions tourism above above
Shamrao
Vitthal Co- Reserve Reserve
oprative State Bank of Central Bank Bank of Bank of
479 Indian central bank is ________________ Bank (SVC) india(SBI) of India(CBI) India(RBI) India(RBI)
Following is the main destination for capital
480 inflows india USA Pakistan Australia india

481 Tax revenue comes from Income Property Commodities All All
India's Tax structure is ___________ in
482 nature Progressive Aggressive Cumulative None Progressive
_________________ are the term used to
indicate purchases made during the year for Office
the purpose of sale. When goods purchased Opening administrativ
483 are returned is referred as purchase return. stock Purchases Sales e expenses Purchases
 __________________ include maintenance Office Office
of office, administration and management Opening administrativ administrati
484 of the company or organization. stock Purchases Sales e expenses ve expenses
Seasonal Permanent Permanent
Minimum capital required for day to day working working working
485 functioning is called is Block capital Fixed capital capital capital capital
Examples of office and administrative All of the All of the
486 expenses are Telephone Telegram Postage above above

_______________ is an intelligent activity

includes decision making, selection of Purchasing Purchase Procuremen
487 vendors etc. Purchasing department Procurement order t
improvement in all aspects of life is
488 ________________ QA QC TQM Kaizen Kaizen
Agriculture provides employment to almost none of
489 _____ % of Indian work force. 40 70 50 above 50
none of
490 Which one is backbone of Indian economy? Banking IT Textile above Banking
none of
491 Hospitality falls under _______ sector. public retail service above service

492 Which one is a long term goal? plan innovation operation vision vision
Chief Chief
The broad objectives and policies are Regional Marketing Executive Production Executive
493 decided by: Manager Manager Officer Manager Officer

Predetermin Predetermin
e duration e duration
Critical and actual Details of and actual
activities in a progress of design of a none of progress of
494 Gantt chart represents- project activities project above activities
Good _____ or salaries motivate people to
work efficiently and make them satisfied Unity of Remuneratio None of Remunerati
495 and eventually they become loyal to the direction Discipline n them on

The policies
Utilisation of of
the The policies governance
organization' of The policies of a
How to work s strengths governance and kingdom
efficiently and the of a kingdom objectives of and people
Arya Chanakya's Arthashatra written in the and importance and people an managemen
496 3rd century BC provides guidelines for- effectively of discipline management organisation. t

Right
division of
Predefined, authority
clear policies and Effective
and responsibilit communicati All of the All of the
497 The main components of organization are: procedures y on system above above
Which type of companies collects the Private Public Private
498 capital from private partners? limited limited Both i and ii None limited
 The _____ mainly focuses on the specialized
area of the person and the person does the Line and
same job. This is also known as staff Line staff Functional All of the Functional
499 organization type. organization organization organization above organization
Match the pairs- 1. World bank a. No
barriers to trade 2. International Monetary
Fund b. Monetory policy 3. World Trade
Organisation c. Basic health and education 1-a, 2-b, 3-d, 1-c, 2-b, 3-d, 1-c, 2-b, 3-a, 1-c, 2-d, 3-a, 1-c, 2-d, 3-a,
500 4. Reserve Bank of India d. Currency 4-c 4-a 4-d 4-b 4-b

Fire None of Fire

501 Which fire fighting device is it? Fire hydrant Fire mains extinguisher these extinguisher
No adult worker shall be required or Weekly None of the Weekly
502 allowed to work in a factory on ____ Monday Thursday holiday above holiday
Total
Knowledge of _______ and _______ is Total revenue,
sufficient to understand the size, scale and revenue, Net Account, Profit, Net profit
503 financial position of a business. profit (loss) Profit, Loss Revenue Expenses (loss)
Updated Accurate
Minimize the record record All of the All of the
504 What is function of inventory? lead time keeping keeping above above

Cost Cost
Cost of Cost to be required for required for
packaging of Inspection paid by movement movement
505 Freight cost means- material cost customer of material of material
Prompt Prompt
supply of supply of
finished finished
What do you mean by services to Economy is Continity to parts to None of parts to
506 customer? buying customers customer these customer

507 Red tags are used in which step of 5 "S" ? Set in order Sort Standardise Sustain Sort

group of individual
technique to technique to
create new put new Both (A) and None of Both (A) and
508 What is Brainstorming? ideas on act ideas on act (B) these (B)
Find the correct order for the sequence
stages for development of quality
management. 1. Quality Control 2.
509 Inspection 3.Quality assurance 4.Total 2,3,1,4 2,1,4,3 1,2,3,4 2,1,3,4 2,1,3,4

Information Information Information Information Information

Technology Technology Technology Technology Technology
Extended Enabled Education Energy Enabled
510 What does ITES stands for ? Service Services Services Services Services
____ can be called as "leading",
511 "motivating", "actuating" and so on Planning Organizing Controlling Directing Directing
Which one is the process of getting
activities completed efficiently and Managemen Managemen
512 effectively with and through other people. Leading Controlling Supervision t t
Greater
Greater Greater fluency of None of Greater
513 Advantage of centralisation : quality control work above control
514 Which type of authority figure refers to: Process Line Staff Functional Staff
What sort of company is Infosys today?
Well there are shares of company which are
traded in a stock market people can buy and
sell them. The company started in July 1981,
at Pune with a capital of Rs. 10,000/-. At Private Public Public Public
515 that time it was a Private limited company. limited Limited Government corporations Limited

Safe Safe
Working workplace workplace
Preventive measures that can be taken Atmospheric Dangerous with unsafe
and working and working
516 related to working environment are ___ conditions fumes speed conditions conditions
All of the All of the
517 Financial activities are ____ Planning Budgeting Raising above above
divided in equal number of parts known as -- Managemen None of
518 ----- Shares Capital t these Shares
When the company has confirmed export
order and is in need of finance, the banks Export Import None of Export
519 provide short term credits known as - finance Import duty Finance these finance
The term means a loan in which the lender
buys and owns equipment and then rents
those equipments it to a business at some
flat monthly rate for particular period or Hire Equipment All of the Equipment
520 certain number months. Bank loans purchase leasing above leasing
The purchasing function plays the role of
mediator between _____ and ______ for Vendor, Organization Vendor, Organization Vendor,
521 purchase of material. control , control organization , vendors organization
522 Which one is a control chart ? Q chart M chart C chart S chart C chart

To attempt
and make
continuous To develop
The first preference in the components of improvemen quality of To the To give To the
523 TQM is __ t products customer training customer

Data
Data Problem Data Problem Collection
Collection solving and Collection solving and and
and Analysis, Analysis, and Analysis, Analysis, Analysis,
Observe the figure and find out the missing Review and Review and Policy policy Review and
524 steps - Decision Decision making making Decision

Taking Solving the Selection of All of the All of the

525 Decision making means- decisions problem proper key above above
_______________ is an activity which
defines the steps of how and when work
526 will be done effectively Directing Planning Organizing Controlling Planning
Mis-
communicati Wastage of Mis- None of None of
527 Management causes- on resources coordination above above

Foregin Loss of None of the Loss of

528 Which is not the advantage of globalization Competition investment culture above culture
 Regional Private Commercial
529 Banking sector involves Banks Banks Banks All of above All of above
Organisation Scientific strategical None of the strategical
530 Name the leval al leval leval leval above leval
Division Proper
Span of &grouping of delegation of
531 The Principles of organization are- control work wok All of above All of above

Department Administrati Functional none of the Department

532 Indetify the Organization structure ation on organization above ation

Combined Individual None of the Individual

533 What is proprietorship ? ownership Partenership ownership above ownership
None of the
534 More than 20 person are involved in…….. Joint stock Partenership Both i)&ii) above Joint stock
Accidents due to lack of maintenance of Natural Managemen Managemen
535 plant is because of______________ Machine Disaster t worker t
In which year was Factory act enacted to
536 ensure the safety of workers? 1952 1948 1975 1980 1948
Material
____________ improves the safety in an Good house Reduced handling
537 industry keeping noise level system All of above All of above
company as a creditor is known
538 as__________________ Shares Debentures Stakes None Debentures
_______________ is a method of buying
goods by making installment payments over Hire Sale and All of the Hire
539 the period of time Bank loans purchase lease back above purchase
relatives of his uncle.Which tax will be
540 applied on him Income tax Gift Tax Service Tax
Estate Tax Gift Tax
_________________ contains an estimate Production labour None of labour
541 of direct labour required in industry budget budget Fixed budget above budget
Which inventory includes the raw material In-process FinishedIndirect None of None of
542 required for industry ? inventory inventory
inventory above above
None of None of
543 Which is the ERP software from below list SAP Peoplesoft Tally ERP above above
Purchasing
544 What does
DMAIC' the graph
concept indicates
comes under which EOQ analysis ABC analysis analysis All of above ABC analysis
545 method 5' s Six sigma Kaizen TQM Six sigma
Which is the standard for quality None of ISO:9001:20 ISO:9001:20 ISO:9001:19 ISO:9001:20
546 management system below 08 00 96 00
Measure Manage,Indi Manage, Measure, Measure,
547 Fill in the stages of DMAIC ,Include cate Improve Improve Improve
________________________ created and
548 established the'5's technique Gilberth F.W.Taylor Henry Feyol Prof. sam Ho Prof. sam Ho
environmental protection in developed Liberalizatio Globalizatio
549 nations. L-P-G Globalization n Privatization n

______ in an organization as a blend of Unity of

550 kindness and justice. Scalar chain Order Equity commands Equity
__________ produces best result in terms Communicat All of the
551 of productivity. ion Motivation Leadership above Motivation
Decision All of the Decision
552 What is the function of administration ? Planning Motivating making above making
 Authority
and
If specialization or ________ is not used , Division of responsibilit All of the Division of
553 the work done cannot be satisfactory. Discipline work y above work
Generally __________ flow of chain or
direction of chain is from highest Centralizatio Unity of
554 organization authority to the lower ranks Scalar chain n Discipline commands Scalar chain
Decision Decision
555 Identify the process from figure Coordinating making Motivation Controlling making
Responsibilit All of the Responsibilit
556 _______ is accountability . Authority y Banking above y
_____ allows bending and blending without None of the
557 experiencing any grave setback or delay Flexibility Balance Stability above Flexibility

_________ are Life Insurance Corporation Public Government Public All of the Public
558 of India (LIC) corporation departments companies above corporation

No
Government No limitation Government limitation
In Joint stock private Limited company provides for business ensures for business
559 _______ capital activities control Both i and iii activities

Workman Compensation Act came into 1st January 1st June

560 force from 1924 1st July 1925 1924 1st July 1924 1st July 1924
Fencing of Washing All of the
561 Following is the health provisions machinary facility Cleanliness above Cleanliness
_______ is the life blood of a business
enterprise.It is a universal lubricant which
562 keeps an enterprise dynamic VAD Budget Capital Finance Capital
Gross Temporary Permanent Gross
_______ is used for all the current Net working working working working working
563 assets(Possesions or Property) capital capital capital capital capital

For big industries , the amount of Depreciation Retained Deferred All of the Deferred
564 _________ is very large. provision provision provision above provision
A _______ is one which relates to any of the
function of an undertaking e.g sales , Functional Variable All of the Functional
565 production , cash , etc. budget Fixed budget budget above budget
on specified services called " Taxable
566 Services". Service tax Indirect tax Direct tax Income tax Service tax

_______ is made oup of list of the sub Master Material

assemblies as well as components that production Bill of resource Inventory Bill of
567 makes up the end product . schedule material planning record file material

Increases the Identify

Identify ways cycle time ways to
to increase for hiring increase
production and training production
capacities of new capacities of
Maximize present employees in All of the present
568 Apllication of six sigma are _______ quality equipment organization above equipment
 Objective
Objective related to
related customer
A quality policy makes a foundation for Commitment improvemen requirement All of the All of the
569 _____ to quality t s above above
A plan for the co-ordination of resources
570 and expenditures Accounts Finance Ledger Budget Budget
Which one of the following is not a type of Cumulative Deferred Preference
share
571 The sum that every shareholder gets is share Fixed share share share Fixed share
572 known as Amount Dividend Shares Capital Dividend
Person whose age is below 18 years is called None of
573 a Dependent Workman Minor above Minor
Industrial accidents are of the following All of the All of the
574 types: fatal major minor above above
In order to have flexibility,the maintenance
575 activities must be supported by ---activities Co-ordinate Adaptive Supportive Financial Adaptive
Departmenatation helps to improve ------ of Effectivenes
576 an orgnasation. Effectiveness Life Quality Skills s
A business plan depends upon the
577 information of Product Material Finance Market Market
______________ is the right to issue order Government
578 or make decisions To manage policy Supervise Authority Authority
The function of employing eligible people
579 for the company Planning Staffing Stretegy Mission Staffing
To acquire To create To create
According to Drucker the purpose of To get success in To satisfy and keep and keep
580 business money market customers customers customers

Satisfaction Knowledge
What does a business provide to the Goods and Profit and and and Goods and
581 custmer in exchange of their money services services reliability happiness services
House Profit in All of the All of the
582 Main heads of income are Salary property business above above

Working Working Working Working

Capital=Curr Capital=Fixe Capital=Curr Capital=Curr
ent Assets- dAssets- ent Assets- ent Assets-
Current Current Fixed Current
583 Working Capital is calculated as Liabilities Liabilities Liabilities None Liabilities
None of
584 Which are the most important items A item B item C item these A item
Fill the name of inventory in the blank space Indirect Work in Finished Indirect
585 provided Raw material material progress goods material
Purchasing is one of the funcion of ------ None of
586 management Production Material Design these Material
In inventory management by ABC analysis A
items most costly,item C are inexpensive
and item B have cost between A and B
587 which item is having highest inventory Item A Item B Item C Item A and C Item C
(c) Service (c) Service
State owned or Co-operative businesses the the
have one of their main objectives as the society/natio society/nati
588 generation of…………. (a) Loss (b) Profit n (d) none on
A commercial, industrial of professional
activity undertaken by an individual or a
group, e.g. the purchase & Sale of goods, (d)
589 providing services etc. in an attempt to (a) Budget (b) Business (c) Hospital Education (b) Business
 c)To d)To do d)To do
Following are mentioned few duties.Which a)To keep b)To reduce motivate manufacturi manufacturi
590 is not the duty of management? stability wastages staff ng ng
a)Responsibil b)Centralisat b)Centralisat
591 …………gives power in the hands of centre. ity ion c)Authority d)Discipline ion
Which of the following is one of the Span of None of the Span of
592 principles of organization? Order Control Scalar Cahin above Control
Which type of organizational structure can None of the
593 be applied to small scale Industry? Line Line & Staff Functional above Line

Setting up Deciding Setting up

Repairing of Jobs on cutting tool Jobs on
594 What is the function of Gang Boss? Machines Machine and speed Inspection Machine
Which of the following is type of None of the
595 Departmentation? By Product By Design By Quality above By Product
Which of the following is not a form of Proprietorshi
596 ownwrship? Joint Stock p Partnership Dealership Dealership
a)Overconfid a)Overconfid
Which of the following may be the cause of ence of b)Proper c)Sound d)None of ence of
597 accident? employee Training Knowledge the above employee
a)Proper c)Proper a)Proper
Which of the following is preventive working b)Proper feedback d)None of working
598 measure of accident? condition wages system the above condition
Finance may be defined as art & science of Managing Managing Managing Managing Managing
599 ……….. Material Money Men Machinery Money
Medium
Fixed capital is the capital which is needed Short term Long term term None of the Long term
600 to meet the……….. purpose purpose purpose above purpose
d) All of the d) All of the
601 Balance sheet is a statement of…………… a)Assets b)Liabilities c)Capital above above
product,income or activity is called None of the
602 as………… Tax Duty Fines above Tax
Excise tax are………….. Tax whereas custom a)Inland,Bor b)Border,Inla c)Higher,low d)None of a)Inland,Bor
603 duties are…………….taxes der nd er the above der
Percentage of total inventory for "A" a)less than d)None of a)less than
604 category material is…………. 10% b)10-20% c)70-80% the above 10%

a)Material,M
anagement, b)Men,Mach c)Manageme b)Men,Mach
Money,Meth ine,Money, nt,Marketing ine,Money,
odology,Mo Material,Met ,material,Mo d)None of Material,Me
605 The five great "M" of management are bility hod bility,Men the above thod

b)Storage & c)Use of d)All of the d)All of the

606 Inventory Control is concerned with…………. a)Acquisition Handling Inventories above above

c)Procureme
a)Order b)Purchase c)Procureme nt cost
quantity & cost & selling nt cost & d)carrying &
607 Total Cost is calculated by adding carrying cost cost carrying cost cost & tax carrying cost

To identify To solve the None of the To identify

608 Objective of Quality Circle is…. problems problems Both a & b above problems
 Internationa
International Indian l
Organization Organization Organization
Indian for for International for
Standard Standardizati Standardizati Standard Standardizat
609 ISO stands for……. Organization on on Organization ion
Which of the following words does not
610 include in 5S? a)Sorting b)Straighten c)Shining d)Safety d)Safety
Which one of the following is the leading
611 software exporter from India? a)Banglore b)Hydrabad c)Chennai d)Mumbai a)Banglore

612 ________reduces uncertainty a)Working b)Planning c)organising d)Leading

b)Planning
a)Forecastin a)Forecastin
613 ________is the judgement of future g b)Planning
c)Mission d)organising g
The process of inspiring the subordinates to c)Manageme a)Motivatio
614 put in their best is known as a)Motivation b)Teamwork nt d)Leadership n

b)publication c)formal
615 Which is not type of communication a)Voice mails s presentation d)listening d)listening
The process of monitoring,comparing & a)Coordinati
616 correcting is called_______ ng b)controlling c)leading d)organising b)controlling
For a manager,to control or direct the work a)Line b)responsibil c)Referent d)Staff a)Line
617 to an employee,the manager must have authority ity power authority authority
Frontline Misddle
Who is responsible for the actual operations Top Board of Misddle Managemen managemen
618 of various departments? management directors management t t
Getting work done with a minimum of
619 effort,expense or waste is the definition of Efficiency Effectiveness Productivity Palnning Efficiency
period
period of 12 between 2 None of the None of the
620 Day as per factory act is : 6am to 6pm hours midnights above above

financial control of Managemen All of the All of the

621 Financial management aims at control cash t of earnings above above

Working capital is the capital which is Day to day Short term Long term None of the Day to day
622 needed to meet the………… transaction purpose purpose above transaction
________budget is the projection of cash
inflow & outflow for a particular time capital
623 period in future cash sales material expenditure cash
The balance sheet shows liabilities & assets
624 of the a)sales b)company c)production d)owner b)company
Inventory control means timely availability c)cant
625 of all kind of materials a)true b)false predict d)partly true a)true

organise increase create a safe

626 5"S" designed to work efficiency work place all of these all of these

problem vendor problem problem

627 Cause and effect diagram is used in identification field visits surveys analysis analysis

To protect To protect
the the
employees employees
from injuries To minimize To increase All of the from injuries
628 Why safety is necessary in Industry? or accident wastage productivity above or accident
 Daily working hours of an adult worker
629 should not exceed____ 6 hours 8 hours 9 hours 10 hours 9 hours
How many members are required to start a None of the
630 public limited company? Minimum 7 Minimum 2 Minimum 3 above Minimum 7

Date of Shares of
Which of the following should be included Nature of starting profit and All of the All of the
631 in partnership deed? the business partnership losses above above
In private limited company number of
632 members are limited to ____ 100 150 50 60 50
Business owned by single person is known Proprietorshi Private Proprietorsh
633 as ____ p limited Partnership Joint stock ip
Proportional development of each
634 department means_______ Balance Stability Flexibility Progress Balance
Passing down some work to his/her Responsibilit
635 subordinates is known as_______ Delegation Flexibility Authority y Delegation
Which of the following function of Decision
636 management includes recruitment? Planning Coordinating making Staffing Staffing
Which of the following includes in Top level General All of the All of the
637 management? Directors CEO Manager above above
Which of the following post comes under Branch Branch
638 middle level management? Director Manager Foreman Supervisor Manager
Time and Daily Time and
Human Motion Balance None of the Motion
639 Frank B. Gilbreth worked on_______ relation study sheet above study
Government established SEZ are for Textile Banking All of the
640 motivating_____ Industry sector IT Industry above IT Industry
National
Rashtriya Food National
Which of the following is programme Krishi Vikas Security Horticulture All of the All of the
641 undertaken by Government of India? Yojana Mission Mission above above
Producing more useful product from raw Manufacturi Manufacturi
642 material is known as____ Trading Service Designing ng ng

Industrial Industrial
Insurance financial development All of the All of the
643 Financial Institutions________________ companies management corporation above above

Shares do Shareholder
not have is the real
maturity owner of the Both
644 Shares means________________ period company. Only a Both a& b a& b
It have fixed
rate of
interest &
Unsecured fixed
bonds issued maturity Both A
645 Debentures is an ________________ by company. period. Only a Both A & B & B
 Shows
departmenta
l budget &
Gives total
no of
estimation
Shows production,
Productions budget Shows quality and scheduling of All of the All of the
646 shows________________ productions quantities operation above above

Material Material Managemen Material

Maximum Requirement Reliable t of Resource Requiremen
647 MRP is ____ Retail Price Planning Planning Project t Planning
Always Always Always
Better Always Basic Better None of the Better
648 ABC is ____ Control Control concept above Control
The cost represented by material fluctuates
and may comprise between___ % of the
649 total project cost. 20-50% 25-50% 30-60% 25-45% 20-50%
5. Percentage of total inventory for ‘C’ Less than None of the
650 category material is ____ 10% 10 to 20% 70 to 80% above 70 to 80%

Team work, Identify

Continuous trust and Establishing customers Establishing
Which of the following is not a key feature improvemen empowerme clear and their clear
651 of TQM? t nt specification needs specification

A) Legal B) Limited C)Limited D) Last A) Legal

Process Process Procedure Procedure Process
652 LPO stands for ---------. Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing
recorded in last five years by service
653 industry. A)10% B)30% C)20% D)5% B)30%

Huge
amount of Access Access to
Increased foreign advanced external Increased
654 Following is not advantage of globalisation competition investment technology financing competition
Responsibilit
655 Following is not principle of management- Initiative Scalar chain Staffing y Staffing
_____can be defined as the process by
which a manager guides and influences the communicati All of the
656 wotk of his subordinates on leadership motivation above leadership
The _____ process transforms plans into All of the All of the
657 reality Planning Organizing directing above above

Easy
communicati almost no
on among cofusions Working All of the All of the
658 Advantages of line organization are employees exists speed in fast above above

Which is not the effect of accident on the Production Injury to Production

659 worker ? stoppage body Loss of job Financial loss stoppage
 Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the All of the
660 Internal sources are earnings provisions taxation above above

Time Credit
required for Credit facilities
manufacturi facilities offered to
The amount of working capital required ng/selling offered by the
661 depends on _____ the product suppliers customers All All
The budgeting process usually begins with a
662 _____budget Master Sales Materials Direct labour Sales
______is an instrument of management
used as an aid in planning , programming
663 and control of business activity Finance Capital Budget VAT Budget
_____is the process of verifying or
determining whether products or services Quality Quality Quality Quality
664 meet or exceed customer expectations assurance Control Quality circle management assurance
Telecommun None of Both
665 IT sectors involves ________ ITES ication Both i&ii above i&ii
heanry foyal proposed _____no. of principle
666 of management 10 20 14 30 14
centralisatio centralisatio
667 _______ gives power in the hands of centre responsbility n authority dicipline n
unity of
668 concetration in work is possible by_____ cammand responsbility stability authority stability

669 Meeting is the____communication written non verbal formal both i&ii formal

Because of better
specilization, Expert quality of
responsbility advice can products can all of the all of the
670 merits of functional organization_________ are fixed be received be produced above above
organization
671 which are the essentials of organization al chart delegation integration all all
Minimum number of directors in public
672 limited company are 7 2 10 3 3
Short term sources for finance are required
673 for 0 to 1 year 1 to 5 year above 5 year none 0 to 1 year
Important terminologies related to profit Opening
674 and loss account stock Purchases Sales All All
C' types of items of inventory are generally
675 ____%of all Inventories 20 30 50 80 50
Procurement activity is _____ and takes
676 more time simple Complicated Difficult none Complicated
The ____ keeps a track of inventory status inventory Product inventory
677 for each items in the database lead time BOM record file structure record file

Interest on
capital Up keep
678 Carrying cost consists of investment Storage cost inventory all all
Compromise Enforces Compromise
679 Quality can not be d discipline invisible none d
_____ adopts the policy of zero defect .
680 There is no scope for rework and rejection. Deligation Globalisation TQM EOQ TQM
 _____ realise on the use of normal
681 distributions to predect defective rates 5S Six sigma ERP EOQ Six sigma
____ may result in 25 to 30 suggestion per
employee , per year and over 90 % of those
682 are implemented . Kaizen 5S TQM Six sigma Kaizen

small
concerns automatic &
free from continuous larger
683 Line organization is suitable for complexities process a&b enterprises a&b
specializatio departmenta department
684 The process of grouping is known as n tion coordination all of above ation

685 Span of control may vary between 1 to 10 5 to 7 2 to 20 all of above 2 to 20

686 Follwing is not a type of organization project line process functional process

science, not cooperation,

Scientific management could be rule of harmony, not
687 summarized as thumb not discord individualism all of above all of above

principle of
principle of functions of theory of none of managemen
688 Henry Fayol is the father of management organization management above t
superintende superintend
689 Middle management includes nts supervisors Owners foreman ents
group of
690 administration consist of deciding persons goals policies b&c b&c

691 Following is not a function of management forecasting directing motivation purchasing purchasing
providing
assigning suitable indicating
peoples to physical the relative
692 Organising has following objective activities factors authority all of above all of above
693 Which is a example of process industry BHEL Ranbaxy Raymonds RCF Ranbaxy

694 Which is the example of trader sub dealer distributer retailer all of above all of above
goods
Business is a legally recognized organization goods & &
695 which provide goods money services services services
A public limited company is an association
696 of a minimum ____members 7 10 20 50 7
environment
697 Which is a category of cause of accident social al personal b&c b & c
by the
698 Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by by the hours by the day month all of above all of above

699 Followings are fixed capital furniture land equipments all of above all of above

profit & loss balance

700 Financial statements include statement ledger book sheet both A and C both A and C

long term
701 Sources of working capitals are land dividends borrowings b&c b&c
A right granted to an individual or group to
market a company's product within a discounting
702 certain territory is trade credit franchising cash credit of bill franchising
 Which of the following factors affect a inventory plant continuity of
703 production budget policies capacity production all of above all of above
A detailed list of movable items which are purchase balance account
704 required for manufacturing is order inventory sheet statement inventory
avoid over-
avoid over- to keep stocking
stocking & to maintain material cost &
Which is the operational objective of under- investment under under-
705 inventory management stocking in inventory control b&c stocking

vital many- vital few- vital few-

706 ABC
% of analysis is based oncost
total consumption the for
principle
B class trivial few trivial many only vital only trivial trivial many
707 items is 15 to 25 10 to 12 50 to 60 95 to 100 15 to 25
make-to-
stock
departmenta manufacture none of
708 EOQ can be used by l stores rs a&b above a & b

top middle
709 Elements of quality circles are management facilitator management a&b a&b
ought to catalyze & stimulates the quality
710 circles is coordinator facilitator circle leader member facilitator
711 Defect rate in 3 sigma level is 6210 66807 405 233 66807
Temporary Gross Legal Legal
working working working Net working working
712 Which is not a type of working capital? capital capital capital capital capital
all monetary transactions are originally
713 entered. Budget Journal An Account Ledger Journal
Equipment
and
714 Fixed capital is required for ------. Land Machinery Building All All
Which is not included in "Wage" under Travelling
715 "Minimum Wages Act"? Gratuity Allowance P.F All All
Workmen
From following types of act which is not a compenation All of the
716 type of Industrial Act? Factory Act Rowlatt Act act above Rowlatt Act
Effective
Which is not the advantage os joint stock No division of Buisness life
717 compaany? Autocracy work Easy to form is longer. Easy to form
For highly For highly
Functional organisation is suitable for --------- specialised specialised
718 ---. SSI work LSI MSI & LSI work

Line and Line and

Which type of organization structure is Line Functional Staff None of the Staff
719 shown below? Organization Organization Organization above Organization

Do not Also called

About 'Sleeping Partner' which statement is Do not share They do active in as silent Do not share
720 wrong? profit / loss investment daily work partner profit / loss
Managemen
721 What is like a brake system in automobiles? t Planning Controlling Directing Controlling

Insurance which provides protection against Volcano Terrorism Wind Storm Crop Wind Storm
722 loss or damage caused by hurricanes..? Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
 Manufacturi
723 It is not a type of Buisness Service ng Trade Hospitality Hospitality
Other long Other long
Bonds/Debentures or Team loans from term Reserves and Long term term
724 Banks are called as-------. Share Capital liablities Surplus provisions liablities
Goodwill,Brands/trademarks,Compuer
Software ,Mining rights,Copyrights & Tangible Capital work- Intangible Intangible
725 patents are known as------ Assets in-progress Assets None Assets
726 #NAME? MRP MPS ERP TQM ERP
Economic Order Quantity of material takes Carying Re-order Maximum Carying
727 into account ordering costs and -----------. Costs Lead time level level Costs
Modern Technique of Mateial management
728 is--------. ISO MRP TQM EOQ MRP
Semi- Indirect
729 Order costs and Carrying costs are---------. Fixed Variable Variable costs Variable

A long term A short term Not an A long term

One of the principles of TQM, Quality is------ investment investment investment None of investment
730 . or asset or asset or asset these or asset

Sort-Set in Sort-Set in Sustain- Set in order- Sort-Set in

order-Shine- order-Shine- Standardize- Standardize- order-Shine-
Sustain- Standardize- Shine-Set in Shine-Sort- Standardize-
731 5S includes the phases in following order----- Standardize Sustain order-Sort Sustain Sustain

primary tertiary secondary manufacturi primary

732 the occupation of a farmer falls under sector sectory structurs ng sector sector

the ------ sector of India attracts the highest pharmaceuti information information
733 foreign investment chemical cal textile technology technology
the relaxation of rules and regulation on modernisati industralisati liberalisatio
734 industries is known as liberalisation privatisation on on n
the author of principles of harold None of the
735 scientificmanagement was F.W.Taylor koontz mary follet above F.W.Taylor
the fourteen principles of managent were
736 put forth by Henry Feyol F.W.Taylor Gilberth Juran Henry Feyol

Thinking judgement Thinking deciding in judgement

737 forecasting is before doing of future during doing advance of future
the right to issue orders or make decisions is responsibilit
738 called y authority supervision controlling authority
Ashoka hotel near by house is owned by my proprietorshi Joint Stock proprietorsh
739 friends father ,it is example of p Partnership public sector Company ip

My friend met with a car accident because Mechanical Natural Mechanical

the brakes could not be applied this can be causes of an Cause of an causes of an
740 termed as which form of accident Accident accident Human error All the above Accident
Various Cost associated with ordering and procurement Resource inventory procuremen
741 receiving goods are known as holding cost cost Planning cost t cost
the integration process of business None of the
742 management is called EOQ ABC Analysis ERP above ERP

Total quality
Customer should be the focus is an Total quality quality quality managemen
743 important attribute of management control assurance i, ii, iii, and iv t
 All those
who are
working in All those
the ________ helps in finding the key cause Pareto's the who are brainstromin Pareto's
744 of a problem chart organisation managers g chart
rajesh is an working for state electricity order from
board, he has to attend a complain,before the local none of the
745 going to atttend the complain he has to licence work permit authority above work permit

share
share holders
holders become the
become the owners of
owners of the
the company company
one is one is the and and
borrowed contribution debenture debenture
from the of the holders are holders are
bank the individual the creditors the creditors
identify the major difference between share other one the other is of the there is no of the
746 and debenture from public from public compnay difference. compnay

details of
one of the following is not a part of material production bill of inventory details of the the
747 resource planning schedule materials records employees employees
In ABC analysis_______items are costly and none of the
748 significant A items B items Citems above A items
Raw In process Finish All of the All of the
749 It is not one of classification of Inventory, Inventory inventory inventory above . above .

Equipments Equipment Equipments

and andf plant Transport and
machinery Payment of maintenance and shipping machinery
750 Which of the following is a fixed capital,? cost employees cost expenses. cost
Technical Mechanical Personal All of the All of the
751 Causes of accidents can be, cause cause factor above . above .
________is the ability to influence or to
752 cause a person to perform and act. Power Authority Position Efficiency Authority

Which are the aims of forming an Combined Responsibilit All of the All of the
753 organization? Team work efforts y on all above above
The first and foremost activity of
754 management is , Designing Organising Planning Staffing Planning

755 Which is not the part of 4 M's management, Man Motivation Machine Money Motivation
756 GATT is created in ___________ 1950 1947 1948 1951 1947
Liberalizatio Industrialisat Globalizatio
757 The WTO gave a real boost to theprocess of, Globalization Privatization n ion n
TQM believes in systematic training as a None of the
758 need for achieving_______ Quality Quantity Accidents above Quality

Higher rate Continued

Which of the following is not benefit of of customer motivated improvemen None of the None of the
759 QMS,? satisfaction employees t above above
 All of the
760 Quality is a ________concept Relative vacuum Absolute above . Relative
Government Government
owned owned
Single public joint stock public
761 LIC of India is an example of, ownership Partnership limited company limited

Finding out
an Recognize Recognize
762 First step in decision making is , alternatives Evaluation Analysis the problem the problem

The The The The

To prevent exploitation of the The payment minimum workmen's industrial minimum
employess,this act aims at fixing minimum of wages wages compensatio dispute wages
763 wages which they must get, act,1936 act,1948 n act,1923. act,1947. act,1948
Direct
Following table is an example of which type Direct labour Material Purchase None of the labour
764 of budget.? budget budget budget above budget
X' company has all database related to
employees working with them.It has Human Sales and Human
765 employed which ERP module? Resource marketing Finance All the above Resource
Identify the business sector which make a
product from raw material or a component b) b)
parts , which then they sell at a profit from a) Service manufacturi d) none of manufacturi
766 the following lists of business sectors. providers ng c) trade these ng

c)An art and d) None of c)An art and

767 What do you mean by " Management"? a) an art b) science Science these Science
Who has enlisted Principles of Management a) b)Henry d) Adam b)Henry
768 ? F.W.Taylor Fayol c) Dr. Juran Smith Fayol

a) Small b) Medium c) Large a) Small

Scale Scale Scale d) All of the Scale
769 Line Organisation is suitable for - Industries Industries Industries above Industries
The function of management by which it
transfers its ideas and information to b)
770 subordinates is called : a) Planning controlling c) Motivating d) Directing d) Directing
Which of the following are Principles of c)Division of d) All of the d) All of the
771 Management ? a) Discipline b) Initiative work above above

Name the factors in deciding structure of Functional Types of All of the All of the
772 organisation Organisation Specilisation Products above above

Any medium
Line Organisation is observed in which of Joint stock scale All of the
773 the following organisations ? company company Military above Military
Sole
Which of the following are forms of Proprietorshi Joint stock All of the All of the
774 Ownership ? p Partnership companies above above
Department Department Department Department Department
Heat Treatment shop ' in Kirloskar industries ation by ation by ation by ation by ation by
775 is an example of - function product process location process
Figure shows organisation structure of one Department Department Department Department Department
of the departments of ABC Cars Limited . ation by ation by ation by ation by ation by
776 Identify the Method of Departation ? function product process location product
 Which of the following are types of a) Minor b)Fatal
777 accidents ? Accidents Accidents only a a and b both a and b both

b)
Which of the following are silent features of a) Finance Contribution d)None of
778 Employee's State Insurance Act ,1948 ? and Audit and benefits a and b both the abov a and b both

a) d) Income d) Income
Workmen's b) Industrial ,Payment ,Payment
Find the odd one out from the Industrial Compensatio Dispute act Minimum and Wages and Wages
779 Acts listed below : n Act,1924 ,1947 wages Act Act. Act.
In a Medium scale industry , while operating
a machine a worker was seriously injured .
He was immediately taken to hopistal but a) b)
he is affected by fatal accident . What do Hospitalisati Permanent c) Major
780 you mean by fatal accident ? on Diasability fracture d) Death d) Death

b) Wealth b) Wealth
which yields which yields
income or c) Funds d) Circulating income or
helps in the required for capital helps in the
a) Funds production establishing available production
available of further an with of further
781 Capital can be defined as - with owner income organisation organisation income

Sales Products
Income from Forecast and likely to be
sales and Expenses for sold and
which of the following points highlights sales advertiseme salesmanshi All of the All of the
782 Sales budget of an organisation ? expenditure nt p above above
a) Excise a) Excise
Duty Duty
,Custom ,Custom
Duty and b) Income Duty and
783 Indirect tax includes- VAT Tax c) Wealth tax d) Gift Tax VAT

Certainty
Equity and and None of
784 Canons of Taxation should have- Economy Convenience A and B Both these A and B Both
Figure shows a format of Annual Budget of
KGTD Blow Plasts Limited. Identify the type a)
of budget to be filled in at the blank space Production b) Sales c) Financial d) None of b) Sales
785 provided in budget sheet. Budget Budget Budget these Budget

b)
Purchasing c)Warehousi
a) Material and ng and
Identify the functions of Material Planning and subcontracti Material d) All of the d) All of the
786 Management- Scheduling ng Hndling above above
In ABC Analysis which of the following
inventory needs full record -keeping
treatment and a regrious observation on d) a and b
787 stock positions of these items ? a)C b)A c)B both b)A
 In an automobile industry the various items
are classsified into 'A','B' and 'C' . In which
item A needs full record keeping , item B
needs medium record keeping treatment c) c)
whereas item C may not require much b) Re order Consumptio Consumptio
record keeping. In this system of inventory a) Material level of each n value of d) All of the n value of
788 control the material is devided into A,B, and Quantity material material above material

Orderliness Orderliness
Which of the following is constituent of and Quality of None of the and
789 Total Quality Management ? Panctuality Inventory TPM above Panctuality
Which of the following refers to a solution All of the
790 of efficient knowledge Management ? 5S Six Sigma Kaizen above Six Sigma
An organisation need a documented
procedure to control quality documments. Workmen's
In that case everyone must access to up -to- Minimum Compensatio
791 date documents and be aware of how to Factory Act ISO: 9001 Wages Act n Act ISO: 9001

a) a)
a) 5)Selection 5)Selection
5)Presentati of best of best
Figure shows Working Model of Quality on of solution 7) a) 5) solution 7)
circle of Manufacturing Industry working on solution to b) 5)Discuss Presentation Selection of Presentation
a tooling problem.couple of the important Managemen all the of solution best solution of solution
step no 5 and 7 are missing in the model. t , 7) solutions, 7) to 7) Test the to
Correctly identify the steps from the options Selection of Selection of Managemen solution Managemen
792 given below. best solution best solution t whithin Q.C. t
Figure shows Principle of 5 'S' refers to
Japanese words which have been translated
into English language. Fill in the appropriate a) S2-Sort , a) S2- a) S2- Solve , a) S2- a) S2-Sort ,
words in the figure at S2 and S4 so as to S4 - Systemize , S4 - Systemize , S4 -
793 complete 5'S' principle. Systemize S4 - Sort Systemize S4 -Solve Systemize
Which of the following is not a part of
794 process industry? Base metals plastics Automobiles petroleum Automobiles
Laying out plants,designing and
manufacturing machines for industry is
795 done by ------------------- engineering industry Industrial civil mechanical chemical Industrial
The significant activities of management are Decision All of the All of the
796 ---------------------- Coordinating making motivating above above
Scientific management is one of the areas of Behavioral systems Classical None of the Classical
797 -------------------------- school school school school above school

depends on
The number of people working at the lower the type of
798 level is ---------------- than that of higher level More Equal Less organization More

Making
Policy Decision necessary All of the All of the
799 Duties of administration are ---------------- making making adjustments above above
Forward- All of the All of the
800 Quality of leadership is ------------ looking Intelligent Honest above above
 Important
Group is tool of
leaded by management small or
executive is large group All of the All of the
801 Organization has following characteristics leader organization of people above above

Establishing
realationsahi
p for the
purpose of
enabling
people to The process
work most of identifying Defining and
effectively and grouping delegating
together in the work to responsibilit
Organization can be defined as ------------------ accomplishin be y and All of the All of the
802 ----------- g objectives performed authority above above
The ___________________ makes a
combination of the line organization with Line and Line and
the staff departments that helps and advice Line staff Functional All of the staff
803 line departmets organization organization organization above organization
The partner who contibutes capital,shares
profit and losses of the firm but does not
contribute in day to day activities or affairs Nominal Minor Sleeping Secret Sleeping
804 of the firm is called -------------- Partner Partner Partner Partner Partner

The Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) Government public public All of the public
805 is __________ departments companies corporations above corporations
Company "X" has limited number of share
holders and the scope of business is limited
where as company "Y" has unlimited Joint stock Joint stock Joint stock
number of share holders and has a huge private ltd. Ownership Cooperative public ltd. public ltd.
806 scope of business. So "Y" comes under Company Company organization Company Company
non-use of broken non-use of
Which out of the following is not a safety leaking acid protruding safety safety
807 mechanical factor or cause of accidents ? devices. valve. nails guards devices.
Gross Permanent Temporary
------------------ = Total current assets - Total working Net working working working Net working
809 current liabilities capital capital capital capital capital
The ----------------- depends upon the ability
to perfect income,sales or shipments with
atleast a no provision is made for any Variable functional All of the
811 changes may occur during period. Fixed budget budget budget above Fixed budget
Short term Short term
Retained source of Personal source of
812 What comes in the empty box? earnings finance funds Fixed Assests finance
All the person working in the organization (
including managers & Workers ) Should be
817 involved in ___________ operation MRP TQM Globalization EOQ TQM
Quality is a relative term & is used with
818 reference to the end use of Product Quantity ERP MRP Product
 Work in Finished
819 Inventory consist of Raw material Progress Products All All
A medium to long term debt instrument
bearing fixed interest issued by a company Fixed
820 is referred to as .. Shares Debentures Deposit All Debentures
Tax charged by insurance company on
821 policy is Income Tax Works Tax Service Tax Excise Duty Service Tax
Tax being charged on value addition are
822 called Custom Duty Sales Tax VAT All VAT
Custom Duty, Import Duty, or Export Tax is Working
823 a part of Direct Tax Indirect Tax Fixed Capital Capital Indirect Tax
Working Fixed
824 Inventory belongs to Fixed Capital Capital Liability None Fixed Capital
Working Fixed
825 Machinery Head belongs to Fixed Capital Capital Liability None Fixed Capital
Works all of the all of the
826 Safety in an industry is the responsibility of Manager Manager Workers above above

Workmen's
Irregular Salary to the employees comes Minimum Indian Compensatio Minimum
827 under which act Wage Act Factory Act n Act All Wage Act

Bad
Which is not included in the cause of construction Untrained Bad habit of Faulty Bad habit of
828 accident due to management of Plant Workers workers Equipments workers

No. of Subordinates handled by one Span of Responsibilit Delegation Span of

829 manager effectively termed as Control y Authority of Authority Control
Reliance
Which one is an example of Co-operative Industries Amul Dairy Samsung Amul Dairy
830 Company Ltd., Ind. India Ltd. All Ind.
In which type of company the liabilities is Proprietorshi Joint Stock Joint Stock
831 limited p Partnership Company All Company
Leadership, Communication , Motivation, Co-
Supervision
832 Following is is
nota function of of
the Principle Control Organising ordinating Directing Directing
833 Management Authority Discipline Equity Planning Planning

More More less less More

Authority & Authority & Authority & Authority & Authority
More less More less & More
Responsibilit Responsibilit Responsibilit Responsibilit Responsibilit
834 Chief Executive Officer has y y y y y
Decision Decision
835 Defining a problem is a first step of Making Organizing Planning Directing Making

Co-
836 Function of Management does not include Planning Organising ordination Observation Observation

Task & Theory X

Theory X and Productivity Co-ordinated Bonus and Theory
837 Dr.Mccregar is famous for Theory Y Theory work theory Theory Y
 Buying
Buying goods
goods & &
Buying a Selling a selling them selling them
Raw finished without any without any
838 Trading business means Material Goods processing All processing
Liberalizatio
Liberalizatio n,
n, Privatization
Liquid Privatization, ,
Petroleum Globalization Liquid Petrol Globalizatio
839 LPG Stands for Gas Policy & Gas None n Policy
single society and function together called Industrializat Globalisatio
840 as Nationalism Globalisation ion All n
Higher
Improves employee
841 Total Quality Management mean Reputation morale Lower Cost All All
In Six Sigma Quality Improvement
Programme As the Level of Sigma increases Not
842 defect rate will Increases Decreases dependant None Decreases

Which of the following are main element of Quality of Quality of Quality of Quality of
843 quality design performance products Quality circle design
Retail Reserve
Reserved Reccessive Bureau of Reserve bank of
844 RBI stands for bank of India bank of India India bank of India India
ABC Company is a time-sharing company,
845 means they are into --------------- business. Hospitallity Banking Health care Service Hospitallity
Ministry of Human resource Development is
846 a part of ----------------------- sector. IT Service Trade Engineering Service
All of the All of the
847 Management is-------------- Science Art Profession above above
Vice President -Production will come in
848 _______________ level of management Top Middle Lower Top -Middle Top
Board of Directors are a part of Administrati Administrati
849 _____________________ Authority Controlling Mnagement on on
XYZ company says "we are an equal
opportunity employer for progress of Espirit De Unity of
850 society and employees", means they follow Corps Direction Team work Equity Equity

Line and
Line Staff Project Line
851 All rounders are seen in organisation Partnership Organisation Organisation organisation

Line and Line and

Line Joint Stock Staff Project Staff
852 Specialist are seen in organisation Company Organisation Organisation Organisation
PQR Company produces shampoos of
various fragrances. Hence their Function and
853 departmentation will be by_________ Function Product Process Process Product
Mr. Y is a partner in MZ firmm.He is always
ready to provide finanace ,but never
contributes in decion making process. But
legally is binded in case any legal action is
854 been taken on the firm. Hence he is Lazy Active Sleeping Non working Sleeping
 Factories act came into force 1st April 1st April
855 from__________________ 1948 1949 1976 1949 1949
If a factory employs more than1000
workers, it should appoint a qualified safety welfare security None of the safety
856 _________to carry out prescribed duties. officers officer officer above officers

Working None of the Net working

857 Patents' are a form of ______________ capital Fixed Capital following Capital Fixed Capital
Central Control Central Central Central
Board of Board of Board of Board of Board of
Exact and Excise and Excise and Excise and Excise and
858 CBEC atands for________________ Customs Customs Customs Customers Customs
Profit and
Assets' are preferrably seen in Balance Loss Production Balance
859 ____________ Budget Sheet statement Budget Sheet
___________ is a multi point system of Customs
860 taxing VAT Income tax Duty Excise Tax Excise Tax
If the fixed monthly income of Mr. Kiran is
Rs. 50,000. Mr.Kiran is of age 62
861 years.Hence he will pay income tax of Rs.120000 Rs. 70000 Rs. 350000 Rs. 50000 Rs. 70000

BOM needed in materials management Bill of Bill of Business of Bill of

862 stands for__________________ Machines Materials materials Bill of Money Materials

Interest on
the capital
Inventory invested in
Maintaining the All of the All of the
863 Carrying cost means_______________ cost Storage cost inventory above above
The optimum quantity of orders that
minimizes the inventory carrying cost and
864 ordering cost is given by MRP ERP EOQ ABC EOQ

Customer
Relation ship Supply Chain
Human Managemen Managemen All of the All of the
865 An ERP can have the following modules Resource t t above above
Primaware is power company having global
presence and good business. As a
consultant to the company for better
866 material management you will MRP TQM ERP BOM ERP
Quality Quantity Quality
867 QC stands for ____________________ Control Quality Circle Control Quality Core Control

Good After sales All of the All of the

868 Aspects of quality__________________ Good design Functionality services above above
Quality
869 Right at first time means Six Sigma TQM Assurance Quality TQM
Change for
870 In KAIZEN "KAI" means Good design Good Change Good Change
Goods or cash invested to generate income
871 from business or property is /are Finance Capital Liabilitities Budget Capital
872 Minimum wages act was passed in the year: 1923 1936 1961 1948 1948
 improper
ventilation
Safety provision/s for workers under First-aid Overcrowdin and None of the None of the
873 Factory act 1948 is/are appliances g temperature above above

Government Government Public Joint stock Government

874 Indian railways is a : Department Company company company Department

safety
equipments Ignorance of Ignorance of
not being oily and safety Unsuitable safety
875 Accident caused by worker is because of : provided greasy floor procedure illumination procedure

Effective Effective Effective Effective

876 Principle/s of Organisation is/ are: delegation discipline directing All the above delegation
The partner who does not take part in day Active Secret Sleeping Nominal Sleeping
877 to day activities partner partner partner partner partner

Line and
Military organisation is also commonly staff Scalar Functinal Scalar
878 referred as: organisation organisation organisation All the above organisation
Feedback of Unrealistic Unrealistic
879 Planning' usually fail due to plan Data analysis nature All the above nature

880 Espirit de corps refers to Cooperation Coordination Team work Discipline Team work
At this level of management few people are Strategical Operational Functinal Strategical
881 involved Tactical level level level level level

Authority Authority
Division of and and
882 Power to act and accountability Delegation Discipline work responsibilty responsibilty

Operations
The main areas of quantitative or Operations Classical Behavioral managemen
883 management science school are management science science All the above t
Regulatory body for banking sector which
884 also monitors GDP and inflation SBI RBI CBI IDBI RBI

885 Indian industrial sector does not invovles Construction Textile Fisheries Railways Railways
Service enterprise provides the services that Automobile Production Intangiable Intangiable
886 are called as goods goods goods All the above goods
Deferred Deferred
887 Internal source/s of finance is/are: taxation Shares Debentures All the above taxation
Legal debts or obligations which arise during
888 the business operations: Asset Shares Debentures
Liabilities Liabilities
consumption consumptio
889 Value added tax is a: Direct tax Income tax Excise duty tax n tax
Materials
Product Marketing Materials Sales managemen
890 Inventory management is part of: management management management management t

50 % and 20 80 % and 50 5 % and 80

Generally 'C' type and 'A' type of items 20 % and 5 % % 5 % and 80 % % %
891 consume an inventory cost of : respectively respectively respectively respectively respectively
 Annual consumption is 20 units,
procurement cost is Rs. 40, cost of carring
inventory is 16%, cost of each unit is Rs.100.
892 The economic order quantity will be 10 20 30 40 10

Collection of guidelines that are used to Quality Quality

manage the quality of activities in an Quality Quality management managemen
893 organisation assurance control Quality circle system t system

Improve Improve
quality, Improve quality,
productivity,
productivity Improve productivity,
safety and and safety productivity None of the safety and
894 The objective of Quality circle is /are reduce cost only only above reduce cost
CRM TQM DMAIC DMAIC
895 Six sigma methodology endorse concept concept concept All the above concept
Number of Sub-ordinates a manager can Scope of Span of Focus of Non of the Span of
896 supervise effectvely is supervisor Control supervisor above Control
Which budget shows one plan, one volume Variable Functional All of the
897 of output or sales & the related fixed costs- Fixed Budget Budget Budget Above Fixed Budget
Expenses of office & administrature All of the All of the
898 expenses are grouped under- Staff Salary Stationary Printing Above Above
While on long tour which are the item that
we must take care of ? Certainly it is the Minimum None of the
899 jewellery and the cash !! This could be an EOQ ABC batch size above ABC
ABC company has in profit of Rs one lakh. It
is divided in equal number of parts known
900 as ………….. Capital Business Shares Debunters Shares
XYZ electronics company has confirmed
expert order and is in need of finance. The Import Export None of the Export
901 bank provides short term credits. It is finance Import duty finance above finance

There is Business life No transfer There is

Which statement is wrong about limited is dependent It is a Joint of limited
902 partnership liability on partners business partnership liability

people
become
Attention is Product may expert in the No No
Which ststement is wrong in product type given to the become work alloted duplication duplication
903 departmentation product brand name to them of work of work

Do not Business can

Which statement is correct about 'nominal actively Dop not use their All are All are
904 partners' involved invest names correct correct
In ………. Approach all members of an
organization paricipate & improving the
905 processes & culture of organization 5S Six Sigma TQM Quality circle TQM
All of the
906 VAT and sales tax falls under …………… Indirect tax Services tax Direct tax above Indirect tax
None of the
907 …………. is the lifeblood of business Budjet VAT Capital above Capital
 Accidents
due to Unsafe
General causes of accidents could be as dangerous physical Moving All of the All of the
908 follows machines conditions objects above above

Mechanical Natural
Accident due to daydreaming which comes causes of an Cause of an
909 under Accident accident Human error All the above Human error
_____ is essential to direct, guide, instruct, Responsibilit
910 and order the subordinate. Manager Authority Chairman y Manager
911 Which of Following is not the agro industry Jute Sugar Paper Poultry Paper
Heavy
Which is the apex authority of Government Industries
912 of India SAIL TISCO Ministry ISA SAIL
Which of Following are principles of
management i) Motivating ii) Remuneration All of the
913 iii) Division of Work iv) Organising i and ii iii and iv ii and iii above ii and iii
Arrange Maslow`s Theory of Motivation in
ascending order (Bottom to Up) i)
Physiological Needs ii) Love / Affection
Needs iii) Social / Esteem Needs iv) Security
914 / Safety Needs v) Self Actualization Needs i-ii-iii-iv-v i-iii-ii-iv-v
i-v-ii-iii-iv i-iv-ii-iii-v i-iv-ii-iii-v
Bottom to Top to None of Top to
915 Discipline starts from Top From Middle Bottom above Bottom
Injury after accident disables the affected None of
916 worker forever is _________ accident Fatal Permanent Major above Permanent
______ is the study of relationship between Financial Financial
the raising of finance and deployment of Financial Managemen Managemen
917 finance Financing Deficit Finance t t
In balance sheet, we see, ______ equal to
918 the sources of the funds Assets Expenditure Savings Liabilities Assets

Current Bill of On Hand All of the All of the

919 Which is input to MRP Forecasting Material Inventory above above
____________________ is process of
dividing large organisation into small and Defragmenta Department Division None of the Department
920 flexible administrative units tion ation Formation above ation
Profit and Loss Account is i is correct i is wrong
______________________ i) A flow and ii is and ii is Both i and ii both i and ii Both i and ii
921 statement ii) A measure of firm`s wrong correct correct worng correct

922 Central government is not dealing with Income Tax Sales Tax Excise Duty Custom Duty Sales Tax

Effect of Innovation is _________ and effect Long Term, Short Term, Long Term, Short Term, Short Term,
923 of Kaizen is _______________ Short Term LongTerm Long Term Short Term LongTerm
924 Throw away unnecessary is in Seiso Seiri Seition Seiketsu Seiri
i) Quality Assurance is a proactive approach i is correct i is wrong
ii) Quality Assurance improves quality of and ii is and ii is Both i and ii both i and ii Both i and ii
925 product wrong correct correct worng correct
 Sub Sub
Categorisatio ABC curve is Categorisati
n like A1 A2, All Items similar in on like A1
B1 B2, C1 C2 should be shape for A2, B1 B2,
Which is not the consideration in ABC is not considered different None of C1 C2 is not
926 In
analysis?
which type of Authority Punishment is possible together industries above possible
927 given Coercive Expert Referent Reward Coercive

Which Structure of Organization is Tight & Line Line & Staff Project Staff Staff
928 Rigid Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization
Which function of management is a tool for Decision Decision
929 fast development. Making Directing Controlling Planning Making
Unity of Unity of Unity of
930 One Man - One Boss may be called as ___ Equity Command Direction Stability Command
________ product comes under
931 Petrochemical Industry. Vehicles Plastic Wood Paper Plastic

932 GATT started in 1948 at ________ . Masco Washington Geneva Russia Geneva

Entertenment Business belongs to Manufacturi Trade Service All of The Service

933 _____________ industry. ng Industry Industry Industry Above Industry
Global
Developmen
Gross t General Global Gross
Domestic Phenonmen Domestic Domestic Domestic
934 GDP stands for _____________. Product on Product Product Product
Chief Chief
Who is directly responsible for profit & loss Execuitive Factory Execuitive
935 in the business Supervisor Officer Worker Manager Officer
Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran has
started a business of Automobiles in 2003,
in that business Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr.
Kiran have invested Rs 500000/- Lakhs
individually. But Mr Ram & Mr. Shyam gives
full attention towords the business and Mr.
Kiran does not gives the attention towords All of The
936 business. so in this type of business who is Mr. Ram Mr. Shyam Mr. Kiran Above Mr. Kiran
Due to Due to Due to Due to
Due to Managemen Natural Government Government
937 Which is not a cause of accidents in industry Worker t cause Policy Policy
Any device which generates or provides Prime
938 power is known as tools Machinery Prime Mover plant Mover

Which is a cause of accident due to Overconfide Faulty Unnecessary Less Work Faulty
939 management nce Equipments Daring Experience Equipments
over time
According to minimum wages act ,wages remuneratio provident all of the all of the
940 means:........... salary n fund above above

unfair or no
Mainrenance unfair or no returns to
Which is not the objective of financial Profit Maximation of liquid returns to shareholder
941 management Maximation of wealth assets shareholders s
Land Material Marketing of Salery of Land
942 Working capital is not used for____. Purchase Purchase Product workers Purchase
 Inherited Retained
personal Depreciation equity Deferred Deferred
943 Postponement of tax liablity means funds provisions earnings taxation taxation
on the same person. It is not intended to be
944 NSE
shifted.
stock exchange market is located in Custom Duty Sales Tax Excise Duty Gift Tax Gift Tax
945 ______ Jaipur Pune Mumbai London Mumbai
for routine functioning of industry
946 means___ Inventory Record Database List Inventory

To purchase To purchase
material at To purchase material in
Which of the following is not an objective of minimum material at right All of The All of The
947 inventory management cost right time quantity Above Above
Right Right All of The All of The
948 What is essential for successful purchase contract Right Quality sources Above Above
In ABC analysis which category of item is All of The
949 having average importance Category A Category B Category C Above Category B
______ is the formal contract between Purchase All of The Purchase
950 supplier and purchaser order Tender Quotation Above order

Profit Production Sales Value Profit

maximisatio maximisatio maximisatio maximisatio maximisatio
__________and __________are the two n, Wealth n, Sales n, Profit n, Wealth n, Wealth
versions of goals of the financial maximisatio maximisatio maximisatio maximisatio maximisatio
952 management of the firm. n n n n n
An industrial concern is invested in assets Working Variable Operating
953 like plant, building, and land is capital capital Fixed capital capital Fixed capital

Statement of Statement
expected of expected
Steps of Systematic results results
Planned handling action and expressed in expressed in
target of future allocation of numerical numerical
954 Budget refers to performance activities resources terms terms
All of the
955 Income tax and Property Tax falls under Indirect Tax Service Tax Direct Tax above Direct Tax
Store
What are the functions of material Material Managemen All of the All of the
956 management Planning Purchasing t above above
ABC anaiysis helps senior manager to Inventory Purchase None of the Inventory
957 control Cost Cost Total Cost above Cost
Improving quality through small,
incremental improvements is a Total Quality
characteristic of what type of quality Managemen
958 management system Just-in-time Six Sigma t Kaizen Kaizen
Direct
Direct involment of
involment of Top
Drawing Having team Top Meeting ISO managemen
959 A fundamental attribute of TQM is control chart meetings management 9000 audit t

Getting ISO
Customer Process 9000 audit
960 Benchmarking determines requirement capability Standards done Standards
 Total Long
Term Ordinary Owner's Third Party Owner's
961 Blank Space in the figure I indicates Liabilities Equity Equity Equity Equity

Investment Materially Materially

on which large Non large
Commission returns are revenue or controlling revenue or
962 In P&L account Extra Ordinary Items means on sales not possible loss ownership loss

FDs with Receivables Short Term Stock In Short Term

963 Following are Liabilities of Business Bank from Sale Borrwings Progress Borrwings

Cash Cash
In Financial Management Liquidity Decisions Dividend to Long Term Managemen Managemen
964 are related to Shareholders Decisions t Bankruptsy t
Which of following is Method of raising Equipment Hire Prefernce Prefernce
965 Long Term Capital Leasing Purchase Shares Trade Credit Shares

As per the definition in Indian Factory Act, a Not elligible

person working in Factory having an age of to work in
966 17 years is : Child Factory Adolescent Adult Adolescent

Disabling
Resulting employee
Of Less Death of for more Near Of Less
967 Trivial Accident means : Importance Employee than 3 daye Accident Importance

Separate Separate
Obstruction Storage of Enough Storage of
In accident prevention, Safe Workplace Free Antiskid Inflammable Height of Inflammable
968 Layout does not include : Passageways Floors Materials Workrooms Materials

All
departments
All have same All All
departments kind of departments All departments
'Balance' in Organization Principles intends have same organization are equally departments are equally
969 to _____ workforce structure developed are flexible developed

I wanted to maintain secrecy of business. Single Joint Stock Public Single

970 Which business type shall I select Ownership Partnership Company Undertaking Ownership
A company has multiples kind of products
like Pharmaceutical, Cosmetics, FMCG. None of the
971 Which type of departmentation will it prefer By Product By Process By Function above By Product
In organization process activites can not be
972 grouped on the basis of Policy Economy Control Coordination Economy

To perform To perform
To make To make better as per To make better as per
changes in changes in responisibilit changes in responisibilit
973 Authority delegation allows employee schedule design y job timing y
Following organization is limited to small
974 concerns Line Line & Staff Functional Committee Line
 Defining Developing Developing
Authotities & Assigning alternate alternate
Determining Responsibiliti People to methods to methods to
975 Organising does not means Activities es Jobs do job do job
Stability in Principles of Management
976 indicates Job Security Turnover Harmony Promotion Turnover

Top Level Middle Level Low Level Low Level

Managemen Managemen Managemen Operating Managemen
977 Direct Supervision on workers is function of t t t force t
Indian Insurance sector has _____ number
978 of insurance companies. 112 20 52 86 52
Globalization is not intended for free flow of
979 __________ Capital Labour Products Diseases Diseases

Tangible Intangible Manufacture Imported Intangible

980 Service Industry provides Goods Goods d Goods Goods Goods
Business firms produce and supply wide
varieties of goods and _____ required by social
981 the society. Money Services Entities services Services
Milling
982 Following will not come underinventory Tools Machines Lubricants Cutter Machines

constitute 70 purchased in
do not need % of purchased large purchased
983 'A' kind of items in ABC analysis close control inventory on time quantity on time
Quantity of Invoice Quantity in Quantity of
984 Purchase Order Includes Items Number Stock All Above Items

Supplu Chain
Which one of the following is not a Module Manufacturi Quality Managemen Quality
985 of ERP ng HR Control t Control

Obsolete Damagaed
986 In Figure II blank space indicates Lead Time Buffer Stock Inventory Inventory Buffer Stock
List of
List of Product Subassembli Bill of Bill of
987 In Figure III blank space indicates Products Demand es Materials Materials

Measuremen
Quality Resource t. Analysis &
Main eight sections of ISO 9001:2000 does Managemen Managemen Improvemen
988 not include t System t Recruitment t Recruitment
Discuss Discuss
Work Not a Work
Discuss RelatedProbl Meet once in Voluntary RelatedProbl
989 Quality Cirle People Grievances ems a month participation ems

990 Elements of TQM include Ethics Training Both Above None Above Both Above
Objectives of Quality Control includes 1.
Establish desired quality standards 2. To
determine deviations in quality 3. Ascertain
causes in deviations 4. To use modern 1, 2 and 3 1. 3 and 4 2,3 and 4 1, 2 and 3
991 techniques of measurement. only only 1,2,3 and 4 only only
 What system helps make calculations Material Material Material
regarding the volume and timing of Production Material requirement Resource requirement
992 materials needed? plan Scheduling Planning Planning Planning

ERP system
have been
widely
adopted in
large
organization
to
storecritical
ERP system knowledge
ERP system enable used to
provide a people in make the
foundation different decision that
for business drive the
collaboration areas to organization'
Which of the following describe an ERP between communicat s All of the All of the
993 System? department e performance above above

994 The following is an example of direct taxes Sales tax Income tax Excise duties Toll tax Income tax

To tightly
link a firms To tightly
To provide a To ensure production link To provide a
hedge that item with its production & hedge
against cost is cutomers distribution against
995 one use of inventory is inflation maximized demand process inflation
Control &
logistics
Distibution Managemen Both of the Neither of Both of the
996 Material Management is also called Planning t above the above above
Inventory None of the Inventory
997 ABC analysis is used for CPM PERT Control above Control
The quantity discount model is most similar Fixed
998 to which one of these models ROP EOQ interval EPQ EOQ
A budget is the plan of the various costs and
expenses needed to operate the buniness Capital Operating Resource Operating
999 based on the short term forecast budget Budget Cash Budget Budget Budget
Inadequate
The most common causes of financial Undercapitia expense all of the all of the
1000 problems are lization contol credit term above above
A statement that projects management's
expectations for revenues and based on
those financial expectations, allocates the A resource A resource
1001 use of specific resources throughout the A cash flow A budget plan allocation A budget
 establishing
Forecasting financial
financial controls to
needs and ensure the
developing company is
budgets to Identify following option (A) option (A)
meet those sources of financial and option and option
1002 The steps in financial planning are needs financing plans (C) (C)

Form of
informal Element of Type of componenet Element of
Communicat organizatinal formalizatio of a flat span organizatinal
1003 Departmentalization is a(n) ion structure n of control structure
Ease od
Which of the following is an advantages of a strating a Being your pride of All of the All of the
1004 sole proprietorship? buniess own boss ownership above above
The primary purpose of employee safety Mental Physcial Emotional All of the All of the
1005 programme is to preserve the employee's : Health Health Health Above Above
project based organization with fluctuationg
1006 workload? Functional Divisional Matrix Network Matrix
A flat organizational structure creates a
1007 _________ span of control Narrow wide Centralized Informal wide
As organization grow they tend to
1008 _____________ decision making authority. Centralize Decentralize Control Standardize Decentralize

It refers to
patterns of
work flow
and formal
power that ALL of the ALL of the
It refers to It refers to direct above above
Which of these statements about the division patterns of organization Statements Statements
1009 organizational structure is (are) true? of labour coordination al activities are true are true

Selecting the Selecting the

right people Division of unity of unity of right people
1010 Fredrick Taylor stressed on for the job labour command Direction for the job

Functions of
Planning, organizing, directing and Goals of Functions of results of all of the managemen
1011 controlling are the management management management above t

Coal,oil and Coal,oil and

other new other new
During the agriculural revolution, all of the energy job permanent energy
1012 following transformed the economy except sources specializaion trade settlements sources
The primary sector include all of the Manufacturi Manufacturi
1013 following except forestry ng Mining Agricluture ng
Which of the following is not a type of Literary Musical
1014 copyright work Works Furniture Sculpture Works Furniture
 An
accelerating
pace of
global
ineractions
A growing and
Stretching of magnitutde processes
social, of associated
political and interconnect with a
economic cdness in deepening All of the All of the
activities almost every enmeshment answer answer
across sphere of of the local options options
political social and the given are given are
1015 Globalization involves frontier existence global correct correct
1016 Where was TQM first developed? USA UK JAPAN KOREA JAPAN

Review of Review of
requirement Definition of Results of Managemen requirement
Which of the following is not a record s related to the work preventive t review s related to
1017 required by ISO 9001:2000 the product environment action records the product
Following is not a part of the of steps for
purchasing a) Getting requisition from
various departments b)Obtaining
1018 Quotations c) Making budget d) Preparing a b c d c
Reliance company has a common software Enterprise Enterprise
platform integrating all its functions Resource Resource
materials ,finance ,personnel , sales ,etc . Planning Planning
1019 The company is said to have one of the JIT (ERP) 5S Kaizen (ERP)
In any factory , bulk usage of items is of
1020 which type A type B type C type All C type
In ABC analysis all materials are divided into
1021 how many types 4 3 2 5 3
The point at which ordering cost is equal to
carrying cost in materials management is Optimal Breakeven
1022 called as EOQ point point Ideal Point EOQ
Which of the following items manufactured
1023 in India is not liable for Excise tax. Sugar Salt Steel Soap Salt
building for starting the company is called Working
1024 as capital Fixed capital Loan Debt Fixed capital
Which is the budget to which all other Materials
1025 budgets are geared Sales Production Labour budget Sales
Mr. X has two flats in ,Mumbai , he and his
family resides in one flat and the other flat
he has given on rent , the money he earns Value added
1026 from getting the rent is liable for which tax. Excise tax Income tax Service Tax tax Income tax
Employees
Workman Stae
Welfare of the employees is taken care by Compensatio Industrial Insurance
1027 which industrial act Factory Act n Act Dispute Act Act Factory Act
Employees
A small child 8 years old is working in XYZ Workman Stae
company manufacturing silk sarees. Which Industrial Compensatio Insurance
1028 act is being violated by the company ? Dispute act n Act Factory Act Act Factory Act
The necessity of industrial acts is to protect none of the
1029 the interests of : Workers employers A and B above Workers
 A worker has used cutter instead of a plier
for doing some job , and he gets a cut on his
right hand . What is the cause of this Mechanical Environment Human Technical Human
1030 accident classified as factor factor cause cause cause
Proper
lighting
Which of the following is not a safety Safety arrangement over Fencing of over
1031 measure to avoid accidents ? slogans s confidence equipments confidence
My friend and I start a company , she is just
providing money in the business , she does
not look into the day to day activities of the Limited Proprietorshi Limited
1032 company ,our company has which form of Partnership Public Ltd p Joint Stock Partnership
Legitmate
right of a Legitimate
person to right to
exercise make Right to All the
1033 Authority means influence decisions direct others All the above above
An automobile company has departments
for two wheelere and four wheelers , what
1034 is the method of departmentation this By function By product By process By markets By product
Myself and my friend start a company,
which type of organistaion it will be from
1035 the structure point of view at the start with Line Line & Staff Functional Project Line
Managemen Administrati Administrati
1036 Policy making is the role of People t on Country on
The act of getting people together to work Managemen Administrati Managemen
1037 for a common goal is called as Organising t on Motivation t
The number of management principles
1038 given by Henry Fayol are 12 10 17 14 14

1039 CEO belongs to which level of management Bottom level Top level Middle level No level Top level
Name the type of business enterprise Manufacturi
1040 concerned with the distribution of goods ng Trading Selling Buying Trading
Dryers and cleaners are examples of which Direct Indirect Direct
1041 services services services both None services
An economic activity involving the regular
production or distribution of goods and
services with the object of earning profits Managemen Administrati Social
1042 through satisfaction of human needs is Business t on Servive Business

Conformanc
It signifies e to
Fitness for degree of requirement experience experience
1043 Following is not the definition of Quality purpose excellence s of people of people
If the comppany has a goal to accept only
.0003%defect , which is the most important
1044 modern technigque it should adopt. ERP SAP BAAN 6 Sigma 6 Sigma
L&T asks its various shop floors to sort all
goods on the floor,keep them in order as
per use , keep them clean ,standardise the
process and sustain this activity . Which
1045 modern technique and system of Quality 5S Kaizen TQM 6 Sigma 5S
 Examples of services sector include
…………………………( i) news media, hospitality
industry,consulting (ii) legal practice,
healthcare, waste disposal (iii) real estate,
personal services, business services (iv)
1046 house decoraters, entertainers. only (I) (i) and (ii) (ii) and (iv) all of above all of above
Which is importatnt factor in deciding specialisatio types of
1047 structure of organisation ? functions n products all all

Decision Knowledge
Which is the pre requisite of effective making of Independent
1048 delegation? freedom designation subordinates all the above all the above
Department Department departmenta Department
Sales department in nokia is the example of ation by ation by tion by ation by
1049 ………………………… function prosecc product none function
……………………… is the management of Financial Material Personnel Operation Financial
finance of an organisation in order to Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen
1050 achieve financial objectives. t t t t t
Which is the factor responsible in the Types of scope of capital
1051 selection of types of ownerships? business business required all all

Financial
management
is the
management
of finance of
the welth if the capital an if the capital
invested in is not organisation is not
business to managed in order to managed
generate properly no achieve properly no
income is losses may financial losses may
1052 which of the following is wrong? called captial be incurred objectives none be incurred

to avoid to minimise
both over losses
to ensure stocking and resulting
continuous under from
The objective of inventory management is supply of stocking of inventory
1053 …………………….. materials inventory deterioration all all

In In
purchasing, manufacturi
EOQ is ng , EOQ is
known as called the
the order production both (i) and both (i) and
1054 Which of the following is correct ? quantity lot size (ii) none (ii)

cost of cost of
processing following up
quotations and
Cost of and issusing expenditing
Procurement cost consists of receving purchase purchase
1055 …………………………… quotations order order all all
 These costs These costs
increase as decrease as These costs
you hold you hold decrease as
more and more and you hold
more more fewer
1056 Carrying( holding) cost ; inventory inventory inventories none none
quality
means
quality conformance quality
quality is quality is means less to means less
degree of fitness for maintainabili requirement maintainabil
1057 which of following is wrong ? excellence use ty s ity
Following are the business pattern is not
1058 coming under service industry. ITES Banking Real Estate Textile mill Textile mill
Which is unimportant word in the Group of Common United
1059 defination of organisation? persons Aim Profit together Profit

General Nominal Limitted None of the General

1060 All the partner have same status in partnership partnership partnership above partnership
If an affected worker recovers within 10
1061 hours, then it is a__________ accident. Minor Reportable Major Fatal Minor

_______ is the financial snapshot of the Profit and Balance Balance

1062 organisation. loss account sheet Snap Sheet Budget sheet
Capital invested on Buildings' is an example Floating Circulating None of the
1063 of : Fixed capital capital capital above Fixed capital
Which is not the type of profit and loss Account None of the
1064 account? Report form Step form form above Report form
Statement 1 - Income tax is levied by central
government. Statement 2 - Income tax is to Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 1 correct, 2
1065 be paid by all employees. are correct are wrong wrong correct wrong
The stock of material, maintained in order Additional None of the
1066 to avoid 'no stock' situation is called as stock Buffer stock Extra stock above Buffer stock

Calling quotation, order follow-up, material Quality Puchase Inventory Marketing Puchase
1067 receiving. Placing PO are the function of department department department department department

Economically All of the All of the

1068 Quality standards should be related to Performance Acceptance Feasibility above above
Statement 1 - Quality Assurance is a
proactive approach. Statement 2 - Quality Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 Both 1 and 2
1069 Assurance improves quality of product. are correct are wrong wrong correct are correct
Manufacturi
1070 ________ is willing to exchange of goods. Trade Service ng both I and ii Trade

1071 Following is not associated with insurance Bajaj Allianz Max Life LIC ICC ICC
How many needs are mentioned in
1072 Maslow's need hierarchy? 6 5 4 3 5

Public Public
Government Limitted Public Public Limitted
1073 Which is not the public sector? Department Company Corporation Company Company
 Department Department Department Department
ation by ation by ation by None of the ation by
1074 Car division in Tata Motors is example of product function process above product

The duties and qualification of Labour Industry State None of the State
1075 Welfare Officer is prescribed by: Factory head Minister Government above Government
Customer Advances are included under Medium- None of the
1076 ________ source of finance. Long-term Short-term term above Short-term
For making Labour Budget, workers are All of the All of the
1077 classified into Skilled Semi-skilled Unskilled above above

The earning capacity and potential of a firm Balance Profit and None of the Profit and
1078 are reflected in ________ sheet loss account both i and ii above loss account
Wide
1079 Which is not the merit of Indirect tax? Convenient Equitable coverage Certain Certain

Procurement Inventory
1080 Which is not the cost concerned with EOQ? cost carrying cost Total cost Primary cost Primary cost

What will be happen when there is no Production Delay in loss of All of the All of the
1081 buffer stock? stoppage deliveries reputation above above
Statement 1 - Procurement is a systematic
process. Statement 2 - Purchasing is a Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 Both 1 and 2
1082 routine process. are correct are wrong wrong correct are correct

Encourages Inspection
Increase customer costs are
1083 Benefits of TQM are _____ efficiency satisfaction reduced both i and ii both i and ii

DMAIC CRM Quality circle TQM DMAIC

1084 The Six Sigma methodogy endorses concept concept concept concept concept
company develops and design a plan called--
1085 ------ MPS MRP ERP EPS MPS
None of the
1086 #NAME? Buffer stock EOQ ERP Above EOQ
Enterprise Enterprise Enterprise Enterprise
Resource Resource Resource None of the Resource
1087 ERP stands for----------- Planning Process Prepration above Planning
Quality Quality
Managemen Quality Quality Quality Managemen
1088 #NAME? t Assurance control Circle. t
None of the
1089 #NAME? QC QMS QA above QMS

1) The goal of Total Quality Management Customer Product Action Action

1090 is satisfaction differetiation Brand Equity Globally Globally
None of the
1091 #NAME? VAT Finance Budget above VAT
1092 Sevice Tax introduce in india in----------- year 1993 2004 1994 1989 1994
Enterprise Economic Economic
Resource Order None Of the Order
1093 #NAME? Planning Quantity ABC Analysis Above Quantity
Mr. Praful kulkarni is working in Birla Pvt. ltd Safety Safety
in the capacity of Foreman. Company Minimum Comensation provisions provisions
1094 provided him certain protecting devices Factory Act Wages Act Act Act Act
 defined as “the provision of money at the
1095 time it is wanted” Finance Capital Budget VAT Finance
stocks back to its own country it is refereed Hire Equipment Profit Flow Profit Flow
1096 as------ Bank loans Purchase leasing Back Back

……has to kept at secured and separate Inflammable Machine Protecting All of the Inflammable
1097 place which is not easily accessible. Materiial Safeguards Devices above Materiial
organizational ______ is mainly about
adjusting work assignment,man power ,and
facilities that are required when temporary None of the
1098 changes accor while working Balance Stability Flexibility above Flexibility
Private
Balaji Telefilms industries refers to which of limited Ownership Public Public
1099 the following company type- company company Company Government Company

Single Joint Stock

1100 BIRLA Industries Ltd. Is a form of – Ownership Partnership Private ltd Company Private ltd
1. -------------- can be defined as the set of
steps to do the particular activity or
1101 activities in systematic manner. Organizing Planning Directing Motivating Planning
1. Goal and solid decision making allows
………to……….very fast and becomes stable Bussiness to Business to Business to None Of the Bussiness to
1102 in the market. Grow Market Business Above Grow

1103 #NAME? Planning Organising Staffing Controlling Controlling

Authority Authority
_______ is a right for giving orders and the Division of and and
1104 power to ensure obedience work Decipline Resonsibility Work Resonsibility

capitalist individuals, individuals,

companies groups and human groups and
are we all now nations are beings now nations are
spreading live in a becoming live on every becoming
Which definition best describes the process across the single more continent of more
1105 of globalization? planet society interdepend the planet interdepend
Fish bone Pareto Scatter Pareto
1106 1) 80:20 rule can also be called as Diagram Diagram Diagram Histogram Diagram

Accidents Accidents
because of because of Both a) and Both a) and
1107 Causes of accidents are: workers management b) None b)

a _____ assists in taking decisions correctly line and

and also implementing it effectively and line line and staff functional staff
1108 efficiently. organization. organization organization all of above organization
_____ can culminate into strikes or fights ) good
among employees and cause serious communicati communicati miscommuni miscommuni
1109 consequences to the organization. on on cation all of above cation
________ can be defined as running Proprietorshi Private Public Proprietorsh
1110 business by the single owner p Partnership limited limited ip
Departmentalization can be done on the
1111 basic of following factor: process products Function All of above All of above
 Increase or Decision
decrease in regarding
change in production rejection of
work depending raw material
schedule or on current or finished All of the All of the
1112 Decision taken by supervisor could be: rescheduling situations. products above above
_____ allows employees to get involved in
the process of decision making for better Unity of Centralizatio Unity of Centralizatio
1113 results direction n Disciline commands n

The
quantitative
The great thought of motivating the or
workers or employees for better results The management The
have come up from _________ of The classical behavioral science All of the behavioral
1114 management school school school Above school
Manufacturi
1115 1. Types of business
Adolescent is a person of the age in Service ng Trade All of Above All of Above
1116 between 15-18 18-21 21-25 58-61 15-18
1117 Vat started in Maharastra from 2003 2004 2005 2006 2005
resources of the enterprize in a systematic
1118 way. MRP MRPII ERP None ERP
1119 Economic order quantity is represened by Q0 Eo Eq None Eq
1120 Discipline comes in Seiri Seiso Seiketsu seition Seiketsu
Implementation of policy making in an Managemen Administrati Managemen
1121 industry is a role of – t on Public Workers t

Huge
Cheap Demand is Import of capacity of Import of
1122 Follow in not the strength ot textile industry workforce continouce raw material production raw material

Adaption of
Industrialisat Pollution of western All of the All of the
1123 Globalization has disadvantage ion air,soil,water culture above above
Globalization Globalizatio
policy n policy
,liberliation Policies of ,liberliation
IT parks were cooperative were
New Fiscal initiated in accepted by societies accepted by
1124 The year 1991 is famous for deficit policy Bangalor india changed india

Single
1125 Hindustan Petrolium Is a form of – Ownership Partnership Public Sector Private ltd. Public Sector

Line and
staff Line Project Staff Project
1126 Which organisation is temporary in nature organisation organisation organisation Organisation organisation
All of the All of the
1127 Which of following is not the direct tax Csutom Duty Excise Sales above above
Advertiseme All of the All of the
1128 Working capital is required for nt Salary Maintenance above above
 The summerised budget of entier enterprise Master Template Enterprize Master
1129 is known as______________. Budget Budget Main Budget Budget Budget
Who is responsible "unguarded moving Managemen None of the Managemen
1130 parts" Workers t Government above t

__________________is the financial Balance Profit and Balance

1131 snapshot of the of the organisation. Sheet Loss Account Snap Sheet Budget Sheet
Following is not concerned with modern
1132 techniques in material management MRP SAP ERP 5S 5S
Sufficient Small Medium None of the Small
1133 A' type of items are purchased in quantities quantities quantities above quantities
_________determines quntity and timing
1134 for materials planning MRPII SAP ERP MRP MRP
Number of subordinates handled by a Span of Scop of Span of
1135 manager effectively called as Authority Delegation Control Control Control
Match the pairs: 1. Adam Smith (i) Need
Hierarchy 2. F.W. Taylor (ii) Economics 3.
Maslow (iii) Principles of Management 4. 1-(ii),2-(iv),3- 1-(ii),2-(iii),3- 1-(iii),2-(iv),3- 1-(iv),2-(i),3- 1-(ii),2-(iv),3-
1136 Henry Fayol (iv) Scientific Management (i),4-(iii) (iv),4-(i) (i),4-(ii) (ii),4-(iii) (i),4-(iii)
Pickles, papad, basket making are products Chemical Agro Banking Agro
1137 of____________________ Industry Industry IT Industry Industry Industry
Industries associated with are computer
hardware, software, electronics, Banking Insurance Retail
1138 semiconductors, internet, telecom IT Industry Industry Industry Industry IT Industry
organisation into small and flexible Divisions Defragmenta Department Department
1139 administrative units. formation tion ation Partitioning ation
People
become
expert in the
work Product may Attention is No No
Which statement is wrong? In product type allotted to become given to the duplication duplication
1140 departmentation them brand name product of work of work

permanant
Under which of the following case, an Injury caused disablement
employer has to provide compensation to during due to death due to all of the all of the
1141 an employee? employment accident accident above above
A joint stock company divides the capital
required into units of equal denomination Balance
1142 of Rs. 1,2,5 or 10. Each unit is called a …… Budget Debenture Share sheet Share
____ is a multipoint destination based
system of taxation, with tax being levied on
value addition at each stage of transaction Customs
1143 in the production/ distribution chain. duty Sales Tax Service Tax VAT VAT
How much How often
While deciding how to manage inventory, should we should we Both (a) and Both (a) and
1144 the question to be answered is order? order? (b) None (b)
 Prepare a
comparative
If necessary, statement of
request for the rates,
quotations is terms and
made on conditions
prescribed To achieve Open the mentioned To achieve
quotation integration quotations in the integration
form to all with other at prescribed quotations with other
the selected departments time on the and then departments
Which of the following is not a step in sources of of the prescribed analyze of the
1145 purchasing? supply company date them company
A product/service is said to possess good
quality if it fulfills the following
requirements. 1. Suitability (It is fit for the
intended use) 2. Reliability (It gives efficient
and consistent performance) 3. Durability (It
has desired life) 4. Safe and foolproof
1146 workability (Its working is safe and All 1,2, 3,4 1 and 2 2 and 3 1,3 and 4 All 1,2, 3,4
____ is a management technique used to
communicate to employees what is
required to produce the desired quality of
products and services and to influence
employee actions to complete tasks
1147 according to the quality specifications QC 5S/9+ KAIZEN QMS QMS

Policies of co- initiate IT Globalisation Fiscal Deficit Globalisatio

1148 In 1991 india adopted _______ operative. parks. policy policy n policy
Manufacturi
1149 Types Of Business ___ ng Trade Service All of above All of above
Textile Chemical Chemical
1150 Cipla Ltd is company Company IT industry All of above Company

more Research
Research & attention on Tradition &
experimenta production management experimenta
1151 Scientific management works on tion trial & error only theory tion

upper
midddle Top level
Setting basic goals and objectives is function level Top level Middle level Low level managemen
1152 of______- management management management management t
ABC industry start their recruitment process
in which manager select qualified people for
various job position in organisation. This
1153 activity is _______ Forecasting Organising Leadership Staffing Staffing
How many parteners are eligible for ALL of the ALL of the
1154 partnership 2 05-Feb 10-Feb above above
Joint stock Joint stock
1155 The firm type of Bajaj Auto Ltd is Proritership Patnership company Public Sector company
The type of organisation structure in Varroc
Ltd is shown below . Which type of
1156 Organisation Structure is this. Line functional Line & staff Project functional
 Sai Sale services is trading business started
by four person by investing 2lacks each. Private
1157 Which is suitble ownership for that Limited Partnership Propritership Both I & ii Partnership
Blocked working current Blocked
1158 Fixed capital is also called as Tight capital capital capital capital capital

All assets
Permanent financed Permanent
Short-term working with a 50 working
assets capital percent capital
financed financed Short-term equity, 50 financed
Which of the following illustrates the use of with long- with long- assets percent long- with long-
a hedging (or matching) approach to term term financed term debt term
1159 financing? liabilities. liabilities. with equity. mixture. liabilities.
manufacture
1160 Which business is liable for VAT Importers re Distributor All All
None of
1161 figure shows ___________budget Fixed Variable Functional these Variable
The ABC company Investment in purchasing Working blocked
1162 raw material, salary is come under Capital fixed capital capital ALL ALL

__________is set of activities that ensure

right material at right quality and quantity in Purchase Quality Marketting None of Purchase
1163 right time Department Department department these Department

maximise
the service
level to the
firm's
Minimise customer &
investmeny its operating None of Both I
1164 Inventory control objectives in inventory departments Both I & ii these & ii
Managemen Board Of
1165 Circle leader is from______ t directors workers Supervisors Supervisors

Both the Both the

paper mill paper mill
The and cereal and cereal
corrugated manufacture manufacture
container r are r are
A paper mill supplies a corrugated container manufacture cereal External External
manufacturer with Kraft paper. The r is an manufacture customers to customers
corrugated container manufacturer uses internal r is an the to the
Kraft paper to manufacture corrugated customer to external corrugated corrugated
shipping containers that are then sold to a the cereal customer to container container
cereal manufacturer. Which of the following manufacture the paper manufacture None of manufacture
1166 is true? r. mill. r. these r.

Global
General General Global Agreement General
Awareness Agreement Agreement on Tariffic Agreement
on Tariff and on Tariff and on Tariff and and on Tariff and
1167 GATT stands for Trade Trade Trade Transport Trade
 Trade Manufacturi service Manufacturi
1168 Product are produced in industry ng industry Industry All of above ng industry

Manufacturi None of
1169 Banking Business is Service ng industry Trade these Service
select , train,pramote and retire their Co
1170 subordinates Staffing Directing ordinating Controlling Staffing

The process of breaking down an Department Project Span of None of Department

1171 enterprises into various departments is ation Organisation control these ation

Investment raised by share holder from Joint stock Cooperative Joint stock
1172 public for profit based business in Propritership Partnership Company enterprises Company

Form of ownership which is non profit Joint stock Cooperative Cooperative

1173 based is Propritership Partnership Company enterprises enterprises
Public Private Public
1174 Kirloskar Pneumatic Limited Company is Limited Limited Partnership Propritership Limited
1175 Figure shows Departmentation by _____ Function Process Product Territory Product
Sai Krupa Sugar & alied industry form by Mr.
XYZ with 7 Board of director with, CEO.
Under CEO, Plant Manager , Finance , & Project Line &
market . Plant Manager supervise on Line & staff Line Organisation staff
supervisor. Workers are under Supervisor. Functional organisation, Organisation , organisation
Investment raised by 43 share holder in it. orgnisation, Private ltd , Cooperative , Private ltd
1176 Then which is suitable Organisation & form Partnership Company Propritership enterprises Company

the worker any

isunder safeguard is
the worker influence of removed by
Injured Employer is not liable to recovers in 2 drink or the
1177 compensate if: hours drugs workmen. All of above All of above
blocked current current
1178 woking capital is also called capital capital fixed capital tight capital capital

1179 Types of budget: Fixed variable functional All of above All of above

1180 Figure shows _____________budget Production Sales Capital None Production

Johnson Company wants to procure Land &
build the structure for its own company. Ciculating Working
1181 Investment for this coming under Capital Fixed capital Capital None Fixed capital
The concept in management which concern
with flow of material in an organisation by Finance Material Material
using function like purchasing, storing, Managemen Quality Managemen Managemen
1182 moving, distributing ,production , t management t None t
What is Ascending path for purchasing 1)
Purchase Order 2) Material Requisition 3)
market analysis 4) Quotation call 5)
1183 finalisation of supplier 1-2-3-4-5 2-5-3-4-1 4-3-1-2-5 2-4-3-5-1 2-4-3-5-1
1184 Standardizing include in Seiri Seition Seisco Seiketsu Seiketsu

1185 Industrial sector involves construction Fisheries Textile All of above All of above
India is awarded a certification of POLIO
1186 free country in Jan-11 Jan-09 Jan-14 Jun-11 Jan-11
 Don Mackinnon , the person incharge of "
Hear Music" has been given goals related to
the rollout and sales of this subsidiary of
starbucks . His success at implementing the
strategy will be acessed by actual Implementin
1187 performance againest the goals . This Planning Organizing Controling g Controling
A partner who is not publically known as a
partner but takes active part in the affairs of Sleeping Active Secrete Nominal Secrete
1188 the business is patner partner partner partner partner
In simple words the ………………………………can
be defined as the association of two or
more people doing business together to Private Public
1189 share the profit and expenses coming out of Propritorship Partnership Limited Limited Partnership
Accidents
due to
layout or Accidents Accidents
Accidents Accidents design of because of because of
because of because of working natural natural
1190 Flood , Earthquake , Tsunami are workers management place disasters disasters
Fencing of Washing None of the
1191 Which is the health provision machinery Cleanliness facilities above Cleanliness
Which is an instrument of management
used as aid in the planning , programming
1192 and control of business activity Finance Capital Budget VAT Budget
A single unit of ownership in a corporation ,
mutual fund or any other type of
1193 organization is called Asset Liability Share Debenture Share
Consumptio
1194 Indirect Tax examples n Tax Sales Tax Wealth Tax All of above All of above
Which includes expenses like commission to
salesman ,advirtisement, discount given ,
carriage outward, bad debit, cost of service Selling and Selling and
after sale ,rent of go down ,expenses Opening distribution distribution
1195 related to delivery of material etc. stock Purchases Sales expenses expenses

The
Material department Material
required for which needs required for
running material running
Purchase organization sens organization
department is purchased material is purchased
issues by the recipt note by the
The role of purchase department is vital payment to purchase to purchase purchase
1196 because the vendors department. department All of these department.

Quality Quality
management Quality managemen
Quality circle Quality system assurance t system
1197 ISO 9001:2000 is standard standard standard standard standard
1198 In textile industry fibre is converted into …… Fabric Cloth Yarn Fibre Yarn
The organized efforts by cetain persons, to
Supply the consumers with goods and Managemen
1199 services is called _____ Trade organization t Business Business
A…. Is any achievement of the end point
1200 that is stated in quantitative term . Policy Goal Objective Mission Goal
 To set objectives and policies of the R& D General None of General
1201 organization is function of……….. Manager Engineers Managers these Managers
Conceptual and human needs is related Administrati Managemen Administrati
1202 to……… on t Science Technic on
Centralizatio
Out of following which is not the principles n of None of None of
1203 of management Authority Scalar Chain Order these these
The process by which actual performance of
subordinates is guided towords common Unity of
1204 goal of the enterprise is call …… Organisation command Directing Planning Directing
…………………is The process of operaions,
verify conformity with the predetermined
1205 plan and takes corrective action Coordinating Forecasting organising Controlling Controlling
Identify which statement is correct related
to organization Theory Organization theory
may be defines as the study of 1.
Functioning 2. Perfrmance of organization None of All the
1206 3. Structure 4. The behaviour of Group Both 2 & 4 Both 1 &3 All the above these above

Following diagram represents which Line Line & staff Functional Project Functional
1207 organisation ? organisation organisation organisation organisation organisation
It is The process which is used to group the
activities of the enterprise into various Department Administrati Span of Department
1208 division for the purpose of the efficient Organisation ation on Control ation
Public
1209 Sahkari Bhandar is ……. Types of ownership Government Cooperative Joint stack limited Cooperative
Accident
causing
The accident which leads to death of a Fatal internal Minor Major Fatal
1210 victim is called …….. Accident injury Accident Accident Accident
A minor
As per Worker's Compensation act , legitimate A widowed All the
1211 dependant means : A widow Son mother All the above above
Financial
Which is not element of financial Financial Financial Decision - None of the None of the
1212 management planning Control Making above above

Depreciation provision is which type Source Internal External Medium Short Term Internal
1213 of finance? Source Source Term Source Source Source
…….. Is a direct tax levied on the income
earned by individuals,corporations or on
1214 other forms of business entities. Excise Duty Sale Tax Income Tax Service Tax Income Tax

1215 Anti Dumping Duty is which type of Tax? Excise Duty Sales Tax Custom Duty Service Tax Custom Duty
Inverntory
1216 Which of the following is not input to MRP? ERP BOM record file MPS ERP
Work out product requirement in detail and
set product specifications on the basis of Material Production Quality
customer's preference ,cost and profit is a Quality Managemen Managemen Inventory managemen
1217 function of …………………….. management t t Mangement t
Work out product requirements in details
and set product specifications on the basis Material Quality
of customer preferance ,cost and profit is a Inventary Quality Production Managemen managemen
1218 function of ……………… management management management t t
 1. Customer Focus 2. Ledership 3. Continual
improvement 4. System Approach to
Management 5. Mutually beneficial Supplier
relationship 6. Process approach 7. Factual
approach to decision making 8. People ISO9001:200 ISO9001:200
1219 involvement It is principles of ………………….. 5S 0 Kaizen TQM 0
____can be defined as an unsecured loan
certificate issued by a company which is
1220 backed by general creditninstead by Asset Liability Share Debenture Debenture
______is method of buying goods by
making installment payments over the Hire Sale & lease Hire
1221 period of time. Bank loan purchase back All of Above purchase

_____ includes the bad debt means amount Selling &

that cannot be recovered from market .It is Indirect R.D.D distribution R.D.D
1222 treated as a loss. income account Sales expenses account
____assists in taking decision correctly &
1223 also implementing it effectively & efficiently Direct Tax Indirect Tax Service Tax Income Tax Direct Tax
Which of the following is not included in the
1224 causes of accidents under natural disaster? floods heavy rains tsunami gas leakage gas leakage

both (option
____ is a temporary in nature & the erning Partial Total I) & None of Partial
1225 capacity is reduced due to disablement . disablement disablement (optionII) above disablement
Taking care while working on machinery in Health Safety Welfare None of the Safety
1226 motion is a_______ provision provision provision above provision
First -aid appliance in industry comes Health Safety Welfare Welfare
1227 under______ . provisions provisions provisions precautions provisions
Absence of _____ in units will lead to failure Communicat All of the All of the
1228 in achiving organizational goal. ion Balance Flexibility above above

Downward Upward horizontal Unofficial Upward

_____is generally from lowest grade communicati communicati communicati communicati communicati
1229 employee to the top executives on on on on on

1230 _____act of simulating or inspiring workers Planning Controlling Directing Motivation Motivation

Financial Foreign Foreign Foreign Foreign

Transfer Transfer Tourist Tourist Tourist
1231 FTA stands for______ Arrivel Arrivel Arrivel Arrangement Arrivel
collected are specified in the Central Excise
1232 Tariff Act _____ 1944 1948 1985 1946 1985
____can be defined as an integrated
information system that serves all
1233 departments within an enterprise. MRP MPR ERP EPR ERP

______ is an intelligent activity includes Purchasing Purchase Purchase

1234 decision making ,selection of venders etc. Purchasing department Procurement order order
Suggest appropriate Quantity(%) and
purchase rate in the blank spaces provided 50,intermedi 50,infrequen 50,intermedi
1235 in following ABC Classification ate purchase t 50,Frequent 40,frequent ate purchase
process improment methodology or
1236 technique. Sigma Six Sigma DMAIC Systemize Six Sigma
 It aims to reduce defects to a rate of _____
defects per _____defect opportunity by
identifying & eliminating causes of variation 3.4,thousand 3.4
1237 in business processes 3.1,billion 3.4,million s ,hundreds 3.4,million

Liberalizatio Liberalizatio
n,Privatizatio Liberate,Priv n,Privatizati
In India The novel economic model came n,Globalizati ate,Globaliza Liberate,Priv None of on,Globaliza
1238 with an intension of on tion ate,Global above tion
The items are produced using material with
the help of different engineering processes Manufacturi None of Manufacturi
1239 and technologies is Service ng Trade above ng

Employemen
t Foreign
1240 Globalization increases Opportunity investment Competition All of above All of above

World National World

India is awarded a certification of POLIO Health World Heath Health None of Health
1241 free country by Organization Center Center above Organization

1242 The main contributor in scientific school Henry Feyol F.W.Taylor Gilberth Juran F.W.Taylor

The unity of authority and plan of action is Unity of Unity of Unity of

1243 about direction Authority Discipline commands direction

both (option both (option

None of I) & I) &
1244 Directing can be called Lead Actuate above (optionII) (optionII)
Taking decisions and determine the Managamen Administrati Administrati
1245 objectives in company is the role of t on Public Workers on

Line and Line and

The line organization is developed step by Line staff Fuction staff
1246 step to shape as the organization organization organization All of above organization
Workman’s compensation act for workers
1247 came in to existence in year 1950 1992 1986 1976 1992

Ventilation Ventilation
Ideantify the important health provisions in and First aid Sitting None of and
1248 an industry temperature appliance facilities above temperature

faulty layout faulty layout

or design of or design of
Oily or greasy floors is the factor which working natural working
1249 contributes to accident due to: workers management place diasaters place
_____is defined as an accounting book of
final entry where transactions are listed is
1250 separate or different accounts. Assets Liability Ledger Journal Ledger
Capital invested in Floating Sinking Working
1251 equipments,tools,furniture are termed as capital capital capital Fixed capital Fixed capital
Inheritance tax and Endowment tax are falls
1252 under Direct tax Indirect tax Service tax All of above Direct tax
Which are the following are the”Sources of Credit Retained both (A) and both (A) and
1253 working capital” Trade credit facilities earnings (B) (B)
 Buying new machinery,Doing research and Deffered Retained Depreciation Retained
1254 Development are the examples of taxation earning provisions All of above earning
serves all department within an enterprise
1255 is called as MRP MPR ERP EPR ERP

Human Finance and

1256 List the modules in ERP resource Purchase accounting All of above All of above
Ideantify the different inferences of EOQ
i)No quantity discounts ii)No stock out will
be there iii)Receipt of material is immediate
1257 iv)Only order cost and holding cost Only i Only i and ii Only i and iii i,ii,iii,iv i,ii,iii,iv
Arrange the activities of ABC analysis in the
sequential form i)Make the list of all item as
per there value ii)Find out the percentage of
high,medium,and low valued
items.iii)Seprate and count the number of
costly,medium valued and low valued items
1258 iv)Find out and list all items used in industry iv,ii,i,iii iv,i,iii,ii ii,i,iv,iii iv,iii,ii,i iv,i,iii,ii
Ideantify important constitutes from
following i)orderliness and cleaniness
ii)Punctuality and continuous efforts
1259 iii)Customer service iv)Standization of work Only i Only i and ii Only ii i,ii,iii,iv i,ii,iii,iv
Quality circle is small group of employees
1260 .that is may be __ to __.. 2 ,4 5,8 5,10 2,20 5,10
Match the following,select proper option
L)Structurize i)Cleaning M)Systemize
ii)Standardization N)Standardize L-ii,M-iv,N- L-i,M-iv,N- L-iv,M-iii,N- L-iv,M-i,N- L-iv,M-iii,N-
1261 iii)Neatness O)Sanitizeiv)Organization i,O-iii ii,O-iii ii,O-i iii,O-ii ii,O-i
Which are the following two elements of
TQM i)Quality of planning ii)Quality of
design iii)Quality implementation iv)Quality
1262 of performance i and iii ii and iv ii and iii i and iv i and iii
Vidarbh Textiles is establishing company. In
the first meeting some policies were
determined which includes determine
companies objective, Formulate correct
policies,prepare cost and performance
standards for budget and prepare short
range plans to evaluate achievements . d)Coordinati
1263 Identify the function of management a) Planning b) Organising c)Directing ng a) Planning
How many levels of management are there c) As per
1264 ? a) Four b) Three situation d) Can't say b) Three
Who had a main concern to achieve
efficiency of Men and Material through a) b) Robinson d)Mery a)
1265 application of Time and Motion Study ? F.W.Taylor Boulton c)Gilbreth Parker F.W.Taylor

a) Establish b) Indentify c)Prioritize d) Establish d) Establish

1266 Which is the first in planning ? taks resources goals goals goals

a) Historical a) Historical
1267 Management is in process since period b) After 1800 c) After 1900 d) After 1700 period
Who said this ," Management is getting the a) Henry c)Mery d)Henry c)Mery
1268 things done by others "-? Gantt b) Drucker Parker Fayol Parker
 d)
Which is the fastest growing sector in india a) Manufacturi
1269 now a days ? Agriculture b) Fishing c) Service ng c) Service

c)
Safegaurds
b) May work intrest of
a) Improper against Multinationa
Which of the following is disadvantage of distribution indigeous l companies d) All of the d) All of the
1270 Liberalisation ? of income industries only above above
Trade is defined as the agreeable exchange none of
1271 of a) goods b) service a and b both these a and b both
c) converts
c) converts oil,natural
oil,natural gas,
gas, metals,mine
metals,miner rals,air
als,air water water into
a)Purchases b) Produce into different different
The chemical industry consists of the and sales industrial chemical chemical
1272 companies that chemicals chemicals products b and c both products
Which of the following are types of partners none of
1273 ? Active sleeping a and b both these a and b both
limited company. What is maximum limit of d) No such
1274 members? a) 14 b) 50 c) 7 limit b) 50
Injury is defined as harm caused to the body a) An d) All of the d) All of the
1275 such as - abrasion b) Puncture c) Wound above above
b) b)
Who is responsible for ungaurdrd moving a) Managemen d) none of Managemen
1276 parts in an industry ? Government t c) Workers these t
The capital required for establishing an Working circulating none of
1277 organisation is called as - capital Fixed capital capital these Fixed capital

Efficient Security of Shareholder'

assets business s intrest is All of the All of the
1278 Financial control ensures- utilisation assets served above above
Which of the following budget is a forecast b) b)
of the number of products that must be a) Sales Production c) Purchase d)Cash Production
1279 manufactured ? Budget Budget Budget Budget Budget

b)
Which of the following types of budgets a) Master Production c) Capital
essential for smooth working of and sales and financial and Cash d) All of the d) All of the
1280 Manufacturing Industry ? baudget Budget budget above above

Which of the following management task , b)

refers to process of planning,storing and a) Materials Operational c) Financial d) Marketing a) Materials
providing the appropriate material of the Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen
1281 right quantity at right time and place ? t t t t t
a)Annual b)Annual c)Annual c)Annual
consumption consumption consumption d)Annual consumptio
cost is cost is cost is consumption n cost is
In ABC Analysis ,which inventory is classified around 15- around 70- around 5- cost is around 5-
1282 into group C ? 25% 80% 10% around 50% 10%
Items like nuts , bolts ,screws are given a
1283 rating of - a) Items A b)Items B c) Items C d) Items D c) Items C
 d) X-
Average
a) X- EOQ Y- c) X- EOQ Y- Inventory Y- a) X- EOQ Y-
Figure shows Inventory Parameters Identify Reorder b) X- Reorder Average Reorder Reorder
1284 the parameters at X and Y ? Point Point Y- EOQ Inventory Point Point
The company have to generate valueable
financial reports by compiling financial data
from every department of company which
includes Production, Accounts, Sales , c)
Purchase, Personnel , Product development a) Financial b)H.R.Modul Production d) Prchase a) Financial
1285 and design. Which of the following module module e module module module
Figure shows six sigma DMAIC cycle .
Identify the missing terms from the options a) 1- Analyse b) 1- Design c) 1- Define 3- d) 1- Define d) 1- Define
1286 given below? 3- Define 3- Analyse Allot 3- Analyse 3- Analyse
Automated Automated Automatic Automated
Teller All Time Trazerer Teller Teller
1287 ATM Means? Machines Money Machines Machines Machines

1288 Lower Levels operation as Production Purchase Payment All of these All of these
Forward
1289 The qualities of Leadership are: Honesty Competent looking All of these All of these
Work Work
Chain of Responsibilit specializatio specializatio
1290 ……………… is division of Labour. command Authority y n n
The process of classifying an organization
on the basis of similar activities,to facilate
planning and control is called
…….Organiza onDepartmenta onDecentrali
za oncentraliza onDepartmenta onopt
ionb1
___________ is also called as Scalar
Organiza onLine and Staff
organiza onFunc onal organiza onLine
organiza onProject organiza onLine
organiza onop onc1
…………….. Is an association of two or more
persons who have agreed to share the Proprietorshi Joint Stock Co operative
1291 profits of a business carried on by all or any p Partership Company Society Partership
Which of the following comes under
1292 Government sector _______ BOSCH TATA L & T Ltd ONGC ONGC
To ensure …………, a long term planning
related to the required manpower ,traning
1293 and development for employees is required Balance Stability Flexibility All of these Stability
Service Service Service
1294 Main aim of Public Sector is Profit motive motive members All of these motive
improper
Which of the following is not a human cause Oily or mental usage of Oily or
1295 for accidents in industry? greasy floors worries carelessness tools greasy floors

Accidents include injuries because of Harmful Dangerous

1296 exposure to : substances Toxic gases fumes All of these All of these

Workmens Workmens
Where death from accidents, amount of Minimum Compensatio All of the Compensati
1297 compensation given by which act Factory Act Wages Act n Act above on Act
Tax paid by individual to Central
1298 Government of India it is called as Service Tax Income Tax Excise Duty VAT Income Tax
 Commission paid to salemen, discount on Balance Profit and Capital Trading Profit and
1299 bills they are debited in Sheet Loss Account account account Loss Account
A' type of item are generally ….. Of all
1300 inventories cost 0% 10% 50% 1% 1%
……… mainly focuses on the right quantity of
items to be stored to reduce the cost
1301 associated with the inventories ABC EOQ ERP SAP EOQ
Bill of
Master Material file
production with lead Inventory
1302 Input to MRP are schedule time record file All of these All of these

To procure
To ensure To procure material at
quality of right reasonable
1303 Objective of Purchasing are material material price All of these All of these
……… module facilitates processes of Sales &
1304 maintaining the stock levels in a warehouse Production Purchasing Marketing Inventory Inventory
The quality management system of ISO Customer Involment of Process
1305 9001 : 2000 is based on focus people approach All of these All of these

1306 Do it Right First Time- it is principle of ISO TQM TQP All of these TQM
A process whereby superiors and
subordinates jointly set goals and assess
contributions of Every one to the common
1307 goals is called__________. MBE MBO MBS MBP MBO

Departmentation on the basis of activities departmenta departmenta departmenta departmenta department

grouped according to the type of customer tion by tion tion by tion by ation by
1308 is__________. function byproducts territory customers customers
Management By Objectives was introduced Peter Peter
1309 by_____________. Taylor Elton Mayo Drucker Maslow Drucker

Motivation based on force of fear is negative positive extrinsic intrinsic negative

1310 called__________. motivation motivation motivation motivation motivation

extra
pressure of quality of monopoly In work gets quality of
out of following which is not the correct work on very work gets skills by few completed in work gets
1311 advantage of 'Division of Work'? few reduced reduced in reduced less time reduced
No smoking the factor is an example of
1312 ___________. rules programme project schedule rules
Management is an organ; organs can be
described and defined only through their
functions. This definition was given Peter F. Peter F.
1313 by____________. Drucker Terry. Louis Allan. Henry Fayol. Drucker

By India there is very large export of fruits and finished fruits and
1314 processed _______________ vegetables Chemicals products fishes vegetables

maximum employment method of employment

weight to of a young carring none of of a young
1315 The following picture is associated with : carried person bricks these person
 As per Factories Act "Factory" means any
premises including the precincts there of
where ____ or more workers are working or
were working on any day of the preceding
12 months, and in any part of which a
manufacturing process isbeing carried on
1316 without the aid of power, or is ordinarily so 40 20 50 100 20

control of financial management all of the all of the

1317 Aim of financial management is at cash control of earnings above above
computer software, goodwill, brands /
tradmarks, mining rights, copyrights and tangible intangible capital work intangible
1318 patents are known as __________ assets assets in progress none assets
_____________ is levied on the sale of
commodity, it is produced or imported and customs
1319 sold for the first time. duty sales tax service tax gift tax sales tax

Total cost on
suppose following is budget of a company : Total cost on indirect Total cost on
1320 'T' stands for Total cost direct labour labour Cost per unit direct labour

cost to be cost of cost of cost of

loss due to paid to packing handling handling
1321 material handing cost means deterioration consumer material material material
C' class items are _______________ % of none of the
1322 the total number of items 10-May 15-25 65-75 above 65-75
To have selective control and focus
attention only on important items none of the
1323 __________ will helps manager ABC analysis EOQ inventory above ABC analysis

JIT (Just-In-Time) inventory control is an Well-

approach to inventory control, which organized
stipulates that materials should arrive just, receiving
as they are needed, in the production and handling Suppliers High quality Suppliers
process. Which of the following would of materials located in of materials located in
generally not be associated with a purchased Strong diverse and purchased diverse and
successful JIT program, for the purpose of from management distant from distant
1324 inventory control? suppliers commitment locations suppliers locations
______________ is a computer based
system designed to stramline and integrate
1325 various operation and information flows in MRP ERP MPS TQM ERP
supervisor and all circles are co-ordinated Quality
1326 by a facilitator Kaizen 5S Quality Circle ERP Circle

Six sigma is ______________ improvement manufacturi customer

1327 methodology ng business relationship continous business
Following are the principles of : 1) System
approach to management 2) Continual
improvement 3) Factual approach to
decision making 4) Mutually beneficial
1328 supplier relationships Delegation Organization ISO:9001 EOQ ISO:9001

Karmayogi Birla Sunlife Birla Sunlife

Kirloskar Oil Bajaj Sahkari Insurance Insurance
Which of the following organisation belongs Engines Electricals Sakhar Company Company
1329 to Service Sector? Limited Limied Karkhana Limited. Limited.
 Tata Tata
Consultancy Steel Bharat Consultancy
Identify the organisation which belongs to Sevices Hindustan authority of Electronics Sevices
1330 Information Technology Sector. Limited Antibiotics India Limited Limied Limited

Increase in Increase in Increase in

Which of the following is not effect of size of quality foreign Decrease in Decrease in
1331 globalisation in India? market awareness Investment rainfall rainfall
Name the scientist who put forward the Abraham Peter Frank Abraham
1332 theory of 'hierarchy of human needs'. Elton Mayo Maslow Drucker Gilbreth Maslow

Managemen Functional Scientific Scientific

Which theory was put forward by t by Industrial Managemen Managemen Managemen
1333 F.W.Taylor? objectives management t t t
Which alternative can replace blank spaces
in given statement? Statement: '---------------- Authority, Accountabilit Authority,
------- and---------------------- must always go Authority, responsibilit Authority, y, responsibilit
1334 together.' opportunity y discipline productivity y
Conducting
Identify function of management from Decision market Maintenance Material Decision
1335 following alternatives. making survey of machines handling making

The interests The general The general

of an interests are A Interests of interests are
individual more subordinate individual more
are more important should subordinates important
Identify correct meaning of Fayol's principle important than generally finally result than
'Subordination of individual interests to the than general individual take interest into general individual
1336 general interests.' interests. interests. in his work interest. interests.
What is the correct sequence of control
procedure? ( P) taking corrective action (Q)
Measuring actual performance ( R )Setting
1337 up standard (S) Comparison of actual with RQSP RPQS RSQP PQSR RQSP

Separation
of ownership
Identify the alternative which does not Separate Unlimited Perprtual and Unlimited
1338 indicate feature of a joint stock company? legal status Liability Succession management Liability

Line and
In which type of organisation decision Line staff Project Functional Line
1339 making activity consumes least time? organisation organisation Organisation Organisation organisation
Some women from a village want to set up
a small industrial unit to produce various
types of Jams ,Jellies,Juices from locally Private
available fruits.Which form of ownership Proprietory Partnership Co-operative Limited Co-operative
1340 will be more suitable for this agro based firm firm Society Company Society
What is the most suitable base for
departmentation for a company selling only
1341 washing machines over entire India? Product Process Function Territory Territory
 M/s Technica Private Limied is a medium
scale industry which manufactures and sells
machine tools.It requires services of experts
in various fields like metallurgy,mechanical
engineering,computer
software,finance,manufacturing,etc.Which Line and Line and
type of organisation structure will be more Line staff Project Functional staff
1342 suitable for this company? organisation organisation Organisation Organisation organisation
Identify the alternative which can correctly
replace blank spaces in following statement.
Statement:According to Factories Act
,women workers can work in factories only 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 a.m. to
1343 in hours between ---------------------------------. 7:00 p.m. 7:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. 7:00 p.m. 7:00 p.m.

Which industrial Act safeguards interests of Workmens'

workers against their expolitation regarding Payment of Minimum Compensatio Industrial Minimum
1344 wages? bonus Act Wages Act n Act Dispute Act Wages Act

Leakage of Leakage of
Unsafe chemical chemical
loading or Physical or through through
Identify from the following a mechanical Operating at unloading of mental valve of valve of
1345 cause of accident . unsafe speed goods fatigue storage tank storage tank

Municipal
1346 Which of the following is not the direct tax? Excise duty Property Tax Income Tax Gift Tax Excise duty
Maintenanc
The expenditure on which of following Machine Electricity Maintenance e of
1347 items can be classified as Working Capital? Tools Generator of machines Patents machines

Debenture
holders get
interest on
Debenture their Debenture
holders can investment holders can
vote in irrespective
Debenture vote in
Debenture annual of holders have annual
holders are general Company's a charge on general
creditors of meeting of financial the assets of meeting of
Identify false statement out of given the the performancethe the
1348 statements company. company. . company. company.
Which budget can be considered as Central Master Master
1349 summarised budget for entire organisation? Final Budget Budget Budget Total Budget Budget
Which pair is correctly matched? Group I
:(p)Excise duty (q)Customs duty (r ) Income
Tax (s) VAT Group II: (a) Income of
individual (b) Production of goods (c p-b,q-a,r-d,s- p-b,q-d,r-a,s- p-b,q-c,r-a,s- p-c,q-a,r-d,s- p-b,q-d,r-a,s-
1350 )Amount of value added (d) Import of goods c c d d c
Which costs are optimised to find EOQ ?
(p)Procurement Cost (q) Material Cost ( r)
Labour Cost ( s) Indirect Cost (t) Inventory All (p),(q),(
1351 carrying cost (p)& (q) (p), (q)& (t) (p)& (t) r),(s) and (t) (p)& (t)
 Cost towards
deterioration Cost of Cost of
and placing placing
Cost of obsolescenc Cost of purchase purchase
Which costs can not be considered as storage of e of insurance of order for order for
1352 inventory carrying cost? materials materials material materials materials

Time Time
duration Time duration
between required between
placing an between placing an
order to the Time receiving the order to the
supplier and required to material and Total time supplier and
actual compare the actual required for actual
receiving quotations manufacturi purchase receiving
1353 What is lead time? material received ng procedure material

Employee Energy Enterprise Export Enterprise

Recruitment Resource Resource Revenue Resource
1354 What is full form of ERP? Planning Planning Planning Planning Planning

'A'category
'A'category items are 'A'category
items should least in 'A'category items should
be number but items be
purchased in their share in The safety require purchased in
large annual stock for careful and large
quantity and consumption 'A'category accurate quantity and
Which statement regarding 'A'category less cost is items is kept determinatio less
1355 items in ABC analysis is false? frequently maximum. less n of EOQ. frequently
What is the correct sequence of Purchase
procedure? ( P)Decision of purchasing (Q)
Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis
of material suppliers (S) Material requisition
received (T)Material receiving,accepting and
1356 payment to supplier (U) Finalisation of S-P-R-Q-T-U S-R-P-U-Q-T S-Q-R-U-P-T S-P-R-U-Q-T S-P-R-U-Q-T

Member,Ste
Identify the position which is not included in ering
1357 organisation for Quality Circle? Facilitator Director Committee Leader Director
Quality is
Quality defined by The cost of
Identify incorrect statement from given increases the non quality Quality is Quality is
1358 alternatives. productivity. customer. is high. negotiable. negotiable.
1359 What is not included in 5S? Seiri Seition Shinto Seiso Shinto

ISO ISO
9001:Model 9003:Model ISO
for Quality for Quality 9004:Model
assurance in assurance in for Quality ISO 8402: ISO 8402:
production,i final management Managemen Managemen
Find incorrect pair of ISO standard and and nstallation inspection and Quality t of audit t of audit
1360 its title. and servicing and testing system programmes programmes
 Continuous Higher the Higher the
Which of the following is not principle of Do it right improvemen quality,highe Empowering quality,high
1361 TQM? first time. t r the cost. the staff er the cost.

Procuremen
Procurement Procurement Selling Cost t Cost and
Cost and Cost and and Material Inventory
Which two costs are optimised to find EOQ Production Inventory Production Cost and Carrying
1362 ? Cost Carrying Cost Cost Labour Cost Cost

Cost of
follow up Cost of
Interest on and placing Interest on
Cost of capital expediting purchase capital
Which costs can not be considered as receiving invested in purchase order for invested in
1363 procurement cost? quotation inventory order materials inventory

A place
where all
A collective raw A collective
term used materials term used
for raw and for raw
materials consumables materials
and ,work-in- and
consumables process,finis consumable
,work-in- hed s,work-in-
process,finis A record of A woman goods.are process,finis
1364 What is right meaning of inventory? hed goods. all inventions inventor stored. hed goods.
Which alternative can replace blank space in
given statement? Statement : ------------------ Managemen
is a business management system which Material Enterprise t Enterprise
integrates all functional units of the requirement Inventory Resource Information Resource
1365 business through a common corporate planning Control Planning System Planning

Preference Preference Preference

Preference shareholders shareholders shareholders Preference
shareholders have first get fixed have low risk shareholder
Which statement regarding preference enjoy voting claim to get dividend of s enjoy
1366 share holders is incorrect? right. dividend. /annum investment. voting right.

Long term
Loan from
Which of following can not be considered as financial Retained Bank Long term Bank
1367 source of fixed capital? institutions Earnings overdraft Debentures overdraft
Which alternative can replace blank space in
given statement? Statement : A ----------------- Profit and
- is a forecast of revenues ,expenses and Loss Cash flow Balance
1368 resources over a specified future period of Statement statement Budget Sheet Budget

Which industrial Act safeguards interests of Workmens'

workers regarding their health,safety and Indian Minimum Compensatio Industrial Indian
1369 welfare? Factories Act Wages Act n Act Dispute Act Factories Act
 Workers
Workers talking on
talking on Slippery Insufficient mobile
Poor mobile floors number of phones
housekeepin phones while because of emergency while
Identify the cause of accident which is a g in the operating spillage of oil exits and operating
1370 personal factor? plant. machines. on floor doors machines.

Adequate Adequate
ventilation ventilation
by Providing Providing Providing by
Which of the following can not be circulation of facility for facility of facility of circulation
1371 considered as welfare activity for workers. fresh air sitting canteen. creches of fresh air
Identify the alternative which can correctly
replace blank spaces in following statement.
Statement:According to Factories Act no
adult worker should be required or allowed 12 hours in a 36 hours in a 48 hours in a 10 hours in a 48 hours in a
1372 to work in a factory for more than ----------. day week week day week

Public sector The main

Industries The main motive of
encourage motive of public sector
development Public Sector public sector Public sector units is
of leads to units is profit generally profit and
underdevelo equitable and social dominates social
In following alternatives,some statements ped regions distribution benefit is production benefit is
related with Public Sector are given .Identify of the of wealth secondary of producer secondary
1373 which statement is incorrect . country. and income. motive. goods. motive.
What is minimum number of members in a
1374 public limied company? 2 7 20 50 7

Joint stock
companies
can
Joint stock undertake Joint stock
companies several companies
have no Members of activities like have no
separate joint stock expansion,m separate
legal status company odernisation, legal status
Which statement regarding Joint stock than their have limited diversificatio None of the than their
1375 companys is incorrect? members. Liability. n ,etc. above members.
Private Public
In which form of ownership,the owner has limied limited Proprietory Co-operative Proprietory
1376 to bear unlimited liability? Company Company firm Socirty firm

For which type of following business, the Manufacturi Providing Extraction of Exploration Extraction of
form of cooperative society will be the most ng of sewing laundry oil from of metals oil from
1377 suitable? machines services groundnuts from mines groundnuts

Identify the subfunction which is not Communicat Co- Co-

1378 included in Directing function. Leadership ion ordination Supervision ordination
 To execute
To guide and plans To guide and
To select instruct determined instruct
suitable staff workers To evaluate by top level workers
for lower regarding performance of regarding
Identify the alternative which does not give level of daily of management daily
1379 function of middle level management. management workload supervisors . workload
Name the scientist who put forward the Abraham Frank
1380 theory of 'Scientific Management'. Maslow Gilbreth Henry Fayol F.W.Taylor F.W.Taylor
Which of the following is not an Agro Chemical Chemical
1381 Industry based product ? Jute bags Pesticide Jaggery Fruit Jam Pesticide
General
Insurance
Identify the organisation which does not Tata Motors Bank of Corporation Taj Group of Tata Motors
1382 belong to Service Sector. Limited Maharashtra of India Hotels Limited

Cheaper
products
manufacture Identity of Identity of
Small scale d outside nationality is nationality is
Cultural industries India are enhanced enhanced
transfusion are facing preferred by due to due to
is creating severe Indian foreign foreign
threat to competition customers collaboration collaboratio
Identify false statement out of given Indian from large compared to and multi n and multi
statements in alternatives,regarding effects culture and scale Indian national national
1383 of globalisation. tradition. industries. products companies. companies.

Bharat Bhima Birla Sunlife Bharat

Bajaj Heavy Sahkari Insurance Heavy
Which of the following organisation belongs Electricals Electricals Sakhar Company Electricals
1384 to Public Sector? Limited Limied Karkhana Limited. Limied
What is the first step of Purchase
procedure? ( P)Decision of purchasing (Q)
Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis Accepting
of material suppliers (S) Material requisition material and
received (T)Material receiving,accepting and Issuing Material making Material
payment to supplier (U) Finalisation of Finalisation Purchase requisition payment to requisition
1385 suppliers of Supplier Order received supplier received
What is the term used for slow but never
1386 ending improvement in all aspects of life ? Kan Ban Seiketsu Kaizen Poka Yoka Kaizen
With reference to 5S, which pair of Seiketsu-
Japaneese word and its meaning in English Seiri- Seition-Set in Standardisin Seiri-
1387 is not properly matched? Sustaining order Seiso-Shining g Sustaining
What is the correct sequence of planning
procedure? ( P) Planning premises (Q)
Implementing Plan & taking corrective
actions ( R )Evaluating Alternatives &
1388 Selecting the best (S) Developing alternative TPRSQ TPSRQ RSQPT PTSRQ TPSRQ
M/s Madhura Sugars is a private firm in
sugar industry which produces and sells
sugar, that is produced by chemically Line and
processing sugarcane juice.Which type of Line staff Project Functional Line
1389 structure is more suitable for this company? organisation organisation Organisation Organisation organisation
 Industrial
Developmen State
Which of the following is not financial State Bank of t Bank of Financial Unit Trust of State Bank
1390 institution? India India Corporation India of India

'C'category
'C'category items are 'C'category 'C'category
items least in items should items should
require number but be be
careful their share in purchased in purchased in
attentionand annual large large
accurate consumption quantity and 'C'category quantity and
Which statement regarding 'C'category determinatio cost is less are less less
1391 items in ABC analysis is true? n of EOQ. maximum. frequently valuable. frequently

Q.C.is based
on concept
Basic that
objective of employees
Q.C. is to closest to
identify and the problem
solve work better Q.C.Member
related understand s meet
problems for nature of regularly
improving problem and Membership under Membership
Identify wrong statement regarding Quality Quality and its feasible to Q.C. is guidance of to Q.C. is
1392 Circle.(Q.C.) Productivity solution. compulsory their leader compulsory

Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge

Procedure Process Process None of Process
1393 KPO stands for Outsourcing OutSourcing Organization above OutSourcing
_____ is recruitment of right people at right
1394 place in an organization Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling Staffing
___ was main contributor in the scientific Frank Peter Frederick Frederick
1395 school Gilbreth Drucker Taylor Henry Fayol Taylor
____ has to be maintained in an Unity of
1396 organization while treating the employees Scalar Chain Order Equity Command Equity
The managers working at middle level ____
manages the whole organization and reach Operationall All of the
1397 to the goal defined by top management. Strategically Tactically y above Tactically
____ stands for granting of authority to
subordinates to accomplish or perform a
particular assignment while operating Delegation Responsibilit Effective Accountabilit Delegation
1398 within pre-decided limits and standards of Authority y Delegation y of Authority

____ are private and mainly created for Cooperative Cooperative

providing the different services to the Private Joint Stock Organization Organization
1399 individual as well as society. Undertaking Partnership Companies s s
Joint Stock Joint Stock
Private Joint Stock Private
Limited Public Limited
In ____ minimum members involved are 2 Stock Limited Co-operative Private Stock
1400 and maximum are 50 company Company Organization Undertaking company
 ____ are Public welfare Department, Public
Department of Human Resource Government Public Corportation Private Government
1401 Development etc departments Companies s Undertaking departments

Accident Accident Accident Accident

because of because of Accident because of because of
human Managemen because of Natural Natural
1402 Tsunami is an beings t bad weather Disasters Disasters
____ is universal lubricant which keeps
1403 enterprise dynamic Capital Finance Budget VAT Capital

The ____ is an accounting and a taxation Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the Depreciation
1404 term Earnings Provisions Taxation Above Provisions

Equipment Equipment
Leasing, Sale and Credit Sales, Leasing,
Suggest the appropriate types of sources for Trade credit, Straight Lease Back, Trade Straight
1405 Middle Term Capital Bank Credit Term Loans Loans Credits Term Loans
ABC Analysis plays a vital role in ____ Both (a) and
1406 management Finance Inventory (b) Material
Inventory
Economic Economic Economic
____ is one which allows lowest cost per Order Order Equal Order Equal Order Order
1407 unit and is most advantageous Quantity Quality Quantity Quality Quantity

Material Enterprise Material Material Material

The SAP ERP product is very popular for Requirement Resource Resource Managemen Managemen
1408 material management called as Planning Planning Planning t Module t Module

Master Master Master Master

Distribution Production Master Sales Output Production
Schedule, Schedule, Schedule, Schedule, Schedule,
Inventory Inventory Inventory Inventory Bill Inventory
1409 Suggest the appropriate inputs to MRP: File Record File Sale File File Record File
Arrange the activities of Purchasing
Procedure before issuing Purchase order i)
Making request for quotation ii)Selection of
possible potentials sources of supply
1410 iii)Selection of right source of supply iv) i, ii, iii, iv ii, i, iv, iii ii, iii, i, iv iv, i, ii, iii ii, i, iv, iii

Customer Custom Customer

Relationship Customer Relative Customer Relationship
Managemen Relation Managemen Relative Managemen
1411 CRM is t Manager t Manager t

Monitors Includes
Need of Includes and Data Analysis Need of
Internal Supervision Measures for Internal
Audits at pre and products as continuous Audits at pre
Clause of ISO 9001:2000 Internal Audit planned Measuremen well as improvemen planned
1412 includes ____ intervals ts services t intervals
Match the following -Select Proper Option l)
Quality Circle i)School of Wisdom m) Kaizen
ii) Small group of voluntary employees n) 6 l-iii, m- ii, n-
1413 sigma iii) 3.4 defects per million l -i, m-iii, n-ii l- ii, m-iii, n-i l-ii, m-i, n-iii iii l-ii, m-i, n-iii
 Statement 1:MRP maintains maximum
inventory Statement 2:MRP provides better both 1&2 are both 1&2 are 1 correct, 2 1 wrong,2 1 wrong,2
1414 inventory turnover correct wrong wrong correct correct

To produce To maintain
material at standards of
1415 Why purchasing is required lowest cost quality Both a and b None Both a and b

Which Statement is wrong? Zero based is difficult to Consume Avoids Consume

1416 budgeting implement less time wastage is costly less time

1417 Labour budget is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None Function

A budget which is designed to change in capital
relation with the level of activity of the expenditure variable material variable
1418 business budget budget cash budget budget budget

According to Workman's compensation act, Any

in which of the following cases should an Injury caused disablement/
employer provide compensation to the during Injury caused death after
1419 employee? employment by accident accident All of above All of above
Managemen Working
1420 Who is responsible for accident Worker t condition All of above All of above

Which is not correct advantage of 'line Confusion is Easy to

1421 organisation' It is simple less Specialised understand Specialised

Language Poor Confused

1422 Which is barrier in communication problem knowledge information all all

In team Talent of Talent of

work,there is each each
more member Teamwork Big task is member
contribution cannot be creates good easier due to cannot be
1423 Which Statement is wrong from many used work culture teamwork used

Hidher the
Authority Authority is post,higher Authority is Authority
can not be the power to is the right to can not be
1424 Which Statement is wrong delegated act authority command delegated

Discipline Lack in Discipline

Discipline Organisation starts from discipline starts from
has no needs bottom to leads to loss bottom to
1425 Which statement is wrong ? excuss discipline top control top
Out of the following which is not function of
1426 management Planning Controlling Discipline Directing Discipline
Theory X
Concept of Motion Theory X &Theor
1427 Mc Gregor has given contribution in bureaucracy Study &Theory Y Time study y Y
Foreign International Internal Internal
1428 Domestic trade is also called as Global trade trade trade trade trade
Three Heavy Three
1429 India is largest market in the world for Cars Wheelers Vehicles Public travels Wheelers
 Statement 1:procurement is a systematic both
process Statement 2: Purchasing is a routine both 1&2 are both 1&2 are 1 correct, 2 1 wrong,2 1&2
1430 process correct wrong wrong correct are correct

Assures Only few do Assures

1431 Quality managemant Quality all work Both a and b None Quality
Match the pairsof column 1 & 2 Column 1 a)
Seiri b) Seition c) Seiso d) Seiketsu Column 2
1) Standardise 2) Sanitise 3) Systemise 4) a-1,b-3,c-4,d- a-2,b-1,c-3,d- a-3,b-2,c-1,d- a-4,b-3,c-2,d- a-4,b-3,c-2,d-
1432 Structurise 2 4 4 1 1
Classificatio
Classification n is done
is done after Graph is Graph is not after
What is the relationship between graph & drawing drawn after drawn in drawing
1433 classification of A, B, C categories? graph classification ABC analysis None graph

Cost of One stock

placing order out is Both I & ii
1434 Which is the assumption in EOQ? is variable allowed options None None
________ determines quantity & timing for
1435 material planning ERP MRP-II MRP SAP MRP
Shares is included under _____________ Medium
1436 source of finance Short term term Long term
None Long term
both Statement 1
Statement 1 Statement 1 Statement -1 statement 1 is wrong
Statement - 1 : Excise is direct tax & 2 are is wrong & 2 is correct & 2 & 2 are & 2 is
1437 Statement -2 : Excise is a commodity tax wrong is correct is wrong correct correct

Organisation Oragnisation Organisation Oragnisation

1438 Structure of organisation is represented by brochure chart draft All the above chart

Which is the first need in Maslow's need Self-

1439 hierarchy? Security Physiology Social Actualisation Physiology
Following industry comes under tertiary Mining Cement Service Sugar Service
1440 sector in economy industry Industry Industry Industry Industry
Reserve Bank of India established in
1441 _____________ 1947 1950 1933 1935 1935

Total
Continuous involvment
Customer improvemen of all All the
1442 Which is the component of TQM? focus t employees All the above above
Systematic Good
way of housekeepin Positioning Positioning
1443 5 S is working g Disciplined of items of items
special state special special
special economic economic engineering economic
1444 SEZ means export zone zone zone zone zone

Which is first need in Maslow's need of Self

1445 hierarchy? Physiological Security social actualisation Physiological
service People's
1446 Government sector is also called as Public sector sector sector none Public sector
1447 Which is incorrect type of partner? Active Perfect Nominal Sleeping Perfect
Public private Public
Tata motors refers to which of the following limited limited ownership partnership limited
1448 company type company company company company company
 injury injury
without without
accident in showing showing
the premises external external
1449 Internal accident means of company signs both none signs

Facts bades
Leader's decision
1450 Six sigma success factors are commitment Innovative making ideas All All
An adult worker can work up to ____ hrs in
1451 a day as per factories Act, 1948. 8 9 10 12 9
Who is incorrect person in the defination of Widowed
1452 Dependent? Wife Minor son mother Friend Friend
____________ Persons can be partners in a
1453 business 4,20 2,20 4,10 2,10 2,20

Delegation is a right given by a ____ to ____ Manager, Manager , Superior , Superior ,

1454 to make decisions. Employee C. E. O., H.R. Supervisior Subordinate Subordinate
minimum ____ and maximum ___
1455 members. 2, unlimited 2, 100 4, 100 7, unlimited 7, unlimited
The staff specialist provides _____ to line
1456 managers. Machines work advice orders advice
Need- want - satisfaction chain is invented
1457 by _______ Maslow Taylor Drucker Fayol Maslow
_____ policy covers all the medical health travel life motor health
1458 expenses following hospitalisation. insurance insurance insurance insurance insurance
1459 The current effective service tax rate is: 10% 12% 12.36% 15% 12%

Which one of the following is not a current short- term trade short- term long- term long- term
1460 liability? borrowings payables provisions provisions provisions

1-Production 1- Cash 1-Production

Budget 2- 1-Mft. 1-Mft. budget 2- Budget 2-
Mft. Overhead Overhead Production Mft.
Overhead Budget 2- Budget 2- Budget 3- Overhead
Budget3- Production Production Direct Budget3-
Cash Budget 3- Budget 3- Material Cash
budget4- Cash budget Direct Budget 4- budget4-
Direct 4-Direct Material Mft. Direct
select the apropriat options for 1,2,3,4 in Material Material Budget 4- Overhead Material
1461 above fig. Budget Budget Cash budget Budget Budget

Decision for Material Finalisation Market Material

1462 Which is the first step in purchasing? purchasing requisition of supplier analysis requisition
Statement 1- ERP needs exhaustive training
to employees Statement 2- Cost of ERP Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 1 correct, 2
1463 installation is less correct wrong wrong correct wrong
A-70-80, B- A-70-80, B-
Give the % of total consumption cost in A-5-10, B-30- 10-20, C-5- A-5-10, B-10- A-70-80, B-1- 10-20, C-5-
1464 above figure 60, C-5-10 10 20, C-20-80 46, C-5-10 10
Innovation shows _____ steps and Kaizen
1465 shows _____ steps in speed of work Big, Small Small, Big Small, Small Big, Big Big, Small
 that the
process is in the key process customer the key
1466 A Pareto chart points out: control cause capability needs cause
promote
Which one of the following is not a principle customer communicati empowering
1467 of TQM? satisfaction on employee feedback feedback
If XYZ company makes or produces TVs it Manufacturi Manufacturi
1468 can be called as ____ type of industry. Service ng Trade All of these ng
Manufacturi
1469 Infosys is example of ___ industry IT Textile ng All of these IT
Automatic Automated Automated
Any Time All Time Tailor Teller Teller
1470 In banking sector ATM stands for Money Money Machine Machine Machine
Textile Agro Chemical Agro
1471 Edible oil is a product of Industry IT Industry Industry Industry Industry

Used at all
Thinking or Used at low levels of Thinking and Thinking or
Determinativ level of Managemen Doing Determinati
1472 Administration is a e function management t function. ve function
_____ Management is responsible for the Low and
1473 image of the company. Low Top Middle Middle Top

Conceptual Conceptual,
_____ skill is needed at the top level of and Technical
1474 Management Technical Technical Conceptual and Human Conceptual
_____ is the most basic and primary
1475 function of Management Organizing Purchasing Directing Planning Planning
Out of various principles of management
____ principle of management concerns
with the distribution of autorities among Centralizatio Division of Centralizatio
1476 the various levels of management. Initiative n work Order n
_____ function of management consists of
man power planning, recruitment,
1477 selection, training of employees etc. Controlling Organizing Staffing Planning Staffing

priority will priority will

be given to priority will be given to
debentureho be given to debentureh
lder to shareholder equal older to
receive his to receive his priority will receive his
money money be given to shareholder money
before the before the shareholder and before the
shareholder debentureho and debentureho shareholder
In the event of liquidation of the company, gets lder gets debentureho lder earns gets
1478 a _______ something. something. lder. profit. something.

more profit less profit or no profit or no profit or

1479 Co-operative society runs on ____ basis. or more loss more loss no loss all of these no loss
In functional organization an employee
reports to several higher authorities is Delay in
called as ____ , which is disadvantage of Specializatio decision Single Double Double
1480 functional organizational. n making command command command
 As we move from bottom level of
management to higher level of None of
1481 management the span of control becomes Wide constant Narrow these Narrow
In line organization high level of obedience
on the part of sub-ordinate is required. Due
to which ____ is developed in the higher Autocratic Prompt Effective Autocratic
1482 authorities, which is disadvantage of Line approach Simplicity Decision discipline approach

The The The

If an employee gets injured in a factory Maximum employees employees
while working ,then he is eligible to receive The factories Wages Act Health compensatio compensatio
1483 compensation under ___ act . act 1948 1948 Provision act n act 2009 n act 2009
The capital which is required for day – to – working and
1484 day needs is labeled as ____ capital. working fixed fixed Initial working
Master Marketing Production Master
1485 The overall or summary budget is called as Budget Sales Budget Budget Budget Budget
If salary of an employee is above 12 lacs per
annum, then he will pay ____ tax to central All of the
1486 Government. Income VAT Octroi above Income

Identify taxes collected by Central Income and stamp duty Income and
1487 Government Excise Custom duty and luxury Octroi Excise

Identify taxes collected by state Income and stamp duty stamp duty
1488 Government Excise Custom duty and luxury Excise only and luxury
Annual
Demand Purchase Order Order
1489 In EOQ : Economic Order Quantity; Q is ___ Holding cost Quantity price quantity quantity
Preperation of comparative statement is
1490 part of ___ procedure. Staffing Production Purchasing Recruitment Purchasing
Motor byke ready with engine fitting and all
other accessories but without tyres is Semi- Semi-
1491 example of ___ inventory Indirect finished finished Raw finished
In case of Inventory management match the
following a. Raw Inventories b. In process
Inventories c. Finished Inventories d.
Indirect inventories. p. They include
lubricants and other items, like spare parts,
needed for proper operation, repair and
maintenance during manufacturing cycle. q. a - p; b - q; c - a - s; b - r; c - a - p; b - r; c - a - s; b - q; c - a - s; b - q; c -
1492 semi finished goods r. waiting for dispatch s. r; d - s; q; d - p; q; d - s; r; d - p; r; d - p;

A type :
In case of ABC analysis of material A type : A type : A type : mother
management, and in case of Computer sub mother screws; B mother board, RAM;
parts following are the various type of board, RAM; type : power board, RAM; B type :
materials used like mother board and RAM, B type : supply; C B type : power
power supply, screws for mother board power type : screws C supply; C
fitting etc. then which is A type, B type and supply; C mother type : power None of type :
1493 C type ? type : screws board, RAM; supply; these screws
1494 Kaizen is basically ___ technique Japanese Chinese American Indian Japanese
The parts per million defects are accepted in
1495 6 sigma is 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 3.4
In 5 S technique ___ can also translated as
1496 "Set in order" or "Stream line" Seiri Seiton Seiso Shitsuke Seiton
 What plays an important role in the Indian
1497 Textile Industry ? Satin wood cotton machines cotton
Which of the following is not a basic
1498 function of the management process? Controlling Organising Working Leading Working

In line organisation ,who is responsible for The Superior The The

1499 final result? The worker authority managers The foreman managers

Professional
Which of the following is not the Quick Managemen Limited Quick
1500 advantages of a public limited company? Formation Large Capital t Liability Formation

Which of the following is not the Storage of Controlling Storage of

1501 responsibility of a production manger? Quality Quantity goods accidents goods
In partnership, the partners have unlimited
1502 liability, is it true or false? TRUE FALSE Partly True Partly False TRUE
Hospitalisati
1503 What happens in fatal accident? on Fractures Disablement Death Death
higher
_________ is a factor influencing capitalisatio Nature of operating none of Nature of
1504 requirements of fixed capital ? n business efficiency above business

Which one of the following is not a major Receipts Disbursemen Financing Capital Capital
1505 section in cash budget? Section ts section Section section section
Which one of the follwing is not a tax Customs
1506 charged by the central Government? Income Tax duties Weaith tax Stamp duty Stamp duty

Service tax is applicable to the whole of Jammu and Jammu and

1507 India except the state Goa Assam Kashmir Punjab Kashmir
Inventory
What are the various costs involved in Procurement carrying
1508 material management? costs costs Total cost a and b both a and b both

Forecast of
material Reducing Economy in all of the all of the
1509 One of the functions of MRP requriment waste buying these these
Which one of the following can be an ERP Human sales and all of the all of the
1510 module ? resource marketing Finance above above

Continuous
process improvemen benchmarkin none of process
1511 An activity under quality assurance : control t g above control
Customer
Which one of the following benefits the Greater less number empowerme Both 'A' and Both 'A' and
1512 customer due to TQM ? satisfaction of problems nt 'B' 'B'
Old Indian textile industry was Synthetic Blended
1513 predominantly _______ based. Polyster Cotton Textile Fabrics Cotton
Which one of the following categories of Basic Specialty Consumers
1514 chemical industry has smallest volume? Chemicals Life Sciences Chemicals Products Life Sciences

Managemen Principle of
Principle of Name of the t concept in managemen
1515 Espirit de Corps means ______ . Coordination management company France t
 Give
freedom for
Distribute Make people each
1516 Aim of Departmentation is to _____ . the work specialised function All of above All of above

Ownership is Ownership
Works on in the hands is in the
Which statement about cooperative society democratic Membership of the It is private hands of the
1517 is wrong? principal is voluntary Government ownership Government
Week as per Factory Act is a period
1518 between two ___ . Mondays Saturdays Sundays Thursdays Saturdays
According to Factory Act , drinking water
1519 must be away from latrine by ____ meters. 12 3 6 9 6
Floating Blocked Circulating Circulating
1520 Working capital is also called as _____ . Fixed capital capital capital capital capital
Customs Customs
1521 #NAME? Income tax duty wealth tax Gift tax duty
1 wrong
1) VAT is not simple and transperent 2) VAT Both 1 & 2 Both 1 & 2 1 correct & 2 1 wrong & 2 & 2
1522 is progressive form of Sales tax. are correct are wrong wrong correct correct

Material planning is based on data from Sales Production Purchase Sales

1523 ____ . Department Department Department All Department
Receiving Production Carrying
1524 Holding cost is also known as _____ . Cost Carrying cost cost Design cost cost
Tightly
controlled Weekly
In ABC analysis which one is incorrect about Most inventory control Insignificant Insignificant
1525 'A' items important items statement items items

Continuous
Which one of the following is one of the Quality improvemen Customer Product Product
1526 aspect of TQM? aspect t satisfaction aspect aspect

A trouble 3.4 defects 3.4 defects

A statistical shooting Teams are per million per million
1527 Six Sigma implies that ___ . method method effective output output

Which one of the following is a benefit of Improved Improved Employee

1528 the Kaizen? efficiency Safety Satisfaction All of these All of these

Kind of Both(i) and None of the Both(i) and

1529 Classification of industry based on Area of work ownership (ii) above (ii)
1530 SEZ policy announced in 2000 1999 2001 2002 2000
Getting the things done through others is Managemen Managemen
1531 called Direction Adjustment Organisation t t
Establish Identify Prioritize Establish Establish
1532 First step in planning is goals resources goals tasks goals

It is It is a
It is a It is a management principle of
function of principle of concept in It is a name managemen
1533 What is Espirit De Corps? management management Russia of company t
 Achievement due to one will be shared by General Limited Both(i) and None of the General
1534 all others, this happens in partnership partnership (ii) above partnership

Achievement due to one will be shared by General Limited Both(i) and None of the General
1534 all others, this happens in partnership partnership (ii) above partnership

Quantity of It is prepared
It is not time money is the It defines before the It is not time
1535 About budget, which statement is wrong bound basis policies period bound
Following is not concerned with material
1536 management MRP SAP ERP 5'S' 5'S'
Quality
Administrati Quality Quality Quality Quality
1537 QA is on Affiliation Assurance Action Assurance
inexpensive or have low demand are "C&qu
1538 termed as A Items B Items C Items D Items ot; Items
goods/commodities/products to
1539 government is Custom Duty Excise Duty Income Tax VAT Excise Duty

To minimize
To purchase investment
Which of the following is/are objectives of To reduce materials at related to All of the All of the
1540 materials management material cost lowest cost inventories Above Above
A financial statement showing assets and
liabilities of company at any given time is Profit & Loss Balance Balance
1541 known as Statement Sheet Budget Capital Sheet
The Stock of goods in hand at the beginning Opening none of Opening
1542 of the year is known as Sales Closing Stock Stock these Stock

Payment of Payment of
Which of the following is not an example of employee employee
1543 fixed capital? wages Land Building Machinary wages

Which of the following is external source of Retained Depreciation Deferred Share

1544 capital? Earnings Provisions Share Capital taxation Capital

1545 Safety promotes______ Sales Productivity Profit Research Productivity

Workmen's
Which Act safeguards interest of workers Indian Compensatio Minimun Industrial Indian
1546 engaged in factory Factory Act n Act Wages Act Dispute Act Factory Act
Design of
Managemen working All of the All of the
1547 Accidents happen in industry because of - Workers t place Above Above
Public Private Public
Limited Joint Stock Limited none of Limited
1548 BSNL is a company Company company these company

Clear &
Simple,easy Simple
& Flexible division of No working All of the All of the
1549 Line organization is characterized by structure authority confusions Above Above
 When Prerna is comparing actual sales
figures with goals established earlier to see
if her department met the target, she is
1550 performing which of the following Planning Controlling Organizing Directing Controlling
A force that causes & inspires an individual
to behave in a specific way and to increase
1551 his performance is called as Motivation Teamwork Quality Satisfaction Motivation
Which of the follwing function of
management involes measuring &
1552 comparing current performance against the Planning Controlling Organizing Directing Controlling

Incomplete Unrealistic
knowledge Absence of nature of All of the All of the
1553 Planning may fail because of of work data analysis plan Above Above

Upper
1554 Administration is ---- activity in organization Top Level middle lever Lower Level middle Level Top Level
Over use
&
Over use & heavy
heavy dependence
dependence Transportati on
Increased Information on on of people communicati
free trade & Money is communicati & goods on Media
Which of the following is NOT the between flowing on Media & became & & IT
1555 advantage of Globalization? nations more rapidly IT Services easy Services

Service Manufacturi none of Service

1556 Travel & tourism business comes under Industry ng Industry Trade Sector these Industry
All of the All of the
1557 IT Enabled services ( ITES) includes Call centers BPO LPO Above Above
Which of the following includes monitoring
& controlling of banking & financial systems
1558 throughout India SEBI RBI IDBI NABARD RBI

Voluntary Voluntary
without any without any
In quality circle Participation of employees compulsion Non None of compulsion
1559 in the group is ____ or Pressure Voluntary Randomly these or Pressure

Continuous Training &

The Improvemen Developmen The
1560 First Preference in TQM is given to___ customers t Zero Defects t customers

Product Quality Product

The process Workers are meets Problems are meets
1561 Inspection assures that__ is in control motivated Specification Solved Specification
Manufacturi
1562 Commerce is also called as ____________. Service ng Trade All of above Trade
Out of the following which is not the Decision None of None of
1563 function of management making Coordinating Reporting above above
From the options given below, who belongs Data entry
1564 to the lower level of management? Clerks Supervisors operators All of above All of above

Which is the appropriate reason of failure of Insufficient Lack of Over

1565 good plan? data knowledge confidence All of above All of above
 __________ step in the process of
1566 organizing. first second third last first

1- Vertical 1- Top
1- Top management 1- High 1- Up managemen
management , 2- Middle management management t, 2- Middle
, 2- Middle management , 2- Centre , 2- Centre managemen
Identify the levels of management with management , 3- management management t, 3- Lower
respect to the position held by the different , 3- Lower Horizontal , 3- Low , 3- Down managemen
1567 persons in organization. management management management management t

Members
Beneficial to are involve Straightens
Which is the disadvantage of co-operative common in decision rural None of None of
1568 society? man making economic these these

Security of job is maximum in Joint Stock Co-operative

1569 ___________________. Partnership Public sector companies societies Public sector

1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2-

Channel, 3- Channel, 3- Receiver, 3- Noise, 3- Channel, 3-
For the given figure label the number with Receiver, 4- Receiver, 4- Channel, 4- Feedback, 4- Receiver, 4-
the appropriate components of Noise, 5- Feedback, 5- Noise, 5- Receiver, 5- Noise, 5-
1570 communication process Feedback Noise Feedback Channel Feedback
According to Factory Act,an ambulance
room should be provided by every factory if
1571 the number of workers is more than 500 300 400 450 500
___________ takes in account only those
cost, e.g. direct labour and material, which
vary with output and over which the Variable Functional All of the Variable
1572 department has control Fixed budget budget budget above budget
________________ capital is that amount
of capital which must be in cash or current Gross Permanent Temporary Permanent
1573 asset for continuing the activities of working Net working working working working
Fixed Functional Nominal
Select an appropriate response from the Short term budget, budget, budget, Short term
options that fits in the blank space provided budget, Long Flexible Master Precise budget, Long
1574 in the budget chart: term budget budget budget budget term budget

The
purchase
price of the
items does
The ate of not change
demand/con with
The ordering sumption The lead quantity i.e. The lead
Which of the following is not correct cost is does not time is not no discount time is not
1575 assumption in calculating EOQ? constant change fixed is available fixed
Each event of ordering has a certain cost
associated with it called procurement purchasing procuremen
1576 _________________________________. cost carrying cost holding cost cost t cost
 ABC analysis divides an organization on annual the number annual
hand inventory into three classes based consumption annual of units on consumptio
1577 upon: value consumption unit price hand n value

They are They have a They are

now shifting virtual now shifting
gears to stranglehold gears to
They have develop on "back- develop
been slow to They have a applications office" applications
develop huge for good functions for good
offerings installed electronic such as electronic
related to e- base of commerce order commerce
1578 Pick the false statement about ERP vendors. commerce. customers. websites. fulfillment. websites.

systematical
systematicall empowering gathering ly
y developing employees and developing
and to analyzing and
communicati continuously key communicati
ng a improve and performance ng a
customer – listening and increase indicators to customer –
focus responding their improve focus
mission, to the satisfaction organization mission,
strategies customers’ with their al and strategies
and action needs and process and process and action
1579 An effective QMS focuses on _____ plans expectation environment result plans

structurize, systemize, sanitize, self- structurize,

systemize, sanitize, standardize, discipline, systemize,
5S was developed in Japan and stands for sanitize, standardize, self- structurize, sanitize,
the Japanese words seiri, seiton, seiso, standardize, self- discipline, systemize, standardize,
seiketsu, and shitsuke. The English self- discipline, structurize, sanitize, self-
1580 equivalent of 5S is - discipline structurize systemize standardize discipline

Both
statements
are true, but
Both the second Both
statements statement statements
Statement 1: The organization must The first The first are true, and does not are true, and
establish, document, implement and statement is statement is the second provide an the second
maintain documented procedures for its true, but the false, but the statement adequate statement
internal audit, corrective and preventive second second explains the explanation explains the
action processes, among others Statement statement is statement is first for the first first
1581 2: This is a requirement of ISO 9001:2000 false true statement. statement. statement.
 production production
Manufacturing is completing of gaining None of of
1582 ____________________________. demand merchandize profit above merchandize
______________ is described as willing Manufacturi
1583 exchange of goods. Service ng Trade All of above Trade
The Indian Textile industry was
predominantly __________________ based polymers
1584 during post independence. Wool Cotton and plastics Fabrics Cotton

Framing
rules and
Interpretatio regulations
Giving n of policies to be
recommedat framed by followed bt
The functions of middle level management ions to top top lower level
1585 are management management management All of above All of above
designated as members of middle level of Senior Junior
1586 management? Managers Managers Supervisors All of above All of above
standard is ________ steps in process of
1587 directing. first second third last third
Identify the management function which
carries out this process consisting of these
basic steps: (1) identifying the problem; (2)
identifying resources and constraints, (3)
generating alternative solutions, (4)
evaluating alternatives, (5) selecting an Decision Decision
1588 alternative, (6) implementing the Directing Controlling making Coordinating making

Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Ltd, Bharat

fertilizers Ltd etc, are which types of Government Public Public All of the Public
1589 companies? departments companies corporations above companies
Crèches should be provided when there are
more than ____ female workers having
1590 children of age below_____ years. 100, 6 25, 6 25, 9 30, 6 30, 6
_______________ is prepared to co- Master Production Material Master
1591 ordinate between various budget. budget Sales budget budget budget budget

Determine
the financial Fix product
Periodically of the price giving
Keep a check evaluate the organization due Keep a check
and control progress of after consideratio and control
Which of the following is function of over the each analyzing n to profit over the
1592 financial management? expenditure department efficiency optimization expenditure
What is the total amount of liabilities from
1593 this balance sheet? 22290 120140 225770 Nil 22290
Instead of each department having its own
database of information, ___ puts all of the
1594 information into a single place MRP MPS BOM ERP ERP
______________ is the process of planning,
procuring, storing and providing the Materials
appropriate material of the right quality, Financial Materials Operation Marketing managemen
1595 right quality at the right place in the right management management management management t
 ________________ is just a transaction and Purchase
1596 is basic activity of purchase department. Purchasing Placement Procurement order Purchasing

(1) Storage (1) Inventory (1) Ordering

(1) Ordering cost (2) cost (2) cost (2) (1) Ordering
From the EOQ, label the cost at point 1 and cost (2) Ordering Ordering Inventory cost (2)
1597 2. Storage cost cost cost cost Storage cost

It is a
It needs It gives It is a continuous It needs
heavy commitment Japanese improvemen heavy
1598 Which statement about kaizen is wrong? investment to quality technique t investment

Small and Small and Small and

Medium Small and Medium Small and Medium
SME's stands for sized Medium sized Medium sized
1599 _______________________________. enterprises sized entity enrollment sized effects enterprises
the Silicon Valley of India and IT capital of
1600 India. Mumbai Hyderabad Bengaluru Kolkota Bengaluru
___________________ Business aims to
identify factors hampering industrial growth Manufacturi Manufacturi
1601 and seeks to redress the above factors. Service ng Trade All of above ng
Which is not the principle of management, Centralisatio Decentralisat Esprit de Decentralisa
1602 according to Henry Fayol? n Authority ion corps tion
In the words of ________________
“planning is deciding in advance what to do, Oliver Harold Harold
1603 how to do it, when to do it and who is to do Sheldon Mary Follet Henry Fayol Koontz Koontz
Measuring actual performance is the
__________________ steps involved in the
1604 process of controlling. first second third last third
Top level is known as _______ because all
important decision related to whole Strategical Operational Strategical
1605 organization is taken by top management Level Tactical level level All of above Level
Both
hierarchy
and
Vertical dimension of organization structure Department departmenti
1606 defines _____________________. ation Hierarchy on Divisions Hierarchy

Which of the following can be considered as Car Manufacturi Installation None of the Installation
1607 a project organisation? production ng of parts of a dairy above of a dairy
Sole
Which of the following business type, has to proprietorshi Cooperative Joint stock Joint stock
1608 pay double taxes to the government? p Partnership Societies company company
According to Workmen's compensation act,
a widow, a minor son and a widow mother None of
1609 qualify as _______ of a worker. Dependents Workmen Minors above Dependents
An indirect Tax levied on those goods which
are manufactured in India and are meant Customs
1610 for home consumption is called ____ Income tax duty Excise duty Gift tax Excise duty
 Forecast the Motivate the
future existing
financial sources of
requirement finance to
of the provide
organization Determine further
considering the sources finance in
investment, from which the future
Which of the following is function of expansion finance can when
1611 financial management? etc. be obtained required All of above All of above

Trial balance Profit and Balance Petty Cash Trial balance

From which accounting sheet, the net profit account Loss account Sheet book account
1612 in balance sheet is carried down? statement statement statement statement statement
Which of the following methods of stock Perpetual Material
control aims at concentrating efforts on inventory turnover
1613 selected items of system ratio Level setting ABC analysis ABC analysis

determine determine
various various
controls controls
needed and needed and
The activity of ' Control " in Six sigma refers develop validate prepare none of the validate
1614 to: alternative them control chart above them
Fill in the blank space provided in the figure Quality Quality Quality
1615 with an appropriate tool given as options. control Quality circle TQM Assurance control
____________ also known as Cyber City is
the major IT and BPO hub in India which has
1616 major IT MNC’s together and hence called Mumbai Hyderabad Bengaluru Kolkota Hyderabad
___________________ industry primarily
refers to manufacturing that is associated
1617 with formulas, procedure, development, Engineering Process Textile Hospitality Process
Review of plan is the __________step in the
1618 process of planning. first second third last last

1-
1- Authority Command, 2- 1- Authority
and Authority 1- Authority, 1- and
From the figure of levels of management responsibilit and 2- Responsibilit responsibilit
which are the principles that flows upward y, 2- responsibilit Responsibilit y, 2- y, 2-
1619 and downward? Command y y Auhtority Command

Technical- Human skills Human skills

Human skills skill needs remain remain
and remain necessary Both human- necessary
technical necessary and skill and and
skills remain and human technical- technical- technical-
equally skills skill needs skill needs skill needs
important as decrease as decrease as decrease as decrease as
manager’s manager’s manager’s managers manager’s
Which of the following is true concerning move to move to move to move to move to
1620 technical and human skills of a manager? higher levels higher levels higher levels higher higher levels
 One canteen should be provided atleast per
1621 ____ workers in a factory. 200 250 100 150 250
To provide insurance coverage to the
employees who are injured on the job with Workman Workman
payment for lost wages, medical care, and if Industrial Compensatio Minimum Compensati
1622 necessary, vocational rehabilitation is the Factories Act Disputes Act n Act Wages Act on Act
_____________ budget shows the estimate
of direct labour needed to carry out the Direct
1623 budget output. Material Purchase Direct labour Overhead labour
____ includes the free reserves of the Other long-
company which are built out of the genuine Reserves and term Long-term Reserves
1624 profits of the company. Share capital surplus liabilities provisions and surplus
Land, buildings, plant and equipment,
furniture and fixtures, vehicles and office Tangible Intangible Capital work Tangible
1625 equipment are called ____ assets assets in progress None assets

Sub -
Part which is assemblies Part which is
ready to Semi - purchased ready to
dispatch to Material in finished from dispatch to
1626 What do you mean by finished part? customer. stores . components. suppliers. customer.
__________________ include raw material
and semi-finished products supplied by Raw In-process Finished Indirect Raw
1627 another firm and which are raw items for inventories inventories inventories inventories inventories
The table below shows the list of items as
per their annual consumption and annual
consumption value. Can you identify which
type of anlaysis is this to have proper Control Pareto None of the Pareto
1628 inventory control? analysis Cost analysis analysis above analysis
How many steps are there in
1629 implementation of 5S? 4 5 6 7 5
The basic goal of ________ is to ensure that
the product or/and services meet specific Quality Quality Quality
1630 requirement. Quality team assurance Quality circle control control
ensure ensure
continuos continuos
In PDCA , Act consists of which of the improvemen analyse train improvemen
1631 following? t result plan Policies employees t

Continual Breakthroug Breakthroug

improvemen h projects h projects
t of the that may that may
According to ISO 9004:2000, what kind of Small-step efficiency of lead to the lead to the
improvements is normally carried out by ongoing the quality implementat implementat
cross-functional teams outside routine improvemen management ion of new All of the ion of new
1632 operations? ts system processes above processes
___________________ industry primarily
deals with the design, manufacture and
1633 operation of structures, machines or Engineering Process Textile Hospitality Engineering
To conduct day to day activities, monitor
daily progress and reporting to middle level
management is the function of __________ None of
1634 level of management. top middle lower above lower
 Authority
and
Span of responsibilit All of the All of the
1635 Which is the principle of organization? Delegation control y above above
In a tall organisation structure, the span of
1636 control is _________. economical big wide narrow narrow
As per Factory Act, 1947, a child is a person
1637 whose age is less than __________. 15 years 10 years 18 years 21 years 15 years

damage to prevention prevention

Safety management deals with personal the of an of an
1638 ________________. loss of life injury equipment accident accident

safe safe
workplace Working workplace
Good layout and reduction in noise level are and working Atmospheric Dangerous with unsafe and working
1639 examples of ________ conditions conditions fumes speed conditions

Medium
Working capital can be financed through term Loan from
1640 ______________. Share debentures banks All All
________ refers to sparing of the
replacement cost of tangible assets like
1641 building, machinery, etc. Depreciation Amortisation Liability Inventories Depreciation
Sales returns represents value of goods
1642 returned by the ___________________. market customers salesmen financers customers
The earnings like interest, dividend or
capital gains etc, which are gathered tax
free until the investor withdraws and takes
position of it. These earning are refered as Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the Deferred
1643 ___________________. earnings provisions taxation above taxation
_____________ can be defined as the tax
which increases the price of a good in such
way that consumers are actually paying the
1644 tax by paying more for the products they Direct tax Indirect tax Service tax Income tax Indirect tax

increase as decreases as decreases as increase as decreases as

quantity quantity quantity quantity quantity
The procurement costs ordered ordered ordered ordered ordered
1645 _________________________________. increases decreases increases decreases increases
The figure shows a graphical method for
determining the order quantity which
attempts to minimize total inventory cost.
Which is this tool used to answers the
following questions. (1) How much should I
1646 order? (2) How often should I place each EOQ ABC analysis Control chart ERP EOQ
Formulate company quality policy is Quality Quality Quality
1647 function of ______________. ERP assurance MRP control control

Which one of the following does not Information Information

1648 belongs to Process Industry? Chemical Textiles Agricultural Technology Technology
Which one of the following is the advantage Quick
1649 of effective decision making. actions No delays No confusion All of above All of above
 When an employee receive orders and
report to only one superior rather than Unity of Unity of Division of Unity of
1650 multiple bosses, the principle is called as Direction Command Discipline Work Command
Proper __________, facilitates employees
appraisal, as managers can easily measure
the performance of
supervisors/subordinates as per the
1651 standard and provide them necessary coordination direction cooperation control control

In line organisation, the authority flows

from _______________ to subordinate, superior, subordinate, superior, superior,
1652 ________________. subordinate superior superior subordinate subordinate

Business can Do not

Which statement is false about 'nominal use their Do not actively All are All are
1653 partners’? names invest involved correct correct
The organisation always prefers to have
1654 ___________ span of control. small economical wide narrow wide
Long term sources of finance are required Above 5 Above 5
1655 for ______________. 0-1 years 1-5 years years None years
The suppliers of goods and services to the
company provide various goods and
services with an expectation of payment in clean
1656 future is called_____ trade credit advance over draft export trade credit

Which one of the following is a type of ordinary or deferred noncumulati noncumulati

1657 preference shares? shares shares equity shares ve shares ve shares
The table shows the tax rates for which
1658 types of taxes? Sales Tax Wealth Tax Gift Tax Income Tax Income Tax
Procurement cost is obtained by plotting
1659 _____________ against ordered quantity. cost investment profit sales cost
____________ is the collective stock of
items which is required for routine
1660 functioning of industry. Purchase Inventory Tool room None Inventory
Fit for purpose and “ Right first time and
everytime” are the principles of Quality Quality
1661 _________________________ ? EOQ Budget assurance MRP assurance
to come up with small suggestion on a
1662 regular basis. ERP ABC analysis Globalization Kaizen Kaizen
A producer of consumer goods wants to
analyze its product range from product 1 to
product 13. The management has decided
to use the annual consumption value as the
key figure to assess the product range. An
ABC analysis is done and the raw data is G1 – A
order in decreasing order of annual G1 – B items, G1 – C items, G1 – C items, G1 – A items, items, G2 –
consumption value. How have they G2 – C items, G2 – A items, G2 – C items, G2 – B items, B items, G3
1663 classified the product group in A, B and C G3 – A items G3 – B items G3 – A items G3 – C items – C items

Indian Indian
Indian Travel Tourism Indian Tour Tourism
Developmen Developmen Developmen Developmen
t t t t
1664 ITDC stands for Corporation Corporation Corporation All the above Corporation
Which process is the part of textile
1665 industry? Spinning Weaving Dyeing All of above All of above
 ______________________ may be refer to
particular area of economic activity such as
the real estate business, computer business,
poultry, farming, telecommunication, Balance
1666 shipping, tours and travels, etc. Construction Business Sheet All of above Business
Evaluation of alternative is done in which
1667 step of decision making process? first second third last third

By material By material
1668 Which is not the type of departmentation? By function By product By process pattern pattern

Trained and Capacity of

Which are factors on which span of control experienced executive or All of the All of the
1669 depends? subordinate Type of work manager above above
An activity in which people practice leaving
1670 a place quickly is called _____________. fire drill fire show fire play work permit fire drill
which all monetary transaction are
1671 originally entered. Budget Account Journal Ledger Journal
_______________ represents what the none of the
1672 company has to pay others. Liabilities Assets Reserves above Liabilities

Determine
the financial
Periodically position of Periodically
evaluate the Decide the evaluate the
material whether to Decide basis organization material
consumption finance a for the after consumptio
Which of the following is not function of of each new plant or expenditure analyzing n of each
1673 financial management? department not of funds efficiency department
These are the taxes which are imposed or
levied and assessed on individual or
organizational income directly and have to
pay the same to the government in form of
1674 income tax, wealth tax and etc. Which is Direct tax Indirect tax National tax Foreign tax Direct tax
Low complex and low cost items that are
typically commercially available and require
1675 little manager control are called Items A Items B Items C None Items C
A detailed list of all kinds of goods handled operation
1676 by business is called _________________. production design inventory research inventory
_____________ management is defined as
an attempt to balance inventory needs and
requirements with the need to minimize
1677 costs resulting from obtaining and holding Financial Marketing Inventory Production Inventory
________ department floats enquiries and
1678 processes quotations. Sales budget Purchase Production Inventory Purchase
In this Stock control chart, label the buffer Between (b) Between (a)
1679 stock – (a) and (c) and (b) (c) (a)
American Society for Qualiy (ASQ) defines, “
________ as the planed and systematic
activities implemented in a quality system
so that quality requirments for a product or Quality Quality
1680 service will be fulfilled .” Assurance 5S Quality Kaizen Assurance
 International International Internationa
ITO stands for Trade Indian Trade Tariff Indian Tariff l Trade
1681 ___________________________. Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization
Which one out of the given options is not a Basic Durable Consumers Durable
1682 broad category of chemical industry? chemicals products Life sciences products products
Chief
Managing Executive
Directors Officers
1683 Top level management includes (MD) (CEO) President All of above All of above
_____________________ function of
1684 management. planning organizing staffing reporting reporting

Business secrecy is less in Proprietorshi Joint Stock Public sector Public sector
1685 _______________. p Partnership companies companies companies

Public Private Ltd. None of Public

1686 Infosys is which type of company? Limited company partnership them Limited
A newly marketing executive is appointed
and has been assigned certain function: 1)
to visit the 10-15 doctors daily at specified
area 2) promote the product to the doctors
3) keep a track of availabiltiy of medicine at
the medical stores 4) report to the manager
once in a week. Now his activities of work
1687 will come under which type of Product Process Area Function Area
____ is a person who has completed the 18 Young
1688 years Adult Adolescent Child person Adult
number of products that must be
1689 manufactured. Sales Production Purchase Cash Production
Corporation
1690 Which is not the direct tax? Income tax tax Gift tax Excise tax Excise tax

Capital is Capital is Capital is Capital is Capital is

required to required to required to required to required to
start the run the expand the sell the sell the
1691 Which of the following is a false statement? business business business business business
These are the taxes which an individual or
organization does not pay directly, but are
can be easily shifted to others may be in
form of service tax, excise tax, value added
1692 tax or custom duty. Which is this type of Direct tax Indirect tax National tax Foreign tax Indirect tax
Complex and expensive parts are items that
require strict management and control are
1693 called ____________. Items A Items B Items C None Items A

Maintenance Issuing the Making Analysis of Analysis of

Which is the first step in process of of records purchase request for purchase purchase
1694 purchasing? and files order quotations requisition requisition

To procure To develop To develop

material at reliable alternating
Which of the following is not objective of reasonable sources of sources of To facilitate To facilitate
1695 purchasing? price supply supply waste waste
 Economic Economic
From the graph, the point Q at which slope Order Order Order
1696 = 0, is called __________. Quantity Quantity Quantity Quality Quantity
You need a documented procedure to
control quality documents in your company.
Everyone must have access to up-to-date Workmen’s
documents and be aware of how to use Minimum compensatio
1697 them, is the clause of_______________. Factory act wages act ISO:9001 n act ISO:9001
Agro-industry mainly comprises of the
________________ activities of processing
and preserving agricultural products for
1698 intermediate or final consumption. pre-harvest post-harvest crop-yielding All of above post-harvest
____________________________ is the
process of transformation of a regional Liberalizatio Globalizatio
1699 phenomenon into global ones. Organization n Privatization Globalization n
_______________________ major
contribution to the management theory in
his 14 principles of management that are Lillian
1700 based on his thoughts and experiences. Henry Fayol Henry Gantt F. W. Taylor Gilbreth Henry Fayol
________________ gives power in hands of Centralisatio Responsibilit Centralisatio
1701 centre. Discipline n Authorty y n
Strategical Operational Operational
1702 Lower level is also known as __________ level Tactical level level All of above level
Effective ____________________ helps
employees to eliminate wastages and decision
1703 achieve better results. coordination making planning directing coordination
Suresh has been hired by a consultant to
provide training to the workers of a firm
where he needs to monitor, compare and
correct the tasks or activities performed by
the workers. So what is the actual line of
1704 function of management he is concentrating Controlling Coordinating Reporting Organizing Controlling
Difficult to Lack of Lack of
Which one is not the disadvantage of staff handle specializatio Ego of Discipline in specializatio
1705 organization? experts n specialty lacking n

Control of Stress level Work can be Control of

Centre on manager finished in Work load is Centre
1706 Which is not the advantage of delegation? increases reduced time reduced increases
The figure depicted below shows
1707 departmentation by – Process Product Function Area Product
A tax levied on services rendered by a
1708 person is called ___________. Income tax Service tax Wealth tax Gift tax Service tax

Debenture
Shareholder Debenture Debenture holder are
are the holder are holder are owners of
owners of creditor of Shareholder owners of the
1709 Which is the following is a false statement? the company the company get dividend the company company

A planned capital investment in the business administrativ

without disrupting the normal working of materials e expenses capital capital
1710 the company is ____________ budget budget budget cash budget budget
_________________________ include
purchase of raw material, semi-finished Finished Raw
components, standard components or/and Raw material In-process product Indirect material
1711 subassemblies from suppliers. inventory inventory inventory inventory inventory
 From the graph of graph of inventory level
versus time, the value Q/2 is called Final Average Total Zero value Average
1712 __________________. inventory inventory inventory inventories inventory
_________ is a management technique
used to communicate with employees, in
order to produce the desired quality of
products and services to be render to Quality Quality
influence employee actions to complete Quality Managemen Managemen
1713 tasks as per quality standards. Control 5S Kaizen t System t System
1714 Quality Assurance is a ____ approach Proactive Reactive Passive None Proactive

What is the proper sequence for the Plan - Act - Plan - Do - Plan - Do - Act - Do - Plan - Do -
1715 implementation of TQM? Check - Do Act - Check Check - Act Check - Plan Check - Act
The chart shown is used to investigate
whether the manufacturing process is in
stable condition or not and is used to
maintain the process within the tolerance.
This technique helps in taking the right
decision for selection of the machine with Ishikawa Pareto Control
1716 higher processing capabilities. Which type diagram Control chart analysis Check list chart
Which company is associated with
1717 Insurance? LIC ICICI Star Health All of above All of above
_______________ industries are owned and
run by rural households with very little Medium
1718 capital investment and a high level of Village Small scale Large Scale Scale Village
___________________ Business has
elevated the Indian population above
poverty line by shifting the majority of the Manufacturi None of Manufacturi
1719 workforce out of low-wage agriculture. ng Trade Service above ng

1720 Which is next step after planning? Controlling Directing Organizing Coordinating Organizing
Management is not directly visible instead;
its presence is observed in the form of
results such as higher productivity, higher
efficiency, disciplined work force, etc. None of
1721 Hence management is Tangible Intangible Concrete above Intangible
Managers must develop a team spirit
among the subordinates by __________ the
1722 activities of everyone to achieve the team organizing cooperating coordinating planning coordinating

Which of the following is the advantage of a closer lower more closer

1723 narrow span? supervision overhead economical delegation supervision
Assistant to the president of a company
1724 refers to which type of authority? Line Functional Assistant Staff Staff

improper hazardous
Out of the following one which is not an long working material arrangement poor house long working
1725 unsafe condition ? hours handling of material keeping hours
__________ budget, generally deals only
1726 with the direct materials. Master Sales Production Material Material
_____________is record of an organization
that registers all financial transactions. It is a
written statement of all business dealings or
1727 debts and credits Budget Account Journal Share Account
____is a types of indirect tax leived on
goods imported in to India as well as on Customs Customs
1728 goods exported from India. Income tax duty Wealth tax Gift tax duty
 Annual Annual Annual Annual
consumption consumption consumption Annual consumptio
cost is cost is cost is consumption n cost is
In ABC analysis which inventory is classified around 15- around 70- around 5- cost is around 15-
1729 into category B items? 25% 80% 10% around 50% 25%
how much how much
While deciding how to manage inventory should we who should whom why should should we
the question that a materials manager need order and we order should we we order order and
to be ask himself is how often and when order and and when how often
____________________________________ should we should we how should should we should we
1730 _ order? order? we order? order? order?
In EOQ, annual _______ cost = unit price x none of consumptio
1731 annual consumption volume consumption protection investment these n
Identify this basic inventory control
technique which is often applied to almost Pareto Pareto
1732 all aspects of materials management. analysis Tally Table EOQ Control chart analysis
A machine draws a very delicate copper
wire from the plate and is facing repeated
breaking of wire. The tally table illustrates
all possible causes of problem (symptom)
and the frequency of each cause is observed Ishikawa Pareto
1733 and noted. This tally table is also called as diagram Control chart analysis Check list Check list

A manufacturing industry follows multiple Six sigma, Six sigma,

techniques of quality management system Kaizen, Kaizen,
where they focus on total employee Quality Quality
participation, continuous improvement, control tool, 5S, Kaizen, control tool,
customer satisfaction and preferred partner Quality Quality Quality
as seen in the figure. Which are the assurance assurance Six sigma, 5S, assurance
1734 techniques used? tool tool Kaizen TQM tools tool
1735 Which one is not the textile industry? Raymond Reliance Century ICICI ICICI
Which type of industries are characterized
by medium investment and semi- Medium
1736 automation process? Village Small scale Large Scale Scale Small scale
___________________ is the fastest Manufacturi
1737 growing sector in India now-a-days. Service ng Trade All of above Service
Which steps in decision making process
1738 develops alternative solutions first second third last third

Decision
Formulation making
of broad function as Supervise
objectives, to what is to and manage
plans and be done and all day to day
1739 Which duties come under Administration? policies when activities All of above All of above
______________________ is the process of
identifying a set of feasible alternatives and
from these selected alternative the best Decision Decision
1740 course of action. Planning Organizing Controlling making making
A plant manager who organizes the plant by
separating engineering, accounting,
manufacturing, personnel, and purchasing
into departments is practicing functional
departmentalization is also called as middle first-line top middle
1741 _______________. team leaders managers managers managers managers
 Public Private
Control of government is highest in Government Public limited limited Government
1742 __________________________. department corporation companies companies department
Which partner contribute in terms of their Sleeping Active Secret Nominal Nominal
1743 goodwill and credit from the market? partner partner partner partner partner

supervisors
Manav is a new divisional manager, in become
reorganizing his division; he must make employee more wider spans the wider spans
some decisions regarding the span of performance efficient at reduce organization reduce
control. He thinks wider spans are more increases providing effectiveness becomes effectivenes
1744 efficient in terms of cost but at some point: substantially. support. . taller. s.

Which preventive measure industry should Safety Training for Safety All of the All of the
1745 take to avoid accidents? provisions safe working devices above above
___________ is a person employed directly
or through any agency, whether for wages
or not, in any manufacturing process or in
cleaning any part of the machinery or
premises used for manufacturing process or
in any other kind of work incidental, to or None of the
1746 connected with, the manufacturing process. Worker Factory Occupier above Worker
____is a direct tax levied on the income
earned by individual, corporation or on Customs
1747 other forms of business entities. Income tax duty Sales tax Service tax Income tax
Annual Annual Annual Annual
consumption consumption consumption Annual consumptio
cost is cost is cost is consumption n cost is
In ABC analysis which inventory is classified around 15- around 70- around 5- cost is around 70-
1748 into category A items? 25% 80% 10% around 50% 80%
_____________ is a detailed list of movable
items which are required for manufacturing
products and maintaining the equipment
1749 and machines in good working order. Inventory Production Purchase None Inventory

Which are the functions in materials Storage All of the All of the
1750 management? Planning Warehousing management above above

MRP
computer
capacity program,
inventory requirement master
inventory record, s planning schedule, inventory
record, master file, file, master capacity record,
master part-period schedule, requirement master
The principal files that are incorporated into schedule, balancing inventory s planning schedule,
1751 a computerized MRP system are: BOM. program. record. file. BOM.
The totality of features and characteristics
of a product or service that bears the ability
to satisfy stated or implied needs of the
1752 customer is called _________. TQM QC Quality QA Quality
Decision about the quality system are made
based on recorded data and the system is
regularly audited and evaluated for Workmens
conformance and effectiveness, is the Compensatio Minimum
1753 clause of ________________. ISO: 9001 n Act Factory Act Wages Act ISO: 9001
 Identify the diagram, which is an
investigative tool of quality control to Ishikawa Pareto Ishikawa
1754 rearrange possible causes of the problem? diagram Control chart analysis Check list diagram

Numerical Numerical
measuremen measureme
DMAIC stands for define, measure, analyze, t of the Elimination nt of the
improve and control. It involves defining the Numerical current of the gap current
problem, measuring where you stand, parameter process is between the process is
analyzing where the problem starts, used to necessary in current Change to be necessary in
improving the situation and controlling the define and order to practice and implemente order to
new process to confirm that is fixed. The measure the change the the desired d to achieve change the
1755 Analyze step, involves - problem process goal goal process
none of
1756 Indian Industry Started from - 1850 1947 1950 these 1850

IT Enabled Telecommun none of

1757 I.T.Sectors involves- Services ications a and b Both these a and b Both
directing the affairs of an organisation is Administrati Managemen None of Administrati
1758 called as- on t a and b Both these on
The ability of a supervisor to choose the
correct course of action from the available
alternatives to achieve the desired aims and Decision Decision
1759 objectives of the business is termed as - Controlling Supervising Directiong Making Making
Who is called as Founder and Architect of " Fredrick Robert Robinson Fredrick
1760 Modern Scientific Management" ? W.Taylor Henry Fayol Owen Boulton W.Taylor

Market Quality &

Analysis , Process & Cost Control,
Budgetary Operation Maintenance
Control and Analysis, Control ,
Stock Planning & LabourIncent All of the All of the
1761 Scientific Management Involves - Control Scheduling ive & Control above above
While working as a professional Manager in
any modern Industrial Organisation , which Manger as a Manager as
of the following duties he is expected to Leader & Manager as an All of the All of the
1762 perform? Mediator a Co-worker Implementer above above
Managemen
Figure shows Modern Thought represented Principles of t&
in a schematic way. Fill in the appropriate Managemen Functions Of Administrati None of the Functions Of
1763 Terminology at space marked by "?" t Mangement on Above Mangement

Allocates
Group duties and
Small or leaded by responsibiliti
Which of the following is / are the large group executive es to All of the All of the
1764 characteristics of Organistion ? of people Leader employees above above

The commonly known forms of organisation Line Line & Staff Functional All of the All of the
1765 structures are - Organisation Organisation Organisation above above
 Not Not
Managed by Managed by None of the Managed by
1766 Joint stock private limited company is - Government Government a & b Both Above Government

Sole
proprietorshi Public Government None of the None of the
1767 Balaji Telefilms , Bharat Fertilizers are - p corporations companies Above Above

Improper Poor quality

Which of the following includes causes of working of All of the All of the
1768 accidents conditions illumination Fatigue above above
bank to their customers against certain Clean Secured
1769 security is called Advance Overdrafts Cash Credits Loans Overdrafts
When finance is required for expansion and
development of an organisation , it can be
raised through loans instead of issuing Preference Instant . None of the
1770 shares is termed as - /shares Debentures Loans Above Debentures

National
Industrial Developmen
Which of the following are financial Finance t Nationalised All of the All of the
1771 Institutions? Corporation Corporation Banks Above Above
Business
Which of the following are recently included ATM Support International All of the All of the
1772 under the service Tax- Operations Services Air Travel Above Above
Economic Economic
The size of an order that minimises the total Fixed Direct Indirect Order Order
1773 inventory cost is called as- Iventory Inventory Inventory Quantity Quantity
Higher
Which of the following are the Aims of Continuty of Low payroll Inventory All of the All of the
1774 Material Management? supply cost turn over Above Above
Make to
stock Purchase to
Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) can be manufacture stock Department All of the All of the
1775 used by- rs distribution al Stores above above
Arrange in a chronological order the steps
of material purchasing i) Place Order ii)
1776 Payment of bill iii) Receive the material iv) I,iii,ii,iv I,ii,iii,iv I,iii,iv,ii iv,iii,I,ii I,iii,iv,ii
Figure shows modules of a system being
implemented in Industries. Choose the
appropriate terminology from options given None of the
1777 below to be placed at the letter 'X' . ERP MRP JIT Above ERP
As per definition of ISO 8402-1968 , " the
totality of features and characteristics of a
period or service that bears its ability to Quality Auality
1778 satisfy stated or implied needs is known as Quality TQM control Assurance Quality
Figure refers to a Japnese Technique
whichis also known as Shewhart cycle,
Deming cycle or PDCA cycle. identify
1779 correctly the technique from the given 5S KAIZEN Six Sigma TQM TQM

World trade World Test Work Test World Trade World Trade
1780 WTO stand for :- organic Organic Organization Organization Organization
 Strategical Tacticle Operational All of the All of the
1781 Level Management :- Level Level Level above above

Line Line & Staff Functional Project Project

1782 ____________are internally formed Organization Organization organization Organization Organization

Which factor dose not cause accident due Unsafe Prime Transmission Unsafe
1783 to dangerous machine Boiler clothing Movers System clothing
Reason due to which non-machinery Age of Harmful Unsafe all of the all of the
1784 accident may occur Person substance clothing above above
Good
Sufficient ventilation & proper Sufficient
Working height of flooring with Working
which of the following condition is not Enough Space for working cleanling & Space for
1785 physical condition Illumination Movement place oil free Movement
Example of office & Administrative All of the All of the
1786 expenses are Staff salary Stationary Printing above above

Selling &
___________may occure because of loss on Financial Abnormal distribution Abnormal
1787 scale of asset fire or theft etc expenses Losses Sales exoenses Losses
Marketing Inventory
_________is a part of material Inventory Managemen None of managemen
1788 management? management t Both a & b above t
Economic Economic
order Economic Economic None of order
1789 EOQ stand for Quantity order quality Quality above Quantity
A unified
A unified & ERP experts &
single are not single
reporting It is Very easily None of reporting
1790 Advantage of ERP are system Complex available above system
______is define as tool for controlling the
quality of the product & services to Quality None of Quality
1791 ultimately gain the customer satisfaction control Quality circle QMS above control

The
atmosphere The member
should be of circle
informal, should feel
comfortable, involved & None of Both A
1792 For effective quality circles relaxed intersted these Both A & b & b
Write Step by step sequently objective I )To
endorse self & mutual development ii) To
develop quality of work iii)To give an
opportunity to employee iV)To improve
1793 quality,productivity,safety & reduces the i-iv-iii-ii ii-iii-iv-i i-ii-iii-iv i-iii-iv-ii i-ii-iii-iv
Engineering industrial sector not involves Filament Filament
1794 ____ Civil mechanical Chemical Yard Yard
Industry
Telecomn
IT Enabled IT Enterprise IT Enabled Enabled IT Enabled
1795 ITES Stand for_____ Services services system Servics Services
_________Is recruitment of right people at
1796 right place in an organization. Planning Organizing Staffing controlling Staffing
 Planning
minimizes Standarizatio
work n can be
Work can be pressures & enforced
done dedline through All of the All of the
1797 Advantage of planning :- efficiently tension plane above above
_____________ is the life blood of business
enterprise. It is a universal lubricant which
1798 keeps enterprise dynamic. Finance Capital Budget VAT Capital

Permanent
or long term Medium - Sort-term
sources of term sources sources of All of the All of the
1799 External sources are_____________ capital of capital capital above above
Following are which types of taxes :-1)
Consumption tax. 2) Flat tax. 3) Social
security tax. 4) Dividing tax. 5) Gift taxes. 6) Indirect None of Both
1800 Payroll tax. 7) Pole tax. Direct taxes taxes Both A&B above A&B
_______________ is a plan that view future None of
1801 production of end of product. MPR MPS ERP above MPS

Covers
education,tr
aining,skill
and
experience the the
of personnel the organization organization
involved in organization must plan should
work. Gives should and develop identify
guidline identify work the process work
about their environment that are environment
development that ensures required for that ensures
Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2000 to maintain conformity product All of the conformity
1802 ________________ quality work. of service realization above of service

The idea of liberalization in the present economic political technologica none of the economic
1803 phase of globalisation deals with aspect aspect l aspect above aspect

Growth of employment Growth of

One of the following is definitely not a small scale Provision of foreign oppurtunitie small scale
1804 positive aspect of globalisation in India industry technology invetment s industry

The services provided by Ashoka hotel primary secontary tertiary manufacturi tertiary
1805 comes under activity activity activity ng process activity
The art of getting things done by people is managemen
1806 called as organization management direction Staffing t
Who is recognised as a man who invented Peter Peter
1807 management Taylor Elton mayo Mary Follet drucker drucker
Stragetical Operational Operational
1808 The lower level of managers work at level Tactical level level At all levels level
The management of interdependence in Coordinatio
1809 work situations is called as Direction Motivation Inspiration Coordination n
 The
Structure of operational Structure of
Executive Decision Managemen aspect of Managemen
1810 An organization is nothing but function making body t management t
based on
authority
Superior Based on and Based on
Subordinate specializatio responsibilit none of the specializatio
1811 Funtional organizations are based on relationship n factor y above n factor
The principal sent a note that he will be on
leave for a few days and the Hod of Sharing of
mechanical department will look after the responsibilit decentralisat
1812 responsibility in his absence, this is called y delegation ion Authority delegation
two of our friends decided to start a
garment shop such type of business Proprietorshi Joint Cooeperativ
1813 organisation can be called p Partnership ownership e Partnership
demand None of the
1814 Minimum wages need to be paid in: cash draft cheque above cash

holding cost inventory holding cost

Capital cost and cost and working and
The quantity to be ordered depends upon and material procurement purchasing capital and procuremen
1815 two costs, what are they cost cost cost material cost t cost

to
Establishmen implement
t at to the process to
corporate implement at functional to act as a implement
1816 In Kaizen the role of middle management is level the process level leader the process
I want the products of my company to
achieve perfect quality, which tool will I
1817 apply to check this six sigma ABC analysys MRP EOQ six sigma
I wanted to know the major and minor
causes which are responsible for the Ishikawa Ishikawa
1818 problem,from the following which ERP ABC analysis MRP diagram diagram

1819 Find the odd one out ABC analysis EOQ MRP TQM TQM

Seiri means
Seiri means sorting and Seiri means Seiri means
sorting and seition weeping and sorting and
Seition means seition Seition
means Set in standardisin means set in none of the means Set in
1820 Which of the following is correctly matched order g order above order
EOQ does not work if ------ order quantity is
1821 compulsory. Minimum Maximum Smaller None Minimum
.------------ activity is complicated and takes Both (a) & None of the Procuremen
1822 more time. Purchasing Procurement (b) above t

Selling &
Income other than sales are called as ---------- Indirect Abnormal distribution Indirect
1823 -- income losses Sales expenses income
All of the
1824 Direct tax is an example of ----------- Income tax Sales tax Wealth tax abone Income tax
 Out of following, --------- is not considered Widow Married Married
1825 as a dependent. Widow Minor son mother sister sister

Fire extinguishers should be kept in easily Safety Safety

accessible places.Under which category of Personal measures measures
accident prevention methods does this Safe material protection
Good house essential in essential in
1826 appear? handling devices keeping industry industry
Wrong
Lack of training to worker is a cause of Managemen layout of Natural Managemen
1827 accident due to -------- Worker t workplace disaster t

Can be Having less

Features of project organization are ----------- internally Temperory no. of All of the All of the
1828 - formed in nature employees above above
Factors which affects departmentation are -- All of the All of the
1829 --------- Product Process Function Above Above
.------------ means right (to command) and Responsibilit Communicat None of the
1830 power to act. Authority y ion above Authority
.---------- organization is also called as staff
1831 organization. Line Military Scaler Functional Functional
.------- type of organization is suitable for
1832 military & small businesses. Line Funtional Line & staff Projet Line
.------- is important not only for individual Division of Remuneratio
1833 but for an organization also. Discipline Authority work n Discipline

Controlling &
Decision Policy ensure
1834 The funtion ofadministration is -------------- making making discipline All of above All of above
The factor which affects decision making is --
1835 -------------------- Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of above All of above
.----------- is the downward transfer of Responsibilit None of the
1836 authority from manager to subordinate. Authority y Delegation above Delegation
.-------- level management is known as None of the
1837 strategical level of management. Top Middle Lower above Top
Administrati
Scientific ve Bureaucratic
Managemen Managemen Managemen
1838 The area of classical school are ---------- t t t All of above All of above
Import
Import & &
. --------------------- is not the type of service Entertainme Export None of the Export
1839 industry. nt Hospitality House above House
Commercial Regional Cooperative All of the All of the
1840 Following are types of banks ---------- banks Banks Banks Above Above
having cost 80% of total inventory cost is
1841 called as ------- Type A Type B Type C None Type A
.------------ inventory is not a type of Department Department
1842 inventory. Raw Finished In-proess al al
None of the
1843 Continuous Improvement means ----------- Kaizen 5'S' Six sigma above Kaizen

Higher the
Authority Authority is post, higher Authority is Authority
cannot be the power to is the right to cannot be
1844 Which statement is wrong? delegated act authority command delegated
 Lack of Insufficient Over All are All are
1845 Why plan fails Knowledge data confidence correct correct
Match the pair 1. Ashok Leyland a) Gurgoan
2. Suzuki b) Pune 3. Mahindra c)Chennai 4. 1 (a) 2 (c) 3 b) 1 (c) 2 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 d) 1 (d) 2 (b) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3
1846 Kinetic d) Nasik (b) 4 (d) 3 (b) 4 (d) (d) 4 (a) 3 (c) 4 (d) (d) 4 (a)

1847 License permit raj in India was in this period 1965 – 1990 1990 – 2002 1965 – 1970 1955 – 1965 1965 – 1990
Both A
1848 Application of ERP are__________ SAP Tally ERP MPR Both A & B & B

Strong
Customer leadership
satisfaction motivates
can be personnel All of the None of
1849 Benefits of ISO 9001:2000 are _______ achieved and guide above these above
____________ accident prevents employees
from working, for the period less than 48
1850 hours from the time of accident. Fatal Major Minor Trivial Minor
__________________ is an unfortunate &
sudden mishappening which causes damage
1851 or loss of property, material or human. Accident Activity Process Movement Accident
When 20 number of persons comes
together to form a business as owners with
all legal formalities then formed ownership Joint stock Proprietorshi
1852 is called as ______________ type of Co-operative company Partnership p Partnership
When a group of people are pulled together
for a special task then formed structure of
organisation is called _________________
1853 organisation Project Line Functional Line & staff Project

Departmenation is done on the basis of manufacturi

1854 product, function & _____________ working ng technique process methods process
_____________________ provided by responsibilit
1855 seniors. authority y Initiative Leading authority
grouped together to form a span of
1856 _________________ department organisation control committee department
Oraganization establishes a relationship
betweeen authority & ______________ & responsibilit responsibilit
1857 controls the efforts of group. authority y delegation controlling y
Which function of management fails due to
following reasons a. Incorrect person to do
plan, b. faulty System of work c. Insufficient
1858 data d. No feedback system e. Organising Directing Planning Motivating Planning
The process by which actual performance of
subordinates is guided towards common
goals of the enterprise is called as
1859 _____________ function of management Organising Directing Motivation Coordination Directing
__________________________ of Strategical Operational Tactical Tactical
1860 managers Level Level Level Force Level Level
Management works as _______________ to
produce goods using labour, materials and
1861 capital Catalyst Activator Convertor Processor Catalyst
Hospitality industry is mainly dependent on
1862 ______________ industry Tourism Agro Textile Process Tourism
 Products are produced from raw materials
by using engineering technology and
1863 ______________ Tools Equipments Machinery Money Machinery
Service sector has occupied _____ of GDP
1864 (Gross Domestic Product) 0% 1% 2% 10% 1%
______________ department will be
1865 dedicated for saftey related work only Production Safety Sales Accounting Safety
Relationship between employer &
employees is very important for the
1866 development & _____________ of any Growth Stability Increment Survival Survival
Financial management is nothing but
1867 effective management of __________ Funds Material Labour Equipment Funds
Eventhough permanent working capital is
working capital but it's nature is Increasing
1868 ______________ for every year or month. Temporary Permanent variable basis Permanent
management for planning its future
1869 activities. Accounts Debentures Shares Budgets Budgets
_________________ operates on the
principle that if you have something it must Profit & loss Organisation Balance Labour Balance
1870 have been paid for somehow. account chart sheet budget sheet
A man working in an industry has annual
income of 2,50,000 Rs. from all sources,
total investment like PF, PPF, LIC savings
50,000 Rs., Exempted amount for income
tax is 1,50,000 Rs. & income tax rate is 10%
1871 upto 3,00,000. Find out amount of income 2000 10000 5000 3000 5000
____________________ is way of keping
material which will not stop the
1872 manufacturing and allied process inventory handling assurance control inventory
The results of ABC analysis have to be
1873 reviewed ________________ & updated. regularly periodically monthly yearly periodically
If there is more stock than requirement ,
then the cost of carrying it i.e.
1874 __________________ cost will b more. procurement purchase inventory transport inventory
MRP (Material Resource Planning) projects
not only demand but also the timing of the purchse
1875 _______________ demand. quantity sell quantity production inventory inventory
If a TV manufacturing industry is using ABC
analysis for inventory management. They
are having items such as picture tube main A- picture A- A- PCB, B- A- picture A- picture
costly item, PCB moderately cost & tube, B- PCB, electronics picture tube, tube, B- tube, B- PCB,
electronics components less costly items, C- components, C- electronics C-
then classify these items into A items, B electronics B- PCB, C- electronicsco components, electronics
1876 items & C items. components picture tube mponents C- PCB components
According to ERP each department has its
own ERP module following are the ERP
module and department match ERP module
with their department A. ERP Finance
module B. ERP Human Resources Module C.
ERP Purchase Module D. ERP production
module and Departments are 1. Production A- 2, B- 4, C- A-1, B-2, C-3, A-4, B-3, C-2, A-3, B-4, C-1, A- 2, B- 4, C-
1877 Dept. 2. Account Dept. 3. Purchase Dept. 4. 3, D-1 D-4 D-1 D-4 3, D-1
Quality __________ gives more attention on
testing of products to find defects & Managemen
1878 reporting to management before release of Feedback Assurance t Control Control
Kaizen is the Japanese term which means Improvemen Improvemen
1879 __________________ Increment Decrement t Steady state t
 5"S" methodology for organizing &
minimizing items within a workplace in
1880 order to operate more ________. Effectively Efficiently Satisfactorily Regularly Efficiently
Following are the stages & Break through
Strategy (B.S.) phases. Match the Stage &
Break through Strategy correctly. 1.
Identification 2. Characterization 3.
Optimization 4. Institutionalization and B.S.
phases are A. Improve & Control B. 1-A, 2-B, 3-C, 1-C, 2-D, 3-A, 1-B, 2-C, 3-D, 1-D, 2-A, 3- 1-C, 2-D, 3-
1881 Standardise & Integrate C. Recognize & 4-D 4-B 1-A B,4-C A, 4-B

Planning & coordinating Guiding &

1882 The term management means---? organizing & Directing Motivating All above. All above.
Organizing process transfers------? Into None of
1883 reality Plans Problems Task. these. Plans
To avoid delay in work-----? Management
1884 function is used. Planning Coordinating Directing. Motivating. Coordinating
In line organization authority flows from------ Top to Bottom to None of Top to
1885 ---? bottom top Both a & b these bottom
An accident means unforeseen ----------- Semi Uncontrolle
1886 sudden mishap? Uncontrolled Controlled controlled All above d
None of
1887 Material Management is an --------activity? Integrated Isolated
Both a & b these Integrated
List of
The term Inventory management means------ Short list of Detailed list important None of Short list of
1888 ---? items of items items. these. items
Total
Total Quality Quantity Total Quality
management management None of managemen
1889 TQM stands for----------? . . Both a and b these. t.
1890 KAIZEN theory uses---------theory? 5S 6S 7S 4S 5S
6-Sigma is a---------- method used for Mathematic None of
1891 improvement? Statistical. al Both a and b these Statistical.

By
For creating Departments --------- methods function/pro
1892 are used? duct/process By Market Customer All above. All above.
If the capital in a business provided by one
or two persons in the form of Shares With Joint stock Partnership Public ltd. None of Partnership
1893 legal entity then it is Called as ---------? co. co. co. these. co.
Following table is the example of--------
budget? . XYZ-Co. -----------Budget. For the
year- Dept. JAN FEB MAR 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr. X
1894 4000 2000 4000 13000 14000 Y 2000 2000 Production Labour Sales Cash Sales
To achieve the vision of an organization------
1895 management works? Upper level Middle level Lower level Both a & b Upper level

The
promotion
Work Generating of research Generating
allocation on alternative and alternative
Brainstorming is used by the management the shop for problem development Training for problem
1896 for: floor. solving. . employees. solving.
Analysis of causes of deviation is a part of
1897 ______________ Process motivation teamwork controlling leadership controlling
 employees
labour doing meeting group of 15 group of 15
In an organization which of following group working on a discussion in members in people on people on
1898 is not present site work area a company bus stop bus stop

organization
organization it has aims is a group of organization
has no and working organizaiton has no
1899 which of the following statement is wrong ? boundaries objectives people is a system boundaries

to ensure to ensure
regular and regular and
profit wealth to ensure adequate adequate
which of following is not objective of maximizatio maximizatio safe working supply of supply of
1900 financial management n n condition funds funds
The capital required for a business is working both (A) and both (A) and
1901 ____________ fixed capital capital (B) None (B)
Balance Profit and Master Balance
1902 Following fig. refers to : sheet loss sheet Budget sheet Sheet sheet

ABC analysis
does not
give cannot be
ABC analysis importance used if some ABC analysis
results in to of the items results in
reduction of components are scarce reduction of
annual which are and are not annual
which of the following is advantage of ABC inventory critical for readily inventory
1903 analysis _______ cost production available all cost
EOQ is a formula that determines the
___________ at which the combination of
procurement costs and inventory carrying
1904 costs are least quality cost profit quantity quantity

they they they they

increase as decrease as decrease as decrease as
quantity quantity quantity quantity
ordered ordered ordered none of the ordered
1905 procurement costs: increases decreases increases above increases
Quality consist of ______________- to
1906 satisfy wants. capacity control quantity arragement capacity
Process employed to ensure a certain level quality quality
1907 of quality in a product or service is called quality audit 5s control quality circle control
Actual Annual Annual Annual
General General Annual Great General General
1908 AGM stands for Member Meeting Meeting Member Meeting
finished good means good waiting for None of the
1909 dispached to: customer supplier A and B above customer
None of the
1910 Which of the following is in significant item A items B items C items above A items
page from balance master master
1911 following fig shows : ledger sheet sales budget budget budget
 Fixtures
Which of the following would represent an Fixtures & Cash at the Retained &
1912 organisations Fixed Assets Fittings Bank Debtors Profit Fittings
Which of the following is/are Current Motor
1913 Liabilities of the organisation? Vehicles Debtors Creditors Share Capital Creditors
Sale
Sales Sale Revenue
Revenue & Revenue & Sales & Cost
Opening Purchases & Cost of Revenue & of Goods
1914 Gross Profit is the difference between? Stock Closing Stock Goods Sold closing Stock Sold

Maslows motivation theory is on the basis maintenance

1915 of human___________. satisfaction needs factors rewards needs
which type of organization is the fig. refer Line and Line and
1916 to… process functional staff Staff Staff
Goal or target to be achieved is known as
1917 ____________. objective schedules procedures budgets objective
The chain of superiors from the highest
authority to the lowest level in the Unity of Unity of Centralizatio
1918 organization is _________ direction command n Scalar chain Scalar chain
An identified group of people contributing
their efforts towards the attainment of Managemen
1919 goals is called an Organization Business t Department Organization
etc. between two or more persons communicati communicati
1920 is________ planning organizing on staffing on
India is awarded a certification of ---- free
1921 country. cancer Polio Swine flu AIDs Polio

1922 Excess inventory may lead to : profit loss funds less space loss
when we order and receive good in procurement inventory None of the procuremen
1923 company it will include cost cost holding cost above t cost
Following are the principles of
…..1)Customer focus
1924 Extract
2)Leadership3)Involvement
from pareto's chart :of
The key causes ERP Organization ISO:9001 EOQ ISO:9001
1925 are D,E,F H,I,J A,B,C A TO J A,B,C

_________ Industries are known as information information

1926 sunshine sector of Indian economy chemical technology agricultural process technology
to aquire to create to create
The purpose of business according to to get success in to satisfy and keep and keep
1927 Drucker, money market customer customers customers
Data
travelling Television Goods being Goods being
through signals transported The imagery transported
Which of the following is an example of a computer broadcast by across of global across
1928 physical aspect of globalization? networks satellite borders brands borders
The ------process transform plans in to
1929 reality. Planning organizing directing all of above organizing
The right of a person to give instructions to responsibilit Accountabilit Line
1930 his subordinates is known as_________. y authority y authority authority
Supply of human and material resources
and helps to achieve the objective of Managemen
1931 business is _______ planning Organization t Control Organization
The process of dividing the large monolithic
functional organization into small and Department Department
1932 flexible administrative units is Staffing Delegation ation Control ation
 Identify type of organization does the fig.
1933 refer to.. Project Functional Process Line Project
Absence of
proper
An environmental factor for accidents in protecting improper protruding daydreamin
1934 industry is: devices daydreaming ventilation nails g
As per Factories Act, "--------------------” of a
factory means the person who has the
1935 ultimate control over the affairs of the Manager Owner Director Occupier Occupier
Which of the following is obligation
imposed byFactories Act upon the employer All the All the
1936 with respect to his workers ? Health Safety Welfare above. above.
XYZ company has to be appointed
_____________ if an organization is safty welfare plant welfare
1937 engaging 500 or more employees committee officer committee saftey officer officer
profit
The function of financial management is record maximizatio management all of the all of the
1938 ________ keeping n of cash flow above above
It is the
debentures fixed rate of It is the credit
form the interest is credit money money of
capital of the paid on of the none of the the
1939 complete fiil in the blank company debentures company above company
The summary of an organisations assets and
Liabilities at a particular point in time is Trading Profit & Loss Balance Trade Balance
1940 called? Account Account Sheet Balance Sheet

Depreciation
of Motor
Which one of the following cannot be found Vehicles for Telephone Sales Goods Wages/Salari Sales Goods
1941 in the Profit & Loss Account? the year Expenses returned es returned
An organisation which produce DVD
recorders has a Fixed Cost of Rs. 30,000. If
the selling price is Rs. 350 each and Variable
Costs are Rs. 100 per unit what is the
1942 number of units needed to reach the Break- 80 120 250 300 120

preparation preparation
of lisi of all determine get annual none of the of lisi of all
1943 To preparation of ABC analysis First step is items unit price consumption above items
Which of the following is the name given to
a bill of lading where goods have been Shipped bill Claused bill Ordinary bill Clean bill of Clean bill of
1944 received by a carrier free of defects? of lading of lading of lading lading. lading.
Which of the following categories of
materials handling equipment does a Gravity Fork lift Picking Warehouse Fork lift
1945 ‘counterbalanced type’ belong to? Conveyor Trucks Robot Trolley. Trucks
Warehouses and stockyards are two types
of storage facilities. Which of the following
is the most appropriate factor to consider in
1946 the design of a stockyard? Structure Services Surface Shelving. Surface

process process
steps and steps and
their cost of a cluse in customer their
1947 process flow chart helps to explain relationship quality ISO:9001 complaints relationship
 Normal Normal
distribution sixsigma distribution
1948 Name the curve shown in fig. curve curve normal curve sigma curve curve
Quality is the relative term and is used with
1949 reference to - product quantity ERP MRP product
it is the series of the quality management
system standards created by the
1950 international organisation for ERP ISO 9001 EOQ 5S ISO 9001
classification of material as per their values None of the
1951 and usage comes under TQM ABC analysis ERP above ABC analysis

the capital
invested in
assets of
fixed assets durable
are used nature for
over and repeated use
over again of long perid
for numbers is called
1952 which statement is wrong of years fixed capital both none none

it is needed it is needed it is needed

to expand to start the to run the None of the None of the
1953 which is wrong statement about capital the businees businees businees above above

cash to be cash to be
equipment maintained maintained
and in in
1954 Fixed capial is not required for land building machinery emergency emergency

long term loan from

1955 Fixed capial can be financed through shares debentures banks all all

injury caused
during
employer has to do compensation in which injury caused employemen death after All of the All of the
1956 case by accident t accident above above

centralisatio many
control are n gives functions are centralisatio centralisatio
concentrate power in the controlled by n considers n considers
d at the hands of a central local issue local issue
1957 which statement is wrong centre center authority always always

Urban co-operative bank refers to which of Single Partnership Co-operative Co-operative

1958 the following company type- Ownership public ltd company company company

which is the last need in Maslow need self self

1959 hierchy social physiological safety actualisation actualisation
decision
1960 what is the next function after planning making organising staffing scheduling organising
1961 Banks are regulated by SBI RBI CBI FBI RBI
 Employment Foreign All of the All of the
1962 LPG increases – opportunity Investment Competition above above
Excise duty is the amount of duty paid on
1963 _____ of goods. Sales Production Trading Excise Production
Which one of the following is not a personal
1964 protective device ? hand gloves helmet goggles pullover pullover
Manufacturi
1965 #NAME? Service Trade ng Both a and b Trade
Following business pattern do not come
1966 under service industry. IT Banking Real Estate Textile Mill Textile Mill

Out of stock Out of stock

1967 Too little inventory increases the risc of: condition More stock Theft Can't Predict condition
1968 Kaizen is the name given by: Chinese Japanese Korean Thai Japanese

1969 Meeting goals can increase : Needs Safety Competition Motivation Motivation
acceptable temperature are all examples of Physiological Competence Physiological
1970 : Need Safely Needs Needs Social Needs Need

1971 The motivators are guided by : Motivation Need Satisfaction None Need
componentparts, which they then sell at a service Manufacture service
1972 profit. providers res Traders None providers

in the form in the form in the form

of in the form in the form of of
1973 How do traders make profit? commission of loans of shares debentures commission
Textile
1974 What is the main stay of Indian economy? Agriculture Chemicals Engineering industry Agriculture
product
Indian IT companies are not working in the product developmen
1975 __________________ business. telecom service software development t

Assigning the Delegation

Out of following which is the first activity in activities to Grouping of of authority Identifying Identifying
1976 organizing? manager activities to managers the activities the activities

They expect less but contribute more this Self Esteem Self
1977 happens in which phase? Social needs Safety needs actualization needs actualization
Project organization is a
1978 ____________organization structure. Temporary Permanent Annual Quarterly Temporary
_________ is a voluntary organization Public
formed to serve the members and the co-operative limited None of the co-operative
1979 welfare of society. company society company above society
In a tall organisation structure, the span of
1980 control is ___________ big wide narrow small narrow

loans from loans from

_______________ is a source of working commercial public subcontracti commercial
1981 capital. banks deposits debenture ng banks
Tools, lubricants, cutting fluids are indirect finished work in None of the indirect
1982 ___________. materials goods progress above materials
________ helps managers to have selective
control and focus attention only on None of the
1983 important items. EOQ ABC analysis inventory above ABC analysis
 The ___ provides the information about
1984 when to order and how much to order. MRP ERP EOQ Inventory MRP
to
to establish implement in
at the to the
In kaixen the role of an employee is corporate implement functional to to
1985 __________ level the process area participate participate

Correct
Sr Question A B C D Answer
electronics
and
heavy and civil and telecommunic heavy and
1 Name the two segments of engineering sector. light mechanical ation None of above light
2 Different types of Process Industry General Chemical Heat All of above All of above
investment and a high level of automation
3 process? Village Small scale Large Scale Medium Scale Large Scale
activities to be performed, to manager with the
necessary authority to supervise them is called Decision
4 ____________. Planning Organizing Controlling making Organizing
Out of the following options given below, which Good work
5 does not implies to equity? Equal wages Dignity Fair culture Equal wages
................................is accountability, which is an
obligation of a subordinate to his/her boss to Communicatio All of the
6 perform the assign work. Authority Responsibility n above Responsibility

People
become
expert in the Product Attention is
For product type departmentation, which work allotted become name given to the No duplicate No duplicate
7 statement is incorrect? to them brand name product of work of work
____________________________ is concerned
with procurement, allocation and control of Financial Material Personnel Operation Financial
8 financial resources of a firm. management management management management management

Office
____________________ are expenses done for Financial administrative Financial
9 raising funds for running business. expenses Purchases Sales expenses expenses
the unreliability of income or sales prediction and
makes provision in advanced for variation in
production and expenditure in accordance with Variable Functional All of the Variable
10 variations in sales Fixed budget budget budget above budget
Preference shares normally offer investors a
lower level of risk than loan capital. (2)
Preference shares are not normally given voting
rights. Which ONE of the following combinations (1) True (2) (1) True (2) (1) False (2) (1) False (2) (1) False (2)
11 relating to the above statements is correct? True False True False True

List of what is
needed for
each
A product component,
The Bill of materials provides structure sub-assembly
12 __________________________. (tree) and assembly A and b both None A and b both
 Prepare a
Prepare a list comparative
of suppliers statement of
Exact quantity who deal with Pen the the, terms and Exact quantity
of material to the business of quotations at conditions of material to
Whenever a department needs an item, it is be purchased the articles to prescribed mentioned in be purchased
officially brought to the notice of the purchasing and its be purchasing time on the the quotation and its
department by filing a purchase requisition from. specification is and are prescribed and then specification
13 The next step is____ decided reliable date analyze them is decided
Identify the system, which show the essential
elements used in Master Production Schedule as
14 its basis for any material control system. MRP ERP EOQ ABC MRP
Six-sigma aims at improving processes and
producing goods with zero defects and thus helps
in improving productivity. (a) DMAIC and (b) (a) Design, (a) Implement, (a) Verify, (a)
DMADV are the two methods to achieve this goal, (a) Implement, Verify (b) Verify (b) Implement (b) Implement,
from the figure and given options select the Control (b) Implement, Design, Design, Control (b)
15 appropriate last two steps for both the methods. Design, Verify Control Control Control Design, Verify
The goals of the Enteprise are fulfilled through All of the All of the
16 the use of resources like Man Machine Material Above Above
17 GATT was superseded by WTO in 1994 1998 2000 2005 1994
All of the
18 The success of any project depends upon- Planning Organizing Directing Above Planning

Thinking Thinking after Thinking All of the Thinking

19 Planning Means before doing doing during doing Above before doing
Which is the Smart technique that allows
everybody to do the job as per their Skills or Division of Authority & All of the Division of
20 Specialization. work Responsibility Discipline Above work

Government Public Public All of the Public

21 Bata India Limited is a form of - Department Companies Corporations Above Companies

In which of organization the sub-ordinates Line Line & Staff Fanctional Product Line
22 receive orders from their immediate boss organization organization Organization organization organization
Delegation of Effective All of the Effective
23 Allotting right work to the right person means. Authority Responsibility Delegation Above Delegation
Joint stock All of the
24 The risk is very high in Partnership company Proprietorship Above Proprietorship
According to factory Act which of the following Fencing of None of the
25 comes under health provision? Machinery Cleanliness safety guards above Cleanliness
Mechnical Mechnical
Collapse of crane is a cause of accident, under Cause of Natural Cause All of the Cause of
26 which type of accidents does it come ? Accident of Accident Human Error Above Accident
Permenant Temporary Gross
Which type of capital is used for all the current Gross Working Net Working Working Working Working
27 assets ( Possession or Property) Capital Capital Capital Capital Capital
The Tax which is paid by Individual to the central
28 Government of India is known as Direct Tax Indirect Tax Secrvice Tax Income Tax Income Tax

Inventory Marketing Inventory

29 Which is a part of Material Management- Management Management Both A & B None Management

Lead time is Lead time is

know & is Total cost is Primary cost is All of the know &
30 The assumption made in EOQ is that constant constant constant Above is constant
 Minimizing High Minimizing
Frequent Conflicts Unnecessary Investment in Unnecessary
Material among Inventory unnecessary Inventory
31 The major advantage of MRP is Shortage employees Investment Inventory Investment
32 Sales & Marketing is module of ERP MRP MPR None ERP

The activites that ensures right material at right Purchase Marketing Design All of the Purchase
33 quantity and right in time belongs to Department Department Department Above Department

To take
essential steps Take different
so that the measures to To Imporve To Imporve
defective ensure or quality, quality,
products improve the Productivity, Productivity,
should not quality safety and safety and
reach to standard of reduce the reduce the
34 Objective of quality circle is - customers. product. cost None of these cost
Study of
variation in
Study of the
variation in production
Discontinuous the production process and
focus on the process and Discontinuous other
customer's other business striving for business
35 Important themes in six sigma are- requirements processes perfection All of these processes

The Covers the Covers the

organization Includes overall Covers overall
must take care controlling of monitoring, monitoring of monitoring,
of the monitoring measurement, information measurement
conformity of and measuring analysis and that depicts , analysis and
Measurement Analysis and Improvement clause the product / devices in an improvement the customer improvement
36 of ISO 9001:2000 …………… service. organization. of QMS. satisfaction. of QMS.
___________________ and bilateral, internal, bilateral,
____________________.
37 Textile industry does not produce direct, indirect multilateral external local, global multilateral
38 ______________. polythene cotton wool jute polythene
Business is the process of providing platform to
the people to exhibit their ________________ technical, thinking, technical, technical,
39 and _______________ skills. economical mental managerial All of above managerial
Administration is concerned with the
determination or planning of corporate policy
whereas management is concerned with the
execution or implementation of policy witihin the Oliver
40 limits set is stated by _____________________. Oliver Sheldon Henry Fayol F. W. Taylor Peter Drucker Sheldon
Remuneration of personnel is the principle based
41 on _____________________________ principles. F.W. Taylor Henry Fayol Peter Drucker Mary Follet Henry Fayol

Organizing facilitates effective delegation of performance

42 __________________________________. management authority of employees All of above All of above
increase increase
productivity, productivity,
decrease decrease
overload of overload of
decrease work and work and
The objectives of planning is to increase overload of maintain maintain maintain
43 ____________________________. productivity work standards standards standards
 (1) Board of (1) Board of (1) Board of
Trustees (2) (1) Borad of Trustees (2) Trustees (2)
Principal of Trustees (2) Prncipals, (1) Principal Prncipals,
In an education institute, the people who belongs college (3) HOD (3) HOD's (3) (2) HOD's (3) HOD's (3)
44 to the three different levels of management are: Teachers Teachers Teachers Teachers Teachers

To make To give
people To distribute freedom to All of the All of the
45 Which is the aim of departmentation? specialized work each function above above

Business life is There is

It is a joint depend of There is No transfer of limited
46 Which statement is false about partnership? business partners limited liability partnership liability
With________________, the top management
can focus on strategic issues for finding new Decentralisati Decentralisati
47 avenues and opportunities. Authority Responsibility Centralisation on on

The structure of Rubber Department shows the

hiearchy level along with their executives. It has Line Line and Staff Project Functional Functional
48 which type of Organizational structure? organization organization Organization Organization Organization
factory as per factory act when there are
49 minimum ____ workers. 100 300 500 1000 500
___is a financial statement that summarized a
company’s assets , liabilities and shareholder
50 equity at a specific point in time. Balance sheet Budget Profit and loss Account Balance sheet
Preparation of budget forecasts the future of the
departments and company and due consideration
is given on the basis of period, functions and (1) Period (2) (1) Capacity (1) Period (2) (1) Coverage (1) Coverage
flexibility. Identify the different types of budgets Capacity (3) (2) Period (3) Coverage (3) (2) Capacity (2) Capacity
51 according to their scope of use: Coverage Coverage Capacity (3) Period (3) Period
____ is a list of component part and sub-
52 assemblies needed to produce the final product. MPS MRP BOM ERP BOM

financial, financial,
operative and operative and
Objectives of inventory management includes property property property
53 ________________ objectives. financial protection operational protection protection

preparation of preparation of
purchase purchase
budget, track budget, track
pending pending
purchase purchase
issue and order, issue order, issue
preparation of track pending follow up and follow up and follow up
The important functions of purchase departments purchasing purchase purchase purchase purchase
54 are __________________________. budget order order order order

What end How many of When the

products are each product products shall
to be is to be be ready for All of the All of the
55 The master production schedule is a list of: produced? produced? shipment? above above
attempts to consolidate all of a company’s
departments and functions into a single
computer system that services each department’s
56 specific needs. Identify the system. MRP MRP-II ERP EOQ ERP
57 Quality is fitness for _____________. Use Action Product Business Use
A well organized working place results more
efficient and more productive operation : is the
58 principle of ________________. Kaizen 5S TQM Six sigma 5S
 (1) System for (1) Quality (1) Quality (1) System for (1) System for
ensuring the control and control and ensuring the ensuring the
quality, adjustment adjustment quality, quality,
consistency mechanisms mechanisms consistency consistency
and continuity to ensure to ensure and continuity and continuity
of strategies, efficiency and efficiency and of strategies, of strategies,
programs and assurance of assurance of programs and programs and
projects. (2) results. (2) results. (2) projects. (2) projects. (2)
Mechanism system for Mechanism Quality control Mechanism
for continous ensuring the for continous and for continous
review, quality, review, adjustment review,
enhancement consistency enhancement mechanisms enhancement
of system. (3) and continuity of system. (3) to ensure of system. (3)
Quality control of strategies, System for efficiency and Quality
and programs and ensuring the assurance of control and
adjustment projects. (3) quality, results. (3) adjustment
mechanisms Mechanism consistency Mechanism mechanisms
Select the correct functional role of (1) Planning to ensure for continous and continuity for continous to ensure
system (2) Standard and process improvement efficiency and review, of strategies, review, efficiency and
system (3) Monitoring and evaluation system assurance of enhancement programs and enhancement assurance of
59 from the given QMS structure: results. of system. projects. of system. results.
60 First nationalisation of 14 banks happened in 1969 1976 1950 1991 1969

61 Following is not the chemical industry Polymer Petrochemical Paints Sugar Sugar

62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative Dynamism Leadership Management Initiative

62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative Dynamism Leadership Management Initiative

Decision-
63 Employees get energized due to Controlling Planning Motivation making Motivation

Line Staff Project Staff

64 Functional organization is also called as organization organization organization None of above organization
Providing Providing
service to service to
65 Basic aim of the government sector is Earning profit Earning fame society None of above society

Government Co-operative
66 Highest business secrecy is in Partnership sector Proprietorship society Proprietorship
Both a &
67 Unlimited liability is present in Proprietorship Partnership Both a & b None of above b
Working
68 Who can be responsible for accident Worker Management Conditions All the above All the above
As per factory act, one first aid box is provided
69 for......workers. 100 200 150 250 150

70 Budget is the financial plan for Next year Last year Running year None of above Next year
Confused Unnecessary
71 A
Buffer
type stock is nothing
of items but
has......importance due to New stock Safety stock Inventory stock Safety stock
72 consumption. 10-20% 15-25% 40-50% 70-80% 70-80%

73 Quality management is not focusing on Money Quality Improvements Productivity Money

74 Sustain in 5S is Shitsuke Seiri Seiso Seiketsu Shitsuke
 Public sector Private sector Co-operative Private sector
75 HDFC Bank is a ……… bank bank Foreign bank bank bank
Deciding in advance what to do, how to do and Decision -
76 when to do is……… making Organising Planning Motivating Planning
with the authority necessary to supervise it' , is
77 called as….. Controlling Organising Staffing Planning Organising

Line Project Staff Functional Line

78 Scalar Organisation is also known as organisation organisation organisation organisation organisation

Government Public Public Public Limited Government

79 Highest control of government is there in department corporation company company department
complete control of the activites of the
employees 2. To structure harmony among
different units of the organisation 3. Removal of
80 conflict and overlapping in the organization code 1 & 2 code 1 & 3 code 2 and 3 code 1,2 &3 code 2 and 3
Statement 1- Shareholders are owners of the
company. Statement 2 - Debenture holders are Both 1 and 2 1 is correct, 2 Both 1 and 2 1 is wrong, 2 is Both 1 and 2
81 creditors of the company. are wrong is wrong are correct correct are correct
________ is the collective stock of items which is
82 required for routine functioning of industry Purchase Inventory Tool room Vendor Inventory
Ups and Downs in consumption and delivery Procurement
83 period are absorbed by _______ Buffer stock EOQ strategy ERP Buffer stock

Director Division Director Director

General of Defined Goods General of General of General of
Supplies and for Supply and Sales and Supply and Supplies and
84 In purchasing, DGSD belongs to Disposals Dispatch Distribution Distribution Disposals

Statement 1- ERP gives transparency. Statement Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 is correct, 2 1 is wrong, 2 is Both 1 and 2
85 2- Repetition of work is avoided due to ERP are correct are wrong is wrong correct are correct

A set of tools
for planning
and
A system to monitoring
capture and A capacity to processes to
make data assess the achieve goals
available in feasibility of a of the Option a
86 ERP software provides: real time proposed plan organisation Option a & c & c
Traders make profit in form of
87 ............................... laons commissions shares None of above commissions
…………... and ……………….are produced in largest cosmetics and polymers and soaps and polymers and
88 quantity in chemical industry. soda and soap paper plastics detergents plastics
General
89 Insurance company is categorized as Life Insurance Insurance All of above None of above All of above
from top level to the lower level in the line of plane of path of line of
90 organization. authority authority authority authority authority

specific, specific, specific, specific, specific,

measurable, measurable, moveable, moveable, measurable,
achievable, accountable, achievable, accountable, achievable,
SMART stand for realistic, realistic, realistic, realistic, realistic,
91 .......................................................... timely timely timely timely timely

Public limited Private limited

92 Which is not the type of the joint stock company? Public sector company company None Public sector
 Biotechnology Information System, Network
department of Consumer Affairs, and
Department of Education etc, are which types of Government Public Public All of the Government
93 companies? departments companies corporations above departments
Public deposit is the source of finance for Joint stock Cooperative Joint stock
94 ............................ company society Partnership Proprietorship company
If the factory employs more than 500 workers, it
should appoint a qualified______________ to welfare
95 carry out the prescribed duties. safety officer welfare officer security officer none of these officer
Workman
Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of the Industrial Compensation Minimum
96 employees is the primary purpose of the- Factories Act Disputes Act Act Wages Act Factories Act
materials to be purchased and the estimated Production Purchase Materials Purchase
97 costs of the material Sales budget budget budget budget budget
To ensure
regular and
adequate
Profit Wealth supply of
98 Tax
Which is the objective of financial management?
includes the current tax as well as maximization maximization funds All of above All of above
99 _______tax. income expenses excise deferred deferred
Debentures are included in ______________
100 source of finance. Long term Short term Medium term None Long term
Between 60 Between 60
The table shows the income tax rates for an Below 60 years to 80 Above 80 years to 80
101 individual - years years years For all ages years
calculates material requirement and schedule
supply to meet changing demand across all
102 product and parts TQM ISO MRP QA MRP
receiving, receiving,
cost of processing processing
processing cost of quotations, quotations,
quotation and following up issuing and issuing and
cost of issuing and expediting expediting expediting
Procurement costs consists of cost of receiving purchase purchase purchase purchase
103 ............................. quotations order order order order
104 Excess inventory needs ___________. more funds less funds less space more space more funds
.............................. function can be defined as
procuring different types of material for an
105 organization from different sources Purchasing Procurement Planning Processing Purchasing

cost required cost of

cost of packing cost to be paid for movement packing of
106 Packing cost means ............................... of goods to customer of material inspection cost goods

(a) Minimum (a) Minimum (b) Minimum (b) Maximum (a) Minimum
stock level (b) stock level (c) stock level (c) stock level (c) stock level (b)
In this Stock control chart, label the maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum
107 stock level and minimum stock level – stock level stock level stock level stock level stock level

Identify way to Increase the Identify way

increase cycle time for Maximum to increase
production hiring and quality or production
capacities of training new delivery capacities of
Which one of the following is application of Six present employees in problems with present
108 sigma? equipment organization suppliers None of these equipment
Which one of the following is a requirment for
109 conformance? Quantity Finance HRD Quality Quality
 Which of the following statements outline the
relationship factor? (a) ISO 9000 and total quality
are not in competition (b) ISO 9000 and total
quality are not interchangeable (c) ISO 9000 and
total quality are compatible (d) ISO 9000 and
110 total quality are in competition (a), (b), (c) (b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (d) (a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c)
Following is the fastest growing sector in india
111 now a days Agriculture Fishing Service Manufacturing Service

Foreign trade trade and Foreign trade

112 All export and imports activities are governed by policy fiscal policy global policy business policy policy
113 Following bank is working for agriculture field ICICI Allhabad NABARD AgroB NABARD

114 Remuneration is not based on Performance Responsibility emotion Designation emotion

115 Food, Water, Shelter are _______________ needs Physiological Esteem Social Safety Physiological
116 Line organisation is of ------- type Horizontal Vertical Both None Vertical

Line Functional Line and staff Line

117 Decision are quick in organisation organisation organisation combined type organisation
Maximum shareholders in public limited
118 company are ------------ 50 10 7 No limit No limit
Which is not included in the ' causes of accidents' Temparature
119 due to nature Floods Gas leakage Heavy rains strokes Gas leakage
Minimum wages which are fixed are declared by Official
120 government through Newspaper Magazine Official gazatte All gazatte
________is the effective procurement of funds
121 and their effective utilisation. Accounts Commerce Finance None Finance
Production
122 Flexibility is zero in Fixed budget budget Labour budget Cash budget Fixed budget

Statement 1- Excise is a direct tax,Statement 2- Both 1 and 2 1 is wrong,2 is 1 is correct,2 is Both 1 and 2 1 is wrong,2 is
123 Excise is a commodity tax are wrong correct wrong are correct correct
Ensures Proper
availability of purchasing Preventing
124 Which is the function of inventory? material guidelines stock out All of above All of above

In immediate
125 Procurement of C type of items,should be done Frequently schedule Infrequently None Infrequently
Annual consumption of the item is represented
126 by______in EOQ. A AC S None S
The logic of_____is based on the principle of
127 dependent demand. MRP MRP II ERP SAP MRP

128 ERP vendor is SAP ORACLE PEOPLE SOFT All All

Steering Steering
129 Which element is at the top of the Quality Circle committee Circle leader Circle member Facilitator committee
To decide the To check the
quality quality Both are Both are Both are
130 Objective of quality control is standard deviations correct wrong correct

extreme extreme insufficient extreme

131 #NAME? temperature lethargy illumination high humidity lethargy
Dependent of a deceased employee does not widowed unmarried
132 include: his widow major son mother daughter major son
private ltd
jiont stock public ltd joint
133 types of jiont stock companies company stock company both 1 and 2 none both 1 and 2
134 #NAME? propertiership partnership private ltd public ltd propertiership

improved duties are system

product clear to each function all of the all of the
135 advantages of line and staff organisation quality person smootly above above

line all of the line

136 #NAME? organisation line and staff functional above organisation
proper
well organised dividion of
set of define group of work and all of the all of the
137 elements of organisation are objective people labour above above
diecision
138 #NAME? controlling movtivating coordinating making coordinating
henry fayol proposed ---------------------- no of
139 principles of management 10 20 14 30 14

Division of authority and all of the Division of

140 #NAME? work responsibity discipline above work
management functions are as all of the all of the
141 ______________________ planning organisaing directing above above
142 #NAME? planning organising staffing controlling staffing
major functions of insurance comapny --------------- to provide to provie all of the all of the
143 ------ certianty protection share risk above above
144 #NAME? IT textile banking 1 and 3 banking
------------------------ is a person who has
145 completed the 18 yrs Adult Adoloscent Child Young person Adult
Which of the following qualifies as a health fencing of washing none of the
146 provision ? machinery cleanliness facilities above cleanliness
A--------------------- is an instrument of
management used as an aid in the planning
147 programming and control of business activity finanace capital budget VAT budget

factory budget stock all of the all of the

148 production budget is based upon sales budget capicity requirement above above
which is leveied at each stage of production
based on valve added to the producty at that
149 stages finanace capital budget VAT VAT

what function are involved in material storage all of the all of the
150 management planning warehousing manageemnt above above

Inspection Consistency in Huge

costs are quality can be improvement
151 Advantage of Quality control is_______ reduced achieved in productivity Only a and b Only a and b
Standardizatio
152 Systemize means Cleaning Organization Neatness n Neatness
One year
153 Fixed capital is the capital invested in assets over: A short period period A long period None of these None of these
Improper
Which one of the following is contributory cause material Poor Protruding Tendency of Tendency of
154 of an accident? handeling housekeeping object show off show off
An adult as per Factories act, 1948 an adult is a More than 18 Less than 18 More than 21 More than 15 More than 18
155 person with age: years years years years years
In functional organisation activities are grouped
156 by____function. Common Separate Grouped Special Common
 Which of the following is not an element of
157 communication process? Feedback Noise Span Message Span
In a joint stock company loans are repaid by
158 the______________. Members Promoters Company None of these. Company
_______ does not belong to Henry Fayol's 14 Standardisatio Standardisatio
159 principles of management? n Scalar chain Authority Discipline n
General Production Marketing General
160 Who is not a middle level manager? Manager Manager Section head manager Manager
The planning process is used to prepare
161 ___________ in an organisation. Advancement Technologies Discoveries Budgets Budgets
Which type of industries involve largest Small scale Large scale Village Sugar Large scale
162 investment? industries industries industries industries industries
Which one of these is the largest segment in Textile Banking Chemical Engineering Engineering
163 Indian industry? Industry Industry Industry Industry Industry
A sales budget is the basis for preparation of a Materials
164 ________________ Master budget budget Cash budget None of these None of these
Which one of the following taxes is not charged Taxes on
165 by the state government? Income tax Land revenue Luxury tax properties Income tax
The___ provides the information about when to
166 order and how much to order. MRP ERP Inventory None of these. MRP
Gives
which one of the following is not a benefit of production
167 MRP? Saves time Saves cost schedule All of these All of these
Process Performance Reliability
168 _____ is an activity of quality assurance. control testing testing All of these All of these
particular items. Which one of the following can
provide the number of units to be purchased
169 each time? ERP ABC analysis ISO 9001 EOQ EOQ
Finance
170 Mechanism that allows trade is called as Government Industry Market department Market
Small rural Small
171 Globalisation has pose major challenges for Big producers producers Producers none of above producers

Both (a) and Both (a) and Both (a) and

172 What is management
Work on correct track with correct speed is It is science It is an Art (b) are wrong (b) are correct (b) are correct
173 possiable by Controlling Directing Organising Planing Controlling
Administratio
174 Policy making in an industry is a role of – Management Administration Public Workers n

175 Maximum security of job is in Public Sector Co-operative Partnership joint stock Public Sector
Which of the following is/are the key features of Social Accomplishing
176 organization Inventions Gropu Efforts goals All of these All of these
Mr. Sunil’s one-day salary was deducted because
of his uninformed leave, as he was already
warned about this behaviour. It is an example of Negative Positive
177 Ability
which method
to adjustof, change
shaping,behaviours?
bend is Reinforcement Reinforcement Punishment Reinforcement Punishment
178 _________________ Ability Stability Flexibility Balance Flexibility
___________ is a financial statement that
summarizes a companys assests , liabilities and Profit and loss
179 shareholders equity at a specfifc point in time Balance sheet Budget Account statement Balance sheet
Identify important constituents of Total Quality
Management from Following - i) Orderliness and
Cleanliness ii) Punctuality and Continuous efforts
180 iii)Customers' Service iv) Standardization of work Only i and ii Only i Only ii i, ii, iii, and iv i, ii, iii, and iv
In a car assembly factory the high value items like None of
181 engine is given rating of………….. Item A Item B Item C abovess Item A
Human
………….. Of ERP steamlines Procurement of Financial Resource Purchasing Production Purchasing
182 Required raw materials Module Module Module Module Module
 Improved Reduced
Reducied customer Improved Purchesing Improved
183 Which of theTechnique
The Modern following isofnot benefitManagement
Material of MRP? inventory cost service Quality cost Quality
184 is…….. ISO MRP TQM EOQ MRP
It does not It does not
take into Stores take into
account personnels account
The system is seasonal time can be seasonal
Which of the following is Not advantage of ABC easy to varitations of utilized in a varitations of
185 Analysis understand cost better manner All cost
KAI means
KAI means KAI means KAI means change &
Kaizen is a Japanese technique. Kaizen word is change & ZEN good & ZEN good & ZEN None of the ZEN means
186 formed from two characters KAI and ZEN in which means good means change means GURU above good
Quality Quality
187 Quality Management components are Planning Control a&b None a & b
188 The Example of Indirect Tax is Wealth Tax Flat tax Income tax Excise Tax Wealth Tax
Material Material All of the Material
189 The Function of material management is Planning Marketing Material Sales Above Planning

Different Look Different Look

Inteqrated Common Data- Departmental For Each For Each
190 Which is not the feature of ERP System base Access Module Module

Lead time is Lead time is

known & None of the known &
191 Which is the correct assumption in EOQ Total Cost constant Primary Cost above constant
Forecasting of resources, expenses & revenues is
192 over a specified future period Shares Taxes Debenture Budget Budget

Procurement,Fund allocation and control of Personal Material Operation Financial Financial

193 finicial resources is concerned with. Management Management Managenent Managment Managment
Which type of capital is Requred for business Working Both (a)
194 operation. Fixed capital capital Both (a) & (b) None of abvoe & (b)
Small Military Government Government
195 At which place line organization is not possible workshops department company Tiny firms company

Establishing Goals Ego of Goals

196 Which is the first step in effective delegation ? responsibility Training establishment speciality establishment

Political Decision Less Unlimited Unlimited

197 Which is not the limitation of public sector interference making is slow productivity liability liability
198 Providing correct way of working is Controlling Organising Directing Planning Directing

199 Position, designation, seniority defines Scaler chain Initiative Authority Centralization Authority

200 Top agro industry in india is Fabindia Pidilite Dupont India None of above Dupont India
In which type of industry fiber is converted into
201 yarn,then fabric Chemical Health care Process Textiles Textiles
Which of the mentioned option is related to goal
to reduce the number of defects to as low as 3.4 Departmentati
202 parts per million. Five -S ( 5S) on 6- Sigma ERP 6- Sigma

Proper Planning is Planning Planning is

planning helps Planning thinking after improves the thinking after
203 Which statement is wrong? in motivating reduces risk failures processes failures

Joint stock Co-operative

204 Documentation is less in Proprietorship Partnership company society Proprietorship
 Suppliers to Services with
205 Service tax is exempted to SEZ Export services small turnover All the aboveAll the above
Permanent Temporary Permanent
source of source of source of
206 Equity share financing is funds funds Both None funds
4.Delegation match these facts with following 1 and b ,2 and 1 and c,2 and 1 and a,2 and 1 and d,2 and 1 and d,2 and
a.work adjustment b.tolerate loss c. allocation d,3 and a,4 b,3 and d,4 b,3 and c, b,3 and a,4 b,3 and a,4
207 d.reporting of subordinates and c and a 4and d and c and c

Line Project Functional Line and staff Functional

208 Reporting structure is complicated in Organization Organization Organization organization Organization

209 Line Organization

The base of successis also called
of any as of an
project Military Scalar Automated Both a and b Both a and b
210 organization is its Planning Organizing Directing all of above Planning
The blend of kindness and justice in an unity of
211 organization is Equity Scalar chain order command Equity
………... is important not only for the individuals Division of
212 but also for an organization too. work Authority Discipline all of above Discipline
…………. has allowed companies to increase their
213 base of operation Liberalization Globalization Privatization all of above Globalization
214 14 Principles of Management is contributed by Henry Fayol F W taylor P F ducker H Koontz Henry Fayol
The segment which is known as economy's goods industrial business industrial
215 producing segment trading sector allied sector sector sector sector
Legally _____ are not allowed but still they may sleeping
216 exist with the consent of other partners partner secret partner partner at will none of above none of above
Which one of the following is a cause of accident
217 due to unsafe working conditions ? earthquakes oily floors daydreaming all of above oily floors
……………..is a universal lubricant which keeps
218 enterprise dynamic. Finance capital budget VAT capital
219 ……………...capital includes long term decisions. Fixed Working block both a and c both a and c
Under sectioon 17 on the Income tax act 1961
_____ and ________ comes under heads of salry salary and salary and allowance and
220 for which Income tax is applicable. wages gartuity pensions none of above none of above

A ______ is an instrument of _________ used as

an aid in planning,programming and control of budget and capital and management resources and budget and
221 business activity. management distribution and resources management management
222 Find the odd man out kaizen Six Sigma 5's' C's' C's'
Quality management system guidelines m) ISO
9001-2000 ii) Quality management system
vocabulary n) ISO9004-2000 iii) Quality
223 management system requirements l-i. M-iii, n-ii l-ii,m-iii, n-i l-iii. M-i, n-ii l-i. M-ii, n-iii l-ii,m-iii, n-i
224 Service industry is ---------Sector in Economy Primary Secondary Basic Tertiary Tertiary

Recognise the finding out Recognise the

225 The first step in decision making is problem Evaluation analysis alternatives problem
when many functions are controlled by a central
226 Authority, It is called as Authority Management Discipline Centralisation Centralisation

Which is not the technique for effecting decision Linear Dynamic

227 making in core company Programme Simulation Out sourcing Programming Out sourcing
Political Decision
interference is Professionalis –Making is Government Government
228 Which
Minimumis not limitation
Members of cooperative
in Private society
limited company more m is very poor slow support is less support is less
229 are 2 5 10 20 2
One Ambulance room should be provided in a
230 factory employ more than ----workers 200 300 400 500 300
231 Zero based budgeting is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None Mechanism
Movable
232 Custom Duty is charged on Vessels Currency property All All
When stock is more than the required then --------- Under
233 ---- cost involves stocking Over Stocking More stock None Over Stocking
Placement Purchase Purchase
234 PO in materials management means officer Post Office order None order
On hand
235 Which is the input to MRP Inventory Bill of Material both None both
Quality Quality Quality of Quality
Management Measurement Measured Management
236 QMS means System System Standards None System
237 Which is not included in 5S Sort solve Shine Sustain solve

Aggressive Clear
Top implementatio presentation
management n of quality of quality
238 The process to produce an effective QMS requires support policy policy All All
239 Following is not a agro industry Sugar Poultry Paper Jute Paper
The quality of product made for Liberalization
240 and Globalization ISO-2001 ISO-2000 ISO-9010 ISO-9000 ISO-9000
Fedrick Fedrick
241 father of scientific management is W.Tailor Arthur Dunkel Henry Fayol Robert owen W.Tailor
242 Decision making occurs as a reaction to a Argument Problem Perception Expectation Problem

_________Check the result, __________Shows Authority, Responsibility, Authority,auth Responsibility, Authority,

243 the result Responsibility Authority ority Responsibility Responsibility
The followings are invoved in Middle level of Board of Branch Branch
244 management Directors Clerks Workers Managers Managers

Demerit of Line organisation / Scalar organisation High level of Lack of Decisions are Easy to Lack of
245 is discipline specialisation quick understand specialisation

Division of Authority &

246 The downward flow of Authority is termed as Responsibility Delegation Authority Responsility Delegation
1st January to 1st January to
1st April to 31st 1st July to 31st
247 Calendar year as per the Factory Act is 30th March December 30th June None of these December
Workmans
In which act "The aims to provide fair Wages to Indian Factory Compensation
248 employed persons" Act Act Insurance Act None of these None of these
Duplication of Duplication of
Exhaustive work, work,
training of repetition of repetition of
It is time The cost is users is work is work is
249 Which one is the advantage of ERP ? consuming high required avoided avoided
Cost for
Cost of calling Cost of receiving
250 Procurement cost per order includes quotation inspection materials All All

In graphical method of EOQ , the cost which is Inventory Procurement Inventory

251 represented as straight inclined line is Total Cost carrying cost cost None of these carrying cost
Arranging
items in
Perparing the Deciding the descening Determining Perparing the
252 Which is the first step in doing ABC Analysis ? list of all items policies order unit price list of all items
supply lead-time is two weeks and the average
weekly demand is 100 units. Which one is the re-
253 order level? 100 300 200 400 300
 To improve To improve To guide To improve
254 The objective of TQM is profitability process management None process

Management Resource Producy

255 Which is the main clause in ISO 9001:2000 ? responsibility management realisation All All
Both A &
256 The foudation of Kaizen, consists of Quality circles Teamwork Both A & B None B
Standardisatio Characterizati Standardisatio
257 Which is not the stage in 6 sigma n on Identification Optimization n

Nature of the Complexity of

Size of the product being the problems
258 Which factor decide the type of organization organization manufctured being faced All of above All of above
Which of the following is the advantage of
259 effective decision-making ? No delays Quick actions No confusion All are correct All are correct

Making
Defining goal different long
of an Defining term policies
organization mission and for an
260 The functions of top level management are or business vision organization All of above All of above
Insurance companies are growing at the annual
261 compound rate of 1% 15% - 20% 0% 30% - 40% 15% - 20%
Automated
Small industries like All of the All of the
262 Applications of Line organization businesses Military textile above above
…… allows executive to give opportunity to his
subordinate to think,make work related decision, Delegation of Effective All of the Effective
263 and get developed authority Responsibility Delegation above Delegation

Lack of Equipments
Mental training to for safety are Both (B) and Both (B) and
264 Accidents because of management are: distractions workers not provided (C) (C)
Payment of
light and
telephone
bills, water
charges, Advertisement Payment of
municipality and selling insurance,
265 Working capital is not required for bills etc expenses rent Furniture Furniture

………indicates the total sales in the year, when Office

goods sold are returned are referred as sales administrative
266 return Opening stock Purchases Sales expenses Sales
…….is a form of indirect tax imposed on specified
267 services called "taxable services" Direct Tax Indirect Tax Service tax Income tax Service tax

Material
Components resource Components
and required planning is all and required
raw material about raw material
are available management are available
in right of resources in right
quantities at required for Both ( a ) and ( quantities at
268 The major purpose of MRP right time production b) None right time
 …..is a list of component parts and sub-
269 assemblies needed to produce the final product MPS MRP BOM ERP BOM
Consumption Re-order Maximum Consumption
In ABC temof inventory control, the material is Material value of levelof each level of value of
270 divided in A,B and C categories on the basis of quantity material material material material

Inspection Consistency in
It ensures the costs are quality can be It ensures the
271 Advantage of quality management is reliability reduced achieved None of these reliability

There is Quality There is

uninterruptibl increases the uninterruptibl
e consistency productivity Custer e consistency
in quality of and becomes loyal in quality of
products and profitability in to that All of the products and
272 Benefit of QMS is services long term organization above services

Top
management
must make it
This clause sure that This clause
covers customer covers
Includes defining of requirements defining of
planing of the responsibility are known and responsibility
QMS for and they are met and
meeting the authorities with an authorities
requirements and its objective of and its
of the communicatio continuously communicatio
standard and n to everyone increasing n to everyone
quality within an customer within an
273 Responsibility, Authority clause of ISO 9001:2000 objectives organization satisfaction None of these organization

274 Which is included under fixed capital Plant set-up Water supply Land All All
Health and
Which of the following provisions are included in safety welfare of All of the All of the
275 Factory Act ? employee working hours employee above above

faulty layout
Taking shortcuts and lack of adequate knowledge or design of natural
276 are causes of accidents because of ____________ workers management working place disasters workers
All of the All of the
277 Types of accidents are : Minor Serious Fatal above above
of how and when work will be done effectively
278 and efficiently. Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling Planning

279 #NAME? Trade Service Manufacturing Economics Trade

Allocation of Investment of Disposal of All of the All of the
280 Functions of financial management funds funds surplus Above Above
Export
281 Following service
Which is the is not
function under service
involved tax
in materials Courier Telephone Banking Export services services
282 management? Purchasing Storing Distributing All All
No defined
More Average way of More
283 What is the pattern of care for A type of items? attention attention Less attention attention attention
284 Quality circle is a brain child of Fayol Ishikawa Juran Lee Tsing Ishikawa
Reduce the
By selling Customer cost of the Customer
285 The most important objective of TQM is product satisfaction services All of these satisfaction
 Each manager is a highly qualified specialist in a --- Line Staff Functional Matrix Functional
286 ---- organization. Organistion Organization Organisation Organization Organisation
A Public A Public
Which of the following type of business Limited A Retail Limited
287 organization is owned by its customers? A Partnership Company Cooperative A Franchise Company
They are the
most
numerous
All the following are characteristics of the sole There is a Profit are Liability is type of Profit are
288 proprietorships except single owner taxed twice unlimited business taxed twice
In Automobile Industry, departments can be on
289 the basis of------- Territorial Product Customer Process Product
Determine how tasks is to be grouped is part of
290 which management function? Planning Controlling Leading Organizing Organizing
Who defined management as "the art of knowing
exactly what you want men to do and then see Mary Parker
291 that they do it in the best & cheapest way"? Henry Feyol F.W.Taylor Follet Juran F.W.Taylor

Middle &
Plans, policies & procedures are the function of---- Top Level Middle Level Bottom Level Bottom Level Top Level
292 -- Management Management Management Management Management
The transfer of ownership of state property into
the hands of the private individuals by the sale of
293 state assets through auction is------------ privatization Liberlization Globalization Domestication privatization

Make
Go for maximum Offer products Create Offer products
294 The purpose of retail business is to …. partnership promotion and services employment and services
increase the
A valid definition of a business purpose is to create a maximize serve the wealth in the create a
295 _______. customer profits society firm customer

Increased Better Assess Huge amount

Following are the advantages of Globalization, International to external of foreign Increased Increased
296 except Cooperation financing investment Competetion Competetion

Strict Financial Strict Financial

Which of the following is a characteristic of a Private Primary Profit Control by None of the Control by
297 Public sector organization? Ownership making Motive Government above Government
Employees
Which act provides for Health safety Welfare of Apprenticeshi Factories Act Compensation All of the Factories Act
298 workers? p Act 1961 1948 Act 1923 above 1948
Workplace related injuries, illnesses and deaths All of the All of the
299 impose costs upon? Employers Employee Community above above
required in a Factory for the mandatory More than More than
300 appointment of safety officer? More than 100 More than 500 Less than 750 1000 1000
What is the minimum space to be allocated to 12.2 Cubic 13.2 Cubic 14.2 Cubic 15.2 Cubic 14.2 Cubic
301 each worker as per the Factories Act 1948? Meters Meters Meters Meters Meters
To integrate To conduct To help in
To conduct overall sound designing To conduct
Which is the odd statement about objectives of Market and Finanacial investment capital Market and
302 Financial Management? Sales survey Programme policies structure Sales survey
Long Term Short Term Working Long Term
303 Capital budgeting is related to Assets Assets Capital Fixed Assets Assets
The difference between Fixed cost & Variable
cost assumes significance in preparation of the Flexible Flexible
304 following budget----------- Master Budget Budget Cash Budget Capital Budget Budget
 The The
An Emplyee Organization Investment Goods & Goods &
305 Value Added Tax (VAT) is a tax on? Earnings Profits Earnings Services Services

Control over Control over

Which of the following is a function of the Risk Return Deployment of the use of the use of
306 Finance Manager? Procurement Trade Off Funds Funds Funds
Capital Operating
Which of the following is not an element of Expenditure Production Expenses None of the Production
307 master budget? Budget Schedule Budget above Schedule

Total Ordering Total Total Interst Safety Stock Total Ordering

308 EOQ is the quantity that minimizes Cost Inventory Cost Level Cost
Controlling Ordering Controlling
Inventory Cost Flow of Schedule of None of the Inventory
309 ABC analysis deals with which of the following? Money Material Job above Cost Money

Cost of Cost of
Receiving, Processing
Transportation Inspecting & Vendors
310 which of the following is not Procurement Cost? Cost Stock Material invoice Storage Cost Storage Cost
The ---- is the input to Material Requirement
Planning,which lists the assemblies, sub Net
asemblies, parts & raw materials needed to Requirement Inventory Assembly Bill of
311 produce one unit of finsished product. Bill of Material Charts Records Time Chart Material
Bolt Operational
312 Which is not a component of ERP? Legacy System Application database Cybersoft Cybersoft
Which of the following is a highly structured Nominal
technique, designed to keep personal interactions Group Group
313 at a minimum? Clustering Brainstorming Technique Interview Brainstorming
company, he attempt to establish a culture of
quality affecting the attitudes and actions of
every employee & relies on a workforce that
want to improve quality. He focuses on Knowledge Operation
314 establishing----- Management TQM Management MIS TQM

Conformance
Six Sigma methodology is driven by a _____ Management to Management
315 “No
methodology
U Turn” sign board comes under which “S” of Fit for use Cost driven by Fact Specification by Fact
316 the 5S? Seiri Seiton Seiso Seiketsu Seiketsu
When using ABC approach to stock categorization High Value, High Value, Low Value, Low Value, Low Value,
317 which of the following desirable class ‘C’ Items? High Risk Low Risk High Risk Low Risk Low Risk

The quantities Capcity Cost

of the product The quantity & needed to associated The quantity
families that timing of provide with & timing
need to be planned order projected alternative of planned
318 MRP specify------ produced releases output plan order releases
Which of the following is not included in cost of
319 inventory? Purchase Cost Transport Cost Import Duty Selling Cost Selling Cost

Components,
Components, ingradients
ingradients & &
Time needed material Operation material
to perform all Production required to required to required to
phases of schedules for produce an produce an produce an
320 A bill of material lists the----- production all products item item item
 Entertainment Entertainment
321 Which of the following is an indirect tax? Income Tax Tax Profit Tax Wealth Tax Tax

Which of the following banks/institution acts as State Bank of Reserve Bank Punjab
322 custodian of nation’s foreign exchange reserve? India of India IFCI National Bank IFCI
It helps in It helps in
reduction in it aims at It helps in reduction in
It helps in material planning & planned material
Which of the following is not one of the main purchasing of purchasing controlling material purchasing
323 objectives of material management? standard items price materials purchasing price

To maximize
To maximize To maximize the wealth of To maximize To maximize
324 The primary goal of financial management is the return the risk owner the profit the profit
A statement which reflects future income &
325 expenditure-------- Budget Profit & loss Balance Sheet Cash Account Budget
____________ tries to secure for the workers Industrial Workmen
employment conditions conducive to their health Disputes Act Factory Act Compensation Factory Act
326 and safety 1947 1948 ESI Act 1948 Act 1923 1948
Workemen Compensation Act 1923? (i)
Dependant (ii) Disablement (iii) Workman (iv) (i) (ii) &
327 Seaman (i) & (ii) (i) (ii) & (iii) (i) & (iv) (iv) only (iii)

not None of the

328 Most of the industrial accidents are : preventable Preventable unavoidable above Preventable
Which of the following are not included in
"Wages"? (i) Dearness Allowance (ii) Bonus (iii)
329 House Rent Allowance (iv) Basic Salary (i) & (ii) (ii) & (iii) (iii) & (iv) (iv) only (ii) & (iii)
under the “Welfare provision” in the Factories Act Washing Drinking Facility for First Aid Washing
330 1948? Facility Water sitting Appliance Facility
Line organization is not suited for --------- type of both A &
331 organization Large Small Medium both A & C C
Authority and responsibility are ----------to each Supplementar Complementa Complementa
332 other. y ry Contradictory Inconsistent ry

The maximum number of shareholders allowed in No Maximum No Maximum

333 a Public Limited Company is? 20 50 100 Number Number

Out of following forms, which form of Line & Staff Committee Functional Line Line
334 organization is the oldest one? Organization Organization organization Organization Organization

What is the term used to define the number of Division Departmentali Span of Investment Span of
335 subordinates directly controlled by a manager? Management zation control Span control

To take To take
To execute all decisions of decision of To look after
Which of the following is not the characteristic of plans of the long term To look after short term production
336 top level management? management policies production job forecasting job

According to Fayol’s 14 principles of Team work

management, ‘esprit de corps’ refers to which of Being treated Spirit of the Team work & &
337 the following? fairly & kindly corporation harmony Spirit of work harmony
supervisory level & the top level of the Middle Fisrt Line Middle
338 organization are termed as Managers Manager Supervisors Foreman Managers

To increase To develop
Which of the following was the key aim of worker control To increase To decrease time & motion To increase
339 scientific management? of Production Productivity Absenteeism studies Productivity
In the last one decade, which one among the Chemical
following sectors has attracted the highest other than Food Telecommunic Telecommuni
340 foreign direct investment inflows into India? Fertilizers Processing Service Sector ation cation
 Authority & Line of Unity of
341 Which is not one of Fayol's principles: Responsibility Authority Globalization Command Globalization

Efficient
LPG is aimed at making the India as fastest utilization of Transperency Reduced All of the All of the
342 growing competitive economy through Resources Process Corruption above above

343 Business firm emphasis on attracting new------ Customers People Target Groups Suppliers Target Groups
inventory and delivery to give a customer a quick
update on the status of his order through------------
344 --- MRP MPS BOM ERP ERP
Lack of
Trend in the Dispersion in attention by Dispersion in
345 The quantity sigma indicates process the data workers Average the data

Department
Six Sigma is based on understanding & improving Product by by Project by Project by
346 processes on a ------------basis Product Department Day by Day Project Project

Guidance for
The ISO 9000:2000 standards consist of three Performance
347 documents of which ISO 9001 pertains to: Fundamentals Requirements Vocabulary Improvement Requirements
Close An
coperation environment
between in which
To achieve quality (i.e., defect free products and management quality can All of the All of the
348 services), we require------- & satff Commitment flourish above above
Every subordinate should receive orders from & Unity of Unity of Unity of
349 be accountable to only one superior is------- Decisions Command Centralization Scalar Chain Command

Partly Same & Partly Same

Same & Partly & Partly
350 Management & Administration are------ Same Different Diferent Different Different
351 #NAME? Elton Mays Henry Fayol F W Taylor M P Follet F W Taylor

352 Henry Fayol laid down----- 12 Principles 13 Principles 14 Principles 15 Principles 14 Principles
in France, India, Brazil & USA, which decision A Postal A
making technique seems most reasonable for this Service Brainstorming A nominal An Electronic An Electronic
353 organization? Transaction session discussion Meeting Meeting
Men, Money, Material & Machines are included Factors of Budget
354 in Production Resources Preparation Cost Analysis Resources
national economies into the international
economy through trade, foreign investment, Communicatio Spread of None of the Spread of
355 migration and n Technology Transportation above Technology
Art &
356 Management is ------- Art Science Art & Science Humanities Science

How activities
How activities Policy are
are Location of Statement coordinated
coordinated & How resources Department & defined by &
357 Organization structure primarily refers to controlled are allocated Offices firm controlled
Line organization follows --------method of Unity in
358 communication Scalar Chain Command Open System Closed System Scalar Chain
 More Financial
The number of Specialist skills capital is Any Financial Any Financial
partners are may be usually losses must be losses must
359 One disadvantage of forming a Partnership is? limited itroduced available shared be shared
Functional organization is suited for limited
360 number of --------- Persons Machines Product Process Product

Two firms
Two firms One firm Two firms come
collborate licences its come together together to
together on a intellectual Two firms to form a form a third,
specific property to merge third, legally legally separte
361 A joint venture can be defined as: project another firm together separte firm firm
A Textile industry, departments can be on the
362 basis of-------- Territorial Product Customer Process Process

Who has Who has

completed 18 Who is less Who is more Who is more completed 18
363 Who is an adult as per Factories Act, 1948? years of age than 18 year than 14 years than 16 years years of age
Any Person Efficiency & Any
Productive working for Productivity of Productive
364 The word labour means ___________. Workman Activity salary labour Activity
Preparation of
Financial Planning for Preparing All of the Preparing
365 Financial planning deals with: Statement Capital Issues Budgets above Budgets
Concerned Concerned
with the with the
A forecast of income income
A forecast A forecast of expected generating generating
units of operating operating activities of activities of
366 Operating budgets
Which of the are: is not the form of tax
following production expenses expenses Firm Firm
367 revenue? Income Tax Sales Tax Licence Fee Excise Duty Licence Fee

368 Which of the following is not a current asset Cash in Hand Cash at Bank Debators Creditors Creditors
Which class of elements in ABC analysis is
369 generally large in number? A B C Unpredicatble C
Lot Lot most
The economic order quantity in inventory control Optimum lot Lowest level of corresponding economical to Optimum lot
370 refers to size inventory to BEP process size

Financial What
Resources component to What product Labor hour What product
required for be made & to be made & required for to be made
371 A master production schedule specifies production when when production & when
MRP ? (i) Master Production Schedule
(ii)Inventory Position (iii) Machine Capacity (iv) (i) (ii) &
372 Bill of Material (i) (ii) & (iii) (ii) (iii) & (iv) (i) (iii) & (iv)
(i) (ii) & (iv) (iv)
benchmark or standard of excellence proposed by- Geinichi Edward Joseph M Edward
373 --------- Taguchi Deming Philip Crossby Juran Deming
Select the odd one which is not the dimension of
374 quality Response Reliability Reputation Reassurance Reputation
Which "S' of 5S involves cleaning the floors, the
walls and the equipment and ensuring all items
375 are restored to their designated place. Seiri Seiton Seiso Seiketsu Seiso

Bharat Bharat Heavy

In which industry Quality Circles in India were first Electronics Bharat Heavy Plates & Bharat Earth Bharat Heavy
376 introduced? Ltd. Electricals Ltd. Vessels Movers Ltd. Electricals Ltd.
 expectations and lease him. This means giving the
customer more than he ever thought possible. It Lean
377 is the ultimate goal in-------- Globalization TQM MRP Manufacturing TQM
Single Joint Stock Joint Stock
378 Reliance Industries Ltd. Is a form of, Ownership Partnership Private Ltd. Company Company
Assignment of Aims are Identifying Formulating Aims are
379 Which is the first step in organisation forming? duties determined activities plans determined

Deviation
Deviation from from defined
defined path is Work is Authority is Teams are path is
380 Due to unity of direction, prevented divided delegated formed prevented

381 Esprit De Corps refers to Team Work Planning Co-ordination Authority Team Work
Out of mentioned below , which is not the input Human Financial
382 of management? resources Resources Growth Technology Growth
which organisation is at number one position in
383 India in insurance? Max Life Birla Sunlife LIC ICICI Prulife LIC
VAT started in maharashtra from_____ and 2004 , 2005 , 2006 , 2005 ,
384 __________ business is liable according to VAT. 2003 , Banking Exporters Importers Telephone Importers

Material Inventory Sales and Inventory

385 Cushion between supply and demand is called as - management management purchase None of above management
__________ determines quantity and timing for
386 material planning EOQ ERP SAP MRP MRP
The participation of all the members in an
organizing, aiming at long term success through
customer satisfaction for the benefits to all quality total quality total quality
387 members & to the society is known as quality control assurance management quality team. management

Control of non-
According to ISO 9001, inspection and testing Process Document conforming Process
388 comes under ____________ control control products Servicing control

preventation evaluate preventation

of defectsin detection of whether the of defectsin
rejecting the product or errors or end result is product or
389 What is quality assurance? final product. process defects satisfactorily. process

Each module Each Integrated Each module

has the department is system which has the
It has a different look able to acess functions on different look
390 which of the following is not a feature of ERP? common data and feeling the system real time. and feeling
Purchasing
plan & Cancellation
391 Which of the following is output of MRP? schedule Capacity plan notices All the above. All the above.

which of the following are modern techniques of TQM, SAP, MRP, JIT, ERP MQC, ERP, MRP, MQC, JIT MRP, JIT, ERP
392 material management? ERP & QC & SAP BOM & ISO & ISO & SAP
The amount actually demanded against the working paid -up called-up called-up
393 shares is…. capital overdraft capital capital capital

lot size
corresponding
In inventory control theory, the economic order average level optimum lot capacity of a to break-even optimum lot
394 quantity is of inventory size warehouse analysis size
Reserves and Surplus is also known as / is a part is Retained None of the Retained
395 _____ Earnings. Share Capital. Dividend. above. Earnings.
 is deducted at the source as per rules of that
396 financial year - sales tax VAT Income tax wealth tax Income tax
in________________ With reference to the term Current
397 ` Debtors` Investments Goodwill. liabilities Current Asset. Current Asset.

purchase
planned budget & planned
Variance report is the difference between the material cost& budget & cash budget & overhead budget &
398 outcomes of a company labour cost actual budget fixed budget. budget. actual budget

If a bar bender working on a construction site Yes eligible & Not eligible & Yes eligible
meets some accident during his holiday when he Not eligible & under under yes eligible & & under
is called for extra work and losses his one left leg. Under workman` s workman`s under workman` s
Is is eligible for any accident amount? And under minimum Compensation compensation minimum Compensation
399 what act? wage act act. act. wage act. act.

Guarantee of Guarantee of
Training to increase Overconfidenc employee employee
400 Industrial acts are useful for……… workers. production e. welfare. welfare.
line, staff
line, staff & &
line & staff functional line functional functional
401 Type of organization preferred to steel industry is organization organization organization organization organization
The meaningful exchange of information communicatio communicatio
402 between two or more participants is termed as delegation co-ordination controlling n n

Tata motors, Hindustan motors contribute in the

development of the society has which type of Private public government private -public Private
403 organisation. organisation. organisation organisation. organisation organisation.

Tenneco Automotive India refers to which type of private limted partnership ownership Co-operative private limted
404 company- company company company company company
Grouping the activities or operations of an departmentati communicatio departmentati
405 enterprise into various unts is refered as- centralization on delegation n on
The unbroken line of authority from highest to
406 lowest level is known as- stability remuneration scalar chain team spirit scalar chain

407 Man power planning is a function of- organising staffing co-ordinating directing staffing
In a XYZ company if the raw material required for
manufacturing a product is not available on the
given time, due to insufficient funds . Which level lower middle top top
408 of mananagement is responsible ? management management management none of these. management

line functional line & staff project line

409 Military type of organisation is known as organization organization organization organization organization
public sector Nationalised
410 HSBC is a bank Schedule bank bank Foreign bank Foreign bank

Framing broad policies in a company is concerned lower top middle top

411 with management management management none of these. management
Following is a goal oriented, continious forward
412 looking, choice making & integrated processs organising planning co-ordinating Staffing planning

Increase Better acess to

International external Threat to Both i &
413 Advantage of Globilization is ……. Co-Operation financing terrorism Both i & ii ii
To encourage competition and to remove trade
414 In
restrictions a policy
_______ first was driven
car was established
on theinroads
1948 of WHO LPG GATT IPR GATT
415 Manufacturing
India sector contributes _______ % 1790 1857 1898 1909 1898
416 India 5% 30% 15% 25% 15%
417 Meaning of _________ is right to command Stability Authority Scalar Chain Initiative Authority

Out of mentioned below is not the output of Goal Status in

418 management Desired results Achievement Technology Market Technology
The structure of organization depends on Scope of Number of Span of All of the All of the
419 ________ functions Employees control above above
Maximum members in co-operative society
420 are_________________ 50 100 500 no limit no limit
Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to Family of
421 accidents ? Worker Industry worker All All
422 Which is indirect tax ______________________ Income tax Excise Sales All All
Collection of taxes is concerned in Revenue Revenue
423 _____________ Capital Budget Budget Both None Budget
A' type of items has _____________ %
424 importance due to consumption in ABC analysis 10 - 20 % 15 - 25 % 40 - 50 % 70 - 80 % 70 - 80 %
Both (a)
425 Inventory carrying cost include ___________ Storage Cost Insurance Both (a) & (b) None & (b)

Time Slow decision Difficult to Slow decision

426 Which is not the disadvantage of ERP? Cost is high Consuming making learn easily making

427 Quality is defined by ____________ Manager Engineer QC in charge Customers Customers

Finance
operating
losses
particularly in establish good decide basis
the initial Pay wages and relations with for Pay wages
years of salaries to existing expenditure of and salaries to
428 Working Capital is required to business. employees financers capital employees
employer which results in death of an employee
or serious bodily injury to an employee, the
employer must within __________ days of the
death or serious bodily injury, send in the
prescribed form a report to the 7,Commission 7,Commission
429 _________________ for employee's 8, Collector er 10,Inspector 11, Doctor er
430 In which year the value added tax was introduced 2001 2005 2000 2002 2005

Fixed and Favourable Fixed and Fixed and

431 What are the types of Capital Unfixed and workable Small and Big working working
A document that authorizes one to carry out a Safety
432 specific job is called : Factory act Schedule Work permit Lethargy Work permit
All of the All of the
433 Fire in industry is due to: short circuit Fuel Ignition above above
Suggest a Suitable form of ownership for a bicycle None of the None of the
434 repair business. Public limited Private limited Partnership above above
formed by minimum 2 and maximum 50 None of the Private
435 members. Public limited Private limited Partnership above limited
Medium and Medium and
Small large Large Non od the large
436 Line and Satff Organisation is Suitable for Enterprises Enterprises Enterprises above Enterprises

437 Who developed a theory on Motion Study Taylor James watt Gilberth Peter Druker Gilberth
Administratio
438 ________________ is a policy making function Production Plan work Administration n

Which one of the following is not a service Hotels & Manufacturin

439 industry Restaurents Transportation Hospitals Manufacturing g
Which one of the following is not a process cement Heavy Heavy
440 industry industry Steel industry Food industry Engineering Engineering
441 India adopted LPG Policy in 1950s 1980s 1990s 1970s 1990s
Diary and ledger and
A _____________ and a______________ are the Journal and Maintenance Journal and maintenance Journal and
442 two major books used to maintain accounts Diary book ledger book ledger

Excise duty can be levied on those goods which Manufactured Removed from None of the Manufactured
444 are in India Sold in India the factory above in India
particularly
critical in often often
reviewed financial ordered managed by managed by
445 C items in ABC analysis are: frequently. terms. frequently. the supplier. the supplier.

A system to A classification Reasonable Using an EOQ Using an EOQ

keep track of system for estimates of model for model for
Which one of the following is not a requirement inventory on inventory holding and determining determining
446 for effective inventory management? hand items shortage costs order quantity order quantity
ERP
___________________ also called part lists or MRP (Material MPS ( Master (Enterprise
building lists is the document generated at the Requirement BOM ( Bill of Production resourse BOM ( Bill of
447 design stage Planning) Materials) Schedule) Planning Materials)
requires requires
explosion of explosion of
the bill of the bill of
material as the material as
controls the maximizes basis of minimizes the the basis of
448 A material requirements planning (MRP) system: "A" items. inventory. planning. use of data. planning.
_________________ is the task of buying goods
of right quality, in the right quantities, at the right None of the
449 time and at the right price Supplying Purchasing Scrutinizing above Purchasing
An ERP system automates much of the “back-
office” work involved in fulfilling customer
450 demand. “Front-office”, in this context, refers to : Information Employees Customers Database Database
Which of the following document is included in Customer All of the
451 the quality system quality policy focus Commitment above quality policy

focusing on striving for involvement

Characteristics of total quality management customer continuous of the entire All of the All of the
452 include: satisfaction. improvement. work force. above above

Which of the following is the example of Training and

453 empowerment Quality Circle development TQM None of these Quality Circle
analyze, define, define, define,
improve,
analyze, measure, measure, measure,
454 Six Sigma methodology defines three core steps. controldesign, verify analyze control analyze
The ISO quality assurance standard that applies to
455 software engineering is ISO 9000:2004 ISO 9001:2000 ISO 9002:2001 ISO 9003:2004 ISO 9001:2000
Income tax is paid by individual to central
456 government is __________ . a direct tax wealth tax property tax service tax a direct tax

Which of the following is negative effect of the Monopoly in Increased Job Technology Improved Monopoly in
457 Globalization? business opportunities Transfer economy business
458 Following is not the textile industry Arvind Welspun IBP Century IBP

To avoid heavy
Out of following which is not the objective of To reduce To increase mental
459 good plan? uncertainty productivity pressuress To get money To get money
 ___________ are Balaji Telifilms,Bank of
Maharashtra,Bata India Limited,Bharat Fertilizers Government Public public all of the Public
460 Ltd etc. Departments companies corporations above companies
_____ could be manager,organizer,adviser,or Sleeping Nominal
461 controller. Partner Active partner Secret partner partner Active partner

Which source of income is specified under - IT Business Income from

462 act, 1961 Salary profits capital gains All All
_____________________ is the percentage of net
earnings which is not paid out as dividends, but
retained or kept by the company for reinvesting it Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the Retained
463 for core business or to pay debt. earnings provisions taxation above earnings
customer can purchase goods on account that is
without paying cash or paying the supplier at a
464 later date. Credit facilities Trade credit Shares Debentures Trade credit

Debenture
Interest is holders have Interest is
Debentures payable only no control on payable only
carry a fixed when there is affairs of the when there is
465 Which is worng statement? rate of interest profit company All profit
To store
material from
to produce or right and Preparation of
store right reliable purchasing Both ( Option i Both ( Option
466 The objective of the purchasing _____________ material supplier budget & ii) i & ii)
Easy to Easy to
implement All functions implement
without any Easier decision- are inter- System carries without any
467 Which is not the advantage of ERP? training making connected all data training
Statement 1 - Quality circle is a problem solving
technique Statement 2 - Quality circle is Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 1 correct, 2
468 responsibility of management correct wrong wrong correct wrong
for more than 48 hours in any week, he shall be
entitled to wages at the rate of twice his ordinary
469 rate of wages. more than 9 less than 9 more than 8 less than 8 more than 9
As per factory Act, a factory is a place which uses
electricity for manufacturing process with
470 minimum ________ workers. 10 workers 20 workers 30 workers 40 workers 10 workers

single
In __________ firm there could be two or even ownership
more than two partners are there who share all (private joint stock cooperatice
471 profits and expeneses. undertaking) partnership companies organization partnership
Heavy
Which is the correct limitation of project pressuress of complication Differences of All of the All of the
472 organization? work of functions opinions above above
Sleeping Nominal
473 The _______ is also known as working partner. Partner Active partner Secret partner partner Active partner
Bothe Bothe
Horizontal and Horizontal
474 Line and Staff oraganization is Horizontal Vertical Vertical None and Vertical
Communicatio All of the All of the
475 Which of the following is part of Directing ? Leadership n Motivation above above
There are three conditions or factors that affects All of the All of the
476 decision making as follows: Certainty Risk Uncertainty above above
Management is getting the things done by others
477 is said by Henry Fayol Drucker Mery parker Fayol Mery parker
 Hospitality industry categories Food and Accommodati Travel and All of the All of the
478 ___________________________ beverages ons tourism above above
Shamrao
Vitthal Co-
oprative Bank State Bank of Central Bank Reserve Bank Reserve Bank
479 Indian central
Following bank
is the is destination
main ________________
for capital (SVC) india(SBI) of India(CBI) of India(RBI) of India(RBI)
480 inflows india USA Pakistan Australia india

481 Tax revenue comes from Income Property Commodities All All
482 India's Tax structure is ___________ in nature Progressive Aggressive Cumulative None Progressive
_________________ are the term used to
indicate purchases made during the year for the Office
purpose of sale. When goods purchased are administrative
483 returned is referred as purchase return. Opening stock Purchases Sales expenses Purchases

__________________ include maintenance of Office Office

office, administration and management of the administrative administrative
484 company or organization. Opening stock Purchases Sales expenses expenses
Seasonal Permanent Permanent
Minimum capital required for day to day working working working
485 functioning is called is Block capital Fixed capital capital capital capital
Examples of office and administrative expenses All of the All of the
486 are Telephone Telegram Postage above above
includes decision making, selection of vendors Purchasing Purchase
487 etc. Purchasing department Procurement order Procurement
Slow, never ending, continuous improvement in
488 all aspects of life is ________________ QA QC TQM Kaizen Kaizen
Agriculture provides employment to almost
489 _____ % of Indian work force. 40 70 50 none of above 50

490 Which one is backbone of Indian economy? Banking IT Textile none of above Banking

491 Hospitality falls under _______ sector. public retail service none of above service
492 Which one is a long term goal? plan innovation operation vision vision
Chief Chief
Regional Marketing Executive Production Executive
493 The broad objectives and policies are decided by: Manager Manager Officer Manager Officer
Predetermine Predetermine
duration and duration and
Critical actual Details of actual
activities in a progress of design of a progress of
494 Gantt chart represents- project activities project none of above activities
Good _____ or salaries motivate people to work
efficiently and make them satisfied and Unity of
495 eventually they become loyal to the organization. direction Discipline Remuneration None of them Remuneration

Utilisation of
the
organization's The policies of The policies of
strengths and governance of The policies governance of
How to work the a kingdom and and objectives a kingdom
Arya Chanakya's Arthashatra written in the 3rd efficiently and importance of people of an and people
496 century BC provides guidelines for- effectively discipline management organisation. management

Predefined, Right division

clear policies of authority Effective
and and communicatio All of the All of the
497 The main components of organization are: procedures responsibility n system above above
 Which type of companies collects the capital from Private
498 private partners? Private limited Public limited Both i and ii None limited

The _____ mainly focuses on the specialized area

of the person and the person does the same job. Line Line and staff Functional All of the Functional
499 This is also known as staff organization type. organization organization organization above organization
trade 2. International Monetary Fund b.
Monetory policy 3. World Trade Organisation c.
Basic health and education 4. Reserve Bank of 1-a, 2-b, 3-d, 4- 1-c, 2-b, 3-d, 4- 1-c, 2-b, 3-a, 4- 1-c, 2-d, 3-a, 4- 1-c, 2-d, 3-a, 4-
500 India d. Currency convertibility c a d b b

Fire Fire
501 Which fire fighting device is it? Fire hydrant Fire mains extinguisher None of these extinguisher
No adult worker shall be required or allowed to Weekly None of the Weekly
502 work in a factory on ____ Monday Thursday holiday above holiday

Knowledge of _______ and _______ is sufficient Total revenue, Total revenue,

to understand the size, scale and financial Net profit Account, Profit, Net profit
503 position of a business. (loss) Profit, Loss Revenue Expenses (loss)

Minimize the Updated Accurate All of the All of the

504 What is function of inventory? lead time record keeping record keeping above above

Cost of Cost required Cost required

packaging of Inspection Cost to be paid for movement for movement
505 Freight cost means- material cost by customer of material of material

Prompt supply Prompt

of finished supply of
Economy is Continity to parts to finished parts
506 What do you mean by services to customer? buying customers customer None of these to customer
507 Red tags are used in which step of 5 "S" ? Set in order Sort Standardise Sustain Sort

group of individual
technique to technique to
create new put new ideas Both (A) and Both (A) and
508 What is Brainstorming? ideas on act on act (B) None of these (B)
Find the correct order for the sequence stages for
development of quality management. 1. Quality
Control 2. Inspection 3.Quality assurance 4.Total
509 quality management 2,3,1,4 2,1,4,3 1,2,3,4 2,1,3,4 2,1,3,4
Information Information Information Information Information
Technology Technology Technology Technology Technology
Extended Enabled Education Energy Enabled
510 What does ITES stands for ? Service Services Services Services Services
____ can be called as "leading", "motivating",
511 "actuating" and so on Planning Organizing Controlling Directing Directing
completed efficiently and effectively with and
512 through other people. Leading Controlling Supervision Management Management
Greater
Greater Greater fluency of Greater
513 Advantage of centralisation : quality control work None of above control
514 Which type of authority figure refers to: Process Line Staff Functional Staff
there are shares of company which are traded in
a stock market people can buy and sell them. The
company started in July 1981, at Pune with a
capital of Rs. 10,000/-. At that time it was a Public
515 Private limited company. Private limited Public Limited Government corporations Public Limited
 Safe Safe
workplace and workplace
Preventive measures that can be taken related to Atmospheric Dangerous Working with working and working
516 working environment are ___ conditions fumes unsafe speed conditions conditions
All of the All of the
517 Financial activities are ____ Planning Budgeting Raising above above
The amount to be collected by a company is
518 divided in equal number of parts known as ------- Shares Capital Management None of these Shares
When the company has confirmed export order
and is in need of finance, the banks provide short Import
519 term credits known as - Export finance Import duty Finance None of these Export finance
and owns equipment and then rents those
equipments it to a business at some flat monthly
rate for particular period or certain number Equipment All of the Equipment
520 months. Bank loans Hire purchase leasing above leasing
The purchasing function plays the role of
mediator between _____ and ______ for Vendor, Organization, Vendor, Organization, Vendor,
521 purchase of material. control control organization vendors organization
522 Which one is a control chart ? Q chart M chart C chart S chart C chart

To attempt
and make To develop
The first preference in the components of TQM is continuous quality of To the To give To the
523 __ improvement products customer training customer

Data Problem Data

Collection and solving and Data Problem Collection and
Analysis, Analysis, Collection and solving and Analysis,
Review and Review and Analysis, Analysis, Review and
524 Observe the figure and find out the missing steps - Decision Decision Policy making policy making Decision
Taking Solving the Selection of All of the All of the
525 Decision making means- decisions problem proper key above above
steps of how and when work will be done
526 effectively Directing Planning Organizing Controlling Planning
Mis-
communicatio Wastage of Mis- None of
527 Management causes- n resources coordinationNone of above above
Foregin None of the
528 Which is not the advantage of globalization Competition investment Loss of culture above Loss of culture
Regional Commercial
529 Banking sector involves Banks Private Banks Banks All of above All of above
Organisational strategical None of the strategical
530 Name the leval leval Scientific leval leval above leval
Division Proper
Span of &grouping of delegation of
531 The Principles of organization are- control work wok All of above All of above

Departmentati Functional none of the Departmentat

532 Indetify the Organization structure on Administration organization above ion
Combined Individual None of the Individual
533 What is proprietorship ? ownership Partenership ownership above ownership
None of the
534 More than 20 person are involved in…….. Joint stock Partenership Both i)&ii) above Joint stock
Accidents due to lack of maintenance of plant is Natural
535 because of______________ Machine Disaster Management worker Management
In which year was Factory act enacted to ensure
536 the safety of workers? 1952 1948 1975 1980 1948
Material
Good house Reduced noise handling
537 ____________ improves the safety in an industry keeping level system All of above All of above
 An unsecured loan that one offers to company as
538 a creditor is known as__________________ Shares Debentures Stakes None Debentures
making installment payments over the period of Sale and lease All of the
539 time Bank loans Hire purchase back above Hire purchase
Vijay received a car in his marriagefrom relatives
540 of his uncle.Which tax will be applied on him Income tax Gift Tax Service Tax Estate Tax Gift Tax
_________________ contains an estimate of Production
541 direct labour required in industry budget labour budget Fixed budget None of above labour budget
Which inventory includes the raw material In-process Finished Indirect None of
542 required for industry ? inventory inventory inventory None of above above
None of
543 Which is the ERP software from below list SAP Peoplesoft Tally ERP None of above above
Purchasing
544 What does the graph indicates EOQ analysis ABC analysis analysis All of above ABC analysis
545 DMAIC' concept comes under which method 5' s Six sigma Kaizen TQM Six sigma
Which is the standard for quality management
546 system None of below ISO:9001:2008 ISO:9001:2000 ISO:9001:1996 ISO:9001:2000
Measure Manage,Indica Manage, Measure, Measure,
547 Fill in the stages of DMAIC ,Include te Improve Improve Improve
________________________ created and
548 established the'5's technique Gilberth F.W.Taylor Henry Feyol Prof. sam Ho Prof. sam Ho
__________ has helped in increasing
549 environmental protection in developed nations. L-P-G Globalization Liberalization Privatization Globalization
______ in an organization as a blend of kindness Unity of
550 and justice. Scalar chain Order Equity commands Equity
__________ produces best result in terms of Communicatio All of the
551 productivity. n Motivation Leadership above Motivation
Decision All of the Decision
552 What is the function of administration ? Planning Motivating making above making

If specialization or ________ is not used , the Division of Authority and All of the Division of
553 work done cannot be satisfactory. Discipline work responsibility above work
of chain is from highest organization authority to Unity of
554 the lower ranks Scalar chain Centralization Discipline commands Scalar chain
Decision Decision
555 Identify the process from figure Coordinating making Motivation Controlling making
All of the
556 _______ is accountability . Authority Responsibility Banking above Responsibility
_____ allows bending and blending without None of the
557 experiencing any grave setback or delay Flexibility Balance Stability above Flexibility

_________ are Life Insurance Corporation of India Public Government Public All of the Public
558 (LIC) corporation departments companies above corporation

Government No limitation Government No limitation

provides for business ensures for business
559 In Joint stock private Limited company _______ capital activities control Both i and iii activities
Workman Compensation Act came into force 1st January
560 from 1924 1st July 1925 1st June 1924 1st July 1924 1st July 1924
Fencing of Washing All of the
561 Following is the health provisions machinary facility Cleanliness above Cleanliness
enterprise.It is a universal lubricant which keeps
562 an enterprise dynamic VAD Budget Capital Finance Capital
Temporary Permanent
_______ is used for all the current Net working Gross working working working Gross working
563 assets(Possesions or Property) capital capital capital capital capital
For big industries , the amount of _________ is Depreciation Retained Deferred All of the Deferred
564 very large. provision provision provision above provision
 function of an undertaking e.g sales , production , Functional Variable All of the Functional
565 cash , etc. budget Fixed budget budget above budget
________ is a form of Indirect tax imposed on
566 specified services called " Taxable Services". Service tax Indirect tax Direct tax Income tax Service tax
_______ is made oup of list of the sub assemblies Master Material
as well as components that makes up the end production resource Inventory Bill of
567 product . schedule Bill of material planning record file material

Identify ways Increases the Identify ways

to increase cycle time for to increase
production hiring and production
capacities of training new capacities of
Maximize present employees in All of the present
568 Apllication of six sigma are _______ quality equipment organization above equipment

Objective
Objective related to
Commitment related customer All of the All of the
569 A quality policy makes a foundation for _____ to quality improvement requirements above above
A plan for the co-ordination of resources and
570 expenditures Accounts Finance Ledger Budget Budget
Cumulative Preference
571 Which one of the following is not a type of share share Fixed share Deferred share share Fixed share
572 The sum that every shareholder gets is known as Amount Dividend Shares Capital Dividend

573 Person whose age is below 18 years is called a Dependent Workman Minor None of above Minor
All of the All of the
574 Industrial accidents are of the following types: fatal major minor above above
In order to have flexibility,the maintenance
575 activities must be supported by ---activities Co-ordinate Adaptive Supportive Financial Adaptive
Departmenatation helps to improve ------ of an
576 orgnasation. Effectiveness Life Quality Skills Effectiveness
577 A business plan depends upon the information of Product Material Finance Market Market
______________ is the right to issue order or Government
578 The
makefunction
decisions
of employing eligible people for the To manage policy Supervise Authority Authority
579 company Planning Staffing Stretegy Mission Staffing
To acquire To create and To create and
success in To satisfy keep keep
580 According to Drucker the purpose of business To get money market customers customers customers

What does a business provide to the custmer in Goods and Profit and Satisfaction Knowledge Goods and
581 exchange of their money services services and reliability and happiness services
House Profit in All of the All of the
582 Main heads of income are Salary property business above above
Working Working
Capital=Curren Working Working Capital=Curre
t Assets- Capital=FixedA Capital=Curren nt Assets-
Current ssets-Current t Assets-Fixed Current
583 Working Capital is calculated as Liabilities Liabilities Liabilities None Liabilities

584 Which are the most important items A item B item C item None of these A item
Fill the name of inventory in the blank space Indirect Work in Indirect
585 provided Raw material material progress Finished goods material
Purchasing is one of the funcion of ------
586 management Production Material Design None of these Material
 items most costly,item C are inexpensive and
item B have cost between A and B which item is
587 having highest inventory Item A Item B Item C Item A and C Item C

State owned or Co-operative businesses have one

of their main objectives as the generation (c) Service the (c) Service the
588 of…………. (a) Loss (b) Profit society/nation (d) none society/nation
A commercial, industrial of professional activity
undertaken by an individual or a group, e.g. the
purchase & Sale of goods, providing services etc.
589 in an attempt to make a profit is called (a) Budget (b) Business (c) Hospital (d) Education(b) Business
d)To do
Following are mentioned few duties.Which is not a)To keep b)To reduce c)To motivate d)To do manufacturin
590 the duty of management? stability wastages staff manufacturing g
a)Responsibilit b)Centralisatio b)Centralisati
591 …………gives power in the hands of centre. y n c)Authority d)Discipline on
Which of the following is one of the principles of Span of None of the Span of
592 organization? Order Control Scalar Cahin above Control
Which type of organizational structure can be None of the
593 applied to small scale Industry? Line Line & Staff Functional above Line
Setting up Deciding Setting up
Repairing of Jobs on cutting tool Jobs on
594 What is the function of Gang Boss? Machines Machine and speed Inspection Machine
Which of the following is type of None of the
595 Departmentation? By Product By Design By Quality above By Product
Which of the following is not a form of
596 ownwrship? Joint Stock Proprietorship Partnership Dealership Dealership
a)Overconfide a)Overconfide
Which of the following may be the cause of nce of b)Proper c)Sound d)None of the nce of
597 accident? employee Training Knowledge above employee
a)Proper c)Proper a)Proper
Which of the following is preventive measure of working b)Proper feedback d)None of the working
598 accident? condition wages system above condition
Managing Managing Managing Managing Managing
599 Finance may be defined as art & science of ……….. Material Money Men Machinery Money

Fixed capital is the capital which is needed to Short term Long term Medium term None of the Long term
600 meet the……….. purpose purpose purpose above purpose
d) All of the d) All of the
601 Balance sheet is a statement of…………… a)Assets b)Liabilities c)Capital above above
A fee levied by a government on a None of the
602 product,income or activity is called as………… Tax Duty Fines above Tax
Excise tax are………….. Tax whereas custom duties a)Inland,Borde b)Border,Inlan d)None of the a)Inland,Bord
603 are…………….taxes r d c)Higher,lower above er
Percentage of total inventory for "A" category a)less than d)None of the a)less than
604 material is…………. 10% b)10-20% c)70-80% above 10%

a)Material,Ma c)Managemen
nagement,Mo b)Men,Machin t,Marketing,m b)Men,Machi
ney,Methodol e,Money,Mate aterial,Mobilit d)None of the ne,Money,Ma
605 The five great "M" of management are ogy,Mobility rial,Method y,Men above terial,Method
b)Storage & c)Use of d)All of the d)All of the
606 Inventory Control is concerned with…………. a)Acquisition Handling Inventories above above

a)Order b)Purchase c)Procurement c)Procuremen

quantity & cost & selling cost & carrying d)carrying cost t cost &
607 Total Cost is calculated by adding carrying cost cost cost & tax carrying cost
To identify To solve the None of the To identify
608 Objective of Quality Circle is…. problems problems Both a & b above problems
 International Indian International
Organization Organization Organization
Indian for for International for
Standard Standardizatio Standardizatio Standard Standardizatio
609 ISO stands for……. Organization n n Organization n
Which of the following words does not include in
610 5S? a)Sorting b)Straighten c)Shining d)Safety d)Safety
Which one of the following is the leading
611 software exporter from India? a)Banglore b)Hydrabad c)Chennai d)Mumbai a)Banglore
612 ________reduces uncertainty a)Working b)Planning c)organising d)Leading b)Planning

613 ________is the judgement of future a)Forecasting b)Planning c)Mission d)organising a)Forecasting
The process of inspiring the subordinates to put c)Managemen
614 in their best is known as a)Motivation b)Teamwork t d)Leadership a)Motivation

c)formal
615 Which is not type of communication a)Voice mails b)publications presentation d)listening d)listening
The process of monitoring,comparing &
616 correcting is called_______ a)Coordinating b)controlling c)leading d)organising b)controlling
For a manager,to control or direct the work to an a)Line b)responsibilit c)Referent d)Staff a)Line
617 employee,the manager must have authority y power authority authority

Who is responsible for the actual operations of Top Board of Misddle Frontline Misddle
618 various departments? management directors management Management management
Getting work done with a minimum of
619 effort,expense or waste is the definition of Efficiency Effectiveness Productivity Palnning Efficiency
period
period of 12 between 2 None of the None of the
620 Day as per factory act is : 6am to 6pm hours midnights above above

financial Management All of the All of the

621 Financial management aims at control control of cash of earnings above above
Working capital is the capital which is needed to Day to day Short term Long term None of the Day to day
622 meet the………… transaction purpose purpose above transaction

________budget is the projection of cash inflow capital

623 & outflow for a particular time period in future cash sales material expenditure cash

624 The balance sheet shows liabilities & assets of the a)sales b)company c)production d)owner b)company
Inventory control means timely availability of all
625 kind of materials a)true b)false c)cant predict d)partly true a)true

increase create a safe

626 5"S" designed to organise work efficiency work place all of these all of these

problem vendor problem problem

627 Cause and effect diagram is used in identification field visits surveys analysis analysis

To protect the To protect the

employees employees
from injuries To minimize To increase All of the from injuries
628 Why safety is necessary in Industry? or accident wastage productivity above or accident
Daily working hours of an adult worker should not
629 exceed____ 6 hours 8 hours 9 hours 10 hours 9 hours
How many members are required to start a public None of the
630 limited company? Minimum 7 Minimum 2 Minimum 3 above Minimum 7
Date of Shares of
Which of the following should be included in Nature of the starting profit and All of the All of the
631 partnership deed? business partnership losses above above
 In private limited company number of members
632 are limited to ____ 100 150 50 60 50
Business owned by single person is known as
633 ____ Proprietorship Private limited Partnership Joint stock Proprietorship
Proportional development of each department
634 means_______ Balance Stability Flexibility Progress Balance
Passing down some work to his/her subordinates
635 is known as_______ Delegation Flexibility Authority Responsibility Delegation
Which of the following function of management Decision
636 includes recruitment? Planning Coordinating making Staffing Staffing
Which of the following includes in Top level General All of the All of the
637 management? Directors CEO Manager above above
Which of the following post comes under middle Branch Branch
638 level management? Director Manager Foreman Supervisor Manager

Human Time and Daily Balance None of the Time and

639 Frank B. Gilbreth worked on_______ relation Motion study sheet above Motion study
Government established SEZ are for Textile All of the
640 motivating_____ Industry Banking sector IT Industry above IT Industry

Rashtriya National Food National

Which of the following is programme undertaken Krishi Vikas Security Horticulture All of the All of the
641 by Government of India? Yojana Mission Mission above above
Producing more useful product from raw material Manufacturin
642 is known as____ Trading Service Designing Manufacturing g

Industrial Industrial
Insurance financial development All of the All of the
643 Financial Institutions________________ companies management corporation above above

Shareholder is
Shares do not the real owner
have maturity of the Both a&
644 Shares means________________ period company. Only a Both a& b b

It have fixed
rate of interest
Unsecured & fixed
bonds issued maturity Both A &
645 Debentures is an ________________ by company. period. Only a Both A & B B

Shows
departmental
budget &
Gives total no
of estimation
production,
Shows Shows quality scheduling of All of the All of the
646 Productions budget shows________________ productions and quantities operation above above

Material Material Management Material

Maximum Requirement Reliable of Resource Requirement
647 MRP is ____ Retail Price Planning Planning Project Planning

Always Better Always Basic Always Better None of the Always Better
648 ABC is ____ Control Control concept above Control
may comprise between___ % of the total project
649 cost. 20-50% 25-50% 30-60% 25-45% 20-50%
5. Percentage of total inventory for ‘C’ category None of the
650 material is ____ Less than 10% 10 to 20% 70 to 80% above 70 to 80%
 Team work, Establishing Identify Establishing
Which of the following is not a key feature of Continuous trust and clear customers and clear
651 TQM? improvement empowerment specification their needs specification
A) Legal B) Limited C)Limited D) Last A) Legal
Process Process Procedure Procedure Process
652 LPO stands for ---------. Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing
Annual growth of approximate____is recorded in
653 last five years by service industry. A)10% B)30% C)20% D)5% B)30%

Huge amount Access Access to

Increased of foreign advanced external Increased
654 Following is not advantage of globalisation competition investment technology financing competition

655 Following is not principle of management- Initiative Scalar chain Staffing Responsibility Staffing
manager guides and influences the wotk of his communicatio All of the
656 subordinates n leadership motivation above leadership
All of the All of the
657 The _____ process transforms plans into reality Planning Organizing directing above above
Easy
communicatio almost no
n among cofusions Working All of the All of the
658 Advantages of line organization are employees exists speed in fast above above
Which is not the effect of accident on the worker Production Production
659 ? stoppage Injury to body Loss of job Financial loss stoppage
Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the All of the
660 Internal sources are earnings provisions taxation above above
Time required
for
manufacturing Credit facilities Credit facilities
The amount of working capital required depends /selling the offered by offered to the
661 on _____ product suppliers customers All All
The budgeting process usually begins with a
662 _____budget Master Sales Materials Direct labour Sales
an aid in planning , programming and control of
663 business activity Finance Capital Budget VAT Budget
_____is the process of verifying or determining
whether products or services meet or exceed Quality Quality Quality Quality
664 customer expectations assurance Control Quality circle management assurance
Telecommunic
665 IT sectors involves ________ ITES ation Both i&ii None of above Both i&ii
heanry foyal proposed _____no. of principle of
666 management 10 20 14 30 14

667 _______ gives power in the hands of centre responsbility centralisation authority dicipline centralisation
unity of
668 concetration in work is possible by_____ cammand responsbility stability authority stability
669 Meeting is the____communication written non verbal formal both i&ii formal

Because of better quality

specilization,re Expert advice of products
sponsbility are can be can be all of the all of the
670 merits of functional organization_________ fixed received produced above above
organizational
671 which are the essentials of organization chart delegation integration all all
Minimum number of directors in public limited
672 company are 7 2 10 3 3

673 Short term sources for finance are required for 0 to 1 year 1 to 5 year above 5 year none 0 to 1 year
 Important terminologies related to profit and loss
674 account Opening stock Purchases Sales All All
C' types of items of inventory are generally
675 ____%of all Inventories 20 30 50 80 50
Procurement activity is _____ and takes more
676 time simple Complicated Difficult none Complicated
The ____ keeps a track of inventory status for inventory Product inventory
677 each items in the database lead time BOM record file structure record file
Interest on
capital Up keep
678 Carrying cost consists of investment Storage cost inventory all all
Enforces
679 Quality can not be Compromised discipline invisible none Compromised
_____ adopts the policy of zero defect . There is
680 no scope for rework and rejection. Deligation Globalisation TQM EOQ TQM
_____ realise on the use of normal distributions
681 to predect defective rates 5S Six sigma ERP EOQ Six sigma
employee , per year and over 90 % of those are
682 implemented . Kaizen 5S TQM Six sigma Kaizen

small concerns automatic &

free from continuous larger
683 Line organization is suitable for complexities process a&b enterprises a&b
departmentati departmentati
684 The process of grouping is known as specialization on coordination all of above on
685 Span of control may vary between 1 to 10 5 to 7 2 to 20 all of above 2 to 20
686 Follwing is not a type of organization project line process functional process

cooperation,
science, not harmony, not not
687 Scientific management could be summarized as rule of thumb discord individualism all of above all of above

principle of functions of theory of principle of

688 Henry Fayol is the father of management organization management none of above management
superintenden superintende
689 Middle management includes ts supervisors Owners foreman nts
group of
690 administration consist of deciding persons goals policies b&c b&c
691 Following is not a function of management forecasting directing motivation purchasing purchasing
providing
assigning suitable indicating the
peoples to physical relative
692 Organising has following objective activities factors authority all of above all of above
693 Which is a example of process industry BHEL Ranbaxy Raymonds RCF Ranbaxy
694 Which is the example of trader sub dealer distributer retailer all of above all of above

Business is a legally recognized organization goods & goods &

695 which provide goods money services services services
A public limited company is an association of a
696 minimum ____members 7 10 20 50 7

697 Which is a category of cause of accident social environmental personal b&c b & c

698 Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by by the hours by the day by the month all of above all of above
699 Followings are fixed capital furniture land equipments all of above all of above
profit & loss
700 Financial statements include statement ledger book balance sheet both A and C both A and C
 long term
701 Sources of working capitals are land dividends borrowings b&c b&c
market a company's product within a certain discounting of
702 territory is trade credit franchising cash credit bill franchising

Which of the following factors affect a production inventory continuity of

703 budget policies plant capacity production all of above all of above
A detailed list of movable items which are purchase account
704 required for manufacturing is order inventory balance sheet statement inventory

avoid over-
avoid over- to maintain to keep stocking
Which is the operational objective of inventory stocking & investment in material cost & under-
705 management under-stocking inventory under control b&c stocking
vital many- vital few-trivial vital few-
706 ABC analysis is based on the principle trivial few many only vital only trivial trivial many
707 % of total consumption cost for B class items is 15 to 25 10 to 12 50 to 60 95 to 100 15 to 25

departmental make-to-stock
708 EOQ can be used by stores manufacturers a & b none of above a & b

top middle
709 Elements of quality circles are management facilitator management a&b a&b
A nominated senior person of an area & ought to
710 catalyze & stimulates the quality circles is coordinator facilitator circle leader member facilitator
711 Defect rate in 3 sigma level is 6210 66807 405 233 66807
Temporary
working Gross working Legal working Net working Legal working
712 Which is not a type of working capital? capital capital capital capital capital
A --------- is a book or computer file in which all
713 monetary transactions are originally entered. Budget Journal An Account Ledger Journal

Equipment
714 Fixed capital is required for ------. Land and Machinery Building All All
Which is not included in "Wage" under Travelling
715 "Minimum Wages Act"? Gratuity Allowance P.F All All
Workmen
From following types of act which is not a type of compenation All of the
716 Industrial Act? Factory Act Rowlatt Act act above Rowlatt Act
Effective
Which is not the advantage os joint stock division of Buisness life is
717 compaany? No Autocracy work Easy to form longer. Easy to form
For highly For highly
specialised specialised
718 Functional organisation is suitable for ------------. SSI work LSI MSI & LSI work

Which type of organization structure is shown Line Functional Line and Staff None of the Line and Staff
719 below? Organization Organization Organization above Organization

About 'Sleeping Partner' which statement is Do not share They do Do not active Also called as Do not share
720 wrong? profit / loss investment in daily work silent partner profit / loss

721 What is like a brake system in automobiles? Management Planning Controlling Directing Controlling
Insurance which provides protection against loss Volcano Terrorism Wind Storm Crop Wind Storm
722 or damage caused by hurricanes..? Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance

723 It is not a type of Buisness Service Manufacturing Trade Hospitality Hospitality

 Bonds/Debentures or Team loans from Banks are Other long Reserves and Long term Other long
724 called as-------. Share Capital term liablities Surplus provisions term liablities
Goodwill,Brands/trademarks,Compuer Software
,Mining rights,Copyrights & patents are known as- Tangible Capital work- Intangible Intangible
725 ----- Assets in-progress Assets None Assets
726 #NAME? MRP MPS ERP TQM ERP
Economic Order Quantity of material takes into Maximum
727 Modern
account ordering
Techniquecosts and -----------.
of Mateial management is------ Carying Costs Lead time Re-order level level Carying Costs
728 --. ISO MRP TQM EOQ MRP

729 Order costs and Carrying costs are---------. Fixed Variable Semi-Variable Indirect costs Variable

A long term A short term Not an A long term

investment or investment or investment or investment or
730 One of the principles of TQM, Quality is------. asset asset asset None of these asset
Sort-Set in Sort-Set in Sustain- Set in order- Sort-Set in
order-Shine- order-Shine- Standardize-Standardize- order-Shine-
Sustain- Standardize- Shine-Set inShine-Sort- Standardize-
731 5S includes the phases in following order----- Standardize Sustain order-Sort Sustain Sustain
tertiary secondary manufacturing primary
732 the occupation of a farmer falls under primary sector sectory structurs sector sector
the ------ sector of India attracts the highest pharmaceutica information information
733 foreign investment chemical l textile technology technology
the relaxation of rules and regulation on industralisatio
734 industries is known as liberalisation privatisation modernisation n liberalisation
the author of principles of scientificmanagement None of the
735 the
wasfourteen principles of managent were put F.W.Taylor harold koontz mary follet above F.W.Taylor
736 forth by Henry Feyol F.W.Taylor Gilberth Juran Henry Feyol

Thinking judgement of Thinking deciding in judgement of

737 forecasting is before doing future during doing advance future
the right to issue orders or make decisions is
738 called responsibility authority supervision controlling authority
Ashoka hotel near by house is owned by my Joint Stock
739 friends father ,it is example of proprietorship Partnership public sector Company proprietorship
My friend met with a car accident because the Mechanical Mechanical
brakes could not be applied this can be termed as causes of an Natural Cause causes of an
740 which form of accident Accident of an accident Human error All the above Accident
Various Cost associated with ordering and procurement Resource procurement
741 receiving goods are known as holding cost cost Planning inventory cost cost
the integration process of business management None of the
742 is called EOQ ABC Analysis ERP above ERP

Customer should be the focus is an important Total quality quality Total quality
743 attribute of management quality control assurance i, ii, iii, and iv management

All those who

are working in
the ________ helps in finding the key cause of a the All those who
744 problem Pareto's chart organisation are managers brainstroming Pareto's chart
rajesh is an working for state electricity board, he
has to attend a complain,before going to atttend order from the none of the
745 the complain he has to take. licence work permit local authority above work permit
 share holders share holders
become the become the
owners of the owners of the
company and company and
one is one is the debenture debenture
borrowed contribution of holders are holders are
from the bank the individual the creditors the creditors
identify the major difference between share and the other one the other is of the there is no of the
746 debenture from public from public compnay difference. compnay

one of the following is not a part of material production bill of inventory details of the details of the
747 resource planning schedule materials records employees employees
In ABC analysis_______items are costly and none of the
748 significant A items B items Citems above A items
In process Finish All of the All of the
749 It is not one of classification of Inventory, Raw Inventory inventory inventory above . above .
Equipment Equipments
Equipments andf plant Transport and and
and machinery Payment of maintenance shipping machinery
750 Which of the following is a fixed capital,? cost employees cost expenses. cost
Technical Mechanical Personal All of the All of the
751 Causes of accidents can be, cause cause factor above . above .
________is the ability to influence or to cause a
752 person to perform and act. Power Authority Position Efficiency Authority
Combined Responsibility All of the All of the
753 Which are the aims of forming an organization? Team work efforts on all above above
754 The first and foremost activity of management is , Designing Organising Planning Staffing Planning
755 Which is not the part of 4 M's management, Man Motivation Machine Money Motivation
756 GATT is created in ___________ 1950 1947 1948 1951 1947
Industrialisatio
757 The WTO gave a real boost to theprocess of, Globalization Privatization Liberalization n Globalization
TQM believes in systematic training as a need for None of the
758 achieving_______ Quality Quantity Accidents above Quality
Higher rate of
customer motivated Continued None of the None of the
759 Which of the following is not benefit of QMS,? satisfaction employees improvement above above
All of the
760 Quality is a ________concept Relative vacuum Absolute above . Relative

Government Government
Single owned public joint stock owned public
761 LIC of India is an example of, ownership Partnership limited company limited

Finding out an Recognize the Recognize the

762 First step in decision making is , alternatives Evaluation Analysis problem problem

The
To prevent exploitation of the employess,this act The payment The minimum workmen's The industrial The minimum
aims at fixing minimum wages which they must of wages wages compensation dispute wages
763 get, act,1936 act,1948 act,1923. act,1947. act,1948

Following table is an example of which type of Direct labour Material Purchase None of the Direct labour
764 budget.? budget budget budget above budget
working with them.It has employed which ERP Human Sales and Human
765 module? Resource marketing Finance All the above Resource
 product from raw material or a component parts , b)
which then they sell at a profit from the following a) Service b) d) none of manufacturin
766 lists of business sectors. providers manufacturing c) trade these g
c)An art and d) None of c)An art and
767 What do you mean by " Management"? a) an art b) science Science these Science

768 Who has enlisted Principles of Management ? a) F.W.Taylor b)Henry Fayol c) Dr. Juran d) Adam Smith b)Henry Fayol
b) Medium
a) Small Scale Scale c) Large Scale d) All of the a) Small Scale
769 Line Organisation is suitable for - Industries Industries Industries above Industries
its ideas and information to subordinates is called
770 : a) Planning b) controlling c) Motivating d) Directing d) Directing
Which of the following are Principles of c)Division of d) All of the d) All of the
771 Management ? a) Discipline b) Initiative work above above

Name the factors in deciding structure of Functional Types of All of the All of the
772 organisation Organisation Specilisation Products above above

Line Organisation is observed in which of the Joint stock Any medium All of the
773 following organisations ? company scale company Military above Military

Sole Joint stock All of the All of the

774 Which of the following are forms of Ownership ? Proprietorship Partnership companies above above

Heat Treatment shop ' in Kirloskar industries is an Departmentati Departmentati Departmentati Departmentati Departmentat
775 example of - on by function on by product on by process on by location ion by process
Figure shows organisation structure of one of the
departments of ABC Cars Limited . Identify the Departmentati Departmentati Departmentati Departmentati Departmentat
776 Method of Departation ? on by function on by product on by process on by location ion by product
a) Minor b)Fatal
777 Which of the following are types of accidents ? Accidents Accidents only a a and b both a and b both

b)
Which of the following are silent features of a) Finance and Contribution d)None of the
778 Employee's State Insurance Act ,1948 ? Audit and benefits a and b both abov a and b both

a) Workmen's b) Industrial d) Income d) Income

Find the odd one out from the Industrial Acts Compensation Dispute act Minimum ,Payment and ,Payment and
779 listed below : Act,1924 ,1947 wages Act Wages Act. Wages Act.
machine a worker was seriously injured . He was
immediately taken to hopistal but he is affected
by fatal accident . What do you mean by fatal a) b) Permanent c) Major
780 accident ? Hospitalisation Diasability fracture d) Death d) Death

b) Wealth
b) Wealth which yields
which yields income or
income or c) Funds d) Circulating helps in the
a) Funds helps in the required for capital production of
available with production of establishing an available with further
781 Capital can be defined as - owner further income organisation organisation income

Sales Forecast
Income from and Expenses Products likely
which of the following points highlights Sales sales and sales for to be sold and All of the All of the
782 budget of an organisation ? expenditure advertisement salesmanship above above
 a) Excise Duty a) Excise Duty
,Custom Duty ,Custom Duty
783 Indirect tax includes- and VAT b) Income Tax c) Wealth tax d) Gift Tax and VAT

Equity and Certainty and

784 Canons of Taxation should have- Economy Convenience A and B Both None of these A and B Both
Blow Plasts Limited. Identify the type of budget to
be filled in at the blank space provided in budget a) Production b) Sales c) Financial d) None of b) Sales
785 sheet. Budget Budget Budget these Budget

a) Material b) Purchasing c)Warehousin

Planning and and g and Material d) All of the d) All of the
786 Identify the functions of Material Management- Scheduling subcontracting Hndling above above
needs full record -keeping treatment and a
regrious observation on stock positions of these d) a and b
787 items ? a)C b)A c)B both b)A
classsified into 'A','B' and 'C' . In which item A
needs full record keeping , item B needs medium
record keeping treatment whereas item C may c) c)
not require much record keeping. In this system b) Re order Consumption Consumption
of inventory control the material is devided into a) Material level of each value of d) All of the value of
788 A,B, and C on the basis of- Quantity material material above material
Orderliness Orderliness
Which of the following is constituent of Total and Quality of None of the and
789 Quality Management ? Panctuality Inventory TPM above Panctuality
Which of the following refers to a solution of All of the
790 efficient knowledge Management ? 5S Six Sigma Kaizen above Six Sigma
An organisation need a documented procedure to
control quality documments. In that case Workmen's
everyone must access to up -to-date documents Minimum Compensation
791 and be aware of how to use them, is a clause - Factory Act ISO: 9001 Wages Act Act ISO: 9001

a) a) 5)Selection a) 5) Selection a) 5)Selection

Figure shows Working Model of Quality circle of 5)Presentation of best of best of best
Manufacturing Industry working on a tooling of solution to b) 5)Discuss all solution 7) solution 7) solution 7)
problem.couple of the important step no 5 and 7 Management , the solutions, Presentation Test the Presentation
are missing in the model. Correctly identify the 7) Selection of 7) Selection of of solution to solution of solution to
792 steps from the options given below. best solution best solution Management whithin Q.C. Management
words which have been translated into English
language. Fill in the appropriate words in the a) S2- a) S2-
figure at S2 and S4 so as to complete 5'S' a) S2-Sort , S4 - Systemize , S4 - a) S2- Solve , Systemize , S4 - a) S2-Sort , S4 -
793 principle. Systemize Sort S4 -Systemize Solve Systemize
Which of the following is not a part of process
794 industry? Base metals plastics Automobiles petroleum Automobiles
machines for industry is done by -------------------
795 engineering industry Industrial civil mechanical chemical Industrial
The significant activities of management are ------- Decision All of the All of the
796 --------------- Coordinating making motivating above above
Scientific management is one of the areas of ------- Behavioral Classical None of the Classical
797 ------------------- school school systems school school above school

depends on
The number of people working at the lower level the type of
798 is ---------------- than that of higher level More Equal Less organization More
 Making
Decision necessary All of the All of the
799 Duties of administration are ---------------- Policy making making adjustments above above
Forward- All of the All of the
800 Quality of leadership is ------------ looking Intelligent Honest above above

Group is Important tool

leaded by of small or large
executive management group of All of the All of the
801 Organization has following characteristics leader is organization people above above

Establishing
realationsahip
for the
purpose of
enabling
people to
work most The process of
effectively identifying and Defining and
together in grouping the delegating
Organization can be defined as ------------------------- accomplishing work to be responsibility All of the All of the
802 ---- objectives performed and authority above above
The ___________________ makes a combination
of the line organization with the staff
departments that helps and advice line Line Line and staff Functional All of the Line and staff
803 departmets organization organization organization above organization
and losses of the firm but does not contribute in
day to day activities or affairs of the firm is called - Nominal Sleeping Sleeping
804 ------------- Partner Minor Partner Partner Secret Partner Partner

The Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) is Government public public All of the public
805 __________ departments companies corporations above corporations
holders and the scope of business is limited
where as company "Y" has unlimited number of Joint stock Joint stock Joint stock
share holders and has a huge scope of business. private ltd. Ownership Cooperative public ltd. public ltd.
806 So "Y" comes under which category? Company Company organization Company Company
non-use of
Which out of the following is not a mechanical non-use of leaking acid protruding broken safety safety
807 factor or cause of accidents ? safety devices. valve. nails guards devices.
Permanent Temporary
------------------ = Total current assets - Total Gross working Net working working working Net working
809 current liabilities capital capital capital capital capital
perfect income,sales or shipments with atleast a
no provision is made for any changes may occur Variable functional All of the
811 during period. Fixed budget budget budget above Fixed budget
Short term Short term
Retained source of source of
812 What comes in the empty box? earnings finance Personal funds Fixed Assests finance
All the person working in the organization (
including managers & Workers ) Should be
817 involved in ___________ operation MRP TQM Globalization EOQ TQM
Quality is a relative term & is used with reference
818 to the end use of Product Quantity ERP MRP Product
Work in Finished
819 Inventory consist of Raw material Progress Products All All
fixed interest issued by a company is referred to
820 as .. Shares Debentures Fixed Deposit All Debentures
821 Tax charged by insurance company on policy is Income Tax Works Tax Service Tax Excise Duty Service Tax
822 Tax being charged on value addition are called Custom Duty Sales Tax VAT All VAT
Custom Duty, Import Duty, or Export Tax is a part Working
823 of Direct Tax Indirect Tax Fixed Capital Capital Indirect Tax
Working
824 Inventory belongs to Fixed Capital Capital Fixed Liability None Fixed Capital
Working
825 Machinery Head belongs to Fixed Capital Capital Fixed Liability None Fixed Capital
Works all of the all of the
826 Safety in an industry is the responsibility of Manager Manager Workers above above
Workmen's
Irregular Salary to the employees comes under Minimum Indian Factory Compensation Minimum
827 which act Wage Act Act Act All Wage Act
Bad
Which is not included in the cause of accident due construction Untrained Bad habit of Faulty Bad habit of
828 to management of Plant Workers workers Equipments workers
No. of Subordinates handled by one manager Span of Delegation of Span of
829 effectively termed as Control Responsibility Authority Authority Control

Which one is an example of Co-operative Reliance Amul Dairy Samsung India Amul Dairy
830 Company Industries Ltd., Ind. Ltd. All Ind.
Joint Stock Joint Stock
831 In which type of company the liabilities is limited Proprietorship Partnership Company All Company
Leadership, Communication , Motivation,
832 Supervision is a function of Control Organising Co-ordinating Directing Directing
833 Following is not the Principle of Management Authority Discipline Equity Planning Planning

More More More

Authority & Authority & less Authority less Authority Authority
More less & More & less & More
834 Chief Executive Officer has Responsibility Responsibility Responsibility Responsibility Responsibility
Decision Decision
835 Defining a problem is a first step of Making Organizing Planning Directing Making

836 Function of Management does not include Planning Organising Co-ordination Observation Observation

Theory X and Productivity Co-ordinated Task & Bonus Theory X and

837 Dr.Mccregar is famous for Theory Y Theory work theory Theory Theory Y

Buying goods
Buying goods & selling
& selling them them without
Buying a Raw Selling a without any any
838 Trading business means Material finished Goods processing All processing

Liberalization , Liberalization ,
Privatization, Privatization,
Liquid Globalization Liquid Petrol & Globalization
839 LPG Stands for Petroleum Gas Policy Gas None Policy
People of entire world are unified into a single Industrializatio
840 society and function together called as Nationalism Globalisation n All Globalisation
Higher
Improves employee
841 Total Quality Management mean Reputation morale Lower Cost All All
In Six Sigma Quality Improvement Programme As Not
842 the Level of Sigma increases defect rate will Increases Decreases dependant None Decreases

Which of the following are main element of Quality of Quality of Quality of Quality of
843 quality design performance products Quality circle design
 Reserved bank Reccessive Retail Bureau Reserve bank Reserve bank
844 RBI stands for of India bank of India of India of India of India
ABC Company is a time-sharing company, means
845 they are into --------------- business. Hospitallity Banking Health care Service Hospitallity
Ministry of Human resource Development is a
846 part of ----------------------- sector. IT Service Trade Engineering Service
All of the All of the
847 Management is-------------- Science Art Profession above above
Vice President -Production will come in
848 _______________ level of management Top Middle Lower Top -Middle Top
Board of Directors are a part of Administratio
849 _____________________ Authority Controlling Mnagement Administration n
XYZ company says "we are an equal opportunity
employer for progress of society and employees", Espirit De Unity of
850 means they follow Corps Direction Team work Equity Equity

Line Line and Staff Project Line

851 All rounders are seen in organisation Partnership Organisation Organisation organisation

Line Joint Stock Line and Staff Project Line and Staff
852 Specialist are seen in organisation Company Organisation Organisation Organisation
fragrances. Hence their departmentation will be Function and
853 by_________ Function Product Process Process Product
to provide finanace ,but never contributes in
decion making process. But legally is binded in
case any legal action is been taken on the firm.
854 Hence he is __________partner Lazy Active Sleeping Non working Sleeping
Factories act came into force
855 from__________________ 1948 1949 1976 1st April 1949 1st April 1949
If a factory employs more than1000 workers, it
should appoint a qualified _________to carry out None of the
856 prescribed duties. safety officers welfare officer security officer above safety officers
Working None of the Net working
857 Patents' are a form of ______________ capital Fixed Capital following Capital Fixed Capital

Central Board Control Board Central Board Central Board Central Board
of Exact and of Excise and of Excise and of Excise and of Excise and
858 CBEC atands for________________ Customs Customs Customs Customers Customs

Profit and Loss Production

859 Assets' are preferrably seen in ____________ Budget Balance Sheet statement Budget Balance Sheet

860 ___________ is a multi point system of taxing VAT Income tax Customs Duty Excise Tax Excise Tax
If the fixed monthly income of Mr. Kiran is Rs.
50,000. Mr.Kiran is of age 62 years.Hence he will
861 pay income tax of ___________ Rs.120000 Rs. 70000 Rs. 350000 Rs. 50000 Rs. 70000
BOM needed in materials management stands Bill of Bill of Business of Bill of
862 for__________________ Machines Materials materials Bill of Money Materials

Interest on the
Inventory capital
Maintaining invested in the All of the All of the
863 Carrying cost means_______________ cost Storage cost inventory above above
The optimum quantity of orders that minimizes
the inventory carrying cost and ordering cost is
864 given by _________________ technique MRP ERP EOQ ABC EOQ
 Customer
Human Relation ship Supply Chain All of the All of the
865 An ERP can have the following modules Resource Management Management above above
presence and good business. As a consultant to
the company for better material management
866 you will suggest_______________ MRP TQM ERP BOM ERP
Quality Quantity Quality
867 QC stands for ____________________ Control Quality Circle Control Quality Core Control

Good After sales All of the All of the

868 Aspects of quality__________________ Good design Functionality services above above
Quality
869 Right at first time means Six Sigma TQM Assurance Quality TQM
Change for
870 In KAIZEN "KAI" means Good design Good Change Good Change
Goods or cash invested to generate income from
871 business or property is /are Finance Capital Liabilitities Budget Capital
872 Minimum wages act was passed in the year: 1923 1936 1961 1948 1948

improper
Safety provision/s for workers under Factory act First-aid ventilation and None of the None of the
873 1948 is/are appliances Overcrowding temperature above above

Government Government Public Joint stock Government

874 Indian railways is a : Department Company company company Department
safety
equipments Ignorance of Ignorance of
not being safety
oily and greasy Unsuitable safety
875 Accident caused by worker is because of : provided floor procedure illumination procedure
Effective Effective
Effective Effective
876 Principle/s of Organisation is/ are: delegation discipline
directing All the above delegation
The partner who does not take part in day to day Sleeping Nominal Sleeping
877 activities Active partner Secret partner partner partner partner

Military organisation is also commonly referred Line and staff Scalar Functinal Scalar
878 as: organisation organisation organisation All the above organisation
Feedback of Unrealistic Unrealistic
879 Planning' usually fail due to plan Data analysis nature All the above nature

880 Espirit de corps refers to Cooperation Coordination Team work Discipline Team work
At this level of management few people are Strategical Operational Strategical
881 involved Tactical level level level Functinal level level

Division of Authority and Authority and

882 Power to act and accountability Delegation Discipline work responsibilty responsibilty

The main areas of quantitative or management Operations Classical Behavioral Operations

883 science school are management science science All the above management
Regulatory body for banking sector which also
884 monitors GDP and inflation SBI RBI CBI IDBI RBI

885 Indian industrial sector does not invovles Construction Textile Fisheries Railways Railways
Service enterprise provides the services that are Automobile Production Intangiable Intangiable
886 called as goods goods goods All the above goods
 Deferred Deferred
887 Internal source/s of finance is/are: taxation Shares Debentures All the above taxation
Legal debts or obligations which arise during the
888 business operations: Asset Shares Debentures Liabilities Liabilities
consumption consumption
889 Value added tax is a: Direct tax Income tax Excise duty tax tax

Product Marketing Materials Sales Materials

890 Inventory management is part of: management management management management management

Generally 'C' type and 'A' type of items consume 20 % and 5 % 50 % and 20 % 5 % and 80 % 80 % and 50 % 5 % and 80 %
891 an inventory cost of : respectively respectively respectively respectively respectively
cost is Rs. 40, cost of carring inventory is 16%,
cost of each unit is Rs.100. The economic order
892 quantity will be 10 20 30 40 10
Quality Quality
Collection of guidelines that are used to manage Quality management management
893 the quality of activities in an organisation assurance Quality control Quality circle system system
Improve Improve
quality, Improve quality,
productivity,sa productivityImprove productivity,s
fety and and safety productivity None of the afety and
894 The objective of Quality circle is /are reduce cost only only above reduce cost
DMAIC DMAIC
895 Six sigma methodology endorse CRM concept TQM concept concept All the above concept
Number of Sub-ordinates a manager can Scope of Span of Focus of Non of the Span of
896 supervise effectvely is supervisor Control supervisor above Control
Which budget shows one plan, one volume of Variable Functional All of the
897 output or sales & the related fixed costs- Fixed Budget Budget Budget Above Fixed Budget
Expenses of office & administrature expenses are All of the All of the
898 grouped under- Staff Salary Stationary Printing Above Above
While on long tour which are the item that we
must take care of ? Certainly it is the jewellery Minimum None of the
899 and the cash !! This could be an analogy to EOQ ABC batch size above ABC
divided in equal number of parts known as
900 ………….. Capital Business Shares Debunters Shares
XYZ electronics company has confirmed expert
order and is in need of finance. The bank provides None of the
901 short term credits. It is known as ……….. Import finance Import duty Export finance above Export finance

Business life is There is

There is dependent on It is a Joint No transfer of limited
902 Which statement is wrong about partnership limited liability partners business partnership liability

people
become
Attention is Product may expert in the No
Which ststement is wrong in product type given to the become brand work alloted No duplication duplication of
903 departmentation product name to them of work work
Business can
Which statement is correct about 'nominal Do not actively use their
904 partners' involved Dop not invest names All are correct All are correct
In ………. Approach all members of an
organization paricipate & improving the
905 processes & culture of organization 5S Six Sigma TQM Quality circle TQM
All of the
906 VAT and sales tax falls under …………… Indirect tax Services tax Direct tax above Indirect tax
None of the
907 …………. is the lifeblood of business Budjet VAT Capital above Capital
 Accidents due Unsafe
to dangerous physical Moving All of the All of the
908 General causes of accidents could be as follows machines conditions objects above above
Mechanical
causes of an Natural Cause
909 Accident due to daydreaming which comes under Accident of an accident Human error All the above Human error
_____ is essential to direct, guide, instruct, and
910 order the subordinate. Manager Authority Chairman Responsibility Manager
911 Which of Following is not the agro industry Jute Sugar Paper Poultry Paper
Heavy
Which is the apex authority of Government of Industries
912 India SAIL TISCO Ministry ISA SAIL
Which of Following are principles of management
i) Motivating ii) Remuneration iii) Division of All of the
913 Work iv) Organising i and ii iii and iv ii and iii above ii and iii
ascending order (Bottom to Up) i) Physiological
Needs ii) Love / Affection Needs iii) Social /
Esteem Needs iv) Security / Safety Needs v) Self
914 Actualization Needs i-ii-iii-iv-v i-iii-ii-iv-v i-v-ii-iii-iv i-iv-ii-iii-v i-iv-ii-iii-v

915 Discipline starts from Bottom to Top From Middle Top to Bottom None of above Top to Bottom
Injury after accident disables the affected worker
916 forever is _________ accident Fatal Permanent Major None of above Permanent

______ is the study of relationship between the Financial Financial Financial

917 raising of finance and deployment of finance Financing Deficit Finance Management Management
In balance sheet, we see, ______ equal to the
918 sources of the funds Assets Expenditure Savings Liabilities Assets
Current On Hand All of the All of the
919 Which is input to MRP Forecasting Bill of Material Inventory above above
large organisation into small and flexible Defragmentati Departmentati Division None of the Departmentat
920 administrative units on on Formation above ion
Profit and Loss Account is
______________________ i) A flow statement ii) i is correct and i is wrong and Both i and ii both i and ii Both i and ii
921 A measure of firm`s profitability ii is wrong ii is correct correct worng correct

922 Central government is not dealing with Income Tax Sales Tax Excise Duty Custom Duty Sales Tax
Effect of Innovation is _________ and effect of Long Term, Short Term, Long Term, Short Term, Short Term,
923 Kaizen is _______________ Short Term LongTerm Long Term Short Term LongTerm
924 Throw away unnecessary is in Seiso Seiri Seition Seiketsu Seiri

i) Quality Assurance is a proactive approach ii) i is correct and i is wrong and Both i and ii both i and ii Both i and ii
925 Quality Assurance improves quality of product ii is wrong ii is correct correct worng correct

Sub ABC curve is Sub

Categorisation All Items similar in Categorisation
like A1 A2, B1 should be shape for like A1 A2, B1
B2, C1 C2 is considered different B2, C1 C2 is
926 Which is not the consideration in ABC analysis? not possible together industries None of above not possible
927 In which type of Authority Punishment is given Coercive Expert Referent Reward Coercive

Line Line & Staff Project Staff Staff

928 Which Structure of Organization is Tight & Rigid Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization
Which function of management is a tool for fast Decision Decision
929 development. Making Directing Controlling Planning Making
Unity of Unity of Unity of
930 One Man -product
________ One Boss may be
comes called
under as ___
Petrochemical Equity Command Direction Stability Command
931 Industry. Vehicles Plastic Wood Paper Plastic
932 GATT started in 1948 at ________ . Masco Washington Geneva Russia Geneva
Entertenment Business belongs to Manufacturing Service All of The Service
933 _____________ industry. Industry Trade Industry Industry Above Industry

Gross Global General Global Gross

Domestic Development Domestic Domestic Domestic
934 GDP stands for _____________. Product Phenonmenon Product Product Product
Chief Chief
Who is directly responsible for profit & loss in the Execuitive Factory Execuitive
935 business Supervisor Officer Worker Manager Officer
business of Automobiles in 2003, in that business
Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran have invested
Rs 500000/- Lakhs individually. But Mr Ram & Mr.
Shyam gives full attention towords the business
and Mr. Kiran does not gives the attention
towords business. so in this type of business who All of The
936 is the sleeping partner Mr. Ram Mr. Shyam Mr. Kiran Above Mr. Kiran
Due to Due to
Due to Due to Natural Government Government
937 Which is not a cause of accidents in industry Due to Worker Management cause Policy Policy
Any device which generates or provides power is
938 known as tools Machinery Prime Mover plant Prime Mover
Overconfidenc Faulty Unnecessary Less Work Faulty
939 Which is a cause of accident due to management e Equipments Daring Experience Equipments

According to minimum wages act ,wages over time all of the all of the
940 means:........... salary remuneration provident fund above above

unfair or no unfair or no
Which is not the objective of financial Profit Maximation of Mainrenance returns to returns to
941 management Maximation wealth of liquid assets shareholders shareholders
Material Marketing of Salery of
942 Working capital is not used for____. Land Purchase Purchase Product workers Land Purchase
Retained
Inherited Depreciation equity Deferred Deferred
943 Postponement of tax liablity means personal funds provisions earnings taxation taxation
The tax in wihich impact and incidence are on the
944 same person. It is not intended to be shifted. Custom Duty Sales Tax Excise Duty Gift Tax Gift Tax
945 NSE stock exchange market is located in ______ Jaipur Pune Mumbai London Mumbai
Collective stock of items which is required for
946 routine functioning of industry means___ Inventory Record Database List Inventory

To purchase To purchase To purchase

Which of the following is not an objective of material at material at material in All of The All of The
947 inventory management minimum cost right time right quantity Above Above
All of The All of The
948 What is essential for successful purchase Right contract Right Quality Right sources Above Above
In ABC analysis which category of item is having All of The
949 average importance Category A Category B Category C Above Category B
______ is the formal contract between supplier Purchase All of The Purchase
950 and purchaser order Tender Quotation Above order

Profit Production Sales Value Profit

maximisation, maximisation, maximisation, maximisation, maximisation,
__________and __________are the two versions Wealth Sales Profit Wealth Wealth
952 of goals of the financial management of the firm. maximisation maximisation maximisation maximisation maximisation
An industrial concern is invested in assets like Working Variable Operating
953 plant, building, and land is capital capital Fixed capital capital Fixed capital
 Statement of Statement of
expected expected
Steps of Systematic results results
Planned target handling action and expressed in expressed in
of future allocation of numerical numerical
954 Budget refers to performance activities resources terms terms
All of the
955 Income tax and Property Tax falls under Indirect Tax Service Tax Direct Tax above Direct Tax

Material Store All of the All of the

956 What are the functions of material management Planning Purchasing Management above above
None of the Inventory
957 ABC anaiysis helps senior manager to control Inventory Cost Purchase Cost Total Cost above Cost

Improving quality through small, incremental

improvements is a characteristic of what type of Total Quality
958 quality management system Just-in-time Six Sigma Management Kaizen Kaizen

Direct Direct
involment of involment of
Drawing Having team Top Meeting ISO Top
959 A fundamental attribute of TQM is control chart meetings management 9000 audit management
Getting ISO
Customer Process 9000 audit
960 Benchmarking determines requirement capability Standards done Standards
Total Long
Term Ordinary Owner's Third Party Owner's
961 Blank Space in the figure I indicates Liabilities Equity Equity Equity Equity

Investment on
which returns Materially Non Materially
Commission are not large revenue controlling large revenue
962 In P&L account Extra Ordinary Items means on sales possible or loss ownership or loss
Receivables Short Term Stock In Short Term
963 Following are Liabilities of Business FDs with Bank from Sale Borrwings Progress Borrwings

In Financial Management Liquidity Decisions are Dividend to Long Term Cash Cash
964 related to Shareholders Decisions Management Bankruptsy Management
Which of following is Method of raising Long Equipment Prefernce Prefernce
965 Term Capital Leasing Hire Purchase Shares Trade Credit Shares
As per the definition in Indian Factory Act, a Not elligible to
person working in Factory having an age of 17 work in
966 years is : Child Factory Adolescent Adult Adolescent
Disabling
Resulting employee for
Of Less Death of more than 3 Of Less
967 Trivial Accident means : Importance Employee daye Near Accident Importance
Separate Separate
Obstruction Storage of Storage of
In accident prevention, Safe Workplace Layout Free Inflammable Enough Height Inflammable
968 does not include : Passageways Antiskid Floors Materials of Workrooms Materials

All
departments
All have same All All
departments kind of departments All departments
'Balance' in Organization Principles intends to have same organization are equally departments are equally
969 _____ workforce structure developed are flexible developed
 I wanted to maintain secrecy of business. Which Single Joint Stock Public Single
970 business type shall I select Ownership Partnership Company Undertaking Ownership
A company has multiples kind of products like
Pharmaceutical, Cosmetics, FMCG. Which type of None of the
971 departmentation will it prefer ? By Product By Process By Function above By Product
In organization process activites can not be
972 grouped on the basis of Policy Economy Control Coordination Economy

To make To make To perform To make To perform

changes in changes in better as per changes in job better as per
973 Authority
Following delegation allows
organization employee
is limited to small schedule design responisibility timing responisibility
974 concerns Line Line & Staff Functional Committee Line

Defining Developing Developing

Authotities & alternate alternate
Determining Responsibilitie Assigning methods to do methods to
975 Organising does not means Activities s People to Jobs job do job
976 Stability in Principles of Management indicates Job Security Turnover Harmony Promotion Turnover

Top Level Middle Level Low Level Operating Low Level

977 Direct Supervision on workers is function of Management Management Management force Management
Indian Insurance sector has _____ number of
insurance companies.
978 Globalization is not intended for free flow of 112 20 52 86 52
979 __________ Capital Labour Products Diseases Diseases
Tangible Intangible Manufactured Imported Intangible
980 Service Industry provides Goods Goods Goods Goods Goods
Business firms produce and supply wide varieties
981 of goods and _____ required by the society. Money Services Entities social services Services

982 Following will not come underinventory Tools Machines Lubricants Milling Cutter Machines

do not need constitute 70 purchased on purchased in purchased on

983 'A' kind of items in ABC analysis close control % of inventory time large quantity time
Quantity of Invoice Quantity in Quantity of
984 Purchase Order Includes Items Number Stock All Above Items

Which one of the following is not a Module of Quality Supplu Chain Quality
985 ERP Manufacturing HR Control Management Control
Obsolete Damagaed
986 In Figure II blank space indicates Lead Time Buffer Stock Inventory Inventory Buffer Stock

List of Product List of Bill of Bill of

987 In Figure III blank space indicates Products Demand Subassemblies Materials Materials

Quality Measurement.
Main eight sections of ISO 9001:2000 does not Management Resource Analysis &
988 include System Management Recruitment Improvement Recruitment

Discuss Work Not a Discuss Work

Discuss RelatedProble Meet once in a Voluntary RelatedProble
989 Quality Cirle People Grievances ms month participation ms
990 Elements of TQM include Ethics Training Both Above None Above Both Above
 desired quality standards 2. To determine
deviations in quality 3. Ascertain causes in
deviations 4. To use modern techniques of
991 measurement. 1, 2 and 3 only 1. 3 and 4 only 1,2,3 and 4 2,3 and 4 only 1, 2 and 3 only
Material Material Material
What system helps make calculations regarding Production Material requirement Resource requirement
992 the volume and timing of materials needed? plan Scheduling Planning Planning Planning

ERP system
have been
widely
adopted in
large
organization
to storecritical
ERP system ERP system knowledge
provide a enable people used to make
foundation for in different the decision
collaboration business areas that drive the
between to organization's All of the All of the
993 Which of the following describe an ERP System? department communicate performance above above

994 The following is an example of direct taxes Sales tax Income tax Excise duties Toll tax Income tax
To tightly link
a firms
production To tightly link
To provide a To ensure that with its production & To provide a
hedge against item cost is cutomers distribution hedge against
995 one use of inventory is inflation maximized demand process inflation

Control &
Distibution logistics Both of the Neither of the Both of the
996 Material Management is also called Planning Management above above above
Inventory None of the Inventory
997 ABC analysis is used for CPM PERT Control above Control
The quantity discount model is most similar to
998 which one of these models ROP EOQ Fixed interval EPQ EOQ
A budget is the plan of the various costs and
expenses needed to operate the buniness based Operating Resource Operating
999 on the short term forecast Capital budget Budget Cash Budget Budget Budget
Inadequate
The most common causes of financial problems Undercapitializ expense all of the all of the
1000 are ation contol credit term above above
A statement that projects management's
expectations for revenues and based on those
financial expectations, allocates the use of A resource A resource
1001 specific resources throughout the firm is called A cash flow A budget plan allocation A budget

Forecasting establishing
financial needs financial
and controls to
developing ensure the
budgets to Identify company is
meet those sources of following option (A) and option (A) and
1002 The steps in financial planning are needs financing financial plans option (C) option (C)
 Form of
informal Element of componenet Element of
Communicatio organizatinal Type of of a flat span organizatinal
1003 Departmentalization is a(n) n structure formalization of control structure
Ease od
Which of the following is an advantages of a sole strating a Being your pride of All of the All of the
1004 proprietorship? buniess own boss ownership above above
The primary purpose of employee safety Physcial Emotional All of the All of the
1005 programme is to preserve the employee's : Mental Health Health Health Above Above
Which structure is usually optimal for project
1006 based organization with fluctuationg workload? Functional Divisional Matrix Network Matrix
A flat organizational structure creates a
1007 _________ span of control Narrow wide Centralized Informal wide
As organization grow they tend to
1008 _____________ decision making authority. Centralize Decentralize Control Standardize Decentralize

It refers to
patterns of
work flow and
formal power ALL of the ALL of the
It refers to the It refers to that direct above above
Which of these statements about organizational division of patterns of organizational Statements Statements
1009 structure is (are) true? labour coordination activities are true are true

Selecting the Selecting the

right people Division of unity of unity of right people
1010 Fredrick Taylor stressed on for the job labour command Direction for the job

Planning, organizing, directing and controlling are Goals of Functions of results of all of the Functions of
1011 the management management management above management
Coal,oil and Coal,oil and
other new other new
During the agriculural revolution, all of the energy job permanent energy
1012 following transformed the economy except sources specializaion trade settlements sources
The primary sector include all of the following Manufacturin
1013 except forestry Manufacturing Mining Agricluture g
Which of the following is not a type of copyright
1014 work Literary Works Furniture Sculpture Musical Works Furniture

An
accelerating
pace of global
A growing ineractions
magnitutde of and processes
Stretching of interconnectc associated
social, political dness in with a
and economic almost every deepening All of the All of the
activities sphere of enmeshment answer answer
across political social of the local options given options given
1015 Globalization involves frontier existence and the global are correct are correct
1016 Where was TQM first developed? USA UK JAPAN KOREA JAPAN

Review of Review of
requirements Definition of Results of requirements
Which of the following is not a record required by related to the the work preventive Management related to the
1017 ISO 9001:2000 product environment action review records product
 Following is not a part of the of steps for
purchasing a) Getting requisition from various
departments b)Obtaining Quotations c) Making
1018 budget d) Preparing Purchase orders a b c d c
Reliance company has a common software
platform integrating all its functions materials Enterprise Enterprise
,finance ,personnel , sales ,etc . The company is Resource Resource
1019 In
said tofactory
any have one of the
, bulk following
usage in isplace
of items of which JIT Planning (ERP) 5S Kaizen Planning (ERP)
1020 type A type B type C type All C type
In ABC analysis all materials are divided into how
1021 many types 4 3 2 5 3
carrying cost in materials management is called Breakeven
1022 as EOQ Optimal point point Ideal Point EOQ
Which of the following items manufactured in
1023 India is not liable for Excise tax. Sugar Salt Steel Soap Salt
Capital required by a company to purchase Working
1024 building for starting the company is called as capital Fixed capital Loan Debt Fixed capital
Which is the budget to which all other budgets Materials
1025 are geared Sales Production Labour budget Sales
Mr. X has two flats in ,Mumbai , he and his family
resides in one flat and the other flat he has given
on rent , the money he earns from getting the Value added
1026 rent is liable for which tax. Excise tax Income tax Service Tax tax Income tax

Workman Employees
Welfare of the employees is taken care by which Compensation Industrial Stae Insurance
1027 industrial act Factory Act Act Dispute Act Act Factory Act

A small child 8 years old is working in XYZ Workman Employees

company manufacturing silk sarees. Which act is Industrial Compensation Stae Insurance
1028 being violated by the company ? Dispute act Act Factory Act Act Factory Act
The necessity of industrial acts is to protect the none of the
1029 interests of : Workers employers A and B above Workers
doing some job , and he gets a cut on his right
hand . What is the cause of this accident classified Mechanical Environment Technical
1030 as factor factor Human cause cause Human cause

Which of the following is not a safety measure to Proper lighting over Fencing of over
1031 avoid accidents ? Safety slogans arrangements confidence equipments confidence
My friend and I start a company , she is just
providing money in the business , she does not
look into the day to day activities of the company Limited Limited
1032 ,our company has which form of ownership Partnership Public Ltd Proprietorship Joint Stock Partnership
Legitmate
right of a
person to Legitimate
exercise right to make Right to direct
1033 Authority means influence decisions others All the above All the above
An automobile company has departments for two
wheelere and four wheelers , what is the method
1034 of departmentation this company has adopted By function By product By process By markets By product
Myself and my friend start a company, which type
of organistaion it will be from the structure point
1035 of view at the start with simple format,small size Line Line & Staff Functional Project Line
Administratio
1036 Policy making is the role of People Management Administration Country n
The act of getting people together to work for a
1037 common goal is called as Organising Management Administration Motivation Management
The number of management principles given by
1038 Henry Fayol are 12 10 17 14 14
1039 CEO belongs to which level of management Bottom level Top level Middle level No level Top level
Name the type of business enterprise concerned
1040 with the distribution of goods Manufacturing Trading Selling Buying Trading
Dryers and cleaners are examples of which Indirect
1041 services Direct services services both None Direct services
An economic activity involving the regular
production or distribution of goods and services
with the object of earning profits through
1042 satisfaction of human needs is called as Business Management Administration Social Servive Business

It signifies Conformance
Fitness for degree of to experience of experience of
1043 Following is not the definition of Quality purpose excellence requirements people people
If the comppany has a goal to accept only
.0003%defect , which is the most important
1044 modern technigque it should adopt. ERP SAP BAAN 6 Sigma 6 Sigma
L&T asks its various shop floors to sort all goods
on the floor,keep them in order as per use , keep
them clean ,standardise the process and sustain
this activity . Which modern technique and
1045 system of Quality manangement it is adopting 5S Kaizen TQM 6 Sigma 5S
…………………………( i) news media, hospitality
industry,consulting (ii) legal practice, healthcare,
waste disposal (iii) real estate, personal services,
business services (iv) house decoraters,
1046 entertainers. only (I) (i) and (ii) (ii) and (iv) all of above all of above
Which is importatnt factor in deciding structure types of
1047 of organisation ? functions specialisation products all all

Decision
making Knowledge of Independent
1048 Which is the pre requisite of effective delegation? freedom designation subordinates all the above all the above
Departmentat
Sales department in nokia is the example of Departmentati Departmentati departmentati ion by
1049 ………………………… on by function on by prosecc on by product none function
……………………… is the management of finance of
an organisation in order to achieve financial Financial Material Personnel Operation Financial
1050 objectives. Management Management Management Management Management
Which is the factor responsible in the selection of Types of scope of capital
1051 types of ownerships? business business required all all

Financial
management
is the
management
of finance of
the welth an
invested in if the capital is organisation in if the capital is
business to not managed order to not managed
generate properly no achieve properly no
income is losses may be financial losses may be
1052 which of the following is wrong? called captial incurred objectives none incurred

to avoid both to minimise

to ensure over stocking losses
continuous and under resulting from
The objective of inventory management is supply of stocking of inventory
1053 …………………….. materials inventory deterioration all all
 In
In purchasing, manufacturing
EOQ is known , EOQ is called
as the order the production both (i) and
1054 Which of the following is correct ? quantity lot size both (i) and (ii) none (ii)

cost of cost of
processing following up
quotations and
Cost of and issusing expenditing
receving purchase purchase
1055 Procurement cost consists of …………………………… quotations order order all all

These costs These costs These costs

increase as decrease as decrease as
you hold more you hold more you hold
and more and more fewer
1056 Carrying( holding) cost ; inventory inventory inventories none none

quality means quality means

quality is quality means conformance less
degree of quality is less to maintainabilit
1057 which of following is wrong ? excellence fitness for use maintainability requirements y
Following are the business pattern is not coming
1058 under service industry. ITES Banking Real Estate Textile mill Textile mill
Which is unimportant word in the defination of Group of United
1059 organisation? persons Common Aim Profit together Profit
General Nominal Limitted None of the General
1060 All the partner have same status in partnership partnership partnership above partnership
If an affected worker recovers within 10 hours,
1061 then it is a__________ accident. Minor Reportable Major Fatal Minor

_______ is the financial snapshot of the Profit and loss

1062 organisation. account Balance sheet Snap Sheet Budget Balance sheet
Floating Circulating None of the
1063 Capital invested on Buildings' is an example of : Fixed capital capital capital above Fixed capital
None of the
1064 Which is not the type of profit and loss account? Report form Step form Account form above Report form
Statement 1 - Income tax is levied by central
government. Statement 2 - Income tax is to be Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 1 correct, 2
1065 paid by all employees. are correct are wrong wrong correct wrong
The stock of material, maintained in order to Additional None of the
1066 avoid 'no stock' situation is called as stock Buffer stock Extra stock above Buffer stock
Calling quotation, order follow-up, material Quality Puchase Inventory Marketing Puchase
1067 receiving. Placing PO are the function of department department department department department
Economically All of the All of the
1068 Quality standards should be related to Performance Acceptance Feasibility above above
Statement 1 - Quality Assurance is a proactive
approach. Statement 2 - Quality Assurance Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 Both 1 and 2
1069 improves quality of product. are correct are wrong wrong correct are correct

1070 ________ is willing to exchange of goods. Trade Service Manufacturing both I and ii Trade
1071 Following is not associated with insurance Bajaj Allianz Max Life LIC ICC ICC
How many needs are mentioned in Maslow's
1072 need hierarchy? 6 5 4 3 5

Public
Government Public Limitted Public Public Limitted
1073 Which is not the public sector? Department Company Corporation Company Company
 Departmentati Departmentati Departmentati None of the Departmentat
1074 Car division in Tata Motors is example of on by product on by function on by process above ion by product

The duties and qualification of Labour Welfare Industry State None of the State
1075 Officer is prescribed by: Factory head Minister Government above Government
Customer Advances are included under ________ None of the
1076 source of finance. Long-term Short-term Medium-term above Short-term
For making Labour Budget, workers are classified All of the All of the
1077 into Skilled Semi-skilled Unskilled above above

The earning capacity and potential of a firm are Profit and loss None of the Profit and loss
1078 reflected in ________ Balance sheet account both i and ii above account

1079 Which is not the merit of Indirect tax? Convenient Equitable Wide coverage Certain Certain

Procurement Inventory
1080 Which is not the cost concerned with EOQ? cost carrying cost Total cost Primary cost Primary cost
What will be happen when there is no buffer Production Delay in loss of All of the All of the
1081 stock? stoppage deliveries reputation above above
Statement 1 - Procurement is a systematic
process. Statement 2 - Purchasing is a routine Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 Both 1 and 2
1082 process. are correct are wrong wrong correct are correct
Encourages Inspection
Increase customer costs are
1083 Benefits of TQM are _____ efficiency satisfaction reduced both i and ii both i and ii

DMAIC Quality circle DMAIC

1084 The Six Sigma methodogy endorses concept CRM concept concept TQM concept concept
For staffing ,inventory,production etc company
1085 develops and design a plan called-------- MPS MRP ERP EPS MPS
None of the
1086 #NAME? Buffer stock EOQ ERP Above EOQ
Enterprise Enterprise Enterprise Enterprise
Resource Resource Resource None of the Resource
1087 ERP stands for----------- Planning Process Prepration above Planning

Quality Quality Quality

1088 #NAME? Management Assurance Quality control Quality Circle. Management
None of the
1089 #NAME? QC QMS QA above QMS

Customer Product Action Action

1090 1) The goal of Total Quality Management is satisfaction differetiation Brand Equity Globally Globally
None of the
1091 #NAME? VAT Finance Budget above VAT
1092 Sevice Tax introduce in india in----------- year 1993 2004 1994 1989 1994
Enterprise Economic Economic
Resource Order None Of the Order
1093 #NAME? Planning Quantity ABC Analysis Above Quantity
Mr. Praful kulkarni is working in Birla Pvt. ltd in
the capacity of Foreman. Company provided him Minimum Comensation Safety Safety
1094 certain protecting devices under --------------- ACT. Factory Act Wages Act Act provisions Act provisions Act
as “the provision of money at the time it is
1095 wanted” Finance Capital Budget VAT Finance
when foreign investors does huge sell of stocks Equipment Profit Flow Profit Flow
1096 back to its own country it is refereed as------ Bank loans Hire Purchase leasing Back Back
……has to kept at secured and separate place Inflammable Machine Protecting All of the Inflammable
1097 which is not easily accessible. Materiial Safeguards Devices above Materiial
 work assignment,man power ,and facilities that
are required when temporary changes accor None of the
1098 while working Balance Stability Flexibility above Flexibility

Balaji Telefilms industries refers to which of the Private limited Ownership Public Public
1099 following company type- company company Company Government Company
Single Joint Stock
1100 BIRLA Industries Ltd. Is a form of – Ownership Partnership Private ltd Company Private ltd
to do the particular activity or activities in
1101 systematic manner. Organizing Planning Directing Motivating Planning
………to……….very fast and becomes stable in the Bussiness to Business to Business to None Of the Bussiness to
1102 market. Grow Market Business Above Grow
1103 #NAME? Planning Organising Staffing Controlling Controlling

_______ is a right for giving orders and the power Division of Authority and Authority and
1104 to ensure obedience work Decipline Resonsibility Work Resonsibility

individuals, individuals,
capitalist groups and human beings groups and
companies are nations are now live on nations are
spreading we all now live becoming every becoming
Which definition best describes the process of across the in a single more continent of more
1105 globalization? planet society interdepend the planet interdepend
Fish bone Pareto Scatter Pareto
1106 1) 80:20 rule can also be called as Diagram Diagram Diagram Histogram Diagram

Accidents Accidents
because of because of
1107 Causes of accidents are: workers management Both a) and b) None Both a) and b)

a _____ assists in taking decisions correctly and line line and staff functional line and staff
1108 also implementing it effectively and efficiently. organization.organization organization all of above organization
_____ can culminate into strikes or fights among ) good
employees and cause serious consequences to communicatio communicatio miscommunic miscommunic
1109 the organization. n n ation all of above ation
________ can be defined as running business by
1110 the single owner Proprietorship Partnership Private limited Public limited Proprietorship
Departmentalization can be done on the basic of
1111 following factor: process products Function All of above All of above

Increase or Decision
decrease in regarding
change in production rejection of
work schedule depending on raw material
or current or finished All of the All of the
1112 Decision taken by supervisor could be: rescheduling situations. products above above
_____ allows employees to get involved in the Unity of Unity of
1113 process of decision making for better results direction Centralization Disciline commands Centralization

The
The great thought of motivating the workers or quantitative or The
employees for better results have come up from The classical The behavioral management All of the behavioral
1114 _________ of management school school science school Above school

1115 1. Types of business Service Manufacturing Trade All of Above All of Above
1116 Adolescent is a person of the age in between 15-18 18-21 21-25 58-61 15-18
1117 Vat started in Maharastra from 2003 2004 2005 2006 2005
 ____________________ uses all the resources of
1118 the enterprize in a systematic way. MRP MRPII ERP None ERP
1119 Economic order quantity is represened by Q0 Eo Eq None Eq
1120 Discipline comes in Seiri Seiso Seiketsu seition Seiketsu
Implementation of policy making in an industry is
1121 a role of – Management Administration Public Workers Management

Cheap Demand is Import of raw Huge capacity Import of raw

1122 Follow in not the strength ot textile industry workforce continouce material of production material
Adaption of
Industrialisatio Pollution of western All of the All of the
1123 Globalization has disadvantage n air,soil,water culture above above
Globalization
Globalization policy
policy Policies of ,liberliation
IT parks ,liberliation cooperative were
New Fiscal initiated in were accepted societies accepted by
1124 The year 1991 is famous for deficit policy Bangalor by india changed india
Single
1125 Hindustan Petrolium Is a form of – Ownership Partnership Public Sector Private ltd. Public Sector

Line and staff Line Project Staff Project

1126 Which organisation is temporary in nature organisation organisation organisation Organisation organisation
All of the All of the
1127 Which of following is not the direct tax Csutom Duty Excise Sales above above
All of the All of the
1128 Working capital is required for Advertisement Salary Maintenance above above
The summerised budget of entier enterprise is Template Enterprize Master
1129 known as______________. Master Budget Budget Main Budget Budget Budget
None of the
1130 Who is responsible "unguarded moving parts" Workers Management Government above Management

__________________is the financial snapshot of Profit and Loss

1131 the of the organisation. Balance Sheet Account Snap Sheet Budget Balance Sheet
Following is not concerned with modern
1132 techniques in material management MRP SAP ERP 5S 5S
Sufficient Small Medium None of the Small
1133 A' type of items are purchased in quantities quantities quantities above quantities
_________determines quntity and timing for
1134 materials planning MRPII SAP ERP MRP MRP
Number of subordinates handled by a manager Span of Scop of Span of
1135 effectively called as Authority Delegation Control Control Control
Hierarchy 2. F.W. Taylor (ii) Economics 3. Maslow
(iii) Principles of Management 4. Henry Fayol (iv) 1-(ii),2-(iv),3- 1-(ii),2-(iii),3-
1-(iii),2-(iv),3- 1-(iv),2-(i),3- 1-(ii),2-(iv),3-
1136 Scientific Management (i),4-(iii) (iv),4-(i) (i),4-(ii) (ii),4-(iii) (i),4-(iii)
Pickles, papad, basket making are products Chemical Banking
1137 of____________________ Industry Agro Industry IT Industry Industry Agro Industry
Industries associated with are computer
hardware, software, electronics, semiconductors, Banking Insurance
1138 internet, telecom equipment and e-commerce IT Industry Industry Industry Retail Industry IT Industry
_____ is a process of dividing large organisation Divisions Defragmentati Departmentati Departmentat
1139 into small and flexible administrative units. formation on on Partitioning ion

People
become
expert in the Product may Attention is No
Which statement is wrong? In product type work allotted become brand given to the No duplication duplication of
1140 departmentation to them name product of work work
 permanant
Injury caused disablement
Under which of the following case, an employer during due to death due to all of the all of the
1141 has to provide compensation to an employee? employment accident accident above above
A joint stock company divides the capital required
into units of equal denomination of Rs. 1,2,5 or
1142 10. Each unit is called a …… Budget Debenture Share Balance sheet Share
taxation, with tax being levied on value addition
at each stage of transaction in the production/
1143 distribution chain. Customs duty Sales Tax Service Tax VAT VAT
How much How often
While deciding how to manage inventory, the should we should we Both (a) and Both (a) and
1144 question to be answered is order? order? (b) None (b)

If necessary, Prepare a
request for comparative
quotations is statement of
made on the rates,
prescribed To achieve Open the terms and To achieve
quotation integration quotations at conditions integration
form to all the with other prescribed mentioned in with other
selected departments time on the the quotations departments
Which of the following is not a step in sources of of the prescribed and then of the
1145 purchasing? supply company date analyze them company
if it fulfills the following requirements. 1.
Suitability (It is fit for the intended use) 2.
Reliability (It gives efficient and consistent
performance) 3. Durability (It has desired life) 4.
Safe and foolproof workability (Its working is safe
1146 and foolproof) All 1,2, 3,4 1 and 2 2 and 3 1,3 and 4 All 1,2, 3,4
communicate to employees what is required to
produce the desired quality of products and
services and to influence employee actions to
complete tasks according to the quality
1147 specifications QC 5S/9+ KAIZEN QMS QMS

Policies of co- initiate IT Globalisation Fiscal Deficit Globalisation

1148 In 1991 india adopted _______ operative. parks. policy policy policy

1149 Types Of Business ___ Manufacturing Trade Service All of above All of above
Textile Chemical Chemical
1150 Cipla Ltd is company Company IT industry All of above Company

more Research
Research & attention on Tradition &
experimentati production management experimentati
1151 Scientific management works on on trial & error only theory on

upper midddle
Setting basic goals and objectives is function level Top level Middle level Low level Top level
1152 of______- management management management management management
which manager select qualified people for various
job position in organisation. This activity is
1153 _______ Forecasting Organising Leadership Staffing Staffing
ALL of the ALL of the
1154 How many parteners are eligible for partnership 2 05-Feb 10-Feb above above
 Joint stock Joint stock
1155 The firm type of Bajaj Auto Ltd is Proritership Patnership company Public Sector company
shown below . Which type of Organisation
1156 Structure is this. Line functional Line & staff Project functional
Sai Sale services is trading business started by
four person by investing 2lacks each. Which is Private
1157 suitble ownership for that business. Limited Partnership Propritership Both I & ii Partnership
working Blocked
1158 Fixed capital is also called as Tight capital Blocked capital capital current capital capital

All assets
Permanent financed with Permanent
Short-term working a 50 percent working
assets capital Short-term equity, 50 capital
financed with financed with assets percent long- financed with
Which of the following illustrates the use of a long-term long-term financed with term debt long-term
1159 hedging (or matching) approach to financing? liabilities. liabilities. equity. mixture. liabilities.

1160 Which business is liable for VAT Importers manufacturere Distributor All All

1161 figure shows ___________budget Fixed Variable Functional None of these Variable
The ABC company Investment in purchasing raw Working
1162 material, salary is come under Capital fixed capital blocked capital ALL ALL

__________is set of activities that ensure right Purchase Quality Marketting Purchase
1163 material at right quality and quantity in right time Department Department department None of these Department

maximise the
service level to
the firm's
Minimise customer & its
investmeny in operating Both I &
1164 Inventory control objectives inventory departments Both I & ii None of these ii
Board Of
1165 Circle leader is from______ Management directors workers Supervisors Supervisors

Both the
paper mill and
The Both the paper cereal
corrugated mill and cereal manufacturer
A paper mill supplies a corrugated container container manufacturer are External
manufacturer with Kraft paper. The corrugated manufacturer cereal are External customers to
container manufacturer uses Kraft paper to is an internal manufacturer customers to the
manufacture corrugated shipping containers that customer to is an external the corrugated corrugated
are then sold to a cereal manufacturer. Which of the cereal customer to container container
1166 the following is true? manufacturer. the paper mill. manufacturer. None of these manufacturer.

General General Global Global General

Awareness on Agreement on Agreement on Agreement on Agreement on
Tariff and Tariff and Tariff and Tariffic and Tariff and
1167 GATT stands for Trade Trade Trade Transport Trade
Manufacturing service Manufacturin
1168 Product are produced in Trade industry industry Industry All of above g industry
Manufacturing
1169 Banking Business is Service industry Trade None of these Service
Which is the process by which manager select ,
1170 train,pramote and retire their subordinates Staffing Directing Co ordinating Controlling Staffing
 The process of breaking down an enterprises into Departmentati Project Span of Departmentat
1171 various departments is on Organisation control None of these ion

Investment raised by share holder from public for Joint stock Cooperative Joint stock
1172 profit based business in Propritership Partnership Company enterprises Company

Joint stock Cooperative Cooperative

1173 Form of ownership which is non profit based is Propritership Partnership Company enterprises enterprises
Private
1174 Kirloskar Pneumatic Limited Company is Public Limited Limited Partnership Propritership Public Limited
1175 Figure shows Departmentation by _____ Function Process Product Territory Product
with 7 Board of director with, CEO. Under CEO,
Plant Manager , Finance , & market . Plant Line &
Manager supervise on supervisor. Workers are Line & staff Project staff
under Supervisor. Investment raised by 43 share Functional organisation, Line Organisation, organisation,
holder in it. Then which is suitable Organisation & orgnisation, Private ltd Organisation, Cooperative Private ltd
1176 form of Ownership Partnership Company Propritership enterprises Company

the worker
the worker isunder any safeguard
recovers in 2 influence of is removed by
1177 Injured Employer is not liable to compensate if: hours drink or drugs the workmen. All of above All of above

1178 woking capital is also called blocked capital current capital fixed capital tight capital current capital
1179 Types of budget: Fixed variable functional All of above All of above
1180 Figure shows _____________budget Production Sales Capital None Production
Johnson Company wants to procure Land & build
the structure for its own company. Investment for Ciculating Working
1181 this coming under Capital Fixed capital Capital None Fixed capital
The concept in management which concern with
flow of material in an organisation by using
function like purchasing, storing, moving, Finance Quality Material Material
1182 distributing ,production , dispatching is called Management management Management None Management
Purchase Order 2) Material Requisition 3) market
analysis 4) Quotation call 5) finalisation of
1183 supplier 1-2-3-4-5 2-5-3-4-1 4-3-1-2-5 2-4-3-5-1 2-4-3-5-1
1184 Standardizing include in Seiri Seition Seisco Seiketsu Seiketsu

1185 Industrial sector involves

India is awarded a certification of POLIO free construction Fisheries Textile All of above All of above
1186 country in Jan-11 Jan-09 Jan-14 Jun-11 Jan-11
Music" has been given goals related to the rollout
and sales of this subsidiary of starbucks . His
success at implementing the strategy will be
acessed by actual performance againest the goals
1187 . This comparison is known as : Planning Organizing Controling Implementing Controling
partner but takes active part in the affairs of the Sleeping Secrete Nominal Secrete
1188 business is patner Active partner partner partner partner
In simple words the ………………………………can be
defined as the association of two or more people
doing business together to share the profit and Private
1189 expenses coming out of the business. Propritorship Partnership Limited Public Limited Partnership

Accidents due Accidents Accidents

Accidents Accidents to layout or because of because of
because of because of design of natural natural
1190 Flood , Earthquake , Tsunami are workers management working place disasters disasters
Fencing of Washing None of the
1191 Which is the health provision machinery Cleanliness facilities above Cleanliness
 aid in the planning , programming and control of
1192 business activity Finance Capital Budget VAT Budget
mutual fund or any other type of organization is
1193 called Asset Liability Share Debenture Share
Consumption
1194 Indirect Tax examples Tax Sales Tax Wealth Tax All of above All of above
salesman ,advirtisement, discount given , carriage
outward, bad debit, cost of service after sale ,rent Selling and Selling and
of go down ,expenses related to delivery of distribution distribution
1195 material etc. Opening stock Purchases Sales expenses expenses

The
Material department Material
required for which needs required for
Purchase running material sens running
department organization is material recipt organization is
issues purchased by note to purchased by
payment to the purchase purchase the purchase
1196 The role of purchase department is vital because the vendors department. department All of these department.
Quality Quality
management Quality management
Quality circle Quality system assurance system
1197 ISO 9001:2000 is standard standard standard standard standard
1198 In textile industry fibre is converted into …… Fabric Cloth Yarn Fibre Yarn
the consumers with goods and services is called
1199 _____ Trade organization Management Business Business
A…. Is any achievement of the end point that is
1200 stated in quantitative term . Policy Goal Objective Mission Goal
To set objectives and policies of the organization General General
1201 is function of……….. R& D Manager Engineers Managers None of these Managers
Administratio
1202 Conceptual and human needs is related to……… Administration Management Science Technic n

Out of following which is not the principles of Centralization

1203 management of Authority Scalar Chain Order None of these None of these
The process by which actual performance of
subordinates is guided towords common goal of Unity of
1204 the enterprise is call …… Organisation command Directing Planning Directing
conformity with the predetermined plan and
1205 takes corrective action Coordinating Forecasting organising Controlling Controlling
organization Theory Organization theory may be
defines as the study of 1. Functioning 2.
Perfrmance of organization 3. Structure 4. The
1206 behaviour of Group Both 2 & 4 Both 1 &3 All the above None of these All the above

Following diagram represents which organisation Line Line & staff Functional Project Functional
1207 ? organisation organisation organisation organisation organisation
It is The process which is used to group the
activities of the enterprise into various division Departmentati Span of Departmentat
1208 for the purpose of the efficient management . Organisation on Administration Control ion

1209 Sahkari Bhandar is ……. Types of ownership Government Cooperative Joint stack Public limited Cooperative

Accident
The accident which leads to death of a victim is causing Minor Major
1210 called …….. Fatal Accident internal injury Accident Accident Fatal Accident

As per Worker's Compensation act , dependant A minor A widowed

1211 means : A widow legitimate Son mother All the above All the above
 Financial
Financial Financial Decision - None of the None of the
1212 Which is not element of financial management planning Control Making above above

Depreciation provision is which type Source of Internal External Medium Term Short Term Internal
1213 finance? Source Source Source Source Source
…….. Is a direct tax levied on the income earned
by individuals,corporations or on other forms of
1214 business entities. Excise Duty Sale Tax Income Tax Service Tax Income Tax

1215 Anti Dumping Duty is which type of Tax? Excise Duty Sales Tax Custom Duty Service Tax Custom Duty
Inverntory
1216 Which of the following is not input to MRP? ERP BOM record file MPS ERP
product specifications on the basis of customer's
preference ,cost and profit is a function of Quality Material Production Inventory Quality
1217 …………………….. management Management Management Mangement management
product specifications on the basis of customer
preferance ,cost and profit is a function of Inventary Quality Production Material Quality
1218 ……………… management management management Management management
improvement 4. System Approach to
Management 5. Mutually beneficial Supplier
relationship 6. Process approach 7. Factual
approach to decision making 8. People
1219 involvement It is principles of ………………….. 5S ISO9001:2000 Kaizen TQM ISO9001:2000
____can be defined as an unsecured loan
certificate issued by a company which is backed
1220 by general creditninstead by specified assets. Asset Liability Share Debenture Debenture
______is method of buying goods by making Sale & lease
1221 installment payments over the period of time. Bank loan Hire purchase back All of Above Hire purchase
_____ includes the bad debt means amount that Selling &
cannot be recovered from market .It is treated as Indirect distribution
1222 a loss. income R.D.D account Sales expenses R.D.D account
____assists in taking decision correctly & also
1223 implementing it effectively & efficiently Direct Tax Indirect Tax Service Tax Income Tax Direct Tax
Which of the following is not included in the
1224 causes of accidents under natural disaster? floods heavy rains tsunami gas leakage gas leakage

____ is a temporary in nature & the erning Partial Total both (option I) Partial
1225 capacity is reduced due to disablement . disablement disablement & (optionII)
None of above disablement
Taking care while working on machinery in Health Safety Welfare None of the Safety
1226 motion is a_______ provision provision provision above provision
First -aid appliance in industry comes Health Safety Welfare Welfare
1227 under______ . provisions provisions provisions precautions provisions
Absence of _____ in units will lead to failure in
Communicatio All of the All of the
1228 achiving organizational goal. n Balance Flexibility above above
Downward Upward horizontal Unofficial Upward
_____is generally from lowest grade employee to communicatio communicatio communicatio communicatio communicatio
1229 the top executives n n n n n
1230 _____act of simulating or inspiring workers Planning Controlling Directing Motivation Motivation

Financial Foreign Foreign

Transfer Transfer Foreign Tourist Foreign
1231 FTA stands for______ Arrivel Arrivel Tourist Arrivel ArrangementTourist Arrivel
The rates at which the excise duty to be collected
1232 are specified in the Central Excise Tariff Act _____ 1944 1948 1985 1946 1985
system that serves all departments within an
1233 enterprise. MRP MPR ERP EPR ERP
______ is an intelligent activity includes decision Purchasing Purchase Purchase
1234 making ,selection of venders etc. Purchasing department Procurement order order
 Suggest appropriate Quantity(%) and purchase
rate in the blank spaces provided in following ABC 50,intermediat 50,intermedia
1235 Classification e purchase 50,infrequent 50,Frequent 40,frequent te purchase
_____defined as a statistically based process
1236 improment methodology or technique. Sigma Six Sigma DMAIC Systemize Six Sigma
defects per _____defect opportunity by
identifying & eliminating causes of variation in
1237 business processes 3.1,billion 3.4,million 3.4,thousands 3.4 ,hundreds 3.4,million

Liberalization, Liberalization,
In India The novel economic model came with an Privatization,G Liberate,Privat Liberate,Privat Privatization,
1238 intension of lobalization e,Globalization e,Global None of above Globalization
help of different engineering processes and Manufacturin
1239 technologies is Service Manufacturing Trade None of above g

Employement Foreign
1240 Globalization increases Opportunity investment Competition All of above All of above

India is awarded a certification of POLIO free World Health World Heath National World Health
1241 country by Organization Center Health Center None of above Organization
1242 The main contributor in scientific school Henry Feyol F.W.Taylor Gilberth Juran F.W.Taylor
Unity of Unity of Unity of
1243 The unity of authority and plan of action is about direction Authority Discipline commands direction

both (option I)
both (option I) &
1244 Directing can be called Lead Actuate None of above & (optionII) (optionII)
Taking decisions and determine the objectives in Administratio
1245 company is the role of Managament Administration Public Workers n

The line organization is developed step by step to Line Line and staff Fuction Line and staff
1246 shape as the organization organization organization All of above organization
Workman’s compensation act for workers came
1247 in to existence in year 1950 1992 1986 1976 1992

Ventilation Ventilation
Ideantify the important health provisions in an and First aid Sitting and
1248 industry temperature appliance facilities None of above temperature

faulty layout faulty layout

Oily or greasy floors is the factor which or design of natural or design of
1249 contributes to accident due to: workers management working place diasaters working place
entry where transactions are listed is separate or
1250 different accounts. Assets Liability Ledger Journal Ledger
Capital invested in equipments,tools,furniture are Floating Working
1251 Inheritance
termed as tax and Endowment tax are falls capital Sinking capital capital Fixed capital Fixed capital
1252 under Direct tax Indirect tax Service tax All of above Direct tax
Which are the following are the”Sources of Retained both (A) and both (A) and
1253 working capital” Trade credit Credit facilities earnings (B) (B)
Buying new machinery,Doing research and Deffered Retained Depreciation Retained
1254 Development are the examples of taxation earning provisions All of above earning
An integrated information system that serves all
1255 department within an enterprise is called as MRP MPR ERP EPR ERP
Human Finance and
1256 List the modules in ERP resource Purchase accounting All of above All of above
 quantity discounts ii)No stock out will be there
iii)Receipt of material is immediate iv)Only order
1257 cost and holding cost Only i Only i and ii Only i and iii i,ii,iii,iv i,ii,iii,iv
sequential form i)Make the list of all item as per
there value ii)Find out the percentage of
high,medium,and low valued items.iii)Seprate
and count the number of costly,medium valued
and low valued items iv)Find out and list all items
1258 used in industry iv,ii,i,iii iv,i,iii,ii ii,i,iv,iii iv,iii,ii,i iv,i,iii,ii
Ideantify important constitutes from following
i)orderliness and cleaniness ii)Punctuality and
continuous efforts iii)Customer service
1259 iv)Standization of work Only i Only i and ii Only ii i,ii,iii,iv i,ii,iii,iv
Quality circle is small group of employees .that is
1260 may be __ to __.. 2 ,4 5,8 5,10 2,20 5,10
L)Structurize i)Cleaning M)Systemize
ii)Standardization N)Standardize iii)Neatness L-ii,M-iv,N-i,O- L-i,M-iv,N-ii,O- L-iv,M-iii,N-ii,O- L-iv,M-i,N-iii,O- L-iv,M-iii,N-
1261 O)Sanitizeiv)Organization iii iii i ii ii,O-i
Which are the following two elements of TQM
i)Quality of planning ii)Quality of design iii)Quality
1262 implementation iv)Quality of performance i and iii ii and iv ii and iii i and iv i and iii
first meeting some policies were determined
which includes determine companies objective,
Formulate correct policies,prepare cost and
performance standards for budget and prepare
short range plans to evaluate achievements .
Identify the function of management discussed in
1263 the said meeting. a) Planning b) Organising c)Directing d)Coordinating a) Planning
c) As per
1264 How many levels of management are there ? a) Four b) Three situation d) Can't say b) Three
Men and Material through application of Time b) Robinson
1265 and Motion Study ? a) F.W.Taylor Boulton c)Gilbreth d)Mery Parker a) F.W.Taylor
a) Establish b) Indentify c)Prioritize d) Establish d) Establish
1266 Which is the first in planning ? taks resources goals goals goals
a) Historical a) Historical
1267 Management is in process since periodb) After 1800 c) After 1900 d) After 1700 period
Who said this ," Management is getting the things
1268 done by others "-? a) Henry Gantt b) Drucker c)Mery Parker d)Henry Fayol c)Mery Parker

Which is the fastest growing sector in india now a d)

1269 days ? a) Agriculture b) Fishing c) Service Manufacturing c) Service

c) Safegaurds
b) May work intrest of
a) Improper against Multinational
Which of the following is disadvantage of distribution of indigeous companies d) All of the d) All of the
1270 Liberalisation ? income industries only above above

1271 Trade is defined as the agreeable exchange of a) goods b) service a and b both none of these a and b both

c) converts
c) converts oil,natural
oil,natural gas, gas,
metals,mineral metals,minera
s,air water ls,air water
a)Purchases b) Produce into different into different
The chemical industry consists of the companies and sales industrial chemical chemical
1272 that chemicals chemicals products b and c both products

1273 Which of the following are types of partners ? Active sleeping a and b both none of these a and b both
 Express papers ltd is a joint stock private limited d) No such
1274 company. What is maximum limit of members? a) 14 b) 50 c) 7 limit b) 50
Injury is defined as harm caused to the body such d) All of the d) All of the
1275 as - a) An abrasion b) Puncture c) Wound above above

Who is responsible for ungaurdrd moving parts in a) b) d) none of b)

1276 an industry ? Government Management c) Workers these Management
The capital required for establishing an Working circulating
1277 organisation is called as - capital Fixed capital capital none of these Fixed capital
Security of Shareholder's
Efficient assets business intrest is All of the All of the
1278 Financial control ensures- utilisation assets served above above

Which of the following budget is a forecast of the a) Sales b) Production c) Purchase b) Production
1279 number of products that must be manufactured ? Budget Budget Budget d)Cash Budget Budget

b) Production
Which of the following types of budgets essential a) Master and and financial c) Capital and d) All of the d) All of the
1280 for smooth working of Manufacturing Industry ? sales baudget Budget Cash budget above above
Which of the following management task , refers
to process of planning,storing and providing the
appropriate material of the right quantity at right a) Materials b) Operational c) Financial d) Marketing a) Materials
1281 time and place ? Management Management Management Management Management

a)Annual b)Annual c)Annual d)Annual c)Annual

consumption consumption consumption consumption consumption
In ABC Analysis ,which inventory is classified into cost is around cost is around cost is around cost is around cost is around
1282 Items
group like
C ? nuts , bolts ,screws are given a rating of 15-25% 70-80% 5-10% 50% 5-10%
1283 - a) Items A b)Items B c) Items C d) Items D c) Items C

c) X- EOQ Y- d) X- Average
Figure shows Inventory Parameters Identify the a) X- EOQ Y- b) X- Reorder Average Inventory Y- a) X- EOQ Y-
1284 parameters at X and Y ? Reorder Point Point Y- EOQ Inventory Reorder Point Reorder Point
The company have to generate valueable
financial reports by compiling financial data from
every department of company which includes
Production, Accounts, Sales , Purchase, Personnel
, Product development and design. Which of the a) Financial c) Production d) Prchase a) Financial
1285 following module shall execute this task- module b)H.R.Module module module module

Figure shows six sigma DMAIC cycle . Identify the a) 1- Analyse 3- b) 1- Design 3- c) 1- Define 3- d) 1- Define 3- d) 1- Define 3-
1286 missing terms from the options given below? Define Analyse Allot Analyse Analyse
Automated Automated Automatic Automated
Teller All Time Trazerer Teller Teller
1287 ATM Means? Machines Money Machines Machines Machines
1288 Lower Levels operation as Production Purchase Payment All of these All of these
Forward
1289 The qualities of Leadership are: Honesty Competent looking All of these All of these

Chain of Work Work

1290 ……………… is division of Labour. command Authority Responsibility specialization specialization
 basis of similar activities,to facilate planning and
control is called
…….Organiza onDepartmenta onDecentraliza o
ncentraliza onDepartmenta onop onb1
___________ is also called as Scalar
Organiza onLine and Staff
organiza onFunc onal organiza onLine
organiza onProject organiza onLine
organiza onop onc1
…………….. Is an association of two or more Joint Stock Co operative
1291 persons who have agreed to share the profits of a Proprietorship Partership Company Society Partership
Which of the following comes under Government
1292 sector _______ BOSCH TATA L & T Ltd ONGC ONGC
To ensure …………, a long term planning related to
the required manpower ,traning and
1293 development for employees is required Balance Stability Flexibility All of these Stability
Service Service
1294 Main aim of Public Sector is Profit motive Service motive members All of these motive

Which of the following is not a human cause for Oily or greasy mental improper Oily or greasy
1295 accidents in industry? floors worries carelessness usage of tools floors
Accidents include injuries because of exposure to Harmful Dangerous
1296 : substances Toxic gases fumes All of these All of these
Workmens Workmens
Where death from accidents, amount of Minimum Compensation All of the Compensation
1297 compensation given by which act Factory Act Wages Act Act above Act
Tax paid by individual to Central Government of
1298 India it is called as Service Tax Income Tax Excise Duty VAT Income Tax

Commission paid to salemen, discount on bills Profit and Loss Capital Trading Profit and
1299 A'
they are debited in
type of item are generally ….. Of all inventories Balance Sheet Account account account Loss Account
1300 cost 0% 10% 50% 1% 1%
items to be stored to reduce the cost associated
1301 with the inventories ABC EOQ ERP SAP EOQ

Master Bill of Material

production file with lead Inventory
1302 Input to MRP are schedule time record file All of these All of these
To procure
To ensure material at
quality of To procure reasonable
1303 Objective of Purchasing are material right material price All of these All of these
……… module facilitates processes of maintaining Sales &
1304 the stock levels in a warehouse Production Purchasing Marketing Inventory Inventory
The quality management system of ISO 9001 : Customer Involment of Process
1305 2000 is based on focus people approach All of these All of these
1306 Do it Right First Time- it is principle of ISO TQM TQP All of these TQM
A process whereby superiors and subordinates
jointly set goals and assess contributions of Every
1307 one to the common goals is called__________. MBE MBO MBS MBP MBO
Departmentation on the basis of activities departmentati departmentati
grouped according to the type of customer departmentati departmentati departmentati on by on by
1308 is__________. on by function on byproducts on by territory customers customers
Management By Objectives was introduced
1309 by_____________. Taylor Elton Mayo Peter Drucker Maslow Peter Drucker
Motivation based on force of fear is negative positive extrinsic intrinsic negative
1310 called__________. motivation motivation motivation motivation motivation
 extra pressure
of work on monopoly In work gets quality of
out of following which is not the correct very few quality of work skills by few in completed in work gets
1311 No
advantage
smokingofthe
'Division
factor of Work'?
is an example of reduced gets reduced reduced less time reduced
1312 ___________. rules programme project schedule rules
described and defined only through their
functions. This definition was given Peter F. Peter F.
1313 by____________. Drucker Terry. Louis Allan. Henry Fayol. Drucker
By India there is very large export of processed fruits and finished fruits and
1314 _______________ vegetables Chemicals products fishes vegetables
maximum employment employment
weight to of a young method of of a young
1315 The following picture is associated with : carried person carring bricks none of these person
premises including the precincts there of where
____ or more workers are working or were
working on any day of the preceding 12 months,
and in any part of which a manufacturing process
isbeing carried on without the aid of power, or is
1316 ordinarily so carried on. 40 20 50 100 20

financial management all of the all of the

1317 Aim of financial management is at control of cash control of earnings above above
computer software, goodwill, brands / tradmarks,
mining rights, copyrights and patents are known intangible capital work in intangible
1318 as __________ tangible assets assets progress none assets
commodity, it is produced or imported and sold
1319 for the first time. customs duty sales tax service tax gift tax sales tax

suppose following is budget of a company : 'T' Total cost on

Total cost on Total cost on
1320 stands for Total cost direct labour
indirect labour Cost per unit direct labour
cost of cost of
loss due to cost to be paid cost of packing handling handling
1321 material handing cost means deterioration to consumer material material material
C' class items are _______________ % of the total none of the
1322 number of items 10-May 15-25 65-75 above 65-75
on important items __________ will helps none of the
1323 manager ABC analysis EOQ inventory above ABC analysis

JIT (Just-In-Time) inventory control is an approach Well-

to inventory control, which stipulates that organized
materials should arrive just, as they are needed, receiving and Suppliers Suppliers
in the production process. Which of the following handling of located in High quality located in
would generally not be associated with a materials Strong diverse and of materials diverse and
successful JIT program, for the purpose of purchased management distant purchased distant
1324 inventory control? from suppliers commitment locations from suppliers locations
______________ is a computer based system
designed to stramline and integrate various
1325 operation and information flows in the company MRP ERP MPS TQM ERP
Each __________ is lead by the area supervisor
1326 and all circles are co-ordinated by a facilitator Kaizen 5S Quality Circle ERP Quality Circle

Six sigma is ______________ improvement customer

1327 methodology manufacturing business relationship continous business
approach to management 2) Continual
improvement 3) Factual approach to decision
making 4) Mutually beneficial supplier
1328 relationships Delegation Organization ISO:9001 EOQ ISO:9001
 Birla Sunlife Birla Sunlife
Kirloskar Oil Bajaj Karmayogi Insurance Insurance
Which of the following organisation belongs to Engines Electricals Sahkari Sakhar Company Company
1329 Service Sector? Limited Limied Karkhana Limited. Limited.
Tata Tata
Consultancy Steel authority Bharat Consultancy
Identify the organisation which belongs to Sevices Hindustan of India Electronics Sevices
1330 Information Technology Sector. Limited Antibiotics Limited Limied Limited
Increase in Increase in
Which of the following is not effect of Increase in quality foreign Decrease inDecrease in
1331 globalisation in India? size of market awareness Investment rainfall rainfall
Name the scientist who put forward the theory of Abraham Abraham
1332 'hierarchy of human needs'. Elton Mayo Maslow Peter Drucker Frank Gilbreth Maslow

Management Industrial Functional Scientific Scientific

1333 Which theory was put forward by F.W.Taylor? by objectives management Management Management Management
Which alternative can replace blank spaces in
given statement? Statement: '----------------------- Authority, Authority, Authority, Accountability, Authority,
1334 and---------------------- must always go together.' opportunity responsibility discipline productivity responsibility

Identify function of management from following Decision Conducting Maintenance Material Decision
1335 alternatives. making market survey of machines handling making

The interests The general

of an The general Interests of interests are
individual are interests are A subordinate individual more
more more should subordinates important
Identify correct meaning of Fayol's principle important important generally take finally result than
'Subordination of individual interests to the than general than individual interest in his into general individual
1336 general interests.' interests. interests. work interest. interests.
What is the correct sequence of control
procedure? ( P) taking corrective action (Q)
Measuring actual performance ( R )Setting up
1337 standard (S) Comparison of actual with Standard RQSP RPQS RSQP PQSR RQSP

Separation of
Identify the alternative which does not indicate Separate legal Unlimited Perprtual ownership and Unlimited
1338 feature of a joint stock company? status Liability Succession management Liability

In which type of organisation decision making Line Line and staff Project Functional Line
1339 activity consumes least time? organisation organisation Organisation Organisation organisation
Some women from a village want to set up a
small industrial unit to produce various types of
Jams ,Jellies,Juices from locally available Private
fruits.Which form of ownership will be more Proprietory Partnership Co-operative Limited Co-operative
1340 suitable for this agro based industry ? firm firm Society Company Society
What is the most suitable base for
departmentation for a company selling only
1341 washing machines over entire India? Product Process Function Territory Territory
industry which manufactures and sells machine
tools.It requires services of experts in various
fields like metallurgy,mechanical
engineering,computer
software,finance,manufacturing,etc.Which type
of organisation structure will be more suitable for Line Line and staff Project Functional Line and staff
1342 this company? organisation organisation Organisation Organisation organisation
 replace blank spaces in following statement.
Statement:According to Factories Act ,women
workers can work in factories only in hours 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 a.m. to
1343 between ---------------------------------. 7:00 p.m. 7:00 a.m. 6:00 p.m. 7:00 p.m. 7:00 p.m.
Which industrial Act safeguards interests of Workmens'
workers against their expolitation regarding Payment of Minimum Compensation Industrial Minimum
1344 wages? bonus Act Wages Act Act Dispute Act Wages Act

Leakage of Leakage of
chemical chemical
Unsafe loading through valve through valve
Identify from the following a mechanical cause of Operating at or unloading Physical or of storage of storage
1345 accident . unsafe speed of goods mental fatigue tank tank

Municipal
1346 Which of the following is not the direct tax? Excise duty Property Tax Income Tax Gift Tax Excise duty

The expenditure on which of following items can Electricity Maintenance Maintenance

1347 be classified as Working Capital? Machine Tools Generator of machines Patents of machines

Debenture
holders get
interest on
Debenture their Debenture
holders can investment Debenture holders can
Debenture vote in annual irrespective of holders have a vote in annual
holders are general Company's charge on the general
creditors of meeting of the financial assets of the meeting of
1348 Identify false statement out of given statements the company. company. performance. company. the company.
Which budget can be considered as summarised Master
1349 budget for entire organisation? Final Budget Central Budget Master Budget Total Budget Budget
:(p)Excise duty (q)Customs duty (r ) Income Tax
(s) VAT Group II: (a) Income of individual (b)
Production of goods (c )Amount of value added
1350 (d) Import of goods p-b,q-a,r-d,s-c p-b,q-d,r-a,s-c p-b,q-c,r-a,s-d p-c,q-a,r-d,s-d p-b,q-d,r-a,s-c
Which costs are optimised to find EOQ ?
(p)Procurement Cost (q) Material Cost ( r) Labour All (p),(q),(
1351 Cost ( s) Indirect Cost (t) Inventory carrying cost (p)& (q) (p), (q)& (t) (p)& (t) r),(s) and (t) (p)& (t)

Cost towards
deterioration Cost of placing Cost of placing
Cost of and Cost of purchase purchase
Which costs can not be considered as inventory storage of obsolescence insurance of order for order for
1352 carrying cost? materials of materials material materials materials

Time duration Time duration

between between
placing an Time required placing an
order to the between order to the
supplier and Time required receiving the Total time supplier and
actual to compare material and required for actual
receiving the quotations actual purchase receiving
1353 What is lead time? material received manufacturing procedure material
Employee Energy Enterprise Export Enterprise
Recruitment Resource Resource Revenue Resource
1354 What is full form of ERP? Planning Planning Planning Planning Planning
 'A'category
items are least 'A'category
'A'category in number but 'A'category items should
items should their share in The safety items require be purchased
be purchased annual stock for careful and in large
in large consumption 'A'category accurate quantity and
Which statement regarding 'A'category items in quantity and cost is items is kept determination less
1355 ABC analysis is false? less frequently maximum. less of EOQ. frequently
procedure? ( P)Decision of purchasing (Q) Issuing
Purchase order ( R )Market analysis of material
suppliers (S) Material requisition received
(T)Material receiving,accepting and payment to
1356 supplier (U) Finalisation of suppliers S-P-R-Q-T-U S-R-P-U-Q-T S-Q-R-U-P-T S-P-R-U-Q-T S-P-R-U-Q-T

Identify the position which is not included in Member,Steer

1357 organisation for Quality Circle? Facilitator Director ing Committee Leader Director

Quality Quality is The cost of

Identify incorrect statement from given increases defined by the non quality is Quality is Quality is
1358 alternatives. productivity. customer. high. negotiable. negotiable.
1359 What is not included in 5S? Seiri Seition Shinto Seiso Shinto

ISO ISO
9001:Model 9003:Model ISO
for Quality for Quality 9004:Model
assurance in assurance in for Quality ISO 8402: ISO 8402:
production,ins final management Management Management
Find incorrect pair of ISO standard and and its tallation and inspection and
and Quality of audit of audit
1360 title. servicing testing system programmes programmes
Higher the Higher the
Do it right first Continuous quality,higher Empowering quality,higher
1361 Which of the following is not principle of TQM? time. improvement the cost. the staff the cost.

Procurement Procurement Selling Cost Procurement

Cost and Cost and and Material Cost Cost and
Production Inventory Production and Labour Inventory
1362 Which two costs are optimised to find EOQ ? Cost Carrying Cost Cost Cost Carrying Cost

Cost of follow
Interest on up and Cost of placing Interest on
Cost of capital expediting purchase capital
Which costs can not be considered as receiving invested in purchase order for invested in
1363 procurement cost? quotation inventory order materials inventory

A collective A place where A collective

term used for all raw term used for
raw materials materials and raw materials
and consumables, and
consumables, work-in- consumables,
work-in- process,finishe work-in-
process,finishe A record of all A woman d goods.are process,finish
1364 What is right meaning of inventory? d goods. inventions inventor stored. ed goods.
given statement? Statement : ------------------ is a
business management system which integrates Material Enterprise Management Enterprise
all functional units of the business through a requirement Inventory Resource Information Resource
1365 common corporate database. planning Control Planning System Planning
 Preference Preference
Preference shareholders shareholders Preference Preference
shareholders have first get fixed shareholders shareholders
Which statement regarding preference share enjoy voting claim to get dividend have low risk enjoy voting
1366 holders is incorrect? right. dividend. /annum of investment. right.
Long term
Loan from
Which of following can not be considered as financial Retained Long term Bank
1367 source of fixed capital? institutions Earnings Bank overdraft Debentures overdraft
Which alternative can replace blank space in
given statement? Statement : A ------------------ is a
forecast of revenues ,expenses and resources Profit and Loss Cash flow
1368 over a specified future period of time. Statement statement Budget Balance Sheet Budget
Which industrial Act safeguards interests of Workmens'
workers regarding their health,safety and Indian Minimum Compensation Industrial Indian
1369 welfare? Factories Act Wages Act Act Dispute Act Factories Act

Workers Workers
talking on Insufficient talking on
mobile phones Slippery floors number of mobile
Poor while because of emergency phones while
Identify the cause of accident which is a personal housekeeping operating spillage of oil exits and operating
1370 factor? in the plant. machines. on floor doors machines.

Adequate Adequate
ventilation by Providing Providing Providing ventilation by
Which of the following can not be considered as circulation of facility for facility of facility of circulation of
1371 welfare activity for workers. fresh air sitting canteen. creches fresh air
replace blank spaces in following statement.
Statement:According to Factories Act no adult
worker should be required or allowed to work in 12 hours in a 36 hours in a 48 hours in a 10 hours in a 48 hours in a
1372 a factory for more than ----------. day week week day week

Public sector The main The main

Industries motive of motive of
encourage Public Sector public sector Public sector public sector
development leads to units is profit generally units is profit
of equitable and social dominates and social
In following alternatives,some statements related underdevelop distribution of benefit is production of benefit is
with Public Sector are given .Identify which ed regions of wealth and secondary producer secondary
1373 statement is incorrect . the country. income. motive. goods. motive.
What is minimum number of members in a public
1374 limied company? 2 7 20 50 7

Joint stock
companies can
Joint stock undertake Joint stock
companies several companies
have no Members of activities like have no
separate legal joint stock expansion,mo separate legal
status than company have dernisation,div status than
Which statement regarding Joint stock companys their limited ersification None of the their
1375 is incorrect? members. Liability. ,etc. above members.

In which form of ownership,the owner has to Private limied Public limited Proprietory Co-operative Proprietory
1376 bear unlimited liability? Company Company firm Socirty firm
 Manufacturing Providing Extraction of Exploration of Extraction of
For which type of following business, the form of of sewing laundry oil from metals from oil from
1377 cooperative society will be the most suitable? machines services groundnuts mines groundnuts
Identify the subfunction which is not included in Communicatio
1378 Directing function. Leadership n Co-ordination Supervision Co-ordination

To guide and
To select To guide and To execute instruct
suitable staff instruct plans workers
for lower level workers To evaluate determined by regarding
Identify the alternative which does not give of regarding daily performance top level of daily
1379 function of middle level management. management workload of supervisors management. workload
Name the scientist who put forward the theory of Abraham
1380 'Scientific Management'. Maslow Frank Gilbreth Henry Fayol F.W.Taylor F.W.Taylor
Which of the following is not an Agro Industry Chemical Chemical
1381 based product ? Jute bags Pesticide Jaggery Fruit Jam Pesticide
General
Insurance
Identify the organisation which does not belong Tata Motors Bank of Corporation of Taj Group of Tata Motors
1382 to Service Sector. Limited Maharashtra India Hotels Limited

Cheaper
products
manufactured Identity of Identity of
Small scale outside India nationality is nationality is
Cultural industries are are preferred enhanced due enhanced due
transfusion is facing severe by Indian to foreign to foreign
creating threat competition customers collaboration collaboration
to Indian from large compared to and multi and multi
Identify false statement out of given statements culture and scale Indian national national
1383 in alternatives,regarding effects of globalisation. tradition. industries. products companies. companies.
Birla Sunlife
Bajaj Bharat Heavy Bhima Sahkari Insurance Bharat Heavy
Which of the following organisation belongs to Electricals Electricals Sakhar Company Electricals
1384 Public Sector? Limited Limied Karkhana Limited. Limied
P)Decision of purchasing (Q) Issuing Purchase Accepting
order ( R )Market analysis of material suppliers (S) material and
Material requisition received (T)Material Issuing Material making Material
receiving,accepting and payment to supplier (U) Finalisation of Purchase requisition payment to requisition
1385 Finalisation of suppliers Supplier Order received supplier received
What is the term used for slow but never ending
1386 improvement in all aspects of life ? Kan Ban Seiketsu Kaizen Poka Yoka Kaizen
With reference to 5S, which pair of Japaneese
word and its meaning in English is not properly Seiri- Seition-Set in Seiketsu- Seiri-
1387 matched? Sustaining order Seiso-Shining Standardising Sustaining
What is the correct sequence of planning
procedure? ( P) Planning premises (Q)
Implementing Plan & taking corrective actions ( R
)Evaluating Alternatives & Selecting the best (S)
1388 Developing alternative Plans(T) Fixing objectives TPRSQ TPSRQ RSQPT PTSRQ TPSRQ
industry which produces and sells sugar, that is
produced by chemically processing sugarcane
juice.Which type of structure is more suitable for Line Line and staff Project Functional Line
1389 this company? organisation organisation Organisation Organisation organisation

Industrial
State Bank of Development State Financial Unit Trust of State Bank of
1390 Which of the following is not financial institution? India Bank of India Corporation India India
 'C'category
'C'category items are least 'C'category
items require in number but 'C'category items should
careful their share in items should be purchased
attentionand annual be purchased in large
accurate consumption in large quantity and
Which statement regarding 'C'category items in determination cost is quantity and 'C'category are less
1391 ABC analysis is true? of EOQ. maximum. less frequently less valuable. frequently

Q.C.is based
on concept
that
Basic objective employees
of Q.C. is to closest to the
identify and problem
solve work better
related understand Q.C.Members
problems for nature of meet regularly
improving problem and Membership under Membership
Identify wrong statement regarding Quality Quality and its feasible to Q.C. is guidance of to Q.C. is
1392 Circle.(Q.C.) Productivity solution. compulsory their leader compulsory

Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge

Procedure Process Process Process
1393 KPO stands for Outsourcing OutSourcing Organization None of above OutSourcing
_____ is recruitment of right people at right place
1394 in an organization Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling Staffing
Frederick Frederick
1395 ___ was main contributor in the scientific school Frank Gilbreth Peter Drucker Taylor Henry Fayol Taylor
____ has to be maintained in an organization Unity of
1396 while treating the employees Scalar Chain Order Equity Command Equity
The managers working at middle level ____
manages the whole organization and reach to the All of the
1397 goal defined by top management. Strategically Tactically Operationally above Tactically
____ stands for granting of authority to
subordinates to accomplish or perform a
particular assignment while operating within pre- Delegation of Effective Delegation of
1398 decided limits and standards established Authority Responsibility Delegation Accountability Authority

____ are private and mainly created for providing

the different services to the individual as well as Private Joint Stock Cooperative Cooperative
1399 society. Undertaking Partnership Companies Organizations Organizations

Joint Stock Joint Stock

Private Joint Stock Private
In ____ minimum members involved are 2 and Limited Stock Public Limited Co-operative Private Limited Stock
1400 maximum are 50 company Company Organization Undertaking company

____ are Public welfare Department, Department Government Public Public Private Government
1401 of Human Resource Development etc departments Companies Corportations Undertaking departments
Accident Accident
Accident Accident Accident because of because of
because of because of because of Natural Natural
1402 Tsunami is an human beings Management bad weather Disasters Disasters
____ is universal lubricant which keeps enterprise
1403 dynamic Capital Finance Budget VAT Capital
 Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the Depreciation
1404 The ____ is an accounting and a taxation term Earnings Provisions Taxation Above Provisions
Equipment Equipment
Leasing, Leasing,
Suggest the appropriate types of sources for Trade credit, Straight Term Sale and Lease Credit Sales, Straight Term
1405 Middle Term Capital Bank Credit Loans Back, Loans Trade Credits Loans
ABC Analysis plays a vital role in ____ Both (a) and
1406 management Finance Inventory (b) Material
Inventory
Economic Economic
____ is one which allows lowest cost per unit and Order Economic Equal Order Equal Order Order
1407 is most advantageous Quantity Order Quality Quantity Quality Quantity
Material Enterprise Material Material Material
The SAP ERP product is very popular for material Requirement Resource Resource Management Management
1408 management called as Planning Planning Planning Module Module
Master Master
Master Production Master Sales Master Output Production
Distribution Schedule, Schedule, Schedule, Schedule,
Schedule, Inventory Inventory Sale Inventory Bill Inventory
1409 Suggest the appropriate inputs to MRP: Inventory File Record File File File Record File
Arrange the activities of Purchasing Procedure
before issuing Purchase order i) Making request
for quotation ii)Selection of possible potentials
sources of supply iii)Selection of right source of
1410 supply iv) Receipt and analysis of quotations i, ii, iii, iv ii, i, iv, iii ii, iii, i, iv iv, i, ii, iii ii, i, iv, iii

Customer Customer Custom Customer Customer

Relationship Relation Relative Relative Relationship
1411 CRM is Management Manager Management Manager Management

Includes Monitors and Need of

Need of Supervision Measures Includes Data Internal
Internal Audits and products as Analysis for Audits at pre
Clause of ISO 9001:2000 Internal Audit includes at pre planned Measurement well as continuous planned
1412 ____ intervals s services improvement intervals
Quality Circle i)School of Wisdom m) Kaizen ii)
Small group of voluntary employees n) 6 sigma iii)
1413 3.4 defects per million l -i, m-iii, n-ii l- ii, m-iii, n-i l-ii, m-i, n-iii l-iii, m- ii, n-iii l-ii, m-i, n-iii
Statement 2:MRP provides better inventory both 1&2 are both 1&2 are 1 correct, 2 1 wrong,2 1 wrong,2
1414 turnover correct wrong wrong correct correct
To produce To maintain
material at standards of
1415 Why purchasing is required lowest cost quality Both a and b None Both a and b

is difficult to Consume less Avoids Consume less

1416 Which Statement is wrong? Zero based budgeting implement time wastage is costly time
1417 Labour budget is based on Flexibility Function Mechanism None Function
capital
A budget which is designed to change in relation expenditure variable material variable
1418 with the level of activity of the business budget budget cash budget budget budget

Any
According to Workman's compensation act, in Injury caused disablement/d
which of the following cases should an employer during Injury caused eath after
1419 provide compensation to the employee? employment by accident accident All of above All of above
Working
1420 Who is responsible for accident Worker Management condition All of above All of above
Which is not correct advantage of 'line Confusion is Easy to
1421 organisation' It is simple less Specialised understand Specialised
Language Poor Confused
1422 Which is barrier in communication problem knowledge information all all
 In team
work,there is Talent of each Talent of each
more member Teamwork Big task is member
contribution cannot be creates good easier due to cannot be
1423 Which Statement is wrong from many used work culture teamwork used

Authority can Authority is Hidher the Authority is Authority can

not be the power to post,higher isright to not be
1424 Which Statement is wrong delegated act the authority command delegated
Lack in
Organisation Discipline discipline Discipline
Discipline has needs starts from leads to loss starts from
1425 Which statement
Out of the is wrong
following which ?is not function of no excuss discipline bottom to top control bottom to top
1426 management Planning Controlling Discipline Directing Discipline
Theory X
Concept of Theory X &Theory
1427 Mc Gregor has given contribution in bureaucracy Motion Study &Theory Y Time study Y
International
1428 Domestic trade is also called as Global trade Foreign trade trade Internal trade Internal trade
Three Three
1429 India is largest market in the world for Cars Wheelers Heavy Vehicles Public travels Wheelers

Statement 1:procurement is a systematic process both 1&2 are both 1&2 are 1 correct, 2 1 wrong,2 both 1&2
1430 Statement 2: Purchasing is a routine process correct wrong wrong correct are correct
Assures Only few do all Assures
1431 Quality managemant Quality work Both a and b None Quality
Match the pairsof column 1 & 2 Column 1 a) Seiri
b) Seition c) Seiso d) Seiketsu Column 2 1)
1432 Standardise 2) Sanitise 3) Systemise 4) Structurise a-1,b-3,c-4,d-2 a-2,b-1,c-3,d-4 a-3,b-2,c-1,d-4 a-4,b-3,c-2,d-1 a-4,b-3,c-2,d-1

Classification Graph is Graph is not Classification

What is the relationship between graph & is done after drawn after drawn in ABC is done after
1433 classification of A, B, C categories? drawing graph classification analysis None drawing graph

Cost of placing
order is One stock out Both I & ii
1434 Which is the assumption in EOQ? variable is allowed options None None
________ determines quantity & timing for
1435 material planning ERP MRP-II MRP SAP MRP
Shares is included under _____________ source
1436 of finance Short term Medium term Long term None Long term

Statement 1 is Statement -1 both Statement 1 is

Statement - 1 : Excise is direct tax Statement -2 : Statement 1 & wrong & 2 is is correct & 2 statement 1 & wrong &
1437 Excise is a commodity tax 2 are wrong correct is wrong 2 are correct 2 is correct
Organisation Oragnisation Organisation Oragnisation
1438 Structure of organisation is represented by brochure chart draft All the above chart

Which is the first need in Maslow's need Self-

1439 hierarchy? Security Physiology Social Actualisation Physiology
Following industry comes under tertiary sector in Mining Cement Service Service
economyBank of India established in
1440 Reserve industry Industry Industry Sugar Industry Industry
1441 _____________ 1947 1950 1933 1935 1935

Total
Customer Continuous involvment of
1442 Which is the component of TQM? focus improvement all employees All the above All the above
 Systematic
way of Good Positioning of Positioning of
1443 5 S is working housekeeping Disciplined items items
special state special special
special export economic economic engineering economic
1444 SEZ means zone zone zone zone zone

Which is first need in Maslow's need of Self

1445 hierarchy? Physiological Security social actualisation Physiological
People's
1446 Government sector is also called as Public sector service sector sector none Public sector
1447 Which is incorrect type of partner? Active Perfect Nominal Sleeping Perfect

Tata motors refers to which of the following Public limited private limited ownership partnership Public limited
1448 company type company company company company company

accident in the injury without injury without

premises of showing showing
1449 Internal accident means company external signs both none external signs

Facts bades
Leader's decision
1450 Six sigma success factors are commitment Innovative making ideas All All
An adult worker can work up to ____ hrs in a day
1451 as per factories Act, 1948. 8 9 10 12 9
Who is incorrect person in the defination of Widowed
1452 Dependent? Wife Minor son mother Friend Friend
____________ Persons can be partners in a
1453 business 4,20 2,20 4,10 2,10 2,20

Delegation is a right given by a ____ to ____ to Manager, Manager , Superior , Superior ,

1454 make decisions. Employee C. E. O., H.R. Supervisior Subordinate Subordinate
A public limited company can have minimum
1455 The
____staff
andspecialist
maximumprovides
___ members.
_____ to line 2, unlimited 2, 100 4, 100 7, unlimited 7, unlimited
1456 Need-
managers.
want - satisfaction chain is invented by Machines work advice orders advice
1457 _______ Maslow Taylor Drucker Fayol Maslow
_____ policy covers all the medical expenses health travel motor health
1458 following hospitalisation. insurance insurance life insurance insurance insurance
1459 The current effective service tax rate is: 10% 12% 12.36% 15% 12%
Which one of the following is not a current short- term short- term long- term long- term
1460 liability? borrowings trade payables provisions provisions provisions

1-Mft. 1-Mft. 1-Production

1-Production Overhead Overhead 1- Cash budget Budget 2- Mft.
Budget 2- Mft. Budget 2- Budget 2- 2- Production Overhead
Overhead Production Production Budget 3- Budget3-Cash
Budget3-Cash Budget 3-Cash Budget 3- Direct Material budget4-
budget4- budget 4- Direct Material Budget 4-Mft. Direct
select the apropriat options for 1,2,3,4 in above Direct Material Direct Material Budget 4-Cash Overhead Material
1461 fig. Budget Budget budget Budget Budget
Decision for Material Finalisation of Market Material
1462 Which is the first step in purchasing? purchasing requisition supplier analysis requisition
employees Statement 2- Cost of ERP installation Both 1 and 2 Both 1 and 2 1 correct, 2 1 wrong, 2 1 correct, 2
1463 is less correct wrong wrong correct wrong

Give the % of total consumption cost in above A-5-10, B-30- A-70-80, B-10- A-5-10, B-10- A-70-80, B-1- A-70-80, B-10-
1464 figure 60, C-5-10 20, C-5-10 20, C-20-80 46, C-5-10 20, C-5-10
 Innovation shows _____ steps and Kaizen shows
1465 _____ steps in speed of work Big, Small Small, Big Small, Small Big, Big Big, Small
that the
process is in process customer
1466 A Pareto chart points out: control the key cause capability needs the key cause
promote
Which one of the following is not a principle of customer communicatio empowering
1467 TQM? satisfaction n employee feedback feedback
If XYZ company makes or produces TVs it can be Manufacturin
1468 called as ____ type of industry. Service Manufacturing Trade All of these g

1469 Infosys is example of ___ industry IT Textile Manufacturing All of these IT

Automated
Any Time All Time Automatic Automated Teller
1470 In banking sector ATM stands for Money Money Tailor Machine Teller Machine Machine
Textile Chemical
1471 Edible oil is a product of Industry IT Industry Agro Industry Industry Agro Industry

Thinking or Used at low Used at all Thinking and Thinking or

Determinative level of levels of Doing Determinative
1472 Administration is a function management Management function. function
_____ Management is responsible for the image Low and
1473 of the company. Low Top Middle Middle Top
Conceptual,
_____ skill is needed at the top level of Conceptual Technical and
1474 Management Technical and Technical Conceptual Human Conceptual
_____ is the most basic and primary function of
1475 Management Organizing Purchasing Directing Planning Planning
principle of management concerns with the
distribution of autorities among the various levels Division of
1476 of management. Initiative Centralization work Order Centralization
_____ function of management consists of man
power planning, recruitment, selection, training
1477 of employees etc. Controlling Organizing Staffing Planning Staffing

priority will be priority will be priority will be

given to given to given to
debenturehold shareholder to debenturehol
er to receive receive his equal priority der to receive
his money money before will be given his money
before the the to shareholder shareholder before the
shareholder debenturehold and and shareholder
In the event of liquidation of the company, a gets er gets debenturehold debenturehold gets
1478 _______ something. something. er. er earns profit. something.

more profit or less profit or no profit or no no profit or no

1479 Co-operative society runs on ____ basis. more loss more loss loss all of these loss
In functional organization an employee reports to Delay in
several higher authorities is called as ____ , which decision Single Double Double
1480 is disadvantage of functional organizational. Specialization making command command command
to higher level of management the span of
1481 control becomes ___ Wide constant Narrow None of these Narrow
In line organization high level of obedience on the
part of sub-ordinate is required. Due to which
____ is developed in the higher authorities, which Autocratic Prompt Effective Autocratic
1482 is disadvantage of Line type. approach Simplicity Decision discipline approach
The The
If an employee gets injured in a factory while The Maximum employees employees
working ,then he is eligible to receive The factories Wages Act Health compensation compensation
1483 compensation under ___ act . act 1948 1948 Provision act act 2009 act 2009
 The capital which is required for day – to – day working and
1484 needs is labeled as ____ capital. working fixed fixed Initial working
Marketing Production Master
1485 The overall or summary budget is called as Master Budget Sales Budget Budget Budget Budget
annum, then he will pay ____ tax to central All of the
1486 Government. Income VAT Octroi above Income
Income and stamp duty Income and
1487 Identify taxes collected by Central Government Excise Custom duty and luxury Octroi Excise
Income and stamp duty stamp duty
1488 Identify taxes collected by state Government Excise Custom duty and luxury Excise only and luxury
Annual
Demand Order
1489 In EOQ : Economic Order Quantity; Q is ___ Holding cost Quantity Purchase price Order quantity quantity
Preperation of comparative statement is part of
1490 ___ procedure. Staffing Production Purchasing Recruitment Purchasing
accessories but without tyres is example of ___
1491 inventory Indirect Semi-finished finished Raw Semi-finished
following a. Raw Inventories b. In process
Inventories c. Finished Inventories d. Indirect
inventories. p. They include lubricants and other
items, like spare parts, needed for proper
operation, repair and maintenance during
manufacturing cycle. q. semi finished goods r. a - p; b - q; c - a - s; b - r; c - a - p; b - r; c - a - s; b - q; c - a - s; b - q; c -
1492 waiting for dispatch s. raw materials r; d - s; q; d - p; q; d - s; r; d - p; r; d - p;

In case of ABC analysis of material management, A type : A type :

and in case of Computer sub parts following are A type : screws; B type A type : mother board,
the various type of materials used like mother mother board, : power mother board, RAM; B type :
board and RAM, power supply, screws for mother RAM; B type : supply; C type RAM; B type : power supply;
board fitting etc. then which is A type, B type and power supply; : mother screws C type : C type :
1493 C type ? C type : screws board, RAM; power supply; None of these screws
1494 Kaizen is basically
The parts ___defects
per million technique
are accepted in 6 Japanese Chinese American Indian Japanese
1495 sigma is 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 3.4
In 5 S technique ___ can also translated as "Set in
1496 order" or "Stream line" Seiri Seiton Seiso Shitsuke Seiton
What plays an important role in the Indian Textile
1497 Industry ? Satin wood cotton machines cotton
Which of the following is not a basic function of
1498 the management process? Controlling Organising Working Leading Working

In line organisation ,who is responsible for final The Superior

1499 result? The worker authority The managers The foreman The managers

Which of the following is not the advantages of a Quick Professional Limited Quick
1500 public limited company? Formation Large Capital Management Liability Formation
Which of the following is not the responsibility of Storage of Controlling Storage of
1501 a production manger? Quality Quantity goods accidents goods
In partnership, the partners have unlimited
1502 liability, is it true or false? TRUE FALSE Partly True Partly False TRUE

1503 What happens in fatal accident? Hospitalisation Fractures Disablement Death Death
higher
_________ is a factor influencing requirements of Nature of operating Nature of
1504 fixed capital ? capitalisation business efficiency none of above business
Which one of the following is not a major section Receipts Disbursements Financing Capital
1505 in cash budget? Section section Section Capital section section
Which one of the follwing is not a tax charged by Customs
1506 the central Government? Income Tax duties Weaith tax Stamp duty Stamp duty
 Service tax is applicable to the whole of India Jammu and Jammu and
1507 except the state Goa Assam Kashmir Punjab Kashmir

What are the various costs involved in material Procurement Inventory

1508 management? costs carrying costs Total cost a and b both a and b both
Forecast of
material Reducing Economy in all of the
1509 One of the functions of MRP requriment waste buying all of the these these
Which one of the following can be an ERP module Human sales and all of the all of the
1510 ? resource marketing Finance above above

process Continuous process

1511 An activity under quality assurance : control improvement benchmarking none of above control

Which one of the following benefits the customer Greater less number of Customer Both 'A' and Both 'A' and
1512 due to TQM ? satisfaction problems empowerment 'B' 'B'
Old Indian textile industry was predominantly Synthetic Blended
1513 _______ based. Polyster Cotton Textile Fabrics Cotton
Which one of the following categories of chemical Basic Specialty Consumers
1514 industry has smallest volume? Chemicals Life Sciences Chemicals Products Life Sciences
Management
Principle of Name of the concept in Principle of
1515 Espirit de Corps means ______ . Coordination management company France management

Give freedom
Distribute the Make people for each
1516 Aim of Departmentation is to _____ . work specialised function All of above All of above

Ownership is Ownership is
Works on in the hands of in the hands
Which statement about cooperative society is democratic Membership is the It is private of the
1517 Week
wrong?as per Factory Act is a period between two principal voluntary Government ownership Government
1518 ___ . Mondays Saturdays Sundays Thursdays Saturdays
According to Factory Act , drinking water must be
1519 away from latrine by ____ meters. 12 3 6 9 6
Floating Circulating Circulating
1520 Working capital is also called as _____ . Fixed capital capital Blocked capital capital capital

1521 #NAME? Income tax Customs duty wealth tax Gift tax Customs duty
1 wrong
1) VAT is not simple and transperent 2) VAT is Both 1 & 2 are Both 1 & 2 are 1 correct & 2 1 wrong & 2 & 2
1522 progressive form of Sales tax. correct wrong wrong correct correct

Sales Production Purchase Sales

1523 Material planning is based on data from ____ . Department Department Department All Department
Production
1524 Holding cost is also known as _____ . Receiving Cost Carrying cost cost Design cost Carrying cost
Tightly
controlled Weekly
In ABC analysis which one is incorrect about 'A' Most inventory control Insignificant Insignificant
1525 items important items statement items items

Which one of the following is one of the aspect of Continuous Customer Product
1526 TQM? Quality aspect improvement satisfaction Product aspect aspect
A trouble 3.4 defects
A statistical shooting Teams are 3.4 defects per per million
1527 Six Sigma implies that ___ . method method effective million output output
Which one of the following is a benefit of the Improved Improved Employee
1528 Kaizen? efficiency Safety Satisfaction All of these All of these
 Kind of None of the
1529 Classification of industry based on Area of work ownership Both(i) and (ii) above Both(i) and (ii)
1530 SEZ policy announced in 2000 1999 2001 2002 2000

1531 Getting the things done through others is called Direction Adjustment Organisation Management Management
Identify
1532 First step in planning is Establish goals resources Prioritize goals Establish tasks Establish goals
It is
It is a function It is a principle management It is a principle
of of concept in It is a name of of
1533 What is Espirit De Corps? management management Russia company management
Achievement due to one will be shared by all General Limited None of the General
1534 others, this happens in partnership partnership Both(i) and (ii) above partnership
Achievement due to one will be shared by all General Limited None of the General
1534 others, this happens in partnership partnership Both(i) and (ii) above partnership

Quantity of It is prepared
It is not time money is the It defines before the It is not time
1535 About budget,
Following is notwhich statement
concerned with is wrong
material bound basis policies period bound
1536 management MRP SAP ERP 5'S' 5'S'

Quality Quality Quality Quality

1537 QA is Administration Affiliation Assurance Quality Action Assurance
In ABC Analysis, Items that are extremely "C&quo
1538 inexpensive or have low demand are termed as A Items B Items C Items D Items t; Items
Tax to be paid by manufaturer of
1539 goods/commodities/products to government is Custom Duty Excise Duty Income Tax VAT Excise Duty
To minimize
To purchase investment
Which of the following is/are objectives of To reduce materials at related to All of the All of the
1540 materials management material cost lowest cost inventories Above Above
A financial statement showing assets and
liabilities of company at any given time is known Profit & Loss
1541 as Statement Balance Sheet Budget Capital Balance Sheet
The Stock of goods in hand at the beginning of
1542 the year is known as Sales Closing Stock Opening Stock none of these Opening Stock
Payment of Payment of
Which of the following is not an example of fixed employee employee
1543 capital? wages Land Building Machinary wages
Which of the following is external source of Retained Depreciation Deferred
1544 capital? Earnings Provisions Share Capital taxation Share Capital
1545 Safety promotes______ Sales Productivity Profit Research Productivity
Workmen's
Which Act safeguards interest of workers Indian Factory Compensation Minimun Industrial Indian Factory
1546 engaged in factory Act Act Wages Act Dispute Act Act

Design of All of the All of the

1547 Accidents happen in industry because of - Workers Management working place Above Above
Private
Public Limited Joint Stock Limited Public Limited
1548 BSNL is a company Company company none of these company

Simple,easy & Clear & Simple

Flexible division of No working All of the All of the
1549 Line organization is characterized by structure authority confusions Above Above
with goals established earlier to see if her
department met the target, she is performing
1550 which of the following functions? Planning Controlling Organizing Directing Controlling
behave in a specific way and to increase his
1551 performance is called as Motivation Teamwork Quality Satisfaction Motivation
 Which of the follwing function of management
involes measuring & comparing current
1552 performance against the established standards Planning Controlling Organizing Directing Controlling
Incomplete
knowledge of Absence of Unrealistic All of the All of the
1553 Planning may fail because of work data analysis nature of plan Above Above

Upper middle
1554 Administration is ---- activity in organization Top Level middle lever Lower Level Level Top Level

Over use
Over use & & heavy
heavy dependence
dependence on
Information & on Transportation communicatio
Increased free Money is communicatio of people & n Media
Which of the following is NOT the advantage of trade between flowing more n Media & IT goods became & IT
1555 Globalization? nations rapidly Services & easy Services
Service Manufacturing Service
1556 Travel & tourism business comes under Industry Industry Trade Sector none of these Industry
All of the All of the
1557 IT Enabled services ( ITES) includes Call centers BPO LPO Above Above
controlling of banking & financial systems
1558 throughout India SEBI RBI IDBI NABARD RBI
Voluntary Voluntary
without any without any
In quality circle Participation of employees in the compulsion or compulsion or
1559 group is ____ Pressure Non Voluntary Randomly None of these Pressure

Continuous Training & The

1560 First Preference in TQM is given to___ The customers Improvement Zero Defects Development customers

Quality Product
The process is Workers are Product meets Problems are meets
1561 Inspection assures that__ in control motivated Specification Solved Specification

1562 Commerce is also called as ____________. Service Manufacturing Trade All of above Trade
Out of the following which is not the function of Decision None of
1563 management making Coordinating Reporting None of above above
From the options given below, who belongs to Data entry
1564 the lower level of management? Clerks Supervisors operators All of above All of above
Which is the appropriate reason of failure of good Insufficient Lack of Over
1565 plan? data knowledge confidence All of above All of above
Determine objectives and goals is __________
1566 step in the process of organizing. first second third last first

1- Top 1- Vertical 1- High 1- Up 1- Top

management, management, management, management, management,
2- Middle 2- Middle 2- Centre 2- Centre 2- Middle
Identify the levels of management with respect to management, management, management, management, management,
the position held by the different persons in 3- Lower 3- Horizontal 3- Low 3- Down 3- Lower
1567 organization. management management management management management
Members are
involve in
Which is the disadvantage of co-operative Beneficial to decision Straightens
1568 society? common man making rural economic None of these None of these

Security of job is maximum in Joint Stock Co-operative

1569 ___________________. Partnership Public sector companies societies Public sector
 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2- 1- Sender, 2-
Channel, 3- Channel, 3- Receiver, 3- Noise, 3- Channel, 3-
For the given figure label the number with the Receiver, 4- Receiver, 4- Channel, 4- Feedback, 4- Receiver, 4-
appropriate components of communication Noise, 5- Feedback, 5- Noise, 5- Receiver, 5- Noise, 5-
1570 process Feedback Noise Feedback Channel Feedback
should be provided by every factory if the
number of workers is more than
1571 ___________________. 500 300 400 450 500
e.g. direct labour and material, which vary with
output and over which the department has Variable Functional All of the Variable
1572 control Fixed budget budget budget above budget
________________ capital is that amount of
capital which must be in cash or current asset for Permanent Temporary Permanent
1573 continuing the activities of business. Gross working Net working working working working

Select an appropriate response from the options Short term Fixed budget, Functional Nominal Short term
that fits in the blank space provided in the budget budget, Long Flexible budget, budget, budget, Long
1574 chart: term budget budget Master budget Precise budget term budget

The purchase
price of the
items does not
The ate of change with
The ordering demand/cons quantity i.e.
Which of the following is not correct assumption cost is umption does The lead time no discount is The lead time
1575 in calculating EOQ? constant not change is not fixed available is not fixed
associated with it called procurement purchasing procurement
1576 _________________________________. cost carrying cost holding cost cost cost
annual annual
ABC analysis divides an organization on hand consumption annual the number of consumption
1577 inventory into three classes based upon: value consumption unit price units on hand value

They are now They have a They are now

shifting gears virtual shifting gears
They have to develop stranglehold to develop
been slow to applications on "back- applications
develop They have a for good office" for good
offerings huge installed electronic functions such electronic
related to e- base of commerce as order commerce
1578 Pick the false statement about ERP vendors. commerce. customers. websites. fulfillment. websites.

empowering
systematically employees to gathering and systematically
developing continuously analyzing key developing
and improve and performance and
communicatin listening and increase their indicators to communicatin
g a customer – responding to satisfaction improve g a customer –
focus mission, the customers’ with their organizational focus mission,
strategies and needs and process and and process strategies and
1579 An effective QMS focuses on _____ action plans expectation environment result action plans

structurize, systemize, sanitize, self-discipline, structurize,

systemize, sanitize, standardize, structurize, systemize,
5S was developed in Japan and stands for the sanitize, standardize, self-discipline, systemize, sanitize,
Japanese words seiri, seiton, seiso, seiketsu, and standardize, self-discipline, structurize, sanitize, standardize,
1580 shitsuke. The English equivalent of 5S is - self-discipline structurize systemize standardize self-discipline
 Both
statements
are true, but
Both the second Both
statements statement statements
Statement 1: The organization must establish, The first The first are true, and does not are true, and
document, implement and maintain documented statement is statement is the second provide an the second
procedures for its internal audit, corrective and true, but the false, but the statement adequate statement
preventive action processes, among others second second explains the explanation explains the
Statement 2: This is a requirement of ISO statement is statement is first for the first first
1581 9001:2000 false true statement. statement. statement.

Manufacturing is completing production of production of

1582 ____________________________. demand merchandize gaining profit None of above merchandize
______________ is described as willing exchange
1583 of goods. Service Manufacturing Trade All of above Trade
__________________ based during post polymers and
1584 independence. Wool Cotton plastics Fabrics Cotton

Framing rules
and
Giving Interpretation regulations to
recommedatio of policies be followed bt
ns to top framed by top lower level
1585 The functions of middle level management are management management management All of above All of above
Among the given options who are designated as Senior Junior
1586 members of middle level of management? Managers Managers Supervisors All of above All of above
Comparing actual performance with the standard
1587 is ________ steps in process of directing. first second third last third
Identify the management function which carries
out this process consisting of these basic steps:
(1) identifying the problem; (2) identifying
resources and constraints, (3) generating
alternative solutions, (4) evaluating alternatives,
(5) selecting an alternative, (6) implementing the Decision Decision
1588 alternative, and (7) monitoring the alternative Directing Controlling making Coordinating making

Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Ltd, Bharat Government Public Public All of the Public
1589 fertilizers Ltd etc, are which types of companies? departments companies corporations above companies
Crèches should be provided when there are more
than ____ female workers having children of age
1590 below_____ years. 100, 6 25, 6 25, 9 30, 6 30, 6
_______________ is prepared to co-ordinate Production Material Master
1591 between various budget. Master budget Sales budget budget budget budget

Fix product
Periodically Determine the price giving
Keep a check evaluate the financial of the due Keep a check
and control progress of organization consideration and control
Which of the following is function of financial over the each after analyzing to profit over the
1592 management? expenditure department efficiency optimization expenditure
What is the total amount of liabilities from this
1593 balance sheet? 22290 120140 225770 Nil 22290
Instead of each department having its own
database of information, ___ puts all of the
1594 information into a single place MRP MPS BOM ERP ERP
 ______________ is the process of planning,
procuring, storing and providing the appropriate
material of the right quality, right quality at the Financial Materials Operation Marketing Materials
1595 right place in the right time. management management management management management
________________ is just a transaction and is Purchase
1596 basic activity of purchase department. Purchasing Placement Procurement order Purchasing

(1) Ordering (1) Storage (1) Inventory (1) Ordering (1) Ordering
cost (2) cost (2) cost (2) cost (2) cost (2)
1597 From the EOQ, label the cost at point 1 and 2. Storage cost Ordering cost Ordering cost Inventory cost Storage cost

It gives It is a
It needs heavy commitment It is a Japanese continuous It needs heavy
1598 Which statement about kaizen is wrong? investment to quality technique improvement investment

Small and Small and Small and Small and Small and
SME's stands for Medium sized Medium sized Medium sized Medium sized Medium sized
1599 _______________________________. enterprises entity enrollment effects enterprises
_________________ is popularly known as the
1600 Silicon Valley of India and IT capital of India. Mumbai Hyderabad Bengaluru Kolkota Bengaluru
___________________ Business aims to identify
factors hampering industrial growth and seeks to Manufacturin
1601 redress the above factors. Service Manufacturing Trade All of above g
Which is not the principle of management, Decentralisati Decentralisati
1602 according to Henry Fayol? Centralisation Authority on Esprit de corps on
In the words of ________________ “planning is
deciding in advance what to do, how to do it,
1603 when to do it and who is to do it.” Oliver Sheldon Mary Follet Henry Fayol Harold Koontz Harold Koontz
__________________ steps involved in the
1604 process of controlling. first second third last third
Top level is known as _______ because all
important decision related to whole organization Strategical Operational Strategical
1605 is taken by top management Level Tactical level level All of above Level

Both hierarchy
and
Vertical dimension of organization structure Departmentati departmentio
1606 defines _____________________. on Hierarchy n Divisions Hierarchy
Which of the following can be considered as a Manufacturing Installation of None of the Installation of
1607 project organisation? Car production of parts a dairy above a dairy

Which of the following business type, has to pay Sole Cooperative Joint stock Joint stock
1608 double taxes to the government? proprietorship Partnership Societies company company
According to Workmen's compensation act, a
widow, a minor son and a widow mother qualify
1609 as _______ of a worker. Dependents Workmen Minors None of above Dependents
An indirect Tax levied on those goods which are
manufactured in India and are meant for home
1610 consumption is called ____ Income tax Customs duty Excise duty Gift tax Excise duty

Forecast the
future Motivate the
financial existing
requirement sources of
of the Determine the finance to
organization sources from provide
considering which finance further finance
Which of the following is function of financial investment, can be in the future
1611 management? expansion etc. obtained when required All of above All of above
 Trial balance Profit and Loss Petty Cash Trial balance
From which accounting sheet, the net profit in account account Balance Sheet book account
1612 balance sheet is carried down? statement statement statement statement statement
Which of the following methods of stock control Perpetual
aims at concentrating efforts on selected items of inventory Material
1613 material__________________? system turnover ratio Level setting ABC analysis ABC analysis

determine determine
various various
controls controls
develop needed and prepare none of the needed and
1614 The activity of ' Control " in Six sigma refers to: alternative validate them control chart above validate them
Fill in the blank space provided in the figure with Quality Quality
1615 an appropriate tool given as options. Quality control Quality circle TQM Assurance control
____________ also known as Cyber City is the
major IT and BPO hub in India which has major IT
1616 MNC’s together and hence called as Hitech City. Mumbai Hyderabad Bengaluru Kolkota Hyderabad
to manufacturing that is associated with
formulas, procedure, development, method and
1617 practice. Engineering Process Textile Hospitality Process
Review of plan is the __________step in the
1618 process of planning. first second third last last

1- Authority 1- Command, 1- Authority

From the figure of levels of management which and 2- Authority 1- and
are the principles that flows upward and responsibility, and 1- Authority, 2- Responsibility, responsibility,
1619 downward? 2- Command responsibility Responsibility 2- Auhtority 2- Command

Human skills Human skills

Human skills Technical-skill remain Both human- remain
and technical needs remain necessary and skill and necessary and
skills remain necessary and technical-skill technical-skill technical-skill
equally human skills needs needs needs
important as decrease as decrease as decrease as decrease as
manager’s manager’s manager’s managers manager’s
Which of the following is true concerning move to move to move to move to move to
1620 technical and human skills of a manager? higher levels higher levels higher levels higher higher levels
One canteen should be provided atleast per ____
1621 workers in a factory. 200 250 100 150 250
To provide insurance coverage to the employees
who are injured on the job with payment for lost Workman Workman
wages, medical care, and if necessary, vocational Industrial Compensation Minimum Compensation
1622 rehabilitation is the primary purpose of the – Factories Act Disputes Act Act Wages Act Act
direct labour needed to carry out the budget
1623 output. Material Purchase Direct labour Overhead Direct labour
____ includes the free reserves of the company
which are built out of the genuine profits of the Reserves and Other long- Long-term Reserves and
1624 company. Share capital surplus term liabilities provisions surplus
Land, buildings, plant and equipment, furniture
and fixtures, vehicles and office equipment are Tangible Intangible Capital work in Tangible
1625 called ____ assets assets progress None assets
Sub -
Part which is assemblies Part which is
ready to purchased ready to
dispatch to Material in Semi - finished from dispatch to
1626 What do you mean by finished part? customer. stores . components. suppliers. customer.
 __________________ include raw material and
semi-finished products supplied by another firm Raw In-process Finished Indirect Raw
1627 and which are raw items for the present industry. inventories inventories inventories inventories inventories
their annual consumption and annual
consumption value. Can you identify which type
of anlaysis is this to have proper inventory Control None of the Pareto
1628 How
control?
many steps are there in implementation of analysis Cost analysis Pareto analysis above analysis
1629 5S? 4 5 6 7 5
product or/and services meet specific Quality Quality
1630 requirement. Quality team assurance Quality circle Quality control control

ensure ensure
continuos train continuos
1631 In PDCA , Act consists of which of the following? improvement analyse result plan Policies employees improvement

Continual Breakthrough Breakthrough

improvement projects that projects that
of the may lead to may lead to
efficiency of the the
According to ISO 9004:2000, what kind of Small-step the quality implementatio implementati
improvements is normally carried out by cross- ongoing management n of new All of the on of new
1632 functional teams outside routine operations? improvements system processes above processes
___________________ industry primarily deals
with the design, manufacture and operation of
1633 structures, machines or devices. Engineering Process Textile Hospitality Engineering
progress and reporting to middle level
management is the function of __________ level
1634 of management. top middle lower None of above lower

Span of Authority and All of the All of the

1635 Which is the principle of organization? Delegation control responsibility above above
In a tall organisation structure, the span of
1636 control is _________. economical big wide narrow narrow
As per Factory Act, 1947, a child is a person
1637 whose age is less than __________. 15 years 10 years 18 years 21 years 15 years

Safety management deals with damage to the prevention of prevention of

1638 ________________. loss of life personal injury equipment an accident an accident
safe
safe workplace workplace
Good layout and reduction in noise level are and working Atmospheric Dangerous Working with and working
1639 examples of ________ conditions conditions fumes unsafe speed conditions

Working capital can be financed through Medium term Loan from

1640 ______________. Share debentures banks All All
cost of tangible assets like building, machinery,
1641 etc. Depreciation Amortisation Liability Inventories Depreciation
Sales returns represents value of goods returned
1642 by the ___________________. market customers salesmen financers customers
The earnings like interest, dividend or capital
gains etc, which are gathered tax free until the
investor withdraws and takes position of it. These Retained Depreciation Deferred All of the Deferred
1643 earning are refered as ___________________. earnings provisions taxation above taxation
_____________ can be defined as the tax which
increases the price of a good in such way that
consumers are actually paying the tax by paying
1644 more for the products they are buying. Direct tax Indirect tax Service tax Income tax Indirect tax
 increase as decreases as decreases as increase as decreases as
quantity quantity quantity quantity quantity
The procurement costs ordered ordered ordered ordered ordered
1645 _________________________________. increases decreases increases decreases increases
determining the order quantity which attempts to
minimize total inventory cost. Which is this tool
used to answers the following questions. (1) How
much should I order? (2) How often should I place
1646 each order? EOQ ABC analysis Control chart ERP EOQ
Formulate company quality policy is function of Quality Quality
1647 ______________. ERP assurance MRP Quality control control
Which one of the following does not belongs to Information Information
1648 Process Industry? Chemical Textiles Agricultural Technology Technology
Which one of the following is the advantage of
1649 effective decision making. Quick actions No delays No confusion All of above All of above
When an employee receive orders and report to
only one superior rather than multiple bosses, the Unity of Unity of Division of Unity of
1650 principle is called as _________________. Direction Command Discipline Work Command
appraisal, as managers can easily measure the
performance of supervisors/subordinates as per
the standard and provide them necessary
1651 feedback for appraisal. coordination direction cooperation control control

In line organisation, the authority flows from subordinate, superior, subordinate, superior, superior,
1652 _______________ to ________________. subordinate superior superior subordinate subordinate
Business can
Which statement is false about 'nominal use their Do not actively
1653 partners’? names Do not invest involved All are correct All are correct
The organisation always prefers to have
1654 ___________ span of control. small economical wide narrow wide
Long term sources of finance are required for
1655 ______________. 0-1 years 1-5 years Above 5 years None Above 5 years
company provide various goods and services with
an expectation of payment in future is
1656 called_____ trade credit clean advance over draft export trade credit
Which one of the following is a type of preference ordinary or deferred noncumulative noncumulativ
1657 The
shares?
table shows the tax rates for which types of shares shares equity shares shares e shares
1658 taxes? Sales Tax Wealth Tax Gift Tax Income Tax Income Tax
Procurement cost is obtained by plotting
1659 _____________ against ordered quantity. cost investment profit sales cost
which is required for routine functioning of
1660 industry. Purchase Inventory Tool room None Inventory
everytime” are the principles of Quality Quality
1661 _________________________ ? EOQ Budget assurance MRP assurance
In __________________ all are encourage to
1662 come up with small suggestion on a regular basis. ERP ABC analysis Globalization Kaizen Kaizen
A producer of consumer goods wants to analyze
its product range from product 1 to product 13.
The management has decided to use the annual
consumption value as the key figure to assess the
product range. An ABC analysis is done and the
raw data is order in decreasing order of annual G1 – B items, G1 – C items, G1 – C items, G1 – A items, G1 – A items,
consumption value. How have they classified the G2 – C items, G2 – A items, G2 – C items, G2 – B items, G2 – B items,
1663 product group in A, B and C category items? G3 – A items G3 – B items G3 – A items G3 – C items G3 – C items

Indian
Indian Travel Indian Tourism Indian Tour Tourism
Development Development Development Development
1664 ITDC stands for Corporation Corporation Corporation All the above Corporation
1665 Which process is the part of textile industry? Spinning Weaving Dyeing All of above All of above
particular area of economic activity such as the
real estate business, computer business, poultry,
farming, telecommunication, shipping, tours and
1666 travels, etc. Construction Business Balance Sheet All of above Business
Evaluation of alternative is done in which step of
1667 decision making process? first second third last third
By material By material
1668 Which is not the type of departmentation? By function By product By process pattern pattern

Trained and Capacity of

Which are factors on which span of control experienced executive or All of the All of the
1669 depends? subordinate Type of work manager above above
An activity in which people practice leaving a
1670 place quickly is called _____________. fire drill fire show fire play work permit fire drill
____________ is a book or computer file in which
1671 all monetary transaction are originally entered. Budget Account Journal Ledger Journal
_______________ represents what the company none of the
1672 has to pay others. Liabilities Assets Reserves above Liabilities

Periodically Determine the Periodically

evaluate the financial evaluate the
material Decide Decide basis position of the material
consumption whether to for the organization consumption
Which of the following is not function of financial of each finance a new expenditure of after analyzing of each
1673 management? department plant or not funds efficiency department
and assessed on individual or organizational
income directly and have to pay the same to the
government in form of income tax, wealth tax
1674 and etc. Which is this type of tax? Direct tax Indirect tax National tax Foreign tax Direct tax
Low complex and low cost items that are typically
commercially available and require little manager
1675 control are called ______________. Items A Items B Items C None Items C
A detailed list of all kinds of goods handled by operation
1676 business is called _________________. production design inventory research inventory
_____________ management is defined as an
attempt to balance inventory needs and
requirements with the need to minimize costs
1677 resulting from obtaining and holding inventory. Financial Marketing Inventory Production Inventory
________ department floats enquiries and
1678 processes quotations. Sales budget Purchase Production Inventory Purchase
Between (b) Between (a)
1679 In this Stock control chart, label the buffer stock – (a) and (c) and (b) (c) (a)
________ as the planed and systematic activities
implemented in a quality system so that quality
requirments for a product or service will be Quality Quality
1680 fulfilled .” Assurance 5S Quality Kaizen Assurance

International International International

Trade Indian Trade Tariff Indian Tariff Trade
1681 ITO stands for ___________________________. Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization
Which one out of the given options is not a broad Basic Durable Consumers Durable
1682 category of chemical industry? chemicals products Life sciences products products

Chief
Managing Executive
1683 Top level management includes Directors (MD) Officers (CEO) President All of above All of above
 _____________________ function of
1684 management. planning organizing staffing reporting reporting

Joint Stock Public sector Public sector

1685 Business secrecy is less in _______________. Proprietorship Partnership companies companies companies
Private Ltd.
1686 Infosys is which type of company? Public Limited company partnership None of them Public Limited
been assigned certain function: 1) to visit the 10-
15 doctors daily at specified area 2) promote the
product to the doctors 3) keep a track of
availabiltiy of medicine at the medical stores 4)
report to the manager once in a week. Now his
activities of work will come under which type of
1687 departmentation? Product Process Area Function Area

1688 ____ is a person who has completed the 18 years Adult Adolescent Child Young person Adult
_____________ budget is a forecast of the
1689 number of products that must be manufactured. Sales Production Purchase Cash Production
Corporation
1690 Which is not the direct tax? Income tax tax Gift tax Excise tax Excise tax
Capital is Capital is Capital is Capital is Capital is
required to required to required to required to required to
start the run the expand the sell the sell the
1691 Which of the following is a false statement? business business business business business
organization does not pay directly, but are can be
easily shifted to others may be in form of service
tax, excise tax, value added tax or custom duty.
1692 Which is this type of tax? Direct tax Indirect tax National tax Foreign tax Indirect tax
require strict management and control are called
1693 ____________. Items A Items B Items C None Items A
Maintenance Issuing the Making Analysis of Analysis of
of records and purchase request for purchase purchase
1694 Which is the first step in process of purchasing? files order quotations requisition requisition
To procure To develop To develop
material at reliable alternating
Which of the following is not objective of reasonable sources of sources of To facilitate To facilitate
1695 purchasing? price supply supply waste waste
Economic Economic
From the graph, the point Q at which slope = 0, is Order Order Order
1696 called __________. Quantity Quantity Quantity Quality Quantity
quality documents in your company. Everyone
must have access to up-to-date documents and Workmen’s
be aware of how to use them, is the clause Minimum compensation
1697 of_______________. Factory act wages act ISO:9001 act ISO:9001
________________ activities of processing and
preserving agricultural products for intermediate
1698 or final consumption. pre-harvest post-harvest crop-yielding All of above post-harvest
____________________________ is the process
of transformation of a regional phenomenon into
1699 global ones. Organization Liberalization Privatization Globalization Globalization
to the management theory in his 14 principles of
management that are based on his thoughts and
1700 experiences. Henry Fayol Henry Gantt F. W. Taylor Lillian Gilbreth Henry Fayol
________________ gives power in hands of
1701 centre. Discipline Centralisation Authorty Responsibility Centralisation
Strategical Operational Operational
1702 Lower level is also known as __________ level Tactical level level All of above level
employees to eliminate wastages and achieve decision
1703 better results. coordination making planning directing coordination
 training to the workers of a firm where he needs
to monitor, compare and correct the tasks or
activities performed by the workers. So what is
the actual line of function of management he is
1704 concentrating on? Controlling Coordinating Reporting Organizing Controlling

Which one is not the disadvantage of staff Difficult to Lack of Ego of Discipline in Lack of
1705 organization? handle experts specialization specialty lacking specialization
Control of Stress level on Work can be Control of
Centre manager finished in Work load is Centre
1706 Which is not
The figure the advantage
depicted of delegation?
below shows increases reduced time reduced increases
1707 departmentation by – Process Product Function Area Product
A tax levied on services rendered by a person is
1708 called ___________. Income tax Service tax Wealth tax Gift tax Service tax

Shareholder Debenture Debenture Debenture

are the holder are holder are holder are
owners of the creditor of the Shareholder owners of the owners of the
1709 Which is the following is a false statement? company company get dividend company company

A planned capital investment in the business administrative

without disrupting the normal working of the materials expenses
1710 company is ____________ budget budget capital budget cash budget capital budget
of raw material, semi-finished components, Finished
standard components or/and subassemblies from Raw material In-process product Indirect Raw material
1711 suppliers. inventory inventory inventory inventory inventory
time, the value Q/2 is called Average Total Zero value Average
1712 __________________. Final inventory inventory inventory inventories inventory
communicate with employees, in order to
produce the desired quality of products and
services to be render to influence employee Quality Quality
actions to complete tasks as per quality Quality Management Management
1713 standards. Control 5S Kaizen System System
1714 Quality Assurance is a ____ approach Proactive Reactive Passive None Proactive
What is the proper sequence for the Plan - Act - Plan - Do - Act - Plan - Do - Act - Do - Plan - Do -
1715 implementation of TQM? Check - Do Check Check - Act Check - Plan Check - Act
the manufacturing process is in stable condition
or not and is used to maintain the process within
the tolerance. This technique helps in taking the
right decision for selection of the machine with
higher processing capabilities. Which type of Ishikawa
1716 chart is this? diagram Control chart Pareto analysis Check list Control chart
1717 Which company is associated with Insurance? LIC ICICI Star Health All of above All of above
_______________ industries are owned and run
by rural households with very little capital
1718 investment and a high level of manual labour Village Small scale Large Scale Medium Scale Village
Indian population above poverty line by shifting
the majority of the workforce out of low-wage Manufacturin
1719 agriculture. Manufacturing Trade Service None of above g

1720 Which is next step after planning? Controlling Directing Organizing Coordinating Organizing
presence is observed in the form of results such
as higher productivity, higher efficiency,
disciplined work force, etc. Hence management is
1721 ___________________. Tangible Intangible Concrete None of above Intangible
Managers must develop a team spirit among the
subordinates by __________ the activities of
1722 everyone to achieve the team objectives. organizing cooperating coordinating planning coordinating
Which of the following is the advantage of a closer lower more closer
1723 narrow span? supervision overhead economical delegation supervision
 Assistant to the president of a company refers to
1724 which type of authority? Line Functional Assistant Staff Staff

improper hazardous
Out of the following one which is not an unsafe long working material arrangement poor house long working
1725 condition ? hours handling of material keeping hours
__________ budget, generally deals only with the
1726 direct materials. Master Sales Production Material Material
registers all financial transactions. It is a written
statement of all business dealings or debts and
1727 credits Budget Account Journal Share Account
imported in to India as well as on goods exported
1728 from India. Income tax Customs duty Wealth tax Gift tax Customs duty

Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual

consumption consumption consumption consumption
consumption
In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into cost is around cost is around cost is around cost is around
cost is around
1729 category B items? 15-25% 70-80% 5-10% 50% 15-25%
how much
how much should we
While deciding how to manage inventory the should we who should whom should why should we order and
question that a materials manager need to be ask order and how we order and we order and order and how often
himself is often should when should how should when should should we
1730 _____________________________________ we order? we order? we order? we order? order?
In EOQ, annual _______ cost = unit price x annual
1731 consumption volume consumption protection investment none of these consumption
Identify this basic inventory control technique
which is often applied to almost all aspects of Pareto
1732 materials management. Pareto analysis Tally Table EOQ Control chart analysis
A machine draws a very delicate copper wire
from the plate and is facing repeated breaking of
wire. The tally table illustrates all possible causes
of problem (symptom) and the frequency of each
cause is observed and noted. This tally table is Ishikawa
1733 also called as _________________. diagram Control chart Pareto analysis Check list Check list

A manufacturing industry follows multiple Six sigma,

techniques of quality management system where Six sigma, Kaizen,
they focus on total employee participation, Kaizen, Quality Quality
continuous improvement, customer satisfaction control tool, 5S, Kaizen, control tool,
and preferred partner as seen in the figure. Quality Quality Six sigma, 5S, Quality
1734 Which are the techniques used? assurance tool assurance tool Kaizen TQM tools assurance tool
1735 Which one is not the textile industry? Raymond Reliance Century ICICI ICICI
medium investment and semi-automation
1736 process? Village Small scale Large Scale Medium Scale Small scale
___________________ is the fastest growing
1737 sector in India now-a-days. Service Manufacturing Trade All of above Service
Which steps in decision making process develops
1738 alternative solutions first second third last third
Decision
Formulation of making
broad function as to Supervise and
objectives, what is to be manage all
plans and done and day to day
1739 Which duties come under Administration? policies when activities All of above All of above
identifying a set of feasible alternatives and from
these selected alternative the best course of Decision Decision
1740 action. Planning Organizing Controlling making making
 separating engineering, accounting,
manufacturing, personnel, and purchasing into
departments is practicing functional middle first-line middle
1741 departmentalization is also called as team leaders managers managers top managers managers

Control of government is highest in Government Public Public limited Private limited Government
1742 __________________________. department corporation companies companies department
Which partner contribute in terms of their Sleeping Nominal Nominal
1743 goodwill and credit from the market? partner Active partner Secret partner partner partner

Manav is a new divisional manager, in supervisors

reorganizing his division; he must make some employee become more the
decisions regarding the span of control. He thinks performance efficient at wider spans organization wider spans
wider spans are more efficient in terms of cost increases providing reduce becomes reduce
1744 but at some point: substantially. support. effectiveness. taller. effectiveness.

Which preventive measure industry should take Safety Training for All of the All of the
1745 to avoid accidents? provisions safe working Safety devices above above
through any agency, whether for wages or not, in
any manufacturing process or in cleaning any part
of the machinery or premises used for
manufacturing process or in any other kind of
work incidental, to or connected with, the None of the
1746 manufacturing process. Worker Factory Occupier above Worker
____is a direct tax levied on the income earned
by individual, corporation or on other forms of
1747 business entities. Income tax Customs duty Sales tax Service tax Income tax

Annual Annual Annual Annual Annual

consumption consumption consumption consumption consumption
In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into cost is around cost is around cost is around cost is around cost is around
1748 category A items? 15-25% 70-80% 5-10% 50% 70-80%
which are required for manufacturing products
and maintaining the equipment and machines in
1749 good working order. Inventory Production Purchase None Inventory

Which are the functions in materials Storage All of the All of the
1750 management? Planning Warehousing management above above

MRP
capacity computer
inventory requirements program,
record, master planning file, master inventory
inventory file, part- master schedule, record,
record, master period schedule, capacity master
The principal files that are incorporated into a schedule, balancing inventory requirements schedule,
1751 computerized MRP system are: BOM. program. record. planning file. BOM.
product or service that bears the ability to satisfy
stated or implied needs of the customer is called
1752 _________. TQM QC Quality QA Quality
based on recorded data and the system is
regularly audited and evaluated for conformance Workmens
and effectiveness, is the clause of Compensation Minimum
1753 ________________. ISO: 9001 Act Factory Act Wages Act ISO: 9001
Identify the diagram, which is an investigative
tool of quality control to rearrange possible Ishikawa Ishikawa
1754 causes of the problem? diagram Control chart Pareto analysis Check list diagram
 Numerical Numerical
measurement Elimination of measurement
DMAIC stands for define, measure, analyze, of the current the gap of the current
improve and control. It involves defining the Numerical process is between the process is
problem, measuring where you stand, analyzing parameter necessary in current Change to be necessary in
where the problem starts, improving the situation used to define order to practice and implemented order to
and controlling the new process to confirm that is and measure change the the desired to achieve change the
1755 fixed. The Analyze step, involves - the problem process goal goal process

1756 Indian Industry Started from - 1850 1947 1950 none of these 1850
IT Enabled Telecommunic
1757 I.T.Sectors involves- Services ations a and b Both none of these a and b Both
An activity which involves handling or directing Administratio
1758 the affairs of an organisation is called as- Administration Management a and b Both None of these n
course of action from the available alternatives to
achieve the desired aims and objectives of the Decision Decision
1759 business is termed as - Controlling Supervising Directiong Making Making
Who is called as Founder and Architect of " Fredrick Robinson Fredrick
1760 Modern Scientific Management" ? W.Taylor Henry Fayol Robert Owen Boulton W.Taylor

Quality & Cost

Market Process & Control,
Analysis , Operation Maintenance
Budgetary Analysis, Control ,
Control and Planning & LabourIncentiv All of the All of the
1761 Scientific Management Involves - Stock Control Scheduling e & Control above above

While working as a professional Manager in any Manger as a

modern Industrial Organisation , which of the Leader & Manager as a Manager as an All of the All of the
1762 following duties he is expected to perform? Mediator Co-worker Implementer above above

Figure shows Modern Thought represented in a Management

schematic way. Fill in the appropriate Principles of Functions Of & None of the Functions Of
1763 Terminology at space marked by "?" Management Mangement Administration Above Mangement

Allocates
Small or large Group leaded duties and
Which of the following is / are the characteristics group of by executive responsibilities All of the All of the
1764 of Organistion ? people Leader to employees above above

The commonly known forms of organisation Line Line & Staff Functional All of the All of the
1765 structures are - Organisation Organisation Organisation above above

Not Managed Not Managed

Managed by by None of the by
1766 Joint stock private limited company is - Government Government a & b Both Above Government

Sole Public Government None of the None of the

1767 Balaji Telefilms , Bharat Fertilizers are - proprietorship corporations companies Above Above

Improper
Which of the following includes causes of working Poor quality of All of the All of the
1768 accidents conditions illumination Fatigue above above
to their customers against certain security is
1769 called Clean Advance Overdrafts Cash Credits Secured Loans Overdrafts
development of an organisation , it can be raised
through loans instead of issuing shares is termed Preference . None of the
1770 as - /shares Debentures Instant Loans Above Debentures
 Industrial National
Finance Development Nationalised All of the All of the
1771 Which of the following are financial Institutions? Corporation Corporation Banks Above Above
Business
Which of the following are recently included ATM Support International All of the All of the
1772 under the service Tax- Operations Services Air Travel Above Above
Economic Economic
The size of an order that minimises the total Direct Indirect Order Order
1773 inventory cost is called as- Fixed Iventory Inventory Inventory Quantity Quantity
Higher
Which of the following are the Aims of Material Continuty of Low payroll Inventory turn All of the All of the
1774 Management? supply cost over Above Above

Purchase to
Make to stock stock Departmental All of the All of the
1775 Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) can be used by- manufacturers distribution Stores above above
Arrange in a chronological order the steps of
material purchasing i) Place Order ii) Payment of
1776 bill iii) Receive the material iv) Inspection- I,iii,ii,iv I,ii,iii,iv I,iii,iv,ii iv,iii,I,ii I,iii,iv,ii
implemented in Industries. Choose the
appropriate terminology from options given None of the
1777 below to be placed at the letter 'X' . ERP MRP JIT Above ERP
As per definition of ISO 8402-1968 , " the totality
of features and characteristics of a period or
service that bears its ability to satisfy stated or Auality
1778 implied needs is known as Quality TQM Quality control Assurance Quality
known as Shewhart cycle, Deming cycle or PDCA
cycle. identify correctly the technique from the
1779 given option. 5S KAIZEN Six Sigma TQM TQM

World trade World Test Work Test World Trade World Trade
1780 WTO stand for :- organic Organic Organization Organization Organization
Strategical Operational All of the All of the
1781 Level Management :- Level Tacticle Level Level above above

Line Line & Staff Functional Project Project

1782 ____________are internally formed Organization Organization organization Organization Organization
Which factor dose not cause accident due to Unsafe Transmission Unsafe
1783 dangerous machine Boiler clothing Prime Movers System clothing
Reason due to which non-machinery accident Harmful Unsafe all of the all of the
1784 may occur Age of Person substance clothing above above

Good proper Sufficient

Sufficient ventilation & flooring with Working
which of the following condition is not physical Enough Working Space height of cleanling & oil Space for
1785 condition Illumination for Movement working place free Movement
All of the All of the
1786 Example of office & Administrative expenses are Staff salary Stationary Printing above above
Selling &
___________may occure because of loss on scale Financial Abnormal distribution Abnormal
1787 of asset fire or theft etc expenses Losses Sales exoenses Losses

Inventory Marketing Inventory

1788 _________is a part of material management? management Management Both a & b None of above management
Economic
Economic Economic Economic order
1789 EOQ stand for order Quantity order quality Quality None of above Quantity
 A unified & A unified
single ERP experts & single
reporting It is Very are not easily reporting
1790 Advantage of ERP are system Complex available None of above system
______is define as tool for controlling the quality
of the product & services to ultimately gain the Quality
1791 customer satisfaction Quality control Quality circle QMS None of above control
The
atmosphere The member
should be of circle
informal, should feel
comfortable,re involved & Both A &
1792 For effective quality circles laxed intersted None of these Both A & b b
endorse self & mutual development ii) To develop
quality of work iii)To give an opportunity to
employee iV)To improve
1793 quality,productivity,safety & reduces the cost i-iv-iii-ii ii-iii-iv-i i-ii-iii-iv i-iii-iv-ii i-ii-iii-iv

1794 Engineering industrial sector not involves ____ Civil mechanical Chemical Filament Yard Filament Yard
Industry
Telecomn
IT Enabled IT Enterprise IT Enabled Enabled IT Enabled
1795 ITES Stand for_____ Services services system Servics Services
_________Is recruitment of right people at right
1796 place in an organization. Planning Organizing Staffing controlling Staffing
Planning
minimizes
work Standarization
Work can be pressures & can be
done dedline enforced All of the All of the
1797 Advantage of planning :- efficiently tension through plane above above
enterprise. It is a universal lubricant which keeps
1798 enterprise dynamic. Finance Capital Budget VAT Capital
Permanent or
long term Medium - Sort-term
sources of term sources sources of All of the All of the
1799 External sources are_____________ capital of capital capital above above
Consumption tax. 2) Flat tax. 3) Social security
tax. 4) Dividing tax. 5) Gift taxes. 6) Payroll tax. 7) Both
1800 Pole tax. Direct taxes Indirect taxes Both A&B None of above A&B
_______________ is a plan that view future
1801 production of end of product. MPR MPS ERP None of above MPS

Covers
education,trai
ning,skill and
experience of
personnel the the the
involved in organization organization organization
work. Gives should identify must plan and should
guidline about work develop the identify work
their environment process that environment
development that ensures are required that ensures
Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2000 to maintain conformity of for product All of the conformity of
1802 ________________ quality work. service realization above service
The idea of liberalization in the present phase of economic technological none of the economic
1803 globalisation deals with aspect political aspect aspect above aspect
 Growth of Growth of
One of the following is definitely not a positive small scale Provision of foreign employment small scale
1804 aspect of globalisation in India industry technology invetment oppurtunities industry
The services provided by Ashoka hotel comes primary secontary tertiary manufacturing tertiary
1805 under activity activity activity process activity
The art of getting things done by people is called
1806 as organization management direction Staffing management
Who is recognised as a man who invented
1807 management Taylor Elton mayo Mary Follet Peter drucker Peter drucker
Stragetical Operational Operational
1808 The lower level of managers work at level Tactical level level At all levels level
The management of interdependence in work
1809 situations is called as Direction Motivation Inspiration Coordination Coordination

The
operational
Executive Decision Structure of aspect of Structure of
1810 An organization is nothing but function making body Management management Management

Superior Based on based on Based on

Subordinate specialization authority and none of the specialization
1811 Funtional organizations are based on relationship factor responsibility above factor
for a few days and the Hod of mechanical
department will look after the responsibility in his Sharing of decentralisatio
1812 absence, this is called responsibility delegation n Authority delegation
shop such type of business organisation can be Joint
1813 called Proprietorship Partnership ownership Cooeperative Partnership
None of the
1814 Minimum wages need to be paid in: cash demand draft cheque above cash
holding cost inventory cost holding cost
Capital cost and and working and
The quantity to be ordered depends upon two and material procurement purchasing capital and procurement
1815 costs, what are they cost cost cost material cost cost

to implement
Establishment the process at
at corporate to implement functional to act as a to implement
1816 In Kaizen the role of middle management is level the process level leader the process
perfect quality, which tool will I apply to check
1817 this six sigma ABC analysys MRP EOQ six sigma
I wanted to know the major and minor causes
which are responsible for the problem,from the Ishikawa Ishikawa
1818 following which technique will I adopt ERP ABC analysis MRP diagram diagram

1819 Find the odd one out ABC analysis EOQ MRP TQM TQM

Seiri means Seiri means Seiri means Seiri means

sorting and sorting and weeping and sorting and
Seition means seition means seition means none of the Seition means
1820 Which
EOQ does of the
notfollowing is correctly
work if ------ matched
order quantity is Set in order standardising set in order above Set in order
1821 compulsory. Minimum Maximum Smaller None Minimum
.------------ activity is complicated and takes more None of the
1822 time. Purchasing Procurement Both (a) & (b) above Procurement
Selling &
Indirect Abnormal distribution Indirect
1823 Income other than sales are called as ------------ income losses Sales expenses income
 All of the
1824 Direct tax is an example of ----------- Income tax Sales tax Wealth tax abone Income tax
Out of following, --------- is not considered as a Widow
1825 dependent. Widow Minor son mother Married sister Married sister
Safety Safety
Fire extinguishers should be kept in easily Personal measures measures
accessible places.Under which category of Safe material protection Good house essential in essential in
1826 accident prevention methods does this appear? handling devices keeping industry industry

Lack of training to worker is a cause of accident Wrong layout Natural

1827 due to -------- Worker Management of workplace disaster Management
Can be
internally Temperory in Having less no. All of the All of the
1828 Features of project organization are ------------ formed nature of employees above above
Factors which affects departmentation are --------- All of the All of the
1829 -- Product Process Function Above Above
.------------ means right (to command) and power Communicatio None of the
1830 .----------
to act. organization is also called as staff Authority Responsibility n above Authority
1831 organization. Line Military Scaler Functional Functional
.------- type of organization is suitable for military
1832 & small businesses. Line Funtional Line & staff Projet Line
.------- is important not only for individual but for Division of
1833 an organization also. Discipline Authority work Remuneration Discipline
Controlling &
Decision ensure
1834 The
The funtion ofadministration
factor which is --------------
affects decision making is --------- making Policy making discipline All of above All of above
1835 ------------- Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of above All of above
.----------- is the downward transfer of authority None of the
1836 from manager to subordinate. Authority Responsibility Delegation above Delegation
.-------- level management is known as strategical None of the
1837 level of management. Top Middle Lower above Top

Scientific Administrative Bureaucratic

1838 The area of classical school are ---------- Management Management Management All of above All of above

. --------------------- is not the type of service Import & None of the Import &
1839 industry. Entertainment Hospitality Export House above Export House
Commercial Regional Cooperative All of the All of the
1840 Following are types of banks ---------- banks Banks Banks Above Above
In ABC analysis, the 20 % items in industry having
1841 cost 80% of total inventory cost is called as ------- Type A Type B Type C None Type A

1842 .------------ inventory is not a type of inventory. Raw Finished In-proess Departmental Departmental
None of the
1843 Continuous Improvement means ----------- Kaizen 5'S' Six sigma above Kaizen

Authority Authority is Higher the Authority is Authority

cannot be the power to post, higher is right to cannot be
1844 Which statement is wrong? delegated act the authority command delegated
Lack of Insufficient Over
1845 Why plan fails Knowledge data confidence All are correct All are correct
Suzuki b) Pune 3. Mahindra c)Chennai 4. Kinetic 1 (a) 2 (c) 3 (b) b) 1 (c) 2 (a) 3 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) d) 1 (d) 2 (b) 3 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d)
1846 d) Nasik 4 (d) (b) 4 (d) 4 (a) (c) 4 (d) 4 (a)
1847 License permit raj in India was in this period 1965 – 1990 1990 – 2002 1965 – 1970 1955 – 1965 1965 – 1990
Both A &
1848 Application of ERP are__________ SAP Tally ERP MPR Both A & B B
 Strong
Customer leadership
satisfaction motivates
can be personnel and All of the All of the
1849 Benefits of ISO 9001:2000 are _______ achieved guide above None of these above
____________ accident prevents employees from
working, for the period less than 48 hours from
1850 the time of accident. Fatal Major Minor Trivial Minor
__________________ is an unfortunate & sudden
mishappening which causes damage or loss of
1851 property, material or human. Accident Activity Process Movement Accident
form a business as owners with all legal
formalities then formed ownership is called as Joint stock
1852 ______________ type of ownership. Co-operative company Partnership Proprietorship Partnership
When a group of people are pulled together for a
special task then formed structure of organisation
1853 is called _________________ organisation Project Line Functional Line & staff Project

Departmenation is done on the basis of product, manufacturing

1854 function & _____________ working technique process methods process
Senses of responsibility increases due to
1855 _____________________ provided by seniors. authority responsibility Initiative Leading authority
Similar activites & related people are grouped
1856 together to form a _________________ department organisation span of control committee department
betweeen authority & ______________ &
1857 controls the efforts of group. authority responsibility delegation controlling responsibility
Which function of management fails due to
following reasons a. Incorrect person to do plan,
b. faulty System of work c. Insufficient data d. No
1858 feedback system e. Overconfidence Organising Directing Planning Motivating Planning
subordinates is guided towards common goals of
the enterprise is called as _____________
1859 function of management Organising Directing Motivation Coordination Directing
Middle level management is also called as Strategical Operational
1860 __________________________ of managers Level Level Tactical Level Force Level Tactical Level
Management works as _______________ to
1861 produce goods using labour, materials and capital Catalyst Activator Convertor Processor Catalyst
Hospitality industry is mainly dependent on
1862 ______________ industry Tourism Agro Textile Process Tourism
using engineering technology and
1863 ______________ Tools Equipments Machinery Money Machinery
Service sector has occupied _____ of GDP (Gross
1864 Domestic Product) 0% 1% 2% 10% 1%
______________ department will be dedicated
1865 for saftey related work only Production Safety Sales Accounting Safety
Relationship between employer & employees is
very important for the development &
1866 _____________ of any organization. Growth Stability Increment Survival Survival
Financial management is nothing but effective
1867 management of __________ Funds Material Labour Equipment Funds
working capital but it's nature is ______________ Increasing
1868 for every year or month. Temporary Permanent variable basis Permanent
____________ is an instrument of management
1869 for planning its future activities. Accounts Debentures Shares Budgets Budgets
that if you have something it must have been Profit & loss Organisation
1870 paid for somehow. account chart Balance sheet Labour budget Balance sheet
 A man working in an industry has annual income
of 2,50,000 Rs. from all sources, total investment
like PF, PPF, LIC savings 50,000 Rs., Exempted
amount for income tax is 1,50,000 Rs. & income
tax rate is 10% upto 3,00,000. Find out amount of
1871 income tax paid by that person is 2000 10000 5000 3000 5000
which will not stop the manufacturing and allied
1872 process inventory handling assurance control inventory
The results of ABC analysis have to be reviewed
1873 ________________ & updated. regularly periodically monthly yearly periodically
cost of carrying it i.e. __________________ cost
1874 will b more. procurement purchase inventory transport inventory
MRP (Material Resource Planning) projects not
only demand but also the timing of the purchse
1875 _______________ demand. quantity sell quantity production inventory inventory
If a TV manufacturing industry is using ABC
analysis for inventory management. They are A- picture
having items such as picture tube main costly A- picture A- electronics A- PCB, B- tube, B- A- picture
item, PCB moderately cost & electronics tube, B- PCB, C- components, B- picture tube, C- electronics tube, B- PCB,
components less costly items, then classify these electronics PCB, C- picture electronicsco components, C- C- electronics
1876 items into A items, B items & C items. components tube mponents PCB components
ERP module following are the ERP module and
department match ERP module with their
department A. ERP Finance module B. ERP
Human Resources Module C. ERP Purchase
Module D. ERP production module and
Departments are 1. Production Dept. 2. Account A- 2, B- 4, C- 3, A-1, B-2, C-3, A-4, B-3, C-2, A-3, B-4, C-1, A- 2, B- 4, C- 3,
1877 Dept. 3. Purchase Dept. 4. Personal Dept. D-1 D-4 D-1 D-4 D-1
Quality __________ gives more attention on
testing of products to find defects & reporting to
1878 management before release of product. Feedback Assurance Management Control Control
Kaizen is the Japanese term which means
1879 __________________ Increment Decrement Improvement Steady state Improvement
items within a workplace in order to operate
1880 more ________. Effectively Efficiently Satisfactorily Regularly Efficiently
Strategy (B.S.) phases. Match the Stage & Break
through Strategy correctly. 1. Identification 2.
Characterization 3. Optimization 4.
Institutionalization and B.S. phases are A.
Improve & Control B. Standardise & Integrate C. 1-A, 2-B, 3-C, 4- 1-C, 2-D, 3-A, 1-B, 2-C, 3-D, 1-D, 2-A, 3-B,4- 1-C, 2-D, 3-A,
1881 Recognize & Define D. Measure & Analyze D 4-B 1-A C 4-B

Planning & coordinating & Guiding &

1882 The term management means---? organizing Directing Motivating All above. All above.

1883 Organizing process transfers------? Into reality Plans Problems Task. None of these. Plans
To avoid delay in work-----? Management
1884 function is used. Planning Coordinating Directing. Motivating. Coordinating

1885 In line organization authority flows from---------? Top to bottom Bottom to top Both a & b None of these Top to bottom
An accident means unforeseen ----------- sudden Semi
1886 mishap? Uncontrolled Controlled controlled All above Uncontrolled

1887 Material Management is an --------activity? Integrated Isolated Both a & b None of these Integrated
List of
Short list of Detailed list of important Short list of
1888 The term Inventory management means---------? items items items. None of these. items

Total Quality Total Quantity Total Quality

1889 TQM stands for----------? management. management. Both a and b None of these. management.
1890 KAIZEN theory uses---------theory? 5S 6S 7S 4S 5S
6-Sigma is a---------- method used for
1891 improvement? Statistical. Mathematical Both a and b None of these Statistical.

By
For creating Departments --------- methods are function/prod
1892 used? uct/process By Market Customer All above. All above.
If the capital in a business provided by one or two
persons in the form of Shares With legal entity Partnership Partnership
1893 then it is Called as ---------? Joint stock co. co. Public ltd. co. None of these. co.
Following table is the example of--------budget? .
XYZ-Co. -----------Budget. For the year- Dept. JAN
FEB MAR 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr. X 4000 2000 4000
1894 13000 14000 Y 2000 2000 3000 9000 9500 X+Y Production Labour Sales Cash Sales
To achieve the vision of an organization------
1895 management works? Upper level Middle level Lower level Both a & b Upper level

Generating The promotion Generating

Work alternative for of research alternative for
allocation on problem and Training problem
1896 Brainstorming is used by the management for: the shop floor. solving. development. employees. solving.
Analysis of causes of deviation is a part of
1897 ______________ Process motivation teamwork controlling leadership controlling

employees
labour doing meeting group of 15 group of 15
In an organization which of following group is not working on a discussion in members in a people on bus people on bus
1898 present site work area company stop stop
organization is
organization a group of organization
has no it has aims and working organizaiton is has no
1899 which of the following statement is wrong ? boundaries objectives people a system boundaries
to ensure to ensure
regular and regular and
to ensure safe adequate adequate
which of following is not objective of financial profit wealth working supply of supply of
1900 management maximization maximization condition funds funds
The capital required for a business is working both (A) and both (A) and
1901 ____________ fixed capital capital (B) None (B)
Profit and loss
1902 Following fig. refers to : Balance sheet sheet Budget sheet Master Sheet Balance sheet

ABC analysis
does not give cannot be
ABC analysis importance to used if some ABC analysis
results in components of the items results in
reduction of which are are scarce and reduction of
which of the following is advantage of ABC annual critical for are not readily annual
1903 analysis _______ inventory cost production available all inventory cost
___________ at which the combination of
procurement costs and inventory carrying costs
1904 are least quality cost profit quantity quantity

they increase they decrease they decrease they decrease

as quantity as quantity as quantity as quantity
ordered ordered ordered none of the ordered
1905 procurement
Quality consistcosts:
of ______________- to satisfy increases decreases increases above increases
1906 wants. capacity control quantity arragement capacity
 Process employed to ensure a certain level of
1907 quality in a product or service is called quality audit 5s quality control quality circle quality control
Annual Annual Annual
Actual General General Annual Great General General
1908 AGM stands for Member Meeting Meeting Member Meeting
finished good means good waiting for dispached None of the
1909 to: customer supplier A and B above customer
None of the
1910 Which of the following is in significant item A items B items C items above A items
page from master
1911 following fig shows : ledger balance sheet sales budget master budget budget
Fixtures
Which of the following would represent an Fixtures & Cash at the &
1912 organisations Fixed Assets Fittings Bank Debtors Retained Profit Fittings
Which of the following is/are Current Liabilities of Motor
1913 the organisation? Vehicles Debtors Creditors Share Capital Creditors

Sales Revenue Sale Revenue Sales Revenue Sale Revenue

& Opening Purchases & & Cost of & closing & Cost of
1914 Gross Profit is the difference between? Stock Closing Stock Goods Sold Stock Goods Sold
Maslows motivation theory is on the basis of maintenance
1915 human___________. satisfaction needs factors rewards needs

1916 which
Goal ortype of organization
target to be achievedis the fig. refer
is known as to… process functional staff Line and Staff Line and Staff
1917 ____________. objective schedules procedures budgets objective
to the lowest level in the organization is Unity of Unity of
1918 _________ direction command Centralization Scalar chain Scalar chain
efforts towards the attainment of goals is called
1919 an Organization Business Management Department Organization
Exchange of ideas, opinions, information etc. communicatio communicatio
1920 India
between two or more
is awarded persons is________
a certification of ---- free planning organizing n staffing n
1921 country. cancer Polio Swine flu AIDs Polio
1922 Excess inventory may lead to : profit loss funds less space loss
when we order and receive good in company it procurement None of the procurement
1923 will include cost inventory cost holding cost above cost
focus 2)Leadership3)Involvement of
1924 people4)Process approach ERP Organization ISO:9001 EOQ ISO:9001
1925 Extract from pareto's chart : The key causes are D,E,F H,I,J A,B,C A TO J A,B,C
_________ Industries are known as sunshine information information
1926 sector of Indian economy chemical technology agricultural process technology
to aquire to create and to create and
success in to satisfy keep keep
1927 The purpose of business according to Drucker, to get money market customer customers customers

Data travelling Television Goods being

through signals Goods being transported
Which of the following is an example of a physical computer broadcast by transported The imagery of across
1928 aspect of globalization? networks satellite across borders global brands borders
1929 The ------process transform plans in to reality. Planning organizing directing all of above organizing
The right of a person to give instructions to his
1930 subordinates is known as_________. responsibility authority Accountability Line authority authority
helps to achieve the objective of business is
1931 _______ planning Organization Management Control Organization
The process of dividing the large monolithic
functional organization into small and flexible Departmentati Departmentat
1932 Identify
administrative
type ofunits is called__________.
organization does the fig. refer Staffing Delegation on Control ion
1933 to.. Project Functional Process Line Project
 Absence of
proper
An environmental factor for accidents in industry protecting improper protruding
1934 is: devices daydreaming ventilation nails daydreaming
As per Factories Act, "--------------------” of a
factory means the person who has the ultimate
1935 control over the affairs of the factory. Manager Owner Director Occupier Occupier
byFactories Act upon the employer with respect
1936 to his workers ? Health Safety Welfare All the above. All the above.
_____________ if an organization is engaging 500 safty plant welfare
1937 or more employees committee welfare officer committee saftey officer officer

The function of financial management is profit management all of the all of the
1938 ________ record keeping maximization of cash flow above above

debentures
form the fixed rate of It is the credit It is the credit
capital of the interest is paid money of the none of the money of the
1939 complete fiil in the blank company on debentures company above company

The summary of an organisations assets and Trading Profit & Loss

1940 Liabilities at a particular point in time is called? Account Account Balance Sheet Trade Balance Balance Sheet
Depreciation
of Motor
Which one of the following cannot be found in Vehicles for Telephone Sales Goods Wages/Salarie Sales Goods
1941 the Profit & Loss Account? the year Expenses returned s returned
has a Fixed Cost of Rs. 30,000. If the selling price
is Rs. 350 each and Variable Costs are Rs. 100 per
unit what is the number of units needed to reach
1942 the Break-Evan point? 80 120 250 300 120

preparation of determine unit get annual none of the preparation of

1943 To preparation of ABC analysis First step is lisi of all items price consumption above lisi of all items
Which of the following is the name given to a bill
of lading where goods have been received by a Shipped bill of Claused bill of Ordinary bill of Clean bill of Clean bill of
1944 carrier free of defects? lading lading lading lading. lading.
handling equipment does a ‘counterbalanced Gravity Warehouse Fork lift
1945 type’ belong to? Conveyor Fork lift Trucks Picking Robot Trolley. Trucks
storage facilities. Which of the following is the
most appropriate factor to consider in the design
1946 of a stockyard? Structure Services Surface Shelving. Surface

process steps process steps

and their a cluse in customer and their
1947 process flow chart helps to explain relationship cost of quality ISO:9001 complaints relationship
Normal Normal
distribution distribution
1948 Name
Qualitythe curve
is the shown
relative in fig.
term and is used with curve sixsigma curve normal curve sigma curve curve
1949 reference to - product quantity ERP MRP product
it is the series of the quality management system
standards created by the international
1950 organisation for standardisation ERP ISO 9001 EOQ 5S ISO 9001
classification of material as per their values and None of the
1951 usage comes under TQM ABC analysis ERP above ABC analysis
 the capital
invested in
assets of
fixed assets durable nature
are used over for repeated
and over again use of long
for numbers of perid is called
1952 which statement is wrong years fixed capital both none none

it is needed to it is needed to it is needed to

expand the start the run the None of the None of the
1953 which is wrong statement about capital businees businees businees above above

cash to be cash to be
equipment maintained in maintained in
1954 Fixed capial is not required for land building and machinery emergency emergency
long term loan from
1955 Fixed capial can be financed through shares debentures banks all all

injury caused
injury caused during death after All of the All of the
1956 employer has to do compensation in which case by accident employement accident above above

many
centralisation functions are centralisation
control are gives power in controlled by a centralisation considers
concentrated the hands of central considers local local issue
1957 which statement is wrong at the centre center authority issue always always

Urban co-operative bank refers to which of the Single Partnership Co-operative Co-operative
1958 following company type- Ownership public ltd company company company

self self
1959 which is the last need in Maslow need hierchy social physiological safety actualisation actualisation
decision
1960 what is the next function after planning making organising staffing scheduling organising
1961 Banks are regulated by SBI RBI CBI FBI RBI

Employment Foreign All of the All of the

1962 LPG increases
Excise – amount of duty paid on _____
duty is the opportunity Investment Competition above above
1963 of goods. Sales Production Trading Excise Production
Which one of the following is not a personal
1964 protective device ? hand gloves helmet goggles pullover pullover

1965 #NAME? Service Trade Manufacturing Both a and b Trade

Following business pattern do not come under
1966 service industry. IT Banking Real Estate Textile Mill Textile Mill
Out of stock Out of stock
1967 Too little inventory increases the risc of: condition More stock Theft Can't Predict condition
1968 Kaizen is the name given by: Chinese Japanese Korean Thai Japanese

1969 Meeting goals can increase : Needs Safety Competition Motivation Motivation
Food,Water,Sleep,Clothes,and an acceptable Physiological Competence Physiological
1970 temperature are all examples of : Need Safely Needs Needs Social Needs Need
1971 The motivators are guided by : Motivation Need Satisfaction None Need
____ make products, from raw materials or service Manufacturer service
1972 componentparts, which they then sell at a profit. providers es Traders None providers
 in the form of in the form of in the form of in the form of in the form of
1973 How do traders make profit? commission loans shares debentures commission
Textile
1974 What is the main stay of Indian economy? Agriculture Chemicals Engineering industry Agriculture

Indian IT companies are not working in the product product

1975 __________________ business. telecom service software development development

Assigning the Delegation of

Out of following which is the first activity in activities to Grouping of authority to Identifying the Identifying
1976 organizing? manager activities managers activities the activities

They expect less but contribute more this Self Self

1977 happens in which phase? Social needs Safety needs actualization Esteem needs actualization
Project organization is a
1978 ____________organization structure. Temporary Permanent Annual Quarterly Temporary

_________ is a voluntary organization formed to co-operative Public limited None of the co-operative
1979 serve the members and the welfare of society. company society company above society
In a tall organisation structure, the span of
1980 control is ___________ big wide narrow small narrow
loans from loans from
commercial commercial
1981 _______________ is a source of working capital. banks public deposits debenture subcontracting banks
indirect work in None of the indirect
1982 Tools, lubricants, cutting fluids are ___________. materials finished goods progress above materials
control and focus attention only on important None of the
1983 items. EOQ ABC analysis inventory above ABC analysis
The ___ provides the information about when to
1984 order and how much to order. MRP ERP EOQ Inventory MRP

to implement
to establish at in the
the corporate to implement functional
1985 In kaixen the role of an employee is __________ level the process area to participate to participate
Business is the process of providing platform to technical and thinking and technical and leadership C
the people to exhibit their & abilities. economical mental mangerial and vocal
1
knowledge
What does a business provide to the customers goods and profit and satisfaction and happiness
2 in exchange of their money? services services and reliability A
to acquire to create and
success in to satisfy keep
3 According to Drucker, the purpose of business: to get money market customers customers. D

Manufacturin
4 Which on of these is not a type of business? Service g machining trade C
primary quaterly secondary tertiary
5 Service sector is also known as: sector sector sector sector D

Acquring production of completing

6 What is manufacturing? customers merchandise gaining profit demand B

in the form of in the form of in the form of in the form of

7 How do traders make profit? commission loans shares debentures A

profitable and singular and . bilateral and direct and

8 What are the types of trades? loss plural multilateral indirect C
 Which one of the following is not a broad durable basic consumer
9 category of chemical industry? products chemical life sciences products A
10 Which one of the following is a fertillser? nitrogen chlorine soda ash ammonia D
Which one of the following categories of basic specially consumer
chemical
11 Which oneindustry has smallest
of the following volume?
is not a consumer chemicals life sciences shemicals products B
12 product? soap detergents cosmetics caustic soda D
Tata Reliance
____is the leading manufacturer in the petrochemical Parle Agro- Hindustan Petrochemical
13 chemical industry. s products Unilever s D
Textile
14 What is the maintay of Indian economy? Agriculture Chemicals Engineering industries A
Agriculture provides employment to almost %
15 of India's work force. 40 50 60 none of above B
fruits and finished
16 India has very large export of processed chemicals vegetables products fishes B
Similar to manufacturing companies, banking is customer
17 a business to make . public relation profit goods relations B
___banking is not a business segment of treasury
18 industry. retail interest whole sale operations C

19 It takes too many days for payment by . demand draft cash cheque RTGS C
For paying amount upto 2 lacs,______is in cheque
20 better choice. demand draft payment RTGS NEFT D
Commission charged by a bank on DD is
21 charges applied to RTGS & NEFT. less than equal to . more than negligible to C
The promise to compensate for any potential
22 failure is called as . fixed deposit recurring insurance interest C
The certain amount which an insurer pays to the
23 company is: EMI premium interest bill. B
health travel motor
24 Find the odd one out. insurance insurance life insurance insurance C
____policy covers all the medical expenses health travel motor
25 following hospitalisation. insurance insurance life insurance insurance A
Very recently, the Indian government has
26 permitted % FDI in the insurance sector. 49 48 50 51 A
Bajaj Allianz
general Kotak life
27 Find the odd one out. insurance LIC of India ESIC insurance A
Which one of these is the largest segment in textile banking chemical engineering
28 Indian industry? industry industry industry industry D
precise and heavy and heavy and civil and
29 What are the segments of engineering sector? controlled light technical mechanical B
Which one of these is not a relavant factor in
30 What
process industries?
plays an important role in the indian goods ingredients formulas bulk A
31 which
textile of
industry?
the following can't be used in textile satin wood cotton machines C
32 industry? cotton wool jute polythene D
How many products are produced by chemical more than more than more than more than
33 industry? 70,000 6,000 60,000 7,000 A
Chemical industries produce in the largest soda and polymers and cosmetics and water and
34 quantity. soaps plastics paper detergents B
Which one of the following processes is not a
35 part of textile industry? spinning weaving dying polishing D
small scale large scale village sugar
36 ____demand high level of manual labour. industries industries industries industries C
37 Which type of industries are semi automated? small scale large scale village sugar A
Which type of industries involve largest small scale large scale village sugar
38 investment? industries industries industries industries B
39 Which one of the following is not a cash crop? cashew spices jower tobacco C
 Information Information Information
Technology Technology Technology Information
Extend Education Enbled Technology
40 What does ITES stand for? Service Service Services Energy Service C
___industry is the sunshine sector of Indian chemical information agricultural process
41 economy. technology B
Which one of the following is the leading
42 software exporter from India? Bangalore Hyderabad Chennai Mumbai A

Indian IT companies are not working in the product

43 business. service telecom software development D

classfied and individual organised and

44 Retailers can be classfied into: big and small non-classfied and group unorganised D
The Government of India has allowed % FDI in
45 In
single brand
multi retail
brand trading.
retail trading the permission for 49 51 100 50 C
46 FDI is % 49 51 100 50 B

47 India is largely an___retail market. unorganised profitable organized . black A

48 Hospitality falls under____sector. public retail private
service D
other
Which one of the following is not a major accommodati hospitality
49 segment of hospitally industries? on food services public relation operations C
hospility
50 The health care sector in India is controlled by: public sector private sector sector government B
The process of transferring ownership of
51 business from public sector to private sector is: privatisation liberalisation trading globalisation A
The relaxation of previous government
restrictions economic policies, transfer of trade modernisatio
52 and foreign direct investment is: privatisation globalisation liberalisation n C
A commercial, industrial or professional Budget Business Hospital Education B
activity undertaken by an individual or a
group, e.g. the purchase and sale of goods,
53 providing services etc. in an attempt to make a
…….may refer to a particular area of Agriculture Business Balance sheet Budget B
economic activity, such as the real estate
business, computer business
54 poultry, farming, telecommunication, shipping,
Privately owned business have one of their Equality Loss Profit Service/societ C
55 main objectives as the generation of y/nation
State owned business or Co-operatives Loss Profit None C
business have one of their main objectives as Service/societ
56 the generation of y/nation
The output of the …..sector may be Service Manufacturin Engineering Trade A
information , service, attention, advice, g
57 experience, discussion and the Like.
…….is the process of transformation of a Organisation Privatsation Globalsation Liberalisation C
58 regional phenomenon into global one
59 Examples of service sector include……. only (i) I and ii ii and iv All of above D
i. news media, hospitality industry, consulting
ii. legal Practice healthcare, waste disposal
iii. real estate, personal service , business
services iv. House decorators, entertainers
……make products, from raw materials or Service Manufacturin Traders None B
60 component parts, which they then sell at a Providers g
Increased Huge amount Access Manufacturer A
competition of foreign advanced s
Following is not advantage of globalization.
investment technology
61
….act as middle men in getting goods Service Service Traders All C
62 produced by manufacturers to the consumer Providers
 Trade Service Manufacturer Economics A
63 …is also called as commerce s
Manufacturing sector contributes ……..of 5% 30% 15% 25% C
64 India’s GDP
Service Manufacturer Traders All C
65 …….make profit in the form of commission Providers s
Cars Three Heavy Public Travels B
66 India is the largest market in the world for . wheelers vehicles
Service Trade Both a and b B
. ……is willing exchange of good Manufacturer
67 s
Clean reduce increased None of D
Globalisation leads to……… environment competition terrorism above
68
The various industrial sectors are True False A
Engineering, process, Textile, chemical, Agro,
IT, Banking, Insurance, Retail,
69 Hospitality and Healthcare
Annual growth of approximate ……..is 10% 30% 20% 5% B
70 recorded in fast five years by service industry
…...industry primarily deals with design, Engineering Process Hospitality Health care A
manufacture and operation of structures, industry industry industry industry
71 machines of device.
Localisation, Liberalisation Liberalisation Liberalisation B
Privatidation Privatidation Privatidation Privatidation
and and and and
LPG Policy stands for
Globalization Globalization Government Generalisatio
policy policy Policy n Policy
72
……industry primarily comprises sectors like Engineering Process Textile chemical A
73 civil, electrical, electronic s and aeronautical. Industry Industry Industry Industry
……industry refer to manufacturing that is Engineering Process Textile Insurance B
associated with formulas and manufacturing industry industry industry Industry
74 recipes.
Power cuts Less market Tight policies Shortage of B
Which is not the challenge in front of cement
size of coal
75 industry? government
In the …..industry fiber is converted into Textile chemical Hospitality Health care A
76 yarn, then fabric, then textiles. industry Industry industry industry
Indian textile industry currently generates True False A
77 employment to more than 3.5 crore people .
Increased Imported Increased All of the D
Which is the advantages of globalization? competition culture pollution above
78
Investment is the challenge in front True False A
79 automobile Industry.
Engineering industries output consists of True False A
80 polymers and plastics.
Government Finance Industry market D
81 Mechanism that allows trade is called as……. Department
Increased Better access Threat the Both a and b D
Which of the following advantages of International to external terrorism
globalization? Co-operation financing
82
Following is not the strength of textile cheap Demand is Import of raw Huge capacity C
industry. workforce continuous material of production
83
Pickles, papad, basket making are products chemical Agro Industry IT Industry Banking
84 of…….. Industry Industry
………industry helps in processing Textile chemical IT Industry Agro Industry D
agricultural products such as crop, livestock industry Industry
and fisheries and converting them to edible
85 and other to usable forms.
 Following are the challenges in front paper Availability of Heavy set-up Though Inadequate A
industry .Which one is wrong? lab cost competition quality of raw
material
86
Polymer Petrochemical Paints Sugar D
87 35. Following is not the chemical industry.
36. Industries associated with ……. Are IT Industry Banking Insurance Retail A
computer hardware, software, electronic, Industry Industry Industry
88 internet, telecom and equipment and e-
……has transformed India’s image on the chemical Agro Industry IT Industry Banking C
global platform and also fuelled economic Industry Industry
growth by energizing the higher education
89 sector especially in engineering and
…….is the business activity of accepting and Agro IT Banking Insurance C
safeguarding money owned by other
90 individuals and entities.
There are two types of banks, True False A
91 commercial/retail banks and investment bank.
Special Special State Special B
SEZ means …….. Export Zones Economic Economic engineering
92 Zones Zones Zones
93 Banks are regulated by……… SBI RBI CBI FBI B
Public sector Private sector Foreign Bank Co-operative A
Punjab National Banks is a ……….. Bank Bank Bank
94
Public sector Private sector Foreign Bank Co-operative B
HDFC Bank is a ……….. Bank Bank Bank
95
Public sector Private sector Foreign Bank Co-operative C
HSBC is a …………….. Bank Bank Bank
96
is a promise of compensation potential future Process chemical Banking Insurance D
97 losses in exchange for a periodic payment
Principal of ….. involves collecting funds from Hospitality chemical Banking Insurance D
many insured entities to pay for the losses that
98 some may incur.
99 Following is not associated with Insurance. Bajaj Allianz Max Life LIC ICC D
……Policies cover the cost of medical Health Dental Crime Life Insurance A
100 treatments. Insurance Insurance Insurance
Health Dental Crime Disability B
101 ….. protects policy holders for dental costs. Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
…..policies provide financial support in the Auto Dental Health Disability D
event of the policyholder becoming unable to Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
102 work because of disabling illness or injury.
…. Cover the policyholder against losses Property life Insurance Crime Disability C
arising from the criminal acts of third parties. Insurance Insurance Insurance
103 For example, theft.
Provided a monetary benefit to the family of Health Dental Life Insurance Property C
dead person or other designated beneficiary. It Insurance Insurance Insurance
104 may also provide for burial, funeral and
Provides protection against risks to property, Crime Property Crop Earthquake B
105 such as fire, theft or weather damage. Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
…Protects against property loss due to Flood life Insurance Property Boiler A
106 flooding. Insurance Insurance Insurance
107 …..is the sale of good and services to the Banking Insurance Retail Hospitality C
endures.
………is the relationship between the guest Banking Insurance IT Hospitality D
108 and the host.
The income of ……..mostly depends on the Insurance Agro Industry Hospitality Healthcare
109 availability of leisure time and disposable Industry Industry Industry
……..means maintaining and restoration of Insurance Healthcare Retail Hospitality B
health by the treatment and prevention of
110 disease by trained and licensed professionals.
 …………is the fastest growing sector in India Agriculture Fishing Service Manufacturin C
111 now-a-days. g
World Tariff World Trade World Wild Trade B
Organisation Organisation Tourism Organisation
WTO stands for …………..
Organisation
112
The year 1991 is famous for New fiscal IT parks Globalisation Policy of C
deficit policy initiated in policy, cooprative
Bangalore liberalisation societies
were changed
accepted by
113 india
Following business pattern is not coming under ITes Banking Real estate Textile mill D
114 service industry
115 Service industry is _____________ sector in Primary Secondary Basic Tertiary D
economy
Annual groth of approximate _________ % is 10% 30% 20% 5% B
116 recorded in last five year by service industry
Following is the fastest growing sector in india Agriculture Fishing Service C
now-a-days Manufacturin
117 g
118 License permit raj in india was in this period
Manufacturing sector contributes _________ % 5% 30% 15% 25% C
119 of India's GDP
_______% of workforce in india is working in 0.50% 1% 30% 12% D
120 manufacturing sector
______ is a willing exchange of goods Service Trade Both (a) & (b) B
Manufacturin
121 g
______ is also called as commerce Trade service Manufacturin Economics A
122 g
mechanism that allows trade is called as ______ Government Finance Industry Market D
123 department
Domestic trade isalso used as Global trade Foreign trade International Internal trade D
trade
124
125 Following is the main destination for capital India USA Pakistan Australia A
inflows
Following is not among the top 5 countries in China USA Saudi Arabia UK D
126 the list of our importers
All exports and imports activities are governed Foreign trad Fiscal policy Global policy Trade and A
by policy Business
127 policy
SEZ means Special Special State Special B
Export Zones Economic Economic Engineering
128 Zones Zones Zones
Which is the pioneering company with respect TISCO BOSCH Rajuri steels Jindal steel A
129 to iron and steel field in India ?
______ is the apex authoity of Government of TISCO Heavy SAIL ISA C
India ? industries
130 ministry
131 In ______ the first car was driven on the roads 1790 1857 1898 1909 C
of India
India is the largest market in the world for Cars Three Heavy Public travels B
132 wheelers vehicles
Match the pairs 1-a, 2-c, 3-b,4- 1-c, 2-a, 3-b,4- 1-b, 2-c, 3-d, 1-d, 2-b, 3-c, C
133 d d 4-a 4-d
1. Ashok Leland a. Pune
2. Suzuki b.
Chennai
3. Mahindra c.
Gurgoan
4. Kinetic d. Nashik
134 Following is 'not' the challenge in front of Fuel stortage Pollution Condition of Investment D
automobile industry road
135 Per capita consumption of paper in India is 1 kg 10 kg 4 kg 20 kg C
136 Following are the challenges in front of paper Availability of Heavy set-up Tough Inadequate A
industry. Which one is wrong ? labour cost competition quality of raw
material

137 Per capita consumption of cement in japan is 500 kg 400 kg 1000 kg 70 kg D

700 kg. in India, it is
138 Which is not the challenge in front of cement Power cuts Less market Tight policies Shortage of B
industry ? size of coal
government
139 Old Indian textile industry was predominantly Cotton Polysters Synthetic Blended A
_______ based textiles fabrics
140 Following is not the strength of textile industry Cheap Demand is Import of raw huge capacity C
workforce continuous material of poduction

141 Following is not the textile industry Arvind Welspun IBP Century C
142 Following is not the chemical industry Polymer Petrochemical Paints Sugar B

143 Following is not the agro industry Jute Suger Poultry Paper D
144 First nationalisation of 14 banks happened in 1969 1976 1950 1991 A
145 Following bank is working for agriculture field ICICI Allahabad NABARD AgroB C
146 Following is not associated with insurance Bajaj Allianz Max Life LIC ICC D
147 which organisation is at a number one position Max Life Birla Sunlife LIC ICICI Prulife C
in India in insurance ?
148 Service Manufacturin Trade All of Above D
Type of business ___________ g
149 Service enterprise provides the service that are Intangible Manufacturin All of Above None of A
called as _________ goods g above
150 Trading enterprises may be found operating in Wholesale Investment (a) and (b) None of C
the form of _____________ above
151 Construction Fisheries Textile All of Above D
Industrial sector involves ____________
152 Engineering industrial sector not involves Civil Mechanical Chemical Filament yard D
___________
153 Textile industrial sector involves Petrochemical Sericulture )Tobacco Seeds B
______________
154 Fabinda Pidilite Dupont India None of C
Top agro industry in India is ____________ Above
155 ITES Telecommuni a) and b) None of C
IT Sector involves __________________ cation Above
156 IT Enabled IT Enterprise IT Enables Industry A
service Service System Telecomm
Enabled
ITES stands for______________ Service
157 Business Business Business Business B
Procedure Process Process Procedure
Outsourcing Outsourcing Organization Organization
BPO Stands for _______________
158 Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge None of B
Procedure Process Process Above
Outsourcing Outsourcing Organization
KPO stands for __________________
159 Legal Process Limited Limited Last A
Outsourcing Process Procedure Procedure
Outsourcing Outsourcing Outsourcing.
LPO Stands For ________________
160 Research Read Process Research None of C
Procedure Outsourcing Process Above
RPO Stands For _______________
__________________ is backbone of Indian Outsourcing Outsourcing
161 economy. IT Textile Banking (a) and (b) C
 162 ShamraoVitth State bank Of Central Bank Reserve Bank D
al Co- India (SBI) of India (CBI ) of India (RBI)
Indian central bank is operative
______________________ Bank (SVC)
163 Insurance company categories Life Insurance General All of above None of C
________________ Insurance above
164 Major function of Insurance company To provide To Provide Shares risk All of above D
________________ certainty protection
165 Financial Foreign Foreign Foreign C
Transfer Transfer Tourist Arrival Tourist
Arrival Arrival Arrangement
FTA stands for ___________________
166 Hospitality industry categories Food and Accommodati Travel and All of above D
________________ beverages ons tourism
167 Indian Tourist Indian Indian Tourist Indian B
Development Tourism Development Tourism Data
Corporation Development Co-operative Corporation
Corporation
ITDC stand for ___________
168 Indian is awarded a certification of POLIO free Cancer Polio Swine Flu AIDS B
country in _______________
169 January2011 January2009 Jan-14 Jun-11 A
India is awarded a certification of POLIO free
country in __________
170 World Health World health Nation health None of A
Organization center Center above
India is awarded a certification of POLIO free
country by ___________-
171 Liberalization, Liberate, Liberate, None of A
Privatization, Private, Private, above
Globalization Globalization Global

LPG ______________________
172 Global General General General D
Agreement on Aggregation Agreement on Agreement on
Tariffs and on Tariffs and Traffics and Tariffs and
GATE stands for _______________________ Trade Trade Trade Trade
173 GATT was created in _____________ 1950 1947 1948 )1951 B
174 a)Internationa International Internal Trade International D
l Trance Test Organization Trade
Organization Organization Organization
ITO stands for ________________
175 World Trade World Test Work Test World Trade A
Organization Organization organization Organics
WTO stands for ___________
176 Textile Process Chemical IT industry C
Cipla is a ____________________ industry industry industry
177 Insurance companies are growing at the annual 100% 15 %-20% 30% 30%-40% B
compound rate of ______________

OBJECTIVE ANSWER
SR.NO QUESTIONS OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D A/B/C/D
Who is known as the father of scientific Alfred Matthew
1 management? Marshall. Boulton F.W. Taylor Elton Mayo C
Managers who are responsible for making
organisation -wide decisions and
establishing the plans and goals that affect
2 the entire organisation are: Max Weber Henri Fayol Mary Follett Henry Gantt B
 Selecting the
right people
for the right Division of Unity of Unity of
3 Fredrick Taylor stress on: job. Labour command direction A
Fayol suggested that organisation can be
4 subdivided into main group of activity. 12 4 14 6D
Who is credited with having developed the Abraham
5 concept of a priorty or hierarchy of needs? F.W. Taylor Maslow Max Weber Mary Follett. B

Utilisation of
Te polies of the
gavernance organisation' The polices
of a kingdom s strengths and
and people and the objectives of
Arya Chanakya's Arthashastra written in the management How to improtance an
6 3rd century Bc provides guidelines for: . work. of discipline. organisation. A
In the early writings on management, The Arya
7 Art of War written by: Chanakya Mark Twain Sun Tzu Adam Smith C
The breakdown of operation in a product's
manufacturing into small and repetitive is Peter
8 recommeded by: Drucker James Watt F.W. Taylor AdamSmith D

A differential
piece rate to provide
method of to pay more to give less festival
9 To motivate workers Taylor suggested: payment. salary work bonus A

predeternine
d duration
critical and actual details of
activities in a schedule of progress of design of a
10 Gantt chart represents: project project activities. project C
Peter
11 Who developed a theory on Motion Study? Taylor James Watt Gilbreth Drucker C

Taylor's Fayol's
Authority hierarchy rules and procedures principles of principles of General Weber's
and division of rules and responsilities to management management administrativ bureaucratic
12 manage work are all features of: . . e theory. organisation. D

the
Mary Follett developed the theory of group resolution deciding communicati doing large
13 dynamics for: management wages. on process scale tasks A
Middle The
Possibly the most important pre-20th Scientific Managemen industrial The division
14 century influence on management was: management t revolution of labour C
Who is recognised as "The man who Peter F.
15 invented management"? F.W. Taylor Elton Mayo Drucker Henri Fayol C
 General Production Marketing
16 Who is not a middle level manager? manager Manage Section head Manager A

Which managers supervise and coordinate Production Fronline Opeation

17 the activities of operating employees? Manager Manager Section head Manager B
Administrati
18 is a policy making function. Production Plan Work on D
___does not belong to Henry Fayol's 14 Standardisati
19 principles of management. on Scalar chain Authority Discipline A

20 ____is the second function of management. Organising Planning Leading Controlling A

The process of inspiring the subordinates to Managemen
21 put in their best is known as____. Motivation Teamwork t Leadership A
Which on of the following functions
involves recruiting and placing qualified
22 personnel needed for the organisation? Planning Organising Staffing Leading C
Business
23 ___converts efforts into results Goal Plan Vision Strategy B
Plans that apply to the entire organisation,
establish the organisation's overall
objectives and seek to position the Tactical Strategic Single-use Operational
24 organisation in terms of its environment are plans plans plans plans B
For a manager, to control or direct the
work of an employee, the manager must Line Responsibilit Referent Staff
25 have. authority y power authority A
___is the process by which an organisation Strategic
decides what it will sell, to whom when and Managemen
26 how. t Planning Selling Marketing D
Managers who are responsible for making
organisation -wide decisions and
establishing the plans and goals that affect Production Top Frontline Research
27 the entire organisation are: Managers Managers Managers Managers B
____is the process of getting activities
completed efficiently and effectively with Managemen
28 and through other people. Leading Supervision
Controlling t D
formal
presentation
29 Which is not a type of communication? Voice mails Publications s listening D
Top Middle Frontline
Who is responsible for the actual operation Managemen Board of Managemen Managemen
30 of various departments? t Directors t t C
Top Middle Frontline
sets the vision and mission of the Managemen Managemen Managemen Board of
31 organisation. t t t directors A
Chief
The broad objectives and policies are Regional Marketing Executive
32 decided by: Manager Manager Supervisor Officer D

Top
managers, General
middle High level managers
Authority hierarchy, rules and proccedures Functional managers and lower and
and division of roles and responsibilities to staff and line and level administrativ
33 manage work are all features of: managers supervisors managers e B
Top level managers engage chiefly in Human
34 planning or long range planning. resource Financial Succesion Strategic D
 "Analysis of causes of deviations" is a part
35 of which process? Motivation Teamwork Succesion Strategic C
Which of the following is not a basic
36 function of the management process? Controlling Organising Working Leading C

37 reduces uncertainly. Negotiating Planning Organising Leading B

The planning process is used to Advancemen
38 prepare___in an organisation. t Technologies Discoveries Budgets D
Getting work done with a minimum of
39 effort, expense or waste is the definition of: Efficiency Effectiveness Productivity Planning A
____are an organisation's objective, and Specfic
___are the documented ways that Standing plans;
organisations intend to meet those plans; single- Stated goals; directional
40 objectives. use plans real goals Goals; plans plans C

41 ___is the judgement of future. Forecasting Planning Mission Organising A

42 A is a long term goal plan operation innovation vision D

___ is acommunication that flows from a Horizontal Upward downward None of
higher level to lower level in the communicati communicati communicati given
43 organisation on on on options. C
____determine specific goals and lays down None of
the broad areas with in which the goals are Managemen given
44 to be attained. Organisation t Business options D
___is the application of knowledge and None of the
45 personal skills to achieve results. Art Science Work above A
The five management functions of
planning, organising, commanding, Chester
46 coordinating, and controlling were F.W. Taylor Henry Ford Barnard Henri Fayol D

Defining hiring motivating determining

organisation organisation organisation who does
47 Organising includes: al goals al members al members what tasks. D

The precess of monitoring, comparing, and

48 correcting is called___ coordinating controlling leading organising B

human, technical,
The three essential managerial skills technical, empirical, interpersona techincal,
required by any person in an organisation human, and and l, and human, and
49 are___ empirical conceptual controlling conceptual D
Managers with good____are able to get the conceptual technical
50 best out of their people. human skills. skills skills visual skills A
Which one of the following skills are more
51 important at lower levels of management? human technical conceptual empirical B
smaller
52 In order to achieve a mission,____is/are set. goals vision big plan strategy A
A business paln depends upon word of
53 ___information. product mouth finance market D
____ refers to produce and earn at lease None of the
54 what the business did last year. Profit Survival Progess above B
Which of the following factors is
considered while developing premises in the Government Technologica Cost of raw None of the
55 planning process? policy l changes materials above D
 ____is the right to issue orders or make Government
56 decisions. To manage Policy Supervise Authority D
Developing responsible employees is a / an
57 ___process. leading planning coordinating old A
____is the function of employing eligible
58 people for the company. Planning Staffing Strategy Mission B
 To To do
  Following are mentioned few duties.  To keep  To reduce motivate Manufacturi
59 Which is not the duty of management? stability wastages staff ng D

 Poor
  When there is no Management , then Mature Wastages of Functioning Overlapping
60 what will not happen? work culture resources of executives of Duties A
Historical
61 Management is there from ……….. period After1800  After 1900   After 1700 A

 Getting the things done from others is Managemen

62 called as ……..  Direction Adjustment Organization t D

 It is a Both a and b Both a and

63    What is Management? Science  It is a art wrong b are correct D

  Out of Mentioned below, which is not  Financial  Human

64 input of management? Technology resources Growth resources C

   Out of Mentioned below, which is not  Status is    Goal  Desired

65 output of management? market achievement Technology Result C

 The
   Below are mentioned ‘stages’ of beginning of Managemen The war
evolution in management. Which is not management t theory in managemen
66 correct? thought post war era t concept d. C
 “Management is getting done by others”  Henry Mery
67 –is said by Gantt  Drucker Parker  Henry Fayol C
 An
economic  A system of  A class or All are
68   Management is not ……….. resource authority elite wrong D
1- (i) 2- 1- (ii) 2- 1- (iii) 2- 1- (iv) 2-
(iv), 3-(i), 4- (III), 3-(iv),4- (iv),3- (i), 4- (i), 3- (ii), 4-
69  Match the pairs: (iii) (i) (ii) (iii) A
a. Adam Smith (i) Need Hierarchy
b. F.W Taylor (ii) Economics
c. Maslow (iii) Principal of Management
d. Henry Fayol (iv) Scientific Management

Theory X
 Motion and Theory  Concept of
70  Mc Gregor has given his contribution in  Time study study Y bureaucracy C

 Principal Economics
Scientific of Functions of of
Managemen Managemen Managemen Managemen
71 F.W Taylor has given highest contribution in t t t t A
  Mary
“Principal of Management “ is the F.W Henry  Adam Parker
72 contribution of Taylor Fayol Smith Follett B
  What is the correct chorological order for
following evolution phases is descending
73 order (order to latest) 2-1-3-4-5 1-4-3-5-2 1-4-5-2-3 3-2-5-4-1 C
a. Scientific Management Theory
b. Organsation Environment Theory
c. Behavioral Management Theory
d. Administrative Management Theory
e. Management Science Theory

Methodolog  Team  Social All are

74 Management is not ……………….. y activity science Wrong D

 Higher the
post ,higher  Authority Authority Authority is
is the is the power can be not right to
75 Which statement is wrong? authority to act delegated command C

 What is the second side of coin of Remuneratio Responsibilit

76 authority? n Power y Position C
 Top to  Bottom to From  All are
77  Discipline starts from Bottom Top middle wrong C

Discipline Lack in
starts from Organization Discipline
Discipline
bottom to needs has no leads to loss
78 Which the statement is wrong? top Discipline excuse of control A
Henry Fayol has given ……… principals of
79 management.  13  12  16 14 D

 Scalar Responsibilit
80 Following is not the principal management.   Initative chain Staffing y C
c.  d. 
a. Team b. Division of Remuneratio
81 Following is not the principal management. work Organising work n B

Esprit de Decentralisa Centerlisatio

82 Following is not the principal management. corps  Authority tion n C

83  Following is not the principal management. Authority  Discipline Equity Planning D

 Scalar Centerlisatio
84 Position, designation, seniority defines….. chain  Initiative Authority n C
 Scalar
85 Meaning of …………….is right to command.  Stability chain Authority  Initiative C

When may function are controlled by a Centerlisatio Managemen

86 central Authority, it is called as…….. n t Discipline Authority A

Responsibilit
87 Remuneration is not based on ……… Designation y Emotions Performance C
 Higher
performance
–higher Based on
remuneratio Employee  It must reference
88 Requirement of Remuneration is not ……………n satisfaction be in time and contacts D

Talent of  In team

each work, there
Teamwork member is  Big task
creates good cannot be contribution is easier due
89 Which statement is wrong? work culture used from many teamwork B

Responsibilit Centerlisatio
90 ……..gives power in the hands of center. y n  Discipline Authority B

 Controls Centerlisatio  Many Centerlisatio

are n gives function are n consider
concentrate power in the controlled by local level
d at the hands of a central issues
91 Which statement is wrong? center center Authority always D
Extra
pressure of
work on very Quality of Monopoly in  Work gets
Out of following which is not the correct few is work gets skill by few completed in
92 advantage of ‘Division of Work’? reduced. reduced in reduced less time B

Managemen
93 To start with enthusiasm in called as…….. t Dynamism Leadership Initiative D

Deviation
from the
 Authority  Work is defined path  Teams are
94 Due to unit of direction …………. delegated Dividend is prevented formed C

Out of following which is not the function Remunerati Decision

95 of Management?  Staffing on Organising making B

Descending in advance what to do, how to  Decision –

96 do and when to do is …….. making Organising Planning  Motivating C

Conspiracy  Less  No Incorrect

from enemy devotion to feedback person to do
97 Which statement is wrong? and bad luck work system plan A

 Unity of Responsibilit
98 Concentration in work is possible by …….. command y Stability  Authority C
Equity is seen by few ways, Which is not Chair and  Dress  Canteen  Pickup
99 the correct following? cabin code facility facility A

 Over  Insufficient  Lack of All are

100 Why plan fails? confidence data knowledge correct D
  Equity  Equity Equity
gives good  Equity means no means equal
101 Which statement is wrong? work culture gives dignity bias wages D

 It is It is
management Principal of  It is
concept in managemen function of  It is name
102 What is Esprit de corps? Russia t management of company B

    Directing
103 Out of following which is not the function management? Controlling Discipline Planning C
 To avoid
 To heavy
  To reduce increase To get mental
104 Out of following which is not the objective ofuncertainty
good plan? productivity money pressures C

 Delegation Assigning
Identifying  Groping of authority the activities
105 Out of following, which is the first activity inthe activities the activities to managers to managers A
organizing?

106 Providing correct way of working is ….. Controlling Organizing Directing Planning C

Directing
needs
communicati
on and
 Directing motivation
needs good  Directing Directing is as
vision in should be one time supportive
107 Which statement is wrong? leadership autocratic activity functions C

Managemen
108 …………is like a break system in automobile. t  Planning Controlling Directing C

Planning is
Planning is  Planning necessary to Planning
sometime affects facilitate puts focus
109 Which statement is wrong? essential performance control on objective A

 Proper
 Planning Planning is planning
improves the  Planning thinking helps in
110 Which statement is wrong? processes reduce risk after failures motivating C

 Establish  Identify Prioritize Establish

111 First steps in planning is : tasks resources goals goals D

 Decision –
112 Which is the next function after planning? making organizing  Staffing Scheduling B
‘The assignment of each grouping to the
manager with the authority necessary to
113 supervise it’ is called as ………….  Controlling Organizing  Staffing Planning B
 Work on correct track with correct speed is
114 possible by ………… Controlling Organizing Directing Planning A
 It is It is
Out of following which is not the dynamic in  It needs at  It is starting
115 characteristic of controlling? nature any time flexible function D

 Self –
Physiological
116 Which is the first need in Maslow’s need hierarchy?’  Social  Security Actualisation A

117 Food, Water, Shelter are ………… needs.  Safety  Esteem  Social Physiological D
118 How many needs are mentioned in Maslow’s    6
needs.  4 5  3 C
Do the proper ascending sequence (down
119 to up) of Maslow’s needs. 1-2-3-4-5 1-3-4-2-5 1-4-3-2-5 2-1-3-4-5 A
1. Physiological
2. Security needs
3. Love/Affection needs
4. Social needs
5. Self-actualization needs
Self-
“They expect less but contribute more” –  Esteem actualization  Safety  Social
120 This happens in which phase? needs needs need needs B

Closed  Feedback  Open Reverse

121 Control system having feedback is ……… loop system control loop system system A

 Finding out Recognize

122 First steps in decision –making is……………. alternatives  Evaluation  Analysis the problem D
Which of the following is the advantage of  No  Quick  No All are
123 effective decision-making ? delays action confusion correct D
 Linear Dynamic
Which is not the technique for effective programmin programmin
124 decision-making in Core Company? g Outsourcing Simulation g B
125 Need-want-satisfaction chain is invented by Maslow  Taylor  Drucker  Fayol A

Decision-
126 Employees get energized due to Controlling Motivation Planning Making B
Self-
Which is the last need (higher) in Maslow’s actualization Physiological  Social Safety
127 need hierarchy? needs needs needs needs A
Getting the things done from others is Managemen
128 called as t adjustment Orgnisation Direction A

It is a Both a & b both a & b is

129 what is managmnert ? science It is an art are wrong correct D
Out of mentioned below , which is not the Human Financial
130 input of management ? resources resources Growth Technology

Out of mentioned below , which is not the desired Goal Status in

131 output of management ? results achivement Technology market C
To do
Following are mentioned few duties which To keep To motivate To reduce manufacturi
132 is not duty of management ? satability staff wastages ng C
 Poor
When there is no management, then what Overlapping Wastages of functioning Mature work
133 will not happen ? of duties resources of exeution culture D
Historical
134 Management is there from After 1700 after 1800 After 1900 period
1-b, 2-d, 3-a, 1-b, 2-c, 3-a, 1-c, 2- d, 3- 1-d, 2-a, 3-
135 Match the pairs 4-c 4-b a, 4-b b, 4-c A
1. Adam Amith a.
Need hierarchy
2. F.W. Taylor b.
Economics
3. Maslow c.
Principles of management
4. Henry fayol d.
Scientific Management

Concept of Motion Theory X &

136 Mc Gregor has given his contribution in bureaucracy study theory Y Time study C

Economics Principales
F.W. Taylor has given his highest and of theory X and Scientific
137 contribution in management management Theory Y management D
Principles of management is the
138 contribution of Adam smith Hendry Fayol Mary Parker F.W. Taylor B
what is the correct chronological order for
following evolution phases in desending
139 order (order to latest ) ? 1-4-3-5-2 1-4-5-2-3 2-1-3-4-5 3-2-5-4-1 A
1. Scientific management theory
2. Organisation Environment Theory
3. Behavioural management theory
4. Administrative management theory
5. management science theory

the
beginning of the war the pre war management
Below are mentioned 'stages' of evolution management management management theory in
140 in management - which is not correct ? thought concept concept post war era B
"Management is getting the things done by
141 others" is said by Henry Fayol Drucker Mery Parker Fayol C
An
economic A system of A class or
142 management is not resource authority elite all are wrong D
methodolog social Team all are
143 Management is y science activity correct D
Henry Fayol has given _______ principles of
144 management 14 12 16 13 A
Following is not the principle of responsibilit
145 management Initiative Scalar chain staffing y C

Following is not the principle of Division of remuneratio

146 management Team work Organising work n B
Following is not the principle of Centralisatio Decentralisat Esprit de
147 management n Authority ion corps C
148 Following is not principle of management Authority Discipline Equity Planning D
 Centralisatio
149 Position, designation, seniority defines n Initiative Authority Scaler chain C

150 Meaning of ________ is right to command Stability Authority Scalar chain Initiative B

Higher the
Authority Authority is post , higher Authority is
can not be the power to is the right to
151 which ststment is wrong ? delegated act authority aommand A
what is the secound side of coin of Remuneratio
152 authority ? position Power Resposibility n C
Top to Bottom to
153 Discipline state from bottom Top From middle All are wrong A

discipline Lack in
Discipline organisation starts from discipline
has no needs bottom to leads to loss
154 which statement is wrong ? excuses discipline top of control C
when many functions are controlled by a Managemen Centralizatio
155 central authority , it is called as Authority t Discipline n D
Centralisatio Responcibilit
156 _____ gives power in the hands of center discipline n Authority y B

Many centralisatio
Controls are function are n gives centralisatio
concentrate controlled by power in the n considers
d at the a central hands of local level
157 Which satatment is wrong ? centre authority center issues always D
Extra
pressure of
work on very Monopoly in Quality of work get
Out of following which is not the correct few is skills by few work get complted in
158 advantage of 'Division of work' ? reduced is reduced reduced less time C
Managemen
159 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative Dynamism Leadership t A

support by
Initiative other is not
leads into expected Initiative
new after may solve Someone
horizons of anybody's difficult should take
160 Which satatment is wrong? work initiative problems initiative B
Responcibilit
161 Remunration is not based on Performance y Emotions Designation C

Higher
performance Based on
It must be in Employee -higher reference
162 Requirment of remunration is not time satisfaction remunration and contacts D

In term talent of
work, there each
is more member Teamwork Big task is
contribution cannot be creat good easier due to
163 Which statement is wrong ? from many used work culture team work B
 Deviation
from the
defined path work is Authority is Teams are
164 Due to unity of direction ? is prevented divident delegated formed A

responsibilit Unity of
165 concentration in work is possible by Authority y Stability command C
Equity is seen by few ways. Which is not Pickup Canteen Chair and
166 the correct from following ? facility Dress code facility cabin D

Equity Equity
means equl equity gives means no Equity gives
167 Which statement is wrong ? wages dignity bias culture good work A

It is
it is function it is principle management
of of concept in It is name of
168 which is Esprit de Crops ? management management Russia company B
Out of following which is not the function
169 of management ? Planning Controlling Discopline Directing C

Out of following which is not the function Decision

170 of management ? making remunration Orgnising Staffing B
Deciding in advance what to do , how to do Decision-
171 and when to do is Planning Orgnising making Motivating A
Corporate Operational Managemen
172 which is not the correct type of plan ? plan Action plan plan t plan C

Lack of Insufficient Over All are

173 why plan faiis ? knowledge dat confidence correct D

less conspiracy Incorrect

Which statement is wrong ? plan fails due No feedback devotion to from enemy person to do
174 to system work and bad luck plan C
To avoid
heavy
out of following which is not the objective To reduce To increase mental To get
175 of good plan? uncertainty productiity pressures money D

planning is
planning planning is Planning necessary to
affects something puts focus facilitate
176 which statement is wrong ? performance essential on objectives control B

Proper
planning Planning is planning
helps in Planning thinking improves the
177 which statement is wrong ? motivating reduces risk after failures processes C
Establish Identify Prioritize Estabilish
178 First step in planning is goals resources goals tasks A
Decision
179 Which is the next function after planning ? Scheduling Orgnising Staffing making B
 "The assingment of each groping to a
manager with the authority necessary to
180 supervise it' , is called as Planning Organising Staffing Controlling B

Assigning delegation of
Out of following , which is the first activity the activities grouping thr authority to Identifying
181 in orgnising ? to managers activities managers the activities D

182 Providing correct way of working is Planning Orgnising Directing Controlling C

Directing
needs
communicati
on and
Directing Directing motivation
Directing is should not needs good as
one time be vision in supportive
183 which statement
________ is like aisbrake
wrongsystem
? in activity auttocratic leadership functions A
184 automobiles
Work on correct track with correct speed is
185 possible by Planning Orgnising Directing Controlling D
It is a
Out of the following which is not the starting It needs at It is dynamic
186 characteristic of controlling ?
Techniques not used for control function function any time It is flexible in nature A
187 are CPM PERT Audit Budget D

reverse feedback open loop Closed loop

188 control system have feedback is system control system system D

Recognize Finding out

189 First step in decision making is the problem Evaluation Analysis
alternatives A
Which of the following is the advantage of All are
190 effective decision making No delays Quick action No confusion correct D
Linear Dynamic
which is not the technique for effective programmin programmin
191 decision making in core company ?
Need - want - satisfaction chain is invented g Simulation Outsourcing g C
192 by fayol Taylor Drucker Maslow D

which is the first need in maslow's need

193 hierachy ? Physiological Security Social Safety A

194 Food, water, shelter are _______ needs. Physiological Esteem . Social Safety A
How many needs are mentioned in
195 Maslow's need hierarchy ? 3 4 5 6 C
Do the proper ascending sequence (down
196 to up ) of Maslow's needs 1-2-3-4-5 1-3-4-2-5 1-4-3-2-5 2-1-3-4-5 A
1. Physiological needs
197 2. Security needs
3. Love / affection needs
198 4. social needs
199 5. self actualization
"They expect less but contribute more" This Secutity Esteem
200 happenes in which phase ? Social needs needs Safety needs needs B
 self
Which is the last need (higher) in Maslow's actualisation Physiological
201 need hierarchy ? needs Social needs needs Safety needs

Decision -
202 Employees get energized due to Controlling Planning Motivation making C

The
quantitative
or
The management
The classical behavioral science
203 School of management are as follows: school school school All of above D

The
quantitative
or
The management
_______________focuses on the ways to The classical behavioral science
204 manage work organizing more efficiently. school school school All of above A

Administrati
Scientific ve Bureaucratic All of the
205 The area of classical school are : management management management above D

The
quantitative
_____mainly focused on the interactions or
and motivations of the individual The management
organization .This school studied the The classical behavioral science
206 behavior of employees in an organization. school school school All of above D

The
quantitative
The great thought of motivating the or
workers or employees for better results The management
have come up from ________ of The classical behavioral science All of the
207 management. school school school above B

The
quantitative
or
_____________school added increasing The management
quality of managerial decision making with The classical behavioral science All of the
208 the help of mathematics and statistics. school school school above C

Managemen
Q.7)The main areas of quantitative or Managemen Operations t information All of the
209 management science school are: t science management systems above D

The
quantitative
Q.8)__________proposed an idea of or
understanding the organization as a system The management
that transforms inputs into outputs while in The classical behavioral science The systems
210 constant interaction with its environment. school school school school B
 The
quantitative
Q.9) The center point of __________ is or
about applying management principles and The The management
processes as per the unique characteristics contingency behavioral science The systems
211 of situation. school school school school A
__________is an activity which defines the
steps of how and when work will be done
212 effectively and efficiently. Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling A
__________ is recruitment of right people
213 at right place in an organization. Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling C
_________ensures that things fall within
the standards defined by an organization
214 and should not divert from it. Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling D

Strategicaly Tactical Operational All of the

215 Levels of Management are: level level level . above D

The number of people working on lower Strategicaly Tactical Operational All of the
216 level are largest than level level level . above B

On ________ only few people work as Strategicaly Tactical Operational All of the
217 middle level managers. level level level . above B

Strategicaly Tactical Operational All of the

218 At ________ only few people are present. level level level . above A
Chief
Managing Executive
Directors Officers All of the
219 Top level includes people like: (MD) Chairman (CEO) above D
Top level is known as __________ because
all important decision related to whole Strategical Tactical Operational All of the
220 organization is taken by top management. level level level above A

Making
different
Defining long term
goal of an Defining policies for
The functions of top, level management organization mission and an All of the
221 are: or business vision organization above D

Middle level of management includes Senior Junior All of the

222 people who are designated as: managers managers Supervisors above D

Middle level is known as _______ of Strategical Tactical Operational All of the

223 management. level level level above B
The managers working at middle level
_______ manages the whole organization Operationall All of the
224 and reach to the goal defined by top Strategically Tactically y above B

Allocating
_______ middle level managers perform different
different management functions to achieve Planning of resources as Monitor the All of the
225 the vision of organizations as follows: their work required progress above D
 Strategical Tactical Operational All of the
226 Lower level known as_________ level level level above C

Data entry All of the

227 Lower level includes people like: Clerks Supervisors operators above D

The lower level operations could be day to All of the

228 day : Production Payments Purchase above D
The lower 1nvl operations could be day to All of the
229 day: Sales Receipts Stock taking above D

Reporting
Conduct Monitor to middle
clay to day daily level All of the
230 The functions done at lower level are: activities progress management above D

Making
Decision Policy necessary All of the
231 Administration functions or duties are: making making adjustments above D
_______was main contributor in the Frank Frederick W.
232 scientific school. Gilbreth Lillian G Taylor Henry Gantt C

The
workers
should be
Use of scientifically
scientific selected
methods to based on Genuine
accomplish their skill cooperation
each an sets, between
every task in qualification workers and
the best s and should management All of the
233 Salientfeatures of scientific management: way. be trained. is required. above D

Mathematic
al models
It uses are used to Selection
scientific - bring an and
approach innovation recruitment
throughout and radical of the
the changes in workers was
Scientific management is essential because management an strictly skill All of the
234 of following reasons: activities. organization. based. above D
____________was one of the renowned
management thinkers. He was a French Frederick Henry
235 mining engineer. Henry Fayol Lillian G W. Taylor Gantt A
_____ major contribution to the
management theory is his 14 principles of Henry Lillian Frederick W. Henry
236 management that are based on his thoughts Fayol's Gilbreth's Taylor's Gantt's A
 Principles proposed by_____________ are
very useful for the contemporary managers Frederick W.
237 to manage their work efficiently effectively Henry Fayol Lillian G Taylor Henry Gantt A
Authority
and
Division of responsibilit All of the
238 Principles proposed by Henry Fayól are work y Discipline above D

Remuneratio
Principle proposed by Henry Unity of n of Centralizatio All of the
239 Fayol_____________are direction personnel n above D
Authority
___________ is proved to be a smart and
technique that allows everybody to do the Division of responsibilit All of the
240 job as per their skills orspecialization. work y Discipline above A
Authority
and
______ results into better output in terms Division of responsibilit All of the
241 of work. work y Discipline above A
Authority
and
If specialization or _________ is not used, Division of responsibilit All of the
242 the work donecannot be satisfactory. work y Discipline above A
Authority
and
_____________is a right for giving orders Division of responsibilit All of the
243 and the power to ensure obedience. work y Discipline above B
____________________is given to a
manager (supervisor) to get the work done Division of All of the
244 from his or her subordinates. work Authority Discipline above B
____________ensure that once the work or
work related orders are given to the
subordinates, they become responsible for
that work and also they need to obey all the Division of All of the
245 instructions of authorized person. work Authority Discipline above B
_________is important not only for the Division of All of the
246 individual but for an organization too. work Authority Discipline above C
____________ mainly focuses on the
specific authority that guides subordinates Division of Unity of
247 about what work has to be done and how It work Authority Discipline commands D

_____________is about the unity of Unity of Unity of

248 authority and plan of action. direction Authority Discipline commands A
Good ___________or salaries motivate
people to work efficiently and make them Unity of Remuneratio Unity of
249 satisfied and eventually they become loyal direction n Discipline commands B

__________has got many positive aspects. Unity of Centralizatio Unity of

250 It helps in organizing things properly. direction n Discipline commands B
_______ allows employees to get involved
in the process of decision making for better Unity of Centralizatio Unity of
251 results. direction n Discipline commands B
______________organization is generally a
hierarchical structure. There is always a Centralizatio Unity of
252 chain of authority instead of a single Scalar chain n Discipline commands A
 Generally ___________ flow of chain or
direction of chain is from highest Centralizatio Unity of
253 organizational authority to the lowest ranks. Scalar chain n Discipline commands A
As per the need of
organization___________of authority can Centralizatio Unity of
254 be reduced or authorities may get added to Scalar chain n Discipline commands A
_________is concern with the systematic
arrangements made for men, machines and Unity of
255 materials. Scalar chain Order Discipline commands b

______ in an organization is a blend of Unity of

256 kindness and justice. Scalar chain Order Equity commands C

______has to be maintained in an Unity of

257 organization while treating the employees. Scalar chain Order Equity commands C
_________refers to the planning. Only
planning is not sufficient. It is to be ensured
258 that work is done as per the plan made. Scalar chain Order Equity Initiative D

Management functions or duties are All of the

259 broadly classified into following categories: Planning Organizing Directing above D
________ can be defined as the set of
steps to do the particular activity or All of the
260 activities in systematic manner. Planning Organizing Directing above A

The base of success of any project or goal All of the

261 of an organization is its________________ Planning Organizing Directing above A
_______ is very important because
remaining all functions of management are All of the
262 strictly dependent on the planning activity. Planning Organizing Directing above A

To create
To achieve the feasible To utilize
the work resources in
departmenta schedule and proper way
l as well as complete by
Objectives of good plan at organization work within minimizing All of the
263 departmental/organizational level are: al goal. time limit. wastage. above D

For
budgeting Allocating
for different Proper rights and
Q. 62) Objectives of good plan at projects or delegation of responsibiliti All of the
264 departmental/organizational level are: works. work. es. above D

A complete
guideline
about how, Planning
when and helps in
what work completing Delays in
has to be goals of work can be All of the
265 Advantages of planning done organization avoided. above D
 Planning
minimizes Standardizati
work on can be
Work can be pressures enforced
done and deadline through All of the
266 Advantages of planning are: efficiently tensions plans above D

Incomplete Unrealistic
It is observed that planning generally gets knowledge Absence of nature of All of the
267 fail because of following reasons: of work data analysis plan above D

Involvement
of people in Not
planning considering
Absence of who are not risks and
It is observed that planning generally gets feedback of involved in uncertainties All of the
268 fail because of following reasons: plan. actual work. . above. D
Operational Tactical Strategic All of the
269 The types of plans are:- plans plans plans above. D
The ________ process transforms plans All of the
270 into reality. Planning Organizing Directing above B
_______ can be defined as the process of
establishing the orderly use of resources by All of the
271 assigning and coordinating tasks. Planning Organizing Directing above B
_______ activity works within the All of the
272 framework of organizational structure. Planning Organizing Directing above B

Determine
the work Classify and
activities group the
Review necessary to necessary
plans and accomplish work All of the
273 Steps for organization process: objectives. objectives. activities above D
Work
specializatio Chain of
274 _____ is division of labor. n command Authority Delegation A
___________is an unbroken line of Work
authority that links all persons in an specializatio Chain of
275 organization. n command Authority Delegation B
______ is the formal and legitimate right of
a manager to make decisions, issue orders Work
and allocate resources to complete specializatio Chain of
276 organization's goal. n command Authority Delegation C
Work
________ is the downward transfer of specializatio Chain of
277 authority from a manager to a subordinate. n command Authority Delegation D
management of Interdependence in work Decision
278 situations. Controlling Motivating Coordinating making C
 ___activity includes communication
among the different departments which are Decision
279 dependent on each other. Controlling Motivating Coordinating making C
it ensures harmony among different Decision
280 departments. Controlling Motivating Coordinating making C
After plans have been made and the
organization has been established and
281 staffed, the next step is____________ Planning Organizing Directing Controlling C
_______can be called as “leading”
282 ,motivating ",”actuating" and so on. Planning Organizing Directing Controlling C
_________is the process of passing
information and understanding from one
person to another. Effective communication Communicat All of the
283 systems in the organization become ion Leadership Motivation above A
__________can be defined as the process
by which a manager guides and influences Communicat All of the
284 the work of his subordinates. ion Leadership Motivation above B
____________means arousing desire in the
minds of workers to give their best to the
enterprise. It is the act of stimulating or Communicat All of the
285 inspiring workers. ion Leadership Motivation above C
Forward- All of the
286 The qualities of Leadership are: Honesty looking Competent above D
then_________________is very much
287 required. Planning Organizing Directing Controlling D
causes an individual to behave in a specific Communicat All of the
288 way. ion Leadership Motivation above C
_____________produces best results in Communicat All of the
289 term of productivity . ion Leadership Motivation above C
_________________can be done in several
ways like rewards promotions, bonus,
appreciations ,hike in salaries ,higher Communicat All of the
290 designations, freedom for decision making ion Leadership Motivation above C

Making Controlling
89)Right of___________ let the business Decision Policy necessary and ensure
291 grows and sustain in the market . Making making adjustments the discipline A

_______________is the process of solving Making Controlling

the finding out the now business Decision Policy necessary rind ensure
292 opportunity. making making adjustments the discipline A

The example of ________ could be

launching of new product, minimizing
material wastage while production, Making Controlling
recruiting people, stopping production of a Decision Policy necessary and ensure
293 particular product etc. making making adjustments the discipline A
There are three conditions or factors that All of the
294 affects decision making as follows: Certainty Risk Uncertainty above D
Under ________ when decisions are made,
then we can understand that manager has
perfect knowledge of all the information All of the
295 needed to make the decisions. Certainty Risk Uncertainty above A
manager is not able to gather the complete All of the
296 information. Certainty Risk Uncertainty above B
 There is one more condition or case when
information is very poor that managers
cannot understand the probabilities and
outcomes of alternatives. This condition is All of the
297 known as__________ Certainty Risk Uncertainty above C
Decision making under conditions of
________ is like being a pioneer entering All of the
298 unexplored territory. Certainty Risk Uncertainty above C
have to rely heavily on creativity for solving All of the
299 the problems. Certainty Risk Uncertainty above C
Types of personal decision making models Rational/logi All of the
300 are cal Intuitive Predisposed. above D

Increase or Decision
Change in decrease in regarding
work production rejection of
schedule or depending raw material
rescheduling on current or finished All of the
301 Decision taken by supervisor could be . situations. products. above D
Henry Fayol proposed ___________
302 number of principles of management. 10 20 14 30 C

OBJECTIVE ANSWER
SR.NO QUESTIONS OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D A/B/C/D
Business is the process of providing technical thinking technical leadership C
platform to the people to exhibit their and and mental and and vocal
& abilities. economical mangerial
1
satisfaction knowledge
What does a business provide to the goods and profit and and and
2 customers in exchange of their money? services services reliability happiness A

to acquire to create
According to Drucker, the purpose of to get success in to satisfy and keep
3 business: money market customers customers. D

Which on of these is not a type of Manufactur

4 business? Service ing machining trade C
primary quaterly secondary tertiary
5 Service sector is also known as: sector sector sector sector D
production
of
Acquring merchandis gaining completing
6 What is manufacturing? customers e profit demand B

in the form in the form

of in the form in the form of
7 How do traders make profit? commission of loans of shares debentures A
 . bilateral
profitable singular and direct and
8 What are the types of trades? and loss and plural multilateral indirect C
Which one of the following is not a durable basic consumer
9 broad category of chemical industry? products chemical life sciences products A
10 fertillser? nitrogen chlorine soda ash ammonia D
Which one of the following categories basic life specially consumer
11 of chemical industry has smallest chemicals sciences shemicals products B
Which one of the following is not a caustic
12 consumer product? soap detergents cosmetics soda D
Tata Reliance
____is the leading manufacturer in the petrochemi Parle Agro- Hindustan Petrochemi
13 chemical industry. cals products Unilever cals D

What is the maintay of Indian Textile

14 economy? Agriculture Chemicals Engineering industries A
Agriculture provides employment to none of
15 almost % of India's work force. 40 50 60 above B

fruits and finished

16 India has very large export of processed chemicals vegetables products fishes B
Similar to manufacturing companies, public customer
17 banking is a business to make . relation profit goods relations B

___banking is not a business segment treasury

18 of industry. retail interest whole sale operations C
It takes too many days for payment by demand
19 . draft cash cheque RTGS C
For paying amount upto 2 demand cheque
20 lacs,______is in better choice. draft payment RTGS NEFT D
Commission charged by a bank on DD is negligible
21 charges applied to RTGS & NEFT. less than equal to . more than to C
The promise to compensate for any fixed
22 potential failure is called as . deposit recurring insurance interest C
The certain amount which an insurer
23 pays to the company is: EMI premium interest bill. B
health travel life motor
24 Find the odd one out. insurance insurance insurance insurance C
____policy covers all the medical health travel life motor
25 expenses following hospitalisation. insurance insurance insurance insurance A
Very recently, the Indian government
26 has permitted % FDI in the insurance 49 48 50 51 A
Bajaj
Allianz
general Kotak life
27 Find the odd one out. insurance LIC of India ESIC insurance A
Which one of these is the largest textile banking chemical engineering
segment in Indian industry? industry industry industry industry
28 D

What are the segments of engineering precise and heavy and heavy and civil and
29 sector? controlled light technical mechanical B
 Which one of these is not a relavant
30 factor in process industries? goods ingredients formulas bulk A
What plays an important role in the
31 indian textile industry? satin wood cotton machines C
which of the following can't be used in
32 textile industry? cotton wool jute polythene D
How many products are produced by more than more than more than more than
33 chemical industry? 70,000 6,000 60,000 7,000 A

Chemical industries produce in the soda and polymers cosmetics water and
34 largest quantity. soaps and plastics and paper detergents B
Which one of the following processes is
35 not a part of textile industry? spinning weaving dying polishing D

____demand high level of manual small scale large scale village sugar
36 labour. industries industries industries industries C
Which type of industries are semi
37 automated? small scale large scale village sugar A

Which type of industries involve small scale large scale village sugar
38 largest investment? industries industries industries industries B
39 cash crop? cashew spices jower tobacco C

Informatio Informatio Informatio Informatio

n n n n
Technology Technology Technology Technology
Extend Education Enbled Energy
40 What does ITES stand for? Service Service Services Service C
___industry is the sunshine sector of chemical agricultural process
Indian economy. information
technology

41 B
Which one of the following is the
42 leading software exporter from India? Bangalore Hyderabad Chennai Mumbai A
product
Indian IT companies are not working in developme
43 the business. service telecom software nt D
organised
classfied and
big and and non- individual unorganise
44 Retailers can be classfied into: small classfied and group d D
The Government of India has allowed
45 % FDI in single brand retail trading. 49 51 100 50 C
In multi brand retail trading the
46 permission for FDI is % 49 51 100 50 B

unorganise
47 India is largely an___retail market. d profitable organized . black A
48 Hospitality falls under____sector. public retail private service D
 other
Which one of the following is not a accommod food public hospitality
49 major segment of hospitally industries? ation services relation operations C
The health care sector in India is public private hospility governmen
50 controlled by: sector sector sector t B
The process of transferring ownership privatisatio liberalisatio globalisatio
51 of business from public sector to n n trading n A
The relaxation of previous government
restrictions economic policies, transfer privatisatio globalisatio liberalisatio modernisat
52 of trade and foreign direct investment n n n ion C
A commercial, industrial or professional  Budget Business Hospital Education B
activity undertaken by an individual or a 
group, e.g. the    purchase   and sale of 
53 goods, providing services etc. in an 
 …….may refer to a particular area of  Agriculture Business Balance Budget B
economic activity, such as the real  sheet
estate business, computer      
54 business poultry, farming, 
  Privately owned business have one of  Equality Loss Profit Service/soci C
their main objectives as the generation  ety/nation
55 of
  State owned  business  or Co- Loss Profit None C
operatives business  have one of their  Service/soci
main objectives   as the generation of ety/nation
56
 The output of the …..sector may be  Service Manufactur Engineering Trade A
information , service, attention, advice,  ing
57 experience, discussion and the     Like.
 …….is the process  of transformation  Organisatio Privatsatio Globalsatio Liberalisati C
58 of a regional phenomenon into global  n n n on
only (i) I and ii ii and iv All of above D
 Examples of service sector include…….
59
i. news media, hospitality industry, consulting  ii. legal Practice healthcare, waste disposal
iii. real estate, personal service , business services  iv. House decorators, entertainers
……make products, from raw materials  Service Manufactur Traders None B
60 or component parts, which they then sell  Providers ing
Increased Huge Access Manufactur A
competitio amount of advanced ers
 Following is not advantage of globalization.
n foreign technology
investment
61
 ….act as middle men in getting  goods  Service Service Traders All C
62 produced by manufacturers to the  Providers
Trade Service Manufactur Economics A
 …is also called as commerce
63 ers
64  Manufacturing sector contributes ……..of India’s 5% GDP 30% 15% 25% C
Service Manufactur Traders All C
 …….make profit in the form of commission
65 Providers ers
Cars Three Heavy Public B
  India is the largest market in the world for .
66 wheelers vehicles Travels
 Service Trade Both a and B
. ……is willing exchange  of good  Manufactur b
67 ers
Clean reduce increased None of D
 Globalisation  leads to………  environme competitio terrorism above
68 nt n
 The various industrial sectors are  True False A
Engineering, process, Textile, chemical, 
Agro, IT, Banking, Insurance, Retail,      
69 Hospitality and Healthcare  
 Annual growth of approximate ……..is  10% 30% 20% 5% B
70 recorded in fast five years by service 
 …...industry primarily deals with  Engineering Process Hospitality Health care A
design, manufacture and operation of  industry industry industry industry
71 structures, machines of device. 
Localisation Liberalisati Liberalisati Liberalisati B
, on on on
Privatidatio Privatidatio Privatidatio Privatidatio
 LPG Policy stands  for n and n and n and n and
Globalizatio Globalizatio Governmen Generalisat
n policy n policy t Policy ion Policy
72
 ……industry  primarily comprises  Process Textile chemical A
sectors like civil, electrical, electronic s  Engineering Industry Industry Industry
and aeronautical.  Industry
73
 ……industry  refer to manufacturing  Engineering Process Textile Insurance B
that is associated with formulas and  industry industry industry Industry
74 manufacturing  recipes.   
Power cutsLess market Tight Shortage of B
size policies of coal
Which is not the challenge in front of cement industry? governmen
t
75
Textile chemical Hospitality Health care A
 In the …..industry fiber is converted intoindustry
yarn, then fabric, then textiles.
Industry industry industry
76
 Indian textile industry currently    True False A
77 generates    employment to more than 
Increased Imported Increased All of the D
 Which is the   advantages of globalization?
competitio culture pollution above
78 n
79 True Industry.
 Investment is the challenge in front automobile False A
80 True
 Engineering industries output consists of polymers andFalse
plastics. A
Governmen Finance Industry market D
 Mechanism that allows trade is called as…….
t Departmen
81 t
Increased Better Threat the Both a and D
Internation access to terrorism b
 Which of the following advantages of globalization?
al Co- external
82 operation financing
  Following is not the strength of textile  cheap Demand is Import of Huge C
industry.  workforce continuous raw capacity of
material production

83
 Pickles, papad, basket making are  chemical Agro IT Industry Banking
84 products of……..  Industry Industry Industry
………industry helps in processing  Textile chemical IT Industry Agro D
agricultural products such as crop,  industry Industry Industry
livestock and fisheries  and converting 
85 them to edible and other to usable 
 Following are the challenges in front  Availability Heavy set- Though Inadequate A
paper  industry .Which one is wrong?  of lab up cost competitio quality of
n raw
86 material
Polymer Petrochemi Paints Sugar D
35. Following is not the chemical industry.
87 cal
36. Industries associated with ……. Are  IT Industry Banking Insurance Retail A
computer hardware, software,  Industry Industry Industry
88 electronic, internet, telecom and 
……has transformed India’s image on  chemical Agro IT Industry Banking C
the global platform and also fuelled   Industry Industry Industry
economic growth by energizing the 
89 higher education sector  especially  in 
…….is the business activity of  Agro IT Banking Insurance C
accepting and safeguarding money 
90 owned by other individuals and entities.
 There are two types of banks,  True False A
91 commercial/retail banks and investment 
Special Special State Special B
 SEZ means ……..  Export Economic Economic engineering
92 Zones Zones Zones Zones
93  Banks are   regulated by………  SBI RBI CBI FBI B
Public Private Foreign Co- A
 Punjab National Banks is a ………..  sector Bank sector Bank Bank operative
94 Bank
Public Private Foreign Co- B
 HDFC Bank is a ……….. sector Bank sector Bank Bank operative
95 Bank
Public Private Foreign Co- C
 HSBC is a  ……………..  sector Bank sector Bank Bank operative
96 Bank
is a promise of compensation potential  Process chemical Banking Insurance D
97 future losses in exchange for a periodic 
 Principal of ….. involves collecting  Hospitality chemical Banking Insurance D
funds from many insured entities to pay 
98 for the losses that some may incur. 
Bajaj Max Life LIC ICC D
 Following is not associated with Insurance.
99 Allianz
Health Dental Crime Life A
……Policies cover the cost of medical treatments.
100 Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
Health Dental Crime Disability B
 ….. protects policy holders for dental costs.
101 Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
  …..policies provide financial support in  Auto Dental Health Disability D
the event of the policyholder becoming  Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
102 unable to work because of disabling 
…. Cover  the policyholder against  Property life Crime Disability C
losses arising from the criminal acts of  Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
103 third parties. For example, theft.
Provided a monetary benefit to the  Health Dental Life Property C
family of dead person or other  Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
104 designated beneficiary. It may also 
 Provides protection against risks to  Crime Property Crop Earthquake B
property, such as fire, theft or weather  Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
105 damage.
Flood life Property Boiler A
…Protects against property loss due to flooding.
106 Insurance Insurance Insurance Insurance
Banking Insurance Retail Hospitality C
 …..is the sale of good and services to the endures.
107
Banking Insurance IT Hospitality D
………is the relationship between the guest and the host.
108
The income of ……..mostly depends on  Insurance Agro Hospitality Healthcare
the availability of leisure time and  Industry Industry Industry Industry
109 disposable income. 
 ……..means maintaining and  Insurance Healthcare Retail Hospitality B
restoration of health by the treatment 
110 and prevention of disease by trained and 
Agriculture Fishing Service Manufactur C
 …………is the fastest growing sector in India now-a-days.
111 ing
World World World Wild Trade B
Tariff Trade Tourism Organisatio
WTO stands for …………..
Organisatio Organisatio Organisatio n
112 n n n
The year 1991 is famous for New fiscal IT parks Globalisatio Policy of C
deficit initiated in n policy, cooprative
policy Bangalore liberalisatio societies
n were changed
accepted
by india
113
Following business pattern is not ITes Banking Real estate Textile mill D
114 coming under service industry
Service industry is _____________ Primary Secondary Basic Tertiary D
115 sector in economy
Annual groth of approximate 10% 30% 20% 5% B
116 _________ % is recorded in last five
Following is the fastest growing sector Agriculture Fishing Service C
in india now-a-days Manufactur
117 ing
118 License permit raj in india was in this
period
Manufacturing sector contributes 5% 30% 15% 25% C
119 _________ % of India's GDP
_______% of workforce in india is 0.50% 1% 30% 12% D
120 working in manufacturing sector
 ______ is a willing exchange of goods Service Trade Both (a) & B
Manufactur (b)
121 ing
______ is also called as commerce Trade service Manufactur Economics A
122 ing
mechanism that allows trade is called Governmen Finance Industry Market D
as ______ t departmen
123 t
Domestic trade isalso used as Global Foreign Internal D
trade trade Internation trade
124 al trade
Following is the main destination for India USA Pakistan Australia A
125 capital inflows
Following is not among the top 5 China USA Saudi UK D
126 countries in the list of our importers Arabia
All exports and imports activities are Foreign Fiscal policy Global Trade and A
governed by trad policy policy Business
127 policy
SEZ means Special Special State Special B
Export Economic Economic Engineering
128 Zones Zones Zones Zones
Which is the pioneering company with TISCO BOSCH Rajuri Jindal steel A
129 respect to iron and steel field in India ? steels
______ is the apex authoity of TISCO Heavy SAIL ISA C
Government of India ? industries
130 ministry
In ______ the first car was driven on 1790 1857 1898 1909 C
131 the roads of India
India is the largest market in the world Cars Three Heavy Public B
132 for wheelers vehicles travels
Match the pairs 1-a, 2-c, 3- 1-c, 2-a, 3- 1-b, 2-c, 3- 1-d, 2-b, 3- C
133 b,4-d b,4-d d, 4-a c, 4-d
1. Ashok Leland
a.
2. Pune
Suzuki
b. Chennai
3. Mahindra
c. Gurgoan
4. Kinetic
d. Nashik is 'not' the challenge in front Fuel
134 Following Pollution Condition Investment D
of automobile industry stortage of road

135 Per capita consumption of paper in 1 kg 10 kg 4 kg 20 kg C

India is
136 Following are the challenges in front of Availability Heavy set- Tough Inadequate A
paper industry. Which one is wrong ? of labour up cost competitio quality of
n raw
material
137 Per capita consumption of cement in 500 kg 400 kg 1000 kg 70 kg D
japan is 700 kg. in India, it is
138 Which is not the challenge in front of Power cuts Less market Tight Shortage B
cement industry ? size policies of of coal
governmen
t
139 Old Indian textile industry was Cotton Polysters Synthetic Blended A
predominantly _______ based textiles fabrics
140 Following is not the strength of textile Cheap Demand is Import of huge C
industry workforce continuous raw capacity of
material poduction

141 Following is not the textile industry Arvind Welspun IBP Century C
142 Following is not the chemical industry Polymer Petrochemi Paints Sugar B
cal
143 Following is not the agro industry Jute Suger Poultry Paper D
144 First nationalisation of 14 banks 1969 1976 1950 1991 A
145 happened
Following in
bank is working for ICICI Allahabad NABARD AgroB C
146 agriculture
Following isfield
not associated with Bajaj Max Life LIC ICC D
insurance Allianz
147 which organisation is at a number one Max Life Birla Sunlife LIC ICICI C
position in India in insurance ? Prulife
148 Service Manufactur Trade All of D
Type of business ___________ ing Above
149 Intangible Manufactur All of None of A
Service enterprise provides the service goods ing Above above
that are called as _________
150 Trading enterprises may be found Wholesale Investment (a) and (b) None of C
operating in the form of above
_____________
151 Industrial sector involves Constructio Fisheries Textile All of D
____________ n Above
152 Engineering industrial sector not Civil Mechanical Chemical Filament D
involves ___________ yard
153 Textile industrial sector involves Petrochemi Sericulture )Tobacco Seeds B
______________ cal
154 Top agro industry in India is Fabinda Pidilite Dupont None of C
____________ India Above
155 IT Sector involves ITES Telecommu a) and b) None of C
__________________ nication Above
156 IT Enabled IT IT Enables Industry A
service Enterprise System Telecomm
Service Enabled
ITES stands for______________ Service
157 Business Business Business Business B
Procedure Process Process Procedure
Outsourcin Outsourcin Organizatio Organizatio
BPO Stands for _______________ g g n n
158 Knowledge Knowledge Knowledge None of B
Procedure Process Process Above
Outsourcin Outsourcin Organizatio
g g n
KPO stands for __________________
159 Legal Limited Limited Last A
Process Process Procedure Procedure
Outsourcin Outsourcin Outsourcin Outsourcin
LPO Stands For ________________ g g g g.
160 Research Read Research None of C
Procedure Process Process Above
Outsourcin Outsourcin Outsourcin
RPO Stands For _______________ g g g
161 __________________ is backbone of IT Textile Banking (a) and (b) C
Indian economy.
162 ShamraoVit State bank Central Reserve D
thal Co- Of India Bank of Bank of
operative (SBI) India (CBI ) India (RBI)
Indian central bank is Bank (SVC)
______________________
163 Insurance company categories Life General All of above None of C
________________ Insurance Insurance above
164 To provide To Provide Shares risk All of above D
Major function of Insurance certainty protection
company ________________
165 Financial Foreign Foreign
Foreign C
Transfer Transfer Tourist
Tourist
Arrival Arrival Arrival
Arrangeme
FTA stands for ___________________ nt
166 Food and Accommod Travel and All of above D
Hospitality industry categories beverages ations tourism
________________
167 Indian Indian Indian Indian B
Tourist Tourism Tourist Tourism
Developme Developme Developme Data
nt nt nt Co- Corporatio
Corporatio Corporatio operative n
ITDC stand for ___________
n n
168 Indian is awarded a certification of Cancer Polio Swine Flu AIDS B
POLIO free country in
169 Jan-14 Jun-11 A
India is awarded a certification of January201 January200
POLIO free country in __________ 1 9
170 World World Nation None of A
Health health health above
India is awarded a certification of Organizatio center Center
POLIO free country by ___________- n
171 Liberalizati Liberate, Liberate, None of A
on, Private, Private, above
Privatizatio Globalizatio Global
n, n
Globalizatio
LPG ______________________
n
172 Global General General General D
Agreement Aggregatio Agreement Agreement
on Tariffs n on Tariffs on Traffics on Tariffs
GATE stands for and Trade and Trade and Trade and Trade
_______________________
173 GATT was created in _____________ 1950 1947 1948 )1951 B
174 a)Internati Internation Internal Internation D
onal Trance al Test Trade al Trade
Organizatio Organizatio Organizatio Organizatio
n n n n
ITO stands for ________________
 175 World World Test Work Test World A
Trade Organizatio organizatio Trade
Organizatio n n Organics
WTO stands for ___________ n
176 Textile Process Chemical IT industry C
Cipla is a ____________________ industry industry industry
177 Insurance companies are growing at 100% 15 %-20% 30% 30%-40% B
the annual compound rate of

SR.N OBJECTIVE OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D ANSWER

O QUESTIONS A/B/C/D
Who is known as the father of scientific Alfred Matthew F.W. Taylor Elton C
1 management? Marshall. Boulton Mayo
Who is known as the father of modern Max Weber Henri Fayol Mary Henry B
2 management? Follett Gantt
Selecting
the right
people for
the right Division of Unity of Unity of
3 Fredrick Taylor stress on: job. Labour command direction A
Fayol suggested that organisation can 12 4 14 6
4 be subdivided into main group of D
Who is credited with having developed F.W. Taylor Abraham Max Weber Mary B
5 the concept of a priorty or hierarchy of Maslow Follett.
Arya Chanakya's Arthashastra written Te polies of How to Utilisation The polices A
in the 3rd century Bc provides gavernance work. of the and
guidelines for: of a organisatio objectives
kingdom n's of an
and people strengths organisatio
manageme and the n.
nt. improtance
of
discipline.
6
In the early writings on management, Arya Mark Twain Sun Tzu Adam C
7 The Art of War written by: Chanakya Smith
The breakdown of operation in a Peter James Watt F.W. Taylor D
product's manufacturing into small and Drucker AdamSmith
8 repetitive is recommeded by:
To motivate workers Taylor suggested: A to pay to give less to provide A
differential more salary work festival
piece rate bonus
method of
payment.
9
C

predeterni
ned
duration
critical and actual details of
activities in schedule of progress of design of a
10 Gantt chart represents: a project project activities. project
 Who developed a theory on Motion Peter C
11 Study? Taylor James Watt Gilbreth Drucker
Authority hierarchy rules and Taylor's Fayol's General Weber's D
procedures and division of rules and principles principles administrat bureaucrati
responsilities to manage work are all of of ive theory. c
features of: manageme manageme organisatio
12 nt. nt. n.
Mary Follett developed the theory of resolution deciding the doing large A
group dynamics for: manageme wages. communica scale tasks
nt tion
13 process
Possibly the most important pre-20th Scientific Middle The The division C
century influence on management was: manageme Manageme industrial of labour
14 nt nt revolution
Who is recognised as "The man who F.W. Taylor Elton Peter F. Henri Fayol C
15 invented management"? Mayo Drucker
A
General Production Section Marketing
16 Who is not a middle level manager? manager Manage head Manager
Which managers supervise and Production Fronline Section Opeation B
coordinate the activities of operating Manager Manager head Manager
17 employees?
Administrat D
18 is a policy making function. Production Plan Work ion
___does not belong to Henry Fayol's 14 Standardisa Scalar chain Authority Discipline A
19 principles of management. tion
____is the second function of A
20 management. Organising Planning Leading Controlling
The process of inspiring the Motivation Teamwork Manageme Leadership A
21 subordinates to put in their best is nt
Which on of the following functions Planning Organising Staffing Leading C
involves recruiting and placing qualified
22 personnel needed for the organisation?
Business B
23 ___converts efforts into results Goal Plan Vision Strategy
Plans that apply to the entire Tactical Strategic Single-use Operationa B
organisation, establish the plans plans plans l plans
organisation's overall objectives and
24 seek to position the organisation in
For a manager, to control or direct the Line Referent Staff A
work of an employee, the manager authority Responsibili power authority
25 must have. ty
___is the process by which an Strategic Planning Selling Marketing D
organisation decides what it will sell, to Manageme
26 whom when and how. nt
Managers who are responsible for Production Top Frontline Research B
making organisation -wide decisions Managers Managers Managers Managers
and establishing the plans and goals
27 that affect the entire organisation are:
____is the process of getting activities Leading Supervision Controlling D
completed efficiently and effectively Manageme
28 with and through other people. nt
formal D
Publication presentatio
29 Which is not a type of communication? Voice mails s ns listening
 Who is responsible for the actual Top Board of Middle Frontline C
operation of various departments? Manageme DirectorsManageme Manageme
30 nt nt nt
sets the vision and mission of the Top Middle Frontline Board of A
organisation. Manageme Manageme Manageme directors
31 nt nt nt
Chief D
The broad objectives and policies are Regional Marketing Executive
32 decided by: Manager Manager Supervisor Officer
Authority hierarchy, rules and Functional Top High level General B
proccedures and division of roles and staff and managers, and lower managers
responsibilities to manage work are all line middle level and
features of: managers managers managers administrat
and ive
supervisors
33
Top level managers engage chiefly in Human Financial Succesion Strategic D
34 planning or long range planning. resource
"Analysis of causes of deviations" is a Motivation Teamwork Succesion Strategic C
35 part of which process?
Which of the following is not a basic Controlling Organising Working Leading C
36 function of the management process?
B
37 reduces uncertainly. Negotiating Planning Organising Leading
The planning process is used to Advanceme Technologi Discoveries Budgets D
38 prepare___in an organisation. nt es
Getting work done with a minimum of Efficiency Effectivene Productivit Planning A
39 effort, expense or waste is the ss y
____are an organisation's objective, Standing Stated Goals; Specfic C
and ___are the documented ways that plans; goals; real plans plans;
organisations intend to meet those single-use goals directional
40 objectives. plans plans
A
41 ___is the judgement of future. Forecasting Planning Mission Organising
D

42 A is a long term goal plan operation innovation vision

___ is acommunication that flows from Horizontal Upward downward None of C
a higher level to lower level in the communica communica communica given
organisation tion tion tion options.
43
____determine specific goals and lays Organisatio Business None of D
down the broad areas with in which the n Manageme given
44 goals are to be attained. nt options
___is the application of knowledge and Art Science Work None of A
45 personal skills to achieve results. the above
The five management functions of F.W. Taylor Henry Ford Chester Henri Fayol D
planning, organising, commanding, Barnard
46 coordinating, and controlling were
D

hiring motivating
Defining organisatio organisatio determinin
organisatio nal nal g who does
47 Organising includes: nal goals members members what tasks.
 The precess of monitoring, comparing, controlling leading organising B
and correcting is called___ coordinatin
48 g
The three essential managerial skills technical, human, technical, techincal, D
required by any person in an human, empirical, interperson human,
organisation are___ and and al, and and
empirical conceptual controlling conceptual
49
Managers with good____are able to human conceptual technical visual skills A
50 get the best out of their people. skills. skills skills
Which one of the following skills are human technical conceptual empirical B
51 more important at lower levels of
In order to achieve a smaller A
52 mission,____is/are set. goals vision big plan strategy
A business paln depends upon word of D
53 ___information. product mouth finance market
____ refers to produce and earn at Profit Survival Progess None of B
54 lease what the business did last year. the above
Which of the following factors is Governmen Technologi Cost of raw None of D
considered while developing premises t policy cal changes materials the above
55 in the planning process?
D
____is the right to issue orders or make Governmen
56 decisions. To manage t Policy Supervise Authority
Developing responsible employees is a coordinatin A
57 / an ___process. leading planning g old
____is the function of employing Planning Staffing Strategy Mission B
58 eligible people for the company.
 To  To To do
  Following are mentioned few duties.  To keep
reduce motivate Manufactu
59 Which is not the duty of management? stability D
wastages staff ring
  When there is no Management , then  Poor
Mature Wastages
what will not happen? Functioning Overlappin
work of
of g of Duties A
60 culture resources
executives
Management is there from ……….. Historical  After
After1800 After 1700 A
61 period 1900
 Getting the things done from others
Organizatio
is called as ……..  Direction Adjustment Manageme
62 n D
nt
Both a and
 It is a Both a and
 What is Management?  It is a art b are
63 Science b wrong D
correct
  Out of Mentioned below, which is not
 Financial  Human
input of management? Technology Growth C
64 resources resources
   Out of Mentioned below, which is  Goal
 Status is  Desired
not output of management? achieveme Technology C
65 market Result
nt
   Below are mentioned ‘stages’ of  The
evolution in management. Which is not beginning Manageme
The war
correct? nt theory in
of manageme d.
post war
manageme nt concept
era
66 nt thought C
     “Management is getting done by  Henry Mery  Henry
 Drucker C
67 others” –is said by Gantt Parker Fayol
 Management is not ………..  An
 A system  A class or All are
economic
68 of authority elite wrong D
resource
 Match the pairs: 1- (i) 2- 1- (ii) 2- 1- (iii) 2- 1- (iv) 2-
(iv), 3-(i), 4- (III), 3-(iv),4- (iv),3- (i), 4- (i), 3- (ii), A
69 (iii) (i) (ii) 4-(iii)
a. Adam Smith (i) Need Hierarchy
b. F.W Taylor (ii) Economics
c. Maslow (iii) Principal of Management
d. Henry Fayol (iv) Scientific Management
 Mc Gregor has given his contribution  Concept
Theory X
in  Time  Motion of
and Theory C
study study bureaucrac
70 Y
y
F.W Taylor has given highest  Principal Functions Economics
contribution in Scientific
of of of
Manageme A
Manageme Manageme Manageme
nt
71 nt nt nt
“Principal of Management “ is the  Mary
F.W Henry  Adam
contribution of Parker B
72 Taylor Fayol Smith
Follett
  What is the correct chorological order
1-4-3-5-
for following evolution phases is 2-1-3-4-5 1-4-5-2-3 3-2-5-4-1 C
73 2
descending order (order to latest)
a. Scientific Management Theory
b. Organsation Environment Theory
c. Behavioral Management Theory
d. Administrative Management Theory
e. Management Science Theory
Management is not ………………..
 Team  Social All are
Methodolo D
74 activity science Wrong
gy
Which statement is wrong?  Higher
the post Authority Authority
Authority is
,higher is the power can be not is right to C
the delegated command
75 to act
authority
  What is the second side of coin of
Remunerati Power Responsibil Position C
76 authority?
on ity
 Discipline starts from  Top to  Bottom to From  All are
C
77 Bottom Top middle wrong
Which the statement is wrong? Discipline Lack in
DisciplineDiscipline
starts from Organizatio
has no leads to A
bottom to n needs
excuse loss of
78 top Discipline
control
Henry Fayol has given ……… principals
 13  12  16 14 D
79 of management.
  Scalar
Following is not the principal management.
  Initative Staffing Responsibili C
80 chain
ty
c.  d. 
a. Team b.
Following is not the principal management. Division of Remunerati B
81 work Organising
work on
Esprit de
Following is not the principal management. Decentralis Centerlisati C
82 corps Authority
ation on
Authority  Discipline
 Following is not the principal management. Equity Planning D
83
 Scalar
Position, designation, seniority defines…..  Initiative Authority Centerlisati C
84 chain
on
  Scalar
Meaning of …………….is right to command.    Stability  Initiative C
85 chain Authority
When may function are controlled by a
Centerlisati Manageme Discipline Authority A
86 central Authority, it is called as……..
on nt
Remuneration is not based on
……… Responsibili Performanc C
87 Designation Emotions
ty e
 Higher
Based on
performanc
Employee  It must reference
e –higher
Requirement of Remuneration is not …………… D
satisfaction be in time and
remunerati
contacts
88 on

 In team
Talent of
work, there  Big task
Teamwork each
is is easier
Which statement is wrong? creates member B
contributio due
good work cannot be
n from teamwork
culture used
89 many

……..gives power in the hands of center. Responsibili Centerlisati Authority B

90 Discipline
ty on
 Many
 Controls Centerlisati
Centerlisati function
are on
on gives are
Which statement is wrong? concentrat consider D
power in controlled
ed at the local level
the hands by a central
center issues
91 of center Authority
always
Out of following which is not the  Extra
correct advantage of ‘Division of Monopoly
pressure of Quality of  Work gets
Work’? in skill by
work on work gets completed B
few in
very few is reduced in less time
reduced
92 reduced.

Manageme Dynamism Leadership Initiative

To start with enthusiasm in called as…….. D
93 nt
 Deviation
from the
 Authority  Work is  Teams
Due to unit of direction …………. defined C
delegated Dividend are formed
path is
prevented
94
Out of following which is not the
Decision
function of Management?  Staffing Remunerat Organising B
95 making
ion
Descending in advance what to do,
 Decision
how to do and when to do is …….. Organising Planning C
96 – making Motivating

Conspiracy
 Less  No Incorrect
from
Which statement is wrong? devotion to feedback person to A
enemy and
work system do plan
bad luck
97
 Unity of
Concentration in work is possible by …….. Responsibili Stability  Authority C
98 command
ty
Equity is seen by few ways, Which is Chair and  Dress  Canteen  Pickup
A
99 not the correct following? cabin code facility facility

 Over  Lack of All are

Why plan fails? Insufficient D
confidence knowledge correct
100 data
 Equity Equity
 Equity  Equity
gives good means
Which statement is wrong? gives means no D
work equal
101 dignity bias
culture wages
What is Esprit de corps?  It is It is  It is
 It is
manageme Principal of function of
name of B
nt concept manageme manageme
company
102 in Russia nt nt

Controlling
Out of following which is not the function management? Discipline Planning C
103 Directing
 To  To avoid
 To reduce increase To get heavy
Out of following which is not the objective of good plan? C
uncertainty productivit money mental
104 y pressures

Assigning
Identifying  Groping Delegation
the
thein organizing?
Out of following, which is the first activity the of authority A
activities to
activities activities to
managers
105 managers

Providing correct way of working is ….. Organizing Directing Planning C

106 Controlling
 Directing
needs
 Directing communica
 Directing Directing tion and
needs good
Which statement is wrong? should be is one time motivation C
vision in
autocratic activity as
leadership
supportive
functions
107

…………is like a break system in automobile.

Manageme  Planning Directing C
108 Controlling
nt

Planning  Planning Planning is Planning

is affects necessary puts focus
Which statement is wrong? A
sometime performanc to facilitate on
essential e control objective
109
 Planning Planning is  Proper
improves thinking planning
Which statement is wrong? Planning C
the after helps in
reduce risk
110 processes failures motivating

 Establish  Identify Prioritize Establish

First steps in planning is : D
111 tasks resources goals goals

 Decision
Which is the next function after planning? organizing  Staffing Scheduling B
112 – making
‘The assignment of each grouping to
the manager with the authority Organizing  Staffing Planning B
113 necessary to supervise it’ is called as Controlling
Work on correct track with correct
speed is possible by ………… Organizing Directing Planning A
114 Controlling
Out of following which is not the  It is It is
 It needs  It is
characteristic of controlling? dynamic in starting D
115 at any time flexible
nature function
 Self –
Which is the first need in Maslow’s needPhysiologic
hierarchy?’  Social Actualisatio A
116 Security
al n

Food, Water, Shelter are ………… needs.   Safety  Esteem  Social Physiologic D
117 al
118 How many needs are mentioned in Maslow’s
   6 needs.  4 5  3 C
Do the proper ascending sequence 1-2-3-4- 1-3-4-2- 2-1-3-4-
1-4-3-2-5 A
119 (down to up) of Maslow’s needs. 5 5 5
1. Physiological
2. Security needs
3. Love/Affection needs
4. Social needs
5. Self-actualization needs
 Self-
“They expect less but contribute  Esteem  Safety  Social
actualizatio B
120 more” – This happens in which phase? needs need needs
n needs
Closed  Open
 Feedback Reverse
Control system having feedback is ……… loop loop A
121 control system
system system
 Finding Recognize
out
First steps in decision –making is…………….  Evaluation  Analysis the D
122 alternatives problem
Which of the following is the  No  Quick  No All are
D
123 advantage of effective decision-making delays action confusion correct
Which is not the technique for  Linear Dynamic
effective decision-making in Core programmi Outsourcin Simulation programmi B
124 Company? ng g ng
Maslow
125 Need-want-satisfaction chain is invented by  Taylor  Drucker  Fayol A
Decision-
Employees get energized due to Planning B
126 Controlling Motivation Making
Which is the last need (higher) in Self-
 Social Safety
Maslow’s need hierarchy? actualizatio Physiologic A
127 needs needs
n needs al needs
Getting the things done from others is Manageme adjustment Orgnisation Direction
128 called as nt A
what is managmnert ? It is a It is an art Both a & b both a & b
science are wrong is correct
129 D
Out of mentioned below , which is not Human Financial Growth Technology
130 the input of management ? resources resources
Out of mentioned below , which is not desired Goal Status in
the output of management ? results achivement Technology market
131 C
Following are mentioned few duties To keep To To reduce To do
which is not duty of management ? satability motivate wastages manufactur
132 staff ing C
When there is no management, then Wastages Poor Mature
what will not happen ? Overlappin of functioning work
g of duties resources of exeution culture
133 D
Management is there from After 1700 after 1800 After 1900 Historical
134 period
Match the pairs 1-b, 2-d, 3- 1-b, 2-c, 3- 1-c, 2- d, 3- 1-d, 2-a, 3-
135 a, 4-c a, 4-b a, 4-b b, 4-c A
1. Adam Amith
a. Need hierarchy
2. F.W. Taylor
b. Economics
3. Maslow
c. Principles of management
4. Henry fayol
d. Scientific Management
136 Mc Gregor has given his contribution Concept of Motion Theory X & Time study
in bureaucrac study theory Y
y
C
137 F.W. Taylor has given his highest Economics Principales theory X Scientific
contribution in and of and Theory manageme
manageme manageme Y nt
nt nt D
138 Principles of management is the Adam Hendry Mary F.W. Taylor
contribution of smith Fayol Parker B
139 what is the correct chronological order 1-4-3-5-2 1-4-5-2-3 2-1-3-4-5 3-2-5-4-1
for following evolution phases in
desending order (order to latest ) ? A
1. Scientific management theory
2. Organisation Environment Theory
3. Behavioural management theory
4. Administrative management theory
5. management science theory
140 Below are mentioned 'stages' of the the war the pre war manageme
evolution in management - which is not beginning manageme manageme nt theory in
correct ? of nt concept nt concept post war
manageme era
nt thought
B
141 "Management is getting the things Henry Fayol Drucker Mery Fayol
done by others" is said by Parker C
142 management is not An A system of A class or all are
economic authority elite wrong
resource D
143 Management is methodolo social Team all are
gy science activity correct D
144 Henry Fayol has given _______ 14 12 16 13
principles of management A
145 Following is not the principle of Initiative Scalar chain staffing responsibili
management ty C
146 Following is not the principle of Team work Organising Division of
management work remunerati
on B
147 Following is not the principle of Centralisati Authority Decentralis Esprit de
management on ation corps C
148 Following is not principle of Authority Discipline Equity Planning D
149 management
Position, designation, seniority defines Centralisati Initiative Authority Scaler
on chain C
150 Meaning of ________ is right to Stability Authority Scalar chain Initiative
command B
151 which ststment is wrong ? Authority Authority is Higher the Authority
can not be the power post , is right to
delegated to act higher is aommand
the
authority A
152 what is the secound side of coin of position Power Resposibilit Remunerati
authority ? y on C
153 Discipline state from Top to Bottom to From All are
bottom Top middle wrong A
154 which statement is wrong ? Discipline discipline Lack in
has no organisatio starts from discipline
excuses n needs bottom to leads to
discipline top loss of
control C
155 when many functions are controlled by Authority Manageme Discipline Centralizati
a central authority , it is called as nt on D
156 _____ gives power in the hands of discipline Centralisati Authority Responcibil
center on ity B
157 Which satatment is wrong ? Controls Many centralisati centralisati
are function on gives on
concentrat are power in considers
ed at the controlled the hands local level
centre by a central of center issues
authority always
D
158 Out of following which is not the Extra Monopoly Quality of work get
correct advantage of 'Division of work' pressure of in skills by work get complted
? work on few is reduced in less time
very few is reduced
reduced
C
159 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative Dynamism Leadership Manageme
nt A
160 Which satatment is wrong? Initiative support by Initiative Someone
leads into other is not may solve should take
new expected difficult initiative
horizons of after problems
work anybody's
initiative
B
161 Remunration is not based on Performanc Responcibil Emotions Designation
e ity C
162 Requirment of remunration is not It must be Employee Higher Based on
in time satisfaction performanc reference
e -higher and
remunratio contacts
n
D
163 Which statement is wrong ? In term talent of Teamwork Big task is
work, there each creat good easier due
is more member work to team
contributio cannot be culture work
n from used
many
B
164 Due to unity of direction ? Deviation work is Authority is Teams are
from the divident delegated formed
defined
path is
prevented A
165 concentration in work is possible by Authority Stability Unity of
responsibili command
ty C
166 Equity is seen by few ways. Which is Pickup Dress code Canteen Chair and
not the correct from following ? facility facility cabin D
167 Which statement is wrong ? Equity equity gives Equity Equity gives
means equl dignity means no good work
wages bias
culture A
168 which is Esprit de Crops ? it is it is It is It is name
function of principle of manageme of company
manageme manageme nt concept
nt nt in Russia
B
169 Out of following which is not the Planning Controlling Discopline Directing
function of management ? C
170 Out of following which is not the Decision Orgnising Staffing
function of management ? making remunratio
n B
171 Deciding in advance what to do , how Planning Orgnising Decision- Motivating
to do and when to do is making A
172 which is not the correct type of plan ? Corporate Action plan Operationa Manageme
plan l plan nt plan C
173 why plan faiis ? Lack of Insufficient Over All are
knowledge dat confidence correct
D
174 Which statement is wrong ? plan fails No less conspiracy Incorrect
due to feedback devotion to from person to
system work enemy and do plan
bad luck
C
175 out of following which is not the To reduce To increase To avoid To get
objective of good plan? uncertainty productiity heavy money
mental
pressures D
176 which statement is wrong ? planning planning is Planning planning is
affects something puts focus necessary
performanc essential on to facilitate
e objectives control

B
177 which statement is wrong ? Proper Planning Planning is planning
planning reduces thinking improves
helps in risk after the
motivating failures processes
C
178 First step in planning is Establish Identify Prioritize Estabilish
goals resources goals tasks A
179 Which is the next function after Scheduling Orgnising Staffing Decision
planning ? making B
180 "The assingment of each groping to a Planning Organising Staffing Controlling
manager with the authority necessary
to supervise it' , is called as B
181 Out of following , which is the first Assigning grouping delegation Identifying
activity in orgnising ? the thr of authority the
activities to activities to activities
managers managers
D
182 Providing correct way of working is Planning Orgnising Directing Controlling

C
183 which statement is wrong ? Directing is Directing Directing Directing
one time should not needs good needs
activity be vision in communica
auttocratic leadership tion and
motivation
as
supportive
functions
A
184 ________ is like a brake system in
185 automobiles
Work on correct track with correct Planning Orgnising Directing Controlling
speed is possible by D
186 Out of the following which is not the It is a It needs at It is flexible It is
characteristic of controlling ? starting any time dynamic in
function nature A
187 Techniques not used for control CPM PERT Audit Budget D
188 function are have feedback is
control system reverse feedback open loop Closed loop
system control system system
D
189 First step in decision making is Recognize Evaluation Analysis Finding out
the alternatives
problem
A
190 Which of the following is the No delays Quick No All are
advantage of effective decision making action confusion correct D
191 which is not the technique for effective Linear Simulation Outsourcin Dynamic
decision making in core company ? programmi g programmi
ng ng C
192 Need - want - satisfaction chain is fayol Taylor Drucker Maslow D
193 invented by
which is the first need in maslow's need Security Social Safety
hierachy ? Physiologic
al A
194 Food, water, shelter are _______ Physiologic Esteem . Social Safety
needs. al A
195 How many needs are mentioned in 3 4 5 6
Maslow's need hierarchy ? C
196 Do the proper ascending sequence 1-2-3-4-5 1-3-4-2-5 1-4-3-2-5 2-1-3-4-5
(down to up ) of Maslow's needs A
197 1. Physiological needs
2. Security needs
198 3. Love / affection needs
4. social needs
199 5. self actualization
200 "They expect less but contribute more" Social Secutity Safety Esteem
This happenes in which phase ? needs needs needs needs B
201 Which is the last need (higher) in self Social Physiologic Safety
Maslow's need hierarchy ? actualisatio needs al needs needs
n needs
202 Employees get energized due to Controlling Planning Motivation Decision -
making
C
203 School of management are as follows: The The The All of above D
classical behavioral quantitativ
school school e or
manageme
nt science
school

204 _______________focuses on the ways The The The All of above A

to manage work organizing more classical behavioral quantitativ
efficiently. school school e or
manageme
nt science
school

205 The area of classical school are : Scientific Administrat Bureaucrati All of the D
manageme ive c above
nt manageme manageme
nt nt
206 _____mainly focused on the The The The All of above D
interactions and motivations of the classical behavioral quantitativ
individual organization .This school school school e or
studied the behavior of employees in manageme
an organization. nt science
school

207 The great thought of motivating the The The The All of the B
workers or employees for better results classical behavioral quantitativ above
have come up from ________ of school school e or
management. manageme
nt science
school

208 _____________school added The The The All of the C

increasing quality of managerial classical behavioral quantitativ above
decision making with the help of school school e or
mathematics and statistics. manageme
nt science
school

209 Q.7)The main areas of quantitative or Manageme Operations Manageme All of the D
management science school are: nt science manageme nt above
nt information
systems

210 Q.8)__________proposed an idea of The The The The B

understanding the organization as a classical behavioral quantitativ systems
system that transforms inputs into school school e or school
outputs while in constant interaction manageme
with its environment. nt science
school
211 Q.9) The center point of __________ is The The The The A
about applying management principles contingenc behavioral quantitativ systems
and processes as per the unique y school school e or school
characteristics of situation. manageme
nt science
school

212 __________is an activity which defines Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling A

the steps of how and when work will be
done effectively and efficiently.
213 __________ is recruitment of right Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling C
people at right place in an organization.
214 _________ensures that things fall Planning Organizing Staffing Controlling D
within the standards defined by an
organization and should not divert
215 Levels of Management are: Tactical All of the D
Strategicaly level Operationa above
level l level .
216 The number of people working on Tactical All of the B
lower level are largest than Strategicaly level Operationa above
level l level .
217 On ________ only few people work as Tactical All of the B
middle level managers. Strategicaly level Operationa above
level l level .
218 At ________ only few people are Tactical All of the A
present. Strategicaly level Operationa above
level l level .
219 Top level includes people like: Managing Chairman Chief All of the D
Directors Executive above
(MD) Officers
(CEO)
220 Top level is known as __________ Strategical Tactical All of the A
because all important decision related level level Operationa above
to whole organization is taken by top l level
221 The functions of top, level Defining Defining Making All of the D
management are: goal of an mission different above
organizatio and vision long term
n or policies for
business an
organizatio
n
222 Middle level of management includes Senior Junior D
people who are designated as: managers managers
Supervisors All of the
above
223 Middle level is known as _______ of Strategical Tactical All of the B
management. level level Operationa above
l level
224 The managers working at middle level Tactically All of the B
_______ manages the whole Strategicall Operationa above
organization and reach to the goal y lly
225 _______ middle level managers Planning Allocating Monitor All of the D
perform different management of their different the above
functions to achieve the vision of work resources progress
organizations as follows: as required

226 Lower level known as_________ Strategical Tactical All of the C

level level Operationa above
l level
227 Lower level includes people like: Clerks Data entry All of the D
Supervisors operators above

228 The lower level operations could be Production Payments Purchase All of the D
day to day : above

229 The lower 1nvl operations could be Sales Receipts Stock All of the D
day to day: taking above
230 The functions done at lower level are: Conduct Monitor Reporting All of the D
clay to day daily to middle above
activities progress level
manageme
nt

231 Administration functions or duties are: Decision Policy Making All of the D
making making necessary above
adjustment
s
232 _______was main contributor in the Frank Lillian G Frederick Henry C
scientific school. Gilbreth W. Taylor Gantt
233 Salientfeatures of scientific Use of The Genuine All of the D
management: scientific workers cooperatio above
methods to should be n between
accomplish scientificall workers
each an y selected and
every task based on manageme
in the best their skill nt is
way. sets, required.
qualificatio
ns and
should be
trained.
234 Scientific management is essential It uses Selection All of the D
because of following reasons: scientific - Mathemati and above
approach cal models recruitmen
throughout are used to t of the
the bring an workers
manageme innovation was strictly
nt and radical skill based.
activities. changes in
an
organizatio
n.

235 ____________was one of the Henry Lillian G Frederick Henry A

renowned management thinkers. He Fayol W. Taylor Gantt
was a French mining engineer.
236 _____ major contribution to the Henry Lillian Frederick Henry A
management theory is his 14 principles Fayol's Gilbreth's W. Taylor's Gantt's
of management that are based on his
237 Principles proposed by_____________ Henry Fayol Lillian G Frederick Henry A
are very useful for the contemporary W. Taylor Gantt
managers to manage their work
238 Principles proposed by Henry Fayól are Division of Authority Discipline All of the D
work and above
responsibili
ty
239 Principle proposed by Henry Unity of All of the D
Fayol_____________are direction Remunerati Centralizati above
on of on
personnel
240 ___________ is proved to be a smart Division of Authority Discipline All of the A
technique that allows everybody to do work and above
the job as per their skills responsibili
orspecialization. ty
241 ______ results into better output in Division of Authority Discipline All of the A
terms of work. work and above
responsibili
ty
242 If specialization or _________ is not Division of Authority Discipline All of the A
used, the work donecannot be work and above
satisfactory. responsibili
ty
243 _____________is a right for giving Division of Authority Discipline All of the B
orders and the power to ensure work and above
obedience. responsibili
ty
244 ____________________is given to a Division of Authority Discipline All of the B
manager (supervisor) to get the work work above
done from his or her subordinates.
245 ____________ensure that once the Division of Authority Discipline All of the B
work or work related orders are given work above
to the subordinates, they become
responsible for that work and also they
need to obey all the instructions of
246 _________is important not only for the Division of Authority Discipline All of the C
individual but for an organization too. work above
247 ____________ mainly focuses on the Division of Authority Discipline Unity of D
specific authority that guides work commands
subordinates about what work has to
248 _____________is about the unity of Unity of Authority Discipline Unity of A
authority and plan of action. direction commands

249 Good ___________or salaries motivate Unity of Remunerati Discipline Unity of B

people to work efficiently and make direction on commands
them satisfied and eventually they
250 __________has got many positive Unity of Centralizati Discipline Unity of B
aspects. It helps in organizing things direction on commands
properly.
251 _______ allows employees to get Unity of Centralizati Discipline Unity of B
involved in the process of decision direction on commands
making for better results.
252 ______________organization is Scalar chain Centralizati Discipline Unity of A
generally a hierarchical structure. There on commands
is always a chain of authority instead of
253 Generally ___________ flow of chain Scalar chain Centralizati Discipline Unity of A
or direction of chain is from highest on commands
organizational authority to the lowest
254 As per the need of Scalar chain Centralizati Discipline Unity of A
organization___________of authority on commands
can be reduced or authorities may get
255 _________is concern with the Scalar chain Order Discipline Unity of b
systematic arrangements made for commands
men, machines and materials.
256 ______ in an organization is a blend of Scalar chain Order Equity Unity of C
kindness and justice. commands

257 ______has to be maintained in an Scalar chain Order Equity Unity of C

organization while treating the commands
employees.
258 _________refers to the planning. Only Scalar chain Order Equity Initiative D
planning is not sufficient. It is to be
ensured that work is done as per the
259 Management functions or duties are Planning Organizing Directing All of the D
broadly classified into following above
categories:
260 ________ can be defined as the set of Planning Organizing Directing All of the A
steps to do the particular activity or above
activities in systematic manner.
261 The base of success of any project or Planning Organizing Directing All of the A
goal of an organization is above
its________________
262 _______ is very important because Planning Organizing Directing All of the A
remaining all functions of management above
are strictly dependent on the planning
263 Objectives of good plan at To achieve To create To utilize All of the D
departmental/organizational level are: the the feasible resources above
departmen work in proper
tal as well schedule way by
as and minimizing
organizatio complete wastage.
nal goal. work within
time limit.

264 Q. 62) Objectives of good plan at For Proper Allocating All of the D
departmental/organizational level are: budgeting delegation rights and above
for of work. responsibili
different ties.
projects or
works.
265 Advantages of planning A complete Planning Delays in All of the D
guideline helps in work can above
about how, completing be avoided.
when and goals of
what work organizatio
has to be n
done

266 Advantages of planning are: Work can Planning All of the D

be done minimizes Standardiza above
efficientlywork tion can be
pressures enforced
and through
deadline plans
tensions
267 It is observed that planning generally Absence Unrealistic All of the D
gets fail because of following reasons: Incomplete of data nature of above
knowledge analysis plan
of work

268 It is observed that planning generally Absence Not All of the D

gets fail because of following reasons: of feedback Involvemen considering above.
of plan. t of people risks and
in planning uncertainti
who are es.
not
involved in
actual
work.
269 The types of plans are:- Operationa Tactical Strategic All of the D
l plans plans plans above.
270 The ________ process transforms Planning Organizing Directing All of the B
plans into reality. above
271 _______ can be defined as the process Planning Organizing Directing All of the B
of establishing the orderly use of above
resources by assigning and
272 _______ activity works within the Planning Organizing Directing
All of the B
framework of organizational structure. above
273 Steps for organization process: Review Determine Classify All of the D
plans and the work and group above
objectives. activities the
necessary necessary
to work
accomplish activities
objectives.

274 _____ is division of labor. Work Chain of Authority Delegation A

specializati command
on
275 ___________is an unbroken line of Work Chain of Authority Delegation B
authority that links all persons in an specializati command
organization. on
276 ______ is the formal and legitimate Work Chain of Authority Delegation C
right of a manager to make decisions, specializati command
issue orders and allocate resources to on
complete organization's goal.
277 ________ is the downward transfer of Work Chain of Authority Delegation D
authority from a manager to a specializati command
subordinate. on
278 ____________can be defined as the Controlling Motivating Coordinatin Decision C
management of Interdependence in g making
279 ___activity includes communication Controlling Motivating Coordinatin Decision C
among the different departments g making
which are dependent on each other.
280 ____________plays very important Controlling Motivating Coordinatin Decision C
role as it ensures harmony among g making
281 After plans have been made and the Planning Organizing Directing Controlling C
organization has been established and
staffed, the next step is____________
282 _______can be called as “leading” Planning Organizing Directing Controlling C
,motivating ",”actuating" and so on.
283 _________is the process of passing Communica Leadership Motivation All of the A
information and understanding from tion above
one person to another. Effective
communication systems in the
284 __________can be defined as the Communica Leadership Motivation All of the B
process by which a manager guides and tion above
influences the work of his subordinates.
285 ____________means arousing desire Communica Leadership Motivation All of the C
in the minds of workers to give their tion above
best to the enterprise. It is the act of
286 The qualities of Leadership are: Honesty Forward- Competent All of the D
looking above
287 When work diverts from the standards Planning Organizing Directing Controlling D
then_________________is very much
288 ___________is defined as the force Communica Leadership Motivation All of the C
that causes an individual to behave in a tion above
289 _____________produces best results Communica Leadership Motivation All of the C
in term of productivity . tion above
290 _________________can be done in Communica Leadership Motivation All of the C
several ways like rewards promotions, tion above
bonus, appreciations ,hike in salaries
,higher designations, freedom for
291 89)Right of___________ let the Decision Policy Making Controlling A
business grows and sustain in the Making making necessary and ensure
market . adjustment the
s discipline
292 _______________is the process of Decision Policy Making Controlling A
solving the finding out the now making making necessary rind ensure
business opportunity. adjustment the
s discipline
293 The example of ________ could be Decision Policy Making A
launching of new product, minimizing making making necessary Controlling
material wastage while production, adjustment and ensure
recruiting people, stopping production s the
of a particular product etc. discipline
294 There are three conditions or factors Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of the D
that affects decision making as follows: above
295 Under ________ when decisions are Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of the A
made, then we can understand that above
manager has perfect knowledge of all
the information needed to make the
296 In ________ type of environment, the Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of the B
manager is not able to gather the above
297 There is one more condition or case Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of the C
when information is very poor that above
managers cannot understand the
probabilities and outcomes of
alternatives. This condition is known
298 Decision making under conditions of Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of the C
________ is like being a pioneer above
entering unexplored territory.
299 In this condition of _______ managers Certainty Risk Uncertainty All of the C
have to rely heavily on creativity for above
solving the problems.
300 Types of personal decision making Rational/lo Intuitive Predispose All of the D
models are gical d. above
301 Decision taken by supervisor could be Change in Increase or Decision All of the D
work decrease in regarding above
schedule or production rejection of
reschedulin depending raw
g. on current material or
situations. finished
products.

302 Henry Fayol proposed ___________ 10 20 14 30 C

number of principles of management.

SR.N OBJECTIVE OPTION A OPTION B OPTION C OPTION D ANSWER

O QUESTIONS A/B/C/D
 1 In a Joint stock company, loan are Members Prometers Company None of C
repaid by the__ the above
2 A private limited company can have 4,20 4,20 2,50 2,20 C
minimum__ and
3 In a private limited company, generally Partners Neighbours Friends and Anyone C
__ are the members family
members

4 A company in which not less__of the 48% 49% 50% 51% D

paid up share capital is held by
Government is known as a Government
5 In line organisation, the authority flows Superior to superior to D
from: subordinat superior Subordinat subordinat
e to e to e
subordinat superior
e
6 In line organisation, who is responsible The The The The C
for final results? workers. Superior managers. foreman
authority
7 ____does not pay taxes on profit Partnership Private Public Ltd. All of the A
earned. Ltd. Company above
Company
8 Line organisation is: Rigid Flexible Strong Expensive B
9 What sort of company is Infosys? Public Private Partnership None of A
Limited Limited them
10 Infunctioned organisation activities are Common Separate Grouped Special A
grouped by___ function.
11 According to law___is not viewed as a Partner Company Proprietors D
separate legal entity. Entreprene hip
ur
12 In Functional organising, line authority. Does not Certainly Partially Somewhat B
exists exists exists exists

13 ___is a voluntary organisation formed Cooperativ Company Public None of A

to serve the membrs and the welfare of e Society Limited them
society. Company
14 Line organisation lacks: Co- Conflicts Specialisati Nothing C
ordination on

15 Line and staff organisation is the Functional Staff Special Line D

modification of: Organisatio Organisatio Organisatio Organisatio
n n n n

16 The Staff specialist provides___to line Machines work Advice orders C

managers.
17 Which of the following is not the Quick Large Professiona Limited A
advantage of a public limited company. Formation Capital l Liability
Manageme
nt
18 The various departments in acompany Process Product Function Project B
are: capacitors, sensors, resistors, and
fuses. It's an example of
19 Project organisation is Temporary Permanent Annual Quarterly A
a____organisation structure.
20 Assistant to the president of a company Line Functional Assistant Staff D
refers to which type of authority?
21 Members of a project organisation are Higher H, R Functional C. E. O. C
from___departments.

22 In Project organisation, the members Within the Outside the None of a and b D
can be from. organisatio organisatio the above
n n

23 A public limited company can have 2, 2, 100 100 7, D

minimum __ and maximum__ unlimited unlimited
24 Which of the following can be Car Installation None of C
considered as project organisation? production Manufactur of a parts above
ing of parts

25 The advantages of project organisation: It takes Maximum Decision None of B

less time to use of are taken above
complete speciallist independe
knowledge ntly

26 The process of ___of tasks of similar arranging deciding aligning grouping D

nature is known as departmentation.
27 In a department the ___is in charge of Manager H.R. C.E.O Project A
department. Manager
28 Suggest a suitable form of ownership Public Private Partnership None of D
for a bicycle repair business. Limited Limited them
29 Memoration of association of a Purpose Liability Authorised Dividend D
company does not contain: capital

30 Dewpartmentation helps to improve effectivene life quality skills A

the __of an organisation. ss
31 ___is right to issues orders. Responsibili Span Stability Authority D
ty
32 Which of the following is not an Feedback Noise Span Message C
element of communication process?
33 ___is the legitimate power to exercise Manager Supervisor Responsibili Authority D
influence, make decision, carry out ty
actions and to direct others.
34 __is essential to direct, guide, instruct, Manager Authority Responsibili Chairman B
and other the subordinate. ty
35 The authority that a ___possesses is Subordinat Manager Superior Chief C
known as line authority. e Executives
36 The life and existance of a ___doesn't Entreprene Proprietors Company D
depend upon the life of members. Partnership urship hip

37 __authority is the right given to an Functional Line Project. Job A

individual or a department to control
specified or activities in other
38 Which of the following in not the Quality Quantity Storage of Controlling C
responsibility of a production goods accidents
manager?
39 The persons forming a join stock Partner Entreprene Promoters Investors C
company are__ urs
40 Advantage of Centralisation: Greater Greater Greater Self Great D
Quality Control Satisdactio Fluency of
n among work
the Staff

41 The process of concentration of Top Functiona Line Decision B

___authrity with the top management making
42 Incentralisation the skills of the middle Increased Decreased Underestim Underutilis D
level mangement are: ated ed.
43 With ___the top management can Work Processess Centralisati Decentralis C
focus on strategic issues for finding on ation
new avenues and opportunities.
44 In partnership, te partners have True False Party true Partly false A
unlimited liability:
45 The speed of decision making is quick in Centralisati Decentralis Span of None of A
___ on ation control Above
46 ___is the number of subordinates that Centrakisati Span of None of C
can be effectively supervised. on Decentralis Conrol Above
ation
47 The organisation always prefers___ Small Wide Narrow C
span of control Economical

48 In a tall organisation structure, the Big Wide Narrow D

span of control is: Economical

49 In a flat organisation structure the small Wide Narrow C

span of control is: Economical

50 Which of the following is the advantage Closer Lower c. More A

of a narrow span? Supervisio Overhead Economical Delegation
n
51 Which of the following is the advantage Lower Monitoring Lower Good C
of a wide span? Skilled is easy operational communica
managed cost tion
easily
52 Supervisors with high ability can Narrow Wide Span Big Span Small Span B
have___ Span
53 Managers at lower level can have span Wide Narrow Low High A
of control.
54 When Complexity of work is more then Narrow Wide Span Big Span Small Span A
___is preferable. Span
55 Delegation of work is more then __to Manager C.E.O.,H.R. Manager, Supervisor, D
make decisions. Supervisor Subordinat
e

56 Organisation is a / an ____system. Closed Exposed Open None of C

above
57 In order to have flexibility, the Co- Adaptive Supportive Financial B
maintenance activities must be ordinate
58 Which of the following is not an Modified Extensive Material C
adaptive activity? Plans Market Outsourcin Developme
Research g of nt
Services
59 Minimum ___and maximum 4,20 2,20 4,10 2,10 B
___persons can be partners in a
60 Which one of following is not included Name of Duration of Permanent Face value D
in the 'contents of partnership deed'. Partnership Partnership Address of of share
firm. Partnership
Business

61 ___concentrates on development of Availability Stability Productivit Predictabili B

the organisation. y ty
62 Stability is reluctance to ___ Change Productivit Availability Predictabili A
y ty
63 Communication is the transfer of ____ Words Speech Message Sayings C
64 Noise is the _______ communication. Medium Both a and Seen D
Transmitter b

65 The Communication process is said to Received Read Seen C

be completed only when receiver has Understoo
___the message. d
66 Which one of the following is not a Download Upward Horizontal Diagonal D
form of communication?
67
Aims are
Which is the first steps in organisation Formulatin determine  Identifying Assignment
forming? g plans d of activates of duties B
68

Structure of organisation is Organisatio Organisatio Organisatio  None of

represented by……….. n brochure n chart n draft the above B
69
 Number
The structure of Organisation depends  Scope of  Span of of All the
on……… function Control employees above D
70
The structure of organisation is not  Resources Communica Profit  Span of
depended on……. available tion Margin control C
71 Which is unimportant word of the  United  Common  Group of
definition of organisation? together Profit aim person B
72
Employees
doing Group
 Labour discussions  Meeting 15 people
Following group is not an working on in work members in on bus
organisation. a site area a company stop D
73
Which are the aim of forming  Combined Reasonabili All are
organisation?  Teamwork efforts ty on all correct D
74

Organisatio
Organisatio b. It has n is a group Organisatio
n has no aims and of working n is a
Which statement is wrong? boundaries objective people system A
75
 Line and
staff  Functional Line  Project
Organisatio Organisatio Organisatio Organisatio
Decision are very quick in n n n n C
76
Which is not the correct advantages  Easy to  Confusion
‘Line Organisation’? understand is less Specialised  It is simple C
77
Lack of Overlappin  Poor
Which is not the correct Nobody is specializati g of performanc
disadvantages ‘Line Organisation’? overload on Activities e A
78
Governme Military
At which place line organisation is not nt Departmen  Small
possible? company  Tiny firms t workshop A
79
Which are the essentials of Organisatio
organisation? n chart Delegation Integration All D
80
Which is the important in deciding Specialisati  Type of
structure organisation?  Function on Product All D
81 Both
Hierarchy
and
Vertical dimension of organization Departmen Departmen  None of
structure defines……. tation Hierarchy tation the above B
82

Functional  Project Staff Line

Scalar organisation is also known organisatio organisatio organisatio organisatio
as………. n n n n D
83

Line organisation is of ……………. Type  Horizontal Vertical  Both  None B

84 Military type organisation is seen in  Line and
……….  Project  Staff Staff Line D
85
 Small
process
 Small With
Where line organisation is applicable? firms  Workshop automation All D
86 Project Staff Line
Functional organisation is also called organisatio organisatio organisatio  None of
as …… n n n the above B
87
Complicatio Heavy
Which is the correct limitation of Differences n of pressures
project organisation? of opinions function of work All D
88 …………is the process of dividing large
organisation into small and flexible Division Defragmen Departme
administrative units. formation tation ntation  None C
 89
c. To give
a. To make b. To freedom
Which are the aim of people distribute for each d. All
departmentation? specialized work function above D
90
 More Standarsati Performanc
Which is the correct advantage of staff productivit on in e better
organisation? y then line process than line All D
91 Difficult Lack of
Which is the not correct to handle specializati Ego of Discipline is
disadvantage of staff organisation? experts on specialty lacking B
92
Both a and
Line and Staff organisation is …….. Horizontal  Vertical b  None C
93 Which organisation is temporary in Line and
nature? Project  Staff staff  Line A
94
Project organization has few from. Balanced Project Functional
Which is the correct one. matrix matrix matrix All D
95 By
Which is not the type of By material
departmentation? function  By product By process pattern D
96
Authority
and
 Span of Responsibili
Which is the principal organization? Delegation control ty All D
97 ‘Number of subordinates handled by
one manager effectively ’ is called as Span of Responsibili
……….. control ty Delegation  None A
98
Responsibili
Authority, Responsibili ty,
………… check the result ……….shows Responsibil ty, Responsibili  Authority,
the result ity Authority ty Authority A
99
 Indepen
Decision  Knowledge dent
Which is the pre-requisite Of effective –making- of subordinat All the
delegation? freedom designation es Above D
100

Establishing Goals
Which is the first steps in effective responsibili establishm
delegation? ty  Training ent  None C
101

Departmen Departmen Departmen

‘Car Division’ in Tata motors in tation by tation by tation by
example of ………… function product process None B
102 People
become  Product
expert in may
the work become  Attention No
Which is the statement is wrong? In allotted to brand is given to duplication
product type Departmentation them name the product of work D
103

Departmen Departmen Departmen

‘sales Department’ in Nokia is the tation by tation by tation by
exam of …………. function process product  None A
104
Departmen Departmen Departmen
‘Heat treatment’ shop in kirloskar, is tation by tation by tation by
the example of ……….. function process product  None B
105  Non-  Both a
‘Meeting’ is the …….. communication. Written verbal Formal and b C
106 Controls Stress level
from on Work can
Which is not the advantage Centre manager be finished  Work load
delegation? increase reduce in time is reduced A
107 Ability to adjust, change, bend is
…………. Ability  Balance Stability Flexibility D
108
‘Request’ is the ……………. Both a
Communication Downward Upward and b  None B
109
Insurance
Following business is not coming corporatio Hardware  Service
under sole propertorship? n  Press shop unit unit A
110 How many partners can be eligible for All are
partnership? 2 to 10  2 to 5 2 correct D
111
Which is incorrect type of partner? Nominal Perfect Active Sleeping B
112 Also
Do not Do not called as
About ‘Sleeping partners’ which share  They do active in silent
statement is wrong? profit/loss investment daily work partner A
113

Confused  Poor Language

Which is barrier in communication? information knowledge problem All D
114
Which is the factor responsible in the Types of  Scope of Capital
selection of type ownership? business business required All D
115
 Easy to Business
Which is not the advantage of sole Freedom form to Documenta growth is
propertorship? of work Business tion is less faster D
116 ‘Achievement due to one, will be General
shared by all others’ This happens in Limited partnershi
…….. partnership p Both  None
117
General
All partners have the same status in Nominal partnershi   Limited     
…………. partnership p partnership None B
118 Limited
resource Growth Decision
Which is not the limitation of sole are rate is Corruption may be
propertorship? available small is more wrong C
119
Business
can use Do not
Which statement is correct about their Do not Actively All Are
‘Nominal Partners’? names invest involved correct D
120 Both B
Which is the type of partnership? Private Limited General and C D
121
Which is the included in the Name of Location of Name of
“Partnership Deed”? Partner work the firm All D
122 Public Private
Which is not the type of joint stock Public Limited Limited
company? sector company company  None A
123 Maximum members in private limited
company are …………. 50  20 30  10
124 Minimum members in private limited
company are ………….  20  05  10 2 D
125 Minimum numbers of directors in
Public Limited company are ……… 7 10 2 3 D
126

Agreement between partners is called Partnership Partnership Partnership Partnershi

as …………… Document Draft Deed p Sheet D
127 Co- Sole
operative Governmen proprietors
Highest business secrecy is in ………….. society t sector hip Partnership C
128
Proprietors Both a
Unlimited Liability is there in ………… Partnership hip and b  None C
129

Business
It is a life is There  No
Which statement is wrong about joint dependent limited transfer of
partnership? business on partners liability partnership C
130
Heavy
cost of Political Flexibility Formation
Which is not the limitation of Joint Manageme Interferenc in business is lengthy
Stock Company? nt e is more is less process B
131 Maximum shareholders in public
limited company ………. 50 10 7 No limit D
132 Minimum shareholders in public
limited company ………. 50 7 2 10 B
133
Effective  Business
Which is not the advantage of Joint No Easy to division life is
Stock Company? autocracy form work longer B
134 Maximum members in co-operative
society are ……… 500 100 50 No limit D
135 Providing
The basic aim of the government service to  Earing  Earing
sector is society fame profit  None A
136
Employme
 Balance nt
Which is the objective of public regional opportuniti  Public
sector? growth es welfare All D
137
Governmen
Public  Public t
 Public Limited Corporatio departmen
Which is not type of public sector? company Company n t B
138 Members
are
 Beneficial involved Strengthen Business
Which is not the advantage of co- to common decision s rural growth is
operative society? man making economy faster D
139 Govern
ment Professiona  Decision-  Political
Which is not the limitation co- support is lism is very making is interferenc
operative society? less poor slow e is more A
140 Government sector is also called as  Service Public  People’s  Nation
…………… sector sector sector sector B
141 Govern
 Public  Public ment
Highest control of government is there Limited Corporatio  Public Departmen
in ………………… Company n Company t D
142
Proprietors Public
Secrecy is least in ……………….  Joint stock Partnership hip sector D
143
 Huge
Which is not the advantage of public capital can Secrecy is  Job  Liability
sector? be raised more Security is limited B
144 More
Political  Decision-
Which is not the limitation of Public interferenc making is Productivit Unlimite
Sector? e slow y is less d Liability D
145 Sole
Proprietors  Public
Documentation is less in ………….  Joint stock Partnership hip sector C
146
 Co- Public
Maximum security job is in ……...... operative sector  Joint stock Partnership B
147 The main component organization are Clearly Well Suitable All of D
: defined Organized division of above
objectives and work and
coordinatin labour
g group of
people
148 The main component organization are: Right Effective All of D
Predefined division of communica above
and clear authority tion system
Policies and and
procedures responsibili
. ty

149 Organization has following Small or Group is Important All of D

characteristics:- Large leaded by tool of above
group of executive manageme
people leader . nt is
organizatio
n

150 Organization has following Allocates All of D

characteristics: duties and Organizatio Organizatio above
responsibili n establish n control
ty to a the effort
employees. relationshi of the
p between group.
authority
and
responsibili
ty .

151 Elements of organization are : Set the Well Proper All of D

define organized division of above
objectives . and work and
coordinate labour
d group of
people .
152 Organization can be define as The Defining All of the D
___________ process of and Establishing above
identifying deleting relationshi
and responsibili p for the
grouping ty and purpose of
the work to authority. enabling
performed. people to
work most
effectively
together in
accomplishi
ng
objective.
153 The principal of organization are : All of the D
Understand Association Responsibili above
ing and and ty and
formulating relation of authority
of objective basic
component
s of the
organizatio
n
154 The principal of organization are : Span of Division Proper All of the D
control and delegation above
grouping of of work
work
155 Which factor decide the type of Size of the Nature of Complexity All of the D
organization : organizatio the product of the above
n being problems
manufactur being faced
ing

156 Commonly known forms (types ) of Line , Line and Functional All of D
organization structures: military or staff organizatio above
scalar organizatio n
organizatio n
n
157 ___________is one of the simplest Line Line and Functional All of B
type of organization . organizatio staff organizatio above
n organizatio n
n

158 Line organization is also called as Military Line and Functional All of A
________ or scalar organization . organizatio staff organizatio above
n organizatio n
n

159 Application of line organization : Small Military Automated All of D

business industries above
like textile

160 Advantages of line organization are : Simple Flexible easy All of D

and easy structure addition above
and easy to and
expand or removal of
contract members

161 Advantages of line organization are : Easy Almost no Working High D

communica confusion speed is degree of
tion among exist fast discipline
employees
162 Disadvantages of line organization are : Neglects May Highly All of D
area are overload skilled and above
specializati employee qualified
on of people are
employees required

163 The line organization is developed step Line Line and Functional All of B
by step to shape as the _____________ Organizatio staff Organizatio above
n organizatio n
n

164 The __________make a combination Line Line and Functional All of B

of the line organization with staff organizatio staff organizatio above
department that helps and advice line n organizatio n
department . n

165 Advantages of line and staff Expert Perfect No work All of D

organization : device is work overloading above
available division
from
specialist
staff
executives
166 Advantages of line and staff Improved Duties are System All of D
organization : product clear to function above
quality each smoothly
person
167 Disadvantages of line and staff Increase More Unclear All of D
organization : in cost of people function above
product more create
because of confusion confusion
increase in and
staff breaking
rules and
regulation
by line of
executives
168 The ________ mainly focuses on the Line Line and Functional All of C
specialized area of the person and the organizatio staff organizatio above
person does the same job. This is also n organizatio n
known as staff organization type . n

169 Q.24) Merits of functional organization Because Expert Better All of A

: of advice can quality of above
specializati be received product
on, can be
responsibili produce
ties are
fixed
170 Demerits of functional organization : Assigning All of D
Coordinatio Maintainin of new job above
n is difficult g discipline is difficult
as many is difficult because of
people are specializati
working on on
the same
level

171 _____________are internally formed Line Line and Functional Project D

organizatio staff organizatio organizatio
n organizatio n n
n

172 Feature of project organization are : These Less All of D

Organizatio organizatio number of above
n is n are employees
internally generally
formed temporary
173 type of project organization : Functional Project Matrix all of above D
based based based
174 Advantages of project organization: The scope Teamwork This All of D
of work is not structure above
limited so emphasize reduces
efficiency is d communica
more. tion and
decision
making
175 Disadvantages of project organization : Temporary Loose Function All of D
nature of bounding are above
organizatio in groups complicate
n d

176 Advantages of depart mentation: Duties and Person Managers All of D

authority can made are allowed above
are accountabl to take
precisely e for the initiative
known so results and learn
efficiency is new
more managerial
skills

177 Departmentalization can be done on Process Product Customers All of above D

the basis of following factors: or Markets
178 Advantages of depart mentation by Every Evaluation It is All of D
product : product of possible to above
division or performanc find out
departmen e of very profitable
t can be product and non-
made line can be profitable
accountabl done product
e for profit individually lines
or loss
incurred by
it

179 Disadvantages of depart mentation by Services Man All of D

product : Manageme are power above
nt cost is duplicated requiremen
increased or repeated t are more

180 _________ is accountability .It is an Authority All of B

obligation of a subordinate to his/her Responsibili Communica above
boss to do given work ty tion
181 _________means right (to Authority All of A
command)and power to act Responsibili Communica above
ty tion
182 ___________Stands for granting of Delegation Effective All of A
authority to subordinates to and Responsibili Delegation above
accomplish or perform a particular authority ty
assignment while operating within pre-
183 Principal of delegation of authority are Parity Principal All of the D
: (equality Responsibili of unity of above
)between ty in term command
authority in result
and
responsibili
ty
184 span of control depends on the factors Trained Type of Capacity of All of D
like: and work executive above
experience or manager
subordinat
es

185 Limitation of span of control : Wider Ego All of the D

span of Inexperienc problems above
control ed may arise
may not be subordinat
managed e may
by create
executive problem

186 ___________means giving right work Delegation Effective All of C

to the right person of authority Responsibili delegation above
ty
187 ______________allows executive to Delegation Effective All of C
give opportunity to his subordinates to of authority Responsibili delegation above
think ,make work related decision ,and ty
get developed
188 Absence of ____________ in units will Balance Stability Flexibility All of A
lead to the failure in achieving above
organizational goal .So balancing is
189 ____________means adequate Balanced Stability Flexibility All of A
resource ,man power and necessary above
authority for smooth functioning of
190 ___________of organization means a Balance Stability Flexibility All of B
capacity to tolerate losses because of above
key person leaving organization
191 _____________ensure that in absence Balance Stability Flexibility All of B
of these key person organization do not above
make any losses and run smoothly
192 To ensure ________, a long term Balance Stability Flexibility All of B
planning related to the required above
manpower and training and
193 Organizational _______ is mainly Balance Stability Flexibility All of C
about adjusting work assignment, man above
power, and facilities that are required
when temporary changes occur while
194 ____________allows bending and Balance Stability Flexibility
All of B
blending without experiencing any above
195 ________ can culminate into strikes or Communica Good All of the C
fights among employees and cause tion communica Miscommu above
serious consequences to the tion nication
196 A _________________assists in taking Communica Good All of the B
decisions correctly and also tion communica Miscommu above
implementing it effectively and tion nication
197 ______________ communication Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial A
takes place from top executive to the
lowest grade of the employee.
198 ____________Communication could Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial A
be information or instructions.

199 ___________ is form bottom to top . Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial B

communica communica communica communica
tion tion tion tion

200 __________is generally from lowest Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial B

grade employee to the top executive. communica communica communica communica
tion tion tion tion

201 _____________could be in the form of Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial B

suggestions, complaints, feedback, communica communica communica communica
orientation etc. tion tion tion tion
202 Q.57)____________takes place among Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial C
employees who have same level of communica communica communica communica
authority. tion tion tion tion

203 _________could be rumors or gossips. Downward Upward Horizontal Unofficial D

Sometimes rumors could be a truth but communica communica communica communica
it creates a wrong picture. Effective tion tion tion tion
communication system can help in
improving official communication.
204 Forms of the organization are Type of Type of Both (a) None of C
dependent on: business product and (b) above
205 In ________, the owner of the Single Joint stock A
organization is proprietor i.e. a single
ownership Partnership companies Cooperativ
person. (private e
undertakin organizatio
g) ns
206 In __________ firm there could be two Single Joint stock B
or even more than two partners are ownership Partnership companies Cooperativ
there who share all profits and (private e
expenses. undertakin organizatio
g) ns
207 A _______ society is group Single Joint stock C
shareholders (individuals). ownership Partnership companies Cooperativ
(private e
undertakin organizatio
g) n
208 ________ are private and mainly Single Joint stock D
create for providing the different ownership Partnership companies Cooperativ
services to the individual as well as e
society . organizatio
ns
209 Government Sector means the State and Joint stock A
companies which are public limited and central Partnership companies Cooperativ
having government undertaking. governmen e
t owned organizatio
ns
210 _______ can be defined as running Private Public A
business by the single owner. Proprietors Partnership Limited Limited
hip
211 In simple word the _______ can be Private Public B
defined as the association of two or Proprietors Partnership Limited Limited
more people doing business together hip
to share the profit and expenses
212 In________Capital is raised by Private Public B
partners. So profit, losses and expenses Proprietors Partnership Limited Limited
are shared hip
213 A _______Contribute capital ,shares Sleeping Active Secret Nominal A
profit and losses of the firm . partner partner partner partner
214 ____________ Partner does not Sleeping Active Secret Nominal A
contribute in day to day activates or partner partner partner partner
215 The _______ takes part in all day to Sleeping Active Secret Nominal B
day activities or management. partner partner partner partner
216 The _______ is also known as working Sleeping Active Secret Nominal B
partner. partner partner partner partner
217 __________ could be manager, Sleeping Active Secret Nominal B
organizer, adviser, or controller. partner partner partner partner
218 A partner who is not publically known Sleeping Active Secret Nominal C
as a partner but takes active part in the partner partner partner partner
affairs of a business is__________
219 Nominal partner contribute in terms Sleeping Active Secret Nominal D
of their goodwill and credit from the partner partner partner partner
220 Legally _______ are not allowed but Sleeping Minor Partner at Partners in B
still they may exist with the consent of partner partner will profit only
other partners.
221 The ____________ continue Sleeping Minor Partner at Partners in D
partnership till the mutual faith, trust partner partner will profit only
and confidence exist among all
222 The _______ share only profit and not Minor Partner at Partners in D
liable for anything are partners in partner will profit only
profit only.
223 Types of partnership:- General Limited Both (a) None C
partnership partnership and (b)
.
224 Advantages of partnership: Decision Capital is All of the D
making shared Responsibili above.
becomes ties are
easy and shared.
meaningful

225 Disadvantages of partnership firms: Because There Profit are All of D

of large could be shared. above
scope, confusions
business because -of
may involvemen
become t of many
complicate people.
d activity.
226 Applications of partnership could be Legal firms Software All of the D
Manufactur developme above
ing nt firms
industries
227 Types of joint stock companies: Private Public Both (a) None C
Limited Limited and (b)
joint stock joint stock
company company.

228 In _______ shareholders are private Joint stock Joint stock Both (a) None B
people not general public. private public and (b)
Limited Limited
stock company
company

229 In ________ shareholders are Joint stock Joint stock Both (a) None B
unlimited and general people. private public and (b)
Limited Limited
stock company
company
230 In__________ minimum members Joint stock Joint stock Both (a) None B
involved are 2 and maximum are 50. private public and (b)
Limited Limited
stock company
company

231 In_______________ minimum Joint stock Joint stock Both (a) None B
members involved are 7 and maximum private public and (b)
is no limit Limited Limited
stock company
company

232 More than 20 persons are involved Joint stock Both (a) None A
in__________ Partnership and (b)

233 Generally two or more people are Joint stock Both (a) None B
involved in_________ Partnership and (b)

234 __________are Biotechnology Public Public All of the A

Information System, Network Governmen companies corporation above
Department of Consumer Affairs, and t s
Department of Education Ote, departmen
ts
235 _____________are BalajI Teleflims, Public Public All of the C
Batik of Maharashtra, Bata India Governmen companies corporation above
Limited, Bharat Fertilizers Ltd etc. t s
departmen
ts
236 ___________are Life Insurance Public Public All of the C
Corporation of India (LIC) Governmen companies corporation above
t s
departmen
ts
237 In ________, the capital is collected Private Public Both (a) None A
from the private partners. Limited Limited and (b)
companies companies.

238 In__________the capital is collected Private Public Both (a) None A

from the 'public by As suing. shares Limited Limited and (b)
having small face value companies companies.

239 Joint stock private Limited company. Not Managed Both (a5 None A
managed by and (b).
by governmen
governmen t.
t
240 Public undertaking Not Managed Both (a5 None B
company___________ managed by and (b).
by governmen
governmen t.
t
241 In joint stock private Limited No Both (a) None A
company____________ limitation Governmen and (b)
for t ensures
business control.
activities.
242 In public undertaking company No Both (a) None B
limitation Governmen and (b)
for t ensures
business control.
activities.
243 In joint stock private Limited Capital can Both (a) None A
company__________ be raised Governmen and (b)
from t provides
general capital.
people.

244 In public undertaking Capital can Both (a) None B

company______________ be raised Governmen and (b)
from t provides
general capital.
people.

245 __________Companies are established Capital can Both (a) None B

for large profit business. be raised Governmen and (b)
from t provides
general capital.
people.

246 Which is important word in the Group of Profit Common United B

defination of organisation ? persons aim together
247 Following group is not an orgnisation Group od Employees Meeting Labour B
15 people doing members in working on
on bus stop discussion a company a site
in work
area

248 Which are the aim of forming Teamwork Combined Responsibili All are D
orgnistion ? efforts ty on all correct
249 Which statement is wrong ? It has aims Organisatio D
Organisatio and n has no Organisatio
n is a group objectives boundaries n is a
of working sysytem
people

250 Which the first step in organization Assignment Aims are Identifying Formulatin B
forming? ------------- of duties determine activities g plans

251 Structure of organization is representOrganizatio Organizatio None of A

by n chart n brochure Organizatio above
n draft
252 The structure of organization depends Scope of Span of Number of All The D
on function control employees Above

253 The structure of organization is not Span of Communica Profit Resources C

depend on control tion margin available
254 Which are the essentials of Delegation Integration All D
organization? Organisatio
n chart
255 Which is the important factor in Type of Specialisati Function All C
deciding structure of organization? product on
256 Vertical dimension of organisationl Departmen Hierarchy Both None of B
structure defines tation hierarchy above
and
departmen
tation
257 Scalar organization is also known as Line Project Staff Functional A
organizatio organizatio organizatio organizatio
n n n n

258 Line organization is of _______ type Horizontal Vertical Both None A

259 Military type organization is seen in Line Staff Line and Project A
Staff
260 Decisions are very quick in Line Functional Line & Project A
organizatio organizatio Staff organizatio
n n organizatio n
n

261 Which is not the correct advantage of It is simple Confusion Specialised Easy to C
‘Line organisation’? is less understand

262 Which is not the correct disadvantage Poor Lack of Overlappin Nobody is D
of ‘Line organisation’? performanc specializati g of overloaded
e on activities

263 At which place line organization is not Small Tiny firms Military Governmen D
possible? workshops departmen t company
t
264 Where line organization is applicable? Workshops Small firms Small All D
process
industries
with
automation

265 Functional organisation is also called Line Staff Project None of B

as. organizatio organizatio
organizatio the above
n n n
266 Functional organization is Horizontal VerticalBoth a) & None A
b)
267 Which is the correct advantage of staff Performanc Standardisa More All D
organization? e better tion in productivit
than line process y than line

268 Which is not the correct disadvantage Discipline Lack of Ego of Difficult to B
of staff organization? is lacking specializati specialty handle
on expert
269 Line and Staff organization is Horizontal Vertical Both a) & None D
b)
270 Which organization is temporary in Lin Staff Line and Project D
nature? Staff
271 Project organization has few forms. Balance Project Functional All B
Which is correct one? matrix matrix matrix
272 Which is the correct limitation of Heavy Complicatio Difference All D
project organization? pressures o n of of opinion
work function
273 _____ is a process of dividing large Departmen Defragmen Division None A
organization into small and flexible tation tation formation
274 Which is the aim of departmentation? To To make To give All the D
distribute people freedom above
work specializedfor each
function
275 Following is not aim of To To make To make To avoid B
departmentation distribute the power the people intermixing
work centralize specialized of many
function
276 Which is not the type of By product By By process By material D
departmentation? function pattern

277 ‘Car division’ in Tata Motors Is example Depigment Depart Departmen None A
of ation by mentation tation by
product by function process

278 Which statement is wrong? In Attention is Product People No D

product type depart mentation given to may become duplication
product become expert in of work
brand the work
name allotted to
them
279 ‘Sale Department’ in Nokia is the Depart Depart None D
example of mentation mentation
by product by process

280 ‘Heat treatment’ shop in Kirloskar, is Depatment Departmen Departmen None B

the example of ation by tation by tation by
product process function
281 Which is the principal of organization? Authority & Span of Delegation All D
responsibili control
ty

282 ‘Number of subordinates handled by Delegation Responsibili Span of None C

one manager effectivly’ is called as ty control
283 ______ check th result, _______ Authority, Responsibili Authority, Responsibili A
Shows the result responsibili ty, Authority ty,
ty Authority Responsibili
ty
284 Which is the pre-requisite of effective Knowledge Decision Independe All the D
delegation? of making nt above
designation freedom subordinat
es

285 Which is the first step in effective Goals Training None A

delegation? establishm Establishing
ent responsibili
ty
286 Which is not advantage of delegation? Work load Stress level Work can Control D
is reduced on be finished from center
manager in time increases
reduced
287 Ability to adjust, change, bend is Flexibility Balance Stability Ability A
288 Following is not the type of Oral Written horizontal Clear D
communication
289 ‘Instruction’ is the ________ Upward Downward Informal Horizontal B
communication
290 ‘Meeting is the __________ Formal Non-verbal Written Both b) & A
communication c)
291 ‘Request’ is the ________ Upward Downward Both a) & None A
communication b)
292 Which is barrier in communication? Language Poor Confused All D
problem knowledge information

293 Which is the factor responsible in the Capital Scope o Type of All D
selection of type of ownership? required business business
294 Which statement is wrong? has single owner is has limited owner is C
owner supreme liability responsible
for all
295 Which is not the advantage of sole Business Easy to Freedom of A
proprietorship? growth is form a Documenta work
faster business tion is less

296 Which is not the limitation of sole Decision Growth Corruption Limited C
proprietorship? may be rate is is more resources
wrong small available
297 Following business is not coming under Service Press shop Hardware Insurance D
sole proprietorship centre unit corporation

298 How many partners can be eligible for ) 2 2 To 5 2 to 10 all are D

partnership? correct
299 Which is incorrect type of partner? Active Perfect Nominal Sleeping B
300 About ‘Sleeping partner’ which Also called They do Do not Do not D
statement is wrong? as silent invest active in share
partner daily wok profit/loss

301 Which statement is correct about Do not Do not Business All are D
‘Nominal Partner’? actively invest can use correct
involved their name

302 Which is the type of partnership? General Limited Private Both a) & D
b)
303 ‘Achievement due to one, will be General Limited Both None A
shared by all others’. This happens in partnership partnership

304 All partners have the same status in General Nominal Limited None A
partnership partnership partnership

305 Which is included in partnership Name of Location of Names of All D

deed? the firm work partners
306 Agreement between partners is called Partnership partnership Partnership Partnership A
as deed draft document sheet

307 Highest business secrecy is in Governmen Sole- Co- C

Partnership t sector proprietors operative
hip society
308 Unlimited liability is there in Proprietors Both a) & None C
hip Partnership b)

309 Which statement is wrong about There is Business It is a joint No transfer A

partnership? limited life is business of
liability dependent partnership
on partners

310 Which is not type of Joint Stock Privet Public Public None C
Company? limited limited sector
company company
311 Maximum members in private limited 10 20 30 50 D
company are
312 Minimum members in private limited 2 5 10 20 B
company are
313 Minimum number of directors in 2 3 7 10 B
Public Limited Company are
314 Maximum shareholders in Public 7 10 50 No limit D
Limited Company are
315 Minimum shareholders in public 2 7 50 100 B
limited company
316 Which is not the advantage of Joint Business Easy to No Effective B
Stock Company? life is form autocracy division of
longer work
317 Which is not the limitation of Joint Political Heavy cost Flexibility in Formation A
Stock Company? interferenc of business is is lengthy
e is more manageme less process
nt
318 Maximum member in co-operative 50 100 500 No limit D
319 society
Whicharestatement about cooperative Works on membershi Ownership It is privet C
society is wrong? democratic p is in the ownership
principles voluntary hands of
governmen
t
320 Which is not the advantage of Beneficial Business Members Strengthen B
cooperative society? to common growth is are s rural
man faster involved in economy
decision
making

321 Which is not limitation of cooperative Political Professiona Decision Governmen D

society? interferenc lism is very making is t support is
e is more poor low less
322 Government sector is also called as Public Service People’s None A
sector sector sector
323 The basic aim of government sector is Earning Earning Providing None C
profit fame service to
society
324 Which is objective of public sector? Public Employme Balanced all D
welfare nt regional
opportunit growth
y
325 Which is not type of public sector Governmen Public Public Public B
t limited corporation company
departmen company
t
326 Highest control of government is there Governmen Public ) Public Public A
in t corporation company limited
departmen company
t
327 Which is not the advantage of the Liability is Secrecy is Job security Huge B
public sector? limited more capital can
be raised

328 Which is not the limitation of public Productivit Decision More Unlimited D
sector? y is less making is political liability
slow interferenc
e
329 Documentation is less in Sole Partnership Joint stock Public A
proprietors sector
hip
330 Maximum security of job is in Public Joint stock Co- B
Partnership sector operative

331 Secrecy is least in Proprietors . Joint stock Public sect D

hip
CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Questions Set:
Chapter 7 : QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Q.1 The process of integration of national economies into

international economy is known as:-
a. Privatization
b. Globalization
c. Liberalization
d. Integration
Q.2 The planning process can be used to promote __________ in
organizations.
a. Technology
b. Relation
c. Innovation
d. None of the above
Q.3 Food ,water ,sleep , clothes and an acceptable temperature are all
examples of:
a. Physiological needs
b. Safety needs
c. Competence needs
d. Social needs
Q.4 __________ is the recording system which enables sender to leave
messages for receiver.
a. E-mail
b. Voice mail
c. Video conferencing
d. Teleconferencing
Q.5 The first step in decision-making is to:
a. Establish priorities
b. establish specific goals and objectives
c. identify and state the problem
d. determine
1 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.
CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.6 Hierarchy of needs is a theory given by:

a. Maslow
b. Taylor
c. Gilberth
d. Drucker
Q.7 What is defined as “the ability to influence and align others towards
a common purpose”?
a. Teamwork
b. Motivation
c. Management
d. Leadership
Q.8 The process of monitoring ,comparing, and correcting is called
__________
a. Leading
b. Coordinating
c. Controlling
d. Planning
Q.9 ___________ is an example of unsecured loans.
a. Debentures
b. Public deposits
c. Inter company loans
d. None of the above.
Q.10 ________ integrates all business processes right from the customer
facing front end, to the distribution of the products.
a. EOQ
b. MRP
c. ERP
d. None of these
Q.11 ________ enforces social justice.
a. Minimum Wage Act
b. Industrial Act
c. Trade Union Act

2 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

d. None of these
Q.12 The __________ ERP module is capable of taking care of all details
about balance sheet.
a. Financial
b. Inventory
c. Purchasing
d. Sales
Q.13 A human resource ERP module does not maintain data about:
a. Salary details
b. Employee details
c. Trainings
d. Order execution
Q.14 The motivators are guided by :
a. Motivation
b. Need
c. Satisfaction
d. None of these
Q.15 All the planned and systematic actions necessary to provide
confidence that product or service will satisfy given need is known as:
a. Kaizen
b. Quality control
c. Quality assurance
d. Inspection
Q.16 What does Seiketsu means?
a. Standardizing
b. Cleaning
c. Arrangement
d. Responsibilities
Q.17 Which one of the following is an advantage of six sigma?
a. Keep discipline
b. Satisfy customer
c. Standardizing

3 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

d. Sorting out
Q.18 _____________ helps in finding the key cause of a problem.
a. Pareto’s chart
b. Data collection
c. Brainstorming
d. Ishikawa
Q.19 ___________ is small group of people who meet together on a
regular basis to identify and solve problems.
a. Quality Control
b. Quality Management
c. Quality Assurance
d. Quality Circle
Q.20 ‘Red tags’ are used in which step of 5S?
a. Set in order
b. Sort
c. Standardize
d. Sustain
Q.21 For , 1: quality control, 2:inspection, 3:quality assurance ,4: total
quality management. The sequence of the stages for development of
quality management:
a. 2 3 1 4
b. 2 1 4 3
c. 1 2 3 4
d. 2 1 3 4
Q.22 A Pareto chart points out:
a. that the process is in control
b. the key causes
c. process capability
d. customer needs

4 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.23 Which one is not the control chart?

a. P chart
b. C chart
c. M chart
d. X bar chart
Q.24 ______shows the major and the minor causes which are responsible
for the problem.
a. Control Chart
b. Pareto’s chart
c. Ishikawa diagram
d. Data Collection
Q.25 In PDCA cycle, Act consists of which of the following?
a. Ensure continuous improvement
b. Analyze result
c. Plan policies
d. Train Employees
Q.26 In six sigma, how many employees are there per black belt?
a. 120
b. 100
c. 150
d. 125
Q.27 In six sigma, how many employees are there per green belt?
a. 20
b. 10
c. 15
d. 25
Q.28 Permissible defects per million in 1st Sigma level:
a. 6,80,000
b. 6,90,000
c. 7,00,000
d. 6,70,000

5 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.29 ___________ provides the necessary guideline for manufacturing

and service organization for quality system.
a. WHO
b. ISI
c. ISO
d. World Bank

Q.30 Six Sigma implies that :

a. A statistical method
b. A trouble-shooting method
c. Teams are effective
d. 3.4 defects per million output
Q.31 ISO 9000 ensures:
a. If the company practices its written procedures
b. If vendors are performing well
c. Process capability
d. The kind of control chart to be used
Q.32 __________ is required to draw control charts
a. Statistical data
b. Adjusting the machines
c. Teamwork
d. Top management involvement
Q.33 What are not the benefits of ISO?
a. Customer satisfaction
b. Business development
c. Standardization
d. All of the above
Q.34 TQM believes in systematic training as a need to attain_______.
a. Quality
b. Quantity
c. Less defects
d. None of the above

6 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.35 ___________function decides the acceptance or rejection of the

product by inspection in quality control.
a. Systematic
b. preventive
c. assurance
d. acceptance
Q.36 _______is a group of employees formed voluntarily to solve work
related issues.
a. Quality circle
b. Quality assurance
c. Quality Control
d. Quality Management
Q.37 In the implementation of Kaizen, the principle asset is:
a. Technology
b. Automation
c. Financial investment
d. People
Q.38 Hierarchy of needs is a theory given by:
a. Maslow
b. Taylor
c. Gilbreth
d. Drucker
Q.39 Decision Making occurs as a reaction to a ____________.
a. Argument
b. Perception
c. Problem
d. Expectation
Q.40 _______ is the use of scientific method to define the “One best
way“ for a job to be done.
a. Scientific Management
b. Bureaucratic management
c. Administrative management

7 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

d. Management
Q.41 _____ helps in finding the key cause of a problem.
a. Pareto’s Problem
b. Data Collection
c. Brainstorming
d. Ishikawa
Q.42 What is brainstorming?
a. A group technique to create new ideas on act
b. A individual technique to put new ideas on act
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of the above
Q.43 Fishbone diagrams are drawn to:
a. Find customer needs
b. Find the cost of quality
c. Brainstorm causes of an effect
d. Screen workers suggestions.
Q.44 ______ is an activity of quality assurance.
a. Process control
b. Performance testing
c. Reliability testing
d. All of these
Q.45 Quality control assists to :
a. Employees
b. Customers
c. Dealers
d. Retailer
Q.46 __________ directs the people and the organization
a. Customer focus
b. Continuous improvement
c. Process approach
d. Leadership

8 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.47 In PDCA cycle, Plan consists of which of the following?

a. Ensure continuous improvement
b. Analyse result
c. Plan policies
d. Train employees
Q.48 In PDCA cycle, Do consists of which of the following?

a. Ensure continuous improvement

b. Analyse result
c. Plan policies
d. Train employees

Q.49 In PDCA cycle, Check consists of which of the following?

a. Ensure continuous improvement
b. Analyse result
c. Plan policies
d. Train employees
Q.50 ____________ ensures that product or service of an organization is
consistent.
a. Quality team
b. Quality control
c. Quality Assurance
d. ISO 9001

9 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

CHAPTER 7: QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject : MANAGEMENT

Answers : Chapter 7

1.b 2.c 3.a 4.b 5.c 6.a 7.d 8.c 9.b 10.c

11.a 12.a 13.d 14.b 15.c 16. a 17.b

18.a 19.d 20.b 21.d 22.b 23.c 24.c

25.a 26.b 27.a 28.b 29.c 30.d 31.d

31.a 32.a 33.d 34.a 35.d 36.a 37.d

38.a 39.c 40.a 41.a 42.c 43.c 44.d

45.a 46.d 47.c 48.d 49.b 50.d

10 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

 Management MCQ’s
1. Business firm Produce and supply wide varieties of goods and ______ required by the society.

A) Money
B) Services
C) Entities
D) Social Service

2. The year 1991 is famous for.

A) New Fiscal deficit policy

B) IT parks initiated in Bangalore
C) Globalization policy, liberalization was accepted by India
D) Policies of cooperative societies changed

3. The primary sector includes all of the following except.

A) Forestry
B) Manufacturing
C) Mining
D) Agriculture

4. _________ product comes under petrochemical industry.

A) Vehicles
B) Plastic
C) Wood
D) Paper

5. Management causes.

A) Miss-communication
B) Wastage of resources
C) Miss-coordination
D) None of the above

6. _______ Skill is needed at the top level management.

A) Technical
B) Conceptual and technical
C) Conceptual
D) Conceptual, Technical and human

7. ______ is recruitment of right people at right place in an organization.

A) Planning
1
B) Organizing
C) Staffing
D) Controlling

8. Policy making in an industry is a role of

A) Management
B) Administration
C) Public
D) Workers

9. Scientific management works on

A) Research and experimentation

B) Trial and error
C) More attention on production only
D) Tradition management theory

10. What is Espirit De Corps ?

A) It is a function of management
B) It is a principle of management
C) It is management concept in Russia
D) It is a name of company

11. The process of monitoring, comparing and correcting is called ______

A) Coordinating
B) Controlling
C) Leading
D) Organizing

12. A joint venture can be defined as

A) Two firms collaborate with each other on a specific project

B) One firm licenses its intellectual property to another firm
C) Two firm merge together
D) Two firm come together to form a third, legally seperate firm

13. Grouping the activities or operations of an enterprise into various units is referred as

A) Centralization
B) Departmentation
C) Delegation
D) Communication

14. _____ can be defined as running business by a single owner

A) Proprietorship
2
B) Partnership
C) Private limited
D) Public limited

15. Which are factors in which span of control depends ?

A) Trained and experienced subordinates

B) Type of work
C) Capacity of executive or manager
D) All of the above

16. Unlimited liability is present in

A) Proprietorship
B) Partnership
C) Both a & b
D) None of the above

17. “Achievement due to one will be shared by all others”, this happens in

A) General partnership
B) Limited partnership
C) Both a and b
D) None of the above

18. Factories act come into force from ____________

A) 1948
B) 1949
C) 1976
D) 1st April 1949

19. VAT and sales tax falls under __________

A) Indirect tax
B) Service tax
C) Direct tax
D) All of the above

20. The necessity of industrial act is to protect the interests of :

A) Workers
B) Employers
C) A and B
D) None of the above

21. Safety management deals with ____________

A) loss of life
3
B) Personal injury
C) Damage to the equipment
D) Prevention of an accident

22. Collapse of crane is a cause of accident, under which type of accident it come ?

A) Mechanical cause of accident

B) Natural cause of accident
C) Human error
D) All of the above

23. Capital required by a company to purchase building for starting the company is called as

A) Working capital
B) Fixed capital
C) Loan
D) Dept

24. Variance report is the difference between outcome of the company

A) Material cost and labor cost

B) Planned budget and actual budget
C) Cash budget and fixed budget
D) Purchased budget and overhead budget

25. Which is input to MRP

A) Current forecasting
B) Bill of material
C) On hand inventory
D) All of the above

26. Value added tax (VAT) is a tax on ?

A) An employee earning
B) The organization profits
C) The investment earnings
D) Good and services

27. Internal source/s of finance is/are:

A) Deferred taxation
B) Shares
C) Debentures
D) All of the above

28. According to which Act, a business is required to prepare a balance sheet?

A) Companies Act
4
B) Factory Act
C) Environmental Act
D) None of the above

29. Which is part of material management

A) Inventory Management
B) Marketing Management
C) Both A & B
D) None

30. Which is not the feature of ERP

A) Integrated system
B) Common Data-Base
C) Departmental access
D) Different look for each module

31. Which of the following is the name given to a bill of lading where goods have been received by a carrier
free of defects ?

A) Shipped bill of lading

B) Claused bill of lading
C) Ordinary bill of lading
D) Clean bill of lading

32. In EOQ, _______ cost=unit price x annual consumption volume

A) Consumption
B) Protection
C) Investment
D) None of these

33. Which of the followings are the aims of material management ?

A) Continuity of supply
B) Low payroll cost
C) Higher inventory turn over
D) All of the above

34. A type of Item has …… importance due to consumption

A) 10-20%
B) 15-25%
C) 40-50%
D) 70-80%

5
35.

A) Direct labor budget

B) Material budget
C) Purchase budget
D) None of the above

36. The activity of “Control” in Six sigma refers to :

A) Develop alternatives
B) Determines various controls needed and validate them
C) Prepare control chart
D) None of the above

37. Which of the following is the constituent of total quality management ?

A) Orderliness and punctuality

B) Quality of inventory
C) TPM
D) None of the above

38. In PDCA, act consist of which of the following ?

A) Ensure continuous improvements

B) Analyze result
C) Plan policies
D) Train employees

39. To achieve quality (i.e defects free product and services), we require

A) Close cooperation between management and staff

6
B) Commitment
C) An environment in which quality can flourish
D) All of the above

40. Bench marking determines

A) Customer requirement
B) Process capability
C) Standards
D) Getting ISO 9000 audit done

41. Top agro industry in India is

A) FabIndia
B) Pidilite
C) Dupont India
D) None of the above

42. Trading business means

A) Buying a Raw material

B) Selling a finished goods
C) Buying goods and selling them without any processing
D) All

43. Following is not associated with insurance

A) Bajaj Allianz
B) Max Life
C) LIC
D) ICC

44. Father of scientific management is

A) Fedrick W. Tailor
B) Arthur Dunkel
C) Henry Fayol
D) Robert owen

45. Deciding in advance what to do, how to do and when to do is……..

A) Decision-making
B) Organizing
C) Planning
D) Motivating

46. Which statement is wrong

A) Authority can not be delegated

7
B) Authority is the power to act
C) Hidher the post, higher is the authority
D) Authority is right to command

47. Which is the appropriate reason of failure of good plan ?

A) Insufficient data
B) Lack of knowledge
C) Over confidence
D) All of the above

48. ………..is The process of operations, verify conformity with the predetermined plan and takes
corrective action

A) Coordinating
B) Forecasting
C) Organizing
D) Controlling

49. Which statement regarding Joint stock company is incorrect ?

A) Joint stock companies have no separate legal status than their members
B) Members of joint stock companies have limited liability
C) Joint stock companies can undertake several activities like expansion, modernization , diversificatn, etc.
D) None of the above

50. Which one of following is not included in the ‘contents of partnership deed’.

A) Name of partnership firm

B) Duration of partnership
C) Permanent address of partnership business
D) Face value of share

51. In automobile industry, departments can be on the basis of ______

A) Territorial
B) Product
C) Customer
D) Process

52. Minimum wages needed to be paid in:

A) Cash
B) Demand draft
C) Cheque
D) None of the above

53. In accident prevention, Safe workplace layout does not include:

A) Obstruction fees passageways

B) Antiskid floors
8
C) Separate storage of inflammable materials
D) Enough height of workrooms

54. Safety management deals with ____________

A) Loss of life
B) Personal injury
C) Damage to the equipment
D) Prevention of an accident

55. Safety promotes __________

A) Sales
B) Productivity
C) Profit
D) Research

56. Fixed capital is also called as

A) Tight capital
B) Blocked capital
C) Working capital
D) Current capital

57. The firm type of Bajaj Auto ltd is ?

A) Proprietorship
B) Partnership
C) Joint stock company
D) Public sector

58. _________ is method of buying goods by making installment payments over the period of time.

A) Bank loan
B) Hire purchase
C) Sale and lease back
D) All of the above

59. Debentures are included in _______ source of finance

A) Long term
B) Short term
C) Medium term
D) None

60. ______ are the term used to indicate purchases made during the year for the purpose of sale, When
goods purchased are returned is referred as purchase return.
A) Opening stock
B) Purchases
9
C) Sales
D) Office administrative expenses

61. I want the products of my company to achieve perfect quality, which tool will I apply to check this

A) Six sigma
B) ABC analysis
C) MRP
D) EOQ

62. Which is a part of Material management

A) Inventory management
B) Marketing management
C) Both A & B
D) None

63. Which of the following are the aims of Material management ?

A) Continuity of supply
B) Low payroll cost
C) Higher inventory turn over
D) All of the above

64. Following are the kinds of partners

A) Active partner and sleeping partner

B) Owner and distributor
C) Global partner and media partner
D) Permanent partner and temporary partner

65. What is the full form of ISO ?

A) Indian organization for standardization

B) International organization for standardization
C) International standardization Organization
D) None of the above

66. In Quality management, PDCA means

A) Plan,Do,Check,Act
B) Process,Do,Committee,Act
C) Plan,Do,Committee,Approach
D) None of the above

67. The participation of all members in an organizing, aiming at long term success through customer
satisfaction for the benefits to all members and to the society is known as

A) Quality control
10
B) Quality assurance
C) Total quality management
D) Quality team

68. All the person working in the organization ( including managers & workers ) Should be involved in
_______ operation

A) MRP
B) TQM
C) Globalization
D) EOQ

69. Following are the principles of : 1) System approach to management 2) continual improvement 3)
Factual approach to decision making 4) Mutually beneficial supplier relationships

A) Delegations
B) Organizations
C) ISO:9001
D) EOQ

70. Remuneration is based on

A) Performance
B) Responsibility
C) Emotion
D) Designation

71. The unity of authority and plan of action is about

A) Unity of direction
B) Authority
C) Discipline
D) Unity of commands

72. ______ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish or perform a particular
assignment while operating within pre-decided limits and standards established
A) Delegation of authority
B) Responsibility
C) Effective Delegation
D) Accountability

73. Following business is not coming under sole proprietorship ?

A) Service centre
B) Press shop
C) Hardware unit
D) Insurance company

74. _______ can be defined as goods or cash used (invested) to generate income from business or property
(that can give income)
11
A) Finance
B) Capital
C) Budget
D) VAT

75. Which one of the following is not a module of ERP

A) Manufacturing
B) HR
C) Quality Control
D) Supply Chain Management

76. If the company has a goal to accept only .0003% defect, which is the most important modern technique
it should adopt

A) ERP
B) SAP
C) BAAN
D) Sigma

77. Which one of the following is not a part of process industry ?

A) Base metals
B) Plastics
C) Automobiles
D) Petroleum

78.What is not the advantage of globalization

A) Competition
B) Foreign Investment
C) Loss of culture
D) None of the above

79. Plans, policies and procedures are the function of ------

A) Top level management

B) Middle level management
C) Bottom level management
D) Middle and bottom level management

80.______ is an activity which defined the steps of how and when work will be done effectively

A) Directing
B) Planning
C) Organizing
D) Controlling

12
81.Which theory was put forward by F.W Taylor ?

A) Management by objectives
B) Industrial management
C) Functional management
D) Scientific management

82.Which of the following post comes under middle level management ?

A) Director
B) Branch Manager
C) Foreman
D) Supervisor

83. Policy making in an industry is a role of

A) Management
B) Administration
C) Public
D) Workers

84. Management is not directly visible instead; its presence is observed in the form of results such as higher
productivity, higher efficiency, disciplined work force,etc . Hence management is _____

A) Tangible
B) Intangible
C) Concrete
D) None of the above

85._______ can be defined as running business by the single owner

A) Proprietorship
B) Partnership
C) Private limited
D) Public limited

86. Motivation based on force is called as ________

A) Negative motivation
B) Positive motivation
C) Extrinsic motivation
D) Intrinsic motivation

87. Workman’s compensation act for workers come in to existence in year

A) 1924
B) 1992
C) 1986
D) 1976

88. Oily or greasy floors is the factor which contributes to accident due to
13
A) Workers
B) Management
C) Faulty layout or design of working place
D) Natural disasters

89. Who is incorrect person in the definition of Dependent?

A) Wife
B) Minor son
C) Widowed mother
D) Friend

90. Safety provision/s for workers under Factory act 1948 is/are

A) First-aid appliance
B) Overcrowding
C) Improper ventilation and temperature
D) None of the above

91. Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by

A) By the hours
B) By the day
C) By the month
D) All of the above

92. Financial planning deals with

A) Preparations of financial statement

B) Planning for Capital Issues
C) Preparing budgets
D) All of the above

93.________ is prepared to co-ordinate between various budget

A) Master budget
B) Sales budget
C) Production budget
D) Material budget

94. Custom Duty is charged on

A) Vessels
B) Currency
C) Movable property
D) All

14
95. The capital invested in assets which cannot be easily converted into money is called:
A) Fixed capital
B) Rquity capital
C) Working capital
D) None of the above

96. VAT started in Maharashtra from

A) 2003
B) 2004
C) 2005
D) 2006

97. “A’Class items are ______% of the total number of items”

A) 15-25%
B) 10-20%
C) 65-75%
D) None of these

98. Economic order quantity provides the _______ number of units to order.

A) Minimum
B) Maximum
C) Optimum
D) None of the above

99.______ department floats enquiries and processes quotations

A) Sales budget
B) Purchase
C) Production
D) Inventory

100. The parts per million defects are accepted in 6 sigma is

A) 1.4
B) 2.4
C) 3.4
D) 4.4

101. Arrange the activities of ABC analysis in the sequential form i)Make the list of all item as per there
value ii)Find out the percentage of high, medium , and low valued items . iii)Separate and count the number
of costly, medium valued and low valued items iv)Find out and list all items used in the industry.

A) iv,ii,i,iii
B) Iv.i.iii.ii
C) ii,i,iv,iii
D) iv,iii,ii,I

15
102. Which statement about kaizen is wrong?

A) It needs heavy investment

B) It gives commitment to quality
C) It is a Japanese technique
D) It is a continuous improvement

103.

A) Six sigma, Quality control tool, Quality assurance tool

B) 5S. Kaizen, Quality assurance tool
C) Six sigma,5S, Kaizen
D) TQM tools

104. The ISO 9000:2000 standards consist of three documents of which ISO 9001 pertains to:

A) Fundamentals
B) Requirements
C) Vocabulary
D) Guidance for performance improvements

105. Service Industry provides.

A) Tangible Goods.
B) Intangible Goods.
C) Manufactured Goods.
D) Imported Goods.

106. Which of the following is negative effect of the globalization?

A) Monopoly in business
B) Increased Job opportunities
C) Technology Transfer
16
D) Improved economy

107. Match pairs: 1) Adam Smith (i) Need Hierarchy 2) F.W Taylor (ii)Economics 3) Maslow
(iii)Principle of Management 4)Henry Fayol (iv)Scientific Management

A) 1-(ii),2-(iv),3-(i),4-(iii)
B) 1-(ii),2-(iii),3-(iv),4-(i)
C) 1-(iii),2-(iv),3-(i),4-(ii)
D) 1-(iv),2-(i),3-(ii),4-(iii)

108. The function of administration is………

A) Decision making
B) Policy making
C) Controlling & ensure discipline
D) All of above

109. Top level is know as _________ because all important decision related to whole organization is
taken by top management.

A) Strategical level
B) Tactical level
C) Operational level
D) All of above

110. One disadvantage of forming a partnership is?

A) T he number of partner is limited

B) Specialist skill may be introduced
C) More financial capita is usually is available
D) Any Financial must be shared

111. Co-operative play an important role in:

A) Aerospace
B) Agriculture
C) Manufacturing
D) All of the above

112. Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran has started a business of automobile in 2003 , in that business Mr.
Ram ,Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran have invested Rs 500000/- Lakhs individually. But Mr. Ram & Mr. Shyam
gives full attention towards the business and Mr. Kiran does not gives the attention toward business.so in type
of business who is sleeping partner.

A) Mr. Ram
B) Mr. Shyam
C) Mr. Kiran
D) All of the above

17
113. Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank space in following statement. Statement:
According to Factories acct no adult worker should be required or allowed to work in a factory to more
than------

A) 12 hour in a day
B) 36 hour per week
C) 48 hour per week
D) 10 hour per in a day

114. Which is the health provision.

A) Fencing of machinery
B) Cleanliness
C) Washing faculties
D) None of the above

115. Mr. Praful Kulkarni is working in Birla Pvt. Ltd in the capacity of foreman. Company provided him
certain protecting devices under _____ACT.

A) Factory Act
B) Minimum Wages Act
C) Comensation Act
D) Safety Provision Act

116. Capital required by a company to purchase building for staring the company is called as.

A) Working Capital
B) Fixed captital
C) Laon
D) Debt

117. ______is concerned with procurement, allocation and control of financial resources of a firm.

A) Financial Management
B) Material Management
C) Personnel Management
D) Operation Management

118. A man working in an industry has annual income of 2,50,000 Rs. From all sources, total investment like
PF,PPF,LIC savings 50,000 Rs. Exempted amount for income is 1,50,000 Rs. &income tax rate is 10% upto
3,00,000. Find out amount of income tax paid by that person is

A) 2000
B) 10000
C) 5000
D) 3000

119. Inventory management is part of:

18
 A) Product management
B) Marketing management
C) Material management
D) Sales management

120. Too little Inventory increases the risc of:

A) Out of stock condition
B) More stock
C) Theft
D) Can’t Predict

121. _____Determine quality and timing for material planning

A) EOQ
B) ERP
C) SAP
D) MRP

122. The company have to generate value able financial reports by compiling financial data from every
department of company which includes production, Accounts, Sales, Purchase, personal, Product
development and design. which of the following module shall execute this task.

A) Financial Module
B) H. R. Module
C) Production module
D) Purchase module

123. The Objective of TQM is

A) To improve profitability
B) To improve process
C) To guide management
D) None

124. Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2001________

A) Covers education, training, skill and experience of personnel involved in work .Gives guideline
about their development to maintain quality work.
B) The organization should identify work environment that ensures conformity of service.
C) The organization must plan and develop and process that are required for product realization
D) All of the above

125. Six Sigma methodology defines three core steps

A) Analyze, improve, control

B) Analyze, design, verify
C) Define, measure, analyze
D) Define, measure,control
19
126.

A)Ishikawa diagram
B)Control chart
C)Pareto analysis
D)Check list

127. Which one of the following is benefit of the Kaizen?.

A) Improved efficiency
B) Improved Safety
C) Employee Satisfaction
D) All of the above

128. Which ‘S’ of 5S involves cleaning the floors, the walls and the equipment and ensuring all items are
restored to their designated place.

A) Seiri
B) Seiton
C) Seiso
D) Seietsu

129. The _________ provide the information about when to order and how much to order.

A) MRP
B) ERP
C) EOQ
D) Inventory

130. While on a long tour, which are the itmes we take most care of? Certainly, it is the jewerly and the
cash ….. this could be an analogy to :

A) EOQ
B) ABC Analysis
C) Minimum batch demand
D) None

131. Which of the following is advantages of ABC Analysis _____________.

20
 A) ABC analysis results in reduction of annual inventory cost.
B) ABC analysis does not give importance which are critical for production.
C) Cannot be used if some of the items are scarce and not readily available.
D) All

132. Even through permanent working capital is working capital but it’s nature is ______ for every year or
month.

A) Temporary
B) Permanent
C) Variable
D) Increasing basis

133. Principles proposed by _____ are very useful for the contemporary managers to manage their work
efficiently effectively.

A) Controlling
B) Organising
C) Directing
D) Planning

134. Business firms produces and supply wide verities of goods and _______ required by society.

A. Money
B. Service
C. Entities
D. Social service

135. The goal of the enterprise is fulfilled through the use of resources like

A. Man
B. Machine
C. Material
D. All of the above

136. Which of the following was the key aim of scientific management?

A. To increase worker control of production

B. To increase productivity
C. To decrease absenteeism
D. To develop time and motion studies

137. No smoking the factor is an example of ______

A. Rules
B. Programme
C. Project
D. Schedule

21
138. Features of project organizations are ___________

A. Can be internally formed

B. Temporary in nature
C. Having less no. of employees
D. All of the above

139. Which of the following comes under government sector?

A. BOSCH
B. TATA
C. L & T Ltd
D. ONGC

140. Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces following statement. Statement:
According to Factories Act no adult worker should be required or allowed to work a factory for more than

A. 12hrs in a day
B. 36hrs in a week
C. 48hrs in a week
D. 10hrs in a day

141. The necessity of human acts is to protect the interest of:

A. Workers
B. Employee
C. A and B
D. None of the above

142. Fixed capital is required for

A. Land
B. Equipment and machinery
C. Building
D. All

143. Sources of working capital

A. Land
B. Dividends
C. Long term borrowings
D. B&C

144. List the module of ERP

A. Human resources
B. Purchase
C. Finance and accounting
D. All of the above

145. Which of the following is not procurement cost?

A. Transportation cost

22
 B. Cost of receiving, inspecting and stock material
C. Cost of processing vendors invoice
D. Storage cost

146. The six sigma methodology endorses

A. DMAIC concept
B. CRM concept
C. Quality circle inspect
D. TQM concept

147. Work out product requirement in detail and set product specification on the basis if customers preference,
cost and profit is a function of _____________

A. Quality management
B. Material management
C. Production management
D. Inventory management

148. In_________ first car was driven on the roads of India.

A) 1790
B) 1857
C) 1898
D) 1909

149. Which type of industries involves large investment and a high level of automation process?

A) Village
B) Small scale
C) Large scale
D) Medium scale

150. The major function of Reserve Bank of India include:

A) Monitoring and controlling banking and functional system throughout India

B) Monitoring GDP and inflation
C) All of the Above
D) None of the Above

151. The art of getting things done by people is called as ______

A) Organization
B) Management
C) Direction
D) Staffing

152. Factors which affects departmentation are……….

A) Product
23
 B) Process
C) Function
D) All of the Above

153. Senses of responsibility increases due to __________ provided by seniors

A) Authority
B) Responsibility
C) Initiative
D) Leading

154. The sum that every shareholder gets is known as________

A) Amount
B) Dividend
C) Shares
D) Capital

155. Which of the following is a false statement?

A) Capital is required to start the business

B) Capital is required to run the business
C) Capital is required to expand the business
D) Capital is required to sell the business

156. ________ can be defined as an integrated information system that serves all departments within an
enterprise.

A) MRP
B) MPR
C) ERP
D) EPR

157. Economic order quantity is represented by________

A) QB
B) EO
C) EQ
D) None

158. “A” type of items has ______ importance due to consumption

A) 10-20%
B) 15-25%
C) 40-50%
D) 70-80%

24
159. Figure shows working model of quality circle of manufacturing industry working on a tooling problem,
couple of the important step no 5 and 7 are missing in the model. Correctly identify the steps from the
option given below.

A) 5)Presentation of Solution to Management, 7) Selection of best solution

B) 5)Discuss all the solutions, 7) Selection of best solution
C) 5) Selection of best solution, 7) Presentation of Solution to Management
D) 5) Selection of best solution, 7) Test the solution within Q.C.

160. Defects rate in 3 sigma level is________

A) 6210
B) 66807
C) 405
D) 233

25
Sr Correct Answer

1 is the legitimate heavy and light

2 Different types of Process Industry All of above
Which type of industries involves large investment and a high level of
3 automation process? Large Scale
Assigning each group according to the similar activities to be performed, to
manager with the necessary authority to supervise them is called
4 ____________. Organizing

5 Out of the following options given below, which does not implies to equity? Equal wages
................................is accountability, which is an obligation of a subordinate
6 to his/her boss to perform the assign work. Responsibility
7 For product type departmentation, which statement is incorrect? No duplicate of work
____________________________ is concerned with procurement,
8 allocation and control of financial resources of a firm. Financial management
____________________ are expenses done for raising funds for running
9 business. Financial expenses

A ______________ or flexible budget recognized the unreliability of income

or sales prediction and makes provision in advanced for variation in
10 production and expenditure in accordance with variations in sales Variable budget
 Consider the following two statements. (1) Preference shares normally offer
investors a lower level of risk than loan capital. (2) Preference shares are not
normally given voting rights. Which ONE of the following combinations
11 relating to the above statements is correct? (1) False (2) True
12 The Bill of materials provides __________________________. A and b both

Exact quantity of
Whenever a department needs an item, it is officially brought to the notice material to be
of the purchasing department by filing a purchase requisition from. The next purchased and its
13 step is____ specification is decided

Identify the system, which show the essential elements used in Master
14 Production Schedule as its basis for any material control system. MRP

Six-sigma aims at improving processes and producing goods with zero

defects and thus helps in improving productivity. (a) DMAIC and (b) DMADV
are the two methods to achieve this goal, from the figure and given options (a) Implement, Control
15 select the appropriate last two steps for both the methods. (b) Design, Verify

16 The goals of the Enteprise are fulfilled through the use of resources like All of the Above
17 GATT was superseded by WTO in 1994
18 The success of any project depends upon- Planning

19 Planning Means Thinking before doing

Which is the Smart technique that allows everybody to do the job as per
20 their Skills or Specialization. Division of work
21 Bata India Limited is a form of - Public Companies
In which of organization the sub-ordinates receive orders from their
22 immediate boss Line organization
23 Allotting right work to the right person means. Effective Delegation
24 The risk is very high in Proprietorship
According to factory Act which of the following comes under health
25 provision? Cleanliness
Collapse of crane is a cause of accident, under which type of accidents does Mechnical Cause of
26 it come ? Accident
Which type of capital is used for all the current assets ( Possession or
27 Property) Gross Working Capital
The Tax which is paid by Individual to the central Government of India is
28 known as Income Tax

29 Which is a part of Material Management- Inventory Management

Lead time is know
30 The assumption made in EOQ is that & is constant
 Minimizing Unnecessary
31 The major advantage of MRP is Inventory Investment
32 Sales & Marketing is module of ERP
The activites that ensures right material at right quantity and right in time
33 belongs to Purchase Department
To Imporve quality,
Productivity, safety and
34 Objective of quality circle is - reduce the cost
Study of variation in the
production process and
other business
35 Important themes in six sigma are- processes

Covers the overall

monitoring,
measurement, analysis
and improvement of
36 Measurement Analysis and Improvement clause of ISO 9001:2000 …………… QMS.
The two types of trade are ___________________ and
37 ____________________. bilateral, multilateral
38 Textile industry does not produce ______________. polythene
Business is the process of providing platform to the people to exhibit their
39 ________________ and _______________ skills. technical, managerial
Administration is concerned with the determination or planning of corporate
policy whereas management is concerned with the execution or
implementation of policy witihin the limits set is stated by
40 _____________________. Oliver Sheldon
Remuneration of personnel is the principle based on
41 _____________________________ principles. Henry Fayol
42 Organizing facilitates __________________________________. All of above

increase productivity,
decrease overload of
work and maintain
43 The objectives of planning is to ____________________________. standards
(1) Board of Trustees (2)
In an education institute, the people who belongs to the three different Prncipals, HOD's (3)
44 levels of management are: Teachers
45 Which is the aim of departmentation? All of the above

46 Which statement is false about partnership? There is limited liability

With________________, the top management can focus on strategic issues
47 for finding new avenues and opportunities. Decentralisation
 The structure of Rubber Department shows the hiearchy level along with
48 their executives. It has which type of Organizational structure? Functional Organization
A labour welfare officer is appointed in the factory as per factory act when
49 there are minimum ____ workers. 500
___is a financial statement that summarized a company’s assets , liabilities
50 and shareholder equity at a specific point in time. Balance sheet
Preparation of budget forecasts the future of the departments and company
and due consideration is given on the basis of period, functions and
flexibility. Identify the different types of budgets according to their scope of (1) Coverage (2)
51 use: Capacity (3) Period
____ is a list of component part and sub-assemblies needed to produce the
52 final product. BOM

Objectives of inventory management includes ________________ financial, operative and

53 objectives. property protection

preparation of purchase
budget, track pending
purchase order, issue
The important functions of purchase departments are and follow up purchase
54 __________________________. order
55 The master production schedule is a list of: All of the above

The process or approach as seen in the figure, attempts to consolidate all of

a company’s departments and functions into a single computer system that
56 services each department’s specific needs. Identify the system. ERP
57 Quality is fitness for _____________. Use
A well organized working place results more efficient and more productive
58 operation : is the principle of ________________. 5S

(1) System for ensuring

the quality, consistency
and continuity of
strategies, programs
and projects. (2)
Mechanism for
continous review,
enhancement of
system. (3) Quality
control and adjustment
Select the correct functional role of (1) Planning system (2) Standard and mechanisms to ensure
process improvement system (3) Monitoring and evaluation system from efficiency and assurance
59 the given QMS structure: of results.
60 First nationalisation of 14 banks happened in 1969
61 Following is not the chemical industry Sugar
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative
63 Employees get energized due to Motivation
64 Functional organization is also called as Staff organization
Providing service to
65 Basic aim of the government sector is society
66 Highest business secrecy is in Proprietorship
67 Unlimited liability is present in Both a & b
68 Who can be responsible for accident All the above
69 As per factory act, one first aid box is provided for......workers. 150
70 Budget is the financial plan for Next year
71 Buffer stock is nothing but Safety stock
72 A type of items has......importance due to consumption. 70-80%
73 Quality management is not focusing on Money
74 Sustain in 5S is Shitsuke
75 HDFC Bank is a ……… Private sector bank
76 Deciding in advance what to do, how to do and when to do is……… Planning
The assignment of each grouping to a manager with the authority necessary
77 to supervise it' , is called as….. Organising
78 Scalar Organisation is also known as Line organisation
Government
79 Highest control of government is there in department

Co-ordination in an organisation means: 1. complete control of the activites

of the employees 2. To structure harmony among different units of the
80 organisation 3. Removal of conflict and overlapping in the organization code 2 and 3
Statement 1- Shareholders are owners of the company. Statement 2 -
81 Debenture holders are creditors of the company. Both 1 and 2 are correct
________ is the collective stock of items which is required for routine
82 functioning of industry Inventory
Ups and Downs in consumption and delivery period are absorbed by
83 _______ Buffer stock

Director General of
84 In purchasing, DGSD belongs to Supplies and Disposals
Statement 1- ERP gives transparency. Statement 2- Repetition of work is
85 avoided due to ERP Both 1 and 2 are correct
86 ERP software provides: Option a & c
87 Traders make profit in form of ............................... commissions
…………... and ……………….are produced in largest quantity in chemical
88 industry. polymers and plastics
89 Insurance company is categorized as All of above
Scalar chain is the ............................, which runs from top level to the lower
90 level in the organization. line of authority
 specific, measurable,
achievable, realistic,
91 SMART stand for .......................................................... timely
92 Which is not the type of the joint stock company? Public sector

Biotechnology Information System, Network department of Consumer Government

93 Affairs, and Department of Education etc, are which types of companies? departments
94 Public deposit is the source of finance for ............................ Joint stock company
If the factory employs more than 500 workers, it should appoint a
95 qualified______________ to carry out the prescribed duties. welfare officer
Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of the employees is the primary
96 purpose of the- Factories Act
……………………..represents the quantities of the materials to be purchased
97 and the estimated costs of the material Purchase budget
98 Which is the objective of financial management? All of above
99 Tax includes the current tax as well as _______tax. deferred
100 Debentures are included in ______________ source of finance. Long term
Between 60 years to 80
101 The table shows the income tax rates for an individual - years

……………………... is a planning technic that calculates material requirement

102 and schedule supply to meet changing demand across all product and parts MRP
receiving, processing
quotations, issuing and
expediting purchase
103 Procurement costs consists of cost of ............................. order
104 Excess inventory needs ___________. more funds
.............................. function can be defined as procuring different types of
105 material for an organization from different sources Purchasing

106 Packing cost means ............................... cost of packing of goods

(a) Minimum stock level
In this Stock control chart, label the maximum stock level and minimum (b) Maximum stock
107 stock level – level

Identify way to increase

production capacities of
108 Which one of the following is application of Six sigma? present equipment
109 Which one of the following is a requirment for conformance? Quality

Which of the following statements outline the relationship factor? (a) ISO
9000 and total quality are not in competition (b) ISO 9000 and total quality
are not interchangeable (c) ISO 9000 and total quality are compatible (d) ISO
110 9000 and total quality are in competition (a), (b), (c)
111 Following is the fastest growing sector in india now a days Service
112 All export and imports activities are governed by Foreign trade policy
113 Following bank is working for agriculture field NABARD
114 Remuneration is not based on emotion
115 Food, Water, Shelter are _______________ needs Physiological
116 Line organisation is of ------- type Vertical
117 Decision are quick in Line organisation
118 Maximum shareholders in public limited company are ------------ No limit
119 Which is not included in the ' causes of accidents' due to nature Gas leakage

120 Minimum wages which are fixed are declared by government through Official gazatte
________is the effective procurement of funds and their effective
121 utilisation. Finance
122 Flexibility is zero in Fixed budget

123 Statement 1- Excise is a direct tax,Statement 2-Excise is a commodity tax 1 is wrong,2 is correct
124 Which is the function of inventory? All of above
125 Procurement of C type of items,should be done Infrequently
126 Annual consumption of the item is represented by______in EOQ. S
127 The logic of_____is based on the principle of dependent demand. MRP
128 ERP vendor is All
129 Which element is at the top of the Quality Circle Steering committee
130 Objective of quality control is Both are correct
131 #NAME? extreme lethargy
132 Dependent of a deceased employee does not include: major son
133 types of jiont stock companies both 1 and 2
134 #NAME? propertiership
135 advantages of line and staff organisation all of the above
136 #NAME? line organisation
137 elements of organisation are all of the above
138 #NAME? coordinating

139 henry fayol proposed ---------------------- no of principles of management 14

140 #NAME? Division of work
141 management functions are as ______________________ all of the above
142 #NAME? staffing
143 major functions of insurance comapny --------------------- all of the above
144 #NAME? banking
145 ------------------------ is a person who has completed the 18 yrs Adult
146 Which of the following qualifies as a health provision ? cleanliness
A--------------------- is an instrument of management used as an aid in the
147 planning programming and control of business activity budget
148 production budget is based upon all of the above

_______________________ is a comsption tax which is leveied at each

149 stage of production based on valve added to the producty at that stages VAT
150 what function are involved in material management all of the above
151 Advantage of Quality control is_______ Only a and b
152 Systemize means Neatness
153 Fixed capital is the capital invested in assets over: None of these
154 Which one of the following is contributory cause of an accident? Tendency of show off
155 An adult as per Factories act, 1948 an adult is a person with age: More than 18 years
156 In functional organisation activities are grouped by____function. Common

157 Which of the following is not an element of communication process? Span

158 In a joint stock company loans are repaid by the______________. Company

159 _______ does not belong to Henry Fayol's 14 principles of management? Standardisation
160 Who is not a middle level manager? General Manager

161 The planning process is used to prepare ___________ in an organisation. Budgets

162 Which type of industries involve largest investment? Large scale industries
163 Which one of these is the largest segment in Indian industry? Engineering Industry
164 A sales budget is the basis for preparation of a ________________ None of these

165 Which one of the following taxes is not charged by the state government? Income tax
The___ provides the information about when to order and how much to
166 order. MRP
167 which one of the following is not a benefit of MRP? All of these
168 _____ is an activity of quality assurance. All of these

Suppose a business requires 1000 units of a particular items. Which one of

169 the following can provide the number of units to be purchased each time? EOQ
170 Mechanism that allows trade is called as Market
171 Globalisation has pose major challenges for Small producers
Both (a) and (b) are
172 What is management correct
173 Work on correct track with correct speed is possiable by Controlling
174 Policy making in an industry is a role of – Administration
175 Maximum security of job is in Public Sector
176 Which of the following is/are the key features of organization All of these
Mr. Sunil’s one-day salary was deducted because of his uninformed leave, as
he was already warned about this behaviour. It is an example of which
177 method of shaping behaviours? Punishment
178 Ability to adjust , change , bend is _________________ Flexibility

___________ is a financial statement that summarizes a companys assests ,

179 liabilities and shareholders equity at a specfifc point in time Balance sheet

Identify important constituents of Total Quality Management from

Following - i) Orderliness and Cleanliness ii) Punctuality and Continuous
180 efforts iii)Customers' Service iv) Standardization of work i, ii, iii, and iv
In a car assembly factory the high value items like engine is given rating
181 of………….. Item A
182 ………….. Of ERP steamlines Procurement of Required raw materials Purchasing Module
183 Which of the following is not benefit of MRP? Improved Quality
184 The Modern Technique of Material Management is…….. MRP
It does not take into
account seasonal
185 Which of the following is Not advantage of ABC Analysis varitations of cost

Kaizen is a Japanese technique. Kaizen word is formed from two characters KAI means change
186 KAI and ZEN in which & ZEN means good
187 Quality Management components are a & b
188 The Example of Indirect Tax is Wealth Tax
189 The Function of material management is Material Planning
Different Look For Each
190 Which is not the feature of ERP Module
Lead time is known
191 Which is the correct assumption in EOQ & constant
Forecasting of resources, expenses & revenues is over a specified future
192 period Budget
Procurement,Fund allocation and control of finicial resources is concerned
193 with. Financial Managment
194 Which type of capital is Requred for business operation. Both (a) & (b)

195 At which place line organization is not possible Government company

196 Which is the first step in effective delegation ? Goals establishment
197 Which is not the limitation of public sector Unlimited liability
198 Providing correct way of working is Directing
199 Position, designation, seniority defines Authority
200 Top agro industry in india is Dupont India
201 In which type of industry fiber is converted into yarn,then fabric Textiles
Which of the mentioned option is related to goal to reduce the number of
202 defects to as low as 3.4 parts per million. 6- Sigma
Planning is thinking
203 Which statement is wrong? after failures
204 Documentation is less in Proprietorship
205 Service tax is exempted to All the above
Permanent source of
206 Equity share financing is funds
1.Span of control 2.stability 3.flexibility 4.Delegation match these facts with
following a.work adjustment b.tolerate loss c. allocation d.reporting of 1 and d,2 and b,3 and
207 subordinates a,4 and c

208 Reporting structure is complicated in Functional Organization

209 Line Organization is also called as Both a and b
210 The base of success of any project of an organization is its Planning
211 The blend of kindness and justice in an organization is Equity
………... is important not only for the individuals but also for an organization
212 too. Discipline
213 …………. has allowed companies to increase their base of operation Globalization
214 14 Principles of Management is contributed by Henry Fayol
215 The segment which is known as economy's goods producing segment industrial sector
Legally _____ are not allowed but still they may exist with the consent of
216 other partners none of above
Which one of the following is a cause of accident due to unsafe working
217 conditions ? oily floors
218 ……………..is a universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic. capital
219 ……………...capital includes long term decisions. both a and c
Under sectioon 17 on the Income tax act 1961 _____ and ________ comes
220 under heads of salry for which Income tax is applicable. none of above
A ______ is an instrument of _________ used as an aid in budget and
221 planning,programming and control of business activity. management
222 Find the odd man out C's'

Match the following options l) ISO 9000-2000 i) Quality management system

guidelines m) ISO 9001-2000 ii) Quality management system vocabulary n)
223 ISO9004-2000 iii) Quality management system requirements l-ii,m-iii, n-i
224 Service industry is ---------Sector in Economy Tertiary

225 The first step in decision making is Recognise the problem

226 when many functions are controlled by a central Authority, It is called as Centralisation

227 Which is not the technique for effecting decision making in core company Out sourcing
Government support is
228 Which is not limitation of cooperative society less
229 Minimum Members in Private limited company are 2
One Ambulance room should be provided in a factory employ more than ----
230 workers 300
231 Zero based budgeting is based on Mechanism
232 Custom Duty is charged on All

233 When stock is more than the required then ------------- cost involves Over Stocking
234 PO in materials management means Purchase order
235 Which is the input to MRP both
Quality Management
236 QMS means System
237 Which is not included in 5S solve
238 The process to produce an effective QMS requires All
239 Following is not a agro industry Paper
240 The quality of product made for Liberalization and Globalization ISO-9000
241 father of scientific management is Fedrick W.Tailor
242 Decision making occurs as a reaction to a Problem

243 _________Check the result, __________Shows the result Authority, Responsibility

244 The followings are invoved in Middle level of management Branch Managers
245 Demerit of Line organisation / Scalar organisation is Lack of specialisation
246 The downward flow of Authority is termed as Delegation
1st January to 31st
247 Calendar year as per the Factory Act is December
248 In which act "The aims to provide fair Wages to employed persons" None of these
Duplication of work,
repetition of work is
249 Which one is the advantage of ERP ? avoided
250 Procurement cost per order includes All
In graphical method of EOQ , the cost which is represented as straight
251 inclined line is Inventory carrying cost
Perparing the list of all
252 Which is the first step in doing ABC Analysis ? items
The safety stock of an inventory item is 100. The supply lead-time is two
weeks and the average weekly demand is 100 units. Which one is the re-
253 order level? 300
254 The objective of TQM is To improve process
255 Which is the main clause in ISO 9001:2000 ? All
256 The foudation of Kaizen, consists of Both A & B
257 Which is not the stage in 6 sigma Standardisation
258 Which factor decide the type of organization All of above

259 Which of the following is the advantage of effective decision-making ? All are correct
260 The functions of top level management are All of above
261 Insurance companies are growing at the annual compound rate of 15% - 20%
262 Applications of Line organization All of the above
…… allows executive to give opportunity to his subordinate to think,make
263 work related decision, and get developed Effective Delegation
264 Accidents because of management are: Both (B) and (C)
265 Working capital is not required for Furniture
………indicates the total sales in the year, when goods sold are returned are
266 referred as sales return Sales
…….is a form of indirect tax imposed on specified services called "taxable
267 services" Service tax

Components and
required raw material
are available in right
268 The major purpose of MRP quantities at right time
…..is a list of component parts and sub-assemblies needed to produce the
269 final product BOM
In ABC temof inventory control, the material is divided in A,B and C Consumption value of
270 categories on the basis of material

271 Advantage of quality management is It ensures the reliability

 There is uninterruptible
consistency in quality of
272 Benefit of QMS is products and services
This clause covers
defining of
responsibility and
authorities and its
communication to
everyone within an
273 Responsibility, Authority clause of ISO 9001:2000 organization
274 Which is included under fixed capital All
275 Which of the following provisions are included in Factory Act ? All of the above
Taking shortcuts and lack of adequate knowledge are causes of accidents
276 because of ____________ workers
277 Types of accidents are : All of the above
__________ is an activity which defines the steps of how and when work will
278 be done effectively and efficiently. Planning
279 #NAME? Trade
280 Functions of financial management All of the Above
281 Following service is not under service tax Export services
282 Which is the function involved in materials management? All
283 What is the pattern of care for A type of items? More attention
284 Quality circle is a brain child of Ishikawa

285 The most important objective of TQM is Customer satisfaction

286 Each manager is a highly qualified specialist in a ------- organization. Functional Organisation
Which of the following type of business organization is owned by its A Public Limited
287 customers? Company

288 All the following are characteristics of the sole proprietorships except Profit are taxed twice
289 In Automobile Industry, departments can be on the basis of------- Product
Determine how tasks is to be grouped is part of which management
290 function? Organizing

Who defined management as "the art of knowing exactly what you want
291 men to do and then see that they do it in the best & cheapest way"? F.W.Taylor

292 Plans, policies & procedures are the function of------ Top Level Management

The transfer of ownership of state property into the hands of the private
293 individuals by the sale of state assets through auction is------------ privatization
Offer products and
294 The purpose of retail business is to …. services
295 A valid definition of a business purpose is to _______. create a customer
296 Following are the advantages of Globalization, except Increased Competetion

Strict Financial Control

297 Which of the following is a characteristic of a Public sector organization? by Government
298 Which act provides for Health safety Welfare of workers? Factories Act 1948

299 Workplace related injuries, illnesses and deaths impose costs upon? All of the above
What is the minimum number of workers required in a Factory for the
300 mandatory appointment of safety officer? More than 1000
What is the minimum space to be allocated to each worker as per the
301 Factories Act 1948? 14.2 Cubic Meters
To conduct Market and
302 Which is the odd statement about objectives of Financial Management? Sales survey
303 Capital budgeting is related to Long Term Assets
The difference between Fixed cost & Variable cost assumes significance in
304 preparation of the following budget----------- Flexible Budget

305 Value Added Tax (VAT) is a tax on? Goods & Services
Control over the use of
306 Which of the following is a function of the Finance Manager? Funds
307 Which of the following is not an element of master budget? Production Schedule
308 EOQ is the quantity that minimizes Total Ordering Cost
Controlling Inventory
309 ABC analysis deals with which of the following? Cost Money
310 which of the following is not Procurement Cost? Storage Cost
The ---- is the input to Material Requirement Planning,which lists the
assemblies, sub asemblies, parts & raw materials needed to produce one
311 unit of finsished product. Bill of Material
312 Which is not a component of ERP? Cybersoft
Which of the following is a highly structured technique, designed to keep
313 personal interactions at a minimum? Brainstorming
Mr. XYZ is a manager in a manufacturing company, he attempt to establish a
culture of quality affecting the attitudes and actions of every employee &
relies on a workforce that want to improve quality. He focuses on
314 establishing----- TQM
315 Six Sigma methodology is driven by a _____ methodology Management by Fact
316 “No U Turn” sign board comes under which “S” of the 5S? Seiketsu
When using ABC approach to stock categorization which of the following
317 desirable class ‘C’ Items? Low Value, Low Risk
The quantity &
timing of planned order
318 MRP specify------ releases
319 Which of the following is not included in cost of inventory? Selling Cost
 Components,
ingradients &
material required to
320 A bill of material lists the----- produce an item
321 Which of the following is an indirect tax? Entertainment Tax
Which of the following banks/institution acts as custodian of nation’s foreign
322 exchange reserve? IFCI
It helps in reduction in
Which of the following is not one of the main objectives of material material purchasing
323 management? price

324 The primary goal of financial management is To maximize the profit

325 A statement which reflects future income & expenditure-------- Budget
____________ tries to secure for the workers employment conditions
326 conducive to their health and safety Factory Act 1948

Which of the following terms are defined in the Workemen Compensation

327 Act 1923? (i) Dependant (ii) Disablement (iii) Workman (iv) Seaman (i) (ii) & (iii)
328 Most of the industrial accidents are : Preventable
Which of the following are not included in "Wages"? (i) Dearness Allowance
329 (ii) Bonus (iii) House Rent Allowance (iv) Basic Salary (ii) & (iii)
Which of the following provisions do not come under the “Welfare
330 provision” in the Factories Act 1948? Washing Facility
331 Line organization is not suited for --------- type of organization both A & C
332 Authority and responsibility are ----------to each other. Complementary
The maximum number of shareholders allowed in a Public Limited Company
333 is? No Maximum Number

334 Out of following forms, which form of organization is the oldest one? Line Organization
What is the term used to define the number of subordinates directly
335 controlled by a manager? Span of control
To look after production
336 Which of the following is not the characteristic of top level management? job
According to Fayol’s 14 principles of management, ‘esprit de corps’ refers to Team work &
337 which of the following? harmony
All levels of management between the supervisory level & the top level of
338 the organization are termed as Middle Managers

339 Which of the following was the key aim of scientific management? To increase Productivity
In the last one decade, which one among the following sectors has attracted
340 the highest foreign direct investment inflows into India? Telecommunication
341 Which is not one of Fayol's principles: Globalization
LPG is aimed at making the India as fastest growing competitive economy
342 through All of the above
343 Business firm emphasis on attracting new------ Target Groups
 A sales person can access the warehouse, inventory and delivery to give a
344 customer a quick update on the status of his order through--------------- ERP

345 The quantity sigma indicates Dispersion in the data

Six Sigma is based on understanding & improving processes on a ------------
346 basis Project by Project
The ISO 9000:2000 standards consist of three documents of which ISO 9001
347 pertains to: Requirements

348 To achieve quality (i.e., defect free products and services), we require------- All of the above
Every subordinate should receive orders from & be accountable to only one
349 superior is------- Unity of Command
Partly Same &
350 Management & Administration are------ Partly Different
351 #NAME? F W Taylor
352 Henry Fayol laid down----- 14 Principles
The manager of multinational company is located in France, India, Brazil &
USA, which decision making technique seems most reasonable for this
353 organization? An Electronic Meeting
354 Men, Money, Material & Machines are included in Resources

Globalization is the process of integrating national economies into the

355 international economy through trade, foreign investment, migration and Spread of Technology
356 Management is ------- Art & Science
How activities are
coordinated &
357 Organization structure primarily refers to controlled
358 Line organization follows --------method of communication Scalar Chain
Any Financial losses
359 One disadvantage of forming a Partnership is? must be shared
360 Functional organization is suited for limited number of --------- Product
Two firms come
together to form a
third, legally separte
361 A joint venture can be defined as: firm
362 A Textile industry, departments can be on the basis of-------- Process
Who has completed 18
363 Who is an adult as per Factories Act, 1948? years of age

364 The word labour means ___________. Any Productive Activity

365 Financial planning deals with: Preparing Budgets
Concerned with the
income generating
366 Operating budgets are: activities of Firm
367 Which of the following is not the form of tax revenue? Licence Fee
368 Which of the following is not a current asset Creditors
369 Which class of elements in ABC analysis is generally large in number? C
370 The economic order quantity in inventory control refers to Optimum lot size
What product to be
371 A master production schedule specifies made & when
Which of the following input data are needed for MRP ? (i) Master
Production Schedule (ii)Inventory Position (iii) Machine Capacity (iv) Bill of
372 Material (i) (ii) & (iv)
Six Sigma principle which is a philosophical benchmark or standard of
373 excellence proposed by---------- Edward Deming
374 Select the odd one which is not the dimension of quality Reputation

Which "S' of 5S involves cleaning the floors, the walls and the equipment
375 and ensuring all items are restored to their designated place. Seiso
Bharat Heavy Electricals
376 In which industry Quality Circles in India were first introduced? Ltd.
The company should exceed the customers expectations and lease him. This
means giving the customer more than he ever thought possible. It is the
377 ultimate goal in-------- TQM
378 Reliance Industries Ltd. Is a form of, Joint Stock Company
379 Which is the first step in organisation forming? Aims are determined

Deviation from defined

380 Due to unity of direction, path is prevented
381 Esprit De Corps refers to Team Work
382 Out of mentioned below , which is not the input of management? Growth
383 which organisation is at number one position in India in insurance? LIC
VAT started in maharashtra from_____ and __________ business is liable
384 according to VAT. 2005 , Importers

385 Cushion between supply and demand is called as - Inventory management

386 __________ determines quantity and timing for material planning MRP
The participation of all the members in an organizing, aiming at long term
success through customer satisfaction for the benefits to all members & to total quality
387 the society is known as management

388 According to ISO 9001, inspection and testing comes under ____________ Process control
preventation of
defectsin product or
389 What is quality assurance? process
Each module has the
different look and
390 which of the following is not a feature of ERP? feeling
391 Which of the following is output of MRP? All the above.
MRP, JIT, ERP &
392 which of the following are modern techniques of material management? SAP
393 The amount actually demanded against the shares is…. called-up capital
394 In inventory control theory, the economic order quantity is optimum lot size
395 Reserves and Surplus is also known as / is a part is _____ Retained Earnings.
when a person gets salary a certain amount of tax is deducted at the source
396 as per rules of that financial year - Income tax
The term " Account Recievables " come in________________ With
397 reference to the term ` Debtors` Current Asset.
planned budget &
398 Variance report is the difference between the outcomes of a company actual budget

If a bar bender working on a construction site meets some accident during Yes eligible &
his holiday when he is called for extra work and losses his one left leg. Is is under workman` s
399 eligible for any accident amount? And under what act? Compensation act.
Guarantee of employee
400 Industrial acts are useful for……… welfare.

line, staff &

401 Type of organization preferred to steel industry is functional organization
The meaningful exchange of information between two or more participants
402 is termed as communication
Tata motors, Hindustan motors contribute in the development of the society
403 has which type of organisation. Private organisation.

404 Tenneco Automotive India refers to which type of company- private limted company
Grouping the activities or operations of an enterprise into various unts is
405 refered as- departmentation

406 The unbroken line of authority from highest to lowest level is known as- scalar chain
407 Man power planning is a function of- staffing
In a XYZ company if the raw material required for manufacturing a product is
not available on the given time, due to insufficient funds . Which level of
408 mananagement is responsible ? top management
409 Military type of organisation is known as line organization
410 HSBC is a Foreign bank
411 Framing broad policies in a company is concerned with top management
Following is a goal oriented, continious forward looking, choice making &
412 integrated processs planning
413 Advantage of Globilization is ……. Both i & ii
To encourage competition and to remove trade restrictions a policy was
414 established in 1948 GATT
415 In _______ first car was driven on the roads of India 1898
416 Manufacturing sector contributes _______ % India 15%
417 Meaning of _________ is right to command Authority
418 Out of mentioned below is not the output of management Technology
419 The structure of organization depends on ________ All of the above
420 Maximum members in co-operative society are_________________ no limit
421 Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to accidents ? All
422 Which is indirect tax ______________________ All
423 Collection of taxes is concerned in _____________ Revenue Budget
A' type of items has _____________ % importance due to consumption in
424 ABC analysis 70 - 80 %
425 Inventory carrying cost include ___________ Both (a) & (b)

426 Which is not the disadvantage of ERP? Slow decision making

427 Quality is defined by ____________ Customers

Pay wages and salaries

428 Working Capital is required to to employees

If any accident occurs on the premises of any employer which results in

death of an employee or serious bodily injury to an employee, the employer
must within __________ days of the death or serious bodily injury, send in
the prescribed form a report to the _________________ for employee's
429 compensation giving circumstances . 7,Commissioner
430 In which year the value added tax was introduced 2005
431 What are the types of Capital Fixed and working
432 A document that authorizes one to carry out a specific job is called : Work permit
433 Fire in industry is due to: All of the above
434 Suggest a Suitable form of ownership for a bicycle repair business. None of the above
A_________________________ Company can be formed by minimum 2 and
435 maximum 50 members. Private limited
Medium and large
436 Line and Satff Organisation is Suitable for Enterprises
437 Who developed a theory on Motion Study Gilberth
438 ________________ is a policy making function Administration
439 Which one of the following is not a service industry Manufacturing
440 Which one of the following is not a process industry Heavy Engineering
441 India adopted LPG Policy in 1990s
A _____________ and a______________ are the two major books used to
442 maintain accounts Journal and ledger

444 Excise duty can be levied on those goods which are Manufactured in India
often managed by the
445 Excise duty can be levied on those goods which are supplier.
Using an EOQ model for
determining order
446 Excise duty can be levied on those goods which are quantity
___________________ also called part lists or building lists is the document
447 generated at the design stage BOM ( Bill of Materials)
requires explosion of
the bill of material as
448 A material requirements planning (MRP) system: the basis of planning.
_________________ is the task of buying goods of right quality, in the right
449 quantities, at the right time and at the right price Purchasing
 An ERP system automates much of the “back-office” work involved in
450 fulfilling customer demand. “Front-office”, in this context, refers to : Database
451 Which of the following document is included in the quality system quality policy
452 Characteristics of total quality management include: All of the above
453 Which of the following is the example of empowerment Quality Circle
define, measure,
454 Six Sigma methodology defines three core steps. analyze

455 The ISO quality assurance standard that applies to software engineering is ISO 9001:2000

456 Income tax is paid by individual to central government is __________ . a direct tax

457 Which of the following is negative effect of the Globalization? Monopoly in business
458 Following is not the textile industry IBP
459 Out of following which is not the objective of good plan? To get money
___________ are Balaji Telifilms,Bank of Maharashtra,Bata India
460 Limited,Bharat Fertilizers Ltd etc. Public companies
461 _____ could be manager,organizer,adviser,or controller. Active partner
462 Which source of income is specified under - IT act, 1961 All
_____________________ is the percentage of net earnings which is not paid
out as dividends, but retained or kept by the company for reinvesting it for
463 core business or to pay debt. Retained earnings

________________ is an agreement in which customer can purchase goods

464 on account that is without paying cash or paying the supplier at a later date. Trade credit

Interest is payable only

465 Which is worng statement? when there is profit

466 The objective of the purchasing _____________ Both ( Option i & ii)
Easy to implement
467 Which is not the advantage of ERP? without any training
Statement 1 - Quality circle is a problem solving technique Statement 2 -
468 Quality circle is responsibility of management 1 correct, 2 wrong
When a worker works for _____ hours in a day or for more than 48 hours in
any week, he shall be entitled to wages at the rate of twice his ordinary rate
469 of wages. more than 9
As per factory Act, a factory is a place which uses electricity for
470 manufacturing process with minimum ________ workers. 10 workers
In __________ firm there could be two or even more than two partners are
471 there who share all profits and expeneses. partnership
472 Which is the correct limitation of project organization? All of the above
473 The _______ is also known as working partner. Active partner
Bothe Horizontal and
474 Line and Staff oraganization is Vertical
475 Which of the following is part of Directing ? All of the above
476 There are three conditions or factors that affects decision making as follows: All of the above
477 Management is getting the things done by others is said by Mery parker
478 Hospitality industry categories ___________________________ All of the above
Reserve Bank of
479 Indian central bank is ________________ India(RBI)
480 Following is the main destination for capital inflows india
481 Tax revenue comes from All
482 India's Tax structure is ___________ in nature Progressive
_________________ are the term used to indicate purchases made during
the year for the purpose of sale. When goods purchased are returned is
483 referred as purchase return. Purchases
__________________ include maintenance of office, administration and Office administrative
484 management of the company or organization. expenses
Permanent working
485 Minimum capital required for day to day functioning is called is capital
486 Examples of office and administrative expenses are All of the above
_______________ is an intelligent activity includes decision making,
487 selection of vendors etc. Procurement
Slow, never ending, continuous improvement in all aspects of life is
488 ________________ Kaizen

489 Agriculture provides employment to almost _____ % of Indian work force. 50

490 Which one is backbone of Indian economy? Banking
491 Hospitality falls under _______ sector. service
492 Which one is a long term goal? vision

493 The broad objectives and policies are decided by: Chief Executive Officer
Predetermine duration
and actual progress of
494 Gantt chart represents- activities

Good _____ or salaries motivate people to work efficiently and make them
495 satisfied and eventually they become loyal to the organization. Remuneration
The policies of
governance of a
Arya Chanakya's Arthashatra written in the 3rd century BC provides kingdom and people
496 guidelines for- management
497 The main components of organization are: All of the above

498 Which type of companies collects the capital from private partners? Private limited

The _____ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and the
499 person does the same job. This is also known as staff organization type. Functional organization
 Match the pairs- 1. World bank a. No barriers to trade 2. International
Monetary Fund b. Monetory policy 3. World Trade Organisation c. Basic
500 health and education 4. Reserve Bank of India d. Currency convertibility 1-c, 2-d, 3-a, 4-b
501 Which fire fighting device is it? Fire extinguisher

502 No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a factory on ____ Weekly holiday
Knowledge of _______ and _______ is sufficient to understand the size, Total revenue, Net
503 scale and financial position of a business. profit (loss)
504 What is function of inventory? All of the above

Cost required for

505 Freight cost means- movement of material
Prompt supply of
finished parts to
506 What do you mean by services to customer? customer
507 Red tags are used in which step of 5 "S" ? Sort
508 What is Brainstorming? Both (A) and (B)
Find the correct order for the sequence stages for development of quality
management. 1. Quality Control 2. Inspection 3.Quality assurance 4.Total
509 quality management 2,1,3,4

Information Technology
510 What does ITES stands for ? Enabled Services
511 ____ can be called as "leading", "motivating", "actuating" and so on Directing
Which one is the process of getting activities completed efficiently and
512 effectively with and through other people. Management
513 Advantage of centralisation : Greater control
514 Which type of authority figure refers to: Staff
What sort of company is Infosys today? Well there are shares of company
which are traded in a stock market people can buy and sell them. The
company started in July 1981, at Pune with a capital of Rs. 10,000/-. At that
515 time it was a Private limited company. Public Limited
Preventive measures that can be taken related to working environment are Safe workplace and
516 ___ working conditions
517 Financial activities are ____ All of the above
The amount to be collected by a company is divided in equal number of
518 parts known as ------- Shares
When the company has confirmed export order and is in need of finance,
519 the banks provide short term credits known as - Export finance

The term means a loan in which the lender buys and owns equipment and
then rents those equipments it to a business at some flat monthly rate for
520 particular period or certain number months. Equipment leasing
The purchasing function plays the role of mediator between _____ and
521 ______ for purchase of material. Vendor, organization
522 Which one is a control chart ? C chart
523 The first preference in the components of TQM is __ To the customer
Data Collection and
Analysis, Review and
524 Observe the figure and find out the missing steps - Decision
525 Decision making means- All of the above
_______________ is an activity which defines the steps of how and when
526 work will be done effectively Planning
527 Management causes- None of above
528 Which is not the advantage of globalization Loss of culture
529 Banking sector involves All of above
530 Name the leval strategical leval
531 The Principles of organization are- All of above
532 Indetify the Organization structure Departmentation
533 What is proprietorship ? Individual ownership
534 More than 20 person are involved in…….. Joint stock

535 Accidents due to lack of maintenance of plant is because of______________ Management

536 In which year was Factory act enacted to ensure the safety of workers? 1948
537 ____________ improves the safety in an industry All of above
An unsecured loan that one offers to company as a creditor is known
538 as__________________ Debentures
_______________ is a method of buying goods by making installment
539 payments over the period of time Hire purchase
Vijay received a car in his marriagefrom relatives of his uncle.Which tax will
540 be applied on him Gift Tax
_________________ contains an estimate of direct labour required in
541 industry labour budget
542 Which inventory includes the raw material required for industry ? None of above
543 Which is the ERP software from below list None of above
544 What does the graph indicates ABC analysis
545 DMAIC' concept comes under which method Six sigma
546 Which is the standard for quality management system ISO:9001:2000
547 Fill in the stages of DMAIC Measure, Improve

548 ________________________ created and established the'5's technique Prof. sam Ho

__________ has helped in increasing environmental protection in developed
549 nations. Globalization
550 ______ in an organization as a blend of kindness and justice. Equity
551 __________ produces best result in terms of productivity. Motivation
552 What is the function of administration ? Decision making
If specialization or ________ is not used , the work done cannot be
553 satisfactory. Division of work
Generally __________ flow of chain or direction of chain is from highest
554 organization authority to the lower ranks Scalar chain
555 Identify the process from figure Decision making
556 _______ is accountability . Responsibility
 _____ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave setback
557 or delay Flexibility
558 _________ are Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) Public corporation
No limitation for
559 In Joint stock private Limited company _______ business activities
560 Workman Compensation Act came into force from 1st July 1924
561 Following is the health provisions Cleanliness
_______ is the life blood of a business enterprise.It is a universal lubricant
562 which keeps an enterprise dynamic Capital
563 _______ is used for all the current assets(Possesions or Property) Gross working capital
564 For big industries , the amount of _________ is very large. Deferred provision
A _______ is one which relates to any of the function of an undertaking e.g
565 sales , production , cash , etc. Functional budget
________ is a form of Indirect tax imposed on specified services called "
566 Taxable Services". Service tax
_______ is made oup of list of the sub assemblies as well as components
567 that makes up the end product . Bill of material
Identify ways to
increase production
capacities of present
568 Apllication of six sigma are _______ equipment
569 A quality policy makes a foundation for _____ All of the above
570 A plan for the co-ordination of resources and expenditures Budget
571 Which one of the following is not a type of share Fixed share
572 The sum that every shareholder gets is known as Dividend
573 Person whose age is below 18 years is called a Minor
574 Industrial accidents are of the following types: All of the above
In order to have flexibility,the maintenance activities must be supported by --
575 -activities Adaptive
576 Departmenatation helps to improve ------ of an orgnasation. Effectiveness
577 A business plan depends upon the information of Market
578 ______________ is the right to issue order or make decisions Authority
579 The function of employing eligible people for the company Staffing
To create and keep
580 According to Drucker the purpose of business customers

581 What does a business provide to the custmer in exchange of their money Goods and services
582 Main heads of income are All of the above

Working
Capital=Current Assets-
583 Working Capital is calculated as Current Liabilities
584 Which are the most important items A item
585 Fill the name of inventory in the blank space provided Indirect material
586 Purchasing is one of the funcion of ------ management Material
 In inventory management by ABC analysis A items most costly,item C are
inexpensive and item B have cost between A and B which item is having
587 highest inventory Item C
State owned or Co-operative businesses have one of their main objectives as (c) Service the
588 the generation of…………. society/nation
A commercial, industrial of professional activity undertaken by an individual
or a group, e.g. the purchase & Sale of goods, providing services etc. in an
589 attempt to make a profit is called (b) Business

590 Following are mentioned few duties.Which is not the duty of management? d)To do manufacturing
591 …………gives power in the hands of centre. b)Centralisation
592 Which of the following is one of the principles of organization? Span of Control
Which type of organizational structure can be applied to small scale
593 Industry? Line
Setting up Jobs on
594 What is the function of Gang Boss? Machine
595 Which of the following is type of Departmentation? By Product
596 Which of the following is not a form of ownwrship? Dealership
a)Overconfidence of
597 Which of the following may be the cause of accident? employee
a)Proper working
598 Which of the following is preventive measure of accident? condition
599 Finance may be defined as art & science of ……….. Managing Money
600 Fixed capital is the capital which is needed to meet the……….. Long term purpose
601 Balance sheet is a statement of…………… d) All of the above
A fee levied by a government on a product,income or activity is called
602 as………… Tax
603 Excise tax are………….. Tax whereas custom duties are…………….taxes a)Inland,Border
604 Percentage of total inventory for "A" category material is…………. a)less than 10%
b)Men,Machine,Money,
605 The five great "M" of management are Material,Method
606 Inventory Control is concerned with…………. d)All of the above
c)Procurement cost
607 Total Cost is calculated by adding & carrying cost
608 Objective of Quality Circle is…. To identify problems
International
Organization for
609 ISO stands for……. Standardization
610 Which of the following words does not include in 5S? d)Safety

611 Which one of the following is the leading software exporter from India? a)Banglore
612 ________reduces uncertainty b)Planning
613 ________is the judgement of future a)Forecasting

614 The process of inspiring the subordinates to put in their best is known as a)Motivation
615 Which is not type of communication d)listening
616 The process of monitoring,comparing & correcting is called_______ b)controlling
 For a manager,to control or direct the work to an employee,the manager
617 must have a)Line authority

618 Who is responsible for the actual operations of various departments? Misddle management
Getting work done with a minimum of effort,expense or waste is the
619 definition of Efficiency
620 Day as per factory act is : None of the above
621 Financial management aims at All of the above

622 Working capital is the capital which is needed to meet the………… Day to day transaction
________budget is the projection of cash inflow & outflow for a particular
623 time period in future cash
624 The balance sheet shows liabilities & assets of the b)company
625 Inventory control means timely availability of all kind of materials a)true
626 5"S" designed to all of these
627 Cause and effect diagram is used in problem analysis
To protect the
employees from injuries
628 Why safety is necessary in Industry? or accident
629 Daily working hours of an adult worker should not exceed____ 9 hours

630 How many members are required to start a public limited company? Minimum 7
631 Which of the following should be included in partnership deed? All of the above
632 In private limited company number of members are limited to ____ 50
633 Business owned by single person is known as ____ Proprietorship
634 Proportional development of each department means_______ Balance

635 Passing down some work to his/her subordinates is known as_______ Delegation

636 Which of the following function of management includes recruitment? Staffing

637 Which of the following includes in Top level management? All of the above

638 Which of the following post comes under middle level management? Branch Manager

639 Frank B. Gilbreth worked on_______ Time and Motion study

640 Government established SEZ are for motivating_____ IT Industry

641 Which of the following is programme undertaken by Government of India? All of the above
642 Producing more useful product from raw material is known as____ Manufacturing
643 Financial Institutions________________ All of the above
644 Shares means________________ Both a& b
645 Debentures is an ________________ Both A & B
646 Productions budget shows________________ All of the above

Material Requirement
647 MRP is ____ Planning
648 ABC is ____ Always Better Control
The cost represented by material fluctuates and may comprise between___
649 % of the total project cost. 20-50%
650 5. Percentage of total inventory for ‘C’ category material is ____ 70 to 80%
Establishing clear
651 Which of the following is not a key feature of TQM? specification
A) Legal Process
652 LPO stands for ---------. Outsourcing
Annual growth of approximate____is recorded in last five years by service
653 industry. B)30%

654 Following is not advantage of globalisation Increased competition

655 Following is not principle of management- Staffing
_____can be defined as the process by which a manager guides and
656 influences the wotk of his subordinates leadership
657 The _____ process transforms plans into reality All of the above
658 Advantages of line organization are All of the above
659 Which is not the effect of accident on the worker ? Production stoppage
660 Internal sources are All of the above
661 The amount of working capital required depends on _____ All
662 The budgeting process usually begins with a _____budget Sales
______is an instrument of management used as an aid in planning ,
663 programming and control of business activity Budget
_____is the process of verifying or determining whether products or services
664 meet or exceed customer expectations Quality assurance
665 IT sectors involves ________ Both i&ii
666 heanry foyal proposed _____no. of principle of management 14
667 _______ gives power in the hands of centre centralisation
668 concetration in work is possible by_____ stability
669 Meeting is the____communication formal
670 merits of functional organization_________ all of the above
671 which are the essentials of organization all
672 Minimum number of directors in public limited company are 3
673 Short term sources for finance are required for 0 to 1 year
674 Important terminologies related to profit and loss account All
675 C' types of items of inventory are generally ____%of all Inventories 50
676 Procurement activity is _____ and takes more time Complicated

677 The ____ keeps a track of inventory status for each items in the database inventory record file
678 Carrying cost consists of all
679 Quality can not be Compromised
_____ adopts the policy of zero defect . There is no scope for rework and
680 rejection. TQM

681 _____ realise on the use of normal distributions to predect defective rates Six sigma
 ____ may result in 25 to 30 suggestion per employee , per year and over 90
682 % of those are implemented . Kaizen
683 Line organization is suitable for a&b
684 The process of grouping is known as departmentation
685 Span of control may vary between 2 to 20
686 Follwing is not a type of organization process
687 Scientific management could be summarized as all of above
principle of
688 Henry Fayol is the father of management
689 Middle management includes superintendents
690 administration consist of deciding b&c
691 Following is not a function of management purchasing
692 Organising has following objective all of above
693 Which is a example of process industry Ranbaxy
694 Which is the example of trader all of above

695 Business is a legally recognized organization which provide goods & services

696 A public limited company is an association of a minimum ____members 7

697 Which is a category of cause of accident b & c
698 Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by all of above
699 Followings are fixed capital all of above
700 Financial statements include both A and C
701 Sources of working capitals are b&c
A right granted to an individual or group to market a company's product
702 within a certain territory is franchising
703 Which of the following factors affect a production budget all of above

704 A detailed list of movable items which are required for manufacturing is inventory

avoid over-stocking
705 Which is the operational objective of inventory management & under-stocking
706 ABC analysis is based on the principle vital few-trivial many
707 % of total consumption cost for B class items is 15 to 25
708 EOQ can be used by a & b
709 Elements of quality circles are a&b
A nominated senior person of an area & ought to catalyze & stimulates the
710 quality circles is facilitator
711 Defect rate in 3 sigma level is 66807
712 Which is not a type of working capital? Legal working capital
A --------- is a book or computer file in which all monetary transactions are
713 originally entered. Journal
714 Fixed capital is required for ------. All
715 Which is not included in "Wage" under "Minimum Wages Act"? All
716 From following types of act which is not a type of Industrial Act? Rowlatt Act
717 Which is not the advantage os joint stock compaany? Easy to form
 For highly specialised
718 Functional organisation is suitable for ------------. work
Line and Staff
719 Which type of organization structure is shown below? Organization
Do not share profit /
720 About 'Sleeping Partner' which statement is wrong? loss
721 What is like a brake system in automobiles? Controlling
Insurance which provides protection against loss or damage caused by
722 hurricanes..? Wind Storm Insurance
723 It is not a type of Buisness Hospitality
Other long term
724 Bonds/Debentures or Team loans from Banks are called as-------. liablities
Goodwill,Brands/trademarks,Compuer Software ,Mining rights,Copyrights &
725 patents are known as------ Intangible Assets
726 #NAME? ERP
Economic Order Quantity of material takes into account ordering costs and --
727 ---------. Carying Costs
728 Modern Technique of Mateial management is--------. MRP
729 Order costs and Carrying costs are---------. Variable
A long term investment
730 One of the principles of TQM, Quality is------. or asset

Sort-Set in order-Shine-
731 5S includes the phases in following order----- Standardize-Sustain
732 the occupation of a farmer falls under primary sector

733 the ------ sector of India attracts the highest foreign investment information technology
734 the relaxation of rules and regulation on industries is known as liberalisation
735 the author of principles of scientificmanagement was F.W.Taylor
736 the fourteen principles of managent were put forth by Henry Feyol
737 forecasting is judgement of future
738 the right to issue orders or make decisions is called authority

739 Ashoka hotel near by house is owned by my friends father ,it is example of proprietorship
My friend met with a car accident because the brakes could not be applied Mechanical causes of an
740 this can be termed as which form of accident Accident

741 Various Cost associated with ordering and receiving goods are known as procurement cost
742 the integration process of business management is called ERP
Total quality
743 Customer should be the focus is an important attribute of management
744 the ________ helps in finding the key cause of a problem Pareto's chart
rajesh is an working for state electricity board, he has to attend a
745 complain,before going to atttend the complain he has to take. work permit
 share holders become
the owners of the
company and
debenture holders are
the creditors of the
746 identify the major difference between share and debenture compnay
details of the
747 one of the following is not a part of material resource planning employees
748 In ABC analysis_______items are costly and significant A items
749 It is not one of classification of Inventory, All of the above .
Equipments and
750 Which of the following is a fixed capital,? machinery cost
751 Causes of accidents can be, All of the above .

752 ________is the ability to influence or to cause a person to perform and act. Authority
753 Which are the aims of forming an organization? All of the above
754 The first and foremost activity of management is , Planning
755 Which is not the part of 4 M's management, Motivation
756 GATT is created in ___________ 1947
757 The WTO gave a real boost to theprocess of, Globalization
758 TQM believes in systematic training as a need for achieving_______ Quality
759 Which of the following is not benefit of QMS,? None of the above
760 Quality is a ________concept Relative
Government owned
761 LIC of India is an example of, public limited

762 First step in decision making is , Recognize the problem

To prevent exploitation of the employess,this act aims at fixing minimum The minimum wages
763 wages which they must get, act,1948
764 Following table is an example of which type of budget.? Direct labour budget
X' company has all database related to employees working with them.It has
765 employed which ERP module? Human Resource
Identify the business sector which make a product from raw material or a
component parts , which then they sell at a profit from the following lists of
766 business sectors. b) manufacturing
767 What do you mean by " Management"? c)An art and Science
768 Who has enlisted Principles of Management ? b)Henry Fayol

769 Line Organisation is suitable for - a) Small Scale Industries

The function of management by which it transfers its ideas and information
770 to subordinates is called : d) Directing
771 Which of the following are Principles of Management ? d) All of the above
772 Name the factors in deciding structure of organisation All of the above

773 Line Organisation is observed in which of the following organisations ? Military

774 Which of the following are forms of Ownership ? All of the above
 Departmentation by
775 Heat Treatment shop ' in Kirloskar industries is an example of - process
Figure shows organisation structure of one of the departments of ABC Cars Departmentation by
776 Limited . Identify the Method of Departation ? product
777 Which of the following are types of accidents ? a and b both
Which of the following are silent features of Employee's State Insurance Act
778 ,1948 ? a and b both
d) Income ,Payment and
779 Find the odd one out from the Industrial Acts listed below : Wages Act.

In a Medium scale industry , while operating a machine a worker was

seriously injured . He was immediately taken to hopistal but he is affected by
780 fatal accident . What do you mean by fatal accident ? d) Death

b) Wealth which yields

income or helps in the
production of further
781 Capital can be defined as - income

782 which of the following points highlights Sales budget of an organisation ? All of the above

a) Excise Duty ,Custom

783 Indirect tax includes- Duty and VAT
784 Canons of Taxation should have- A and B Both
Figure shows a format of Annual Budget of KGTD Blow Plasts Limited.
Identify the type of budget to be filled in at the blank space provided in
785 budget sheet. b) Sales Budget
786 Identify the functions of Material Management- d) All of the above

In ABC Analysis which of the following inventory needs full record -keeping
787 treatment and a regrious observation on stock positions of these items ? b)A
In an automobile industry the various items are classsified into 'A','B' and 'C'
. In which item A needs full record keeping , item B needs medium record
keeping treatment whereas item C may not require much record keeping. In
this system of inventory control the material is devided into A,B, and C on c) Consumption value of
788 the basis of- material
Orderliness and
789 Which of the following is constituent of Total Quality Management ? Panctuality
Which of the following refers to a solution of efficient knowledge
790 Management ? Six Sigma
An organisation need a documented procedure to control quality
documments. In that case everyone must access to up -to-date documents
791 and be aware of how to use them, is a clause - ISO: 9001
 Figure shows Working Model of Quality circle of Manufacturing Industry a) 5)Selection of best
working on a tooling problem.couple of the important step no 5 and 7 are solution 7) Presentation
missing in the model. Correctly identify the steps from the options given of solution to
792 below. Management
Figure shows Principle of 5 'S' refers to Japanese words which have been
translated into English language. Fill in the appropriate words in the figure at a) S2-Sort , S4 -
793 S2 and S4 so as to complete 5'S' principle. Systemize
794 Which of the following is not a part of process industry? Automobiles
Laying out plants,designing and manufacturing machines for industry is done
795 by ------------------- engineering industry Industrial
796 The significant activities of management are ---------------------- All of the above

797 Scientific management is one of the areas of -------------------------- school Classical school
The number of people working at the lower level is ---------------- than that of
798 higher level More
799 Duties of administration are ---------------- All of the above
800 Quality of leadership is ------------ All of the above
801 Organization has following characteristics All of the above
802 Organization can be defined as ----------------------------- All of the above

The ___________________ makes a combination of the line organization Line and staff
803 with the staff departments that helps and advice line departmets organization
The partner who contibutes capital,shares profit and losses of the firm but
does not contribute in day to day activities or affairs of the firm is called ------
804 -------- Sleeping Partner
805 The Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) is __________ public corporations

Company "X" has limited number of share holders and the scope of business
is limited where as company "Y" has unlimited number of share holders and Joint stock public ltd.
806 has a huge scope of business. So "Y" comes under which category? Company
non-use of safety
807 Which out of the following is not a mechanical factor or cause of accidents ? devices.
809 ------------------ = Total current assets - Total current liabilities Net working capital
The ----------------- depends upon the ability to perfect income,sales or
shipments with atleast a no provision is made for any changes may occur
811 during period. Fixed budget
Short term source of
812 What comes in the empty box? finance
All the person working in the organization ( including managers & Workers )
817 Should be involved in ___________ operation TQM
818 Quality is a relative term & is used with reference to the end use of Product
819 Inventory consist of All
A medium to long term debt instrument bearing fixed interest issued by a
820 company is referred to as .. Debentures
821 Tax charged by insurance company on policy is Service Tax
822 Tax being charged on value addition are called VAT
823 Custom Duty, Import Duty, or Export Tax is a part of Indirect Tax
824 Inventory belongs to Fixed Capital
825 Machinery Head belongs to Fixed Capital
826 Safety in an industry is the responsibility of all of the above
827 Irregular Salary to the employees comes under which act Minimum Wage Act
828 Which is not included in the cause of accident due to management Bad habit of workers
829 No. of Subordinates handled by one manager effectively termed as Span of Control
830 Which one is an example of Co-operative Company Amul Dairy Ind.
831 In which type of company the liabilities is limited Joint Stock Company

832 Leadership, Communication , Motivation, Supervision is a function of Directing

833 Following is not the Principle of Management Planning

More Authority &

834 Chief Executive Officer has More Responsibility
835 Defining a problem is a first step of Decision Making
836 Function of Management does not include Observation

837 Dr.Mccregar is famous for Theory X and Theory Y

Buying goods &
selling them without
838 Trading business means any processing
Liberalization ,
Privatization,
839 LPG Stands for Globalization Policy
People of entire world are unified into a single society and function together
840 called as Globalisation
841 Total Quality Management mean All
In Six Sigma Quality Improvement Programme As the Level of Sigma
842 increases defect rate will Decreases
843 Which of the following are main element of quality Quality of design

844 RBI stands for Reserve bank of India

ABC Company is a time-sharing company, means they are into ---------------
845 business. Hospitallity
Ministry of Human resource Development is a part of -----------------------
846 sector. Service
847 Management is-------------- All of the above
Vice President -Production will come in _______________ level of
848 management Top
849 Board of Directors are a part of _____________________ Administration
XYZ company says "we are an equal opportunity employer for progress of
850 society and employees", means they follow Equity
851 All rounders are seen in Line organisation
Line and Staff
852 Specialist are seen in Organisation
 PQR Company produces shampoos of various fragrances. Hence their
853 departmentation will be by_________ Product

Mr. Y is a partner in MZ firmm.He is always ready to provide finanace ,but

never contributes in decion making process. But legally is binded in case any
854 legal action is been taken on the firm. Hence he is __________partner Sleeping
855 Factories act came into force from__________________ 1st April 1949
If a factory employs more than1000 workers, it should appoint a qualified
856 _________to carry out prescribed duties. safety officers
857 Patents' are a form of ______________ Fixed Capital
Central Board of Excise
858 CBEC atands for________________ and Customs
859 Assets' are preferrably seen in ____________ Balance Sheet
860 ___________ is a multi point system of taxing Excise Tax
If the fixed monthly income of Mr. Kiran is Rs. 50,000. Mr.Kiran is of age 62
861 years.Hence he will pay income tax of ___________ Rs. 70000

862 BOM needed in materials management stands for__________________ Bill of Materials

863 Carrying cost means_______________ All of the above

The optimum quantity of orders that minimizes the inventory carrying cost
864 and ordering cost is given by _________________ technique EOQ
865 An ERP can have the following modules All of the above
Primaware is power company having global presence and good business. As
a consultant to the company for better material management you will
866 suggest_______________ ERP
867 QC stands for ____________________ Quality Control
868 Aspects of quality__________________ All of the above
869 Right at first time means TQM
870 In KAIZEN "KAI" means Change

871 Goods or cash invested to generate income from business or property is /are Capital
872 Minimum wages act was passed in the year: 1948
873 Safety provision/s for workers under Factory act 1948 is/are None of the above
Government
874 Indian railways is a : Department
Ignorance of safety
875 Accident caused by worker is because of : procedure
876 Principle/s of Organisation is/ are: Effective delegation
877 The partner who does not take part in day to day activities Sleeping partner
878 Military organisation is also commonly referred as: Scalar organisation
879 Planning' usually fail due to Unrealistic nature
880 Espirit de corps refers to Team work
881 At this level of management few people are involved Strategical level
Authority and
882 Power to act and accountability responsibilty
 Operations
883 The main areas of quantitative or management science school are management

884 Regulatory body for banking sector which also monitors GDP and inflation RBI
885 Indian industrial sector does not invovles Railways
886 Service enterprise provides the services that are called as Intangiable goods
887 Internal source/s of finance is/are: Deferred taxation

888 Legal debts or obligations which arise during the business operations: Liabilities
889 Value added tax is a: consumption tax

890 Inventory management is part of: Materials management

5 % and 80 %
891 Generally 'C' type and 'A' type of items consume an inventory cost of : respectively
Annual consumption is 20 units, procurement cost is Rs. 40, cost of carring
inventory is 16%, cost of each unit is Rs.100. The economic order quantity
892 will be 10
Collection of guidelines that are used to manage the quality of activities in Quality management
893 an organisation system
Improve quality,
productivity,safety and
894 The objective of Quality circle is /are reduce cost
895 Six sigma methodology endorse DMAIC concept
896 Number of Sub-ordinates a manager can supervise effectvely is Span of Control
Which budget shows one plan, one volume of output or sales & the related
897 fixed costs- Fixed Budget
898 Expenses of office & administrature expenses are grouped under- All of the Above

While on long tour which are the item that we must take care of ? Certainly
899 it is the jewellery and the cash !! This could be an analogy to ABC
ABC company has in profit of Rs one lakh. It is divided in equal number of
900 parts known as ………….. Shares

XYZ electronics company has confirmed expert order and is in need of

901 finance. The bank provides short term credits. It is known as ……….. Export finance

902 Which statement is wrong about partnership There is limited liability

903 Which ststement is wrong in product type departmentation No duplication of work

904 Which statement is correct about 'nominal partners' All are correct
In ………. Approach all members of an organization paricipate & improving
905 the processes & culture of organization TQM
906 VAT and sales tax falls under …………… Indirect tax
907 …………. is the lifeblood of business Capital
908 General causes of accidents could be as follows All of the above
909 Accident due to daydreaming which comes under Human error
910 _____ is essential to direct, guide, instruct, and order the subordinate. Manager
911 Which of Following is not the agro industry Paper
912 Which is the apex authority of Government of India SAIL
Which of Following are principles of management i) Motivating ii)
913 Remuneration iii) Division of Work iv) Organising ii and iii

Arrange Maslow`s Theory of Motivation in ascending order (Bottom to Up) i)

Physiological Needs ii) Love / Affection Needs iii) Social / Esteem Needs iv)
914 Security / Safety Needs v) Self Actualization Needs i-iv-ii-iii-v
915 Discipline starts from Top to Bottom
Injury after accident disables the affected worker forever is _________
916 accident Permanent
______ is the study of relationship between the raising of finance and
917 deployment of finance Financial Management
918 In balance sheet, we see, ______ equal to the sources of the funds Assets
919 Which is input to MRP All of the above
____________________ is process of dividing large organisation into small
920 and flexible administrative units Departmentation
Profit and Loss Account is ______________________ i) A flow statement ii)
921 A measure of firm`s profitability Both i and ii correct
922 Central government is not dealing with Sales Tax

923 Effect of Innovation is _________ and effect of Kaizen is _______________ Short Term, LongTerm
924 Throw away unnecessary is in Seiri
i) Quality Assurance is a proactive approach ii) Quality Assurance improves
925 quality of product Both i and ii correct
Sub Categorisation like
A1 A2, B1 B2, C1 C2 is
926 Which is not the consideration in ABC analysis? not possible
927 In which type of Authority Punishment is given Coercive
928 Which Structure of Organization is Tight & Rigid Staff Organization
929 Which function of management is a tool for fast development. Decision Making
930 One Man - One Boss may be called as ___ Unity of Command
931 ________ product comes under Petrochemical Industry. Plastic
932 GATT started in 1948 at ________ . Geneva
933 Entertenment Business belongs to _____________ industry. Service Industry

934 GDP stands for _____________. Gross Domestic Product

935 Who is directly responsible for profit & loss in the business Chief Execuitive Officer

Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran has started a business of Automobiles in
2003, in that business Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran have invested Rs
500000/- Lakhs individually. But Mr Ram & Mr. Shyam gives full attention
towords the business and Mr. Kiran does not gives the attention towords
936 business. so in this type of business who is the sleeping partner Mr. Kiran
 Due to Government
937 Which is not a cause of accidents in industry Policy
938 Any device which generates or provides power is known as Prime Mover
939 Which is a cause of accident due to management Faulty Equipments
940 According to minimum wages act ,wages means:........... all of the above
unfair or no returns to
941 Which is not the objective of financial management shareholders
942 Working capital is not used for____. Land Purchase
943 Postponement of tax liablity means Deferred taxation
The tax in wihich impact and incidence are on the same person. It is not
944 intended to be shifted. Gift Tax
945 NSE stock exchange market is located in ______ Mumbai
Collective stock of items which is required for routine functioning of industry
946 means___ Inventory

947 Which of the following is not an objective of inventory management All of The Above
948 What is essential for successful purchase All of The Above

949 In ABC analysis which category of item is having average importance Category B
950 ______ is the formal contract between supplier and purchaser Purchase order
__________and __________are the two versions of goals of the financial Profit maximisation,
952 management of the firm. Wealth maximisation

953 An industrial concern is invested in assets like plant, building, and land is Fixed capital

Statement of expected
results expressed in
954 Budget refers to numerical terms
955 Income tax and Property Tax falls under Direct Tax
956 What are the functions of material management All of the above
957 ABC anaiysis helps senior manager to control Inventory Cost
Improving quality through small, incremental improvements is a
958 characteristic of what type of quality management system Kaizen
Direct involment of Top
959 A fundamental attribute of TQM is management
960 Benchmarking determines Standards
961 Blank Space in the figure I indicates Owner's Equity
Materially large revenue
962 In P&L account Extra Ordinary Items means or loss

963 Following are Liabilities of Business Short Term Borrwings

964 In Financial Management Liquidity Decisions are related to Cash Management
965 Which of following is Method of raising Long Term Capital Prefernce Shares
As per the definition in Indian Factory Act, a person working in Factory
966 having an age of 17 years is : Adolescent
967 Trivial Accident means : Of Less Importance
 Separate Storage of
968 In accident prevention, Safe Workplace Layout does not include : Inflammable Materials
All departments are
969 'Balance' in Organization Principles intends to _____ equally developed

970 I wanted to maintain secrecy of business. Which business type shall I select Single Ownership
A company has multiples kind of products like Pharmaceutical, Cosmetics,
971 FMCG. Which type of departmentation will it prefer ? By Product
972 In organization process activites can not be grouped on the basis of Economy
To perform better as
973 Authority delegation allows employee per responisibility
974 Following organization is limited to small concerns Line
Developing alternate
975 Organising does not means methods to do job
976 Stability in Principles of Management indicates Turnover

977 Direct Supervision on workers is function of Low Level Management

978 Indian Insurance sector has _____ number of insurance companies. 52
979 Globalization is not intended for free flow of __________ Diseases
980 Service Industry provides Intangible Goods
Business firms produce and supply wide varieties of goods and _____
981 required by the society. Services
982 Following will not come underinventory Machines
983 'A' kind of items in ABC analysis purchased on time
984 Purchase Order Includes Quantity of Items
985 Which one of the following is not a Module of ERP Quality Control
986 In Figure II blank space indicates Buffer Stock
987 In Figure III blank space indicates Bill of Materials
988 Main eight sections of ISO 9001:2000 does not include Recruitment
Discuss Work
989 Quality Cirle People RelatedProblems
990 Elements of TQM include Both Above
Objectives of Quality Control includes 1. Establish desired quality standards
2. To determine deviations in quality 3. Ascertain causes in deviations 4. To
991 use modern techniques of measurement. 1, 2 and 3 only

What system helps make calculations regarding the volume and timing of Material requirement
992 materials needed? Planning
993 Which of the following describe an ERP System? All of the above
994 The following is an example of direct taxes Income tax
To provide a hedge
995 one use of inventory is against inflation
996 Material Management is also called Both of the above
997 ABC analysis is used for Inventory Control

998 The quantity discount model is most similar to which one of these models EOQ
 A budget is the plan of the various costs and expenses needed to operate
999 the buniness based on the short term forecast Operating Budget
1000 The most common causes of financial problems are all of the above
A statement that projects management's expectations for revenues and
based on those financial expectations, allocates the use of specific resources
1001 throughout the firm is called A budget
option (A) and option
1002 The steps in financial planning are (C)

Element of organizatinal
1003 Departmentalization is a(n) structure
1004 Which of the following is an advantages of a sole proprietorship? All of the above
The primary purpose of employee safety programme is to preserve the
1005 employee's : All of the Above
Which structure is usually optimal for project based organization with
1006 fluctuationg workload? Matrix
1007 A flat organizational structure creates a _________ span of control wide
As organization grow they tend to _____________ decision making
1008 authority. Decentralize
ALL of the above
1009 Which of these statements about organizational structure is (are) true? Statements are true
Selecting the right
1010 Fredrick Taylor stressed on people for the job
Functions of
1011 Planning, organizing, directing and controlling are the management
During the agriculural revolution, all of the following transformed the Coal,oil and other new
1012 economy except energy sources
1013 The primary sector include all of the following except Manufacturing
1014 Which of the following is not a type of copyright work Furniture
All of the answer
options given are
1015 Globalization involves correct
1016 Where was TQM first developed? JAPAN

Review of requirements
1017 Which of the following is not a record required by ISO 9001:2000 related to the product
Following is not a part of the of steps for purchasing a) Getting requisition
from various departments b)Obtaining Quotations c) Making budget d)
1018 Preparing Purchase orders c
Reliance company has a common software platform integrating all its
functions materials ,finance ,personnel , sales ,etc . The company is said to Enterprise Resource
1019 have one of the following in place Planning (ERP)
1020 In any factory , bulk usage of items is of which type C type
1021 In ABC analysis all materials are divided into how many types 3
The point at which ordering cost is equal to carrying cost in materials
1022 management is called as EOQ
 Which of the following items manufactured in India is not liable for Excise
1023 tax. Salt
Capital required by a company to purchase building for starting the company
1024 is called as Fixed capital
1025 Which is the budget to which all other budgets are geared Sales
Mr. X has two flats in ,Mumbai , he and his family resides in one flat and the
other flat he has given on rent , the money he earns from getting the rent is
1026 liable for which tax. Income tax
1027 Welfare of the employees is taken care by which industrial act Factory Act
A small child 8 years old is working in XYZ company manufacturing silk
1028 sarees. Which act is being violated by the company ? Factory Act
1029 The necessity of industrial acts is to protect the interests of : Workers

A worker has used cutter instead of a plier for doing some job , and he gets a
1030 cut on his right hand . What is the cause of this accident classified as Human cause
1031 Which of the following is not a safety measure to avoid accidents ? over confidence
My friend and I start a company , she is just providing money in the business
, she does not look into the day to day activities of the company ,our
1032 company has which form of ownership Limited Partnership
1033 Authority means All the above
An automobile company has departments for two wheelere and four
wheelers , what is the method of departmentation this company has
1034 adopted By product

Myself and my friend start a company, which type of organistaion it will be

1035 from the structure point of view at the start with simple format,small size Line
1036 Policy making is the role of Administration

1037 The act of getting people together to work for a common goal is called as Management
1038 The number of management principles given by Henry Fayol are 14
1039 CEO belongs to which level of management Top level
Name the type of business enterprise concerned with the distribution of
1040 goods Trading
1041 Dryers and cleaners are examples of which services Direct services
An economic activity involving the regular production or distribution of
goods and services with the object of earning profits through satisfaction of
1042 human needs is called as Business

1043 Following is not the definition of Quality experience of people

If the comppany has a goal to accept only .0003%defect , which is the most
1044 important modern technigque it should adopt. 6 Sigma
L&T asks its various shop floors to sort all goods on the floor,keep them in
order as per use , keep them clean ,standardise the process and sustain this
activity . Which modern technique and system of Quality manangement it is
1045 adopting 5S
 Examples of services sector include …………………………( i) news media,
hospitality industry,consulting (ii) legal practice, healthcare, waste disposal
(iii) real estate, personal services, business services (iv) house decoraters,
1046 entertainers. all of above
1047 Which is importatnt factor in deciding structure of organisation ? all
1048 Which is the pre requisite of effective delegation? all the above
Departmentation by
1049 Sales department in nokia is the example of ………………………… function
……………………… is the management of finance of an organisation in order to
1050 achieve financial objectives. Financial Management

1051 Which is the factor responsible in the selection of types of ownerships? all

if the capital is not

managed properly no
1052 which of the following is wrong? losses may be incurred
1053 The objective of inventory management is …………………….. all
1054 Which of the following is correct ? both (i) and (ii)
1055 Procurement cost consists of …………………………… all
1056 Carrying( holding) cost ; none
quality means less
1057 which of following is wrong ? maintainability

1058 Following are the business pattern is not coming under service industry. Textile mill
1059 Which is unimportant word in the defination of organisation? Profit
1060 All the partner have same status in General partnership
If an affected worker recovers within 10 hours, then it is a__________
1061 accident. Minor
1062 _______ is the financial snapshot of the organisation. Balance sheet
1063 Capital invested on Buildings' is an example of : Fixed capital
1064 Which is not the type of profit and loss account? Report form
Statement 1 - Income tax is levied by central government. Statement 2 -
1065 Income tax is to be paid by all employees. 1 correct, 2 wrong
The stock of material, maintained in order to avoid 'no stock' situation is
1066 called as Buffer stock
Calling quotation, order follow-up, material receiving. Placing PO are the
1067 function of Puchase department
1068 Quality standards should be related to All of the above
Statement 1 - Quality Assurance is a proactive approach. Statement 2 -
1069 Quality Assurance improves quality of product. Both 1 and 2 are correct
1070 ________ is willing to exchange of goods. Trade
1071 Following is not associated with insurance ICC
1072 How many needs are mentioned in Maslow's need hierarchy? 5
Public Limitted
1073 Which is not the public sector? Company
Departmentation by
1074 Car division in Tata Motors is example of product
1075 The duties and qualification of Labour Welfare Officer is prescribed by: State Government
1076 Customer Advances are included under ________ source of finance. Short-term
1077 For making Labour Budget, workers are classified into All of the above

1078 The earning capacity and potential of a firm are reflected in ________ Profit and loss account
1079 Which is not the merit of Indirect tax? Certain
1080 Which is not the cost concerned with EOQ? Primary cost
1081 What will be happen when there is no buffer stock? All of the above
Statement 1 - Procurement is a systematic process. Statement 2 - Purchasing
1082 is a routine process. Both 1 and 2 are correct
1083 Benefits of TQM are _____ both i and ii
1084 The Six Sigma methodogy endorses DMAIC concept
For staffing ,inventory,production etc company develops and design a plan
1085 called-------- MPS
1086 #NAME? EOQ
Enterprise Resource
1087 ERP stands for----------- Planning
1088 #NAME? Quality Management
1089 #NAME? QMS
1090 1) The goal of Total Quality Management is Action Globally
1091 #NAME? VAT
1092 Sevice Tax introduce in india in----------- year 1994
Economic Order
1093 #NAME? Quantity

Mr. Praful kulkarni is working in Birla Pvt. ltd in the capacity of Foreman.
1094 Company provided him certain protecting devices under --------------- ACT. Safety provisions Act
According to F.W. Paich----------- can be defined as “the provision of money
1095 at the time it is wanted” Finance
when foreign investors does huge sell of stocks back to its own country it is
1096 refereed as------ Profit Flow Back

1097 ……has to kept at secured and separate place which is not easily accessible. Inflammable Materiial
organizational ______ is mainly about adjusting work assignment,man
power ,and facilities that are required when temporary changes accor while
1098 working Flexibility

1099 Balaji Telefilms industries refers to which of the following company type- Public Company
1100 BIRLA Industries Ltd. Is a form of – Private ltd
1. -------------- can be defined as the set of steps to do the particular
1101 activity or activities in systematic manner. Planning
1. Goal and solid decision making allows ………to……….very fast and
1102 becomes stable in the market. Bussiness to Grow
1103 #NAME? Controlling
Authority and
1104 _______ is a right for giving orders and the power to ensure obedience Resonsibility
 individuals, groups and
nations are becoming
1105 Which definition best describes the process of globalization? more interdepend
1106 1) 80:20 rule can also be called as Pareto Diagram
1107 Causes of accidents are: Both a) and b)
a _____ assists in taking decisions correctly and also implementing it line and staff
1108 effectively and efficiently. organization
_____ can culminate into strikes or fights among employees and cause
1109 serious consequences to the organization. miscommunication
1110 ________ can be defined as running business by the single owner Proprietorship
1111 Departmentalization can be done on the basic of following factor: All of above
1112 Decision taken by supervisor could be: All of the above
_____ allows employees to get involved in the process of decision making
1113 for better results Centralization
The great thought of motivating the workers or employees for better results
1114 have come up from _________ of management The behavioral school
1115 1. Types of business All of Above
1116 Adolescent is a person of the age in between 15-18
1117 Vat started in Maharastra from 2005
____________________ uses all the resources of the enterprize in a
1118 systematic way. ERP
1119 Economic order quantity is represened by Eq
1120 Discipline comes in Seiketsu
1121 Implementation of policy making in an industry is a role of – Management

1122 Follow in not the strength ot textile industry Import of raw material
1123 Globalization has disadvantage All of the above
Globalization policy
,liberliation were
1124 The year 1991 is famous for accepted by india
1125 Hindustan Petrolium Is a form of – Public Sector
1126 Which organisation is temporary in nature Project organisation
1127 Which of following is not the direct tax All of the above
1128 Working capital is required for All of the above

1129 The summerised budget of entier enterprise is known as______________. Master Budget
1130 Who is responsible "unguarded moving parts" Management

1131 __________________is the financial snapshot of the of the organisation. Balance Sheet
Following is not concerned with modern techniques in material
1132 management 5S
1133 A' type of items are purchased in Small quantities
1134 _________determines quntity and timing for materials planning MRP

1135 Number of subordinates handled by a manager effectively called as Span of Control

 Match the pairs: 1. Adam Smith (i) Need Hierarchy 2. F.W. Taylor (ii)
Economics 3. Maslow (iii) Principles of Management 4. Henry Fayol (iv)
1136 Scientific Management 1-(ii),2-(iv),3-(i),4-(iii)

1137 Pickles, papad, basket making are products of____________________ Agro Industry

Industries associated with are computer hardware, software, electronics,

1138 semiconductors, internet, telecom equipment and e-commerce IT Industry
_____ is a process of dividing large organisation into small and flexible
1139 administrative units. Departmentation

1140 Which statement is wrong? In product type departmentation No duplication of work

Under which of the following case, an employer has to provide
1141 compensation to an employee? all of the above
A joint stock company divides the capital required into units of equal
1142 denomination of Rs. 1,2,5 or 10. Each unit is called a …… Share
____ is a multipoint destination based system of taxation, with tax being
levied on value addition at each stage of transaction in the production/
1143 distribution chain. VAT

1144 While deciding how to manage inventory, the question to be answered is Both (a) and (b)

To achieve integration
with other departments
1145 Which of the following is not a step in purchasing? of the company

A product/service is said to possess good quality if it fulfills the following

requirements. 1. Suitability (It is fit for the intended use) 2. Reliability (It
gives efficient and consistent performance) 3. Durability (It has desired life)
1146 4. Safe and foolproof workability (Its working is safe and foolproof) All 1,2, 3,4
____ is a management technique used to communicate to employees what
is required to produce the desired quality of products and services and to
influence employee actions to complete tasks according to the quality
1147 specifications QMS
1148 In 1991 india adopted _______ Globalisation policy
1149 Types Of Business ___ All of above
1150 Cipla Ltd is Chemical Company
Research &
1151 Scientific management works on experimentation

1152 Setting basic goals and objectives is function of______- Top level management
ABC industry start their recruitment process in which manager select
qualified people for various job position in organisation. This activity is
1153 _______ Staffing
1154 How many parteners are eligible for partnership ALL of the above
1155 The firm type of Bajaj Auto Ltd is Joint stock company
 The type of organisation structure in Varroc Ltd is shown below . Which type
1156 of Organisation Structure is this. functional
Sai Sale services is trading business started by four person by investing
1157 2lacks each. Which is suitble ownership for that business. Partnership
1158 Fixed capital is also called as Blocked capital
Permanent working
Which of the following illustrates the use of a hedging (or matching) capital financed with
1159 approach to financing? long-term liabilities.
1160 Which business is liable for VAT All
1161 figure shows ___________budget Variable
The ABC company Investment in purchasing raw material, salary is come
1162 under ALL
__________is set of activities that ensure right material at right quality and
1163 quantity in right time Purchase Department
1164 Inventory control objectives Both I & ii
1165 Circle leader is from______ Supervisors

Both the paper mill and

A paper mill supplies a corrugated container manufacturer with Kraft paper. cereal manufacturer are
The corrugated container manufacturer uses Kraft paper to manufacture External customers to
corrugated shipping containers that are then sold to a cereal manufacturer. the corrugated
1166 Which of the following is true? container manufacturer.
General Agreement on
1167 GATT stands for Tariff and Trade

1168 Product are produced in Manufacturing industry

1169 Banking Business is Service
Which is the process by which manager select , train,pramote and retire
1170 their subordinates Staffing

1171 The process of breaking down an enterprises into various departments is Departmentation

1172 Investment raised by share holder from public for profit based business in Joint stock Company

1173 Form of ownership which is non profit based is Cooperative enterprises

1174 Kirloskar Pneumatic Limited Company is Public Limited
1175 Figure shows Departmentation by _____ Product
Sai Krupa Sugar & alied industry form by Mr. XYZ with 7 Board of director
with, CEO. Under CEO, Plant Manager , Finance , & market . Plant Manager
supervise on supervisor. Workers are under Supervisor. Investment raised Line & staff
by 43 share holder in it. Then which is suitable Organisation & form of organisation, Private ltd
1176 Ownership Company
1177 Injured Employer is not liable to compensate if: All of above
1178 woking capital is also called current capital
1179 Types of budget: All of above
1180 Figure shows _____________budget Production
 Johnson Company wants to procure Land & build the structure for its own
1181 company. Investment for this coming under Fixed capital
The concept in management which concern with flow of material in an
organisation by using function like purchasing, storing, moving, distributing
1182 ,production , dispatching is called Material Management

What is Ascending path for purchasing 1) Purchase Order 2) Material

1183 Requisition 3) market analysis 4) Quotation call 5) finalisation of supplier 2-4-3-5-1
1184 Standardizing include in Seiketsu
1185 Industrial sector involves All of above
1186 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free country in Jan-11

Don Mackinnon , the person incharge of " Hear Music" has been given goals
related to the rollout and sales of this subsidiary of starbucks . His success at
implementing the strategy will be acessed by actual performance againest
1187 the goals . This comparison is known as : Controling
A partner who is not publically known as a partner but takes active part in
1188 the affairs of the business is Secrete partner
In simple words the ………………………………can be defined as the association of
two or more people doing business together to share the profit and
1189 expenses coming out of the business. Partnership
Accidents because of
1190 Flood , Earthquake , Tsunami are natural disasters
1191 Which is the health provision Cleanliness
Which is an instrument of management used as aid in the planning ,
1192 programming and control of business activity Budget
A single unit of ownership in a corporation , mutual fund or any other type
1193 of organization is called Share
1194 Indirect Tax examples All of above

Which includes expenses like commission to salesman ,advirtisement,

discount given , carriage outward, bad debit, cost of service after sale ,rent Selling and distribution
1195 of go down ,expenses related to delivery of material etc. expenses

Material required for

running organization is
purchased by the
1196 The role of purchase department is vital because purchase department.
Quality management
1197 ISO 9001:2000 is system standard
1198 In textile industry fibre is converted into …… Yarn
The organized efforts by cetain persons, to Supply the consumers with goods
1199 and services is called _____ Business

1200 A…. Is any achievement of the end point that is stated in quantitative term . Goal

1201 To set objectives and policies of the organization is function of……….. General Managers
1202 Conceptual and human needs is related to……… Administration
1203 Out of following which is not the principles of management None of these
The process by which actual performance of subordinates is guided towords
1204 common goal of the enterprise is call …… Directing
…………………is The process of operaions, verify conformity with the
1205 predetermined plan and takes corrective action Controlling

Identify which statement is correct related to organization Theory

Organization theory may be defines as the study of 1. Functioning 2.
1206 Perfrmance of organization 3. Structure 4. The behaviour of Group All the above

1207 Following diagram represents which organisation ? Functional organisation

It is The process which is used to group the activities of the enterprise into
1208 various division for the purpose of the efficient management . Departmentation
1209 Sahkari Bhandar is ……. Types of ownership Cooperative
1210 The accident which leads to death of a victim is called …….. Fatal Accident
1211 As per Worker's Compensation act , dependant means : All the above
1212 Which is not element of financial management None of the above
1213 Depreciation provision is which type Source of finance? Internal Source
…….. Is a direct tax levied on the income earned by individuals,corporations
1214 or on other forms of business entities. Income Tax
1215 Anti Dumping Duty is which type of Tax? Custom Duty
1216 Which of the following is not input to MRP? ERP
Work out product requirement in detail and set product specifications on
the basis of customer's preference ,cost and profit is a function of
1217 …………………….. Quality management

Work out product requirements in details and set product specifications on

1218 the basis of customer preferance ,cost and profit is a function of ……………… Quality management
1. Customer Focus 2. Ledership 3. Continual improvement 4. System
Approach to Management 5. Mutually beneficial Supplier relationship 6.
Process approach 7. Factual approach to decision making 8. People
1219 involvement It is principles of ………………….. ISO9001:2000

____can be defined as an unsecured loan certificate issued by a company

1220 which is backed by general creditninstead by specified assets. Debenture
______is method of buying goods by making installment payments over the
1221 period of time. Hire purchase
_____ includes the bad debt means amount that cannot be recovered from
1222 market .It is treated as a loss. R.D.D account
____assists in taking decision correctly & also implementing it effectively &
1223 efficiently Direct Tax
Which of the following is not included in the causes of accidents under
1224 natural disaster? gas leakage
____ is a temporary in nature & the erning capacity is reduced due to
1225 disablement . Partial disablement
1226 Taking care while working on machinery in motion is a_______ Safety provision
1227 First -aid appliance in industry comes under______ . Welfare provisions

1228 Absence of _____ in units will lead to failure in achiving organizational goal. All of the above

1229 _____is generally from lowest grade employee to the top executives Upward communication
1230 _____act of simulating or inspiring workers Motivation

1231 FTA stands for______ Foreign Tourist Arrivel

The rates at which the excise duty to be collected are specified in the Central
1232 Excise Tariff Act _____ 1985
____can be defined as an integrated information system that serves all
1233 departments within an enterprise. ERP
______ is an intelligent activity includes decision making ,selection of
1234 venders etc. Purchase order
Suggest appropriate Quantity(%) and purchase rate in the blank spaces 50,intermediate
1235 provided in following ABC Classification purchase
_____defined as a statistically based process improment methodology or
1236 technique. Six Sigma
It aims to reduce defects to a rate of _____ defects per _____defect
opportunity by identifying & eliminating causes of variation in business
1237 processes 3.4,million
Liberalization,Privatizati
1238 In India The novel economic model came with an intension of on,Globalization
The items are produced using material with the help of different engineering
1239 processes and technologies is Manufacturing
1240 Globalization increases All of above
World Health
1241 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free country by Organization
1242 The main contributor in scientific school F.W.Taylor
1243 The unity of authority and plan of action is about Unity of direction
both (option I) &
1244 Directing can be called (optionII)

1245 Taking decisions and determine the objectives in company is the role of Administration
Line and staff
1246 The line organization is developed step by step to shape as the organization

1247 Workman’s compensation act for workers came in to existence in year 1992
Ventilation and
1248 Ideantify the important health provisions in an industry temperature

faulty layout or design

1249 Oily or greasy floors is the factor which contributes to accident due to: of working place
_____is defined as an accounting book of final entry where transactions are
1250 listed is separate or different accounts. Ledger
1251 Capital invested in equipments,tools,furniture are termed as Fixed capital
1252 Inheritance tax and Endowment tax are falls under Direct tax
1253 Which are the following are the”Sources of working capital” both (A) and (B)
Buying new machinery,Doing research and Development are the examples
1254 of Retained earning
An integrated information system that serves all department within an
1255 enterprise is called as ERP
1256 List the modules in ERP All of above
Ideantify the different inferences of EOQ i)No quantity discounts ii)No stock
out will be there iii)Receipt of material is immediate iv)Only order cost and
1257 holding cost i,ii,iii,iv

Arrange the activities of ABC analysis in the sequential form i)Make the list
of all item as per there value ii)Find out the percentage of high,medium,and
low valued items.iii)Seprate and count the number of costly,medium valued
1258 and low valued items iv)Find out and list all items used in industry iv,i,iii,ii
Ideantify important constitutes from following i)orderliness and cleaniness
ii)Punctuality and continuous efforts iii)Customer service iv)Standization of
1259 work i,ii,iii,iv
1260 Quality circle is small group of employees .that is may be __ to __.. 5,10
Match the following,select proper option L)Structurize i)Cleaning
M)Systemize ii)Standardization N)Standardize iii)Neatness
1261 O)Sanitizeiv)Organization L-iv,M-iii,N-ii,O-i

Which are the following two elements of TQM i)Quality of planning ii)Quality
1262 of design iii)Quality implementation iv)Quality of performance i and iii

Vidarbh Textiles is establishing company. In the first meeting some policies

were determined which includes determine companies objective, Formulate
correct policies,prepare cost and performance standards for budget and
prepare short range plans to evaluate achievements . Identify the function
1263 of management discussed in the said meeting. a) Planning
1264 How many levels of management are there ? b) Three
Who had a main concern to achieve efficiency of Men and Material through
1265 application of Time and Motion Study ? a) F.W.Taylor
1266 Which is the first in planning ? d) Establish goals
1267 Management is in process since a) Historical period

1268 Who said this ," Management is getting the things done by others "-? c)Mery Parker
1269 Which is the fastest growing sector in india now a days ? c) Service
1270 Which of the following is disadvantage of Liberalisation ? d) All of the above
1271 Trade is defined as the agreeable exchange of a and b both

c) converts oil,natural
gas, metals,minerals,air
water into different
1272 The chemical industry consists of the companies that chemical products
1273 Which of the following are types of partners ? a and b both
 Express papers ltd is a joint stock private limited company. What is
1274 maximum limit of members? b) 50
1275 Injury is defined as harm caused to the body such as - d) All of the above
1276 Who is responsible for ungaurdrd moving parts in an industry ? b) Management
1277 The capital required for establishing an organisation is called as - Fixed capital
1278 Financial control ensures- All of the above
Which of the following budget is a forecast of the number of products that
1279 must be manufactured ? b) Production Budget
Which of the following types of budgets essential for smooth working of
1280 Manufacturing Industry ? d) All of the above
Which of the following management task , refers to process of
planning,storing and providing the appropriate material of the right quantity a) Materials
1281 at right time and place ? Management

c)Annual consumption
1282 In ABC Analysis ,which inventory is classified into group C ? cost is around 5-10%
1283 Items like nuts , bolts ,screws are given a rating of - c) Items C
a) X- EOQ Y- Reorder
1284 Figure shows Inventory Parameters Identify the parameters at X and Y ? Point

The company have to generate valueable financial reports by compiling

financial data from every department of company which includes
Production, Accounts, Sales , Purchase, Personnel , Product development
1285 and design. Which of the following module shall execute this task- a) Financial module
Figure shows six sigma DMAIC cycle . Identify the missing terms from the
1286 options given below? d) 1- Define 3- Analyse
Automated Teller
1287 ATM Means? Machines
1288 Lower Levels operation as All of these
1289 The qualities of Leadership are: All of these
1290 ……………… is division of Labour. Work specialization

The process of classifying an organization on the basis of similar activities,to

facilate planning and control is called ……. Organization Departmentation
Decentralization centralization Departmentation optionb 1

___________ is also called as Scalar Organization Line and Staff organization

Functional organization Line organization Project organization Line
organization optionc 1

…………….. Is an association of two or more persons who have agreed to

1291 share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all" Partership
1292 Which of the following comes under Government sector _______ ONGC
To ensure …………, a long term planning related to the required manpower
1293 ,traning and development for employees is required Stability
1294 Main aim of Public Sector is Service motive
1295 Which of the following is not a human cause for accidents in industry? Oily or greasy floors
1296 Accidents include injuries because of exposure to : All of these
Workmens
1297 Where death from accidents, amount of compensation given by which act Compensation Act
1298 Tax paid by individual to Central Government of India it is called as Income Tax

1299 Commission paid to salemen, discount on bills they are debited in Profit and Loss Account
1300 A' type of item are generally ….. Of all inventories cost 1%
……… mainly focuses on the right quantity of items to be stored to reduce
1301 the cost associated with the inventories EOQ
1302 Input to MRP are All of these
1303 Objective of Purchasing are All of these
……… module facilitates processes of maintaining the stock levels in a
1304 warehouse Inventory
1305 The quality management system of ISO 9001 : 2000 is based on All of these
1306 Do it Right First Time- it is principle of TQM

A process whereby superiors and subordinates jointly set goals and assess
1307 contributions of Every one to the common goals is called__________. MBO
Departmentation on the basis of activities grouped according to the type of departmentation by
1308 customer is__________. customers
1309 Management By Objectives was introduced by_____________. Peter Drucker
1310 Motivation based on force of fear is called__________. negative motivation
quality of work gets
1311 out of following which is not the correct advantage of 'Division of Work'? reduced
1312 No smoking the factor is an example of ___________. rules
Management is an organ; organs can be described and defined only through
1313 their functions. This definition was given by____________. Peter F. Drucker
1314 By India there is very large export of processed _______________ fruits and vegetables
employment of a young
1315 The following picture is associated with : person
As per Factories Act "Factory" means any premises including the precincts
there of where ____ or more workers are working or were working on any
day of the preceding 12 months, and in any part of which a manufacturing
process isbeing carried on without the aid of power, or is ordinarily so
1316 carried on. 20
1317 Aim of financial management is at all of the above
computer software, goodwill, brands / tradmarks, mining rights, copyrights
1318 and patents are known as __________ intangible assets
_____________ is levied on the sale of commodity, it is produced or
1319 imported and sold for the first time. sales tax
Total cost on direct
1320 suppose following is budget of a company : 'T' stands for labour
cost of handling
1321 material handing cost means material
1322 C' class items are _______________ % of the total number of items 65-75
 To have selective control and focus attention only on important items
1323 __________ will helps manager ABC analysis
JIT (Just-In-Time) inventory control is an approach to inventory control,
which stipulates that materials should arrive just, as they are needed, in the
production process. Which of the following would generally not be Suppliers located in
associated with a successful JIT program, for the purpose of inventory diverse and distant
1324 control? locations

______________ is a computer based system designed to stramline and

1325 integrate various operation and information flows in the company ERP
Each __________ is lead by the area supervisor and all circles are co-
1326 ordinated by a facilitator Quality Circle
1327 Six sigma is ______________ improvement methodology business
Following are the principles of : 1) System approach to management 2)
Continual improvement 3) Factual approach to decision making 4) Mutually
1328 beneficial supplier relationships ISO:9001

Birla Sunlife Insurance

1329 Which of the following organisation belongs to Service Sector? Company Limited.
Tata Consultancy
1330 Identify the organisation which belongs to Information Technology Sector. Sevices Limited
1331 Which of the following is not effect of globalisation in India? Decrease in rainfall
Name the scientist who put forward the theory of 'hierarchy of human
1332 needs'. Abraham Maslow

1333 Which theory was put forward by F.W.Taylor? Scientific Management

Which alternative can replace blank spaces in given statement? Statement: '-
1334 ---------------------- and---------------------- must always go together.' Authority, responsibility
1335 Identify function of management from following alternatives. Decision making
The general interests
are more important
Identify correct meaning of Fayol's principle 'Subordination of individual than individual
1336 interests to the general interests.' interests.
What is the correct sequence of control procedure? ( P) taking corrective
action (Q) Measuring actual performance ( R )Setting up standard (S)
1337 Comparison of actual with Standard RQSP
Identify the alternative which does not indicate feature of a joint stock
1338 company? Unlimited Liability

1339 In which type of organisation decision making activity consumes least time? Line organisation

Some women from a village want to set up a small industrial unit to produce
various types of Jams ,Jellies,Juices from locally available fruits.Which form
1340 of ownership will be more suitable for this agro based industry ? Co-operative Society
What is the most suitable base for departmentation for a company selling
1341 only washing machines over entire India? Territory
 M/s Technica Private Limied is a medium scale industry which manufactures
and sells machine tools.It requires services of experts in various fields like
metallurgy,mechanical engineering,computer
software,finance,manufacturing,etc.Which type of organisation structure Line and staff
1342 will be more suitable for this company? organisation

Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces in following
statement. Statement:According to Factories Act ,women workers can work
1343 in factories only in hours between ---------------------------------. 6:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
Which industrial Act safeguards interests of workers against their
1344 expolitation regarding wages? Minimum Wages Act
Leakage of chemical
through valve of storage
1345 Identify from the following a mechanical cause of accident . tank
1346 Which of the following is not the direct tax? Excise duty
The expenditure on which of following items can be classified as Working Maintenance of
1347 Capital? machines
Debenture holders can
vote in annual general
meeting of the
1348 Identify false statement out of given statements company.
Which budget can be considered as summarised budget for entire
1349 organisation? Master Budget

Which pair is correctly matched? Group I :(p)Excise duty (q)Customs duty (r )

Income Tax (s) VAT Group II: (a) Income of individual (b) Production of goods
1350 (c )Amount of value added (d) Import of goods p-b,q-d,r-a,s-c

Which costs are optimised to find EOQ ? (p)Procurement Cost (q) Material
1351 Cost ( r) Labour Cost ( s) Indirect Cost (t) Inventory carrying cost (p)& (t)

Cost of placing purchase

1352 Which costs can not be considered as inventory carrying cost? order for materials

Time duration between

placing an order to the
supplier and actual
1353 What is lead time? receiving material
Enterprise Resource
1354 What is full form of ERP? Planning
'A'category items
should be purchased in
large quantity and less
1355 Which statement regarding 'A'category items in ABC analysis is false? frequently
 What is the correct sequence of Purchase procedure? ( P)Decision of
purchasing (Q) Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis of material
suppliers (S) Material requisition received (T)Material receiving,accepting
1356 and payment to supplier (U) Finalisation of suppliers S-P-R-U-Q-T

1357 Identify the position which is not included in organisation for Quality Circle? Director
1358 Identify incorrect statement from given alternatives. Quality is negotiable.
1359 What is not included in 5S? Shinto

ISO 8402: Management

1360 Find incorrect pair of ISO standard and and its title. of audit programmes

Higher the
1361 Which of the following is not principle of TQM? quality,higher the cost.

Procurement Cost and

1362 Which two costs are optimised to find EOQ ? Inventory Carrying Cost
Interest on capital
1363 Which costs can not be considered as procurement cost? invested in inventory

A collective term used

for raw materials and
consumables,work-in-
1364 What is right meaning of inventory? process,finished goods.

Which alternative can replace blank space in given statement? Statement : ---
--------------- is a business management system which integrates all functional Enterprise Resource
1365 units of the business through a common corporate database. Planning
Preference
shareholders enjoy
1366 Which statement regarding preference share holders is incorrect? voting right.

1367 Which of following can not be considered as source of fixed capital? Bank overdraft
Which alternative can replace blank space in given statement? Statement : A
------------------ is a forecast of revenues ,expenses and resources over a
1368 specified future period of time. Budget
Which industrial Act safeguards interests of workers regarding their
1369 health,safety and welfare? Indian Factories Act
Workers talking on
mobile phones while
1370 Identify the cause of accident which is a personal factor? operating machines.

Adequate ventilation by
1371 Which of the following can not be considered as welfare activity for workers. circulation of fresh air
 Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces in following
statement. Statement:According to Factories Act no adult worker should be
1372 required or allowed to work in a factory for more than ----------. 48 hours in a week

The main motive of

public sector units is
In following alternatives,some statements related with Public Sector are profit and social benefit
1373 given .Identify which statement is incorrect . is secondary motive.
1374 What is minimum number of members in a public limied company? 7
Joint stock companies
have no separate legal
status than their
1375 Which statement regarding Joint stock companys is incorrect? members.

1376 In which form of ownership,the owner has to bear unlimited liability? Proprietory firm
For which type of following business, the form of cooperative society will be Extraction of oil from
1377 the most suitable? groundnuts

1378 Identify the subfunction which is not included in Directing function. Co-ordination
To guide and instruct
Identify the alternative which does not give function of middle level workers regarding daily
1379 management. workload

1380 Name the scientist who put forward the theory of 'Scientific Management'. F.W.Taylor
1381 Which of the following is not an Agro Industry based product ? Chemical Pesticide
1382 Identify the organisation which does not belong to Service Sector. Tata Motors Limited

Identity of nationality is
enhanced due to
foreign collaboration
Identify false statement out of given statements in alternatives,regarding and multi national
1383 effects of globalisation. companies.
Bharat Heavy Electricals
1384 Which of the following organisation belongs to Public Sector? Limied

What is the first step of Purchase procedure? ( P)Decision of purchasing (Q)

Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis of material suppliers (S) Material
requisition received (T)Material receiving,accepting and payment to supplier Material requisition
1385 (U) Finalisation of suppliers received
What is the term used for slow but never ending improvement in all aspects
1386 of life ? Kaizen
With reference to 5S, which pair of Japaneese word and its meaning in
1387 English is not properly matched? Seiri-Sustaining
 What is the correct sequence of planning procedure? ( P) Planning premises
(Q) Implementing Plan & taking corrective actions ( R )Evaluating
Alternatives & Selecting the best (S) Developing alternative Plans(T) Fixing
1388 objectives TPSRQ

M/s Madhura Sugars is a private firm in sugar industry which produces and
sells sugar, that is produced by chemically processing sugarcane juice.Which
1389 type of structure is more suitable for this company? Line organisation
1390 Which of the following is not financial institution? State Bank of India
'C'category items should
be purchased in large
quantity and less
1391 Which statement regarding 'C'category items in ABC analysis is true? frequently
Membership to Q.C. is
1392 Identify wrong statement regarding Quality Circle.(Q.C.) compulsory
Knowledge Process
1393 KPO stands for OutSourcing

1394 _____ is recruitment of right people at right place in an organization Staffing

1395 ___ was main contributor in the scientific school Frederick Taylor

1396 ____ has to be maintained in an organization while treating the employees Equity
The managers working at middle level ____ manages the whole organization
1397 and reach to the goal defined by top management. Tactically
____ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish or
perform a particular assignment while operating within pre-decided limits
1398 and standards established Delegation of Authority
____ are private and mainly created for providing the different services to Cooperative
1399 the individual as well as society. Organizations

Joint Stock Private

1400 In ____ minimum members involved are 2 and maximum are 50 Limited Stock company
____ are Public welfare Department, Department of Human Resource Government
1401 Development etc departments
Accident because of
1402 Tsunami is an Natural Disasters
1403 ____ is universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic Capital

1404 The ____ is an accounting and a taxation term Depreciation Provisions

Equipment Leasing,
1405 Suggest the appropriate types of sources for Middle Term Capital Straight Term Loans
1406 ABC Analysis plays a vital role in ____ management Inventory
Economic Order
1407 ____ is one which allows lowest cost per unit and is most advantageous Quantity

Material Management
1408 The SAP ERP product is very popular for material management called as Module
 Master Production
Schedule, Inventory
1409 Suggest the appropriate inputs to MRP: Record File
Arrange the activities of Purchasing Procedure before issuing Purchase order
i) Making request for quotation ii)Selection of possible potentials sources of
supply iii)Selection of right source of supply iv) Receipt and analysis of
1410 quotations ii, i, iv, iii

Customer Relationship
1411 CRM is Management

Need of Internal Audits

1412 Clause of ISO 9001:2000 Internal Audit includes ____ at pre planned intervals
Match the following -Select Proper Option l) Quality Circle i)School of
Wisdom m) Kaizen ii) Small group of voluntary employees n) 6 sigma iii) 3.4
1413 defects per million l-ii, m-i, n-iii
Statement 1:MRP maintains maximum inventory Statement 2:MRP provides
1414 better inventory turnover 1 wrong,2 correct
1415 Why purchasing is required Both a and b
1416 Which Statement is wrong? Zero based budgeting Consume less time
1417 Labour budget is based on Function
A budget which is designed to change in relation with the level of activity of
1418 the business variable budget

According to Workman's compensation act, in which of the following cases

1419 should an employer provide compensation to the employee? All of above
1420 Who is responsible for accident All of above
1421 Which is not correct advantage of 'line organisation' Specialised
1422 Which is barrier in communication all

Talent of each member

1423 Which Statement is wrong cannot be used
Authority can not be
1424 Which Statement is wrong delegated
Discipline starts from
1425 Which statement is wrong ? bottom to top
1426 Out of the following which is not function of management Discipline
Theory X &Theory
1427 Mc Gregor has given contribution in Y
1428 Domestic trade is also called as Internal trade
1429 India is largest market in the world for Three Wheelers
Statement 1:procurement is a systematic process Statement 2: Purchasing is both 1&2 are
1430 a routine process correct
1431 Quality managemant Assures Quality

Match the pairsof column 1 & 2 Column 1 a) Seiri b) Seition c) Seiso d)

1432 Seiketsu Column 2 1) Standardise 2) Sanitise 3) Systemise 4) Structurise a-4,b-3,c-2,d-1
 Classification is done
1433 What is the relationship between graph & classification of A, B, C categories? after drawing graph
1434 Which is the assumption in EOQ? None
1435 ________ determines quantity & timing for material planning MRP
1436 Shares is included under _____________ source of finance Long term
Statement 1 is wrong
1437 Statement - 1 : Excise is direct tax Statement -2 : Excise is a commodity tax & 2 is correct
1438 Structure of organisation is represented by Oragnisation chart
1439 Which is the first need in Maslow's need hierarchy? Physiology
1440 Following industry comes under tertiary sector in economy Service Industry
1441 Reserve Bank of India established in _____________ 1935
1442 Which is the component of TQM? All the above
1443 5 S is Positioning of items

1444 SEZ means special economic zone

1445 Which is first need in Maslow's need of hierarchy? Physiological
1446 Government sector is also called as Public sector
1447 Which is incorrect type of partner? Perfect

1448 Tata motors refers to which of the following company type Public limited company

injury without showing

1449 Internal accident means external signs
1450 Six sigma success factors are All

1451 An adult worker can work up to ____ hrs in a day as per factories Act, 1948. 9
1452 Who is incorrect person in the defination of Dependent? Friend
Minimum ___________ & Maximum ____________ Persons can be partners
1453 in a business 2,20

1454 Delegation is a right given by a ____ to ____ to make decisions. Superior , Subordinate
A public limited company can have minimum ____ and maximum ___
1455 members. 7, unlimited
1456 The staff specialist provides _____ to line managers. advice
1457 Need- want - satisfaction chain is invented by _______ Maslow

1458 _____ policy covers all the medical expenses following hospitalisation. health insurance
1459 The current effective service tax rate is: 12%
1460 Which one of the following is not a current liability? long- term provisions

1-Production Budget 2-
Mft. Overhead Budget3-
Cash budget4-Direct
1461 select the apropriat options for 1,2,3,4 in above fig. Material Budget
1462 Which is the first step in purchasing? Material requisition
Statement 1- ERP needs exhaustive training to employees Statement 2- Cost
1463 of ERP installation is less 1 correct, 2 wrong
 A-70-80, B-10-20, C-5-
1464 Give the % of total consumption cost in above figure 10
Innovation shows _____ steps and Kaizen shows _____ steps in speed of
1465 work Big, Small
1466 A Pareto chart points out: the key cause
1467 Which one of the following is not a principle of TQM? feedback
If XYZ company makes or produces TVs it can be called as ____ type of
1468 industry. Manufacturing
1469 Infosys is example of ___ industry IT
Automated Teller
1470 In banking sector ATM stands for Machine
1471 Edible oil is a product of Agro Industry

Thinking or
1472 Administration is a Determinative function
1473 _____ Management is responsible for the image of the company. Top
1474 _____ skill is needed at the top level of Management Conceptual
1475 _____ is the most basic and primary function of Management Planning
Out of various principles of management ____ principle of management
concerns with the distribution of autorities among the various levels of
1476 management. Centralization
_____ function of management consists of man power planning,
1477 recruitment, selection, training of employees etc. Staffing

priority will be given to

debentureholder to
receive his money
before the shareholder
1478 In the event of liquidation of the company, a _______ gets something.
1479 Co-operative society runs on ____ basis. no profit or no loss

In functional organization an employee reports to several higher authorities

1480 is called as ____ , which is disadvantage of functional organizational. Double command
As we move from bottom level of management to higher level of
1481 management the span of control becomes ___ Narrow
In line organization high level of obedience on the part of sub-ordinate is
required. Due to which ____ is developed in the higher authorities, which is
1482 disadvantage of Line type. Autocratic approach

If an employee gets injured in a factory while working ,then he is eligible to The employees
1483 receive compensation under ___ act . compensation act 2009
The capital which is required for day – to – day needs is labeled as ____
1484 capital. working
1485 The overall or summary budget is called as Master Budget
If salary of an employee is above 12 lacs per annum, then he will pay ____
1486 tax to central Government. Income
1487 Identify taxes collected by Central Government Income and Excise
1488 Identify taxes collected by state Government stamp duty and luxury
1489 In EOQ : Economic Order Quantity; Q is ___ Order quantity
1490 Preperation of comparative statement is part of ___ procedure. Purchasing
Motor byke ready with engine fitting and all other accessories but without
1491 tyres is example of ___ inventory Semi-finished

In case of Inventory management match the following a. Raw Inventories b.

In process Inventories c. Finished Inventories d. Indirect inventories. p. They
include lubricants and other items, like spare parts, needed for proper
operation, repair and maintenance during manufacturing cycle. q. semi
1492 finished goods r. waiting for dispatch s. raw materials a - s; b - q; c - r; d - p;
In case of ABC analysis of material management, and in case of Computer
sub parts following are the various type of materials used like mother board A type : mother board,
and RAM, power supply, screws for mother board fitting etc. then which is A RAM; B type : power
1493 type, B type and C type ? supply; C type : screws
1494 Kaizen is basically ___ technique Japanese
1495 The parts per million defects are accepted in 6 sigma is 3.4

1496 In 5 S technique ___ can also translated as "Set in order" or "Stream line" Seiton
1497 What plays an important role in the Indian Textile Industry ? cotton

1498 Which of the following is not a basic function of the management process? Working
1499 In line organisation ,who is responsible for final result? The managers

1500 Which of the following is not the advantages of a public limited company? Quick Formation

1501 Which of the following is not the responsibility of a production manger? Storage of goods

1502 In partnership, the partners have unlimited liability, is it true or false? TRUE
1503 What happens in fatal accident? Death
1504 _________ is a factor influencing requirements of fixed capital ? Nature of business
1505 Which one of the following is not a major section in cash budget? Capital section

1506 Which one of the follwing is not a tax charged by the central Government? Stamp duty
1507 Service tax is applicable to the whole of India except the state Jammu and Kashmir
1508 What are the various costs involved in material management? a and b both
1509 One of the functions of MRP all of the these
1510 Which one of the following can be an ERP module ? all of the above
1511 An activity under quality assurance : process control
1512 Which one of the following benefits the customer due to TQM ? Both 'A' and 'B'
1513 Old Indian textile industry was predominantly _______ based. Cotton
Which one of the following categories of chemical industry has smallest
1514 volume? Life Sciences
Principle of
1515 Espirit de Corps means ______ . management
1516 Aim of Departmentation is to _____ . All of above
 Ownership is in the
hands of the
1517 Which statement about cooperative society is wrong? Government
1518 Week as per Factory Act is a period between two ___ . Saturdays
According to Factory Act , drinking water must be away from latrine by ____
1519 meters. 6
1520 Working capital is also called as _____ . Circulating capital
1521 #NAME? Customs duty
1 wrong & 2
1522 1) VAT is not simple and transperent 2) VAT is progressive form of Sales tax. correct
1523 Material planning is based on data from ____ . Sales Department
1524 Holding cost is also known as _____ . Carrying cost
1525 In ABC analysis which one is incorrect about 'A' items Insignificant items
1526 Which one of the following is one of the aspect of TQM? Product aspect
3.4 defects per million
1527 Six Sigma implies that ___ . output
1528 Which one of the following is a benefit of the Kaizen? All of these
1529 Classification of industry based on Both(i) and (ii)
1530 SEZ policy announced in 2000
1531 Getting the things done through others is called Management
1532 First step in planning is Establish goals
It is a principle of
1533 What is Espirit De Corps? management

1534 Achievement due to one will be shared by all others, this happens in General partnership

1534 Achievement due to one will be shared by all others, this happens in General partnership
1535 About budget, which statement is wrong It is not time bound
1536 Following is not concerned with material management 5'S'
1537 QA is Quality Assurance
In ABC Analysis, Items that are extremely inexpensive or have low demand
1538 are termed as "C" Items
Tax to be paid by manufaturer of goods/commodities/products to
1539 government is Excise Duty
1540 Which of the following is/are objectives of materials management All of the Above
A financial statement showing assets and liabilities of company at any given
1541 time is known as Balance Sheet
1542 The Stock of goods in hand at the beginning of the year is known as Opening Stock
Payment of employee
1543 Which of the following is not an example of fixed capital? wages
1544 Which of the following is external source of capital? Share Capital
1545 Safety promotes______ Productivity
1546 Which Act safeguards interest of workers engaged in factory Indian Factory Act
1547 Accidents happen in industry because of - All of the Above

1548 BSNL is a Public Limited company

1549 Line organization is characterized by All of the Above
 When Prerna is comparing actual sales figures with goals established earlier
to see if her department met the target, she is performing which of the
1550 following functions? Controlling
A force that causes & inspires an individual to behave in a specific way and
1551 to increase his performance is called as Motivation

Which of the follwing function of management involes measuring &

1552 comparing current performance against the established standards Controlling
1553 Planning may fail because of All of the Above
1554 Administration is ---- activity in organization Top Level

Over use & heavy

dependence on
communication Media
1555 Which of the following is NOT the advantage of Globalization? & IT Services
1556 Travel & tourism business comes under Service Industry
1557 IT Enabled services ( ITES) includes All of the Above
Which of the following includes monitoring & controlling of banking &
1558 financial systems throughout India RBI

Voluntary without any

1559 In quality circle Participation of employees in the group is ____ compulsion or Pressure
1560 First Preference in TQM is given to___ The customers
Product meets
1561 Inspection assures that__ Specification
1562 Commerce is also called as ____________. Trade
1563 Out of the following which is not the function of management None of above
From the options given below, who belongs to the lower level of
1564 management? All of above
1565 Which is the appropriate reason of failure of good plan? All of above
Determine objectives and goals is __________ step in the process of
1566 organizing. first

1- Top management, 2-
Identify the levels of management with respect to the position held by the Middle management, 3-
1567 different persons in organization. Lower management
1568 Which is the disadvantage of co-operative society? None of these
1569 Security of job is maximum in ___________________. Public sector
1- Sender, 2- Channel, 3-
For the given figure label the number with the appropriate components of Receiver, 4- Noise, 5-
1570 communication process Feedback

According to Factory Act,an ambulance room should be provided by every

1571 factory if the number of workers is more than ___________________. 500

___________ takes in account only those cost, e.g. direct labour and
1572 material, which vary with output and over which the department has control Variable budget
 ________________ capital is that amount of capital which must be in cash
1573 or current asset for continuing the activities of business. Permanent working
Select an appropriate response from the options that fits in the blank space Short term budget, Long
1574 provided in the budget chart: term budget
The lead time is not
1575 Which of the following is not correct assumption in calculating EOQ? fixed
Each event of ordering has a certain cost associated with it called
1576 _________________________________. procurement cost
ABC analysis divides an organization on hand inventory into three classes annual consumption
1577 based upon: value
They are now shifting
gears to develop
applications for good
electronic commerce
1578 Pick the false statement about ERP vendors. websites.
systematically
developing and
communicating a
customer – focus
mission, strategies and
1579 An effective QMS focuses on _____ action plans

structurize, systemize,
5S was developed in Japan and stands for the Japanese words seiri, seiton, sanitize, standardize,
1580 seiso, seiketsu, and shitsuke. The English equivalent of 5S is - self-discipline
Statement 1: The organization must establish, document, implement and Both statements are
maintain documented procedures for its internal audit, corrective and true, and the second
preventive action processes, among others Statement 2: This is a statement explains the
1581 requirement of ISO 9001:2000 first statement.
production of
1582 Manufacturing is ____________________________. merchandize
1583 ______________ is described as willing exchange of goods. Trade
The Indian Textile industry was predominantly __________________ based
1584 during post independence. Cotton
1585 The functions of middle level management are All of above
Among the given options who are designated as members of middle level of
1586 management? All of above
Comparing actual performance with the standard is ________ steps in
1587 process of directing. third

Identify the management function which carries out this process consisting
of these basic steps: (1) identifying the problem; (2) identifying resources
and constraints, (3) generating alternative solutions, (4) evaluating
alternatives, (5) selecting an alternative, (6) implementing the alternative,
1588 and (7) monitoring the alternative Decision making
Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Ltd, Bharat fertilizers Ltd etc, are which
1589 types of companies? Public companies
 Crèches should be provided when there are more than ____ female workers
1590 having children of age below_____ years. 30, 6

1591 _______________ is prepared to co-ordinate between various budget. Master budget

Keep a check and
control over the
1592 Which of the following is function of financial management? expenditure
1593 What is the total amount of liabilities from this balance sheet? 22290
Instead of each department having its own database of information, ___
1594 puts all of the information into a single place ERP
______________ is the process of planning, procuring, storing and providing
the appropriate material of the right quality, right quality at the right place
1595 in the right time. Materials management
________________ is just a transaction and is basic activity of purchase
1596 department. Purchasing
(1) Ordering cost (2)
1597 From the EOQ, label the cost at point 1 and 2. Storage cost
It needs heavy
1598 Which statement about kaizen is wrong? investment
Small and Medium sized
1599 SME's stands for _______________________________. enterprises
_________________ is popularly known as the Silicon Valley of India and IT
1600 capital of India. Bengaluru
___________________ Business aims to identify factors hampering
1601 industrial growth and seeks to redress the above factors. Manufacturing

1602 Which is not the principle of management, according to Henry Fayol? Decentralisation
In the words of ________________ “planning is deciding in advance what to
1603 do, how to do it, when to do it and who is to do it.” Harold Koontz
Measuring actual performance is the __________________ steps involved in
1604 the process of controlling. third
Top level is known as _______ because all important decision related to
1605 whole organization is taken by top management Strategical Level
Vertical dimension of organization structure defines
1606 _____________________. Hierarchy

1607 Which of the following can be considered as a project organisation? Installation of a dairy
Which of the following business type, has to pay double taxes to the
1608 government? Joint stock company
According to Workmen's compensation act, a widow, a minor son and a
1609 widow mother qualify as _______ of a worker. Dependents
An indirect Tax levied on those goods which are manufactured in India and
1610 are meant for home consumption is called ____ Excise duty
1611 Which of the following is function of financial management? All of above
From which accounting sheet, the net profit in balance sheet is carried Trial balance account
1612 down? statement
 Which of the following methods of stock control aims at concentrating
1613 efforts on selected items of material__________________? ABC analysis
determine various
controls needed and
1614 The activity of ' Control " in Six sigma refers to: validate them
Fill in the blank space provided in the figure with an appropriate tool given
1615 as options. Quality control

____________ also known as Cyber City is the major IT and BPO hub in India
1616 which has major IT MNC’s together and hence called as Hitech City. Hyderabad

___________________ industry primarily refers to manufacturing that is

1617 associated with formulas, procedure, development, method and practice. Process
1618 Review of plan is the __________step in the process of planning. last
1- Authority and
From the figure of levels of management which are the principles that flows responsibility, 2-
1619 upward and downward? Command

Human skills remain

necessary and technical-
skill needs decrease as
Which of the following is true concerning technical and human skills of a manager’s move to
1620 manager? higher levels

1621 One canteen should be provided atleast per ____ workers in a factory. 250
To provide insurance coverage to the employees who are injured on the job
with payment for lost wages, medical care, and if necessary, vocational Workman
1622 rehabilitation is the primary purpose of the – Compensation Act
_____________ budget shows the estimate of direct labour needed to carry
1623 out the budget output. Direct labour
____ includes the free reserves of the company which are built out of the
1624 genuine profits of the company. Reserves and surplus
Land, buildings, plant and equipment, furniture and fixtures, vehicles and
1625 office equipment are called ____ Tangible assets

Part which is ready to

1626 What do you mean by finished part? dispatch to customer.

__________________ include raw material and semi-finished products

1627 supplied by another firm and which are raw items for the present industry. Raw inventories
The table below shows the list of items as per their annual consumption and
annual consumption value. Can you identify which type of anlaysis is this to
1628 have proper inventory control? Pareto analysis
1629 How many steps are there in implementation of 5S? 5
The basic goal of ________ is to ensure that the product or/and services
1630 meet specific requirement. Quality control
 ensure continuos
1631 In PDCA , Act consists of which of the following? improvement

Breakthrough projects
that may lead to the
According to ISO 9004:2000, what kind of improvements is normally carried implementation of new
1632 out by cross-functional teams outside routine operations? processes
___________________ industry primarily deals with the design,
1633 manufacture and operation of structures, machines or devices. Engineering
To conduct day to day activities, monitor daily progress and reporting to
middle level management is the function of __________ level of
1634 management. lower
1635 Which is the principle of organization? All of the above
1636 In a tall organisation structure, the span of control is _________. narrow
As per Factory Act, 1947, a child is a person whose age is less than
1637 __________. 15 years
prevention of an
1638 Safety management deals with ________________. accident
safe workplace and
1639 Good layout and reduction in noise level are examples of ________ working conditions
1640 Working capital can be financed through ______________. All
________ refers to sparing of the replacement cost of tangible assets like
1641 building, machinery, etc. Depreciation
Sales returns represents value of goods returned by the
1642 ___________________. customers
The earnings like interest, dividend or capital gains etc, which are gathered
tax free until the investor withdraws and takes position of it. These earning
1643 are refered as ___________________. Deferred taxation
_____________ can be defined as the tax which increases the price of a
good in such way that consumers are actually paying the tax by paying more
1644 for the products they are buying. Indirect tax

decreases as quantity
1645 The procurement costs _________________________________. ordered increases
The figure shows a graphical method for determining the order quantity
which attempts to minimize total inventory cost. Which is this tool used to
answers the following questions. (1) How much should I order? (2) How
1646 often should I place each order? EOQ
1647 Formulate company quality policy is function of ______________. Quality control

1648 Which one of the following does not belongs to Process Industry? Information Technology

1649 Which one of the following is the advantage of effective decision making. All of above

When an employee receive orders and report to only one superior rather
1650 than multiple bosses, the principle is called as _________________. Unity of Command
 Proper __________, facilitates employees appraisal, as managers can easily
measure the performance of supervisors/subordinates as per the standard
1651 and provide them necessary feedback for appraisal. control
In line organisation, the authority flows from _______________ to
1652 ________________. superior, subordinate
1653 Which statement is false about 'nominal partners’? All are correct

1654 The organisation always prefers to have ___________ span of control. wide
1655 Long term sources of finance are required for ______________. Above 5 years

The suppliers of goods and services to the company provide various goods
1656 and services with an expectation of payment in future is called_____ trade credit

1657 Which one of the following is a type of preference shares? noncumulative shares
1658 The table shows the tax rates for which types of taxes? Income Tax
Procurement cost is obtained by plotting _____________ against ordered
1659 quantity. cost
____________ is the collective stock of items which is required for routine
1660 functioning of industry. Inventory
Fit for purpose and “ Right first time and everytime” are the principles of
1661 _________________________ ? Quality assurance
In __________________ all are encourage to come up with small suggestion
1662 on a regular basis. Kaizen
A producer of consumer goods wants to analyze its product range from
product 1 to product 13. The management has decided to use the annual
consumption value as the key figure to assess the product range. An ABC
analysis is done and the raw data is order in decreasing order of annual
consumption value. How have they classified the product group in A, B and C G1 – A items, G2 – B
1663 category items? items, G3 – C items
Indian Tourism
Development
1664 ITDC stands for Corporation
1665 Which process is the part of textile industry? All of above

______________________ may be refer to particular area of economic

activity such as the real estate business, computer business, poultry,
1666 farming, telecommunication, shipping, tours and travels, etc. Business

1667 Evaluation of alternative is done in which step of decision making process? third
1668 Which is not the type of departmentation? By material pattern
1669 Which are factors on which span of control depends? All of the above
An activity in which people practice leaving a place quickly is called
1670 _____________. fire drill
____________ is a book or computer file in which all monetary transaction
1671 are originally entered. Journal
1672 _______________ represents what the company has to pay others. Liabilities
 Periodically evaluate
the material
consumption of each
1673 Which of the following is not function of financial management? department
These are the taxes which are imposed or levied and assessed on individual
or organizational income directly and have to pay the same to the
government in form of income tax, wealth tax and etc. Which is this type of
1674 tax? Direct tax

Low complex and low cost items that are typically commercially available
1675 and require little manager control are called ______________. Items C
A detailed list of all kinds of goods handled by business is called
1676 _________________. inventory
_____________ management is defined as an attempt to balance inventory
needs and requirements with the need to minimize costs resulting from
1677 obtaining and holding inventory. Inventory
1678 ________ department floats enquiries and processes quotations. Purchase
1679 In this Stock control chart, label the buffer stock – (a)

American Society for Qualiy (ASQ) defines, “ ________ as the planed and
systematic activities implemented in a quality system so that quality
1680 requirments for a product or service will be fulfilled .” Quality Assurance
International Trade
1681 ITO stands for ___________________________. Organization
Which one out of the given options is not a broad category of chemical
1682 industry? Durable products
1683 Top level management includes All of above
Decision making is not linked with _____________________ function of
1684 management. reporting

1685 Business secrecy is less in _______________. Public sector companies

1686 Infosys is which type of company? Public Limited

A newly marketing executive is appointed and has been assigned certain

function: 1) to visit the 10-15 doctors daily at specified area 2) promote the
product to the doctors 3) keep a track of availabiltiy of medicine at the
medical stores 4) report to the manager once in a week. Now his activities of
1687 work will come under which type of departmentation? Area
1688 ____ is a person who has completed the 18 years Adult
_____________ budget is a forecast of the number of products that must be
1689 manufactured. Production
1690 Which is not the direct tax? Excise tax
Capital is required to
1691 Which of the following is a false statement? sell the business
 These are the taxes which an individual or organization does not pay
directly, but are can be easily shifted to others may be in form of service tax,
1692 excise tax, value added tax or custom duty. Which is this type of tax? Indirect tax
Complex and expensive parts are items that require strict management and
1693 control are called ____________. Items A
Analysis of purchase
1694 Which is the first step in process of purchasing? requisition
1695 Which of the following is not objective of purchasing? To facilitate waste
Economic Order
1696 From the graph, the point Q at which slope = 0, is called __________. Quantity

You need a documented procedure to control quality documents in your

company. Everyone must have access to up-to-date documents and be
1697 aware of how to use them, is the clause of_______________. ISO:9001
Agro-industry mainly comprises of the ________________ activities of
processing and preserving agricultural products for intermediate or final
1698 consumption. post-harvest
____________________________ is the process of transformation of a
1699 regional phenomenon into global ones. Globalization
_______________________ major contribution to the management theory
in his 14 principles of management that are based on his thoughts and
1700 experiences. Henry Fayol
1701 ________________ gives power in hands of centre. Centralisation
1702 Lower level is also known as __________ Operational level
Effective ____________________ helps employees to eliminate wastages
1703 and achieve better results. coordination
Suresh has been hired by a consultant to provide training to the workers of a
firm where he needs to monitor, compare and correct the tasks or activities
performed by the workers. So what is the actual line of function of
1704 management he is concentrating on? Controlling
1705 Which one is not the disadvantage of staff organization? Lack of specialization
Control of Centre
1706 Which is not the advantage of delegation? increases
1707 The figure depicted below shows departmentation by – Product

1708 A tax levied on services rendered by a person is called ___________. Service tax

Debenture holder are

1709 Which is the following is a false statement? owners of the company
A planned capital investment in the business without disrupting the normal
1710 working of the company is ____________ capital budget
_________________________ include purchase of raw material, semi-
finished components, standard components or/and subassemblies from
1711 suppliers. Raw material inventory
From the graph of graph of inventory level versus time, the value Q/2 is
1712 called __________________. Average inventory
 _________ is a management technique used to communicate with
employees, in order to produce the desired quality of products and services
to be render to influence employee actions to complete tasks as per quality Quality Management
1713 standards. System
1714 Quality Assurance is a ____ approach Proactive

1715 What is the proper sequence for the implementation of TQM? Plan - Do - Check - Act

The chart shown is used to investigate whether the manufacturing process is

in stable condition or not and is used to maintain the process within the
tolerance. This technique helps in taking the right decision for selection of
1716 the machine with higher processing capabilities. Which type of chart is this? Control chart
1717 Which company is associated with Insurance? All of above

_______________ industries are owned and run by rural households with

1718 very little capital investment and a high level of manual labour Village
___________________ Business has elevated the Indian population above
poverty line by shifting the majority of the workforce out of low-wage
1719 agriculture. Manufacturing
1720 Which is next step after planning? Organizing

Management is not directly visible instead; its presence is observed in the

form of results such as higher productivity, higher efficiency, disciplined
1721 work force, etc. Hence management is ___________________. Intangible

Managers must develop a team spirit among the subordinates by

1722 __________ the activities of everyone to achieve the team objectives. coordinating
1723 Which of the following is the advantage of a narrow span? closer supervision

1724 Assistant to the president of a company refers to which type of authority? Staff
1725 Out of the following one which is not an unsafe condition ? long working hours
1726 __________ budget, generally deals only with the direct materials. Material
_____________is record of an organization that registers all financial
transactions. It is a written statement of all business dealings or debts and
1727 credits Account
____is a types of indirect tax leived on goods imported in to India as well as
1728 on goods exported from India. Customs duty
Annual consumption
1729 In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into category B items? cost is around 15-25%
While deciding how to manage inventory the question that a materials how much should we
manager need to be ask himself is order and how often
1730 _____________________________________ should we order?

1731 In EOQ, annual _______ cost = unit price x annual consumption volume consumption
Identify this basic inventory control technique which is often applied to
1732 almost all aspects of materials management. Pareto analysis
 A machine draws a very delicate copper wire from the plate and is facing
repeated breaking of wire. The tally table illustrates all possible causes of
problem (symptom) and the frequency of each cause is observed and noted.
1733 This tally table is also called as _________________. Check list

A manufacturing industry follows multiple techniques of quality

management system where they focus on total employee participation, Six sigma, Kaizen,
continuous improvement, customer satisfaction and preferred partner as Quality control tool,
1734 seen in the figure. Which are the techniques used? Quality assurance tool
1735 Which one is not the textile industry? ICICI
Which type of industries are characterized by medium investment and semi-
1736 automation process? Small scale

1737 ___________________ is the fastest growing sector in India now-a-days. Service

1738 Which steps in decision making process develops alternative solutions third
1739 Which duties come under Administration? All of above

______________________ is the process of identifying a set of feasible

1740 alternatives and from these selected alternative the best course of action. Decision making

A plant manager who organizes the plant by separating engineering,

accounting, manufacturing, personnel, and purchasing into departments is
1741 practicing functional departmentalization is also called as _______________. middle managers
Government
1742 Control of government is highest in __________________________. department
Which partner contribute in terms of their goodwill and credit from the
1743 market? Nominal partner
Manav is a new divisional manager, in reorganizing his division; he must
make some decisions regarding the span of control. He thinks wider spans wider spans reduce
1744 are more efficient in terms of cost but at some point: effectiveness.

1745 Which preventive measure industry should take to avoid accidents? All of the above

___________ is a person employed directly or through any agency, whether

for wages or not, in any manufacturing process or in cleaning any part of the
machinery or premises used for manufacturing process or in any other kind
1746 of work incidental, to or connected with, the manufacturing process. Worker
____is a direct tax levied on the income earned by individual, corporation or
1747 on other forms of business entities. Income tax
Annual consumption
1748 In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into category A items? cost is around 70-80%
_____________ is a detailed list of movable items which are required for
manufacturing products and maintaining the equipment and machines in
1749 good working order. Inventory
1750 Which are the functions in materials management? All of the above
 The principal files that are incorporated into a computerized MRP system inventory record,
1751 are: master schedule, BOM.
The totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bears
the ability to satisfy stated or implied needs of the customer is called
1752 _________. Quality
Decision about the quality system are made based on recorded data and the
system is regularly audited and evaluated for conformance and
1753 effectiveness, is the clause of ________________. ISO: 9001
Identify the diagram, which is an investigative tool of quality control to
1754 rearrange possible causes of the problem? Ishikawa diagram
Numerical
DMAIC stands for define, measure, analyze, improve and control. It involves measurement of the
defining the problem, measuring where you stand, analyzing where the current process is
problem starts, improving the situation and controlling the new process to necessary in order to
1755 confirm that is fixed. The Analyze step, involves - change the process
1756 Indian Industry Started from - 1850
1757 I.T.Sectors involves- a and b Both
An activity which involves handling or directing the affairs of an organisation
1758 is called as- Administration
The ability of a supervisor to choose the correct course of action from the
available alternatives to achieve the desired aims and objectives of the
1759 business is termed as - Decision Making
Who is called as Founder and Architect of " Modern Scientific Management"
1760 ? Fredrick W.Taylor
1761 Scientific Management Involves - All of the above

While working as a professional Manager in any modern Industrial

1762 Organisation , which of the following duties he is expected to perform? All of the above
Figure shows Modern Thought represented in a schematic way. Fill in the Functions Of
1763 appropriate Terminology at space marked by "?" Mangement
1764 Which of the following is / are the characteristics of Organistion ? All of the above
1765 The commonly known forms of organisation structures are - All of the above
Not Managed by
1766 Joint stock private limited company is - Government
1767 Balaji Telefilms , Bharat Fertilizers are - None of the Above
1768 Which of the following includes causes of accidents All of the above
A temporary accommodation given by the bank to their customers against
1769 certain security is called Overdrafts

When finance is required for expansion and development of an organisation

1770 , it can be raised through loans instead of issuing shares is termed as - Debentures
1771 Which of the following are financial Institutions? All of the Above
1772 Which of the following are recently included under the service Tax- All of the Above
Economic Order
1773 The size of an order that minimises the total inventory cost is called as- Quantity
1774 Which of the following are the Aims of Material Management? All of the Above
1775 Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) can be used by- All of the above

Arrange in a chronological order the steps of material purchasing i) Place

1776 Order ii) Payment of bill iii) Receive the material iv) Inspection- I,iii,iv,ii
Figure shows modules of a system being implemented in Industries. Choose
the appropriate terminology from options given below to be placed at the
1777 letter 'X' . ERP
As per definition of ISO 8402-1968 , " the totality of features and
characteristics of a period or service that bears its ability to satisfy stated or
1778 implied needs is known as Quality
Figure refers to a Japnese Technique whichis also known as Shewhart cycle,
Deming cycle or PDCA cycle. identify correctly the technique from the given
1779 option. TQM
World Trade
1780 WTO stand for :- Organization
1781 Level Management :- All of the above
1782 ____________are internally formed Project Organization
1783 Which factor dose not cause accident due to dangerous machine Unsafe clothing
1784 Reason due to which non-machinery accident may occur all of the above
Sufficient Working
1785 which of the following condition is not physical condition Space for Movement
1786 Example of office & Administrative expenses are All of the above

1787 ___________may occure because of loss on scale of asset fire or theft etc Abnormal Losses

1788 _________is a part of material management? Inventory management

Economic order
1789 EOQ stand for Quantity

A unified & single

1790 Advantage of ERP are reporting system
______is define as tool for controlling the quality of the product & services
1791 to ultimately gain the customer satisfaction Quality control
1792 For effective quality circles Both A & b

Write Step by step sequently objective I )To endorse self & mutual
development ii) To develop quality of work iii)To give an opportunity to
1793 employee iV)To improve quality,productivity,safety & reduces the cost i-ii-iii-iv
1794 Engineering industrial sector not involves ____ Filament Yard
1795 ITES Stand for_____ IT Enabled Services

1796 _________Is recruitment of right people at right place in an organization. Staffing

1797 Advantage of planning :- All of the above
_____________ is the life blood of business enterprise. It is a universal
1798 lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic. Capital
1799 External sources are_____________ All of the above
 Following are which types of taxes :-1) Consumption tax. 2) Flat tax. 3) Social
1800 security tax. 4) Dividing tax. 5) Gift taxes. 6) Payroll tax. 7) Pole tax. Both A&B

1801 _______________ is a plan that view future production of end of product. MPS
the organization should
identify work
environment that
ensures conformity of
1802 Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2000 ________________ service

1803 The idea of liberalization in the present phase of globalisation deals with economic aspect
One of the following is definitely not a positive aspect of globalisation in Growth of small scale
1804 India industry
1805 The services provided by Ashoka hotel comes under tertiary activity
1806 The art of getting things done by people is called as management
1807 Who is recognised as a man who invented management Peter drucker
1808 The lower level of managers work at Operational level

1809 The management of interdependence in work situations is called as Coordination

Structure of
1810 An organization is nothing but Management
Based on specialization
1811 Funtional organizations are based on factor
The principal sent a note that he will be on leave for a few days and the Hod
of mechanical department will look after the responsibility in his absence,
1812 this is called delegation
two of our friends decided to start a garment shop such type of business
1813 organisation can be called Partnership
1814 Minimum wages need to be paid in: cash
holding cost and
1815 The quantity to be ordered depends upon two costs, what are they procurement cost
to implement the
1816 In Kaizen the role of middle management is process
I want the products of my company to achieve perfect quality, which tool
1817 will I apply to check this six sigma

I wanted to know the major and minor causes which are responsible for the
1818 problem,from the following which technique will I adopt Ishikawa diagram
1819 Find the odd one out TQM
Seiri means sorting and
Seition means Set in
1820 Which of the following is correctly matched order
1821 EOQ does not work if ------ order quantity is compulsory. Minimum
1822 .------------ activity is complicated and takes more time. Procurement
1823 Income other than sales are called as ------------ Indirect income
1824 Direct tax is an example of ----------- Income tax
1825 Out of following, --------- is not considered as a dependent. Married sister
Fire extinguishers should be kept in easily accessible places.Under which Safety measures
1826 category of accident prevention methods does this appear? essential in industry
1827 Lack of training to worker is a cause of accident due to -------- Management
1828 Features of project organization are ------------ All of the above
1829 Factors which affects departmentation are ----------- All of the Above
1830 .------------ means right (to command) and power to act. Authority
1831 .---------- organization is also called as staff organization. Functional

1832 .------- type of organization is suitable for military & small businesses. Line

1833 .------- is important not only for individual but for an organization also. Discipline
1834 The funtion ofadministration is -------------- All of above
1835 The factor which affects decision making is ---------------------- All of above
.----------- is the downward transfer of authority from manager to
1836 subordinate. Delegation

1837 .-------- level management is known as strategical level of management. Top

1838 The area of classical school are ---------- All of above
Import & Export
1839 . --------------------- is not the type of service industry. House
1840 Following are types of banks ---------- All of the Above
In ABC analysis, the 20 % items in industry having cost 80% of total inventory
1841 cost is called as ------- Type A
1842 .------------ inventory is not a type of inventory. Departmental
1843 Continuous Improvement means ----------- Kaizen
Authority cannot be
1844 Which statement is wrong? delegated
1845 Why plan fails All are correct
Match the pair 1. Ashok Leyland a) Gurgoan 2. Suzuki b) Pune 3. Mahindra
1846 c)Chennai 4. Kinetic d) Nasik 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (a)
1847 License permit raj in India was in this period 1965 – 1990
1848 Application of ERP are__________ Both A & B
1849 Benefits of ISO 9001:2000 are _______ All of the above
____________ accident prevents employees from working, for the period
1850 less than 48 hours from the time of accident. Minor
__________________ is an unfortunate & sudden mishappening which
1851 causes damage or loss of property, material or human. Accident
When 20 number of persons comes together to form a business as owners
with all legal formalities then formed ownership is called as
1852 ______________ type of ownership. Partnership

When a group of people are pulled together for a special task then formed
1853 structure of organisation is called _________________ organisation Project

1854 Departmenation is done on the basis of product, function & _____________ process
 Senses of responsibility increases due to _____________________ provided
1855 by seniors. authority
Similar activites & related people are grouped together to form a
1856 _________________ department
Oraganization establishes a relationship betweeen authority &
1857 ______________ & controls the efforts of group. responsibility
Which function of management fails due to following reasons a. Incorrect
person to do plan, b. faulty System of work c. Insufficient data d. No
1858 feedback system e. Overconfidence Planning
The process by which actual performance of subordinates is guided towards
common goals of the enterprise is called as _____________ function of
1859 management Directing
Middle level management is also called as __________________________
1860 of managers Tactical Level
Management works as _______________ to produce goods using labour,
1861 materials and capital Catalyst

1862 Hospitality industry is mainly dependent on ______________ industry Tourism

Products are produced from raw materials by using engineering technology
1863 and ______________ Machinery
1864 Service sector has occupied _____ of GDP (Gross Domestic Product) 1%

1865 ______________ department will be dedicated for saftey related work only Safety
Relationship between employer & employees is very important for the
1866 development & _____________ of any organization. Survival

1867 Financial management is nothing but effective management of __________ Funds

Eventhough permanent working capital is working capital but it's nature is
1868 ______________ for every year or month. Permanent
____________ is an instrument of management for planning its future
1869 activities. Budgets
_________________ operates on the principle that if you have something it
1870 must have been paid for somehow. Balance sheet

A man working in an industry has annual income of 2,50,000 Rs. from all
sources, total investment like PF, PPF, LIC savings 50,000 Rs., Exempted
amount for income tax is 1,50,000 Rs. & income tax rate is 10% upto
1871 3,00,000. Find out amount of income tax paid by that person is 5000
____________________ is way of keping material which will not stop the
1872 manufacturing and allied process inventory
The results of ABC analysis have to be reviewed ________________ &
1873 updated. periodically
If there is more stock than requirement , then the cost of carrying it i.e.
1874 __________________ cost will b more. inventory
MRP (Material Resource Planning) projects not only demand but also the
1875 timing of the _______________ demand. inventory
 If a TV manufacturing industry is using ABC analysis for inventory
management. They are having items such as picture tube main costly item, A- picture tube, B- PCB,
PCB moderately cost & electronics components less costly items, then C- electronics
1876 classify these items into A items, B items & C items. components

According to ERP each department has its own ERP module following are the
ERP module and department match ERP module with their department A.
ERP Finance module B. ERP Human Resources Module C. ERP Purchase
Module D. ERP production module and Departments are 1. Production Dept.
1877 2. Account Dept. 3. Purchase Dept. 4. Personal Dept. A- 2, B- 4, C- 3, D-1
Quality __________ gives more attention on testing of products to find
1878 defects & reporting to management before release of product. Control
1879 Kaizen is the Japanese term which means __________________ Improvement
5"S" methodology for organizing & minimizing items within a workplace in
1880 order to operate more ________. Efficiently

Following are the stages & Break through Strategy (B.S.) phases. Match the
Stage & Break through Strategy correctly. 1. Identification 2.
Characterization 3. Optimization 4. Institutionalization and B.S. phases are A.
Improve & Control B. Standardise & Integrate C. Recognize & Define D.
1881 Measure & Analyze 1-C, 2-D, 3-A, 4-B
1882 The term management means---? All above.
1883 Organizing process transfers------? Into reality Plans
1884 To avoid delay in work-----? Management function is used. Coordinating
1885 In line organization authority flows from---------? Top to bottom
1886 An accident means unforeseen ----------- sudden mishap? Uncontrolled
1887 Material Management is an --------activity? Integrated
1888 The term Inventory management means---------? Short list of items
Total Quality
1889 TQM stands for----------? management.
1890 KAIZEN theory uses---------theory? 5S
1891 6-Sigma is a---------- method used for improvement? Statistical.
1892 For creating Departments --------- methods are used? All above.
If the capital in a business provided by one or two persons in the form of
1893 Shares With legal entity then it is Called as ---------? Partnership co.
Following table is the example of--------budget? . XYZ-Co. -----------Budget. For
the year- Dept. JAN FEB MAR 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr. X 4000 2000 4000 13000
1894 14000 Y 2000 2000 3000 9000 9500 X+Y Sales
1895 To achieve the vision of an organization------ management works? Upper level

Generating alternative
1896 Brainstorming is used by the management for: for problem solving.
1897 Analysis of causes of deviation is a part of ______________ Process controlling
group of 15 people on
1898 In an organization which of following group is not present bus stop
 organization has no
1899 which of the following statement is wrong ? boundaries
to ensure regular and
adequate supply of
1900 which of following is not objective of financial management funds
1901 The capital required for a business is ____________ both (A) and (B)
1902 Following fig. refers to : Balance sheet

ABC analysis results in

reduction of annual
1903 which of the following is advantage of ABC analysis _______ inventory cost

EOQ is a formula that determines the ___________ at which the

1904 combination of procurement costs and inventory carrying costs are least quantity
they decrease as
quantity ordered
1905 procurement costs: increases
1906 Quality consist of ______________- to satisfy wants. capacity
Process employed to ensure a certain level of quality in a product or service
1907 is called quality control

1908 AGM stands for Annual General Meeting

1909 finished good means good waiting for dispached to: customer
1910 Which of the following is in significant item A items
1911 following fig shows : master budget

1912 Which of the following would represent an organisations Fixed Assets Fixtures & Fittings

1913 Which of the following is/are Current Liabilities of the organisation? Creditors
Sale Revenue &
1914 Gross Profit is the difference between? Cost of Goods Sold
1915 Maslows motivation theory is on the basis of human___________. needs
1916 which type of organization is the fig. refer to… Line and Staff
1917 Goal or target to be achieved is known as ____________. objective
The chain of superiors from the highest authority to the lowest level in the
1918 organization is _________ Scalar chain
An identified group of people contributing their efforts towards the
1919 attainment of goals is called an Organization
Exchange of ideas, opinions, information etc. between two or more persons
1920 is________ communication
1921 India is awarded a certification of ---- free country. Polio
1922 Excess inventory may lead to : loss
1923 when we order and receive good in company it will include procurement cost
Following are the principles of …..1)Customer focus
1924 2)Leadership3)Involvement of people4)Process approach ISO:9001
1925 Extract from pareto's chart : The key causes are A,B,C
1926 _________ Industries are known as sunshine sector of Indian economy information technology
to create and keep
1927 The purpose of business according to Drucker, customers
Goods being
transported across
1928 Which of the following is an example of a physical aspect of globalization? borders
1929 The ------process transform plans in to reality. organizing
The right of a person to give instructions to his subordinates is known
1930 as_________. authority
Supply of human and material resources and helps to achieve the objective
1931 of business is _______ Organization

The process of dividing the large monolithic functional organization into

1932 small and flexible administrative units is called__________. Departmentation
1933 Identify type of organization does the fig. refer to.. Project
1934 An environmental factor for accidents in industry is: daydreaming
As per Factories Act, "--------------------” of a factory means the person who
1935 has the ultimate control over the affairs of the factory. Occupier
Which of the following is obligation imposed byFactories Act upon the
1936 employer with respect to his workers ? All the above.
XYZ company has to be appointed _____________ if an organization is
1937 engaging 500 or more employees welfare officer
1938 The function of financial management is ________ all of the above
It is the credit money of
1939 complete fiil in the blank the company
The summary of an organisations assets and Liabilities at a particular point in
1940 time is called? Balance Sheet

1941 Which one of the following cannot be found in the Profit & Loss Account? Sales Goods returned

An organisation which produce DVD recorders has a Fixed Cost of Rs.

30,000. If the selling price is Rs. 350 each and Variable Costs are Rs. 100 per
1942 unit what is the number of units needed to reach the Break-Evan point? 120
preparation of lisi of all
1943 To preparation of ABC analysis First step is items
Which of the following is the name given to a bill of lading where goods have
1944 been received by a carrier free of defects? Clean bill of lading.
Which of the following categories of materials handling equipment does a
1945 ‘counterbalanced type’ belong to? Fork lift Trucks
Warehouses and stockyards are two types of storage facilities. Which of the
following is the most appropriate factor to consider in the design of a
1946 stockyard? Surface
process steps and their
1947 process flow chart helps to explain relationship
Normal distribution
1948 Name the curve shown in fig. curve
1949 Quality is the relative term and is used with reference to - product
it is the series of the quality management system standards created by the
1950 international organisation for standardisation ISO 9001

1951 classification of material as per their values and usage comes under ABC analysis
1952 which statement is wrong none
1953 which is wrong statement about capital None of the above

cash to be maintained
1954 Fixed capial is not required for in emergency
1955 Fixed capial can be financed through all
1956 employer has to do compensation in which case All of the above

centralisation considers
1957 which statement is wrong local issue always

1958 Urban co-operative bank refers to which of the following company type- Co-operative company
1959 which is the last need in Maslow need hierchy self actualisation
1960 what is the next function after planning organising
1961 Banks are regulated by RBI
1962 LPG increases – All of the above
1963 Excise duty is the amount of duty paid on _____ of goods. Production
1964 Which one of the following is not a personal protective device ? pullover
1965 #NAME? Trade
1966 Following business pattern do not come under service industry. Textile Mill

1967 Too little inventory increases the risc of: Out of stock condition
1968 Kaizen is the name given by: Japanese
1969 Meeting goals can increase : Motivation
Food,Water,Sleep,Clothes,and an acceptable temperature are all examples
1970 of : Physiological Need
1971 The motivators are guided by : Need
____ make products, from raw materials or componentparts, which they
1972 then sell at a profit. service providers
in the form of
1973 How do traders make profit? commission
1974 What is the main stay of Indian economy? Agriculture

1975 Indian IT companies are not working in the __________________ business. product development

1976 Out of following which is the first activity in organizing? Identifying the activities
1977 They expect less but contribute more this happens in which phase? Self actualization
1978 Project organization is a ____________organization structure. Temporary
_________ is a voluntary organization formed to serve the members and the
1979 welfare of society. co-operative society
1980 In a tall organisation structure, the span of control is ___________ narrow
 loans from commercial
1981 _______________ is a source of working capital. banks
1982 Tools, lubricants, cutting fluids are ___________. indirect materials
________ helps managers to have selective control and focus attention only
1983 on important items. ABC analysis
The ___ provides the information about when to order and how much to
1984 order. MRP
1985 In kaixen the role of an employee is __________ to participate
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Factories Act, 1948 - MCQs with answers - Part I

Choose the correct option for the questions below.
1. In which year did factories act come into force?
a. 23rd September, 1948
b. 1st April, 1949
c. 4th April, 1949
d. 12th September, 1948

ANSWER: b. 1st April, 1949

2. How many days in advance does the occupier of a factory premises gives notice of occupancy to
the chief inspector?

a. 15 days
b. 20 days
c. 10 days
d. 25 days

ANSWER: a. 15 days
3. What are the general duties of an Occupier?

A. Maintenance of a plant and system of work in factory are safe, without risks to health.
B. Ensure safety and absence of risks to health in, use, handling, storage and transport of articles and
substances.
C. Specifying the area
D. Defining the local mean time ordinarily deserved therein.

a. D
b. C
c. Only A & B
d. All of the abov

ANSWER: c. Only A & B

4. Which provisions regarding health are mentioned in the sections 11 to 20 in factories act?

A. Cleanliness
B. Dust and fumes
C. Ventilation and temperature
D. Disposal of wastes

a. Only B & C
b. Only A & D
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

ANSWER: d. All of the above

5. As per the factories act, after how many years should the factory premises be painted and
refurbished?

a. 5 years
b. 2 years
c. 10 years
d. Annually

ANSWER: a. 5 years

6. As per section 2 in factories act, who will be called as an adult?

a. A person who has completed 21 years of age

b. A person who is less than 19 years of age
c. A person who has completed 24 years of age
d. A person who has completed 18 years of age

1. In which year was the first suggestion for the legislation in the act made?

a. 1934
b. 1925
c. 1936
d. 1937

ANSWER: b. 1925

2. The first suggestion for legislation in the act was made by a private member's bill called
__________.

a. Legislative Bill
b. Wages Bill
c. Weekly Payment Bill
d. None of the above

ANSWER: c. Weekly Payment Bill

3. Choose the correct date and year on which payment of wages act was passed?

a. 23rd April, 1936

b. 28th March, 1937
c. 25th April, 1937
d. 27th April, 1936
ANSWER: a. 23rd April, 1936
4. In which year did the payment of wages act come into force?

a. 23rd April, 1925

b. 28th March, 1940
c. 23rd April, 1936
d. 28th March, 1937

ANSWER: d. 28th March, 1937

5. The power is vested in the ____________ to make the act applicable to payment of wages to any
class of persons employed in any establishment or class of establishments specified in section 2(h)
by giving 3 month's notice to that effect.

a. Central Government
b. Acting Government
c. State Government
d. Judicial Court

ANSWER: c. State Government

6. State true or false.

i. In a factory if a person has been named as manager of the factory under the clause (f) of sub section 1 of
section 7 of the factories act, he is responsible to make the payments of the employees.

a. True
b. False

ANSWER: a. True

7. What is the maximum wage period for the payment of wages?

a. 1 month
b. 40 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days

ANSWER: a. 1 month

8. In any factory or industrial establishment where less than 1000 employees are employed the wages
shall be paid before the expiry of the ____ day.

a. 10th day
b. 2nd day
c. 7th day
d. None of the above

ANSWER: c. 7th day

9. Which of these deductions under section 7 of payment of wages act is not authorised?

a. Deduction for Fines

b. Deduction for payment of Income tax
c. Deduction for Payment of insurance
d. Deduction for payment of uniform and property

ANSWER: d. Deduction for payment of uniform and property

10. What is the maximum limit of fine to be imposed on an employee?

a. Should not exceed an amount equal to 5% of the wages payable

b. Should not exceed an amount equal to 1% of the wages payable
c. Should not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the wages payable
d. Should not exceed an amount equal to 10% of the wages payable

ANSWER: c. Should not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the wages payable

11. Which section of the act covers deduction for damage or loss?

a. Section 10
b. Section 9
c. Section 12
d. Section

1. In which year was the first suggestion for the legislation in the act made?

a. 1934
b. 1925
c. 1936
d. 1937

2. The first suggestion for legislation in the act was made by a private member's bill called
__________.

a. Legislative Bill
b. Wages Bill
c. Weekly Payment Bill
d. None of the above

3. Choose the correct date and year on which payment of wages act was passed?

a. 23rd April, 1936

b. 28th March, 1937
c. 25th April, 1937
d. 27th April, 1936

4. In which year did the payment of wages act come into force?

a. 23rd April, 1925

b. 28th March, 1940
c. 23rd April, 1936
d. 28th March, 1937

5. The power is vested in the ____________ to make the act applicable to payment of wages to any
class of persons employed in any establishment or class of establishments specified in section 2(h)
by giving 3 month's notice to that effect.

a. Central Government
b. Acting Government
c. State Government
d. Judicial Court

6. State true or false.

i. In a factory if a person has been named as manager of the factory under the clause (f) of sub section 1 of
section 7 of the factories act, he is responsible to make the payments of the employees.

a. True
b. False

7. What is the maximum wage period for the payment of wages?

a. 1 month
b. 40 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days

8. In any factory or industrial establishment where less than 1000 employees are employed the wages
shall be paid before the expiry of the ____ day.

a. 10th day
b. 2nd day
c. 7th day
d. None of the above
9. Which of these deductions under section 7 of payment of wages act is not authorised?

a. Deduction for Fines

b. Deduction for payment of Income tax
c. Deduction for Payment of insurance
d. Deduction for payment of uniform and property

10. What is the maximum limit of fine to be imposed on an employee?

a. Should not exceed an amount equal to 5% of the wages payable

b. Should not exceed an amount equal to 1% of the wages payable
c. Should not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the wages payable
d. Should not exceed an amount equal to 10% of the wages payable

11. Which section of the act covers deduction for damage or loss?

a. Section 10
b. Section 9
c. Section 12
d. Section 7

12. Match the following deductions with their respective sections

1. Deduction for recovery of loans --------- A. Section 12 A

2. Deduction from wages ----------------- B. Section 9
3. Deduction for services rendered --------- C. Section 7
4. Deductions from absence of duty --------- D. Section 11

a. 1-a, 2-c, 3-d, 4-b

b. 1-c, 2-a, 3-b, 4-d
c. 1-b, 2-d, 3-c, 4-a
d. 1-d, 2-a, 3-b, 4-c

13. A single application may be presented under section ___ on behalf or in respect of any number of
employed persons.

a. Sub section 3 of section 15

b. Section 15
c. Section 14
d. Section 10

14. What is the penalty for those who contravene the provision of section 4 sub section (4) of section
5 or 10 or 25?

a. 500 Rupees
b. 5000 Rupees
c. Upto 500 Rupees
d. None of the above

5. Which section takes care of payment of undisbursed wages in case of death of employed person?

a. Section 25A
b. Section 25
c. Section 26
d. Section 22A
Chapter 2: Multiple choice questions

Instructions

Answer the following questions and then press 'Submit' to get your score.

Question 1

Which 18th century writer produced a famous book called 'The Wealth of Nations'?

a) Frederick Taylor

b) Henry Mintzberg

c) Adam Smith d) Dr Samuel Johnson

Question 2

What characteristic is not a key feature of the 'open systems' model of management?

a) Morale

b) Innovation

c) Growth resource

d) Adaptation

Question 3

Which one of these characteristics is most commonly associated with the 'rational goal' model of management?

a) Worker welfare

b) Health and safety

c) Interpersonal relationships

d) Productivity

Question 4

What is the guiding principle of scientific management?

 a) Experimentation

b) Fluid working relationships

c) Freedom of association

d) One best way to do a job

Question 5

What is Frank Gilbreth`s work most noted for?

a) Working conditions

b) Time and motion studies

c) Work psychology

d) Work as a social setting

Question 6

Which one of the following is not a characteristic of a bureaucratic organisation?

a) Authority

b) Regulations

c) Command structure

d) Change

Question 7

Which writer was concerned with the reaction of workers to key characteristics of bureaucracies?

a) Merton

b) Weber

c) Gouldner

d) Mayo

Question 8
Which feature does not form one of Fayol's 14 principles of management?

a) Esprit de corps

b) Initiative

c) Order

d) Individualism

Question 9

The Hawthorn Studies are most associated with which writer?

a) Mary Parker Follett

b) Elton Mayo

c) Lillian Gilbreth

d) Frederick Taylor

Question 10

As what are key factors that reflect the situation of an organisation referred to?

a) Administrations

b) Processes

c) Activities

d) Contingencies

1. _________ is an organized portfolio of formal systems for obtaining processing and

delivering information in support of the business operations and management of an
organization.

1. MIS
2. DSS
3. MRS
4. None of the above
Ans. A

2. ________ expressly designed for the support of individual and collective decision making.

1. MIS
2. DSS
3. TPS
4. OIS

Ans. B

3. ________ are formal social units devoted to the attainment of specific goals.

1. Management
2. Organization
3. Decision support system
4. None of these

Ans. B
Economic signals that measure and predict the direction of the economy provide information about the
economic climate.
True

1. False

Ans. A
The cost of information can be _______.
Costly

1. Valuable
2. Processing
3. None of the above

Ans. B

6. ________ technology include computers hardware, software, database management systems and
data communication system.
 1. Information
2. Computer
3. Marketing
4. All of the above

Ans. A

7. Diagnosis of information needs can occur at the individual managerial or organizational levels.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

8. Socialogical approaches help us understand the organizational behavior of people.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

9. Management, science, also known as _________, is a field of applied mathematics.

1. Operations research
2. Management accounting
3. Exchange commission
4. System theory

Ans. A

10. Mass production of computers started in ________, when UNIVAC 1 was delivered.

1. 1951
 2. 1953
3. 1946
4. 1954

Ans. A

11. Executive managers establish the overall direction of an organization by setting its strategy and
policies.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

12. ________ can occur at the individual, group, organizational or extra-organizational level.

1. Planning
2. Controlling
3. Organizing
4. Scheduling

Ans. A

13. Tactical plans may focus on decisions staffing, advertising and pricing.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

14. ________ ensuring that performance meets established standards that worker’s activities occurs
as planned and that the organization process.
 1. Controlling
2. Planning
3. Leading
4. Organizing

Ans. A

15. ________ is the process of recording, classifying and summarizing the financial activities of an
organization.

1. Planning
2. Managerial
3. Accounting
4. Diagnosis

Ans. C

16. Human and computers are _______ in their ability to filter and save information.

1. Similar
2. Different
3. Complementary

Ans. C

17. EDI is an example of _________.

1. Decision making
2. Boundary system
3. Coordination
4. Modeling

Ans. B
 18. Telecommunications means multiple computer interconnected into networks is called ______.

1. Distributed database
2. Distributed processing
3. Central processing

Ans. B

19. Newspaper, magazine, radio, television are example of _________.

1. Storing information
2. Retrieving information
3. Communication information
4. Acquiring information

Ans. d

20. MRS stands for _______.

1. Management reporting system

2. Management resource system
3. Management retrieve system

Ans. A

21. EIS should offer the capability to _____________into the data.

1. Drill down
2. Drill up
3. Drill diagonal
4. All of the above

Ans. A
 22. A _______ strategy seeks to achieve competitive advantages by allowing the business unit to
make more profit than its competitors.

1. Focus
2. Cost leadership
3. Linkage
4. Information leadership

Ans. B

23. Security means protection against theft, manipulation and loss of data.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

24. EMS stands for enterprise management system.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

25. _______ is a feature provided for ensuring that the transaction is completed with regards to the
business rules set by the management.

1. Advocacy
2. Authorization
3. Signature
4. Policy formulation
Ans. B

26. The architecture of the MIS plan provides:

1. A way to handle the system or subsystem by way of simplificatio0n, coupling and decoupling of
subsystems.
2. For preparing the schedule of the system in the overall information requirement
3. An online information on the stocks markets and the accounts balance
4. None of these

Ans. A

27. Michael hammer defines re-engineer as _______ and radical redesign of business process to
achieve the performance such as cost, quality, service and speed.

1. Business process
2. The fundamental rethinking
3. Organization restructuring
4. None of the above

Ans. b

28. The ________ calls for trimming and chopping of these designs so that the cost is reduced,
service is improved and the customer gets higher value at a higher speed.

1. Business process
2. Radical redesign
3. The fundamental rethinking
4. None of these

Ans. B

29. Re-reengineering calls for a change in the performance measures :- the cost, quality, efficiency,
overheads and many others.
 1. True
2. False

Ans. A

30. A ________ process in any area of the business organization performs basic steps such as,
receive input, measure, analyze, document, perform, process, record / store, access, produce and
communicate.

1. Value
2. Decision making
3. Business
4. Re-engineering

Ans. C

31. A ______ is a measure, an intangible measure, which is difficult to count in clear terms.

1. Model
2. Business
3. Value
4. Organization

Ans. C

32. The business re-engineering requires a major change in the _________.

1. Machine
2. Mindset
3. Material
4. Infrastructure

Ans. B
 33. The number of steps in any business process related to the data search, its matching, collecting,
validating, confirming and conforming are carried out in the redesigned process.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

34. ______ is the process of identifying a problem, developing alternative solutions and choosing and
implementing.

1. Decision making
2. Business
3. Value
4. Re-engineering

Ans. A

35. Decision making is a _______ activity.

1. Intuitive
2. Cognitive
3. Systematic
4. Analytic

Ans. b

36. A ________ decision maker approaches a problem by structuring it and applying a well-defined
method to lead to a solution.

1. Intuitive
2. Systematic
3. Cognitive
4. All the above
Ans. B

37. _______ systems are interactive information systems that assist a decision maker in approaching
ill-structured problems by offering analytical models and access to database.

1. Decision making
2. Systematic
3. Cognitive
4. Decision support systems

Ans. d

38. The components of DSS –

1. Data management sub systems

2. Model management sub system
3. Dialog management sub system
4. All of the above

Ans. D

39. ________ systems help to a analyze historical and current data either on demand or periodically.

1. Data access system

2. Data analysis system
3. Fore cast-oriented data analysis system
4. System based on accounting models

Ans. B

40. A ______ is the actual system that a manager works with during the decision process.
 1. Specific DSS
2. DSS generators
3. DSS tools

Ans. A

2-Marks

41. True or False –

1. Formal sources provide information is a less structured way.

2. Informal sources provide information in a relatively organized and predictable fashion.

1. a & b true
2. a & b False
3. a – true, b – false
4. b – true, a – false

Ans. B

42. ________ processing, involves duplicating, sorting and filling data.

______ processing with electronic scanners involves transforming and entering the data into an
electronic form.

1. Manual, electronic
2. Electronic, manual
3. Transforming
4. None of the above

Ans. a
 43. ______, _______ and society need to use a variety of systems to organize the collection, storage,
processing, retrieval and communication of information.

1. Management, society
2. Communicating, organizations
3. Individuals, organizations
4. None of these

Ans. C

44. MIS is both an area of _______ and a _______ of scholarly inquiry.

1. Design, diagnosis
2. Practice, discipline
3. Evaluation, implementation
4. None of these

Ans. A

45. The first electronic computer, ________ was completed in 1946 at the university of _______.

1. ENIAC, Pennsylvania
2. UNIVAC, Pennsylvania
3. ENIAC, Charles Babbage
4. None of the above

Ans. A

46. True or False –

1. At the highest level, managers are concerned with supervising the conduct of day-to-day
activities.
2. At the lowest level, managers are concerned with setting long term goals and directions for the
organization.
 1. Both are true B. Both are false ‘

1. A – true, b-false
2. A – false, b – true

Ans. B

47. ______ managers who acts as project managers might be responsible for one or more unique
protects and _______ managers supervise teams of workers who must accomplish a specific goal.

1. Middle, project
2. Project, middle
3. Top, middle
4. Top, project

Ans. A

48. ______ refers to taking actions that direct and motivate employees to accomplish personal and
organizational goals.

_______ establishing a formal reporting structure and a system of accountability among workers.

1. Organizing, leading
2. Planning, controlling
3. Leading, organizing
4. None of the above

Ans. C

49. Operations can encompass ________.

1. Only manufacturing
2. Manufacturing and the provision of services
3. Services only
4. Non profit organizations
Ans. B

50. _______ refers to the deployment, development, assessment, rewarding and management of
individual organizational members and worker groups.

____________is the management of raw materials, partially completed goods service.

1. Inventory control, HRM

2. Human resource management, Inventory control
3. Capacity planning, Human resource planning
4. None of the above

Ans. B

1. _________ is an organized portfolio of formal systems for obtaining processing and delivering
information in support of the business operations and management of an organization.
 1. MIS
2. DSS
3. MRS
4. None of the above

Ans. A

2. ________ expressly designed for the support of individual and collective decision making.

1. MIS
2. DSS
3. TPS
4. OIS

Ans. B

3. ________ are formal social units devoted to the attainment of specific goals.

1. Management
2. Organization
3. Decision support system
4. None of these

Ans. B

4. Economic signals that measure and predict the direction of the economy provide information
about the economic climate.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A
 5. The cost of information can be _______.

1. Costly
2. Valuable
3. Processing
4. None of the above

Ans. B

6. ________ technology include computers hardware, software, database management systems and
data communication system.

1. Information
2. Computer
3. Marketing
4. All of the above

Ans. A

7. Diagnosis of information needs can occur at the individual managerial or organizational levels.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

8. Socialogical approaches help us understand the organizational behavior of people.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A
 9. Management, science, also known as _________, is a field of applied mathematics.

1. Operations research
2. Management accounting
3. Exchange commission
4. System theory

Ans. A

10. Mass production of computers started in ________, when UNIVAC 1 was delivered.

1. 1951
2. 1953
3. 1946
4. 1954

Ans. A

11. Executive managers establish the overall direction of an organization by setting its strategy and
policies.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

12. ________ can occur at the individual, group, organizational or extra-organizational level.

1. Planning
2. Controlling
3. Organizing
4. Scheduling

Ans. A
 13. Tactical plans may focus on decisions staffing, advertising and pricing.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

14. ________ ensuring that performance meets established standards that worker’s activities occurs
as planned and that the organization process.

1. Controlling
2. Planning
3. Leading
4. Organizing

Ans. A

15. ________ is the process of recording, classifying and summarizing the financial activities of an
organization.

1. Planning
2. Managerial
3. Accounting
4. Diagnosis

Ans. C

16. Human and computers are _______ in their ability to filter and save information.

1. Similar
2. Different
3. Complementary
Ans. C

17. EDI is an example of _________.

1. Decision making
2. Boundary system
3. Coordination
4. Modeling

Ans. B

18. Telecommunications means multiple computer interconnected into networks is called ______.

1. Distributed database
2. Distributed processing
3. Central processing

Ans. B

19. Newspaper, magazine, radio, television are example of _________.

1. Storing information
2. Retrieving information
3. Communication information
4. Acquiring information

Ans. d

20. MRS stands for _______.

1. Management reporting system

2. Management resource system
 3. Management retrieve system

Ans. A

21. EIS should offer the capability to _____________into the data.

1. Drill down
2. Drill up
3. Drill diagonal
4. All of the above

Ans. A

22. A _______ strategy seeks to achieve competitive advantages by allowing the business unit to
make more profit than its competitors.

1. Focus
2. Cost leadership
3. Linkage
4. Information leadership

Ans. B

23. Security means protection against theft, manipulation and loss of data.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

24. EMS stands for enterprise management system.

1. True
 2. False

Ans. A

25. _______ is a feature provided for ensuring that the transaction is completed with regards to the
business rules set by the management.

1. Advocacy
2. Authorization
3. Signature
4. Policy formulation

Ans. B

26. The architecture of the MIS plan provides:

1. A way to handle the system or subsystem by way of simplificatio0n, coupling and decoupling of
subsystems.
2. For preparing the schedule of the system in the overall information requirement
3. An online information on the stocks markets and the accounts balance
4. None of these

Ans. A

27. Michael hammer defines re-engineer as _______ and radical redesign of business process to
achieve the performance such as cost, quality, service and speed.

1. Business process
2. The fundamental rethinking
3. Organization restructuring
4. None of the above

Ans. b
 28. The ________ calls for trimming and chopping of these designs so that the cost is reduced,
service is improved and the customer gets higher value at a higher speed.

1. Business process
2. Radical redesign
3. The fundamental rethinking
4. None of these

Ans. B

29. Re-reengineering calls for a change in the performance measures :- the cost, quality, efficiency,
overheads and many others.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

30. A ________ process in any area of the business organization performs basic steps such as,
receive input, measure, analyze, document, perform, process, record / store, access, produce and
communicate.

1. Value
2. Decision making
3. Business
4. Re-engineering

Ans. C

31. A ______ is a measure, an intangible measure, which is difficult to count in clear terms.

1. Model
2. Business
3. Value
4. Organization
Ans. C

32. The business re-engineering requires a major change in the _________.

1. Machine
2. Mindset
3. Material
4. Infrastructure

Ans. B

33. The number of steps in any business process related to the data search, its matching, collecting,
validating, confirming and conforming are carried out in the redesigned process.

1. True
2. False

Ans. A

34. ______ is the process of identifying a problem, developing alternative solutions and choosing and
implementing.

1. Decision making
2. Business
3. Value
4. Re-engineering

Ans. A

35. Decision making is a _______ activity.

1. Intuitive
 2. Cognitive
3. Systematic
4. Analytic

Ans. b

36. A ________ decision maker approaches a problem by structuring it and applying a well-defined
method to lead to a solution.

1. Intuitive
2. Systematic
3. Cognitive
4. All the above

Ans. B

37. _______ systems are interactive information systems that assist a decision maker in approaching
ill-structured problems by offering analytical models and access to database.

1. Decision making
2. Systematic
3. Cognitive
4. Decision support systems

Ans. d

38. The components of DSS –

1. Data management sub systems

2. Model management sub system
3. Dialog management sub system
4. All of the above

Ans. D
 39. ________ systems help to a analyze historical and current data either on demand or periodically.

1. Data access system

2. Data analysis system
3. Fore cast-oriented data analysis system
4. System based on accounting models

Ans. B

40. A ______ is the actual system that a manager works with during the decision process.

1. Specific DSS
2. DSS generators
3. DSS tools

Ans. A

2-Marks

41. True or False –

1. Formal sources provide information is a less structured way.

2. Informal sources provide information in a relatively organized and predictable fashion.

1. a & b true
2. a & b False
3. a – true, b – false
4. b – true, a – false

Ans. B
 42. ________ processing, involves duplicating, sorting and filling data.

______ processing with electronic scanners involves transforming and entering the data into an
electronic form.

1. Manual, electronic
2. Electronic, manual
3. Transforming
4. None of the above

Ans. a

43. ______, _______ and society need to use a variety of systems to organize the collection, storage,
processing, retrieval and communication of information.

1. Management, society
2. Communicating, organizations
3. Individuals, organizations
4. None of these

Ans. C

44. MIS is both an area of _______ and a _______ of scholarly inquiry.

1. Design, diagnosis
2. Practice, discipline
3. Evaluation, implementation
4. None of these

Ans. A

45. The first electronic computer, ________ was completed in 1946 at the university of _______.

1. ENIAC, Pennsylvania
 2. UNIVAC, Pennsylvania
3. ENIAC, Charles Babbage
4. None of the above

Ans. A

46. True or False –

1. At the highest level, managers are concerned with supervising the conduct of day-to-day
activities.
2. At the lowest level, managers are concerned with setting long term goals and directions for the
organization.

1. Both are true B. Both are false ‘

1. A – true, b-false
2. A – false, b – true

Ans. B

47. ______ managers who acts as project managers might be responsible for one or more unique
protects and _______ managers supervise teams of workers who must accomplish a specific goal.

1. Middle, project
2. Project, middle
3. Top, middle
4. Top, project

Ans. A

48. ______ refers to taking actions that direct and motivate employees to accomplish personal and
organizational goals.

_______ establishing a formal reporting structure and a system of accountability among workers.

1. Organizing, leading
 2. Planning, controlling
3. Leading, organizing
4. None of the above

Ans. C

49. Operations can encompass ________.

1. Only manufacturing
2. Manufacturing and the provision of services
3. Services only
4. Non profit organizations

Ans. B

50. _______ refers to the deployment, development, assessment, rewarding and management of
individual organizational members and worker groups.

____________is the management of raw materials, partially completed goods service.

1. Inventory control, HRM

2. Human resource management, Inventory control
3. Capacity planning, Human resource planning
4. None of the above

Ans. B
Financial Management - MCQs with answers

1. The only feasible purpose of financial management is

a) Wealth Maximization
b) Sales Maximization
c) Profit Maximization
d) Assets maximization

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: a) Wealth Maximization

2. Financial management process deals with

a) Investments
b) Financing decisions
c) Both a and b
d) None of the above

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: b) Financing decisions

3. Agency cost consists of

a) Binding
b) Monitoring
c) Opportunity and structure cost
d) All of the above

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: d) All of the above

4. Finance Function comprises

a) Safe custody of funds only

b) Expenditure of funds only
c) Procurement of finance only
d) Procurement & effective use of funds

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: d) Procurement & effective use of funds

5. The objective of wealth maximization takes into account

a) Amount of returns expected

b) Timing of anticipated returns
c) Risk associated with uncertainty of returns
d) All of the above

View Answer / Hide Answer

ANSWER: d) All of the above

6. Financial management mainly focuses on

a) Efficient management of every business

b) Brand dimension
c) Arrangement of funds
d) All elements of acquiring and using means of financial resources for financial activities
MATERIAL MANAGEMENT STUDY MATERIAL - MCQ FOR SAIL MT ADMIN

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT STUDY MATERIAL - MCQ FOR

SAIL MT ADMIN
9:37 AM Sailaja K 7 HOME, SAIL MT ADMIN

Product life cycles for many products are ________, forcing companies to not
only become ________ in design but also to communicate changes and needs
to suppliers and distributors.

1. shrinking rapidly, more flexible

2. shrinking rapidly, less flexible

3. growing rapidly, more flexible

4. growing rapidly, less flexible

All portions of the material production from __________ to ___________ are

considered to be a linked chain under the supply chain concept.

1. work in process, final customer

2. raw material, work in process

3. work in process, raw material

4. raw material, final customer

To get the most profit, a company should________

1. Provide little customer service

2. Provide high production costs

3. Provide the lowest inventory investment

4. Provide the highest distribution costs

Finance must keep investment and costs low. This can be done
by___________

1. Increasing inventory so inventory investment is at a maximum

2. Decreasing the number of plants and warehouses

3. Producing small quantities

4. Using short production runs

Today the concepts of ______ manufacturing stress the need to supply

customers with what they want when they want it and to keep inventories at
a _______.

1. TQM, maximum

2. Six Sigma, maximum

3. JIT, minimum
 4. ISO 9000, minimum

The concept of having ____ department(s) responsible for the flow of

materials, from supplier through production to consumer, is relatively new.

1. one

2. multiple

3. functional

4. none of the above

Materials management is also called____________

1. Distribution planning

2. Control and logistics management

3. Both of the above

4. Neither of the above

Materials management is a coordinating function responsible for planning and

controlling materials flow. Its objective(s) is/are:

1. Maximize the use of the firm's resources

2. Provide the required level of customer service

3. Both of the above

4. Neither of the above

_______ and ______ are costs that increase or decrease with the quantity
sold.

1. Direct labor, indirect material

2. Direct labor, direct material

3. Indirect labor, indirect material

4. Indirect labor, direct material

Inventory not only makes up a portion of the cost of goods sold but has to be
purchased at the beginning of production to be processed into finished goods.
This type of inventory is called _____________.

1. work-in-process

2. finished goods

3. raw materials

4. none of the above

A good planning system must consider:

1. What are we going to make?

 2. What does it take to make it?

3. What do we have and need?

4. All of the above

_______ is the capability of manufacturing to produce goods and services.

1. Capacity

2. Priority

3. Planning

4. Control

________ is responsible for analyzing the marketplace and deciding the firm's
response, the markets to be served, the products supplied, and desired levels
of customer service.

1. Marketing

2. Finance

3. Production

4. Engineering

______ must satisfy the demands of the marketplace. It does so by using

plants, machinery, equipment, labor, and materials as efficiently as possible.

1. Marketing

2. Finance

3. Production

4. Engineering

The _____________________ is a plan for the production of individual end

items.

1. MPS

2. JIT

3. MRP II

4. MRP

Purchasing and ___________ represent the implementation and control

phase of the production planning and control system.

1. production activity control (PAC)

2. material requirements planning (MRP)

3. just-in-time (JIT)

4. marketing
A _________ strategy means producing the amounts demanded at any given
time.

1. production leveling

2. chase

3. subcontracting

4. TQM

In the _____________ environment, several product options exist (e.g.,

automobiles) and the customer is not willing to wait until the product is
made. Therefore manufacturers produce and stock standard component parts.

1. make-to-order

2. assemble-to-order

3. level production

4. make-to-stock

____________ is the first step in a manufacturing planning and control

system.

1. Production planning

2. Achieving the forecast

3. Maintaining the required inventory levels

4. Maintaining the planned backlog

The cost of a _________ that is too large equals the cost of turning away
business.

1. production plan

2. backlog

3. resource plan

4. capacity plan

The MRP forms a vital link between sales and production as follows:

1. The MRP makes possible valid order promises.

2. The MRP is a plan of what is to be produced and when.

3. The MRP is a contract between marketing and manufacturing.

4. All of the above

The information needed to develop an MPR includes:

1. The production plan

2. Forecasts for individual end items

 3. Actual orders received from customers and for stock replenishments.

4. All of the above

A schedule is satisfactory when:

1. Capacity is greater than the production plan

2. It doesn't specify to the plant when to start production

3. Capacity is consistent with the production plan

4. It doesn't specify to the plant when to stop production

The objectives in developing an MRP include:

1. To maintain the desired level of customer service by maintaining finished goods inventory levels or by scheduling

to meet customer delivery requirements

2. To make the best use of material, labor, and equipment

3. To maintain inventory investment at the required levels

4. All of the above

To reach its objectives, the master production schedule must:

1. Satisfy customer demand

2. Be outside the capacity of manufacturing

3. Be outside the guidelines of the production plan

4. Be outside both the capacity of manufacturing and the guidelines of the production plan

The first step in preparing an MPS is:

1. Resolve differences between the preliminary MPS and the capacity available.

2. Check the preliminary MRP against available capacity.

3. Develop a preliminary MRP.

4. Develop a rough-cut capacity plan.

Critical resources in rough-cut capacity planning include:

1. Bottle-neck operations

2. Labor

3. Critical materials

4. All of the above

It is possible to increase the available capacity by:

1. Using fewer workers

2. Scheduling overtime
 3. Limiting subcontracting

4. Rerouting away from other work centers

In the __________________ environment, many different end items are

made from a small number of components.

1. make-to-stock

2. make-to-order

3. assembly-to-order

4. engineer-to-order

In the __________________ environment, many end items can be made from

combinations of basic components and subassemblies.

1. make-to-stock

2. make-to-order

3. assembly-to-order

4. engineer-to-order

The sides, ends, legs, and tops of tables are ________ demand items.

1. dependent

2. independent

3. forecast

4. calculated

Since _______ demand is not related to the demand for any other assemblies
or products, it must be ___________.

1. dependent, forecast

2. dependent, calculated

3. independent, forecast

4. independent, calculated

All major inputs to the MRP system include:

1. Master production schedule and bill of material

2. Bill of material and inventory records

3. Inventory records and master production schedule

4. Master production schedule, inventory records, and bills of material

The ___________ is a statement of which end items are to be produced, their

quantity, and the dates they are to be completed.

1. MRP
 2. MPS

3. inventory record

4. bill of materials

The bill of materials shows all the parts required to make __________.

1. one item

2. the MPR

3. work-in-process inventory

4. raw materials inventory

A _________ is used when companies usually make more than one product
and the same components are often used in several products.

1. single-level bill

2. multiple bill

3. multilevel bill

4. product tree

Financially, inventories are very important to manufacturing companies and

represent _________ of total assets on the balance sheet.

1. 10% to 45%

2. 25% to 40%

3. 20% to 60%

4. 50% to 80%

__________ are purchased items received that have not entered the
production process. They include purchased materials, component parts, and
sub-assemblies.

1. Raw materials

2. Work-in-process

3. Finished goods

4. MRO supplies

___________ include hand tools, spare parts, lubricants, and cleaning

supplies.

1. Raw materials

2. Work-in-process

3. Finished goods

4. MRO supplies
Inventory serves as a buffer between:

1. Supply and demand

2. Finished goods and component availability

3. Customer demand and finished goods

4. All of the above

__________ inventory is held to cover random unpredictable changes in

supply and demand or lead time.

1. Anticipation

2. Fluctuation

3. Lot-size

4. Transportation

_______is a measure of customer service.

1. Percentage of orders shipped on schedule

2. Percentage of line items shipped on schedule

3. Order-days out of stock

4. All of the above

Storing inventory requires ___________________ and as inventory

increases, so do these costs.

1. space and workers

2. workers and equipment

3. space and equipment

4. space, workers, and equipment

Liabilities are obligations or amounts owed by a company and include:

1. Accounts payable

2. Wages payable

3. Long-term debt

4. All of the above

The risks in carrying inventory are:

1. Obsolescence and damage

2. Damage and pilferage

3. Pilferage and deterioration

4. Obsolescence, damage, pilferage, and deterioration

________ is the costs incurred in the process of making revenue.

1. Income

2. Cost of goods sold

3. Expenses

4. Retained earnings

A(n) _____________ lists all the parts needed to make one complete
assembly.

1. summarized parts list

2. indented bill

3. multilevel bill

4. single-level bill

___________ is the process of multiplying the requirements by the usage

quantity and recording the appropriate requirements throughout the product
tree.

1. Offsetting

2. Planning orders

3. Lead time

4. Exploding

_______________ means that authorization is given to purchasing to buy the

necessary material or to manufacturing to make the component.

1. Planned order release

2. Releasing an order

3. Scheduled receipts

4. Open orders

____________ are orders placed on manufacturing or on a vendor and

represent a commitment to make or buy.

1. Planned order releases

2. Releasing orders

3. Scheduled receipts

4. Open orders

______________involves long-range capacity resource requirements and is

directly linked to production planning.

1. Resource planning

2. MRP
 3. Capacity requirements planning

4. Rough-cut capacity planning

Resource planning involves changes in staffing, capital equipment, product

design, or other facilities that take a ________ time to ___________.

1. short, acquire and eliminate

2. long, acquire and eliminate

3. short, utilize and change

4. long, utilize and change

The inputs needed for a CRP include:

1. Open shop orders

2. Planned order released

3. Routings

4. All of the above

The Gregorian calendar:

1. Has an equal number of days per month

2. Spreads holidays evenly throughout the year

3. Works on a decimal base

4. Presents problems for manufacturing planning and control

Capacity needs to be measured:

1. At the machine or individual worker level

2. At the work center level

3. At the plant level

4. All of the above

_____________ is the number of hours a work center can be used.

1. Demonstrated capacity

2. Rated capacity

3. Available hours

4. Utilization

Rated capacity is calculated by taking into account the work center

___________.

1. utilization and efficiency

2. utilization and demonstrated capacity

 3. efficiency and production

4. efficiency and demonstrated capacity

The term _____________means that the work center is overloaded and the
term ________________ means the work center is under loaded.

1. undercapacity, overcapacity

2. overcapacity, under capacity

3. overcapacity, utilization

4. utilization, under capacity

In the _________ run, capacity ________ be adjusted.

1. short, can

2. short, cannot

3. long, cannot

4. none of the above

If the workload in a manufacturing plan cannot be changed, an alternative is

to:

1. Schedule overtime

2. Schedule undertime

3. Adjust the workforce by hiring

4. All of the above

______________is concerned with the production of high-volume standard

products.

1. Flow manufacturing

2. Intermittent manufacturing

3. Product manufacturing

4. All of the above

Routings are fixed and work centers are arranged according to the routing in
________________.

1. flow manufacturing

2. intermittent manufacturing

3. product manufacturing

4. all of the above

Flow of work through the shop is varied and depends on the design of a
particular product. In _____________, as orders are processed, they will take
more time at one workstation than at another. Thus, the work flow is not
balanced.

1. flow manufacturing

2. intermittent manufacturing

3. product manufacturing

4. all of the above

An example of project manufacturing is:

1. Gasoline

2. Automobiles

3. Appliances

4. Large shipbuilding

The __________________ contains a list of the single-level components and

quantities needed to assemble a parent item.

1. work center master file

2. item master file

3. product structure file (bill of material file)

4. routing file

The _________________ collects all of the relevant data on a work center.

1. work center master file

2. item master file

3. product structure file (bill of material file)

4. routing file

Each active manufacturing order has a record in the

_____________________.

1. work center master file

2. item master file

3. product structure file (bill of material file)

4. shop order master file

_________ is the amount of time the job is waiting at a work center before an
operation begins.

1. Queue time

2. Setup time

3. Run time
 4. Wait time

The transit time between work centers is ____________.

1. setup time

2. run time

3. wait time

4. move time

_______________ is a method of reducing manufacturing lead time. The

order is split into two or more lots and run on two or more machines
simultaneously.

1. Operation overlapping

2. Operation splitting

3. Infinite loading

4. Backward scheduling

On average, manufacturing firms spend about ________ of their sales dollars

on the purchase of raw materials, components, and supplies.

1. 20%

2. 50%

3. 30%

4. 40%

The objectives of purchasing include:

1. Obtaining the goods and services at the highest price

2. Obtaining goods and services of the lowest quality

3. Ensuring the best possible service and prompt delivery by the supplier

4. Obtaining goods and services at any quantity

A ________________ is a legal offer to purchase.

1. quotation

2. purchase order

3. receiving order

4. supplier's invoice

When the supplier's invoice is received, the following should agree:

 The purchase order, the receiving report, and the invoice

 The purchase order, the work order, and the production report
  The receiving report, the quotation, and the material specification

 The material specification, the purchase requisition, and the invoice

In purchasing an item or service from a supplier, which factor is not included

when specifications are being developed?

1. Delivery requirement

2. Quantity requirements

3. Price requirements

4. Functional requirement

________ is the systematic use of techniques that identify a required

function, establish a value for that function, and finally provide the function at
the lowest overall cost.

1. Cost analysis

2. Functional analysis

3. Value analysis

4. Functional specifications

_______ is most often used in wholesale or retail businesses but is also used
extensively in manufacturing.

1. Description by brand

2. Description by specification

3. Description by function

4. Description by buyer

___________specifications and standard specifications are the two major

sources of specifications or ways of describing a product.

1. Functional

2. Buyer

3. Marketing

4. Production

______ sourcing is the use of more than one supplier for an item.

1. Single

2. Multiple

3. Sole

4. Engineering

Materials such as copper, coal, wheat, meat, and metals are:

 1. Standard products

2. Items of small value

3. Made-to-order items

4. Commodities

_______________ occurs when a customer's order is received.

1. Demand management

2. Forecasting

3. Random variation

4. Order processing

Trends:

1. Are level

2. Have no change from period to period

3. Can rise or fall

4. All of the above

______________ is usually thought of as occurring on a yearly basis, but it

can also occur on a weekly or even daily basis.

1. Seasonality

2. Random variation

3. A cycle

4. A trend

Over a span of several years and even decades, wavelike increases and
decreases in the economy influence demand and are called _________.

1. seasonality

2. random variation

3. cycles

4. trends

______________ demand items need to be forecast.

1. Independent

2. Dependent

3. Both independent and dependent

4. Neither independent nor dependent

The near future holds _____ uncertainty than (as) the far future.
 1. less

2. more

3. the same

4. all of the above

_______________ techniques are projections based on judgment, intuition,

and informed opinions.

1. Extrinsic forecasting

2. Quantitative forecasting

3. Intrinsic forecasting

4. Qualitative forecasting

The Delphi method:

1. Uses a panel of experts who give their opinion on what is likely to happen

2. Consists of projections based on external indicators that relate to the demand for a company's products

3. Uses economic indicators, such as housing starts and gasoline consumption, to forecast demand

4. Uses historical data to forecast demand

Products likely to have seasonal or periodic demand patterns include:

1. Toilet paper and paper towels

2. Toothpaste and deodorant

3. Skis and lawnmowers

4. Milk and meat

______________ exists when the cumulative actual demand varies from the
cumulative forecast.

1. Forecast error

2. Random variation

3. Mean absolute deviation

4. Bias
1. Types of business………………
a. Service
b. Manufacturing
c. Trade
d. All of above
2. Service enterprises provides the services that are called as……………………
a. Intangible goods
b. Manufacturing
c. All of above
d. None of above
3. Trading enterprises may be found operating in the form of …………..
a. Wholesale
b. Investment trusts
c. (a)And(b)
d. None of above
4. Industrial sectors involves…………………
a. Construction
b. Fisheries
c. Textile
d. All of above
5. Engineering industrial sectors not involves…………….
a. Civil
b. Mechanical
c. Chemical
d. Filament yard
6. Textile industrial sectors involves…………….
a. Petrochemical
b. Sericulture
c. Tobacco
d. seeds
7. Top agro industry in India is………….
a. Fabindia
b. Pidilite
c. DuPont India
d. None of above
8. It sectors involves……………..
a. ITES
b. Telecommunication
c. (a)and(b)
d. None of these
9.ITES stands for………….

a. IT Enabled services
b. IT Enterprises services
c. IT Enabled System
d. Industry Telecomm Enabled services

10.BPO stands for……………..

a. Business Procedure Outsourcing

b. Business Process Outsourcing
c. Business Process Organization
d. Business Procedure Organization

11. KPO stands for……………..

a. Knowledge Procedure Outsourcing

b. Knowledge process Outsourcing
c. Knowledge Process Organization
d. None of these

12. RPO stands for……………

a. Research Procedure Outsourcing

b. Read Process Outsourcing
c. Research Process Outsourcing
d. None of above

13. LPO stands for…………….

a. Legal Process Outsourcing

b. Limited Process Outsourcing
c. Limited Procedure Outsourcing
d. Last Procedure Outsourcing

14………………..is backbone of Indian economy.

a. It
b. Texitle
c. Banking
d. (a)and(c)

15. Indian central bank is………………

a. Shamrao Vitthal Co-operative bank

b. State bank of india
c. Central bank of india
d. Reserve Bank of India
16. Insurance company categories……………….

a. Life Insurance
b. General Insurance
c. All of above
d. None of above

17. Major functions of insurance company…………………..

a. To provide certainty
b. To provide protection
c. Shares risks
d. All of above

18.FTA stands for……………

a. Financial Transfer Arrival

b. Foreign Transfer Arrival
c. Foreign Tourist Arrival
d. Foreign Tourist Arrangement

19.Hospitality industry categories……………..

a. Food and Beverages

b. Accommodations
c. Travel and tourism
d. All of above

20.ITDS stands for…………………

Indian Tourist Development Corporation

Indian Tourism Development Corporation

Indian Tourism Development

All of above

21. India is awarded a certification of………………..freee country

a. Cancer
b. Polio
c. Swine flu
d. AIDS
22. India is awraded a certification of POLIO free country is…………..

a. January 2011
b. January 2009
c. January 2014
d. June 2011

23.India is awraded a certification of POLIO free country is…………..

a. World Health Organization

b. World Health Center
c. National health Center
d. None of above

24. LPG……………..

a. Liberation, Privatization, Globalization

b. Liberate,Private,Globalization
c. Liberate,Private,Global
d. None of these

25.GATT stands for…………..

a. Global Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

b. General Agreement on tariffs and Trade
c. General Agreement on Traffics and Trade
d. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

26.GATT was created in ……………

a. 1950
b. 1947
c. 1948
d. 1951

27.ITO stands for………………

a. International Trance Organization

b. International Test Organization
c. Internal trade Organization
d. International Trade Organization

28.WTO stands for…………

a. World Trade organization

b. World Test Organization
c. Work Test organization
d. World Trade Organics
29.Cipla is…………..

a. Textile industry
b. Process industry
c. Chemical industry
d. IT industry

30.Insurance companies are growing at the annual compound rate of………………

a. 100%
b. 15%-20%
c. 30%
d. 30%-40%

1     Globalisation
policy, liberalization
The year 1991 is famous for
were accepted by
India.
2 Following business pattern is not coming under service industry        Textile mill

3 Service industry is_____ sector in economy.   Tertiary

4 Annual growth of approximate ____% is recorded in last Five Years by

    30%
service industry.
5 Following is the fastest growing sector in India now days        Service

6 License permit raj in India was in this period      1965-1990

7 Manufacturing sector contributes___% of India’s GDP        15%

8 ___% of workforce in India is working in manufacturing sector.        12%

9 _____is a willing exchange of goods Trade

10 ____is also called as commerce        Trade

11 Mechanism that allows trade is called as    Market

12 Domestic trade is also called as Internal trade

13 Following is main destination for capital inflows      India

14 Following is not among the top 5 countries in the list of our importers    UK

15 All export and import activities are governed by Foreign trade policy
16      Special Economic
SEZ means
Zones
17 Which is the pioneering company with respect to iorn and steel filed in
    TISCO
India?
18 ._____ is the apex authority of Govt. of India SAIL
19 . In____the first car was driven on the roads of India 1898
20 India is the largest market in world for      Three wheelers

21 Match the pairs:

1. Ashok Leyland (a) Pune
     1-(b),2-(c),3-(d),4-
2. Suzuki (b)Chennai
(a)
3. Mahindra (c)Gurgaon
4.Kinetic (d)Nashik
22 Following is ‘not’ the ‘challenge’ in front of Automobile industry     Investment
 23 Per capita consumption of paper in India is      4kg

24      Availability
of
Following are the challenge in front of paper industry. Which one is wrong?
labour
25 Per capita consumption of cement in japan is 700 kg. In India it is       70kg

26 Which is not the challenge in front of cement industry?      Less market size

27 Old Indian textile industry was predominantly_____based      Catton

28 Following is not the strength of textile industry      Cheap workshop

29 Following is not textile industry      IBM

30 Following is not the chemical industry        Sugar

31 Following is not the agro industry      Paper

32 First nationalization of 14 banks happened in     1969

33 Following bank is working for agriculture filed      NABARD

34 Following is not associated with insurance      ICC

35 Which organization is at a number one positioning in India in insurances      LIC

1. Which of the following is example of service industry?

a. Retail shop
b. Workshop
c. Hotels
d. None of the above
2. Trading means______
a. Buying and selling of products
b. Manufacturing and selling of products
c. Giving advice to the customer
d. All of the above
3. Producing more useful product from raw material is known as____
a. Trading
b. Service
c. Designing
d. Manufacturing
4. Match the following
a. Engineering Industry 1. Fiber Production
b. Textile industry 2. Automation Solution
c. Chemical industry 3. Paint Industry
d. Agro industry 4. organic vegetables
Ans(a-2,b-1,c-3,d-4)

5.Process industry is related to_______

a. Production of various machines

b. Spinning mills
c. Beverages
d. Construction of building

6.National food security mission is a part of ______

a. Agro industry
b. Engineering Industry
c. Textile Industry
d. Chemical industry

7.Which of the following or programmee undertaken by Govt. of India

a. Rashtriya krishi vikas yojana

b. National food security mission
c. National horticulture mission
d. All of the above

8.Govt. established SEZ are for motivating______

a. Textile industry
b. Banking sector
c. IT industry
d. All of the above

9.Which of the following is example of retail business

a. Reliance mart
b. Hospital
c. Movie theater
d. All of the above

10. Approximately, how much percentage of Indian Population is depending on Agriculture?

a. 30%
b. 40%
c. 60%
d. 90%

11. Match the following

a. Process Industry 1.SEZ

b. It industry 2.Big bazar
c. Hospitality 3.Chocolate Industry
d. Retail sector 4.Tours and travels

Ans(a-3,b-1,c-4,d-2)

12.Globalization affecters the domestic policies of the country, it is true?

a. True
b. false

13.which of the following is advantage of the Globalization?

a. It increase employment opportunities

b. It bring foreign investment
c. It improve economy
d. All of the above
1. Schools of management are as follows:

a) The classical school

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

2. ______ focuses on the ways to manage work and organizing more efficiently.

a) The classical school

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

3. The area of classical school are:

a) Scientific management

b) administrative management

c) Bureaucratic management

d) All tahe above

Ans: (d)

4. ______ mainly focused on the interaction and motivation of the individual within organizations.
This school studied the behavior of employees in an organization.

a) The classical school

b)The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school

d) All the above

Ans:(b)

5. The great thought of motivating the workers or employees for better result have come up from
_____ of management.

a) The classical school

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management school

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

6. ______ school added increasing quality of managerial decision making with the help of
mathematics and statistics.

a) The classical school

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

7. The main areas of quantitative or management science school are:

a) management science

b) Operations management

c) Management information systems

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

8. ______ proposed an idea of understanding the organization as a system that transforms inputs
into outputs while in constant interaction with its environment.

a) The classical school

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school

d) The systems school

Ans: (d)

9. The center point of ______ is about applying management principles and processes as per unique
characteristics of situation.

a) The contingency school

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school

d) The system school

Ans:(a)

10. ______ is an activity which define the steps of how and when work will be done effectively and
efficiently.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c) Staffing

d) controlling

Ans: (a)

11) _____ is recruitment of right people at right place in an organization.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c) Staffing

d) Controlling

Ans: (c)

12. ______ ensures that things fall with in the standards defined by an organization and should not
divert from it.

a)Planning

b) Organizing

c) Staffing

d) Controlling

Ans:(d)

13. Levels of management are:

a) Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (d)
14. The number of people working on lower level are largest than_______

a)Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

15. On_____ only few people work as middle level managers.

a) Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

16. At ______ only few people are present.

a) Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

17. Top level include people like:

a) Managing directors (MD)

b) Chairman

c) chief executive offers (CEO)

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

18. Top level is known as_____ because all important decision related to whole organization is taken
by top management.

a) Strategical level
b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

19. The functions of top level management are:

a) Defining goal of an organization or business

b) Defining mission and vision

c) Making different long term policies for an organization

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

20. Middle level of management includes people who are designated as:

a) Senior manager

b) Junior manager

c) Supervisors

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

21. Middle level is also known as_____ of management.

a) Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

22. The manager working at middle level_____ manages the whole organization and reach to the
goal defined by the top management.

a) Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

23. ______ middle level managers perform different management functions to achieve the vision of
organization as follows:

a) Planning of their work

b) Allocating different resources as required

c) Monitor the progress

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

24. Lower level know as:

a) Strategical level

b) Tactical level

c) Operational level

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

25. Lower level includes people like:

a) clerks

b) Supervisor

c) Data entry operators

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

26. The lower level operations could be day to day:

a) Production

b) Payment

c) Purchase

d) All the above

Ans:(d)

27. The lower level operations could be day to day:

a) Sales
b) Receipts

c) Stock taking

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

28. The functions done at lower level are:

a) Conduct day to day activities

b) Monitor daily progress

c) Reporting to middle level management

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

29. Administration functions or duties are:

a) Decision making

b) Policy making

c) Making necessary adjustments

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

30.______ was main contributor in the scientific school.

a) Frank Gilberth

b) Lillian G

c) Frederick W. Taylor

d) Henry Gantt

Ans:(c)

[07/02 15:40] Ankita Mom: 31. Salient features of scientific management:

a) Use of scientific methods to accomplish each an every task in the best way.

b) The workers should be scientifically selected based on their skills sets, qualification and should be
trained.

c) Genuine cooperation between workers and management is required.

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

32. Scientific management is essential because of following reasons:

a) It uses scientific approach throughout the management activities.

b) Mathematical models are used to bring an innovation and radical changes in an organization.

c) Selection and recruitment of the workers was strictly skills based.

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

33.______ was one of the renowned management thinkers. He was a french mining engineer.

a) Henry Fayol

b) Lillian G

c) Frederick W. Taylor

d) Henry Gantt

Ans: (a)

34. ______ major contribution to the management theory is his 14 principles of management that
are based on his thoughts and experiences.

a) Henry Fayol

b) Lillian G

c) Frederick W. Taylor

d) Henry Gantt

Ans: (a)

35. Principles proposed by ______ are very useful for the contemporary managers to manage their
work efficiently and effectively.

a) Henry Fayol

b) Lillian G

c) Frederick W. Taylor

d) Henry Gantt

Ans: (a)

36. Principles proposed by Henry Fayol are:

a) Division of work

b) Authority and responsibility

c) Discipline

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

37. Principles proposed by Henry Fayol are:

a) Unity of directions

b) Remuneration of personnel

c) Centralization

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

38. ______ is proved to be a smart technique that allows everybody to do the job as par their skills
or specialization.

a) Division of work

b) Authority and responsibility

c) Discipline

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

39._______ results in to better output in terms of work.

a) Division of work

b) Authority and responsibility

c) Discipline

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

40. If specialization or_____ is not used,the work done cannot be satisfactory.

a) Division of work

b) Authority and responsibility

c) Discipline
d) All the above

Ans: (a)

51. Generally_____ flow of chain or direction of chain is from highest organizational authority to the
lowest ranks.

a) Scalar chain

b) Centralization

c) Discipline

d) Unity of commands

Ans: (a)

52. As per the need of organization,______ of authority can be reduced or authorities may get
added to this chain.

a) Scalar chain

b) Centralization

c) Discipline

d) Unity of commands

Ans: (a)

53. ______ is concern with the systematic arrangements made for men, machines and materials.

a) Scalar chain

b) Order

c) Discipline

d) Unity of commands

Ans: (b)

54. ______ in an organization is a blend of kindness and justice.

a) Scalar chain

b) Order

c) Equity

d) Unity of commands

55. _____ has to be maintained in an organization while treating the employees.

a) Scalar chain

b) order

c) Equity

d) Unity of commands

Ans: (c)

56. ______refers to tje planning. Only planning is not sufficient. It is to be ensured that work is done
as per the plan made.

a) Scalar chain

b) order

c) Equity

d) Initiative

Ans: (d)

57. Management functions or duties are broadly classified into following categories:

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c)Directing

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

58.______ can be defined as the set of steps to do the particular activity or activities in systematic
manner.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c)Directing

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

59. The base of success of any project or goal of an organization is its______

a) Planning

b) Organizing
c)Directing

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

60. ______ is very important all function of management are strictly dependant on the planning
activity.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c)Directing

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

61. Objectives of good plan at departmental/organizational level are:

a) To achieve the departmental as well as organizational goal.

b) To create the feasible work schedule and complete work within time limit.

c) To utilize resources in proper way by minimizing wastage.

d) Att the above

Ans: (d)

62. Objectives of good plan at departmental/organizational level are:

a) For budgeting for different project or works.

b) Proper delegation of work

c) Allocating rights and responsibilities.

d) All of the above

Ans: (d)

63. Advantages of planning:

a) A complete guideline about how, when and what work has to be done.

b) Planning helps in completing goals of organization.

c) Delays in work can be avoided.

d) All the above

Ans: (d)
64. Advantages of planning are:

a) Work can be done efficiently

b) Planning minimizes work pressure and deadline tension

c) Standardization can be enforced through plans

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

65. It is observed that planning generally gets fail because of following reasons:

a) Incomplete knowledge of work

b) Absence of data analysis

c) Unrealistic nature of plan

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

66. It is observed that planning generally gets fail because of following reason:

a) Absence of feedback of plan.

b) Involvement of people in planning who are not involved in actual work.

c) Not considering risks and uncertainties.

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

67. The type of plans are:

a) Operational plans

b) Tactical plans

c) Strategic plans

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

68. The______ process transform plans into reality.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c) Directing
d) All the above

Ans: (b)

69. _____ can be defined as the process of establishing the orderly use of resources by assigning and
coordinating tasks.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c) Directing

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

70. ______ activity works within the framework of organizational structure.

a) Planning

b) Organizing

c) Directing

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

86. _____ is defined as the force that causes an individual to behave in a specific way.

a) communication

b) Leadership

c) Motivation

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

87.______ produces best results in terms of productivity.

a) communication

b) Leadership

c) Motivation

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

88. _________ can be done in several ways like rewards, promotions, bonus, appreciations, freedom
for decision making for their own work etc.
a) communication

b) Leadership

c) Motivation

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

89. Right of ______ let the business grows and sustain in the market.

a) Decision making

b) Policy making

c) Making necessary adjustment

d) Controlling and ensure the discipline.

Ans: (a)

90._______ is the process of solving the problem or in finding out the new business opportunity.

a) Decision making

b) Policy making

c) Making necessary adjustment

d) Controlling and ensure the discipline.

Ans: (a)

[07/02 21:10] Ankita Mom: 91. The example of _____ could be launching of new product,
minimizing material wastage while production,recruiting people, stopping production of a particular
product etc.

a) Decision making

b) Policy making

c) Making necessary adjustment

d) Controlling and ensure the discipline.

Ans: (a)

92. There are three conditions or factors that affects decision making as follows:

a) certainty

b) Risk

c) Uncertainty
d) All the above

Ans: (d)

93. Under______ when decision are made , we can understand that manager has perfect knowledge of
all the information needed to make the decision.

a) certainty

b) Risk

c) Uncertainty

d) All the above

Ans: (a)

94. In______ type of environment, the manager is not able to gather the complete information.

a) certainty

b) Risk

c) Uncertainty

d) All the above

Ans: (b)

95. There is one more condition or case when information is very poor that managers cannot
understand the probabilities and outcomes of alternatives. This condition is know as_______

a) certainty

b) Risk

c) Uncertainty

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

96.Decision making under conditions of _______is like being a pioneer entering unexplored territory.

a) certainty

b) Risk

c) Uncertainty

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

97. In this condition of_______ manager have to rely heavily on creativity for solving the problems.
a) certainty

b) Risk

c) Uncertainty

d) All the above

Ans: (c)

98. Types of personal decision making models are:

a) Rational/logical

b) Intuitive

c) Predisposed

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

99. Decision taken by supervisors could be:

a) change in work schedule or rescheduling

b) Increase or decrease in production depending on current situation.

c) Decision regarding rejection of new material or finished products.

d) All the above

Ans: (d)

100. Henry Fayol proposed_______ number of principles of management.

a) 10

b) 20

c) 14

d) 30

Ans: (c)

MSQ management chap number 2nd question from nirali

1. Getting the things done from other is called as

(a) Management
(b) Adjustment
(c) Organization
(d) Direction

Ans:- (a)

2. What is the management?

(a) It is the science
(b) It is an art
(c) Both (a) and(b) are wrong
(d) Both (a) and (b) are correct

Ans:- (d)

3. Out of mentioned below, which is not the input of management ?

(a) Human resources
(b) Financial resources
(c) Growth
(d) Technology

Ans:- (c)

4. Out of mentioned below, which not output of management?

(a) Desired result
(b) Goal achievement
(c) Technology
(d) Status in market

Ans:- (c)

5. Following are mentioned few duties which of is not the duty of management?
(a) To keep stability
(b) To motivate staff
(c) To reduce wastage
(d) To do manufacture

Ans:- (d)

6. When there is no management, then what will not happened?

(a) Overlapping of duties
(b) Wastage of resources
(c) Poor function of executives
(d) Mature work culture

Ans:- (d)
7. Management is there from
(a) After 1700
(b) After 1800
(c) After 1900
(d) Historical period

Ans :- (d)

8. Match the pairs

1. Adman smith (a) Need hierarchy
2. F.W.Taylor (b)Economics
3. Maslow (c)Principles of Management
4. Henry fayol (d) Scientific Management
(a) 1-(b),2-(d),3-(a),4-(c)
(b) 1-(b),2-(c),3-(d),4-(a)
(c) 1-(c),2-(d),3-(a),4-(b)
(d) 1-(d),2-(a),3-(b),4-(c)

Ans:- (a)

9. Mcgreor has given his contribution in

(a) Concept of bureaucracy
(b) Motion study
(c) Theory X and theory Y
(d) Time study

Ans:- (c)

10. F.W.Taylor has given his highest contribution in

(a) Economics and management
(b) Principles of management
(c) Functions of management
(d) Scientific management
Ans :- (d)
11. Principles of management is the contribution of
(a) Adam smith
(b) Henry fayol
(c) Mery parker
(d) F.W.Taylor

Ans :- (b)

12. What is the correct chronological order for following evolution phase in descending
order(order to latest)?

1.Scientific management theory

2.Organisation environment theory

3.Behavioral management theory

4.Administrative management theory

5.Management science theory

(a) 1-4-3-5-2
(b) 1-4-5-2-3
(c)2-1-3-4-5
(d)3-2-5-4-1

Ans:- (a)

13. Below are mentioned ‘stages’ of evolution in management which is the correct?
(a) The beginning of management through
(b) The war management concept
(c) The pre war management concept
(d) Management theory in post war era

Ans:- (b)

14. “management is getting the things done by others” is said by

(a) Henry fayol
(b) Drucker
(c) Mery parker
(d) Fayol

Ans:- (c)

15. Management is not

(a) An economic resources
(b) A system authority
(c) A class or elite
(d) All are wrong

Ans:- (d)

16. Management is
(a) Methodology
(b) Social science
(c) Team activity
(d) All are correct

Ans:- (d)

17. Henry fayol has given_____ principles of management

(a) 14
(b) 12
(c) 16
(d) 13

Ans:- (a)

18. Following is not the principles of management

(a) Initiative
(b) Scalar chain
(c) Staffing
(d) Responsibility

Ans:- (c)

19. Following is not principle of management

(a) Team work
(b) Organising
(c) Division of work
(d) Remuneration

Ans :- (b)

20. Following is not principle of management

(a) Centralization
(b) Authority
(c) Decentralization
(d) Esprit de corps

Ans :- (c)

21. Following is not principle of management

(a) Authority
(b) Discipline
(c) Equity
(d) Planning

Ans :- (d)

22. Position, designation , seniority defines

(a) Centralization
(b) Initiative
(c) Authority
(d) Scalar chain
23. Meaning of _______is right to command
(a) Stability
(b) Authority
(c) Scalar chain
(d) Initiative

Ans:- (b)

24. Which statement is wrong

(a) Authority cannot be delegated
(b) Authority is the power to act
(c) Higher the post, higher is the authority
(d) Authority is the right to command

Ans :- (a)

25. What is the second side of coin authority

(a) Position
(b) Power
(c) Responsibility
(d) Remuneration

Ans:- (c)

26. Discipline start from

(a) Top to bottom
(b) Bottom to top
(c) From middle
(d) All are wrong

Ans:- (a)

27. Which statement is wrong

(a) Discipline has no excuses
(b) Organization needs discipline
(c) Discipline starts from bottom to up
(d) Lack in discipline leads of control

Ans:- (c)

28. When may function are controlled by a central authority, it is called as

(a) Authority
(b) Management
(c) Discipline
(d) Centralization

Ans:- (d)

29. _______gives power in the hands of center

(a) Discipline
(b) Centralization
(c) Authority
(d) Responsibility
Ans:- (b)

30. Which statement is wrong

(a) Controls are concentrated at the center
(b) Many functions are controlled by a central authority
(c) Centralization gives power in the hands of center
(d) Centralization considers local level issues always

Ans:- (d)

31. Out of following which is not the correct advantage of ‘division of work’
(a) Extra pressure on work on very few is reduced
(b) Monopoly in skills by few is reduced
(c) Quality of work gets reduced
(d) Work gets completed in less time

Ans:- (c)

32. To start the with enthusiasm is called as

(a) Initiative
(b) Dynamism
(c) Leadership
(d) Management

Ans:- (a)

33. Which statement is wrong?

(a) Initiative leads into new horizons of work
(b) Supports by other is not expected after anybody’s initiative
(c) Initiative may solve difficult problems
(d) Someone should take initiative

Ans:- (b)

34. Remuneration is not based on

(a) Performance
(b) Responsibility
(c) Emotions
(d) Designation

Ans:- (c)

35. Requirement of remuneration is not

(a) It must be in time
(b) Employee satisfaction
(c) Higher performance-higher remuneration
(d) Based on reference and contacts

Ans:- (d)
36. Which statement is wrong?
(a) In term work, there is more contribution from many
(b) Talent of each member cannot be used
(c) Teamwork creates good work culture
(d) Big task is easier due to teamwork

Ans:- (b)

37. Due to unity of direction,

(a) Deviation from the defined path is prevented
(b) Work is dividend
(c) Authority is delegated
(d) Team are formed

Ans:- (a)

38. Concentration in work is possible by

(a) Authority
(b) Responsibility
(c) Stability
(d) unity of command

Ans:-(c)

39. equality is seen by few ways which is not the correct from following?
(a) Pickup facility
(b) Dress code
(c) Canteen facility
(d) Chain and cabin

Ans:- (d)

40. Which statement is wrong

(a) equity means equal wages
(b) equity gives dignity
(c) equity means no bias
(d) equity gives good work culture

Ans:- (a)

41. what is esprit de crops

(a) it is function of management
(b) it is principle of management
(c) it is management concept in russia
(d) it is mane of company

Ans :- (b)

42. out of following which is not the function of management

(a) planning
(b) controlling
(c) discipline
(d) directing

Ans:- (c)

43. out of following which is not the function of management

(a) decision making
(b) remuneration
(c) organization
(d) staffing

Ans:- (b)

44. deciding in advanced what to do, how to do and when to do

(a) planning
(b) organization
(c) decision making
(d) motivating

Ans:- (a)

45. which is not the correct type of plan

(a) corporate plan
(b) action plan
(c) operation plan
(d) management plan

Ans:- (c)

46. why plan fails

(a) lack of knowledge
(b) insufficient data
(c) over confidence
(d) all are correct

Ans:- (d)

47. which statement is wrong plan fails due to

(a) no feedback system
(b) less devotion to work
(c) conspiracy from enemy and bad luck
(d) incorrect person to do plan

Ans:- (c)

48. Out of following which is not the objective of good plan

(a) To educed uncertainty
(b) To increase the productivity
(c) To avoid the heavy mental pressure
(d) to get money

Ans:- (d)

49. which statement is wrong

(a) planning affects performance
(b) planning is sometimes essential
(c) planning puts focus on objectives
(d) planning is necessary to facilitate control

Ans:- (b)

50. which statement is wrong

(a) proper planning helps in motivating
(b) planning reduces risk
(c) planning is thinking after failures
(d) planning improves the process

Ans:- (c)

51. first step in planning is

(a) establish goals
(b) identify resources
(c) prioritize goals
(d) establish tasks

Ans:- (a)

52. which is the next function after planning

(a) scheduling
(b) organizing
(c) staffing
(d) controlling

Ans:- (b)

53. ‘The assignment of each grouping to manager with the authority necessary to supervise it’ it
is called as
(a) Planning
(b) Organizing
(c) Staffing
(d) Controlling

Ans:- (b)
54. Out of following, which is the first activity in organizing
(a) Assigning the activities to managers
(b) Grouping the activities
(c) Delegation of authority to managers
(d) Identifying the activities

Ans:- (d)

55. Providing correct way to working is

(a) Planning
(b) Organizing
(c) Directing
(d) Controlling

Ans:- (c)

56. Which statement is wrong

(a) Directing is one time activity
(b) Directing should not be authority
(c) Directing needs vision in leadership
(d) Directing needs communication and motivation as supportive functions

Ans:- (a)

57. ____is like a brake system in automobiles

(a) Directing
(b) Planning
(c) Controlling
(d) Management

Ans: - (c)

58. Work on correct track with correct speed is possible by

(a) Planning
(b) Organizing
(c) Directing
(d) Controlling

Ans:- (d)

59. Out of following which is not the characteristics of controlling

(a) It is a starting function
(b) It is needs any time
(c) It is flexible
(d) It is dynamic in nature

Ans;_ (a)

60. Techniques not use for controls function are

(a) CPM
(b) PERT
(c) Audit
(d) Budget

Ans;_ (d)

61. Control system having feedback is

(a) Reverse system
(b) Feedback control
(c) Open loop system
(d) Closed loop system

Ans:- (d)

62. First step in decision making is

(a) Recognize the problem
(b) Evaluation
(c) Analysis
(d) Finding oyt alternatives

Ans:- (a)

63. Which of the following is the advantage of effective decision-making

(a) No delays
(b) Quick actions
(c) No confusion
(d) All are correct

Ans:- (d)

64. Which is not the techniques for effective decision-making in core company
(a) Linear programming
(b) Simulation
(c) Outsourcing
(d) Dynamic programming

Ans:- (c)

65. Need want satisfaction chain is invented bye

(a) Fayol
(b) Taylor
(c) Drucker
(d) Maslow

Ans:- (d)

66. Which is the first need in Maslow’s need hierarchy

(a) Physiological
(b) Security
(c) Social
(d) Self actualization

Ans:- (a)

67. Food, water, shelter are ____needs

(a) Physiological
(b) Esteem
(c) Social
(d) Safety

Ans:- (a)

68. How many needs are mentioned in Maslow’s need hierarchy

(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6

Ans:- (c)

69. Do the proper ascending sequence (down to up) of Maslow’s needs

1. Physiological needs
2. Security needs
3. Love/affection needs
4. Social needs
(a) 1-2-3-4-5
(b) 1-3-4-2-5
(c) 1-4-3-2-5
(d) 2-13-4-5

Ans:- (a)

70. ‘they expect les but contribute more ‘. This happens in which phase
(a) Social needs
(b) Self actualization needs
(c) Safety needs
(d) Esteem needs

Ans:- (b)

71. Which is the last need(higher) in Maslow’s need hierarchy

(a) Self actualization needs
(b) Social needs
(c) Physiological needs
(d) Safety needs

Ans:- (a)
72. Employees get energized due to
(a) Controlling
(b) Planning
(c) Motivation
(d) Decision making

Ans:- (c)
 Chapter:-03 Organizational Management

1: Which of the following is one of the principles of organization?

a) Order
b) Span of control
c) Scalar chain
d) None of the above

2: Which type of organizational can be applied to small scale industry?

a) Line
b) Line and staff
c) Functional
d) None of the above

3: Which is the function of Gang Boss?

a) Repairing of Machines
b) Setting up Jobs on Machine
c) Deciding cutting tool and speed
d) Inspection

4: Line and Staff organization is used in Large Industry, is it True?

a) Yes
b) No

5: Which of the following is type of Departmentation?

a) By Product
b) By Design
c) By Quality
d) None of the above

6: Which is the objective of Departmentation?

a) Form a Group of activities and personal which can be managed

effectively
b) To achieve better functioning and co-ordination of the company
c) To specialize the performance of various activities
d) All of the above

7: Responsibility can be delegared, is it true?

a) Yes
b) No

8: Passing down some work to his/her subordinate is known as

__________________

a) Delegation
b) Flexibility
c) Authority
d) Responsibility

9: Proportional development of each department means ___________

a) Balance
b) Stability
c) Flexibility
d) Progress

10: Business owned by a single person is known as______________

a) Proprietorship
b) Private limited
c) Partnership
d) Joint stock

11: In private limited number of members are limited to_______

a) 100
b) 150
c) 50
d) 60

12: Which of the following should be included in partnership deed?

a) Nature of the business

b) Date of Starting partnership
c) Shares of profit and losses
d) All of the above

13: How many members are required to start a public limited company?

a) Minimum 7
b) Minimum 2
c) Minimum 3
d) None of the above

14: Which of the following is the objective of co-operative society?

a) Increasing the profit

b) To increase market share
c) Providing goods & services at minimum cost
d) None of the above

15: “The Society purchases goods from manufactures and sell them directly
to the members at reasonable rate” , is known as_________

a) Producer’s co-operative society

b) Consumer’s co-operative society
c) Credit co-operative society
d) Co-operative farming society

16: “The society provides loan at reasonable interest rate to the people who
requires it for various purposes”, is known as__________

a) Credit co-operative society

b) Co-operative farming society
c) Housing co-operative society
d) None of the above

17: Which of the following is objective of Government sector?

a) To provide basic infrastructure facility

b) To create employment opportunities
c) To increase the foreign exchange
d) All of the above
18: Persons who do not take active part in the management of the
partnership is known as______________

a) Active Partner
b) General Partner
c) Temporary Partner
d) Sleeping Partner

19: Which of the following is not a form of ownership?

a) Joint Stock
b) Proprietorship
c) Partnership
d) Dealership

20: If any organization is divided into various departments such as

marketing, manufacturing, purchasing, production, sales then which
method is used to applied to form departments?

a) By Product
b) By Process
c) By Function
d) None of the above

21: Which is unimportant word in the definition of the organization?

a) Group of persons
b) Profit
c) Common Aim
d) United together

22: Following group is not an organization.

a) Group of 15 people on the bus stop

b) Employees doing discussion in work area
c) Meeting members in a company
d) Labour working on a site

23: Which are the aims of forming organization?

a) Teamwork
b) Combined efforts
c) Responsibility on all
d) All are correct

24: Which statement is wrong?

a) Organization is group of working people

b) It has aims & objectives
c) Organization has no boundaries
d) Organization is a System

25: Which is the first step in organization formation?

a) Assignments of duties
b) Aims are Determined
c) Identifying Activities
d) Formulating Plans

26: Structure of organization is represented by

a) Organization chart
b) Organization brochures
c) Organization draft
d) None of the above

27: The structure of organization depends upon

a) Scope of functions
b) Span of control
c) Numbers of employees
d) All of the above

28: The structure of the organization does not depend upon

a) Span of control
b) Communication
c) Profit Margin
d) Resources available

29: Which are the essentials of the organization?

a) Organizational chart
b) Delegation
c) Integration
d) All

30: Which is the important factor in deciding structure of organization?

a) Type of Product
b) Specialization
c) Functions
d) All

31: Vertical dimensions of organization structure defines

a) Departmentation
b) Hierarchy
c) Both of the above
d) None of the above

32: Scalar organization is also known as

a) Line Organization
b) Project Organization
c) Staff Organization
d) FunctionalOrganization

33: Line Organization is of__________ type.

a) Horizontal
b) Vertical
c) Both
d) None
34: Military type of organization is seen in_________

a) Line
b) Staff
c) Line & Staff
d) Project

35: Decisions are very quick in______________

a) Line Organization
b) Functional Organization
c) Line & Staff Organization
d) Project Organization

36: Which is not the correct decision in ‘Line Organization’?

a) It is Simple
b) Confusion is Less
c) Specialized
d) Easy to Understand

37: Which is not the correct disadvantage of “Line Organization”?

a) Poor Performance
b) Lack of Specialization
c) Overlapping of activities
d) Nobody is overloaded

38: At which place Line Organization is possible?

a) Small Workshops
b) Tiny Firms
c) Military Department
d) Government Companies

39: Where Line Organization is applicable?

a) Workshops
b) Small Firms
c) Small Process Industries with automation
d) All

40: Functional Organization is also Known as

a) Line Organization
b) Staff
c) Project
d) None of the above

41: Functional Organization is

a) Horizontal
b) Vertical
c) Both (a)&(b)
d) None

42: Which is the correct advantage of Staff Organization?

a) Performance better than Line

b) Standardization in Process
c) More Productivity than Line
d) All

43: Which is not the correct disadvantage of Staff Organization?

a) Discipline is Lacking
b) Lack of Specializations
c) Ego of Specialty
d) Difficult to Handle Experts

44: Line & Staff Organization is

a) Horizontal
b) Vertical
c) Both
d) None

45: Which Organization is temporary in Nature?

a) Line
b) Staff
c) Line & Staff
d) Project

46: Project Organizations has few forms, which is Correct?

a) Balanced Matrix
b) Functional Matrix
c) Project Matrix
d) All

47: Which is the correct Limitation of Project Organization?

a) Heavy Pressures of Work

b) Complications of Functions
c) Difference in Opinions
d) All

48: ___________is the process of dividing a large organization into small &
flexible administrative units.

a) Departmentation
b) Defragmentation
c) Division Formation
d) None

49: Which is the aim of Departmentation?

a) To distribute work
b) To make people specialized
c) To Give Freedom For Each Function
d) All of the above

50: Which is not the aim of Departmentation?

a) To distribute work
b) To make the power specialized
c) To make people Specialized
d) To avoid intermixing of many functions

51: Which is not the type of Departmentation?

a) By Product
b) By Functions
c) By Process
d) By Material Pattern

52: “Car Division”, in Tata Motors is an example of

a) Departmentation by Product
b) Departmentation by Function
c) Departmentation by Process
d) None

53: Which type of statement is wrong?

In Product Type Departmentation

a) Attention is given to Product

b) Product may become Brand Name
c) People become experts in the work allotted to them
d) No Duplication of work

54: “Sales Department”, in Nokia is an example of

a) Departmentation by Product
b) Departmentation by Process
c) Departmentation by Function
d) None

55: “Heat Treatment” in Kirlosker is an example of

a) Departmentation by product
b) Departmentation by process
c) Departmentation by function
d) None

56: Which is the Principle of Organization?

a) Authority & Responsibility

b) Span of Control
c) Delegation
d) All

57: Number of subordinates handled by one manager effectively is called as

a) Delegation
b) Responsibility
c) Span of Control
d) None

58: _________check the result, ________show the result.

a) Authority, Responsibility
b) Responsibility, Authority
c) Authority, Authority
d) Responsibility, Responsibility

59: Which is the pre-requisite of effective delegation?

a) Knowledge of delegation
b) Decision Making Power
c) Independent subordinates
d) All of the above

60: Which is the first step in delegation?

a) Goals Establishment
b) Training
c) Establishing Responsibility
d) None

61: Which is not the advantage of delegation?

a) Work load is reduced

b) Stress on manager reduces
c) Work can be finished in time
d) Control from center increases

62: Ability to adjust, change, bend is

a) Flexibility
b) Balance
c) Stability
d) Ability

63: Following is the type of communication

a) Oral
b) Written
c) Horizontal
d) Clear

64: ‘Instruction’ is the__________ communication.

a) Upward
b) Downward
c) Informal
d) Horizontal

65: ‘Meeting’ is the____________ communication.

a) Formal
b) Non-verbal
c) Written
d) Both(b)&(c)

66: ‘Request’ is the____________ communication.

a) Upward
b) Downward
c) Both(a)&(b)
d) None

67: Which is the barrier in communication?

a) Language Problem
b) Poor Knowledge
c) Confused Information
d) All

68: Which is the factor responsible in the selection of type of ownership?

a) Capital Required
b) Scope of Business
c) Types of Business
d) All

69: Which statement is wrong?

a) Has a single owner

b) Owner is supreme
c) Has limited Liability
d) Owner is responsible for all

70: Which is not the advantage of sole Propertorship?

a) Business Growth is faster

b) Easy to form a Business
c) Documentation is Less
d) Freedom of Work

71: Legally_________ are not allowed but they still may exist with
the consent of other partners.

a) Sleeping Partner
b) Minor Partner
c) Partner at will
d) Partners in Profit only

72: The____________ continue partnership till the mutual faith trust and
confidence exits among all Partners.

a) Sleeping Partner
b) Minor Partner
c) Partner at will
d) Partners in Profit only

73: The________ share only profit and not liable for anything are partners in
profit.

a) Sleeping Partner
b) Minor Partner
c) Partner at will
d) Partners in Profit only

74: Types of Partnerships:

a) General Partnership
b) Limited Partnership
c) Both(a) & (b)
d) None

75: Advantages of Partnership:

a) Decision Making becomes Easy and Meaningful

b) Capital is Shared
c) Responsibilities are Shared
d) All of the above

76: Disadvantages of Partnership:

a) Because of large scope, business may become complicated activity

b) There could be confusions because of involvement of many people
c) Profits are shared
d) All of the above

77: Applications of could be

a) Legal Firms
b) Manufacturing industries
c) Software Development Firms
d) All of the above

78: Types of joint stock companies:

a) Private Limited Joint Stock Company

b) Public Limited Joint Stock Company
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

79: In____________ shareholders are private people not general public.

a) Joint Stock Private Limited Stock company

b) Joint Stock Public Limited company
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

80: In__________ shareholders are unlimited and general people.

a) Joint Stock Private Limited Stock company

b) Joint Stock Public Limited company
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

81: In__________ minimum members involved are 2 and maximum are 50.

a) Joint Stock Private Limited stock company

b) Joint stock public limited company
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

82: In___________ minimum members involved are 7 and maximum are no

limit.
a) Joint Stock Private Limited stock company
b) Joint stock public limited company
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

83: More than 20 persons are involved in__________________

a) Joint Stock
b) Partnership
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

84: Generally 2 or more people are involved in___________

a) Joint Stock
b) Partnership
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

85: ___________ are Biotechnology Information, Network Department of

Consumer Affairs & Department of Education.

a) Government Departments
b) Public Companies
c) Public Corporations
d) All of the above

86: _________ are Balaji, Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Limited, Bharat
Fertilizers Ltd, etc.

a) Government Departments
b) Public Companies
c) Public Corporations
d) All of the above

87: __________ are Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC)

a) Government Departments
b) Public Companies
c) Public Corporations
d) All of the above

88: In _________, the capital is collected from private partners.

a) Private Limited Companies

b) Public Limited Companies
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

89: In_________ the capital is collected from the public by issuing shares
having small face values.

a) Private Limited Companies

b) Public Limited Companies
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

90: Joint stock private limited company_________

a) Not managed by Government

b) Managed by Government
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

91: Public undertaking company___________

a) Not Managed by Government

b) Managed by Government
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

92: In Joint Stock Private Limited Company_________

a) No Limitation for Business activities
b) Government ensures control
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

93: In Joint Stock Private Limited Company__________

a) Capital can be raised from general people

b) Government provides capital
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

94: In Public undertaking company ____________

a) Not managed by Government

b) Managed by Government
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) None

96: In joint stock private limited company_____________

a) No limitation for business activities

b) Government ensures control
c) Both (a) &(b)
d) None

97: In public undertaking company________

a) No limitation for business activities

b) Government ensures control
c) Both (a) &(b)
d) None

98: In joint stock private limited company_________

a) Capital can be raised from general people

b) Government provides capital
c) Both (a) &(b)
d) None
99: in public undertaking company____________

a) Capital can be raised from general people

b) Government provides capital
c) Both (a) &(b)
d) None

100: _____________ companies are established for large profit business.

a) Capital can be raised from general people

b) Government provides capital
c) Both (a) &(b)
d) None

Q.1) The main component of the organization are:

(a) Clearly defined objectives

(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people

(c) Suitable division of work and labour

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.2) the main component of the organization are :

(a) Predefined and clear policies and procedures

(b) Right division of authority and responsibility

(c) Effective communication system

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.3) Organization has following characteristics:

(a) Small or large group of people

(b) Group is leaded by executive leader

(c) Important tool of management is organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.4) Organization has following characteristics :

(a) Allocates duties and responsibilities to employees

(b) Organization establishes a relationship between authority and

responsibility

(c) Organization controls the efforts of the group

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.5) Elements of organization are:

(a) Set of defined objectives

(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people

(c) Proper division of work and labour

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.6) Elements of organization are:

(a) Clear and well defined policies and procedures

(b) Proper division of authority and responsibility

(c) An effective system of communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.7) Organization can be defined as_________

(a) The process of identifying and grouping the work to be performed

(b) Defining and delegating responsibility and authority

(c) Establishing relationships for the purpose of enabling people to work

most effectively together in accomplishing objectives

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.8) The principles of organization are:

(a) Understanding and formulating of objectives

(b) Association and relation of basic components of the organization

(c) Responsibility and authority

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.9) The principle of organization are:

(a) Span of control

(b) Division and grouping of work

(c) Proper delegation of work

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.10) Which factors decide the type or organization :

(a) Size of the organization

(b) Nature of the product being manufactured

(c) Complexity of the problems being faced

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)
Q.11) ________ is one of the simplest types of organization

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.12) Commonly known forms(types) of organization structures :

(a) Line , military or scaler organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Fundamental organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.13) Line organization is also called as _______ or scaler organization

(a) Military organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Fundamental organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.14) Applications of Line organization

(a) Small businesses

(b) Military

(c) Automated industries like textile

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)
Q.15) Advantages of line organization are :

(a) Simple and easy

(b) Flexible structures and easy to expand or contract

(c) Easy addition and removal of members

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.16) Advantages of line organization are :

(a) Easy communication among employees

(b) Almost no confusions exist

(c) Working speed is fast

(d) High degree of discipline

Ans : (d)

Q.17) Disadvantages of line organization are :

(a) Neglects area of specialization of employees

(b) May overload employees

(c) Highly skilled and qualified people are required

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.18) The line organization is developed step by step to shape as the

_________

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.19) The _________ makes a combination of the line organization with staff
departments that helps and advise line departments

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.20) Advantages of line and staff organization :

(a) Expert advise is available from specialist staff executives

(b) Perfect work division

(c) No work overloading

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.21) Advantages of line and staff organization :

(a) Improved product quality

(b) Duties are clear to each person

(c) System functions smoothly

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.22) Disadvantages of line and organization :

(a) Increase in cost of product because of increase in staff

(b) More people more confusions and breaking rules and regulation by line
of executives

(c) Unclear functions create confusions

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.23) The _______ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and
the person does the same job. This is also known as staff organization type

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.24) Merits of functional organization:

(a) Because of specialization , responsibilities are fixed

(b) Expert advise can be received

(c) Better quality of products can be produced

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.25) Demerits or disadvantages of functional organization :

(a) Coordination is difficult as many people are working on the same level

(b) Maintaining discipline is difficult

(c) Assigning of new job is difficult because of specialization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.26) _______ are internally formed

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) Project organization

Ans : (d)

Q.27) Features of project organization are :

(a) Organization are internally formed

(b) These organization are generally temporary

(c) Less number of employees

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.28) Types of project organization :

(a) Function based

(b) Project based

(c) Matrix based

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.29) Advantages of project organization :

(a) The scope of work is limited so efficiency is more

(b) Teamwork is not emphasized

(c) This structure reduces communication and decision making

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.30) Disadvantages of project organization :

(a) Temporary nature of organization

(b) Loose bonding in groups

(c) Functions are complicated

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.31) Advantages of departmentation

(a) Duties and authority are precisely known so efficiency is more

(b) Persons can be made accountable for the results

(c) Managers are allowed to take initiative and learn new managerial skills

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.32) Departmentalization can be done on the basis of following factors :

(a) Process

(b) Product

(c) Customers or Markets

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q,33) Advantages of departmentation by product :

(a) Every product division or department can be made accountable for

profit or loss incurred by it

(b) Evaluation of performance of every product line can be done

individually

(c) It is possible to find out profitable and non-profitable product lines

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.34) Disadvantages of departmentation by product :

(a) Management cost is increased

(b) Services are duplicated or repeated

(c) Man power requirements are more

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.35) ______ is accountability . It is an obligation of a subordinate to his/her

boss to do given work

(a) Authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.36) _______ means right (to command) and power to act

(a) Authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.37) _______ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish

or perform a particular assignment while operating within pre-decided
limits and standards established

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)
Q.39) The span of control depends on the factors like :

(a) Trained and experienced subordinates

(b) Type of work

(c) Capacity of executive or manager

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.40) Limitations of span of control :

(a) Wider span of control may not be managed by executive

(b) Inexperienced subordinates may create problems

(c) Ego problems may arise

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.41) _______ means giving right work to the right person

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.42) _______ allows executive to give opportunity to his subordinates to

think , make work related decision , and get developed

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.43) Absence of ________ in units will lead to the failure in achieving

organizational goal . So balancing is foremost

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.44) _______ means adequate resources , man power and necessary

authority for smooth functioning of department

(a) Balanced

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.45) ________ of organization means a capacity to tolerate losses because of

key persons leaving organization

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.46) ________ ensures that in absence of these key persons organization do

not make any losses and run smoothly towards its growth

(a) Balance
(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.47) To ensure ________ , a long term planning related to the required

manpower and tranining and development for employees is required

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.48) Organizational _______ is mainly about adjusting work assignment ,

man power , and facilities that are required when temporary changes occur
while working

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibilty

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.49) ________ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave
setback or delay

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.50) ________ can culminate into strikes or fights among employees and
cause serious consequences to the organization

(a) Communication

(b) Good communication

(c) Miscommunication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Techmax

Management CH 3

MCQs
51.A ___________assist in taking decisions correctly and also implementing it efficiently and
effectively

a)Communication

b)Good Communication

c)Miscommunication

d)All of the above

Ans. B

52.________communication takes place from top executive to the lowest grade of the employees

a)Downward

b)Upward

C)Horizontal

d)Unofficial

Ans. A

53. _________communication could be informative or instructions.

a)Downward

b)Upward

C)Horizontal

d)Unofficial

Ans. A

54._________is from bottom to top

a)Downward communication

b)Upward communication

c)Horizontal communication

d)Unofficial communication

Ans. B

55._________is generally from lowest grade employee to the top executive

a)Downward communication

b)Upward communication

c)Horizontal communication

d)Unofficial communication

Ans. B

56._________could is in the form of suggestions, complaints, feedback, orintations, etc.

a)Downward communication

b)Upward communication

c)Horizontal communication

d)Unofficial communication

Ans. B
57._________takes place among employees who have same level of authority

a)Downward communication

b)Upward communication

c)Horizontal communication

d)Unofficial communication

Ans. C

58._________could is rumors or gossips. Sometimes rumors could be a truth but it creates a wrong
picture. Effective communication system can help in improving official communication.

a)Downward communication

b)Upward communication

c)Horizontal communication

d)Unofficial communication

Ans. D

59. Forms of the organization dependent on:

a) Type of business

b) Type of product

c) Both (a) and (b)

d) None of above

Ans. C
60.In____,the owner of the organization is proprietor i.e. a single person.

a) Single ownership (private undertaking)

b) Partnership

c) Joint stock companies

d) Cooperative organizations

Ans. A

61. In_____ firm there could be two or even more than two partners are there who share all profits
and expenses.

a) Single ownership (private undertaking)

b) Partnership

c) Joint stock companies

d) Cooperative organizations

Ans. B

62. A_________ society is group share holders (individuals).

a) Single ownership (private undertaking)

b) Partnership

c) Joint stock companies

d) Cooperative organizations

Ans. C
63. _________ is private and mainly created for providing the different services to the individuals as
well as society.

a) Single ownership (private undertaking)

b) Partnership

c) Joint stock companies

d) Cooperative organizations

Ans. D

64. Government sector means the companies which are public limited and having government
undertaking.

a) State and central government owned

b) Partnership

c) Joint stock companies

d) Cooperative organization

Ans. A

65. _______ can be defined as running business by the single owner.

a) Proprietorship

b) Partnership

c) Private limited

d) Public limited

Ans. A

66. In simple words the _____ can be defined as the association of two or more people doing
business together to share the profit and expenses coming out of the business.
a) Proprietorship

b) Partnership

c) Private limited

d) Public limited

Ans. B

67. In____ capital is raised by partners. So profit, losses and expenses are shared.

a) Proprietorship

b) Partnership

c) Private limited

d) Public limited

Ans. B

68. A______ contributes capital, shares profits and losses of the firm.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner

c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner

Ans. A

69. __________ partner does not contribute in day to day activities or affairs of firm.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner

c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner

Ans. A

70. The _____ takes part in all day to day activities or management.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner
c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner

Ans. B

71. The______ is also known as working partner.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner

c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner

Ans. B

72. _____ could be manager, organizer, adviser, or controller.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner

c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner

Ans. B

73. A partner who is not publically known as a partner but takes active part in affairs of a business
is______

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner

c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner

Ans. C

74. Nominal partner contribute in terms of their goodwill and credits from the market.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Active partner

c) Secret partner

d) Nominal partner
Ans. D

75.Legally ______ are not allowed but still they may exist with the consent of other partners.

a) Sleeping partner

b) Minor partner

c) Partner at will

d) Partners in profit only

Ans. B

MANAGEMENT MCQ (TECH MAX)

CHAPTER NO 03 :­ ORGANIZATIONAL
MANAGEMENT
Q.1) The main component of the organization are:

(a) Clearly defined objectives

(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people

(c) Suitable division of work and labour

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.2) the main component of the organization are :

(a) Predefined and clear policies and procedures

(b) Right division of authority and responsibility

(c) Effective communication system

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.3) Organization has following characteristics:

(a) Small or large group of people

(b) Group is leaded by executive leader

(c) Important tool of management is organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.4) Organization has following characteristics :

(a) Allocates duties and responsibilities to employees

(b) Organization establishes a relationship between authority and responsibility

(c) Organization controls the efforts of the group

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.5) Elements of organization are:

(a) Set of defined objectives

(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people

(c) Proper division of work and labour

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.6) Elements of organization are:

(a) Clear and well defined policies and procedures

(b) Proper division of authority and responsibility

(c) An effective system of communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.7) Organization can be defined as_________

(a) The process of identifying and grouping the work to be performed

(b) Defining and delegating responsibility and authority

(c) Establishing relationships for the purpose of enabling people to work most
effectively together in accomplishing objectives

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.8) The principles of organization are:

(a) Understanding and formulating of objectives

(b) Association and relation of basic components of the organization

(c) Responsibility and authority

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.9) The principle of organization are:

(a) Span of control

(b) Division and grouping of work

(c) Proper delegation of work

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.10) Which factors decide the type or organization :

(a) Size of the organization

(b) Nature of the product being manufactured

(c) Complexity of the problems being faced

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.11) ________ is one of the simplest types of organization

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.12) Commonly known forms(types) of organization structures :

(a) Line , military or scaler organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Fundamental organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.13) Line organization is also called as _______ or scaler organization

(a) Military organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Fundamental organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.14) Applications of Line organization

(a) Small businesses

(b) Military

(c) Automated industries like textile

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.15) Advantages of line organization are :

(a) Simple and easy

(b) Flexible structures and easy to expand or contract

(c) Easy addition and removal of members

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.16) Advantages of line organization are :

(a) Easy communication among employees

(b) Almost no confusions exist

(c) Working speed is fast

(d) High degree of discipline

Ans : (d)

Q.17) Disadvantages of line organization are :

(a) Neglects area of specialization of employees

(b) May overload employees

(c) Highly skilled and qualified people are required

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.18) The line organization is developed step by step to shape as the _________

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.19) The _________ makes a combination of the line organization with staff
departments that helps and advise line departments

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.20) Advantages of line and staff organization :

(a) Expert advise is available from specialist staff executives

(b) Perfect work division

(c) No work overloading

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.21) Advantages of line and staff organization :

(a) Improved product quality

(b) Duties are clear to each person

(c) System functions smoothly

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.22) Disadvantages of line and organization:

(a) Increase in cost of product because of increase in staff

(b) More people more confusions and breaking rules and regulation by line of
executives
(c) Unclear functions create confusions

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.23) The _______ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and
the person does the same job. This is also known as staff organization type

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.24) Merits of functional organization:

(a) Because of specialization , responsibilities are fixed

(b) Expert advise can be received

(c) Better quality of products can be produced

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.25) Demerits or disadvantages of functional organization :

(a) Coordination is difficult as many people are working on the same level

(b) Maintaining discipline is difficult

(c) Assigning of new job is difficult because of specialization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.26) _______ are internally formed

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) Project organization

Ans : (d)

Q.27) Features of project organization are :

(a) Organization are internally formed

(b) These organization are generally temporary

(c) Less number of employees

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.28) Types of project organization :

(a) Function based

(b) Project based

(c) Matrix based

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.29) Advantages of project organization :

(a) The scope of work is limited so efficiency is more

(b) Teamwork is not emphasized

(c) This structure reduces communication and decisionmaking

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.30) Disadvantages of project organization :

(a) Temporary nature of organization

(b) Loose bonding in groups

(c) Functions are complicated

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.31) Advantages of departmentation

(a) Duties and authority are precisely known so efficiency is more

(b) Persons can be made accountable for the results

(c) Managers are allowed to take initiative and learn new managerial skills

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.32) Departmentalization can be done on the basis of following factors :

(a) Process

(b) Product

(c) Customers or Markets

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q,33) Advantages of departmentation by product :

(a) Every product division or department can be made accountable for profit or
loss incurred by it

(b) Evaluation of performance of every product line can be done individually

(c) It is possible to find out profitable and non­profitable product lines

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.34) Disadvantages of departmentation by product :

(a) Management cost is increased

(b) Services are duplicated or repeated

(c) Man power requirements are more

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.35) ______ is accountability . It is an obligation of a subordinate to his/her

boss to do given work

(a) Authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.36) _______ means right (to command) and power to act

(a) Authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.37) _______ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish or

perform a particular assignment while operating within pre­decided limits and
standards established

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.39) The span of control depends on the factors like :

(a) Trained and experienced subordinates

(b) Type of work

(c) Capacity of executive or manager

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.40) Limitations of span of control :

(a) Wider span of control may not be managed by executive

(b) Inexperienced subordinates may create problems

(c) Ego problems may arise

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.41) _______ means giving right work to the right person

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.42) _______ allows executive to give opportunity to his subordinates to think

, make work related decision , and get developed

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.43) Absence of ________ in units will lead to the failure in achieving

organizational goal . So balancing is foremost

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.44) _______ means adequate resources , man power and necessary authority
for smooth functioning of department

(a) Balanced

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.45) ________ of organization means a capacity to tolerate losses because of

key persons leaving organization

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.46) ________ ensures that in absence of these key persons organization do

not make any losses and run smoothly towards its growth

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.47) To ensure ________ , a long term planning related to the required

manpower and tranining and development for employees is required

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.48) Organizational _______ is mainly about adjusting work assignment , man

power , and facilities that are required when temporary changes occur while
working

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibilty

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.49) ________ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave
setback or delay

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.50) ________ can culminate into strikes or fights among employees and
cause serious consequences to the organization
(a) Communication

(b) Good communication

(c) Miscommunication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.1) The main component of the organization are:

(a) Clearly defined objectives

(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people

(c) Suitable division of work and labour

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.2) the main component of the organization are :

(a) Predefined and clear policies and procedures

(b) Right division of authority and responsibility

(c) Effective communication system

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.3) Organization has following characteristics:

(a) Small or large group of people

(b) Group is leaded by executive leader

(c) Important tool of management is organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.4) Organization has following characteristics :

(a) Allocates duties and responsibilities to employees

(b) Organization establishes a relationship between authority and responsibility

(c) Organization controls the efforts of the group

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.5) Elements of organization are:

(a) Set of defined objectives

(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people

(c) Proper division of work and labour

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.6) Elements of organization are:

(a) Clear and well defined policies and procedures

(b) Proper division of authority and responsibility

(c) An effective system of communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.7) Organization can be defined as_________

(a) The process of identifying and grouping the work to be performed

(b) Defining and delegating responsibility and authority

(c) Establishing relationships for the purpose of enabling people to work most effectively
together in accomplishing objectives

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.8) The principles of organization are:

(a) Understanding and formulating of objectives

(b) Association and relation of basic components of the organization

(c) Responsibility and authority

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.9) The principle of organization are:

(a) Span of control

(b) Division and grouping of work

(c) Proper delegation of work

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.10) Which factors decide the type or organization :

(a) Size of the organization

(b) Nature of the product being manufactured

(c) Complexity of the problems being faced

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.11) ________ is one of the simplest types of organization

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.12) Commonly known forms(types) of organization structures :

(a) Line , military or scaler organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Fundamental organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)
Q.13) Line organization is also called as _______ or scaler organization

(a) Military organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Fundamental organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.14) Applications of Line organization

(a) Small businesses

(b) Military

(c) Automated industries like textile

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.15) Advantages of line organization are :

(a) Simple and easy

(b) Flexible structures and easy to expand or contract

(c) Easy addition and removal of members

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.16) Advantages of line organization are :

(a) Easy communication among employees

(b) Almost no confusions exist

(c) Working speed is fast

(d) High degree of discipline

Ans : (d)

Q.17) Disadvantages of line organization are :

(a) Neglects area of specialization of employees

(b) May overload employees

(c) Highly skilled and qualified people are required

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.18) The line organization is developed step by step to shape as the _________

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.19) The _________ makes a combination of the line organization with staff departments
that helps and advise line departments

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.20) Advantages of line and staff organization :

(a) Expert advise is available from specialist staff executives

(b) Perfect work division

(c) No work overloading

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.21) Advantages of line and staff organization :

(a) Improved product quality

(b) Duties are clear to each person

(c) System functions smoothly

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.22) Disadvantages of line and organization:

(a) Increase in cost of product because of increase in staff

(b) More people more confusions and breaking rules and regulation by line of executives

(c) Unclear functions create confusions

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.23) The _______ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and the person does
the same job. This is also known as staff organization type

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.24) Merits of functional organization:

(a) Because of specialization , responsibilities are fixed

(b) Expert advise can be received

(c) Better quality of products can be produced

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.25) Demerits or disadvantages of functional organization :

(a) Coordination is difficult as many people are working on the same level

(b) Maintaining discipline is difficult

(c) Assigning of new job is difficult because of specialization

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.26) _______ are internally formed

(a) Line organization

(b) Line and staff organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) Project organization

Ans : (d)

Q.27) Features of project organization are :

(a) Organization are internally formed

(b) These organization are generally temporary

(c) Less number of employees

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.28) Types of project organization :

(a) Function based

(b) Project based

(c) Matrix based

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.29) Advantages of project organization :

(a) The scope of work is limited so efficiency is more

(b) Teamwork is not emphasized

(c) This structure reduces communication and decisionmaking

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.30) Disadvantages of project organization :

(a) Temporary nature of organization

(b) Loose bonding in groups

(c) Functions are complicated

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.31) Advantages of departmentation

(a) Duties and authority are precisely known so efficiency is more

(b) Persons can be made accountable for the results

(c) Managers are allowed to take initiative and learn new managerial skills

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.32) Departmentalization can be done on the basis of following factors :

(a) Process

(b) Product

(c) Customers or Markets

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q,33) Advantages of departmentation by product :

(a) Every product division or department can be made accountable for profit or loss incurred
by it

(b) Evaluation of performance of every product line can be done individually

(c) It is possible to find out profitable and non­profitable product lines

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.34) Disadvantages of departmentation by product :

(a) Management cost is increased

(b) Services are duplicated or repeated

(c) Man power requirements are more

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)
Q.35) ______ is accountability . It is an obligation of a subordinate to his/her boss to do
given work

(a) Authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.36) _______ means right (to command) and power to act

(a) Authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Communication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.37) _______ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish or perform a

particular assignment while operating within pre­decided limits and standards established

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.39) The span of control depends on the factors like :

(a) Trained and experienced subordinates

(b) Type of work

(c) Capacity of executive or manager

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.40) Limitations of span of control :

(a) Wider span of control may not be managed by executive

(b) Inexperienced subordinates may create problems

(c) Ego problems may arise

(d) All of the above

Ans : (d)

Q.41) _______ means giving right work to the right person

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.42) _______ allows executive to give opportunity to his subordinates to think , make work
related decision , and get developed

(a) Delegation of authority

(b) Responsibility

(c) Effective Delegation

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.43) Absence of ________ in units will lead to the failure in achieving organizational goal .
So balancing is foremost

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.44) _______ means adequate resources , man power and necessary authority for smooth
functioning of department

(a) Balanced

(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (a)

Q.45) ________ of organization means a capacity to tolerate losses because of key persons
leaving organization

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.46) ________ ensures that in absence of these key persons organization do not make any
losses and run smoothly towards its growth

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.47) To ensure ________ , a long term planning related to the required manpower and
tranining and development for employees is required

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.48) Organizational _______ is mainly about adjusting work assignment , man power , and
facilities that are required when temporary changes occur while working

(a) Balance

(b) Stability
(c) Flexibilty

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Q.49) ________ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave setback or
delay

(a) Balance

(b) Stability

(c) Flexibility

(d) All of the above

Ans : (b)

Q.50) ________ can culminate into strikes or fights among employees and cause serious
consequences to the organization

(a) Communication

(b) Good communication

(c) Miscommunication

(d) All of the above

Ans : (c)

Chapter :­03 Or ganizational Management

Vision Book
1: Which of the following is one of the principles of organization?
e) Order
f) Span of control
g) Scalar chain
h) None of the above

2: Which type of organizational can be applied to small scale industry?

e) Line
f) Line and staff
g) Functional
h) None of the above

3: Which is the function of Gang Boss?

e) Repairing of Machines
f) Setting up Jobs on Machine
g) Deciding cutting tool and speed
h) Inspection

4: Line and Staff organization is used in Large Industry, is it True?

c) Yes
d) No

5: Which of the following is type of Departmentation?

e) By Product
f) By Design
g) By Quality
h) None of the above

6: Which is the objective of Departmentation?

e) Form a Group of activities and personal which can be managed

effectively
f) To achieve better functioning and co­ordination of the company
g) To specialize the performance of various activities
h) All of the above

7: Responsibility can be delegared, is it true?

c) Yes
d) No

8: Passing down some work to his/her subordinate is known as

__________________

e) Delegation
f) Flexibility
g) Authority
h) Responsibility
9: Proportional development of each department means ___________

e) Balance
f) Stability
g) Flexibility
h) Progress

10: Business owned by a single person is known as______________

e) Proprietorship
f) Private limited
g) Partnership
h) Joint stock

11: In private limited number of members are limited to_______

e) 100
f) 150
g) 50
h) 60

12: Which of the following should be included in partnership deed?

e) Nature of the business

f) Date of Starting partnership
g) Shares of profit and losses
h) All of the above

13: How many members are required to start a public limited company?

e) Minimum 7
f) Minimum 2
g) Minimum 3
h) None of the above

14: Which of the following is the objective of co­operative society?

e) Increasing the profit

f) To increase market share
g) Providing goods & services at minimum cost
h) None of the above

15: “The Society purchases goods from manufactures and sell them directly to
the members at reasonable rate” , is known as_________

e) Producer’s co­operative society

f) Consumer’s co­operative society
g) Credit co­operative society
h) Co­operative farming society

16: “The society provides loan at reasonable interest rate to the people who
requires it for various purposes”, is known as__________

e) Credit co­operative society

f) Co­operative farming society
g) Housing co­operative society
h) None of the above

17: Which of the following is objective of Government sector?

e) To provide basic infrastructure facility

f) To create employment opportunities
g) To increase the foreign exchange
h) All of the above

18: Persons who do not take active part in the management of the partnership is
known as______________

e) Active Partner
f) General Partner
g) Temporary Partner
h) Sleeping Partner

19: Which of the following is not a form of ownership?

e) Joint Stock
f) Proprietorship
g) Partnership
h) Dealership

20: If any organization is divided into various departments such as marketing,

manufacturing, purchasing, production, sales then which method is used to
applied to form departments?

e) By Product
f) By Process
g) By Function
h) None of the above

Nir ali Book

21: Which is unimportant word in the definition of the organization?

e) Group of persons
f) Pr ofit
g) Common Aim
h) United together

22: Following group is not an organization.

e) Gr oup of 15 people on the bus stop

f) Employees doing discussion in work area
g) Meeting members in a company
h) Labour working on a site

23: Which are the aims of forming organization?

e) Teamwork
f) Combined efforts
g) Responsibility on all
h) All ar e cor r ect
24: Which statement is wrong?

e) Organization is group of working people

f) It has aims& objectives
g) Or ganization has no boundar ies
h) Organization is a System

25: Which is the first step in organization formation?

e) Assignments of duties
f) Aims ar e Deter mined
g) Identifying Activities
h) Formulating Plans

26: Structure of organization is represented by

e) Or ganization char t
f) Organization brochures
g) Organization draft
h) None of the above

27: The structure of organization depends upon

e) Scope of functions
f) Span of control
g) Numbers of employees
h) All of the above
28: The structure of the organization does not depend upon

e) Span of control
f) Communication
g) Pr ofit Mar gin
h) Resources available

29: Which are the essentials of the organization?

e) Organizational chart
f) Delegation
g) Integration
h) All
30: Which is the important factor in deciding structure of organization?
e) Type of Product
f) Specialization
g) Functions
h) All
31: Vertical dimensions of organization structure defines

e) Departmentation
f) Hier ar chy
g) Both of the above
h) None of the above

32: Scalar organization is also known as

e) Line Or ganization
f) Project Organization
g) Staff Organization
h) FunctionalOrganization

33: Line Organization is of__________ type.

e) Horizontal
f) Ver tical
g) Both
h) None

34: Military type of organization is seen in_________

e) Line
f) Staff
g) Line & Staff
h) Project

35: Decisions are very quick in______________

e) Line Or ganization
f) Functional Organization
g) Line & Staff Organization
h) Project Organization
36: Which is not the correct decision in ‘Line Organization’?

e) It is Simple
f) Confusion is Less
g) Specialized
h) Easy to Understand

37: Which is not the correct disadvantage of “Line Organization”?

e) Poor Performance
f) Lack of Specialization
g) Overlapping of activities
h) Nobody is over loaded
38: At which place Line Organization is possible?

e) Small Workshops
f) Tiny Firms
g) Military Department
h) Gover nment Companies
39: Where Line Organization is applicable?

e) Workshops
f) Small Firms
g) Small Process Industries with automation
h) All

40: Functional Organization is also Known as

e) Line Organization
f) Staff
g) Project
h) None of the above

41: Functional Organization is

e) Hor izontal
f) Vertical
g) Both (a)&(b)
h) None

42: Which is the correct advantage of Staff Organization?

e) Performance better than Line

f) Standardization in Process
g) More Productivity than Line
h) All
43: Which is not the correct disadvantage of Staff Organization?

e) Discipline is Lacking
f) Lack of Specializations
g) Ego of Specialty
h) Difficult to Handle Experts

44: Line & Staff Organization is

e) Horizontal
f) Vertical
g) Both
h) None

45: Which Organization is temporary in Nature?

e) Line
f) Staff
g) Line & Staff
h) Pr oject

46: Project Organizations has few forms, which is Correct?

e) Balanced Matrix
f) Functional Matrix
g) Project Matrix
h) All
47: Which is the correct Limitation of Project Organization?
e) Heavy Pressures of Work
f) Complications of Functions
g) Difference in Opinions
h) All
48: ___________is the process of dividing a large organization into small &
flexible administrative units.

e) Depar tmentation
f) Defragmentation
g) Division Formation
h) None

49: Which is the aim of Departmentation?

e) To distribute work
f) To make people specialized
g) To Give Freedom For Each Function
h) All of the above
50: Which is not the aim of Departmentation?

e) To distribute work
f) To make the power specialized
g) To make people Specialized
h) To avoid intermixing of many functions

51: Which is not the type of Departmentation?

e) By Product
f) By Functions
g) By Process
h) By Mater ial Patter n

52: “Car Division”, in Tata Motors is an example of

e) Depar tmentation by Pr oduct

f) Departmentation by Function
g) Departmentation by Process
h) None
53: Which type of statement is wrong?

In Product Type Departmentation

e) Attention is given to Product

f) Product may become Brand Name
g) People become experts in the work allotted to them
h) No Duplication of wor k
54: “Sales Department”, in Nokia is an example of

e) Departmentation by Product
f) Departmentation by Process
g) Depar tmentation by Function
h) None

55: “Heat Treatment” in Kirlosker is an example of

e) Departmentation by product
f) Depar tmentation by pr ocess
g) Departmentation by function
h) None

56: Which is the Principle of Organization?

e) Authority & Responsibility

f) Span of Control
g) Delegation
h) All

57: Number of subordinates handled by one manager effectively is called as

e) Delegation
f) Responsibility
g) Span of Contr ol
h) None
58: _________check the result, ________show the result.

e) Author ity, Responsibility

f) Responsibility, Authority
g) Authority, Authority
h) Responsibility, Responsibility

59: Which is the pre­requisite of effective delegation?

e) Knowledge of delegation
f) Decision Making Power
g) Independent subordinates
h) All of the above
60: Which is the first step in delegation?

e) Goals Establishment
f) Training
g) Establishing Responsibility
h) None

61: Which is not the advantage of delegation?

e) Work load is reduced

f) Stress on manager reduces
g) Work can be finished in time
h) Contr ol fr om center incr eases
62: Ability to adjust, change, bend is

e) Flexibility
f) Balance
g) Stability
h) Ability

63: Following is the type of communication

e) Oral
f) Written
g) Horizontal
h) Clear
64: ‘Instruction’ is the__________ communication.

e) Upward
f) Downwar d
g) Informal
h) Horizontal

65: ‘Meeting’ is the____________ communication.

e) For mal
f) Non­verbal
g) Written
h) Both(b)&(c)

66: ‘Request’ is the____________ communication.

e) Upwar d
f) Downward
g) Both(a)&(b)
h) None

67: Which is the barrier in communication?

e) Language Problem
f) Poor Knowledge
g) Confused Information
h) All
68: Which is the factor responsible in the selection of type of ownership?

e) Capital Required
f) Scope of Business
g) Types of Business
h) All

69: Which statement is wrong?

e) Has a single owner

f) Owner is supreme
g) Has limited Liability
h) Owner is responsible for all
70: Which is not the advantage of sole Propertorship?

e) Business Gr owth is faster

f) Easy to form a Business
g) Documentation is Less
h) Freedom of Work

TechMax Book
71: Legally_________ are not allowed but they still may exist with
the consent of other partners.

e) Sleeping Partner
f) Minor Par tner
g) Partner at will
h) Partners in Profit only

72: The____________ continue partnership till the mutual faith trust and
confidence exits among all Partners.

e) Sleeping Partner
f) Minor Partner
g) Par tner at will
h) Partners in Profit only

73: The________ share only profit and not liable for anything are partners in
profit.

e) Sleeping Partner
f) Minor Partner
g) Partner at will
h) Par tner s in Pr ofit only

74: Types of Partnerships:

e) General Partnership
f) Limited Partnership
g) Both(a) & (b)
h) None

75: Advantages of Partnership:

e) Decision Making becomes Easy and Meaningful

f) Capital is Shared
g) Responsibilities are Shared
h) All of the above
76: Disadvantages of Partnership:

e) Because of large scope, business may become complicated activity

f) There could be confusions because of involvement of many people
g) Profits are shared
h) All of the above
77: Applications of could be

e) Legal Firms
f) Manufacturing industries
g) Software Development Firms
h) All of the above
78: Types of joint stock companies:

e) Private Limited Joint Stock Company

f) Public Limited Joint Stock Company
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

79: In____________ shareholders are private people not general public.

e) J oint Stock Pr ivate Limited Stock company

f) Joint Stock Public Limited company
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None
80: In__________ shareholders are unlimited and general people.

e) Joint Stock Private Limited Stock company

f) J oint Stock Public Limited company
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

81: In__________ minimum members involved are 2 and maximum are 50.

e) Joint Stock Private Limited stock company

f) Joint stock public limited company
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

82: In___________ minimum members involved are 7 and maximum are no

limit.

e) Joint Stock Private Limited stock company

f) Joint stock public limited company
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

83: More than 20 persons are involved in__________________

e) Joint Stock
f) Partnership
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

84: Generally 2 or more people are involved in___________

e) Joint Stock
f) Partnership
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

85: ___________ are Biotechnology Information, Network Department of

Consumer Affairs & Department of Education.

e) Government Departments
f) Public Companies
g) Public Corporations
h) All of the above

86: _________ are Balaji, Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Limited, Bharat
Fertilizers Ltd, etc.

e) Government Departments
f) Public Companies
g) Public Corporations
h) All of the above

87: __________ are Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC)

e) Government Departments
f) Public Companies
g) Public Corporations
h) All of the above

88:In _________, the capital is collected from private partners.

e) Private Limited Companies

f) Public Limited Companies
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

89: In_________ the capital is collected From the public by issuing shares
having small face values.

e) Private Limited Companies

f) Public Limited Companies
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

90: Joint stock private limited company_________

e) Not managed by Government

f) Managed by Government
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

91: Public undertaking company___________

e) Not Managed by Government

f) Managed by Government
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

92: In Joint Stock Private Limited Company_________

e) No Limitation for Business activities

f) Government ensures control
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None

93: In Joint Stock Private Limited Company__________

e) Capital can be raised from general people

f) Government provides capital
g) Both (a) & (b)
h) None
Q1) Types of accidents are: All of the above
a.       Accidents
because of natural
Q2) Taking shortcuts,Lack of adequate knowledge are________. disasters
Q3) Causes of accidents are_______. a.       Both (a) and (b)
Q4) Accidents because of management are_________. a.       Both (b) and (c)
Q5) Accidents due to layout or design of working place: a.       Both (b) and (c)
a.       Accidents
because of natural
Q6) Floods, Earthquakes, Tsunami are__________. disasters
Q7)General causes of accidents could be as follows: a.       All of the above
Q8) Which factor does not cause accidents due to dangerous machines? a.       Unsafe clothing
a.       No proper
Q9) Unsafe physical conditions occurs because of following reason: ventilation
Q10) In an industry these accidents are caused because of_______or
falling objects. a.       Moving objects
Q11) Accidents may cause because of partial or no knowledge of processes
or may be because of physical weakness of person working is called a.       Personal
as_________. factors
Q12) __________ accidents are caused because of not following safety
procedures. a.       Unsafe acts
a.       Working with
Q13) Unsafe act occurs because of following reasons: unsafe speed
a.       Absence of
proper protecting
Q14) Accidents because of electrical factors include following reason: devices
Q15) Accidents include injuries because of exposure to: a.       All of the above
Q16) Industrial accidents have following types: a.       Both (a) and (b)
Q17) _________accidents happen because of insufficient safeguard of
machines. a.       Machineryz
Q18) Reasons due to which non-machinery accidents may occur: a.       Age of person
a.       Safe workplace
Q19) Preventive measures that can be taken related to working and working
environment are_________. conditions
a.       Atmospheric
Q20) Good layout,reduction in noise level are________. conditions
Q21) _________ has to be kept at secured and separate place which is not a.       Inflammable
easily accessible. material
a.       Sufficient
working space for
Q22) Which of the following condition is not physical condition: movement
a.       Good house-
Q23) House-keeping has to be good is the condition of________. keeping
Q24) Fire extinguishers should be kept at easily accessible places is the a.       Personal
condition of________. protection devices
Q25) Based on the past experiences, the danger zone should be declared a.       Safe activities
and proper precautions need to be taken is the condition of__________. in the organization
a.       None of the
Q26) Good house-keeping includes following conditions: above
Q27) ______ is a person who has completed the 18 years. a.       Adult
Q28) _______ is a person who has completed his 15th year of age but not
completed 18th year of age. a.       Adolescent
Q29) ______ is a person who has not completed his 15th year of age. a.       Child
Q30) Either a child or an adolescent is called as_______; a.       Young person
Q31) _______ is electrical energy or any other form of energy,which is not
generated by human or animal agency. a.       Power
Q32) _______ is an engine,motor or other appliance,which generate or
provide power. a.       Prime mover
Q33) _______ is person employed directly or through any agency,whether
for wages or not,in any manufacturing process or in cleaning any part of
the machinery or premises used for manufacturing process or in any other
kind of work incidental,to or connected with,the manufacturing process. a.       Worker
Q34) ________ of factory means the person who has ultimate control over
the affairs of the factory and where the said affairs are entrusted to a
managing agent,such agent shall be deemed to be occupier of the factory. a.       Worker
Q35) Following is the health provision: a.       Cleanliness
a.       Safety
Q36) Taking care while working on machinery in motion is a_________. provisions
a.       Welfare
Q37) First-aid appliance is a________. provisions
Q38) No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a
factory on________. a.       Weekly holiday
Q39) When a worker works for_______ hours in a day or for more than 48
hours in any week,he shall be entitled to wages at the rate of twice his
ordinary rate of wages. a.       More than 9
Q40) This provision provides a further restrictions to female workers that
a.       6 am and 7 pm
no women shall be employed in any factory except between________
Q41) __________ is of temporary nature and the earning capacity is a.       Partial
reduced due to disablement is of permanent nature. disablement
Q42) __________ means such disablement whether if a temporary or
permanent nature , which incapacitates a workman, forms all work which a.       Partial
he was capable of performing at the time of accident resulting in such disablement
disablement.
Q43) _________ includes any privilege or benefit which is capable
of being estimated in money other than a travelling allowance or any a.       Wages
other contributions paid towards pension etc
Q44) __________ means any person who is employed in any such capacity
a.       Workman
specified in Schedule II on monthly wages.
Q45) Meaning of ________ is a widow, a minor son, a widow mother. a.       Dependent
Q46) ________ person whose age is below 18 years a.       Minor
Q47) Minimum wages need to be paid in the _________ a.       Cash

To protect the employees

1.Why safety is necessary in industry? from injuries or accident.
 Overconfidence of
. Which of the following may be the cause of accident? employees
3. What are types of accidents? d. a & b
4. Fatal accident means______ . Death of worker
Objective of Preventive measure is______ d. All of the above
a. Proper working
. Which of the following is preventive measure of accident?
condition
a. 1950, 1951, 1954 and
. Indian factory act was modified in________
1976
. Which of the following provision are included in factory Act? d. All of the above
a. Person who has
completed 15 years of age
9. Adolescent means________
but has not completed 18
years
a. The person who has
10. Occupier of the company means_____ ultimate control over the
working of factory.
11. Which of the following is/ are main provision of Factory Act? d. All of the above
12. What are the weekly working hours for an adult worker? b. 48 Hrs
13. Daily working hours of an adult worker should not exceed_____ c. 9 Hrs
14. Worker should get sufficient rest after ______ hours of
c. 5
continuous work
15. The workmen’s compensation act came into force in a. 1924
16. A person below 18 years of age is known as _______ a. Minor
a. To prevent exploitation
17. What is the objective of the workmen’s compensation act?
of the employees
18. Safe work place layout can prevent accidents, is it true? a. Yes
19. Which of the following are causes of accident? d. All of the above
20. A place where ten or more persons are working and in which
manufacturing process is carried out by using electricity, steam, oil, a. Factory
etc. is known as

1 Accident is All the above

2 Which is not included in the cause of accident due to worker? Poor housekeeping
3 Which is not included in the cause of accident due to
management? Bad habits of worker
4 Who can be responsible for accident? All the above
5 Who is responsible for “unguarded moving parts”?   Management
6 Which is not included in the causes of accidents due to ‘Unsafe
Working Conditions’?   Quarrels of workers
7 Which is not included in the ‘causes of accidents’ due to nature? Gas Leakage
8 Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to accidents? All
9 Production
Which is not the ‘effect of accident on worker’? stoppage
10 If affected worker is recovered within 10 hours, then which type of
accident is it?   Minor
11 What happens in fatal accident? Death
12 Injury after accident disables the affected worker forever is
_______accident.    Permanent
13 Injury without
showing external
Internal accident means signs
14 Which preventive measure industry should take to avoid accidents?      All the above
15 Industrial Acts are useful for     All the above
16 Indian Factory Act is passed in      1948
17 Major amendments done in Factory Act in     1991
18 Adolescent is a person of the age between 15-18 years
19 Child is a person of the age Less than 15 years
20 1st January to 31st
Calendar year as per Factory Act is December
21     Period between 2
Day as per Factory Act is midnights
22 Week as per Factory Act is period between two      Saturdays
23 Factory using power as per Factory Act is a premise of minimum      10 workers
24 A Labour Welfare Officer is appointed in the factory as per Factory Act
when there are minimum _______ workers.    500
25 Rights of Labour Welfare Officer are given to     State government
26 As per factory act ,space required for a water is_____Cu feet       500

27 As per Factory Act painting should be done     One a year

28 Drinking water must be away from latrine by _____ meters.     6

29 As per Factory Act, one box of First Aid is provided for _______
    150
workers.
30 One ambulance room should be provided in a factory employing more
300
than ________ workers.
31 One canteen should be provided atleast per ________ workers in a
  250
factory
32 Crèches should be provided when there are more than ______ female
    30,6
workers of their kids of age below _____ years
33 Workman’s Compensation Act is passed in    1924
34 Who is incorrect person in the definition of Dependent?     Friend

35 Compensation is not extended to _______ under Workman’s     All the above
 Compensation Act
36 Employer has to do compensation under which case All the above
37 Minimum wages act is passed in   1948

38 Which is not included in “Wage” under Minimum Wages Act?   All

39 Appropriate
“Advisory Board” concerned with ‘Minimum Wage Act’ is appointed by Government
40 Minimum wages which are fixed are declared by Government through    Official gazette
1 Finance may be defined as art and silence of
2 Profit maximization objective help to reduce the
3 Fixed capital is the capital which is needed for meeting the
4 Working capital is the capital which is needed to meet the
5
Working capital is needed for
6 Saving, loans, public deposits, shares, debentures etc. Are the ______ source of finance
7 Equity share holders are the real______ of the company.
8 Equity share holders are generally paid a higher rate of_____ than that of preference shareholders.
9 ________shareholders are eligible to get fixed rate of dividend and they do not having voting rights.
10 Debenture consists of ______years of maturity period.
11 Balance sheet is statement________
12 Long term loans or debits are known as
13 The liability which depends upon a possible event or situation to occur before becoming an actual liability
14 A fee levied by a government on product, income or activity is called as _____
15 It tax is levied on the price of good or services , then it is called as
16 Excise tax are________ tax whereas custom duties are_____ taxes.
17 Match the following.
List 1 List 2
a. Balance Sheet 1. Position Statement
b. Liability 2. Debt
c. Direct Tax 3. Income tax
d. Custom Duty 4.Indirect tax
18
The C.B.E.C is
19 Match the following
List 1 List 2
a. Excise tax 1. Business profit
b. Service tax 2. Excisable goods
c. Income tax 3. Petroleum products
d. Customs duty 4. Insurance and stock
20
Value added means difference between________
Sr.no Question Answer

1 Material management All of the above

department is any organization
helps in the_______
2 The post represented by 20-50%
material fluctuates and may
comprise between ____% of
the total project cost
3 Percentage of total inventory Less than 10%
for A category material is
4 Percentage of total inventory 10 to 20%
for B category material is
5 Percentage of total inventory 70 to 80%
for C category material is
6 Percentage of total inventory 70 to 80%
cost for A category material is
7 Percentage of total inventory 15 to 20 %
cost for B category material is
8 Ordering cost includes cost All of the above
of______
9 Total cost is calculated by Procurement cost and carrying
adding cost
10 The material expression to Q= 2 UP

calculate EOQ is as
C.I

11 MRP is Material Requirement Planning

12 ERP is Enterprise Resource Planning
13 Inventory control is concerned All of the above
with
14 ABC is Always Better Control
15 The five great M of Men, Machine, Money,
management are Material, Method

All of the above

What function or functions are involved in materials management?
Inventory
………is a part of materials management. management

…….can be defined as an attempts to balance inventory needs and Inventory

requirements with the need to minimized costs resulting from obtaining and Management
holding inventory
Both (a) and (b)
which is the function of inventory?
………include raw materials and semi-finished products supplied by another firm Raw inventories
and which are raw items for the present industry.
In-process
………..involves semi-finished goods at various stage of manufacturing cycle. inventories

. ………..are the finished goods lying in stoke rooms and waiting dispatch. Finished
 inventories

Indirect inventories
………..includes lubricants and other items needed for proper operation
both(a) and (b)
ABC analysis plays a vital role in………management.
80%
A’ type of items are generally ………of all inventories.
50%
‘C’ types of items of inventory are generally……..of all inventories.
Preparing the list of
all items
which is the first step in doing ABC analysis?
All of these
Advantages of ABC analysis………
ABC analysis has to
be done in a
standard way
otherwise it does
not serve the
purpose.
Disadvantage of ABC analysis………
Economic Order
Quantity
EOQ stands for
Economic Order
Quantity
……is one which allows lowest cost per unit and is most advantageous.
Lead times is
known and is
constant
what is an assumption in EOQ?
EOQ
…..avoid effects like price fluctuations and shortage of material in the market?
EOQ avoids running
out of stock.
Advantage of EOQ…..
Both (a) and (b)
Disadvantage of EOQ
Minimum
EOQ does not work if………order quantity is compulsory.
………..Function can be defined as procuring different types of materials for an Purchasing
organization from different sources.
Vendors,
The purchasing function plays the role of mediator between ………and………… for organization
purchase of material
All of these
The role of purchase department is vital because…….
Analysis of
which is the first step in purchasing ?
purchase
 requisitions.

both (a) and (b)

The objectives of the purchasing……
All of the these
The important functions/duties of purchasing department/management are….
……is set of activities that ensures right materials at right quality and quantity in Procurement
right time.
Complicated
Procurement activity is………and takes more time.
Procurement
……is an intelligent activity includes decision making, selection of vendors etc.
Purchasing
……..is just a transaction and is basic activity.
Material
requirement
process
MRP means………
Enterprise resource
planning
ERP means….
Components and
required raw
materials are
available in right
quantities at right
time
The major purpose of MRP
Minimizing
unnecessary
inventory
investment
The major advantage of MRP is….
For staffing, inventory, production etc. company develops and design a plan MPS
called as……
All of these
The inputs to MRP are…
MPS
….is a plan that views future production of each of product.
……..is made up of list of the sub assemblies as well as components that makes Bill-of-materials
up the end product.
Item master file
Inventory record files also called as…..
All of these
Benefits of MRP…..
……can be defined as an integrated information system that serves all ERP
department within an enterprise
Both (a) and (b)
Application of ERP are…..

Advantage of ERP are….. A unified and single

 reporting system.

Materials
management
module
The SAP ERP product is very popular for material management called as……..
ERP is modular
software
Disadvantage of ERP are……
Both (a) and(b)
Modules in ERP are
ERP
Sales and marketing is module of…..

Chapter 6

1. Which is the function involved in material management?

a) Purchasing
b) Storing
c) Distributing
d) All
2. ______is a part of materials management
a) Inventory management
b) Finance management
c) Marketing management
d) None
3. ______is the collective stock of items which is required for routine functioning of industry
a) Purchase
b) Inventory
c) Tool room
d) None
4. The stock of material, maintained in order to avoid ‘no stock’ situation is called as
a) Additional stock
b) Extra stock
c) Buffer stock
d) None
5. Match the pair
i. Raw material inventory 1.Drills
ii. Machinery spares inventory 2.Bolt
iii. Standard parts inventory 3.Pulley
iv. Tools inventory 4.Steel
a) i-2, ii-4, iii-1, iv-3
b) i-3, ii-1, iii-4, iv-2
c) i-4, ii-3, iii-2, iv-1
Which of the following is the definition of the quality All of the above
The quality standards such as ISO 9000 is_______? Quality assurance
Which of the following is correct method of implementation the Six Define, Measure,
sigma? Analyze, Improve,
Control
What is the content of Quality Management System? Infrastructure,
Practices , Tools and
Techniques
Five M i.e man , machine, manufacturing techniques and money are Quality
responsible for ____
Quality control helps to improve the quality of the product or Yes
services which in turn increase the sales of product is it true?
Objective of quality circle is to identify problems
What does the KAIZEN mean when applied to quality? Continuous
improvement
Which of the following is not a key features if TOM? Establishing clear
specification
Which of the following words does not included in 5 S? Safety
Requirement of kaizen includes Total involvement
Which organization has developed the six sigma technique? Motorola
Six sigma refers to _____ defects per million opportunities. 3,4
Match the following a(2),b(1),c(4),d(3)
a. Six sigma 1.230 defects per million
opportunities
b. Five sigma 2. 3.5 defects per million
opportunities
c. Four sigma 3. 66800 defects per million
opportunities
d. Three sigma 4. 6210 defects per million
opportunities
Which of the following is not a benefit of Six sigma? It increases wages of
employee
ISO stand for International
Organization for
Standardization
Which of the following are advantages of ISO 9000:2000 system? All of the above
Which of the following is requirement of quality circle? Both a & b
Match the following A(5),b(1),c(4),d(3),e(2)
a. Sorting 1.seiton
b. Set in order 2. Shitsuke
c. Shining 3. Seiketsu
d. Standardizing 4.seiso
e. Sustaining 5.Seiri
Which of the following is not an element of TOM? Mission of
organization

CHAPTER 7
c) Economically feasibility
d) All

14. Which is the function of quality control

a) Restricting non-quality products

b) Rejecting faulty products
c) Both are wrong
d) Both are correct

15. Statement 1-Quality circle is a problem solving technique

Statement 2- Quality circle is responsibility of management

a) Both 1 and 2 correct

b) Both 1 and 2 wrong
c) 1 correct 2 wrong
d) 1 wrong 2 correct

16. Quality circle is a brain child of

a) Fayol
b) Ishikawa
c) Juran
d) Lee Tsing

17. Which statement is wrong ?

a) Meeting of quality circle have no agendas

b) It is hierarchical
c) Training is not necessary in quality circles
d) All

18. Which is the element of quality circle?

a) Steering committee
b) Circle leader
c) Circle member
d) All

19. Which element is at the top of the quality circle?

a) Steering committee
b) Circle leader
c) Circle member
d) Facilitator

20. Circle leader is from

a) Management
b) Board of directors
c) Workers
d) Supervisors

21. Statement 1- Quality assurance is a proactive approach

Statement 2- Quality assurance improves quality of product

a) Both 1 and 2 correct

b) Both 1 and 2 wrong
c) 1 correct 2 wrong
d) 1 wrong 2 correct

22. Quality assurance is a ........approach

a) Proactive
b) Reactive
c) Passive
d) None

23. Which is the component of TQM?

a) Continuous improvement
b) Customer focus
c) Total involvement of all employees
d) All

24. Which is the element of TQM?

a) Employees morale
b) Quality assurance
c) Quality Control
d) All

25. Kaizen means ________

a) Quality
b) Good thing
c) Improvement
d) None

26. Slow never ending continuous improvement in all aspects of life is .......

a) QA
b) QC
c) TQM
d) Kaizen
27. Which statement about kaizen is wrong?

a) It needs heavy investment

b) It gives committee to quality
c) it is a Japanese technique
d) It is continuous improvement

28. Innovation shows ______ steps and Kaizen shows...steps in speed of work

a) Big, Small
b) Small, Big
c) Small, Small
d) Big, Big

29. Effect of innovation is _____ and effect of kaizen is _____

a) Short term, Short term

b) Short term, Long term
c) Long term, Short term
d) Long term, Long term

30. involvement in innovation is of....and in Kaizen is...

a) Individual, Individual
b) Everybody, Individual
c) Individual, Everybody
d) Everybody, Everybody

31. The foundation of Kaizen, consists of ________

a) Quality circles
b) Teamwork
c) Both (a)and(b)
d) None

32. Which is not included in 5S?

a) Sort
b) Solve
c) Shine
d) Sustain

33. Match the pairs

(a) Seiri 1.Standardise

(b) Seition 2.Sanitise

(c) Seiso 3.Systemise

(d) Seiketsu 4.Structurise

a) a-1, b-3, c-4, d-2

b) a-2, b-1, c-3, d-4
c) a-3, b-2, c-1, d-4
d) a-4, b-3, c-2, d-1

34. Throw away necessary is in

a) Seiri
b) Seition
c) Seiso
d) Seiketsu

35. Neatness is included in

a) Seiri
b) Seition
c) Seiso
d) Setketsu

36. Discipline comes in

a) Seiri
b) Seiso
c) Shitsuke
d) Seiketsu

37. Sweeping means

a) Seiso
b) Seiri
c) Seiketsu
d) Shisuke

38. Sustain means

a) Shitsuke
b) Seiri
c) Seiso
d) Seiketsu

39. 5S is?

a) Systematic way of working

b) Good housekeeping
c) Disciplined positioning of items
d) All the above

40. Six sigma success factors are

 a) Leader's commitment
b) Innovative ideas
c) Facts based decision -making
d) All

41. Which is not the stage in 6 sigma?

a) Optimization
b) Identification
c) Characterization
d) Standardization

42. Which is the main clause in ISO 9001:2000?

a) Management responsibility
b) Product realization
c) Resource Management
d) All

43. Quality management is not focusing on

a) Money
b) Quality
c) Productivity
d) Improvements

No. Question Ans

1. ____is a process that ensures the quality of a product Quality management
of a product throughout life cycle
2. Quality management components are____ All of these
3. Quality cannot be____ Compromised or negotiable
4. Advantage of quality management is____ It ensures the reliability
5. QMS is____ Quality management system
6. ____is collection of guidelines that are used to manage QMS
the quality activities carried out in an organization
7. Benefit of QMS is ____ There is uninterruptible
consistency in quality of
products & services
8. ____is defined as a tool for controlling the quality of Quality control
the product & services to ultimately gain the customer
satisfaction
9. Advantage of quality control is _____ Inspection costs are reduced
& consistency in quality can
be achieved
10. ____is a small group of employees of the same work Quality circle
 area, doing similar work that meets voluntarily &
regularly to identify, analyze & resolve work related
problem
11. Objective of quality circle is ____ To improve quality,
productivity, safety & reduce
the cost
12. Objective of quality circle is to give an opportunity to Wisdom & creativity
the employees to use their____
13. For effective quality circles_____ Both a & b
14. In quality circle participation of employees in the group Voluntary without any
is_____ compulsion or pressure
15. The main objective of quality circle is____ To bring quality to the work
16. ______is the process of verifying or determining Quality assurance
whether products or services meet or exceed customer
expectations
17. ______is a management approach to long –term Total quality management
success through customer satisfaction
18. The most important objective of TQM is Customer satisfaction
19. Principle of TQM are______ Quality should be managed
20. One of the principles of TQM quality is ____ A long –term investment or
asset
21. The first preference in the components of TQM To the customer
is______
22. Element of TQM are____ Quality control
23. Benefits of TQM are____ Encourages customer
satisfaction
24. CRM is____ customer relationship
management
25. Structurize means______ organization
26. Systemize means_____ Neatness
27. Sanitize means______ cleaning
28. ______defined as a statistically based process Six sigma
improvement methodology or technique
29. The six sigma methodology endorse DMAIC concept
30. Important themes in six sigma are Study of focus on the
customer’s requirement
31. Applications of six sigma are Identify ways to increase
production capacity of
present equipment
32. ISO 9001:2000 is a _____standard Quality management system
33. Benefits of ISO 9001:2000 are _____ All of these
34. The first clauses of ISO 9001:2000 standards is______ Scope
35. Clause of ISO ISO 9001:2000 documentation The organization must
requirements means______ document, implement &
maintain QSM &
continuously make an
improve in effectiveness in
the context of requirements
of the standard
36. A quality policy makes a foundation for_____ All of these
37. Responsibility, authority communication clause of ISO This clause covers defining of
9001:2000_____ responsibility and authorities
& its communication to
everyone within an
organization
38. Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2000____ The organization should
identify work environment
that ensures conformity of
service
39. Identification & traceability clause of ISO Identification is to know what
9001:2000______ the product & service is ?and
the traceability focuses on
from where (processes) the
product has come?
40. Measurement analysis & improvement clause of ISO Cover the overall monitoring
9001:2000______ measurement, analysis &
improvement of QSM
41. Clause of ISO 9001:2000 internal audit includes_____ Need of internal audits at pre
planned intervals
e)
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q1.When was Indian factory Act Established?

a) 1943 b)1948 c)1953 d)1923
Answer:
Option : b)1948
Q2. When was Workman Compensation Act Established?
a)1948 b)1943 c)1953 d)1923
Answer:
Option : d)1923
Q3. When was Minimum wages Act Established?
a)1943 b)1948 c)1923 d)1953
Answer:
Option : b)1948
Q4.What are different causes of Accident?
a)Unsafe physical conditions b)Due to harmful substance c)Moving Objects d)All of the above
Answer:
Option : d)All of the above
Q5. Types of Accident?
a) Minor b) Serious c) Fatal d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q6. Causes of Accident are due to -------------?
a) Accident due to management b) Accident due to worker
c) Accident due to dangerous accident d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q7.Accident due to management are due to--------------------?

a) Carelessness towards worker b) Lack of maintenance of plant & machinery
c) Equipment for safety are not provided d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q8. Accidents due to worker are due to--------------------?
a) Taking shortcuts b) Lack adequate knowledge
c) Poor planning d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q9. Accident due to layout or design of working place are due to--------------------?
a) Uncomfortable working posture b) Oily or greasy floors
c) Improper Electrification d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above
Q10. An accident which is not due to natural disaster are due to--------------------?
a) Tsunami b) Storms c) Leakage of gas d) Heavy Rains
Answer:
Option : c) Leakage of gas
Q11. ------------------ is a person who have completed 18 years of age.
a) Adult b) Adolescent c) Child d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : a) Adult
Q12. ------------------- is a person who have completed 15 years of age but not 18 years of age.
a) Adult b) Adolescent c) Child d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : b) Adolescent

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q13.Child is person whose age is below ----------- years.

a) 25 b) 20 c) 15 d) 10
Answer:

Option : c) 15

Q14.Minor is person who have not completed --------- years of age.

a) 15 b) 18 c) 20 d) 2
Answer:

Option : b) 18

Q15.Which is not a provision in Indian Factory Act?

a) Health Provision b) Welfare Provision c) Minimum wages d) Safety Provision

Answer:

Option : c) Minimum wages

Q16.Health Provisions in Indian Factory Act Consist of---------------?

a) Cleanliness b) Ventilation b) Drinking water d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q17.Welfare Provisions in Indian Factory Act Consist of---------------?

a) Washing Facility b) Sitting Facility c) Canteen d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q18.Safety Provisions in Indian Factory Act does not consist of---------------?

a) Fencing of Machinery b) Precautions against Fire c) Lunch rooms d) Protection eyes

Answer:

Option : c) Lunch rooms

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q19. Workman Compensation Act consist of ----------------- Provisions of act.

a) Partial Disablement b) Total Disablement c) Amount of Compensation d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q20.Minimum Wages Act consist of ----------------- Provisions.

a) Fixing Minimum rate of wages b) Overtime

c) Claims & Penalties d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 March 11, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.6 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

Q1. ------------------- Management can be defined as integrated operations of the different sections of a
integrated operations of the different sections of a company dealing with the supply of materials &
related activities.
a) Finance b) Material
c) Production d) Human Resource
Answer:

Option : b) Material

Q2.The functions of material management are --------------------------.

a) Procurement of Materials b) Receiving of Material
c) Warehousing d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q3. The Objectives of Material Management are ----------------------.

a) To reduce Material Cost b) Purchase & Provide Material whenever required
c) Minimize Inventories d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q4.------------------- can be defined as an attempt to balance inventory needs and requirements with the
need to minimize costs resulting from obtaining and holding Inventory.
a) Marketing Management b) Finance Management
c) Inventory Management d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : c) Inventory Management

Q5.What are Objectives of Inventory Management?

a) To meet demand of raw material b) Minimize Lead time
c) Minimizing inventory carrying cost d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

©Assignment By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravaranagar

Published @ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/assignment.html
 March 11, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.6 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

Q6.Which is not a type of Inventory?

a) Raw material inventory b) Direct Inventory
c) Finished goods Inventory d) In-process Inventory
Answer:
Option : b) Direct Inventory

Q7.ABC Analysis is for --------------------?

a) Marketing Management b) Finance Management
c) Inventory Management d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q8.The top 20% of most costly items which represents 80% of total inventory cost are termed as’--------‘
in ABC Analysis.
a) C b) A
c) B d) None of the Above
Answer:
Option : b) A

Q9.------------ items fall in between A & C which represent 15% of Cost & 30% of the total inventory Costs
in ABC Analysis.
a) C b) A
c) B d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : c) B

©Assignment By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravaranagar

Published @ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/assignment.html
 March 11, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.6 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

Q10.Items which has 5% of Cost & 65% of inventory item are represented by---------------------.
a) C b) A
c) B d) None of the Above
Answer:
Option : a) C

Q11.Advantages of ABC Analysis are ---------------------------.

a) Classification of items b) Inventory carrying cost is reduced
c) Maintaining Stock Levels d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q12.EOQ is abbreviated as --------------------------.

a) Economic Order Quality b) Economic Order Quantity
c) Equal Order Quantity d) None of the Above
Answer:
Option : b) Economic Order Quantity

Q13.Advantages of EOQ are ---------------------.

a) Lowest cost per unit b) creation of buffer stock
c) Avoids running of out of stock d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q14.-------------------- Function can be defined as procuring different types of material for an organization
from sources.
a) Production b) Quality c) Purchase d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : c) Purchase

©Assignment By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravaranagar

Published @ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/assignment.html
 March 11, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.6 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

Q15.What are objectives of Purchase Department?

a) Procure Right quality of Material b) Procure Right quality of Material
c) Procure Right Material at reasonable price d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q16. What are functions of Purchase Department?

a) Procure Material required b)Analyze Material Specifications

c) Establish contact with Supplier d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option :

Q17.Material Requirement Planning is term related to ---------------------- of material.

a) Organizing b) Coordinating c) Planning d) Decision Making

Answer:

Option : c) Planning

Q18. Material Requirement Planning depends on --------------------------------.

a) Master Planning Schedule b) Master Production Schedule

c) Master Purchasing Schedule d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : b) Master Production Schedule

©Assignment By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravaranagar

Published @ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/assignment.html
 March 11, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.6 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

Q19.What are functions of Material Requirement Planning.

a) Control Material Inventory Levels b) Control wastage of material
c) Assign priority to purchase of material d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q20. What are Inputs to Material Requirement Planning.

a) Master Production Schedule b) Bill of Materials
c) Inventory Record File d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

Q21.----------------------- is made up of list of the sub-assemblies as well as components that makes up end
product.
a) Master Production Schedule b) Bill of Materials
c) Inventory Record File d) None of the Above
Answer:
Option : b) Bill of Materials

Q22. What are Benefits of Material Requirement Planning?

a) Reduced inventories b) Avoid material Shortage
c) Greater Productivity d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

©Assignment By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravaranagar

Published @ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/assignment.html
 March 11, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.6 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

Q23.ERP stands for ---------------------.

a) Enterprise Requirement Planning b) Enterprise Resource Planning
c) Enterprise Requirement Purchasing d) Enterprise Resource Purchasing
Answer:
Option : b) Enterprise Resource Planning

Q24. ----------------- defined as an integrated information system that serves all departments within an
enterprise.
a) Material Requirement Planning b) Enterprise Resource Planning
c) Material Requirement Purchasing d) Enterprise Resource Purchasing
Answer:
Option : a) Material Requirement Planning

Q25.What are benefits of ERP?

a) Integration of all dept. through Software b) Complete Visibility of organization
d) Centralized Data Storage d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above

©Assignment By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravaranagar

Published @ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/assignment.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q1.What is Management?
a) Channelizing b) Administration
c) Production d) Getting work done from others
Answer:
Option : d) Getting work done from others
Q2.What is process of Management?
a) Planning b) Organizing
c) Controlling d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above
Q3.Who is father of Scientific Management?
a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : b) F.W.Taylor
Q4.Contributor to 14 principles of Management is ------------------?
a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : a)Henry Fayol
Q5. Who is father of Modern Management?
a) F.W.Taylor b) Henry Fayol
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : b) Henry Fayol

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q6.What are different schools of Management?

a)Classical School b)Behavioral School
c) Universal process School c) All of the above
Answer:
Option : c) All of the above
Q7.The areas of Classical school are:
a) Scientific Management b) Administrative Management
c)Bureaucratic Management d)All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d)All of the Above
Q8. Bureaucratic Management doesn’t consist of------------------------?
a) Work specialization and division of labor b) Abstract rules and regulations
c) Impersonality of managers d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : d) None of the above
Q9.The Scientific Management consists of--------------------------?
a) Piece rate incentive system b) Time and motion study
c) Gantt scheduling chart d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q10.Who is not a Contributor to theory of Scientific Management?
a) Frederick Winslow Taylor b)Maslow
c) Lillian Gillbreth d)Frank Gillbreth
Answer:
Option : b)Maslow

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q11. In which theory ’Redesigning the work process to increase efficiency’ is proposed.

a) Administrative Management b) Scientific Management

c) Bureaucratic Management d) Modern Management
Answer:

Option : b) Scientific Management

Q12.Henry Fayol stated ---------------------- principles of management?

a) Remuneration b) Order
c) Stability of tenure d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q13.What is Administration?
a) Decision Making b) Policy Making
c) Controlling d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q14.Determination of Objectives and major policies of an organization is concerned with--------?

a) Management b) Organization
c) Administration d) None of the above
Answer:

Option : c) Administration

Q15. ------------------- is defined as set of steps to do the particular activity or activities in

systematic manner.
a) Organizing b) Decision Making
c) Planning d) Controlling
Answer:

Option : c) Planning

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q16.The process of establishing the orderly use of resources by assigning & coordinating tasks
is called as-----------------?
a) Decision Making b) Organizing
c) Planning c) Controlling
Answer:

Option : b) Organizing

Q17.The management of interdependence in work situations is known as-----------------------?

a) Organizing b) Decision Making
c) Coordinating c) Controlling
Answer:

Option : c) Coordinating

Q18.Communication, Leadership & Motivation are sub functions of-----------------?

a) Directing b) Decision Making
c) Coordinating d) Controlling
Answer:

Option : a) Directing

Q19.Functions of controlling are-------------------------?

a) Establishing Standards b) Measuring Performance
c) Taking Corrective Actions d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q20.A process of solving the problem or finding out the new business opportunity is called as ?
a) Directing b) Decision Making
c) Coordinating d) Controlling
Answer:

Option : b) Decision Making

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q21.A very few number people work at---------------- level.

a) Low level b) Middle Level
c) Top Level d) Tactical Level
Answer:
Option : c) Top Level
Q22. A very large number people work at-------------- level.
a) Low level b) Middle Level
c) Strategic Level d) Tactical Level
Answer:
Option : a) Low level
Q23.Henry Fayol proposed ---------- number of principles.
a)15 b)14
c)12 d)9
Answer:
Option : b)14
Q24. Types of decision based on levels of Management are-------------------?
a) Strategic Decisions b) Tactical Decisions
c) Operational Decisions d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q25.Adams Smith found theory of --------------?
a) Job Analysis b) Job Description
c) Job Specialization d) Recruitment
Answer:
Option : c) Job Specialization

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q26. ’Codify the new methods of performing tasks into written rules and standard operating
procedures’ is principle proposed in --------------------.
a)Maslow’s Theory b)Scientific Management

c) Administrative Management d) Contingency Theory

Answer:
Option : b)Scientific Management

Q27. Functions of top level Management is --------------------------?

a)Defining Goals b) Laying Strategies to achieve goal
c) Monitoring Progress d) All of the Above.
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above.

Q28.Principle of Management to manage work effectively & efficiently was proposed by?
a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : a)Henry Fayol
Q29.Worker should receive order from one supervisor is called as-----------------?
a)Unity of Direction b) Unity of Command
c) Scalar Chain d)Equity
Answer:
Option : b) Unity of Command
Q30.Worker should be given assurance about Safety & Security is called as-----------------?
a)Staffing b)Stability of tenure
c) Authority d) Order
Answer:
Option : b)Stability of tenure

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q1.What is Organization?
a) Formal Structure b) Coordinating Activities
c) People working together with common goal d) Shared Environment
Answer:
Option : c) People working together with common goal
Q2. What are Characteristics of Management?
a) Clear defined Objective b) Coordinating Activities with people
c) Shared Environment d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q3.What are different steps in forming organization?
a) Determining Objectives b) Designing strategy to achieve goal
c) Defining Roles & Responsibilities d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q4.What are different types of Organization?
a) Line Organization b) Line & Staff Organization
c)Functional Organization d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q5.---------------------- is simplest structure of Organization?
a) Line Organization b) Line & Staff Organization
c)Functional Organization d) Project Organization
Answer:
Option : a) Line Organization

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q6.Subordinate works under guidance of--------------------------?

a)Manager b)Engineer
c)Foreman d) Superior
Answer:
Option : d) Superior
Q7.Line organization is also called----------------?
a) Line & Staff Organization b)Scalar or Military Organization
c)Functional Organization d) Project Organization
Answer:
Option : a) Scalar or Military Organization
Q8. Advantages of Line organization?
a) Simple and Easy Structure b) No Confusion & High Discipline
c) Simple Division of Authority d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q9.Disadvantage of Line organization?
a) Lacks in Employee Specialization b) High skilled People are required
c) Not suitable for large organization d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q10.Line Staff organization is combination of------------------------------- departments
a) Line & Staff b) Line & Project
c) Functional d) Project & Functional
Answer:
Option : a) Line & Staff

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q11.Advantages of Line Staff organization?

a) Responsibilities are Fixed b) Division of work is easy
c) Low wastage due to high skilled employee d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q12.Disadvantages of Line Staff organization?
a) Discipline maintaining is difficult b) Confusion may arise structure
c) Requires more cost d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q13.Functional organization is specialized in-----------------?
a) Hierarchy of Organization b) Functions of Organization
b) Structure of Organization d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : b) Functions of Organization
Q14. Advantage of Functional organization?
a) Specialization can be done b) High Qualified people required
c) Cost of structure is more d) Better Quality of Products can be Produced
Answer:
Option : d) Better Quality of Products can be Produced
Q15.Line Organization is suitable?
a) Small Organizations b) Medium Organization
b)Large Organization d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : a) Small Organizations

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q16. Types of project Organizations?

a) Function based b) Matrix Based
c) Project based d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q17. Advantage of Project organization?
a) High Efficiency b) Greater Flexibility
c) Scope of work is limited d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above
Q18.Disadvantage of Project Organization?
a) Temporary structure b) Confusion may arise
c) Functions are complicated d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q19.Departmentation can be done based on------------------?
a) Process b) Product
d)Market or Customer d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q20.Advantages of Departmentation?
a) Accountability for profit or loss b) Evaluation of performance is easy
c) Better Controllability d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q21. Disadvantages of Departmentation?

a) Cost of Structure is more b) Applicable for Large organization
c) Large amount Manpower is essential d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q22.--------------------------------- enforces centralized control.
a)Decentralization b) Departmentation
c) Centralization d)None of the above
Answer:
Option : c) Centralization
Q23. Centralization------------- Span of control.
a) High b) Less
c) Moderate d) None
Answer:
Option : b) Less
Q24. Decentralization is ----------------------------?
a) Division of Authority b) Separation into Departments
c) Distribution of work d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q25.------------------------- has right to command?
a) Subordinate b) Superior
c)Authority d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : c)Authority

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q26.----------------------- is defined as number of subordinates who report to executive.

a) Responsibility b) Delegation
c) Span of Control d) Stability
Answer:
Option : c) Span of Control
Q27.------------------------means a capacity to tolerate losses because of key persons leaving organization.
a)Balance b) Stability
c)Flexibility d) Communication
Answer:
Option : b) Stability
Q28.Which is not a type of Communication?
a) Horizontal Communication b) Vertical Communication
c) Triangle Communication d) Upward Communication
Answer:
Option : c) Triangle Communication
Q29.What are Different forms of Ownership?
a) Partnership b) Joint Stock Companies
c) Cooperative Organization d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q30. Types of Joint stock companies?
a) Private Limited Joint stock company b) Public Limited Joint stock company
c) Both a & b d)None of the above
Answer:
Option : c) Both a & b

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

1) _____________ is concerned with the acquisition, financing and management

of assets with some overall goal in mind.
a) Financial Management
b) Profit Maximisation
c) Agency Theory
d) Social Responsibility
Ans. : ( a )
2) The objective of financial management is to maximize _________ wealth.
a) Select correct option:
b) Stakeholders
c) Shareholders
d) Bondholders
e) Directors

Ans: ( c)

3) Which of the following are microeconomic variables that help define and explain
the discipline of finance?
a) risk and return
b) capital structure
c) inflation
d) All of the above

Ans: (d)

4) The ability of a firm to convert an asset to cash is called ____________.

a) Liquidity
b) Solvency
c) Return
d) Marketability

Ans: (a)

5) The balance sheet is alternately known as :

a) Assets statement
b) Statement of financial position
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

c) Statement of profit and loss

d) None of the given options

Ans: (b )

6) Trading & Profit & loss account and balance sheet is prepared from
a) Ledger balance
b) Cash and bank balances
c) Cash book and bank book
d) Trial Balance

Ans: ( d)

7) Balance Sheet shows the :

a) Profit earned by the business
b) Total capital employed
c) Financial position of the business
d) Trading results of the business

Ans: ( c)

Ans : ( a)
8) Financial management deals with two things:
a) Operations management and procurement
b) Warehousing and managing a company’s finances
c) Raising money and managing a company’s finances
d) Marketing and production management

Ans: ( c)

9) Which of the following is not identified as one of the four main financial
objectives of a firm?
a) Profitability
b) Liquidity
c) Efficiency
d) Timeliness
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Ans: (d)

10) The four main financial objectives of a firm are:

a) Efficiency, effectiveness, strength, and flexibility
b) Power, success, efficiency, and effectiveness
c) Control, effectiveness, liquidity, and power
d) Success, strength, liquidity, and profitability
e) Profitability, liquidity, efficiency, and stability

Ans: ( e)

11) __________ is the ability of a firm to earn a profit.

a) Profitability
b) Liquidity
c) Efficiency
d) Effectiveness
e) Stability

Ans: ( a)

12) A company’s ability to meet its short-term financial obligations is referred to as:
a) Stability
b) Efficiency
c) Effectiveness
d) Liquidity
e) Profitability

Ans: ( d)

13) The appropriate objective of an enterprise is:

a) Maximisation of sale
b) Maximisation of owners wealth.
c) Maximisation of profits.
d) None of these

Ans: ( b)
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

14) The job of a finance manager is confined to

a) Raising funds
b) Management of cash
c) Raising of funds and their effective utilization.
d) None of these.
Ans: (c)

15) Financial decision involve;

a) Investment ,financing and dividend decision
b) Investment ,financing and sales decision
c) Financing , dividend and cash decision
d) None of these.

Ans : (a)

16) A company’s __________ is its merchandise, raw materials, and products waiting
to be sold.
a) Inventory
b) Liquidity
c) Accounts Receivable
d) Accounts Payable
e) Owners’ Equity

Ans : ( a)
17) A financial statement is an:
a) Written report that quantitatively describes a firm’s financial health
b) Set of ratios which depict relationships between a firm’s financial Items
c) Itemized forecast of a company’s income, expenses, and capital Needs
d) Estimate of a firm’s future income and expenses
Ans : ( a)

18) __________ are an estimate of a firm’s future income and expenses, based on its
past performance, its current circumstances, and its future plans.

a) Financial statements
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

b) Profitability statements
c) Statements of cash flow
d) Forecasts

Ans : (d)

19) __________ are itemized forecasts of a company’s income, expenses, and capital
needs and are also an important tool for financial planning and control.
a) Profitability statements
b) Budgets
c) Owners’ equity statements
d) Statements of cash flows

Ans : ( b)

20) Which of the following selections correctly matches the financial statement with its
description?
a) Income statement/tells how much a firm is making or losing
b) Income statement/depicts the structure of a firm’s assets and liabilities
c) Balance sheet/tells how much a firm is making or losing
d) Statement of cash flows/depicts the structure of a firm’s assets and liabilities

Ans : (a)

21) __________ reflect past performance and are usually prepared on a quarterly and
annual basis
a) Chronological financial statements
b) Ad-hoc financial statements
c) Historical financial statements
d) Concurrent financial statement

Ans : ( c )

22) A firm’s __________ reflects the results of its operations over a specified period and
shows whether it is making a profit or is experiencing a loss
a) Statement of cash flows
b) Balance sheet
c) Statement of owners’ equity
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

d) Income statement

Ans : (d )

23) A source of funds is a:

a) Decrease in a current asset

b) Decrease in a current liability
c) Increase in a current liability
d) a and c above
Ans : ( d )

24) “Share holder wealth” in a firm is represented by :

a) The number of people employed in the firm

b) The book value of the firm’s assets less the book value of its liabilities.
c) The amount of salary paid to its employees.
d) The market price per share of the firm’s common stock.
Ans : (d )

25) Financial management deals with two things -- raising money and:
a) Operations management
b) Production management
c) Warehousing
d) Managing a company’s finances

Ans : (d )
26) Which of the following statement is considered as the accountant’s snapshot
of firm’s accounting value as of a particular date?
a) Income Statement
b) Balance Sheet
c) Cash Flow Statement
d) Retained Earnings Statement
Ans : ( b )

27) Finance is vital for which of the following business activity (activities) ?
a) Marketing Research
 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

b) Product Pricing
c) Design of marketing and distribution channels
d) All of the given options
Ans : (d )
28) A portion of profits, which a company distributes among its shareholders, is
known as:
a) Dividends
b) Retained Earnings
c) Capital Gain
d) None of the given options
Ans : (a )

29) Financial Management is mainly concerned with _______.

a) arrangement of funds.

b) all aspects of acquiring and utilizing financial resources for firm’s activities.

c) efficient Management of every business.

d) profit maximization.

Ans : (b )

30) In his traditional role the finance manager is responsible for _____.

a) arrange of utilization of funds.

b) arrangement of financial resources.

c) acquiring capital assets of the organization.

d) effective management of capital.

Ans : (d )

31) Financial decisions involve _____.

a) Investment, financing and dividend decisions.

b) Investment sales decisions.

c) Financing cash decisions.

d) Investment dividend decisions.

 March 6, 2015 NOTES CHAPTER NO.5 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Ans: ( c )

32) __________ management is the important task of the finance manager.

a) Debt.

b) Equity.

c) Profit.

d) Cash.

Ans: ( d)

33) Finance function is one of the most important functions of

__________management.

a) business.

b) marketing.

c) financial.

d) debt.

Ans: ( c )

34) The overall financial condition of the organization is listed in the

a) income statement

b) profit and loss statement

c) balance sheet

d) statement of cash flows

Ans: ( c )
 January 6, 2016 [NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.1 OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS]

Q1.What is Business?
a) Economic Activity b) Political Activity
c) Demographic Activity d) Academic Activity
Answer:
Option :a) Economic Activity
Q2.What is first objective of Business?
a) Social Responsibility b) Profit making Activity
c) Commercial Activity d) Production of goods & Services
Answer:
Option:b) Profit making Activity
Q3.Goods are ----------------- in nature.
a) Tangible b) Intangible
c) Consumer oriented d) Profit oriented
Answer:
Option: a) Tangible
Q4.Nature of services are?
a) Tangible b) Intangible
c) Consumer oriented d) Profit oriented
Answer:
Option: b) Intangible
Q5.What is GATT?
a) Global Agreement on Tariff & Trade b) General Agreement on Tariff & Trade
c) Geneva Agreement on Tariff & Trade d) Genetic Assignment on Trade & Tariff
Answer:
Option: b) General Agreement on Tariff & Trade
Q6. When was GATT Established?
a) 1947 b) 1948
c) 1950 d) 1951

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published @

www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 6, 2016 [NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.1 OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS]

Answer:
Option: a) 1947
Q7.When was GATT signed?
a) London b) Paris
c) Geneva d) Frankfurt
Answer:
Option: c) Geneva
Q8.What was objectives of GATT?
a) Profit Making b) Free flow goods & Services
c) Free flow of cash d)Money Lending
Answer:
Option: b) Free flow goods & Services
Q9.How many member countries signed GATT when established at start.
a) 118 b) 117
c) 116 d) 120
Answer:
Option: b) 117
Q10.What does term WTO Indicate?
a) World Tariff Organization b) World Trade Offer
c) World Trading Organization d) World Trade Organization
Answer:
Option: d) World Trade Organization
Q11.When was WTO Established?
a) 1st January 2000 b) 1st January 1995
c) 1st January 1996 d) 1st January 1992
Answer:
Option: b) 1st January 1995
Q12.What is motive to Start WTO?
a) To increase Trade Barriers in member Countries b) Block the flow of Goods in World Market

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published @

www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 6, 2016 [NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.1 OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS]

c) To increase flow of goods & services d) To reduce Trade Barriers in member Countries
Answer:
Option: d) To reduce Trade Barriers in member Countries

Q13.What is Objectives of Globalization?

a) Increase Barriers b) Block the flow of goods
c) Increase Inferiority Complex between Nations d) Free flow of Goods, Services, Technology, Capital around world
Answer:
Option: d) Free flow of Goods, Services, Technology, Capital around world
Q14.What is Advantages of Globalization?
a) Increasing Trade Barriers b) Increasing Quality of Product & Service
c) Increasing Export & Decrease Import d) Decreasing Standard of Living
Answer:
Option: c) Increasing Export & Decrease Import
Q15.ISO standards were established by?
a) GATT b) Government of India
c) WTO d) World Bank
Answer:
Option: c) WTO
Q16.What is Trade?
a) Exchange of Services b) Barter System
c) Exchange of Goods d) Exchange of Goods & Services for Money
Answer:
Option: d) Exchange of Goods & Services for Money
Q17.Process of Manufacturing is?
a) Transformation of Finished goods to Income b) Purchasing
c) Generation of Capital d) Transform Raw material into finished goods
Answer:
Option: d) Transform Raw material into finished goods

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published @

www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 6, 2016 [NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.1 OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS]

Q18.Manufacturing is done of ------------------ ?

a) Services b) Trade
c) Goods & products d) Organizations
Answer:
Option: c) Goods & products

Q19.What is difference between goods & Services?

a) Services are manufactured b) Services are delivered in Realtime & Goods are manufactured & then Delivered
b) Goods are delivered in realtime d) Goods are delivered in Realtime & Services are manufactured & then Delivered
Answer:
Option: b) Services are delivered in Realtime & Goods are manufactured & then Delivered
Q20. Disadvantage of Globalization?
a) Reduce Trade Barriers b) Free flow of Goods & Services
c) Free flow of Capital d) Increase in Competition
Answer:
Option: d) Increase in Competition
Q21.What is ITO stands for…………?
a) International Trading Organization b) International Trade Organization
c) International Tank Organization d) International Training Organization
Answer:
Option: b) International Trade Organization
Q22.What does LPG Policy stands for………?
a)Liberal, Political & Global b)Liberalization, Privatization & Globalization
c) Liberalization, Political & Globalization d) Liberal, Private & Global
Answer:
Option: b) Liberalization, Privatization & Globalization

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published @

www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 6, 2016 [NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.1 OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS]

Q23.When was LPG Policy established……….?

a)1997 b)1998
c)1990 d)1991
Answer:
Option: c)1990
Q24.The Hospitality Industry consists of…………?
a) Travel & Tourism b) Accommodation
c) Food & Beverage d)All of the Above
Answer:
Option: d) All of the Above
Q25. ----------------- is central Bank of India.
a) State bank of India b) Reserve Bank of India
c) Central Bank of India d)ICICI bank
Answer:
Option: b) Reserve Bank of India
Q26.Types of Insurance are--------------?
a) Health Insurance b) Travel Insurance
c)Auto Insurance d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option: d) All of the Above
Q27.Departmental stores, Supermarkets are part of ----------------- Industry.
a)Insurance b)Agro
c)Retail d)Banking
Answer:
Option: c)Retail
Q28.BPO stands for ------------------------------?
a) Business Processing Outsourcing b) Business Process Outsourcing
c)Businessman Processing Outsourcing d) Businessman Processing Outsource
Answer:
Option: b) Business Process Outsourcing

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published @

www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 6, 2016 [NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.1 OVERVIEW OF BUSINESS]

Q29.KPO stands for ------------------------------?

a) Knowledge Processing Outsourcing b) Knowledge Process Outsourcing
c) Knowledgeable Processing Outsourcing d) Knowledgeable Processing Outsource
Answer:
Option: b) Knowledge Process Outsourcing
Q30.----------------- sector contributes 70% towards Indian Economy.
a) Services b) Trade
c) Manufacturing d) Organizations
Answer:
Option: a) Services

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published @

www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
Sr Question Correct Answer
1 Name the two segments of engineering sector. heavy and light
2 Different types of Process Industry All of above
Which type of industries involves large investment and a high level of
3 automation process? Large Scale
Assigning each group according to the similar activities to be performed, to
manager with the necessary authority to supervise them is called
4 ____________. Organizing

5 Out of the following options given below, which does not implies to equity? Equal wages
................................is accountability, which is an obligation of a subordinate
6 to his/her boss to perform the assign work. Responsibility
7 For product type departmentation, which statement is incorrect? No duplicate of work
____________________________ is concerned with procurement,
8 allocation and control of financial resources of a firm. Financial management
____________________ are expenses done for raising funds for running
9 business. Financial expenses

A ______________ or flexible budget recognized the unreliability of income

or sales prediction and makes provision in advanced for variation in
10 production and expenditure in accordance with variations in sales Variable budget

Consider the following two statements. (1) Preference shares normally offer
investors a lower level of risk than loan capital. (2) Preference shares are not
normally given voting rights. Which ONE of the following combinations
11 relating to the above statements is correct? (1) False (2) True
12 The Bill of materials provides __________________________. A and b both

Exact quantity of
Whenever a department needs an item, it is officially brought to the notice material to be
of the purchasing department by filing a purchase requisition from. The next purchased and its
13 step is____ specification is decided

Identify the system, which show the essential elements used in Master
14 Production Schedule as its basis for any material control system. MRP

Six-sigma aims at improving processes and producing goods with zero

defects and thus helps in improving productivity. (a) DMAIC and (b) DMADV
are the two methods to achieve this goal, from the figure and given options (a) Implement, Control
15 select the appropriate last two steps for both the methods. (b) Design, Verify

16 The goals of the Enteprise are fulfilled through the use of resources like All of the Above
17 GATT was superseded by WTO in 1994
18 The success of any project depends upon- Planning
19 Planning Means Thinking before doing
Which is the Smart technique that allows everybody to do the job as per
20 their Skills or Specialization. Division of work
21 Bata India Limited is a form of - Public Companies
In which of organization the sub-ordinates receive orders from their
22 immediate boss Line organization
23 Allotting right work to the right person means. Effective Delegation
24 The risk is very high in Proprietorship
According to factory Act which of the following comes under health
25 provision? Cleanliness
Collapse of crane is a cause of accident, under which type of accidents does Mechnical Cause of
26 it come ? Accident
Which type of capital is used for all the current assets ( Possession or
27 Property) Gross Working Capital
The Tax which is paid by Individual to the central Government of India is
28 known as Income Tax

29 Which is a part of Material Management- Inventory Management

Lead time is know
30 The assumption made in EOQ is that & is constant

Minimizing Unnecessary
31 The major advantage of MRP is Inventory Investment
32 Sales & Marketing is module of ERP
The activites that ensures right material at right quantity and right in time
33 belongs to Purchase Department
To Imporve quality,
Productivity, safety and
34 Objective of quality circle is - reduce the cost
Study of variation in the
production process and
other business
35 Important themes in six sigma are- processes

Covers the overall

monitoring,
measurement, analysis
and improvement of
36 Measurement Analysis and Improvement clause of ISO 9001:2000 …………… QMS.
The two types of trade are ___________________ and
37 ____________________. bilateral, multilateral
38 Textile industry does not produce ______________. polythene
Business is the process of providing platform to the people to exhibit their
39 ________________ and _______________ skills. technical, managerial
 Administration is concerned with the determination or planning of corporate
policy whereas management is concerned with the execution or
implementation of policy witihin the limits set is stated by
40 _____________________. Oliver Sheldon
Remuneration of personnel is the principle based on
41 _____________________________ principles. Henry Fayol
42 Organizing facilitates __________________________________. All of above

increase productivity,
decrease overload of
work and maintain
43 The objectives of planning is to ____________________________. standards
(1) Board of Trustees (2)
In an education institute, the people who belongs to the three different Prncipals, HOD's (3)
44 levels of management are: Teachers
45 Which is the aim of departmentation? All of the above

46 Which statement is false about partnership? There is limited liability

With________________, the top management can focus on strategic issues
47 for finding new avenues and opportunities. Decentralisation

The structure of Rubber Department shows the hiearchy level along with
48 their executives. It has which type of Organizational structure? Functional Organization
A labour welfare officer is appointed in the factory as per factory act when
49 there are minimum ____ workers. 500
___is a financial statement that summarized a company’s assets , liabilities
50 and shareholder equity at a specific point in time. Balance sheet
Preparation of budget forecasts the future of the departments and company
and due consideration is given on the basis of period, functions and
flexibility. Identify the different types of budgets according to their scope of (1) Coverage (2)
51 use: Capacity (3) Period
____ is a list of component part and sub-assemblies needed to produce the
52 final product. BOM

Objectives of inventory management includes ________________ financial, operative and

53 objectives. property protection

preparation of purchase
budget, track pending
purchase order, issue
The important functions of purchase departments are and follow up purchase
54 __________________________. order
55 The master production schedule is a list of: All of the above

The process or approach as seen in the figure, attempts to consolidate all of

a company’s departments and functions into a single computer system that
56 services each department’s specific needs. Identify the system. ERP
57 Quality is fitness for _____________. Use
A well organized working place results more efficient and more productive
58 operation : is the principle of ________________. 5S

(1) System for ensuring

the quality, consistency
and continuity of
strategies, programs
and projects. (2)
Mechanism for
continous review,
enhancement of
system. (3) Quality
control and adjustment
Select the correct functional role of (1) Planning system (2) Standard and mechanisms to ensure
process improvement system (3) Monitoring and evaluation system from efficiency and assurance
59 the given QMS structure: of results.
60 First nationalisation of 14 banks happened in 1969
61 Following is not the chemical industry Sugar
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative
62 To start with enthusiasm is called as Initiative
63 Employees get energized due to Motivation
64 Functional organization is also called as Staff organization
Providing service to
65 Basic aim of the government sector is society
66 Highest business secrecy is in Proprietorship
67 Unlimited liability is present in Both a & b
68 Who can be responsible for accident All the above
69 As per factory act, one first aid box is provided for......workers. 150
70 Budget is the financial plan for Next year
71 Buffer stock is nothing but Safety stock
72 A type of items has......importance due to consumption. 70-80%
73 Quality management is not focusing on Money
74 Sustain in 5S is Shitsuke
75 HDFC Bank is a ……… Private sector bank
76 Deciding in advance what to do, how to do and when to do is……… Planning
The assignment of each grouping to a manager with the authority necessary
77 to supervise it' , is called as….. Organising
78 Scalar Organisation is also known as Line organisation
Government
79 Highest control of government is there in department

Co-ordination in an organisation means: 1. complete control of the activites

of the employees 2. To structure harmony among different units of the
80 organisation 3. Removal of conflict and overlapping in the organization code 2 and 3
 Statement 1- Shareholders are owners of the company. Statement 2 -
81 Debenture holders are creditors of the company. Both 1 and 2 are correct
________ is the collective stock of items which is required for routine
82 functioning of industry Inventory
Ups and Downs in consumption and delivery period are absorbed by
83 _______ Buffer stock

Director General of
84 In purchasing, DGSD belongs to Supplies and Disposals
Statement 1- ERP gives transparency. Statement 2- Repetition of work is
85 avoided due to ERP Both 1 and 2 are correct
86 ERP software provides: Option a & c
87 Traders make profit in form of ............................... commissions
…………... and ……………….are produced in largest quantity in chemical
88 industry. polymers and plastics
89 Insurance company is categorized as All of above
Scalar chain is the ............................, which runs from top level to the lower
90 level in the organization. line of authority
specific, measurable,
achievable, realistic,
91 SMART stand for .......................................................... timely
92 Which is not the type of the joint stock company? Public sector

Biotechnology Information System, Network department of Consumer Government

93 Affairs, and Department of Education etc, are which types of companies? departments
94 Public deposit is the source of finance for ............................ Joint stock company
If the factory employs more than 500 workers, it should appoint a
95 qualified______________ to carry out the prescribed duties. welfare officer
Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of the employees is the primary
96 purpose of the- Factories Act
……………………..represents the quantities of the materials to be purchased
97 and the estimated costs of the material Purchase budget
98 Which is the objective of financial management? All of above
99 Tax includes the current tax as well as _______tax. deferred
100 Debentures are included in ______________ source of finance. Long term
Between 60 years to 80
101 The table shows the income tax rates for an individual - years

……………………... is a planning technic that calculates material requirement

102 and schedule supply to meet changing demand across all product and parts MRP
receiving, processing
quotations, issuing and
expediting purchase
103 Procurement costs consists of cost of ............................. order
104 Excess inventory needs ___________. more funds
.............................. function can be defined as procuring different types of
105 material for an organization from different sources Purchasing
106 Packing cost means ............................... cost of packing of goods
(a) Minimum stock level
In this Stock control chart, label the maximum stock level and minimum (b) Maximum stock
107 stock level – level

Identify way to increase

production capacities of
108 Which one of the following is application of Six sigma? present equipment
109 Which one of the following is a requirment for conformance? Quality

Which of the following statements outline the relationship factor? (a) ISO
9000 and total quality are not in competition (b) ISO 9000 and total quality
are not interchangeable (c) ISO 9000 and total quality are compatible (d) ISO
110 9000 and total quality are in competition (a), (b), (c)
111 Following is the fastest growing sector in india now a days Service
112 All export and imports activities are governed by Foreign trade policy
113 Following bank is working for agriculture field NABARD
114 Remuneration is not based on emotion
115 Food, Water, Shelter are _______________ needs Physiological
116 Line organisation is of ------- type Vertical
117 Decision are quick in Line organisation
118 Maximum shareholders in public limited company are ------------ No limit
119 Which is not included in the ' causes of accidents' due to nature Gas leakage

120 Minimum wages which are fixed are declared by government through Official gazatte
________is the effective procurement of funds and their effective
121 utilisation. Finance
122 Flexibility is zero in Fixed budget

123 Statement 1- Excise is a direct tax,Statement 2-Excise is a commodity tax 1 is wrong,2 is correct
124 Which is the function of inventory? All of above
125 Procurement of C type of items,should be done Infrequently
126 Annual consumption of the item is represented by______in EOQ. S
127 The logic of_____is based on the principle of dependent demand. MRP
128 ERP vendor is All
129 Which element is at the top of the Quality Circle Steering committee
130 Objective of quality control is Both are correct
131 #NAME? extreme lethargy
132 Dependent of a deceased employee does not include: major son
133 types of jiont stock companies both 1 and 2
134 #NAME? propertiership
135 advantages of line and staff organisation all of the above
136 #NAME? line organisation
137 elements of organisation are all of the above
138 #NAME? coordinating
139 henry fayol proposed ---------------------- no of principles of management 14
140 #NAME? Division of work
141 management functions are as ______________________ all of the above
142 #NAME? staffing
143 major functions of insurance comapny --------------------- all of the above
144 #NAME? banking
145 ------------------------ is a person who has completed the 18 yrs Adult
146 Which of the following qualifies as a health provision ? cleanliness
A--------------------- is an instrument of management used as an aid in the
147 planning programming and control of business activity budget
148 production budget is based upon all of the above

_______________________ is a comsption tax which is leveied at each

149 stage of production based on valve added to the producty at that stages VAT
150 what function are involved in material management all of the above
151 Advantage of Quality control is_______ Only a and b
152 Systemize means Neatness
153 Fixed capital is the capital invested in assets over: None of these

154 Which one of the following is contributory cause of an accident? Tendency of show off
155 An adult as per Factories act, 1948 an adult is a person with age: More than 18 years
156 In functional organisation activities are grouped by____function. Common

157 Which of the following is not an element of communication process? Span

158 In a joint stock company loans are repaid by the______________. Company

159 _______ does not belong to Henry Fayol's 14 principles of management? Standardisation
160 Who is not a middle level manager? General Manager

161 The planning process is used to prepare ___________ in an organisation. Budgets

162 Which type of industries involve largest investment? Large scale industries
163 Which one of these is the largest segment in Indian industry? Engineering Industry
164 A sales budget is the basis for preparation of a ________________ None of these

165 Which one of the following taxes is not charged by the state government? Income tax
The___ provides the information about when to order and how much to
166 order. MRP
167 which one of the following is not a benefit of MRP? All of these
168 _____ is an activity of quality assurance. All of these

Suppose a business requires 1000 units of a particular items. Which one of

169 the following can provide the number of units to be purchased each time? EOQ
170 Mechanism that allows trade is called as Market
171 Globalisation has pose major challenges for Small producers
Both (a) and (b) are
172 What is management correct
173 Work on correct track with correct speed is possiable by Controlling
174 Policy making in an industry is a role of – Administration
175 Maximum security of job is in Public Sector
176 Which of the following is/are the key features of organization All of these
Mr. Sunil’s one-day salary was deducted because of his uninformed leave, as
he was already warned about this behaviour. It is an example of which
177 method of shaping behaviours? Punishment
178 Ability to adjust , change , bend is _________________ Flexibility

___________ is a financial statement that summarizes a companys assests ,

179 liabilities and shareholders equity at a specfifc point in time Balance sheet

Identify important constituents of Total Quality Management from

Following - i) Orderliness and Cleanliness ii) Punctuality and Continuous
180 efforts iii)Customers' Service iv) Standardization of work i, ii, iii, and iv
In a car assembly factory the high value items like engine is given rating
181 of………….. Item A
182 ………….. Of ERP steamlines Procurement of Required raw materials Purchasing Module
183 Which of the following is not benefit of MRP? Improved Quality
184 The Modern Technique of Material Management is…….. MRP
It does not take into
account seasonal
185 Which of the following is Not advantage of ABC Analysis varitations of cost

Kaizen is a Japanese technique. Kaizen word is formed from two characters KAI means change
186 KAI and ZEN in which & ZEN means good
187 Quality Management components are a & b
188 The Example of Indirect Tax is Wealth Tax
189 The Function of material management is Material Planning
Different Look For Each
190 Which is not the feature of ERP Module
Lead time is known
191 Which is the correct assumption in EOQ & constant
Forecasting of resources, expenses & revenues is over a specified future
192 period Budget
Procurement,Fund allocation and control of finicial resources is concerned
193 with. Financial Managment
194 Which type of capital is Requred for business operation. Both (a) & (b)

195 At which place line organization is not possible Government company

196 Which is the first step in effective delegation ? Goals establishment
197 Which is not the limitation of public sector Unlimited liability
198 Providing correct way of working is Directing
199 Position, designation, seniority defines Authority
200 Top agro industry in india is Dupont India
201 In which type of industry fiber is converted into yarn,then fabric Textiles
 Which of the mentioned option is related to goal to reduce the number of
202 defects to as low as 3.4 parts per million. 6- Sigma
Planning is thinking
203 Which statement is wrong? after failures
204 Documentation is less in Proprietorship
205 Service tax is exempted to All the above
Permanent source of
206 Equity share financing is funds
1.Span of control 2.stability 3.flexibility 4.Delegation match these facts with
following a.work adjustment b.tolerate loss c. allocation d.reporting of 1 and d,2 and b,3 and
207 subordinates a,4 and c

208 Reporting structure is complicated in Functional Organization

209 Line Organization is also called as Both a and b
210 The base of success of any project of an organization is its Planning
211 The blend of kindness and justice in an organization is Equity
………... is important not only for the individuals but also for an organization
212 too. Discipline
213 …………. has allowed companies to increase their base of operation Globalization
214 14 Principles of Management is contributed by Henry Fayol

215 The segment which is known as economy's goods producing segment industrial sector
Legally _____ are not allowed but still they may exist with the consent of
216 other partners none of above
Which one of the following is a cause of accident due to unsafe working
217 conditions ? oily floors
218 ……………..is a universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic. capital
219 ……………...capital includes long term decisions. both a and c
Under sectioon 17 on the Income tax act 1961 _____ and ________ comes
220 under heads of salry for which Income tax is applicable. none of above
A ______ is an instrument of _________ used as an aid in budget and
221 planning,programming and control of business activity. management
222 Find the odd man out C's'

Match the following options l) ISO 9000-2000 i) Quality management system

guidelines m) ISO 9001-2000 ii) Quality management system vocabulary n)
223 ISO9004-2000 iii) Quality management system requirements l-ii,m-iii, n-i
224 Service industry is ---------Sector in Economy Tertiary

225 The first step in decision making is Recognise the problem

226 when many functions are controlled by a central Authority, It is called as Centralisation

227 Which is not the technique for effecting decision making in core company Out sourcing
Government support is
228 Which is not limitation of cooperative society less
229 Minimum Members in Private limited company are 2
 One Ambulance room should be provided in a factory employ more than ----
230 workers 300
231 Zero based budgeting is based on Mechanism
232 Custom Duty is charged on All

233 When stock is more than the required then ------------- cost involves Over Stocking
234 PO in materials management means Purchase order
235 Which is the input to MRP both
Quality Management
236 QMS means System
237 Which is not included in 5S solve
238 The process to produce an effective QMS requires All
239 Following is not a agro industry Paper
240 The quality of product made for Liberalization and Globalization ISO-9000
241 father of scientific management is Fedrick W.Tailor
242 Decision making occurs as a reaction to a Problem

243 _________Check the result, __________Shows the result Authority, Responsibility

244 The followings are invoved in Middle level of management Branch Managers
245 Demerit of Line organisation / Scalar organisation is Lack of specialisation
246 The downward flow of Authority is termed as Delegation
1st January to 31st
247 Calendar year as per the Factory Act is December
248 In which act "The aims to provide fair Wages to employed persons" None of these
Duplication of work,
repetition of work is
249 Which one is the advantage of ERP ? avoided
250 Procurement cost per order includes All
In graphical method of EOQ , the cost which is represented as straight
251 inclined line is Inventory carrying cost
Perparing the list of all
252 Which is the first step in doing ABC Analysis ? items
The safety stock of an inventory item is 100. The supply lead-time is two
weeks and the average weekly demand is 100 units. Which one is the re-
253 order level? 300
254 The objective of TQM is To improve process
255 Which is the main clause in ISO 9001:2000 ? All
256 The foudation of Kaizen, consists of Both A & B
257 Which is not the stage in 6 sigma Standardisation
258 Which factor decide the type of organization All of above

259 Which of the following is the advantage of effective decision-making ? All are correct
260 The functions of top level management are All of above
261 Insurance companies are growing at the annual compound rate of 15% - 20%
262 Applications of Line organization All of the above
…… allows executive to give opportunity to his subordinate to think,make
263 work related decision, and get developed Effective Delegation
264 Accidents because of management are: Both (B) and (C)
265 Working capital is not required for Furniture
………indicates the total sales in the year, when goods sold are returned are
266 referred as sales return Sales
…….is a form of indirect tax imposed on specified services called "taxable
267 services" Service tax

Components and
required raw material
are available in right
268 The major purpose of MRP quantities at right time
…..is a list of component parts and sub-assemblies needed to produce the
269 final product BOM
In ABC temof inventory control, the material is divided in A,B and C Consumption value of
270 categories on the basis of material

271 Advantage of quality management is It ensures the reliability

There is uninterruptible
consistency in quality of
272 Benefit of QMS is products and services
This clause covers
defining of
responsibility and
authorities and its
communication to
everyone within an
273 Responsibility, Authority clause of ISO 9001:2000 organization
274 Which is included under fixed capital All
275 Which of the following provisions are included in Factory Act ? All of the above
Taking shortcuts and lack of adequate knowledge are causes of accidents
276 because of ____________ workers
277 Types of accidents are : All of the above
__________ is an activity which defines the steps of how and when work will
278 be done effectively and efficiently. Planning
279 #NAME? Trade
280 Functions of financial management All of the Above
281 Following service is not under service tax Export services
282 Which is the function involved in materials management? All
283 What is the pattern of care for A type of items? More attention
284 Quality circle is a brain child of Ishikawa

285 The most important objective of TQM is Customer satisfaction

286 Each manager is a highly qualified specialist in a ------- organization. Functional Organisation
 Which of the following type of business organization is owned by its A Public Limited
287 customers? Company

288 All the following are characteristics of the sole proprietorships except Profit are taxed twice
289 In Automobile Industry, departments can be on the basis of------- Product
Determine how tasks is to be grouped is part of which management
290 function? Organizing

Who defined management as "the art of knowing exactly what you want
291 men to do and then see that they do it in the best & cheapest way"? F.W.Taylor

292 Plans, policies & procedures are the function of------ Top Level Management

The transfer of ownership of state property into the hands of the private
293 individuals by the sale of state assets through auction is------------ privatization
Offer products and
294 The purpose of retail business is to …. services
295 A valid definition of a business purpose is to _______. create a customer

296 Following are the advantages of Globalization, except Increased Competetion

Strict Financial Control

297 Which of the following is a characteristic of a Public sector organization? by Government
298 Which act provides for Health safety Welfare of workers? Factories Act 1948

299 Workplace related injuries, illnesses and deaths impose costs upon? All of the above
What is the minimum number of workers required in a Factory for the
300 mandatory appointment of safety officer? More than 1000
What is the minimum space to be allocated to each worker as per the
301 Factories Act 1948? 14.2 Cubic Meters
To conduct Market and
302 Which is the odd statement about objectives of Financial Management? Sales survey
303 Capital budgeting is related to Long Term Assets
The difference between Fixed cost & Variable cost assumes significance in
304 preparation of the following budget----------- Flexible Budget

305 Value Added Tax (VAT) is a tax on? Goods & Services
Control over the use of
306 Which of the following is a function of the Finance Manager? Funds
307 Which of the following is not an element of master budget? Production Schedule
308 EOQ is the quantity that minimizes Total Ordering Cost
Controlling Inventory
309 ABC analysis deals with which of the following? Cost Money
310 which of the following is not Procurement Cost? Storage Cost
The ---- is the input to Material Requirement Planning,which lists the
assemblies, sub asemblies, parts & raw materials needed to produce one
311 unit of finsished product. Bill of Material
312 Which is not a component of ERP? Cybersoft
Which of the following is a highly structured technique, designed to keep
313 personal interactions at a minimum? Brainstorming
Mr. XYZ is a manager in a manufacturing company, he attempt to establish a
culture of quality affecting the attitudes and actions of every employee &
relies on a workforce that want to improve quality. He focuses on
314 establishing----- TQM
315 Six Sigma methodology is driven by a _____ methodology Management by Fact
316 “No U Turn” sign board comes under which “S” of the 5S? Seiketsu
When using ABC approach to stock categorization which of the following
317 desirable class ‘C’ Items? Low Value, Low Risk
The quantity &
timing of planned order
318 MRP specify------ releases
319 Which of the following is not included in cost of inventory? Selling Cost
Components,
ingradients &
material required to
320 A bill of material lists the----- produce an item
321 Which of the following is an indirect tax? Entertainment Tax
Which of the following banks/institution acts as custodian of nation’s foreign
322 exchange reserve? IFCI
It helps in reduction in
Which of the following is not one of the main objectives of material material purchasing
323 management? price

324 The primary goal of financial management is To maximize the profit

325 A statement which reflects future income & expenditure-------- Budget
____________ tries to secure for the workers employment conditions
326 conducive to their health and safety Factory Act 1948

Which of the following terms are defined in the Workemen Compensation

327 Act 1923? (i) Dependant (ii) Disablement (iii) Workman (iv) Seaman (i) (ii) & (iii)
328 Most of the industrial accidents are : Preventable
Which of the following are not included in "Wages"? (i) Dearness Allowance
329 (ii) Bonus (iii) House Rent Allowance (iv) Basic Salary (ii) & (iii)
Which of the following provisions do not come under the “Welfare
330 provision” in the Factories Act 1948? Washing Facility
331 Line organization is not suited for --------- type of organization both A & C
332 Authority and responsibility are ----------to each other. Complementary
The maximum number of shareholders allowed in a Public Limited Company
333 is? No Maximum Number

334 Out of following forms, which form of organization is the oldest one? Line Organization
What is the term used to define the number of subordinates directly
335 controlled by a manager? Span of control
 To look after production
336 Which of the following is not the characteristic of top level management? job
According to Fayol’s 14 principles of management, ‘esprit de corps’ refers to Team work &
337 which of the following? harmony
All levels of management between the supervisory level & the top level of
338 the organization are termed as Middle Managers

339 Which of the following was the key aim of scientific management? To increase Productivity
In the last one decade, which one among the following sectors has attracted
340 the highest foreign direct investment inflows into India? Telecommunication
341 Which is not one of Fayol's principles: Globalization
LPG is aimed at making the India as fastest growing competitive economy
342 through All of the above
343 Business firm emphasis on attracting new------ Target Groups

A sales person can access the warehouse, inventory and delivery to give a
344 customer a quick update on the status of his order through--------------- ERP

345 The quantity sigma indicates Dispersion in the data

Six Sigma is based on understanding & improving processes on a ------------
346 basis Project by Project
The ISO 9000:2000 standards consist of three documents of which ISO 9001
347 pertains to: Requirements

348 To achieve quality (i.e., defect free products and services), we require------- All of the above
Every subordinate should receive orders from & be accountable to only one
349 superior is------- Unity of Command
Partly Same &
350 Management & Administration are------ Partly Different
351 #NAME? F W Taylor
352 Henry Fayol laid down----- 14 Principles
The manager of multinational company is located in France, India, Brazil &
USA, which decision making technique seems most reasonable for this
353 organization? An Electronic Meeting
354 Men, Money, Material & Machines are included in Resources

Globalization is the process of integrating national economies into the

355 international economy through trade, foreign investment, migration and Spread of Technology
356 Management is ------- Art & Science
How activities are
coordinated &
357 Organization structure primarily refers to controlled
358 Line organization follows --------method of communication Scalar Chain
Any Financial losses
359 One disadvantage of forming a Partnership is? must be shared
360 Functional organization is suited for limited number of --------- Product
 Two firms come
together to form a
third, legally separte
361 A joint venture can be defined as: firm
362 A Textile industry, departments can be on the basis of-------- Process
Who has completed 18
363 Who is an adult as per Factories Act, 1948? years of age

364 The word labour means ___________. Any Productive Activity

365 Financial planning deals with: Preparing Budgets
Concerned with the
income generating
366 Operating budgets are: activities of Firm
367 Which of the following is not the form of tax revenue? Licence Fee
368 Which of the following is not a current asset Creditors

369 Which class of elements in ABC analysis is generally large in number? C

370 The economic order quantity in inventory control refers to Optimum lot size
What product to be
371 A master production schedule specifies made & when
Which of the following input data are needed for MRP ? (i) Master
Production Schedule (ii)Inventory Position (iii) Machine Capacity (iv) Bill of
372 Material (i) (ii) & (iv)
Six Sigma principle which is a philosophical benchmark or standard of
373 excellence proposed by---------- Edward Deming
374 Select the odd one which is not the dimension of quality Reputation

Which "S' of 5S involves cleaning the floors, the walls and the equipment
375 and ensuring all items are restored to their designated place. Seiso
Bharat Heavy Electricals
376 In which industry Quality Circles in India were first introduced? Ltd.
The company should exceed the customers expectations and lease him. This
means giving the customer more than he ever thought possible. It is the
377 ultimate goal in-------- TQM
378 Reliance Industries Ltd. Is a form of, Joint Stock Company
379 Which is the first step in organisation forming? Aims are determined

Deviation from defined

380 Due to unity of direction, path is prevented
381 Esprit De Corps refers to Team Work
382 Out of mentioned below , which is not the input of management? Growth
383 which organisation is at number one position in India in insurance? LIC
VAT started in maharashtra from_____ and __________ business is liable
384 according to VAT. 2005 , Importers

385 Cushion between supply and demand is called as - Inventory management

386 __________ determines quantity and timing for material planning MRP
 The participation of all the members in an organizing, aiming at long term
success through customer satisfaction for the benefits to all members & to total quality
387 the society is known as management

388 According to ISO 9001, inspection and testing comes under ____________ Process control
preventation of
defectsin product or
389 What is quality assurance? process
Each module has the
different look and
390 which of the following is not a feature of ERP? feeling
391 Which of the following is output of MRP? All the above.
MRP, JIT, ERP &
392 which of the following are modern techniques of material management? SAP
393 The amount actually demanded against the shares is…. called-up capital
394 In inventory control theory, the economic order quantity is optimum lot size
395 Reserves and Surplus is also known as / is a part is _____ Retained Earnings.
when a person gets salary a certain amount of tax is deducted at the source
396 as per rules of that financial year - Income tax
The term " Account Recievables " come in________________ With
397 reference to the term ` Debtors` Current Asset.
planned budget &
398 Variance report is the difference between the outcomes of a company actual budget

If a bar bender working on a construction site meets some accident during Yes eligible &
his holiday when he is called for extra work and losses his one left leg. Is is under workman` s
399 eligible for any accident amount? And under what act? Compensation act.
Guarantee of employee
400 Industrial acts are useful for……… welfare.

line, staff &

401 Type of organization preferred to steel industry is functional organization
The meaningful exchange of information between two or more participants
402 is termed as communication
Tata motors, Hindustan motors contribute in the development of the society
403 has which type of organisation. Private organisation.

404 Tenneco Automotive India refers to which type of company- private limted company
Grouping the activities or operations of an enterprise into various unts is
405 refered as- departmentation

406 The unbroken line of authority from highest to lowest level is known as- scalar chain
407 Man power planning is a function of- staffing
In a XYZ company if the raw material required for manufacturing a product is
not available on the given time, due to insufficient funds . Which level of
408 mananagement is responsible ? top management
409 Military type of organisation is known as line organization
410 HSBC is a Foreign bank
411 Framing broad policies in a company is concerned with top management
Following is a goal oriented, continious forward looking, choice making &
412 integrated processs planning
413 Advantage of Globilization is ……. Both i & ii
To encourage competition and to remove trade restrictions a policy was
414 established in 1948 GATT
415 In _______ first car was driven on the roads of India 1898
416 Manufacturing sector contributes _______ % India 15%
417 Meaning of _________ is right to command Authority
418 Out of mentioned below is not the output of management Technology
419 The structure of organization depends on ________ All of the above
420 Maximum members in co-operative society are_________________ no limit
421 Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to accidents ? All
422 Which is indirect tax ______________________ All
423 Collection of taxes is concerned in _____________ Revenue Budget
A' type of items has _____________ % importance due to consumption in
424 ABC analysis 70 - 80 %
425 Inventory carrying cost include ___________ Both (a) & (b)

426 Which is not the disadvantage of ERP? Slow decision making

427 Quality is defined by ____________ Customers

Pay wages and salaries

428 Working Capital is required to to employees

If any accident occurs on the premises of any employer which results in

death of an employee or serious bodily injury to an employee, the employer
must within __________ days of the death or serious bodily injury, send in
the prescribed form a report to the _________________ for employee's
429 compensation giving circumstances . 7,Commissioner
430 In which year the value added tax was introduced 2005
431 What are the types of Capital Fixed and working
432 A document that authorizes one to carry out a specific job is called : Work permit
433 Fire in industry is due to: All of the above
434 Suggest a Suitable form of ownership for a bicycle repair business. None of the above
A_________________________ Company can be formed by minimum 2 and
435 maximum 50 members. Private limited
Medium and large
436 Line and Satff Organisation is Suitable for Enterprises
437 Who developed a theory on Motion Study Gilberth
438 ________________ is a policy making function Administration
439 Which one of the following is not a service industry Manufacturing
440 Which one of the following is not a process industry Heavy Engineering
441 India adopted LPG Policy in 1990s
A _____________ and a______________ are the two major books used to
442 maintain accounts Journal and ledger
444 Excise duty can be levied on those goods which are Manufactured in India
often managed by the
445 C items in ABC analysis are: supplier.
Using an EOQ model for
Which one of the following is not a requirement for effective inventory determining order
446 management? quantity
___________________ also called part lists or building lists is the document
447 generated at the design stage BOM ( Bill of Materials)
requires explosion of
the bill of material as
448 A material requirements planning (MRP) system: the basis of planning.
_________________ is the task of buying goods of right quality, in the right
449 quantities, at the right time and at the right price Purchasing

An ERP system automates much of the “back-office” work involved in

450 fulfilling customer demand. “Front-office”, in this context, refers to : Database
451 Which of the following document is included in the quality system quality policy
452 Characteristics of total quality management include: All of the above
453 Which of the following is the example of empowerment Quality Circle
define, measure,
454 Six Sigma methodology defines three core steps. analyze

455 The ISO quality assurance standard that applies to software engineering is ISO 9001:2000

456 Income tax is paid by individual to central government is __________ . a direct tax

457 Which of the following is negative effect of the Globalization? Monopoly in business
458 Following is not the textile industry IBP
459 Out of following which is not the objective of good plan? To get money
___________ are Balaji Telifilms,Bank of Maharashtra,Bata India
460 Limited,Bharat Fertilizers Ltd etc. Public companies
461 _____ could be manager,organizer,adviser,or controller. Active partner
462 Which source of income is specified under - IT act, 1961 All
_____________________ is the percentage of net earnings which is not paid
out as dividends, but retained or kept by the company for reinvesting it for
463 core business or to pay debt. Retained earnings

________________ is an agreement in which customer can purchase goods

464 on account that is without paying cash or paying the supplier at a later date. Trade credit

Interest is payable only

465 Which is worng statement? when there is profit

466 The objective of the purchasing _____________ Both ( Option i & ii)
Easy to implement
467 Which is not the advantage of ERP? without any training
 Statement 1 - Quality circle is a problem solving technique Statement 2 -
468 Quality circle is responsibility of management 1 correct, 2 wrong
When a worker works for _____ hours in a day or for more than 48 hours in
any week, he shall be entitled to wages at the rate of twice his ordinary rate
469 of wages. more than 9
As per factory Act, a factory is a place which uses electricity for
470 manufacturing process with minimum ________ workers. 10 workers
In __________ firm there could be two or even more than two partners are
471 there who share all profits and expeneses. partnership
472 Which is the correct limitation of project organization? All of the above
473 The _______ is also known as working partner. Active partner
Bothe Horizontal and
474 Line and Staff oraganization is Vertical
475 Which of the following is part of Directing ? All of the above

476 There are three conditions or factors that affects decision making as follows: All of the above
477 Management is getting the things done by others is said by Mery parker
478 Hospitality industry categories ___________________________ All of the above
Reserve Bank of
479 Indian central bank is ________________ India(RBI)
480 Following is the main destination for capital inflows india
481 Tax revenue comes from All
482 India's Tax structure is ___________ in nature Progressive
_________________ are the term used to indicate purchases made during
the year for the purpose of sale. When goods purchased are returned is
483 referred as purchase return. Purchases
__________________ include maintenance of office, administration and Office administrative
484 management of the company or organization. expenses
Permanent working
485 Minimum capital required for day to day functioning is called is capital
486 Examples of office and administrative expenses are All of the above
_______________ is an intelligent activity includes decision making,
487 selection of vendors etc. Procurement
Slow, never ending, continuous improvement in all aspects of life is
488 ________________ Kaizen

489 Agriculture provides employment to almost _____ % of Indian work force. 50

490 Which one is backbone of Indian economy? Banking
491 Hospitality falls under _______ sector. service
492 Which one is a long term goal? vision

493 The broad objectives and policies are decided by: Chief Executive Officer
Predetermine duration
and actual progress of
494 Gantt chart represents- activities
 Good _____ or salaries motivate people to work efficiently and make them
495 satisfied and eventually they become loyal to the organization. Remuneration
The policies of
governance of a
Arya Chanakya's Arthashatra written in the 3rd century BC provides kingdom and people
496 guidelines for- management
497 The main components of organization are: All of the above

498 Which type of companies collects the capital from private partners? Private limited

The _____ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and the
499 person does the same job. This is also known as staff organization type. Functional organization

Match the pairs- 1. World bank a. No barriers to trade 2. International

Monetary Fund b. Monetory policy 3. World Trade Organisation c. Basic
500 health and education 4. Reserve Bank of India d. Currency convertibility 1-c, 2-d, 3-a, 4-b
501 Which fire fighting device is it? Fire extinguisher

502 No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a factory on ____ Weekly holiday
Knowledge of _______ and _______ is sufficient to understand the size, Total revenue, Net
503 scale and financial position of a business. profit (loss)
504 What is function of inventory? All of the above

Cost required for

505 Freight cost means- movement of material
Prompt supply of
finished parts to
506 What do you mean by services to customer? customer
507 Red tags are used in which step of 5 "S" ? Sort
508 What is Brainstorming? Both (A) and (B)
Find the correct order for the sequence stages for development of quality
management. 1. Quality Control 2. Inspection 3.Quality assurance 4.Total
509 quality management 2,1,3,4

Information Technology
510 What does ITES stands for ? Enabled Services
511 ____ can be called as "leading", "motivating", "actuating" and so on Directing
Which one is the process of getting activities completed efficiently and
512 effectively with and through other people. Management
513 Advantage of centralisation : Greater control
514 Which type of authority figure refers to: Staff
What sort of company is Infosys today? Well there are shares of company
which are traded in a stock market people can buy and sell them. The
company started in July 1981, at Pune with a capital of Rs. 10,000/-. At that
515 time it was a Private limited company. Public Limited
 Preventive measures that can be taken related to working environment are Safe workplace and
516 ___ working conditions
517 Financial activities are ____ All of the above
The amount to be collected by a company is divided in equal number of
518 parts known as ------- Shares
When the company has confirmed export order and is in need of finance,
519 the banks provide short term credits known as - Export finance

The term means a loan in which the lender buys and owns equipment and
then rents those equipments it to a business at some flat monthly rate for
520 particular period or certain number months. Equipment leasing
The purchasing function plays the role of mediator between _____ and
521 ______ for purchase of material. Vendor, organization
522 Which one is a control chart ? C chart
523 The first preference in the components of TQM is __ To the customer
Data Collection and
Analysis, Review and
524 Observe the figure and find out the missing steps - Decision
525 Decision making means- All of the above
_______________ is an activity which defines the steps of how and when
526 work will be done effectively Planning
527 Management causes- None of above
528 Which is not the advantage of globalization Loss of culture
529 Banking sector involves All of above
530 Name the leval strategical leval
531 The Principles of organization are- All of above
532 Indetify the Organization structure Departmentation
533 What is proprietorship ? Individual ownership
534 More than 20 person are involved in…….. Joint stock

535 Accidents due to lack of maintenance of plant is because of______________ Management

536 In which year was Factory act enacted to ensure the safety of workers? 1948
537 ____________ improves the safety in an industry All of above
An unsecured loan that one offers to company as a creditor is known
538 as__________________ Debentures
_______________ is a method of buying goods by making installment
539 payments over the period of time Hire purchase
Vijay received a car in his marriagefrom relatives of his uncle.Which tax will
540 be applied on him Gift Tax
_________________ contains an estimate of direct labour required in
541 industry labour budget
542 Which inventory includes the raw material required for industry ? None of above
543 Which is the ERP software from below list None of above
544 What does the graph indicates ABC analysis
545 DMAIC' concept comes under which method Six sigma
546 Which is the standard for quality management system ISO:9001:2000
547 Fill in the stages of DMAIC Measure, Improve

548 ________________________ created and established the'5's technique Prof. sam Ho

__________ has helped in increasing environmental protection in developed
549 nations. Globalization
550 ______ in an organization as a blend of kindness and justice. Equity
551 __________ produces best result in terms of productivity. Motivation
552 What is the function of administration ? Decision making
If specialization or ________ is not used , the work done cannot be
553 satisfactory. Division of work
Generally __________ flow of chain or direction of chain is from highest
554 organization authority to the lower ranks Scalar chain
555 Identify the process from figure Decision making
556 _______ is accountability . Responsibility
_____ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave setback
557 or delay Flexibility
558 _________ are Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) Public corporation
No limitation for
559 In Joint stock private Limited company _______ business activities
560 Workman Compensation Act came into force from 1st July 1924
561 Following is the health provisions Cleanliness
_______ is the life blood of a business enterprise.It is a universal lubricant
562 which keeps an enterprise dynamic Capital
563 _______ is used for all the current assets(Possesions or Property) Gross working capital
564 For big industries , the amount of _________ is very large. Deferred provision
A _______ is one which relates to any of the function of an undertaking e.g
565 sales , production , cash , etc. Functional budget
________ is a form of Indirect tax imposed on specified services called "
566 Taxable Services". Service tax
_______ is made oup of list of the sub assemblies as well as components
567 that makes up the end product . Bill of material
Identify ways to
increase production
capacities of present
568 Apllication of six sigma are _______ equipment
569 A quality policy makes a foundation for _____ All of the above
570 A plan for the co-ordination of resources and expenditures Budget
571 Which one of the following is not a type of share Fixed share
572 The sum that every shareholder gets is known as Dividend
573 Person whose age is below 18 years is called a Minor
574 Industrial accidents are of the following types: All of the above
In order to have flexibility,the maintenance activities must be supported by --
575 -activities Adaptive
576 Departmenatation helps to improve ------ of an orgnasation. Effectiveness
577 A business plan depends upon the information of Market
578 ______________ is the right to issue order or make decisions Authority
579 The function of employing eligible people for the company Staffing
 To create and keep
580 According to Drucker the purpose of business customers

581 What does a business provide to the custmer in exchange of their money Goods and services
582 Main heads of income are All of the above

Working
Capital=Current Assets-
583 Working Capital is calculated as Current Liabilities
584 Which are the most important items A item
585 Fill the name of inventory in the blank space provided Indirect material
586 Purchasing is one of the funcion of ------ management Material
In inventory management by ABC analysis A items most costly,item C are
inexpensive and item B have cost between A and B which item is having
587 highest inventory Item C
State owned or Co-operative businesses have one of their main objectives as (c) Service the
588 the generation of…………. society/nation
A commercial, industrial of professional activity undertaken by an individual
or a group, e.g. the purchase & Sale of goods, providing services etc. in an
589 attempt to make a profit is called (b) Business

590 Following are mentioned few duties.Which is not the duty of management? d)To do manufacturing
591 …………gives power in the hands of centre. b)Centralisation
592 Which of the following is one of the principles of organization? Span of Control
Which type of organizational structure can be applied to small scale
593 Industry? Line
Setting up Jobs on
594 What is the function of Gang Boss? Machine
595 Which of the following is type of Departmentation? By Product
596 Which of the following is not a form of ownwrship? Dealership
a)Overconfidence of
597 Which of the following may be the cause of accident? employee
a)Proper working
598 Which of the following is preventive measure of accident? condition
599 Finance may be defined as art & science of ……….. Managing Money
600 Fixed capital is the capital which is needed to meet the……….. Long term purpose
601 Balance sheet is a statement of…………… d) All of the above
A fee levied by a government on a product,income or activity is called
602 as………… Tax
603 Excise tax are………….. Tax whereas custom duties are…………….taxes a)Inland,Border
604 Percentage of total inventory for "A" category material is…………. a)less than 10%
b)Men,Machine,Money,
605 The five great "M" of management are Material,Method
606 Inventory Control is concerned with…………. d)All of the above
c)Procurement cost
607 Total Cost is calculated by adding & carrying cost
608 Objective of Quality Circle is…. To identify problems
 International
Organization for
609 ISO stands for……. Standardization
610 Which of the following words does not include in 5S? d)Safety

611 Which one of the following is the leading software exporter from India? a)Banglore
612 ________reduces uncertainty b)Planning
613 ________is the judgement of future a)Forecasting

614 The process of inspiring the subordinates to put in their best is known as a)Motivation
615 Which is not type of communication d)listening
616 The process of monitoring,comparing & correcting is called_______ b)controlling
For a manager,to control or direct the work to an employee,the manager
617 must have a)Line authority

618 Who is responsible for the actual operations of various departments? Misddle management
Getting work done with a minimum of effort,expense or waste is the
619 definition of Efficiency
620 Day as per factory act is : None of the above
621 Financial management aims at All of the above

622 Working capital is the capital which is needed to meet the………… Day to day transaction
________budget is the projection of cash inflow & outflow for a particular
623 time period in future cash
624 The balance sheet shows liabilities & assets of the b)company
625 Inventory control means timely availability of all kind of materials a)true
626 5"S" designed to all of these
627 Cause and effect diagram is used in problem analysis
To protect the
employees from injuries
628 Why safety is necessary in Industry? or accident
629 Daily working hours of an adult worker should not exceed____ 9 hours

630 How many members are required to start a public limited company? Minimum 7
631 Which of the following should be included in partnership deed? All of the above
632 In private limited company number of members are limited to ____ 50
633 Business owned by single person is known as ____ Proprietorship
634 Proportional development of each department means_______ Balance

635 Passing down some work to his/her subordinates is known as_______ Delegation

636 Which of the following function of management includes recruitment? Staffing

637 Which of the following includes in Top level management? All of the above

638 Which of the following post comes under middle level management? Branch Manager

639 Frank B. Gilbreth worked on_______ Time and Motion study

640 Government established SEZ are for motivating_____ IT Industry

641 Which of the following is programme undertaken by Government of India? All of the above
642 Producing more useful product from raw material is known as____ Manufacturing
643 Financial Institutions________________ All of the above
644 Shares means________________ Both a& b
645 Debentures is an ________________ Both A & B
646 Productions budget shows________________ All of the above

Material Requirement
647 MRP is ____ Planning

648 ABC is ____ Always Better Control

The cost represented by material fluctuates and may comprise between___
649 % of the total project cost. 20-50%
650 5. Percentage of total inventory for ‘C’ category material is ____ 70 to 80%
Establishing clear
651 Which of the following is not a key feature of TQM? specification
A) Legal Process
652 LPO stands for ---------. Outsourcing
Annual growth of approximate____is recorded in last five years by service
653 industry. B)30%

654 Following is not advantage of globalisation Increased competition

655 Following is not principle of management- Staffing
_____can be defined as the process by which a manager guides and
656 influences the wotk of his subordinates leadership
657 The _____ process transforms plans into reality All of the above
658 Advantages of line organization are All of the above
659 Which is not the effect of accident on the worker ? Production stoppage
660 Internal sources are All of the above
661 The amount of working capital required depends on _____ All
662 The budgeting process usually begins with a _____budget Sales
______is an instrument of management used as an aid in planning ,
663 programming and control of business activity Budget
_____is the process of verifying or determining whether products or services
664 meet or exceed customer expectations Quality assurance
665 IT sectors involves ________ Both i&ii
666 heanry foyal proposed _____no. of principle of management 14
667 _______ gives power in the hands of centre centralisation
668 concetration in work is possible by_____ stability
669 Meeting is the____communication formal
670 merits of functional organization_________ all of the above
671 which are the essentials of organization all
672 Minimum number of directors in public limited company are 3
673 Short term sources for finance are required for 0 to 1 year
674 Important terminologies related to profit and loss account All
675 C' types of items of inventory are generally ____%of all Inventories 50
676 Procurement activity is _____ and takes more time Complicated

677 The ____ keeps a track of inventory status for each items in the database inventory record file
678 Carrying cost consists of all
679 Quality can not be Compromised
_____ adopts the policy of zero defect . There is no scope for rework and
680 rejection. TQM

681 _____ realise on the use of normal distributions to predect defective rates Six sigma
____ may result in 25 to 30 suggestion per employee , per year and over 90
682 % of those are implemented . Kaizen
683 Line organization is suitable for a&b
684 The process of grouping is known as departmentation
685 Span of control may vary between 2 to 20
686 Follwing is not a type of organization process
687 Scientific management could be summarized as all of above
principle of
688 Henry Fayol is the father of management
689 Middle management includes superintendents
690 administration consist of deciding b&c
691 Following is not a function of management purchasing
692 Organising has following objective all of above
693 Which is a example of process industry Ranbaxy
694 Which is the example of trader all of above

695 Business is a legally recognized organization which provide goods & services

696 A public limited company is an association of a minimum ____members 7

697 Which is a category of cause of accident b & c
698 Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by all of above
699 Followings are fixed capital all of above
700 Financial statements include both A and C
701 Sources of working capitals are b&c
A right granted to an individual or group to market a company's product
702 within a certain territory is franchising
703 Which of the following factors affect a production budget all of above

704 A detailed list of movable items which are required for manufacturing is inventory

avoid over-stocking
705 Which is the operational objective of inventory management & under-stocking
706 ABC analysis is based on the principle vital few-trivial many
707 % of total consumption cost for B class items is 15 to 25
708 EOQ can be used by a & b
709 Elements of quality circles are a&b
 A nominated senior person of an area & ought to catalyze & stimulates the
710 quality circles is facilitator
711 Defect rate in 3 sigma level is 66807
712 Which is not a type of working capital? Legal working capital
A --------- is a book or computer file in which all monetary transactions are
713 originally entered. Journal
714 Fixed capital is required for ------. All
715 Which is not included in "Wage" under "Minimum Wages Act"? All
716 From following types of act which is not a type of Industrial Act? Rowlatt Act
717 Which is not the advantage os joint stock compaany? Easy to form
For highly specialised
718 Functional organisation is suitable for ------------. work
Line and Staff
719 Which type of organization structure is shown below? Organization
Do not share profit /
720 About 'Sleeping Partner' which statement is wrong? loss
721 What is like a brake system in automobiles? Controlling
Insurance which provides protection against loss or damage caused by
722 hurricanes..? Wind Storm Insurance
723 It is not a type of Buisness Hospitality
Other long term
724 Bonds/Debentures or Team loans from Banks are called as-------. liablities
Goodwill,Brands/trademarks,Compuer Software ,Mining rights,Copyrights &
725 patents are known as------ Intangible Assets
726 #NAME? ERP
Economic Order Quantity of material takes into account ordering costs and --
727 ---------. Carying Costs
728 Modern Technique of Mateial management is--------. MRP
729 Order costs and Carrying costs are---------. Variable
A long term investment
730 One of the principles of TQM, Quality is------. or asset

Sort-Set in order-Shine-
731 5S includes the phases in following order----- Standardize-Sustain
732 the occupation of a farmer falls under primary sector

733 the ------ sector of India attracts the highest foreign investment information technology
734 the relaxation of rules and regulation on industries is known as liberalisation
735 the author of principles of scientificmanagement was F.W.Taylor
736 the fourteen principles of managent were put forth by Henry Feyol
737 forecasting is judgement of future
738 the right to issue orders or make decisions is called authority

739 Ashoka hotel near by house is owned by my friends father ,it is example of proprietorship
My friend met with a car accident because the brakes could not be applied Mechanical causes of an
740 this can be termed as which form of accident Accident
741 Various Cost associated with ordering and receiving goods are known as procurement cost
742 the integration process of business management is called ERP
Total quality
743 Customer should be the focus is an important attribute of management
744 the ________ helps in finding the key cause of a problem Pareto's chart
rajesh is an working for state electricity board, he has to attend a
745 complain,before going to atttend the complain he has to take. work permit
share holders become
the owners of the
company and
debenture holders are
the creditors of the
746 identify the major difference between share and debenture compnay
details of the
747 one of the following is not a part of material resource planning employees
748 In ABC analysis_______items are costly and significant A items
749 It is not one of classification of Inventory, All of the above .
Equipments and
750 Which of the following is a fixed capital,? machinery cost
751 Causes of accidents can be, All of the above .

752 ________is the ability to influence or to cause a person to perform and act. Authority
753 Which are the aims of forming an organization? All of the above
754 The first and foremost activity of management is , Planning
755 Which is not the part of 4 M's management, Motivation
756 GATT is created in ___________ 1947
757 The WTO gave a real boost to theprocess of, Globalization
758 TQM believes in systematic training as a need for achieving_______ Quality
759 Which of the following is not benefit of QMS,? None of the above
760 Quality is a ________concept Relative
Government owned
761 LIC of India is an example of, public limited

762 First step in decision making is , Recognize the problem

To prevent exploitation of the employess,this act aims at fixing minimum The minimum wages
763 wages which they must get, act,1948
764 Following table is an example of which type of budget.? Direct labour budget
X' company has all database related to employees working with them.It has
765 employed which ERP module? Human Resource
Identify the business sector which make a product from raw material or a
component parts , which then they sell at a profit from the following lists of
766 business sectors. b) manufacturing
767 What do you mean by " Management"? c)An art and Science
768 Who has enlisted Principles of Management ? b)Henry Fayol

769 Line Organisation is suitable for - a) Small Scale Industries

 The function of management by which it transfers its ideas and information
770 to subordinates is called : d) Directing
771 Which of the following are Principles of Management ? d) All of the above
772 Name the factors in deciding structure of organisation All of the above

773 Line Organisation is observed in which of the following organisations ? Military

774 Which of the following are forms of Ownership ? All of the above
Departmentation by
775 Heat Treatment shop ' in Kirloskar industries is an example of - process
Figure shows organisation structure of one of the departments of ABC Cars Departmentation by
776 Limited . Identify the Method of Departation ? product
777 Which of the following are types of accidents ? a and b both
Which of the following are silent features of Employee's State Insurance Act
778 ,1948 ? a and b both
d) Income ,Payment and
779 Find the odd one out from the Industrial Acts listed below : Wages Act.

In a Medium scale industry , while operating a machine a worker was

seriously injured . He was immediately taken to hopistal but he is affected by
780 fatal accident . What do you mean by fatal accident ? d) Death

b) Wealth which yields

income or helps in the
production of further
781 Capital can be defined as - income

782 which of the following points highlights Sales budget of an organisation ? All of the above

a) Excise Duty ,Custom

783 Indirect tax includes- Duty and VAT
784 Canons of Taxation should have- A and B Both
Figure shows a format of Annual Budget of KGTD Blow Plasts Limited.
Identify the type of budget to be filled in at the blank space provided in
785 budget sheet. b) Sales Budget
786 Identify the functions of Material Management- d) All of the above

In ABC Analysis which of the following inventory needs full record -keeping
787 treatment and a regrious observation on stock positions of these items ? b)A
In an automobile industry the various items are classsified into 'A','B' and 'C'
. In which item A needs full record keeping , item B needs medium record
keeping treatment whereas item C may not require much record keeping. In
this system of inventory control the material is devided into A,B, and C on c) Consumption value of
788 the basis of- material
Orderliness and
789 Which of the following is constituent of Total Quality Management ? Panctuality
Which of the following refers to a solution of efficient knowledge
790 Management ? Six Sigma
 An organisation need a documented procedure to control quality
documments. In that case everyone must access to up -to-date documents
791 and be aware of how to use them, is a clause - ISO: 9001

Figure shows Working Model of Quality circle of Manufacturing Industry a) 5)Selection of best
working on a tooling problem.couple of the important step no 5 and 7 are solution 7) Presentation
missing in the model. Correctly identify the steps from the options given of solution to
792 below. Management
Figure shows Principle of 5 'S' refers to Japanese words which have been
translated into English language. Fill in the appropriate words in the figure at a) S2-Sort , S4 -
793 S2 and S4 so as to complete 5'S' principle. Systemize
794 Which of the following is not a part of process industry? Automobiles
Laying out plants,designing and manufacturing machines for industry is done
795 by ------------------- engineering industry Industrial
796 The significant activities of management are ---------------------- All of the above

797 Scientific management is one of the areas of -------------------------- school Classical school
The number of people working at the lower level is ---------------- than that of
798 higher level More
799 Duties of administration are ---------------- All of the above
800 Quality of leadership is ------------ All of the above
801 Organization has following characteristics All of the above
802 Organization can be defined as ----------------------------- All of the above

The ___________________ makes a combination of the line organization Line and staff
803 with the staff departments that helps and advice line departmets organization
The partner who contibutes capital,shares profit and losses of the firm but
does not contribute in day to day activities or affairs of the firm is called ------
804 -------- Sleeping Partner
805 The Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) is __________ public corporations

Company "X" has limited number of share holders and the scope of business
is limited where as company "Y" has unlimited number of share holders and Joint stock public ltd.
806 has a huge scope of business. So "Y" comes under which category? Company
non-use of safety
807 Which out of the following is not a mechanical factor or cause of accidents ? devices.
809 ------------------ = Total current assets - Total current liabilities Net working capital
The ----------------- depends upon the ability to perfect income,sales or
shipments with atleast a no provision is made for any changes may occur
811 during period. Fixed budget
Short term source of
812 What comes in the empty box? finance
All the person working in the organization ( including managers & Workers )
817 Should be involved in ___________ operation TQM
818 Quality is a relative term & is used with reference to the end use of Product
819 Inventory consist of All
 A medium to long term debt instrument bearing fixed interest issued by a
820 company is referred to as .. Debentures
821 Tax charged by insurance company on policy is Service Tax
822 Tax being charged on value addition are called VAT
823 Custom Duty, Import Duty, or Export Tax is a part of Indirect Tax
824 Inventory belongs to Fixed Capital
825 Machinery Head belongs to Fixed Capital
826 Safety in an industry is the responsibility of all of the above
827 Irregular Salary to the employees comes under which act Minimum Wage Act
828 Which is not included in the cause of accident due to management Bad habit of workers
829 No. of Subordinates handled by one manager effectively termed as Span of Control
830 Which one is an example of Co-operative Company Amul Dairy Ind.
831 In which type of company the liabilities is limited Joint Stock Company

832 Leadership, Communication , Motivation, Supervision is a function of Directing

833 Following is not the Principle of Management Planning

More Authority &

834 Chief Executive Officer has More Responsibility
835 Defining a problem is a first step of Decision Making
836 Function of Management does not include Observation

837 Dr.Mccregar is famous for Theory X and Theory Y

Buying goods &
selling them without
838 Trading business means any processing
Liberalization ,
Privatization,
839 LPG Stands for Globalization Policy
People of entire world are unified into a single society and function together
840 called as Globalisation
841 Total Quality Management mean All
In Six Sigma Quality Improvement Programme As the Level of Sigma
842 increases defect rate will Decreases
843 Which of the following are main element of quality Quality of design

844 RBI stands for Reserve bank of India

ABC Company is a time-sharing company, means they are into ---------------
845 business. Hospitallity
Ministry of Human resource Development is a part of -----------------------
846 sector. Service
847 Management is-------------- All of the above
Vice President -Production will come in _______________ level of
848 management Top
849 Board of Directors are a part of _____________________ Administration
XYZ company says "we are an equal opportunity employer for progress of
850 society and employees", means they follow Equity
851 All rounders are seen in Line organisation
Line and Staff
852 Specialist are seen in Organisation
PQR Company produces shampoos of various fragrances. Hence their
853 departmentation will be by_________ Product

Mr. Y is a partner in MZ firmm.He is always ready to provide finanace ,but

never contributes in decion making process. But legally is binded in case any
854 legal action is been taken on the firm. Hence he is __________partner Sleeping
855 Factories act came into force from__________________ 1st April 1949
If a factory employs more than1000 workers, it should appoint a qualified
856 _________to carry out prescribed duties. safety officers
857 Patents' are a form of ______________ Fixed Capital
Central Board of Excise
858 CBEC atands for________________ and Customs
859 Assets' are preferrably seen in ____________ Balance Sheet
860 ___________ is a multi point system of taxing Excise Tax
If the fixed monthly income of Mr. Kiran is Rs. 50,000. Mr.Kiran is of age 62
861 years.Hence he will pay income tax of ___________ Rs. 70000

862 BOM needed in materials management stands for__________________ Bill of Materials

863 Carrying cost means_______________ All of the above

The optimum quantity of orders that minimizes the inventory carrying cost
864 and ordering cost is given by _________________ technique EOQ
865 An ERP can have the following modules All of the above
Primaware is power company having global presence and good business. As
a consultant to the company for better material management you will
866 suggest_______________ ERP
867 QC stands for ____________________ Quality Control
868 Aspects of quality__________________ All of the above
869 Right at first time means TQM
870 In KAIZEN "KAI" means Change

871 Goods or cash invested to generate income from business or property is /are Capital
872 Minimum wages act was passed in the year: 1948
873 Safety provision/s for workers under Factory act 1948 is/are None of the above
Government
874 Indian railways is a : Department
Ignorance of safety
875 Accident caused by worker is because of : procedure
876 Principle/s of Organisation is/ are: Effective delegation
877 The partner who does not take part in day to day activities Sleeping partner
878 Military organisation is also commonly referred as: Scalar organisation
879 Planning' usually fail due to Unrealistic nature
880 Espirit de corps refers to Team work
881 At this level of management few people are involved Strategical level
 Authority and
882 Power to act and accountability responsibilty
Operations
883 The main areas of quantitative or management science school are management

884 Regulatory body for banking sector which also monitors GDP and inflation RBI
885 Indian industrial sector does not invovles Railways
886 Service enterprise provides the services that are called as Intangiable goods
887 Internal source/s of finance is/are: Deferred taxation

888 Legal debts or obligations which arise during the business operations: Liabilities
889 Value added tax is a: consumption tax

890 Inventory management is part of: Materials management

5 % and 80 %
891 Generally 'C' type and 'A' type of items consume an inventory cost of : respectively
Annual consumption is 20 units, procurement cost is Rs. 40, cost of carring
inventory is 16%, cost of each unit is Rs.100. The economic order quantity
892 will be 10
Collection of guidelines that are used to manage the quality of activities in Quality management
893 an organisation system
Improve quality,
productivity,safety and
894 The objective of Quality circle is /are reduce cost
895 Six sigma methodology endorse DMAIC concept
896 Number of Sub-ordinates a manager can supervise effectvely is Span of Control
Which budget shows one plan, one volume of output or sales & the related
897 fixed costs- Fixed Budget
898 Expenses of office & administrature expenses are grouped under- All of the Above

While on long tour which are the item that we must take care of ? Certainly
899 it is the jewellery and the cash !! This could be an analogy to ABC
ABC company has in profit of Rs one lakh. It is divided in equal number of
900 parts known as ………….. Shares

XYZ electronics company has confirmed expert order and is in need of

901 finance. The bank provides short term credits. It is known as ……….. Export finance

902 Which statement is wrong about partnership There is limited liability

903 Which ststement is wrong in product type departmentation No duplication of work

904 Which statement is correct about 'nominal partners' All are correct
In ………. Approach all members of an organization paricipate & improving
905 the processes & culture of organization TQM
906 VAT and sales tax falls under …………… Indirect tax
907 …………. is the lifeblood of business Capital
908 General causes of accidents could be as follows All of the above
909 Accident due to daydreaming which comes under Human error

910 _____ is essential to direct, guide, instruct, and order the subordinate. Manager
911 Which of Following is not the agro industry Paper
912 Which is the apex authority of Government of India SAIL
Which of Following are principles of management i) Motivating ii)
913 Remuneration iii) Division of Work iv) Organising ii and iii

Arrange Maslow`s Theory of Motivation in ascending order (Bottom to Up) i)

Physiological Needs ii) Love / Affection Needs iii) Social / Esteem Needs iv)
914 Security / Safety Needs v) Self Actualization Needs i-iv-ii-iii-v
915 Discipline starts from Top to Bottom
Injury after accident disables the affected worker forever is _________
916 accident Permanent
______ is the study of relationship between the raising of finance and
917 deployment of finance Financial Management
918 In balance sheet, we see, ______ equal to the sources of the funds Assets
919 Which is input to MRP All of the above
____________________ is process of dividing large organisation into small
920 and flexible administrative units Departmentation
Profit and Loss Account is ______________________ i) A flow statement ii)
921 A measure of firm`s profitability Both i and ii correct
922 Central government is not dealing with Sales Tax

923 Effect of Innovation is _________ and effect of Kaizen is _______________ Short Term, LongTerm
924 Throw away unnecessary is in Seiri
i) Quality Assurance is a proactive approach ii) Quality Assurance improves
925 quality of product Both i and ii correct
Sub Categorisation like
A1 A2, B1 B2, C1 C2 is
926 Which is not the consideration in ABC analysis? not possible
927 In which type of Authority Punishment is given Coercive
928 Which Structure of Organization is Tight & Rigid Staff Organization
929 Which function of management is a tool for fast development. Decision Making
930 One Man - One Boss may be called as ___ Unity of Command
931 ________ product comes under Petrochemical Industry. Plastic
932 GATT started in 1948 at ________ . Geneva
933 Entertenment Business belongs to _____________ industry. Service Industry

934 GDP stands for _____________. Gross Domestic Product

935 Who is directly responsible for profit & loss in the business Chief Execuitive Officer
 Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran has started a business of Automobiles in
2003, in that business Mr. Ram , Mr. Shyam & Mr. Kiran have invested Rs
500000/- Lakhs individually. But Mr Ram & Mr. Shyam gives full attention
towords the business and Mr. Kiran does not gives the attention towords
936 business. so in this type of business who is the sleeping partner Mr. Kiran
Due to Government
937 Which is not a cause of accidents in industry Policy
938 Any device which generates or provides power is known as Prime Mover
939 Which is a cause of accident due to management Faulty Equipments
940 According to minimum wages act ,wages means:........... all of the above
unfair or no returns to
941 Which is not the objective of financial management shareholders
942 Working capital is not used for____. Land Purchase
943 Postponement of tax liablity means Deferred taxation
The tax in wihich impact and incidence are on the same person. It is not
944 intended to be shifted. Gift Tax
945 NSE stock exchange market is located in ______ Mumbai
Collective stock of items which is required for routine functioning of industry
946 means___ Inventory

947 Which of the following is not an objective of inventory management All of The Above
948 What is essential for successful purchase All of The Above

949 In ABC analysis which category of item is having average importance Category B
950 ______ is the formal contract between supplier and purchaser Purchase order
__________and __________are the two versions of goals of the financial Profit maximisation,
952 management of the firm. Wealth maximisation

953 An industrial concern is invested in assets like plant, building, and land is Fixed capital

Statement of expected
results expressed in
954 Budget refers to numerical terms
955 Income tax and Property Tax falls under Direct Tax
956 What are the functions of material management All of the above
957 ABC anaiysis helps senior manager to control Inventory Cost
Improving quality through small, incremental improvements is a
958 characteristic of what type of quality management system Kaizen
Direct involment of Top
959 A fundamental attribute of TQM is management
960 Benchmarking determines Standards
961 Blank Space in the figure I indicates Owner's Equity
Materially large revenue
962 In P&L account Extra Ordinary Items means or loss

963 Following are Liabilities of Business Short Term Borrwings

964 In Financial Management Liquidity Decisions are related to Cash Management
965 Which of following is Method of raising Long Term Capital Prefernce Shares
As per the definition in Indian Factory Act, a person working in Factory
966 having an age of 17 years is : Adolescent
967 Trivial Accident means : Of Less Importance

Separate Storage of
968 In accident prevention, Safe Workplace Layout does not include : Inflammable Materials
All departments are
969 'Balance' in Organization Principles intends to _____ equally developed

970 I wanted to maintain secrecy of business. Which business type shall I select Single Ownership
A company has multiples kind of products like Pharmaceutical, Cosmetics,
971 FMCG. Which type of departmentation will it prefer ? By Product
972 In organization process activites can not be grouped on the basis of Economy
To perform better as
973 Authority delegation allows employee per responisibility
974 Following organization is limited to small concerns Line
Developing alternate
975 Organising does not means methods to do job
976 Stability in Principles of Management indicates Turnover

977 Direct Supervision on workers is function of Low Level Management

978 Indian Insurance sector has _____ number of insurance companies. 52
979 Globalization is not intended for free flow of __________ Diseases
980 Service Industry provides Intangible Goods
Business firms produce and supply wide varieties of goods and _____
981 required by the society. Services
982 Following will not come underinventory Machines
983 'A' kind of items in ABC analysis purchased on time
984 Purchase Order Includes Quantity of Items
985 Which one of the following is not a Module of ERP Quality Control
986 In Figure II blank space indicates Buffer Stock
987 In Figure III blank space indicates Bill of Materials
988 Main eight sections of ISO 9001:2000 does not include Recruitment
Discuss Work
989 Quality Cirle People RelatedProblems
990 Elements of TQM include Both Above
Objectives of Quality Control includes 1. Establish desired quality standards
2. To determine deviations in quality 3. Ascertain causes in deviations 4. To
991 use modern techniques of measurement. 1, 2 and 3 only

What system helps make calculations regarding the volume and timing of Material requirement
992 materials needed? Planning
993 Which of the following describe an ERP System? All of the above
994 The following is an example of direct taxes Income tax
 To provide a hedge
995 one use of inventory is against inflation
996 Material Management is also called Both of the above
997 ABC analysis is used for Inventory Control

998 The quantity discount model is most similar to which one of these models EOQ
A budget is the plan of the various costs and expenses needed to operate
999 the buniness based on the short term forecast Operating Budget
1000 The most common causes of financial problems are all of the above
A statement that projects management's expectations for revenues and
based on those financial expectations, allocates the use of specific resources
1001 throughout the firm is called A budget
option (A) and option
1002 The steps in financial planning are (C)

Element of organizatinal
1003 Departmentalization is a(n) structure
1004 Which of the following is an advantages of a sole proprietorship? All of the above
The primary purpose of employee safety programme is to preserve the
1005 employee's : All of the Above
Which structure is usually optimal for project based organization with
1006 fluctuationg workload? Matrix
1007 A flat organizational structure creates a _________ span of control wide
As organization grow they tend to _____________ decision making
1008 authority. Decentralize
ALL of the above
1009 Which of these statements about organizational structure is (are) true? Statements are true
Selecting the right
1010 Fredrick Taylor stressed on people for the job
Functions of
1011 Planning, organizing, directing and controlling are the management
During the agriculural revolution, all of the following transformed the Coal,oil and other new
1012 economy except energy sources
1013 The primary sector include all of the following except Manufacturing
1014 Which of the following is not a type of copyright work Furniture
All of the answer
options given are
1015 Globalization involves correct
1016 Where was TQM first developed? JAPAN

Review of requirements
1017 Which of the following is not a record required by ISO 9001:2000 related to the product
Following is not a part of the of steps for purchasing a) Getting requisition
from various departments b)Obtaining Quotations c) Making budget d)
1018 Preparing Purchase orders c
 Reliance company has a common software platform integrating all its
functions materials ,finance ,personnel , sales ,etc . The company is said to Enterprise Resource
1019 have one of the following in place Planning (ERP)
1020 In any factory , bulk usage of items is of which type C type
1021 In ABC analysis all materials are divided into how many types 3
The point at which ordering cost is equal to carrying cost in materials
1022 management is called as EOQ
Which of the following items manufactured in India is not liable for Excise
1023 tax. Salt
Capital required by a company to purchase building for starting the company
1024 is called as Fixed capital
1025 Which is the budget to which all other budgets are geared Sales
Mr. X has two flats in ,Mumbai , he and his family resides in one flat and the
other flat he has given on rent , the money he earns from getting the rent is
1026 liable for which tax. Income tax
1027 Welfare of the employees is taken care by which industrial act Factory Act
A small child 8 years old is working in XYZ company manufacturing silk
1028 sarees. Which act is being violated by the company ? Factory Act
1029 The necessity of industrial acts is to protect the interests of : Workers

A worker has used cutter instead of a plier for doing some job , and he gets a
1030 cut on his right hand . What is the cause of this accident classified as Human cause
1031 Which of the following is not a safety measure to avoid accidents ? over confidence
My friend and I start a company , she is just providing money in the business
, she does not look into the day to day activities of the company ,our
1032 company has which form of ownership Limited Partnership
1033 Authority means All the above
An automobile company has departments for two wheelere and four
wheelers , what is the method of departmentation this company has
1034 adopted By product

Myself and my friend start a company, which type of organistaion it will be

1035 from the structure point of view at the start with simple format,small size Line
1036 Policy making is the role of Administration

1037 The act of getting people together to work for a common goal is called as Management
1038 The number of management principles given by Henry Fayol are 14
1039 CEO belongs to which level of management Top level
Name the type of business enterprise concerned with the distribution of
1040 goods Trading
1041 Dryers and cleaners are examples of which services Direct services
An economic activity involving the regular production or distribution of
goods and services with the object of earning profits through satisfaction of
1042 human needs is called as Business

1043 Following is not the definition of Quality experience of people

 If the comppany has a goal to accept only .0003%defect , which is the most
1044 important modern technigque it should adopt. 6 Sigma
L&T asks its various shop floors to sort all goods on the floor,keep them in
order as per use , keep them clean ,standardise the process and sustain this
activity . Which modern technique and system of Quality manangement it is
1045 adopting 5S
Examples of services sector include …………………………( i) news media,
hospitality industry,consulting (ii) legal practice, healthcare, waste disposal
(iii) real estate, personal services, business services (iv) house decoraters,
1046 entertainers. all of above
1047 Which is importatnt factor in deciding structure of organisation ? all
1048 Which is the pre requisite of effective delegation? all the above
Departmentation by
1049 Sales department in nokia is the example of ………………………… function
……………………… is the management of finance of an organisation in order to
1050 achieve financial objectives. Financial Management

1051 Which is the factor responsible in the selection of types of ownerships? all

if the capital is not

managed properly no
1052 which of the following is wrong? losses may be incurred
1053 The objective of inventory management is …………………….. all
1054 Which of the following is correct ? both (i) and (ii)
1055 Procurement cost consists of …………………………… all
1056 Carrying( holding) cost ; none
quality means less
1057 which of following is wrong ? maintainability

1058 Following are the business pattern is not coming under service industry. Textile mill
1059 Which is unimportant word in the defination of organisation? Profit
1060 All the partner have same status in General partnership
If an affected worker recovers within 10 hours, then it is a__________
1061 accident. Minor
1062 _______ is the financial snapshot of the organisation. Balance sheet
1063 Capital invested on Buildings' is an example of : Fixed capital
1064 Which is not the type of profit and loss account? Report form
Statement 1 - Income tax is levied by central government. Statement 2 -
1065 Income tax is to be paid by all employees. 1 correct, 2 wrong
The stock of material, maintained in order to avoid 'no stock' situation is
1066 called as Buffer stock
Calling quotation, order follow-up, material receiving. Placing PO are the
1067 function of Puchase department
1068 Quality standards should be related to All of the above
Statement 1 - Quality Assurance is a proactive approach. Statement 2 -
1069 Quality Assurance improves quality of product. Both 1 and 2 are correct
1070 ________ is willing to exchange of goods. Trade
1071 Following is not associated with insurance ICC
1072 How many needs are mentioned in Maslow's need hierarchy? 5
Public Limitted
1073 Which is not the public sector? Company
Departmentation by
1074 Car division in Tata Motors is example of product

1075 The duties and qualification of Labour Welfare Officer is prescribed by: State Government
1076 Customer Advances are included under ________ source of finance. Short-term
1077 For making Labour Budget, workers are classified into All of the above

1078 The earning capacity and potential of a firm are reflected in ________ Profit and loss account
1079 Which is not the merit of Indirect tax? Certain
1080 Which is not the cost concerned with EOQ? Primary cost
1081 What will be happen when there is no buffer stock? All of the above
Statement 1 - Procurement is a systematic process. Statement 2 - Purchasing
1082 is a routine process. Both 1 and 2 are correct
1083 Benefits of TQM are _____ both i and ii
1084 The Six Sigma methodogy endorses DMAIC concept
For staffing ,inventory,production etc company develops and design a plan
1085 called-------- MPS
1086 #NAME? EOQ
Enterprise Resource
1087 ERP stands for----------- Planning
1088 #NAME? Quality Management
1089 #NAME? QMS
1090 1) The goal of Total Quality Management is Action Globally
1091 #NAME? VAT
1092 Sevice Tax introduce in india in----------- year 1994
Economic Order
1093 #NAME? Quantity

Mr. Praful kulkarni is working in Birla Pvt. ltd in the capacity of Foreman.
1094 Company provided him certain protecting devices under --------------- ACT. Safety provisions Act
According to F.W. Paich----------- can be defined as “the provision of money
1095 at the time it is wanted” Finance
when foreign investors does huge sell of stocks back to its own country it is
1096 refereed as------ Profit Flow Back

1097 ……has to kept at secured and separate place which is not easily accessible. Inflammable Materiial
organizational ______ is mainly about adjusting work assignment,man
power ,and facilities that are required when temporary changes accor while
1098 working Flexibility

1099 Balaji Telefilms industries refers to which of the following company type- Public Company
1100 BIRLA Industries Ltd. Is a form of – Private ltd
 1. -------------- can be defined as the set of steps to do the particular
1101 activity or activities in systematic manner. Planning
1. Goal and solid decision making allows ………to……….very fast and
1102 becomes stable in the market. Bussiness to Grow
1103 #NAME? Controlling
Authority and
1104 _______ is a right for giving orders and the power to ensure obedience Resonsibility

individuals, groups and

nations are becoming
1105 Which definition best describes the process of globalization? more interdepend
1106 1) 80:20 rule can also be called as Pareto Diagram
1107 Causes of accidents are: Both a) and b)
a _____ assists in taking decisions correctly and also implementing it line and staff
1108 effectively and efficiently. organization
_____ can culminate into strikes or fights among employees and cause
1109 serious consequences to the organization. miscommunication
1110 ________ can be defined as running business by the single owner Proprietorship
1111 Departmentalization can be done on the basic of following factor: All of above
1112 Decision taken by supervisor could be: All of the above
_____ allows employees to get involved in the process of decision making
1113 for better results Centralization
The great thought of motivating the workers or employees for better results
1114 have come up from _________ of management The behavioral school
1115 1. Types of business All of Above
1116 Adolescent is a person of the age in between 15-18
1117 Vat started in Maharastra from 2005
____________________ uses all the resources of the enterprize in a
1118 systematic way. ERP
1119 Economic order quantity is represened by Eq
1120 Discipline comes in Seiketsu
1121 Implementation of policy making in an industry is a role of – Management

1122 Follow in not the strength ot textile industry Import of raw material
1123 Globalization has disadvantage All of the above
Globalization policy
,liberliation were
1124 The year 1991 is famous for accepted by india
1125 Hindustan Petrolium Is a form of – Public Sector
1126 Which organisation is temporary in nature Project organisation
1127 Which of following is not the direct tax All of the above
1128 Working capital is required for All of the above

1129 The summerised budget of entier enterprise is known as______________. Master Budget
1130 Who is responsible "unguarded moving parts" Management

1131 __________________is the financial snapshot of the of the organisation. Balance Sheet
 Following is not concerned with modern techniques in material
1132 management 5S
1133 A' type of items are purchased in Small quantities
1134 _________determines quntity and timing for materials planning MRP

1135 Number of subordinates handled by a manager effectively called as Span of Control

Match the pairs: 1. Adam Smith (i) Need Hierarchy 2. F.W. Taylor (ii)
Economics 3. Maslow (iii) Principles of Management 4. Henry Fayol (iv)
1136 Scientific Management 1-(ii),2-(iv),3-(i),4-(iii)

1137 Pickles, papad, basket making are products of____________________ Agro Industry

Industries associated with are computer hardware, software, electronics,

1138 semiconductors, internet, telecom equipment and e-commerce IT Industry
_____ is a process of dividing large organisation into small and flexible
1139 administrative units. Departmentation

1140 Which statement is wrong? In product type departmentation No duplication of work

Under which of the following case, an employer has to provide
1141 compensation to an employee? all of the above
A joint stock company divides the capital required into units of equal
1142 denomination of Rs. 1,2,5 or 10. Each unit is called a …… Share
____ is a multipoint destination based system of taxation, with tax being
levied on value addition at each stage of transaction in the production/
1143 distribution chain. VAT

1144 While deciding how to manage inventory, the question to be answered is Both (a) and (b)

To achieve integration
with other departments
1145 Which of the following is not a step in purchasing? of the company

A product/service is said to possess good quality if it fulfills the following

requirements. 1. Suitability (It is fit for the intended use) 2. Reliability (It
gives efficient and consistent performance) 3. Durability (It has desired life)
1146 4. Safe and foolproof workability (Its working is safe and foolproof) All 1,2, 3,4
____ is a management technique used to communicate to employees what
is required to produce the desired quality of products and services and to
influence employee actions to complete tasks according to the quality
1147 specifications QMS
1148 In 1991 india adopted _______ Globalisation policy
1149 Types Of Business ___ All of above
1150 Cipla Ltd is Chemical Company
Research &
1151 Scientific management works on experimentation

1152 Setting basic goals and objectives is function of______- Top level management
 ABC industry start their recruitment process in which manager select
qualified people for various job position in organisation. This activity is
1153 _______ Staffing
1154 How many parteners are eligible for partnership ALL of the above
1155 The firm type of Bajaj Auto Ltd is Joint stock company
The type of organisation structure in Varroc Ltd is shown below . Which type
1156 of Organisation Structure is this. functional
Sai Sale services is trading business started by four person by investing
1157 2lacks each. Which is suitble ownership for that business. Partnership
1158 Fixed capital is also called as Blocked capital
Permanent working
Which of the following illustrates the use of a hedging (or matching) capital financed with
1159 approach to financing? long-term liabilities.
1160 Which business is liable for VAT All
1161 figure shows ___________budget Variable
The ABC company Investment in purchasing raw material, salary is come
1162 under ALL
__________is set of activities that ensure right material at right quality and
1163 quantity in right time Purchase Department
1164 Inventory control objectives Both I & ii
1165 Circle leader is from______ Supervisors

Both the paper mill and

A paper mill supplies a corrugated container manufacturer with Kraft paper. cereal manufacturer are
The corrugated container manufacturer uses Kraft paper to manufacture External customers to
corrugated shipping containers that are then sold to a cereal manufacturer. the corrugated
1166 Which of the following is true? container manufacturer.
General Agreement on
1167 GATT stands for Tariff and Trade

1168 Product are produced in Manufacturing industry

1169 Banking Business is Service
Which is the process by which manager select , train,pramote and retire
1170 their subordinates Staffing

1171 The process of breaking down an enterprises into various departments is Departmentation

1172 Investment raised by share holder from public for profit based business in Joint stock Company

1173 Form of ownership which is non profit based is Cooperative enterprises

1174 Kirloskar Pneumatic Limited Company is Public Limited
1175 Figure shows Departmentation by _____ Product
 Sai Krupa Sugar & alied industry form by Mr. XYZ with 7 Board of director
with, CEO. Under CEO, Plant Manager , Finance , & market . Plant Manager
supervise on supervisor. Workers are under Supervisor. Investment raised Line & staff
by 43 share holder in it. Then which is suitable Organisation & form of organisation, Private ltd
1176 Ownership Company
1177 Injured Employer is not liable to compensate if: All of above
1178 woking capital is also called current capital
1179 Types of budget: All of above
1180 Figure shows _____________budget Production
Johnson Company wants to procure Land & build the structure for its own
1181 company. Investment for this coming under Fixed capital
The concept in management which concern with flow of material in an
organisation by using function like purchasing, storing, moving, distributing
1182 ,production , dispatching is called Material Management

What is Ascending path for purchasing 1) Purchase Order 2) Material

1183 Requisition 3) market analysis 4) Quotation call 5) finalisation of supplier 2-4-3-5-1
1184 Standardizing include in Seiketsu
1185 Industrial sector involves All of above
1186 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free country in Jan-11

Don Mackinnon , the person incharge of " Hear Music" has been given goals
related to the rollout and sales of this subsidiary of starbucks . His success at
implementing the strategy will be acessed by actual performance againest
1187 the goals . This comparison is known as : Controling
A partner who is not publically known as a partner but takes active part in
1188 the affairs of the business is Secrete partner
In simple words the ………………………………can be defined as the association of
two or more people doing business together to share the profit and
1189 expenses coming out of the business. Partnership
Accidents because of
1190 Flood , Earthquake , Tsunami are natural disasters
1191 Which is the health provision Cleanliness
Which is an instrument of management used as aid in the planning ,
1192 programming and control of business activity Budget
A single unit of ownership in a corporation , mutual fund or any other type
1193 of organization is called Share
1194 Indirect Tax examples All of above

Which includes expenses like commission to salesman ,advirtisement,

discount given , carriage outward, bad debit, cost of service after sale ,rent Selling and distribution
1195 of go down ,expenses related to delivery of material etc. expenses

Material required for

running organization is
purchased by the
1196 The role of purchase department is vital because purchase department.
 Quality management
1197 ISO 9001:2000 is system standard
1198 In textile industry fibre is converted into …… Yarn
The organized efforts by cetain persons, to Supply the consumers with goods
1199 and services is called _____ Business

1200 A…. Is any achievement of the end point that is stated in quantitative term . Goal

1201 To set objectives and policies of the organization is function of……….. General Managers
1202 Conceptual and human needs is related to……… Administration
1203 Out of following which is not the principles of management None of these
The process by which actual performance of subordinates is guided towords
1204 common goal of the enterprise is call …… Directing
…………………is The process of operaions, verify conformity with the
1205 predetermined plan and takes corrective action Controlling

Identify which statement is correct related to organization Theory

Organization theory may be defines as the study of 1. Functioning 2.
1206 Perfrmance of organization 3. Structure 4. The behaviour of Group All the above

1207 Following diagram represents which organisation ? Functional organisation

It is The process which is used to group the activities of the enterprise into
1208 various division for the purpose of the efficient management . Departmentation
1209 Sahkari Bhandar is ……. Types of ownership Cooperative
1210 The accident which leads to death of a victim is called …….. Fatal Accident
1211 As per Worker's Compensation act , dependant means : All the above
1212 Which is not element of financial management None of the above
1213 Depreciation provision is which type Source of finance? Internal Source
…….. Is a direct tax levied on the income earned by individuals,corporations
1214 or on other forms of business entities. Income Tax
1215 Anti Dumping Duty is which type of Tax? Custom Duty
1216 Which of the following is not input to MRP? ERP
Work out product requirement in detail and set product specifications on
the basis of customer's preference ,cost and profit is a function of
1217 …………………….. Quality management

Work out product requirements in details and set product specifications on

1218 the basis of customer preferance ,cost and profit is a function of ……………… Quality management
1. Customer Focus 2. Ledership 3. Continual improvement 4. System
Approach to Management 5. Mutually beneficial Supplier relationship 6.
Process approach 7. Factual approach to decision making 8. People
1219 involvement It is principles of ………………….. ISO9001:2000

____can be defined as an unsecured loan certificate issued by a company

1220 which is backed by general creditninstead by specified assets. Debenture
 ______is method of buying goods by making installment payments over the
1221 period of time. Hire purchase
_____ includes the bad debt means amount that cannot be recovered from
1222 market .It is treated as a loss. R.D.D account
____assists in taking decision correctly & also implementing it effectively &
1223 efficiently Direct Tax
Which of the following is not included in the causes of accidents under
1224 natural disaster? gas leakage
____ is a temporary in nature & the erning capacity is reduced due to
1225 disablement . Partial disablement
1226 Taking care while working on machinery in motion is a_______ Safety provision
1227 First -aid appliance in industry comes under______ . Welfare provisions

1228 Absence of _____ in units will lead to failure in achiving organizational goal. All of the above

1229 _____is generally from lowest grade employee to the top executives Upward communication
1230 _____act of simulating or inspiring workers Motivation

1231 FTA stands for______ Foreign Tourist Arrivel

The rates at which the excise duty to be collected are specified in the Central
1232 Excise Tariff Act _____ 1985
____can be defined as an integrated information system that serves all
1233 departments within an enterprise. ERP
______ is an intelligent activity includes decision making ,selection of
1234 venders etc. Purchase order
Suggest appropriate Quantity(%) and purchase rate in the blank spaces 50,intermediate
1235 provided in following ABC Classification purchase
_____defined as a statistically based process improment methodology or
1236 technique. Six Sigma
It aims to reduce defects to a rate of _____ defects per _____defect
opportunity by identifying & eliminating causes of variation in business
1237 processes 3.4,million
Liberalization,Privatizati
1238 In India The novel economic model came with an intension of on,Globalization
The items are produced using material with the help of different engineering
1239 processes and technologies is Manufacturing
1240 Globalization increases All of above
World Health
1241 India is awarded a certification of POLIO free country by Organization
1242 The main contributor in scientific school F.W.Taylor
1243 The unity of authority and plan of action is about Unity of direction
both (option I) &
1244 Directing can be called (optionII)

1245 Taking decisions and determine the objectives in company is the role of Administration
Line and staff
1246 The line organization is developed step by step to shape as the organization
1247 Workman’s compensation act for workers came in to existence in year 1992
Ventilation and
1248 Ideantify the important health provisions in an industry temperature

faulty layout or design

1249 Oily or greasy floors is the factor which contributes to accident due to: of working place
_____is defined as an accounting book of final entry where transactions are
1250 listed is separate or different accounts. Ledger
1251 Capital invested in equipments,tools,furniture are termed as Fixed capital
1252 Inheritance tax and Endowment tax are falls under Direct tax
1253 Which are the following are the”Sources of working capital” both (A) and (B)
Buying new machinery,Doing research and Development are the examples
1254 of Retained earning
An integrated information system that serves all department within an
1255 enterprise is called as ERP
1256 List the modules in ERP All of above
Ideantify the different inferences of EOQ i)No quantity discounts ii)No stock
out will be there iii)Receipt of material is immediate iv)Only order cost and
1257 holding cost i,ii,iii,iv

Arrange the activities of ABC analysis in the sequential form i)Make the list
of all item as per there value ii)Find out the percentage of high,medium,and
low valued items.iii)Seprate and count the number of costly,medium valued
1258 and low valued items iv)Find out and list all items used in industry iv,i,iii,ii
Ideantify important constitutes from following i)orderliness and cleaniness
ii)Punctuality and continuous efforts iii)Customer service iv)Standization of
1259 work i,ii,iii,iv
1260 Quality circle is small group of employees .that is may be __ to __.. 5,10
Match the following,select proper option L)Structurize i)Cleaning
M)Systemize ii)Standardization N)Standardize iii)Neatness
1261 O)Sanitizeiv)Organization L-iv,M-iii,N-ii,O-i

Which are the following two elements of TQM i)Quality of planning ii)Quality
1262 of design iii)Quality implementation iv)Quality of performance i and iii

Vidarbh Textiles is establishing company. In the first meeting some policies

were determined which includes determine companies objective, Formulate
correct policies,prepare cost and performance standards for budget and
prepare short range plans to evaluate achievements . Identify the function
1263 of management discussed in the said meeting. a) Planning
1264 How many levels of management are there ? b) Three
Who had a main concern to achieve efficiency of Men and Material through
1265 application of Time and Motion Study ? a) F.W.Taylor
1266 Which is the first in planning ? d) Establish goals
1267 Management is in process since a) Historical period
1268 Who said this ," Management is getting the things done by others "-? c)Mery Parker
1269 Which is the fastest growing sector in india now a days ? c) Service
1270 Which of the following is disadvantage of Liberalisation ? d) All of the above
1271 Trade is defined as the agreeable exchange of a and b both

c) converts oil,natural
gas, metals,minerals,air
water into different
1272 The chemical industry consists of the companies that chemical products
1273 Which of the following are types of partners ? a and b both
Express papers ltd is a joint stock private limited company. What is
1274 maximum limit of members? b) 50
1275 Injury is defined as harm caused to the body such as - d) All of the above
1276 Who is responsible for ungaurdrd moving parts in an industry ? b) Management
1277 The capital required for establishing an organisation is called as - Fixed capital
1278 Financial control ensures- All of the above
Which of the following budget is a forecast of the number of products that
1279 must be manufactured ? b) Production Budget
Which of the following types of budgets essential for smooth working of
1280 Manufacturing Industry ? d) All of the above
Which of the following management task , refers to process of
planning,storing and providing the appropriate material of the right quantity a) Materials
1281 at right time and place ? Management

c)Annual consumption
1282 In ABC Analysis ,which inventory is classified into group C ? cost is around 5-10%
1283 Items like nuts , bolts ,screws are given a rating of - c) Items C
a) X- EOQ Y- Reorder
1284 Figure shows Inventory Parameters Identify the parameters at X and Y ? Point

The company have to generate valueable financial reports by compiling

financial data from every department of company which includes
Production, Accounts, Sales , Purchase, Personnel , Product development
1285 and design. Which of the following module shall execute this task- a) Financial module
Figure shows six sigma DMAIC cycle . Identify the missing terms from the
1286 options given below? d) 1- Define 3- Analyse
Automated Teller
1287 ATM Means? Machines
1288 Lower Levels operation as All of these
1289 The qualities of Leadership are: All of these
1290 ……………… is division of Labour. Work specialization
 The process of classifying an organization on the basis of similar activities,to
facilate planning and control is called
……. Organization
Departmentation Decentralization centralization
Department
ationoptionb1
___________ is also called as Scalar OrganizationLine and Staff
organizationFunctional organizationLine organizationProject
organizationLine organizationoptionc1
…………….. Is an association of two or more persons who have agreed to
1291 share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all" Partership
1292 Which of the following comes under Government sector _______ ONGC
To ensure …………, a long term planning related to the required manpower
1293 ,traning and development for employees is required Stability
1294 Main aim of Public Sector is Service motive

1295 Which of the following is not a human cause for accidents in industry? Oily or greasy floors
1296 Accidents include injuries because of exposure to : All of these
Workmens
1297 Where death from accidents, amount of compensation given by which act Compensation Act
1298 Tax paid by individual to Central Government of India it is called as Income Tax

1299 Commission paid to salemen, discount on bills they are debited in Profit and Loss Account
1300 A' type of item are generally ….. Of all inventories cost 1%
……… mainly focuses on the right quantity of items to be stored to reduce
1301 the cost associated with the inventories EOQ
1302 Input to MRP are All of these
1303 Objective of Purchasing are All of these
……… module facilitates processes of maintaining the stock levels in a
1304 warehouse Inventory
1305 The quality management system of ISO 9001 : 2000 is based on All of these
1306 Do it Right First Time- it is principle of TQM

A process whereby superiors and subordinates jointly set goals and assess
1307 contributions of Every one to the common goals is called__________. MBO
Departmentation on the basis of activities grouped according to the type of departmentation by
1308 customer is__________. customers
1309 Management By Objectives was introduced by_____________. Peter Drucker
1310 Motivation based on force of fear is called__________. negative motivation
quality of work gets
1311 out of following which is not the correct advantage of 'Division of Work'? reduced
1312 No smoking the factor is an example of ___________. rules
Management is an organ; organs can be described and defined only through
1313 their functions. This definition was given by____________. Peter F. Drucker
1314 By India there is very large export of processed _______________ fruits and vegetables
employment of a young
1315 The following picture is associated with : person
 As per Factories Act "Factory" means any premises including the precincts
there of where ____ or more workers are working or were working on any
day of the preceding 12 months, and in any part of which a manufacturing
process isbeing carried on without the aid of power, or is ordinarily so
1316 carried on. 20
1317 Aim of financial management is at all of the above
computer software, goodwill, brands / tradmarks, mining rights, copyrights
1318 and patents are known as __________ intangible assets
_____________ is levied on the sale of commodity, it is produced or
1319 imported and sold for the first time. sales tax
Total cost on direct
1320 suppose following is budget of a company : 'T' stands for labour
cost of handling
1321 material handing cost means material
1322 C' class items are _______________ % of the total number of items 65-75
To have selective control and focus attention only on important items
1323 __________ will helps manager ABC analysis
JIT (Just-In-Time) inventory control is an approach to inventory control,
which stipulates that materials should arrive just, as they are needed, in the
production process. Which of the following would generally not be Suppliers located in
associated with a successful JIT program, for the purpose of inventory diverse and distant
1324 control? locations

______________ is a computer based system designed to stramline and

1325 integrate various operation and information flows in the company ERP
Each __________ is lead by the area supervisor and all circles are co-
1326 ordinated by a facilitator Quality Circle
1327 Six sigma is ______________ improvement methodology business
Following are the principles of : 1) System approach to management 2)
Continual improvement 3) Factual approach to decision making 4) Mutually
1328 beneficial supplier relationships ISO:9001

Birla Sunlife Insurance

1329 Which of the following organisation belongs to Service Sector? Company Limited.
Tata Consultancy
1330 Identify the organisation which belongs to Information Technology Sector. Sevices Limited
1331 Which of the following is not effect of globalisation in India? Decrease in rainfall
Name the scientist who put forward the theory of 'hierarchy of human
1332 needs'. Abraham Maslow

1333 Which theory was put forward by F.W.Taylor? Scientific Management

Which alternative can replace blank spaces in given statement? Statement: '-
1334 ---------------------- and---------------------- must always go together.' Authority, responsibility
1335 Identify function of management from following alternatives. Decision making
 The general interests
are more important
Identify correct meaning of Fayol's principle 'Subordination of individual than individual
1336 interests to the general interests.' interests.
What is the correct sequence of control procedure? ( P) taking corrective
action (Q) Measuring actual performance ( R )Setting up standard (S)
1337 Comparison of actual with Standard RQSP
Identify the alternative which does not indicate feature of a joint stock
1338 company? Unlimited Liability

1339 In which type of organisation decision making activity consumes least time? Line organisation

Some women from a village want to set up a small industrial unit to produce
various types of Jams ,Jellies,Juices from locally available fruits.Which form
1340 of ownership will be more suitable for this agro based industry ? Co-operative Society
What is the most suitable base for departmentation for a company selling
1341 only washing machines over entire India? Territory

M/s Technica Private Limied is a medium scale industry which manufactures

and sells machine tools.It requires services of experts in various fields like
metallurgy,mechanical engineering,computer
software,finance,manufacturing,etc.Which type of organisation structure Line and staff
1342 will be more suitable for this company? organisation

Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces in following
statement. Statement:According to Factories Act ,women workers can work
1343 in factories only in hours between ---------------------------------. 6:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
Which industrial Act safeguards interests of workers against their
1344 expolitation regarding wages? Minimum Wages Act
Leakage of chemical
through valve of storage
1345 Identify from the following a mechanical cause of accident . tank
1346 Which of the following is not the direct tax? Excise duty
The expenditure on which of following items can be classified as Working Maintenance of
1347 Capital? machines
Debenture holders can
vote in annual general
meeting of the
1348 Identify false statement out of given statements company.
Which budget can be considered as summarised budget for entire
1349 organisation? Master Budget

Which pair is correctly matched? Group I :(p)Excise duty (q)Customs duty (r )

Income Tax (s) VAT Group II: (a) Income of individual (b) Production of goods
1350 (c )Amount of value added (d) Import of goods p-b,q-d,r-a,s-c
 Which costs are optimised to find EOQ ? (p)Procurement Cost (q) Material
1351 Cost ( r) Labour Cost ( s) Indirect Cost (t) Inventory carrying cost (p)& (t)

Cost of placing purchase

1352 Which costs can not be considered as inventory carrying cost? order for materials

Time duration between

placing an order to the
supplier and actual
1353 What is lead time? receiving material
Enterprise Resource
1354 What is full form of ERP? Planning
'A'category items
should be purchased in
large quantity and less
1355 Which statement regarding 'A'category items in ABC analysis is false? frequently

What is the correct sequence of Purchase procedure? ( P)Decision of

purchasing (Q) Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis of material
suppliers (S) Material requisition received (T)Material receiving,accepting
1356 and payment to supplier (U) Finalisation of suppliers S-P-R-U-Q-T

1357 Identify the position which is not included in organisation for Quality Circle? Director
1358 Identify incorrect statement from given alternatives. Quality is negotiable.
1359 What is not included in 5S? Shinto

ISO 8402: Management

1360 Find incorrect pair of ISO standard and and its title. of audit programmes

Higher the
1361 Which of the following is not principle of TQM? quality,higher the cost.

Procurement Cost and

1362 Which two costs are optimised to find EOQ ? Inventory Carrying Cost
Interest on capital
1363 Which costs can not be considered as procurement cost? invested in inventory

A collective term used

for raw materials and
consumables,work-in-
1364 What is right meaning of inventory? process,finished goods.

Which alternative can replace blank space in given statement? Statement : ---
--------------- is a business management system which integrates all functional Enterprise Resource
1365 units of the business through a common corporate database. Planning
 Preference
shareholders enjoy
1366 Which statement regarding preference share holders is incorrect? voting right.

1367 Which of following can not be considered as source of fixed capital? Bank overdraft
Which alternative can replace blank space in given statement? Statement : A
------------------ is a forecast of revenues ,expenses and resources over a
1368 specified future period of time. Budget
Which industrial Act safeguards interests of workers regarding their
1369 health,safety and welfare? Indian Factories Act
Workers talking on
mobile phones while
1370 Identify the cause of accident which is a personal factor? operating machines.

Adequate ventilation by
1371 Which of the following can not be considered as welfare activity for workers. circulation of fresh air

Identify the alternative which can correctly replace blank spaces in following
statement. Statement:According to Factories Act no adult worker should be
1372 required or allowed to work in a factory for more than ----------. 48 hours in a week

The main motive of

public sector units is
In following alternatives,some statements related with Public Sector are profit and social benefit
1373 given .Identify which statement is incorrect . is secondary motive.
1374 What is minimum number of members in a public limied company? 7
Joint stock companies
have no separate legal
status than their
1375 Which statement regarding Joint stock companys is incorrect? members.

1376 In which form of ownership,the owner has to bear unlimited liability? Proprietory firm
For which type of following business, the form of cooperative society will be Extraction of oil from
1377 the most suitable? groundnuts

1378 Identify the subfunction which is not included in Directing function. Co-ordination
To guide and instruct
Identify the alternative which does not give function of middle level workers regarding daily
1379 management. workload

1380 Name the scientist who put forward the theory of 'Scientific Management'. F.W.Taylor
1381 Which of the following is not an Agro Industry based product ? Chemical Pesticide
1382 Identify the organisation which does not belong to Service Sector. Tata Motors Limited
 Identity of nationality is
enhanced due to
foreign collaboration
Identify false statement out of given statements in alternatives,regarding and multi national
1383 effects of globalisation. companies.
Bharat Heavy Electricals
1384 Which of the following organisation belongs to Public Sector? Limied

What is the first step of Purchase procedure? ( P)Decision of purchasing (Q)

Issuing Purchase order ( R )Market analysis of material suppliers (S) Material
requisition received (T)Material receiving,accepting and payment to supplier Material requisition
1385 (U) Finalisation of suppliers received
What is the term used for slow but never ending improvement in all aspects
1386 of life ? Kaizen
With reference to 5S, which pair of Japaneese word and its meaning in
1387 English is not properly matched? Seiri-Sustaining
What is the correct sequence of planning procedure? ( P) Planning premises
(Q) Implementing Plan & taking corrective actions ( R )Evaluating
Alternatives & Selecting the best (S) Developing alternative Plans(T) Fixing
1388 objectives TPSRQ

M/s Madhura Sugars is a private firm in sugar industry which produces and
sells sugar, that is produced by chemically processing sugarcane juice.Which
1389 type of structure is more suitable for this company? Line organisation
1390 Which of the following is not financial institution? State Bank of India
'C'category items should
be purchased in large
quantity and less
1391 Which statement regarding 'C'category items in ABC analysis is true? frequently
Membership to Q.C. is
1392 Identify wrong statement regarding Quality Circle.(Q.C.) compulsory
Knowledge Process
1393 KPO stands for OutSourcing

1394 _____ is recruitment of right people at right place in an organization Staffing

1395 ___ was main contributor in the scientific school Frederick Taylor

1396 ____ has to be maintained in an organization while treating the employees Equity
The managers working at middle level ____ manages the whole organization
1397 and reach to the goal defined by top management. Tactically
____ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish or
perform a particular assignment while operating within pre-decided limits
1398 and standards established Delegation of Authority
____ are private and mainly created for providing the different services to Cooperative
1399 the individual as well as society. Organizations
 Joint Stock Private
1400 In ____ minimum members involved are 2 and maximum are 50 Limited Stock company
____ are Public welfare Department, Department of Human Resource Government
1401 Development etc departments
Accident because of
1402 Tsunami is an Natural Disasters
1403 ____ is universal lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic Capital

1404 The ____ is an accounting and a taxation term Depreciation Provisions

Equipment Leasing,
1405 Suggest the appropriate types of sources for Middle Term Capital Straight Term Loans
1406 ABC Analysis plays a vital role in ____ management Inventory
Economic Order
1407 ____ is one which allows lowest cost per unit and is most advantageous Quantity

Material Management
1408 The SAP ERP product is very popular for material management called as Module
Master Production
Schedule, Inventory
1409 Suggest the appropriate inputs to MRP: Record File
Arrange the activities of Purchasing Procedure before issuing Purchase order
i) Making request for quotation ii)Selection of possible potentials sources of
supply iii)Selection of right source of supply iv) Receipt and analysis of
1410 quotations ii, i, iv, iii

Customer Relationship
1411 CRM is Management

Need of Internal Audits

1412 Clause of ISO 9001:2000 Internal Audit includes ____ at pre planned intervals
Match the following -Select Proper Option l) Quality Circle i)School of
Wisdom m) Kaizen ii) Small group of voluntary employees n) 6 sigma iii) 3.4
1413 defects per million l-ii, m-i, n-iii
Statement 1:MRP maintains maximum inventory Statement 2:MRP provides
1414 better inventory turnover 1 wrong,2 correct
1415 Why purchasing is required Both a and b
1416 Which Statement is wrong? Zero based budgeting Consume less time
1417 Labour budget is based on Function
A budget which is designed to change in relation with the level of activity of
1418 the business variable budget

According to Workman's compensation act, in which of the following cases

1419 should an employer provide compensation to the employee? All of above
1420 Who is responsible for accident All of above
1421 Which is not correct advantage of 'line organisation' Specialised
1422 Which is barrier in communication all
 Talent of each member
1423 Which Statement is wrong cannot be used
Authority can not be
1424 Which Statement is wrong delegated
Discipline starts from
1425 Which statement is wrong ? bottom to top
1426 Out of the following which is not function of management Discipline
Theory X &Theory
1427 Mc Gregor has given contribution in Y
1428 Domestic trade is also called as Internal trade
1429 India is largest market in the world for Three Wheelers
Statement 1:procurement is a systematic process Statement 2: Purchasing is both 1&2 are
1430 a routine process correct
1431 Quality managemant Assures Quality

Match the pairsof column 1 & 2 Column 1 a) Seiri b) Seition c) Seiso d)

1432 Seiketsu Column 2 1) Standardise 2) Sanitise 3) Systemise 4) Structurise a-4,b-3,c-2,d-1
Classification is done
1433 What is the relationship between graph & classification of A, B, C categories? after drawing graph
1434 Which is the assumption in EOQ? None
1435 ________ determines quantity & timing for material planning MRP
1436 Shares is included under _____________ source of finance Long term
Statement 1 is wrong
1437 Statement - 1 : Excise is direct tax Statement -2 : Excise is a commodity tax & 2 is correct
1438 Structure of organisation is represented by Oragnisation chart
1439 Which is the first need in Maslow's need hierarchy? Physiology
1440 Following industry comes under tertiary sector in economy Service Industry
1441 Reserve Bank of India established in _____________ 1935
1442 Which is the component of TQM? All the above
1443 5 S is Positioning of items

1444 SEZ means special economic zone

1445 Which is first need in Maslow's need of hierarchy? Physiological
1446 Government sector is also called as Public sector
1447 Which is incorrect type of partner? Perfect

1448 Tata motors refers to which of the following company type Public limited company

injury without showing

1449 Internal accident means external signs
1450 Six sigma success factors are All

1451 An adult worker can work up to ____ hrs in a day as per factories Act, 1948. 9
1452 Who is incorrect person in the defination of Dependent? Friend
Minimum ___________ & Maximum ____________ Persons can be partners
1453 in a business 2,20
1454 Delegation is a right given by a ____ to ____ to make decisions. Superior , Subordinate
A public limited company can have minimum ____ and maximum ___
1455 members. 7, unlimited
1456 The staff specialist provides _____ to line managers. advice
1457 Need- want - satisfaction chain is invented by _______ Maslow

1458 _____ policy covers all the medical expenses following hospitalisation. health insurance
1459 The current effective service tax rate is: 12%
1460 Which one of the following is not a current liability? long- term provisions

1-Production Budget 2-
Mft. Overhead Budget3-
Cash budget4-Direct
1461 select the apropriat options for 1,2,3,4 in above fig. Material Budget
1462 Which is the first step in purchasing? Material requisition
Statement 1- ERP needs exhaustive training to employees Statement 2- Cost
1463 of ERP installation is less 1 correct, 2 wrong
A-70-80, B-10-20, C-5-
1464 Give the % of total consumption cost in above figure 10
Innovation shows _____ steps and Kaizen shows _____ steps in speed of
1465 work Big, Small
1466 A Pareto chart points out: the key cause
1467 Which one of the following is not a principle of TQM? feedback
If XYZ company makes or produces TVs it can be called as ____ type of
1468 industry. Manufacturing
1469 Infosys is example of ___ industry IT
Automated Teller
1470 In banking sector ATM stands for Machine
1471 Edible oil is a product of Agro Industry

Thinking or
1472 Administration is a Determinative function
1473 _____ Management is responsible for the image of the company. Top
1474 _____ skill is needed at the top level of Management Conceptual
1475 _____ is the most basic and primary function of Management Planning
Out of various principles of management ____ principle of management
concerns with the distribution of autorities among the various levels of
1476 management. Centralization
_____ function of management consists of man power planning,
1477 recruitment, selection, training of employees etc. Staffing

priority will be given to

debentureholder to
receive his money
before the shareholder
1478 In the event of liquidation of the company, a _______ gets something.
1479 Co-operative society runs on ____ basis. no profit or no loss

In functional organization an employee reports to several higher authorities

1480 is called as ____ , which is disadvantage of functional organizational. Double command
As we move from bottom level of management to higher level of
1481 management the span of control becomes ___ Narrow
In line organization high level of obedience on the part of sub-ordinate is
required. Due to which ____ is developed in the higher authorities, which is
1482 disadvantage of Line type. Autocratic approach

If an employee gets injured in a factory while working ,then he is eligible to The employees
1483 receive compensation under ___ act . compensation act 2009
The capital which is required for day – to – day needs is labeled as ____
1484 capital. working
1485 The overall or summary budget is called as Master Budget
If salary of an employee is above 12 lacs per annum, then he will pay ____
1486 tax to central Government. Income
1487 Identify taxes collected by Central Government Income and Excise

1488 Identify taxes collected by state Government stamp duty and luxury
1489 In EOQ : Economic Order Quantity; Q is ___ Order quantity
1490 Preperation of comparative statement is part of ___ procedure. Purchasing
Motor byke ready with engine fitting and all other accessories but without
1491 tyres is example of ___ inventory Semi-finished

In case of Inventory management match the following a. Raw Inventories b.

In process Inventories c. Finished Inventories d. Indirect inventories. p. They
include lubricants and other items, like spare parts, needed for proper
operation, repair and maintenance during manufacturing cycle. q. semi
1492 finished goods r. waiting for dispatch s. raw materials a - s; b - q; c - r; d - p;
In case of ABC analysis of material management, and in case of Computer
sub parts following are the various type of materials used like mother board A type : mother board,
and RAM, power supply, screws for mother board fitting etc. then which is A RAM; B type : power
1493 type, B type and C type ? supply; C type : screws
1494 Kaizen is basically ___ technique Japanese
1495 The parts per million defects are accepted in 6 sigma is 3.4

1496 In 5 S technique ___ can also translated as "Set in order" or "Stream line" Seiton
1497 What plays an important role in the Indian Textile Industry ? cotton

1498 Which of the following is not a basic function of the management process? Working
1499 In line organisation ,who is responsible for final result? The managers

1500 Which of the following is not the advantages of a public limited company? Quick Formation

1501 Which of the following is not the responsibility of a production manger? Storage of goods
1502 In partnership, the partners have unlimited liability, is it true or false? TRUE
1503 What happens in fatal accident? Death
1504 _________ is a factor influencing requirements of fixed capital ? Nature of business
1505 Which one of the following is not a major section in cash budget? Capital section

1506 Which one of the follwing is not a tax charged by the central Government? Stamp duty
1507 Service tax is applicable to the whole of India except the state Jammu and Kashmir
1508 What are the various costs involved in material management? a and b both
1509 One of the functions of MRP all of the these
1510 Which one of the following can be an ERP module ? all of the above
1511 An activity under quality assurance : process control
1512 Which one of the following benefits the customer due to TQM ? Both 'A' and 'B'
1513 Old Indian textile industry was predominantly _______ based. Cotton
Which one of the following categories of chemical industry has smallest
1514 volume? Life Sciences
Principle of
1515 Espirit de Corps means ______ . management
1516 Aim of Departmentation is to _____ . All of above
Ownership is in the
hands of the
1517 Which statement about cooperative society is wrong? Government
1518 Week as per Factory Act is a period between two ___ . Saturdays
According to Factory Act , drinking water must be away from latrine by ____
1519 meters. 6
1520 Working capital is also called as _____ . Circulating capital
1521 #NAME? Customs duty
1 wrong & 2
1522 1) VAT is not simple and transperent 2) VAT is progressive form of Sales tax. correct
1523 Material planning is based on data from ____ . Sales Department
1524 Holding cost is also known as _____ . Carrying cost
1525 In ABC analysis which one is incorrect about 'A' items Insignificant items
1526 Which one of the following is one of the aspect of TQM? Product aspect
3.4 defects per million
1527 Six Sigma implies that ___ . output
1528 Which one of the following is a benefit of the Kaizen? All of these
1529 Classification of industry based on Both(i) and (ii)
1530 SEZ policy announced in 2000
1531 Getting the things done through others is called Management
1532 First step in planning is Establish goals
It is a principle of
1533 What is Espirit De Corps? management

1534 Achievement due to one will be shared by all others, this happens in General partnership

1534 Achievement due to one will be shared by all others, this happens in General partnership
1535 About budget, which statement is wrong It is not time bound
1536 Following is not concerned with material management 5'S'
1537 QA is Quality Assurance
In ABC Analysis, Items that are extremely inexpensive or have low demand
1538 are termed as "C" Items
Tax to be paid by manufaturer of goods/commodities/products to
1539 government is Excise Duty
1540 Which of the following is/are objectives of materials management All of the Above
A financial statement showing assets and liabilities of company at any given
1541 time is known as Balance Sheet
1542 The Stock of goods in hand at the beginning of the year is known as Opening Stock
Payment of employee
1543 Which of the following is not an example of fixed capital? wages
1544 Which of the following is external source of capital? Share Capital
1545 Safety promotes______ Productivity
1546 Which Act safeguards interest of workers engaged in factory Indian Factory Act
1547 Accidents happen in industry because of - All of the Above

1548 BSNL is a Public Limited company

1549 Line organization is characterized by All of the Above
When Prerna is comparing actual sales figures with goals established earlier
to see if her department met the target, she is performing which of the
1550 following functions? Controlling
A force that causes & inspires an individual to behave in a specific way and
1551 to increase his performance is called as Motivation

Which of the follwing function of management involes measuring &

1552 comparing current performance against the established standards Controlling
1553 Planning may fail because of All of the Above
1554 Administration is ---- activity in organization Top Level

Over use & heavy

dependence on
communication Media
1555 Which of the following is NOT the advantage of Globalization? & IT Services
1556 Travel & tourism business comes under Service Industry
1557 IT Enabled services ( ITES) includes All of the Above
Which of the following includes monitoring & controlling of banking &
1558 financial systems throughout India RBI

Voluntary without any

1559 In quality circle Participation of employees in the group is ____ compulsion or Pressure
1560 First Preference in TQM is given to___ The customers
Product meets
1561 Inspection assures that__ Specification
1562 Commerce is also called as ____________. Trade
1563 Out of the following which is not the function of management None of above
 From the options given below, who belongs to the lower level of
1564 management? All of above
1565 Which is the appropriate reason of failure of good plan? All of above
Determine objectives and goals is __________ step in the process of
1566 organizing. first

1- Top management, 2-
Identify the levels of management with respect to the position held by the Middle management, 3-
1567 different persons in organization. Lower management
1568 Which is the disadvantage of co-operative society? None of these
1569 Security of job is maximum in ___________________. Public sector
1- Sender, 2- Channel, 3-
For the given figure label the number with the appropriate components of Receiver, 4- Noise, 5-
1570 communication process Feedback

According to Factory Act,an ambulance room should be provided by every

1571 factory if the number of workers is more than ___________________. 500

___________ takes in account only those cost, e.g. direct labour and
1572 material, which vary with output and over which the department has control Variable budget
________________ capital is that amount of capital which must be in cash
1573 or current asset for continuing the activities of business. Permanent working
Select an appropriate response from the options that fits in the blank space Short term budget, Long
1574 provided in the budget chart: term budget
The lead time is not
1575 Which of the following is not correct assumption in calculating EOQ? fixed
Each event of ordering has a certain cost associated with it called
1576 _________________________________. procurement cost
ABC analysis divides an organization on hand inventory into three classes annual consumption
1577 based upon: value
They are now shifting
gears to develop
applications for good
electronic commerce
1578 Pick the false statement about ERP vendors. websites.
systematically
developing and
communicating a
customer – focus
mission, strategies and
1579 An effective QMS focuses on _____ action plans

structurize, systemize,
5S was developed in Japan and stands for the Japanese words seiri, seiton, sanitize, standardize,
1580 seiso, seiketsu, and shitsuke. The English equivalent of 5S is - self-discipline
 Statement 1: The organization must establish, document, implement and Both statements are
maintain documented procedures for its internal audit, corrective and true, and the second
preventive action processes, among others Statement 2: This is a statement explains the
1581 requirement of ISO 9001:2000 first statement.
production of
1582 Manufacturing is ____________________________. merchandize
1583 ______________ is described as willing exchange of goods. Trade
The Indian Textile industry was predominantly __________________ based
1584 during post independence. Cotton
1585 The functions of middle level management are All of above
Among the given options who are designated as members of middle level of
1586 management? All of above
Comparing actual performance with the standard is ________ steps in
1587 process of directing. third

Identify the management function which carries out this process consisting
of these basic steps: (1) identifying the problem; (2) identifying resources
and constraints, (3) generating alternative solutions, (4) evaluating
alternatives, (5) selecting an alternative, (6) implementing the alternative,
1588 and (7) monitoring the alternative Decision making
Bank of Maharashtra, Bata India Ltd, Bharat fertilizers Ltd etc, are which
1589 types of companies? Public companies
Crèches should be provided when there are more than ____ female workers
1590 having children of age below_____ years. 30, 6

1591 _______________ is prepared to co-ordinate between various budget. Master budget

Keep a check and
control over the
1592 Which of the following is function of financial management? expenditure
1593 What is the total amount of liabilities from this balance sheet? 22290
Instead of each department having its own database of information, ___
1594 puts all of the information into a single place ERP
______________ is the process of planning, procuring, storing and providing
the appropriate material of the right quality, right quality at the right place
1595 in the right time. Materials management
________________ is just a transaction and is basic activity of purchase
1596 department. Purchasing
(1) Ordering cost (2)
1597 From the EOQ, label the cost at point 1 and 2. Storage cost
It needs heavy
1598 Which statement about kaizen is wrong? investment
Small and Medium sized
1599 SME's stands for _______________________________. enterprises
_________________ is popularly known as the Silicon Valley of India and IT
1600 capital of India. Bengaluru
___________________ Business aims to identify factors hampering
1601 industrial growth and seeks to redress the above factors. Manufacturing
1602 Which is not the principle of management, according to Henry Fayol? Decentralisation
In the words of ________________ “planning is deciding in advance what to
1603 do, how to do it, when to do it and who is to do it.” Harold Koontz
Measuring actual performance is the __________________ steps involved in
1604 the process of controlling. third
Top level is known as _______ because all important decision related to
1605 whole organization is taken by top management Strategical Level
Vertical dimension of organization structure defines
1606 _____________________. Hierarchy

1607 Which of the following can be considered as a project organisation? Installation of a dairy
Which of the following business type, has to pay double taxes to the
1608 government? Joint stock company
According to Workmen's compensation act, a widow, a minor son and a
1609 widow mother qualify as _______ of a worker. Dependents
An indirect Tax levied on those goods which are manufactured in India and
1610 are meant for home consumption is called ____ Excise duty
1611 Which of the following is function of financial management? All of above
From which accounting sheet, the net profit in balance sheet is carried Trial balance account
1612 down? statement

Which of the following methods of stock control aims at concentrating

1613 efforts on selected items of material__________________? ABC analysis
determine various
controls needed and
1614 The activity of ' Control " in Six sigma refers to: validate them
Fill in the blank space provided in the figure with an appropriate tool given
1615 as options. Quality control

____________ also known as Cyber City is the major IT and BPO hub in India
1616 which has major IT MNC’s together and hence called as Hitech City. Hyderabad

___________________ industry primarily refers to manufacturing that is

1617 associated with formulas, procedure, development, method and practice. Process
1618 Review of plan is the __________step in the process of planning. last
1- Authority and
From the figure of levels of management which are the principles that flows responsibility, 2-
1619 upward and downward? Command

Human skills remain

necessary and technical-
skill needs decrease as
Which of the following is true concerning technical and human skills of a manager’s move to
1620 manager? higher levels

1621 One canteen should be provided atleast per ____ workers in a factory. 250
 To provide insurance coverage to the employees who are injured on the job
with payment for lost wages, medical care, and if necessary, vocational Workman
1622 rehabilitation is the primary purpose of the – Compensation Act
_____________ budget shows the estimate of direct labour needed to carry
1623 out the budget output. Direct labour
____ includes the free reserves of the company which are built out of the
1624 genuine profits of the company. Reserves and surplus
Land, buildings, plant and equipment, furniture and fixtures, vehicles and
1625 office equipment are called ____ Tangible assets

Part which is ready to

1626 What do you mean by finished part? dispatch to customer.

__________________ include raw material and semi-finished products

1627 supplied by another firm and which are raw items for the present industry. Raw inventories
The table below shows the list of items as per their annual consumption and
annual consumption value. Can you identify which type of anlaysis is this to
1628 have proper inventory control? Pareto analysis
1629 How many steps are there in implementation of 5S? 5
The basic goal of ________ is to ensure that the product or/and services
1630 meet specific requirement. Quality control
ensure continuos
1631 In PDCA , Act consists of which of the following? improvement

Breakthrough projects
that may lead to the
According to ISO 9004:2000, what kind of improvements is normally carried implementation of new
1632 out by cross-functional teams outside routine operations? processes
___________________ industry primarily deals with the design,
1633 manufacture and operation of structures, machines or devices. Engineering
To conduct day to day activities, monitor daily progress and reporting to
middle level management is the function of __________ level of
1634 management. lower
1635 Which is the principle of organization? All of the above
1636 In a tall organisation structure, the span of control is _________. narrow
As per Factory Act, 1947, a child is a person whose age is less than
1637 __________. 15 years
prevention of an
1638 Safety management deals with ________________. accident
safe workplace and
1639 Good layout and reduction in noise level are examples of ________ working conditions
1640 Working capital can be financed through ______________. All
________ refers to sparing of the replacement cost of tangible assets like
1641 building, machinery, etc. Depreciation
Sales returns represents value of goods returned by the
1642 ___________________. customers
 The earnings like interest, dividend or capital gains etc, which are gathered
tax free until the investor withdraws and takes position of it. These earning
1643 are refered as ___________________. Deferred taxation
_____________ can be defined as the tax which increases the price of a
good in such way that consumers are actually paying the tax by paying more
1644 for the products they are buying. Indirect tax

decreases as quantity
1645 The procurement costs _________________________________. ordered increases
The figure shows a graphical method for determining the order quantity
which attempts to minimize total inventory cost. Which is this tool used to
answers the following questions. (1) How much should I order? (2) How
1646 often should I place each order? EOQ
1647 Formulate company quality policy is function of ______________. Quality control

1648 Which one of the following does not belongs to Process Industry? Information Technology

1649 Which one of the following is the advantage of effective decision making. All of above

When an employee receive orders and report to only one superior rather
1650 than multiple bosses, the principle is called as _________________. Unity of Command

Proper __________, facilitates employees appraisal, as managers can easily

measure the performance of supervisors/subordinates as per the standard
1651 and provide them necessary feedback for appraisal. control
In line organisation, the authority flows from _______________ to
1652 ________________. superior, subordinate
1653 Which statement is false about 'nominal partners’? All are correct

1654 The organisation always prefers to have ___________ span of control. wide
1655 Long term sources of finance are required for ______________. Above 5 years

The suppliers of goods and services to the company provide various goods
1656 and services with an expectation of payment in future is called_____ trade credit

1657 Which one of the following is a type of preference shares? noncumulative shares
1658 The table shows the tax rates for which types of taxes? Income Tax
Procurement cost is obtained by plotting _____________ against ordered
1659 quantity. cost
____________ is the collective stock of items which is required for routine
1660 functioning of industry. Inventory
Fit for purpose and “ Right first time and everytime” are the principles of
1661 _________________________ ? Quality assurance
In __________________ all are encourage to come up with small suggestion
1662 on a regular basis. Kaizen
 A producer of consumer goods wants to analyze its product range from
product 1 to product 13. The management has decided to use the annual
consumption value as the key figure to assess the product range. An ABC
analysis is done and the raw data is order in decreasing order of annual
consumption value. How have they classified the product group in A, B and C G1 – A items, G2 – B
1663 category items? items, G3 – C items
Indian Tourism
Development
1664 ITDC stands for Corporation
1665 Which process is the part of textile industry? All of above

______________________ may be refer to particular area of economic

activity such as the real estate business, computer business, poultry,
1666 farming, telecommunication, shipping, tours and travels, etc. Business

1667 Evaluation of alternative is done in which step of decision making process? third
1668 Which is not the type of departmentation? By material pattern
1669 Which are factors on which span of control depends? All of the above
An activity in which people practice leaving a place quickly is called
1670 _____________. fire drill
____________ is a book or computer file in which all monetary transaction
1671 are originally entered. Journal
1672 _______________ represents what the company has to pay others. Liabilities
Periodically evaluate
the material
consumption of each
1673 Which of the following is not function of financial management? department
These are the taxes which are imposed or levied and assessed on individual
or organizational income directly and have to pay the same to the
government in form of income tax, wealth tax and etc. Which is this type of
1674 tax? Direct tax

Low complex and low cost items that are typically commercially available
1675 and require little manager control are called ______________. Items C
A detailed list of all kinds of goods handled by business is called
1676 _________________. inventory
_____________ management is defined as an attempt to balance inventory
needs and requirements with the need to minimize costs resulting from
1677 obtaining and holding inventory. Inventory
1678 ________ department floats enquiries and processes quotations. Purchase
1679 In this Stock control chart, label the buffer stock – (a)

American Society for Qualiy (ASQ) defines, “ ________ as the planed and
systematic activities implemented in a quality system so that quality
1680 requirments for a product or service will be fulfilled .” Quality Assurance
International Trade
1681 ITO stands for ___________________________. Organization
 Which one out of the given options is not a broad category of chemical
1682 industry? Durable products
1683 Top level management includes All of above
Decision making is not linked with _____________________ function of
1684 management. reporting

1685 Business secrecy is less in _______________. Public sector companies

1686 Infosys is which type of company? Public Limited

A newly marketing executive is appointed and has been assigned certain

function: 1) to visit the 10-15 doctors daily at specified area 2) promote the
product to the doctors 3) keep a track of availabiltiy of medicine at the
medical stores 4) report to the manager once in a week. Now his activities of
1687 work will come under which type of departmentation? Area
1688 ____ is a person who has completed the 18 years Adult
_____________ budget is a forecast of the number of products that must be
1689 manufactured. Production
1690 Which is not the direct tax? Excise tax
Capital is required to
1691 Which of the following is a false statement? sell the business

These are the taxes which an individual or organization does not pay
directly, but are can be easily shifted to others may be in form of service tax,
1692 excise tax, value added tax or custom duty. Which is this type of tax? Indirect tax
Complex and expensive parts are items that require strict management and
1693 control are called ____________. Items A
Analysis of purchase
1694 Which is the first step in process of purchasing? requisition
1695 Which of the following is not objective of purchasing? To facilitate waste
Economic Order
1696 From the graph, the point Q at which slope = 0, is called __________. Quantity

You need a documented procedure to control quality documents in your

company. Everyone must have access to up-to-date documents and be
1697 aware of how to use them, is the clause of_______________. ISO:9001
Agro-industry mainly comprises of the ________________ activities of
processing and preserving agricultural products for intermediate or final
1698 consumption. post-harvest
____________________________ is the process of transformation of a
1699 regional phenomenon into global ones. Globalization
_______________________ major contribution to the management theory
in his 14 principles of management that are based on his thoughts and
1700 experiences. Henry Fayol
1701 ________________ gives power in hands of centre. Centralisation
1702 Lower level is also known as __________ Operational level
Effective ____________________ helps employees to eliminate wastages
1703 and achieve better results. coordination
 Suresh has been hired by a consultant to provide training to the workers of a
firm where he needs to monitor, compare and correct the tasks or activities
performed by the workers. So what is the actual line of function of
1704 management he is concentrating on? Controlling
1705 Which one is not the disadvantage of staff organization? Lack of specialization
Control of Centre
1706 Which is not the advantage of delegation? increases
1707 The figure depicted below shows departmentation by – Product

1708 A tax levied on services rendered by a person is called ___________. Service tax

Debenture holder are

1709 Which is the following is a false statement? owners of the company
A planned capital investment in the business without disrupting the normal
1710 working of the company is ____________ capital budget
_________________________ include purchase of raw material, semi-
finished components, standard components or/and subassemblies from
1711 suppliers. Raw material inventory
From the graph of graph of inventory level versus time, the value Q/2 is
1712 called __________________. Average inventory
_________ is a management technique used to communicate with
employees, in order to produce the desired quality of products and services
to be render to influence employee actions to complete tasks as per quality Quality Management
1713 standards. System
1714 Quality Assurance is a ____ approach Proactive

1715 What is the proper sequence for the implementation of TQM? Plan - Do - Check - Act

The chart shown is used to investigate whether the manufacturing process is

in stable condition or not and is used to maintain the process within the
tolerance. This technique helps in taking the right decision for selection of
1716 the machine with higher processing capabilities. Which type of chart is this? Control chart
1717 Which company is associated with Insurance? All of above

_______________ industries are owned and run by rural households with

1718 very little capital investment and a high level of manual labour Village
___________________ Business has elevated the Indian population above
poverty line by shifting the majority of the workforce out of low-wage
1719 agriculture. Manufacturing
1720 Which is next step after planning? Organizing

Management is not directly visible instead; its presence is observed in the

form of results such as higher productivity, higher efficiency, disciplined
1721 work force, etc. Hence management is ___________________. Intangible

Managers must develop a team spirit among the subordinates by

1722 __________ the activities of everyone to achieve the team objectives. coordinating
1723 Which of the following is the advantage of a narrow span? closer supervision

1724 Assistant to the president of a company refers to which type of authority? Staff
1725 Out of the following one which is not an unsafe condition ? long working hours
1726 __________ budget, generally deals only with the direct materials. Material
_____________is record of an organization that registers all financial
transactions. It is a written statement of all business dealings or debts and
1727 credits Account
____is a types of indirect tax leived on goods imported in to India as well as
1728 on goods exported from India. Customs duty
Annual consumption
1729 In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into category B items? cost is around 15-25%
While deciding how to manage inventory the question that a materials how much should we
manager need to be ask himself is order and how often
1730 _____________________________________ should we order?

1731 In EOQ, annual _______ cost = unit price x annual consumption volume consumption
Identify this basic inventory control technique which is often applied to
1732 almost all aspects of materials management. Pareto analysis

A machine draws a very delicate copper wire from the plate and is facing
repeated breaking of wire. The tally table illustrates all possible causes of
problem (symptom) and the frequency of each cause is observed and noted.
1733 This tally table is also called as _________________. Check list

A manufacturing industry follows multiple techniques of quality

management system where they focus on total employee participation, Six sigma, Kaizen,
continuous improvement, customer satisfaction and preferred partner as Quality control tool,
1734 seen in the figure. Which are the techniques used? Quality assurance tool
1735 Which one is not the textile industry? ICICI
Which type of industries are characterized by medium investment and semi-
1736 automation process? Small scale

1737 ___________________ is the fastest growing sector in India now-a-days. Service

1738 Which steps in decision making process develops alternative solutions third
1739 Which duties come under Administration? All of above

______________________ is the process of identifying a set of feasible

1740 alternatives and from these selected alternative the best course of action. Decision making

A plant manager who organizes the plant by separating engineering,

accounting, manufacturing, personnel, and purchasing into departments is
1741 practicing functional departmentalization is also called as _______________. middle managers
Government
1742 Control of government is highest in __________________________. department
 Which partner contribute in terms of their goodwill and credit from the
1743 market? Nominal partner
Manav is a new divisional manager, in reorganizing his division; he must
make some decisions regarding the span of control. He thinks wider spans wider spans reduce
1744 are more efficient in terms of cost but at some point: effectiveness.

1745 Which preventive measure industry should take to avoid accidents? All of the above

___________ is a person employed directly or through any agency, whether

for wages or not, in any manufacturing process or in cleaning any part of the
machinery or premises used for manufacturing process or in any other kind
1746 of work incidental, to or connected with, the manufacturing process. Worker
____is a direct tax levied on the income earned by individual, corporation or
1747 on other forms of business entities. Income tax
Annual consumption
1748 In ABC analysis which inventory is classified into category A items? cost is around 70-80%
_____________ is a detailed list of movable items which are required for
manufacturing products and maintaining the equipment and machines in
1749 good working order. Inventory
1750 Which are the functions in materials management? All of the above

The principal files that are incorporated into a computerized MRP system inventory record,
1751 are: master schedule, BOM.
The totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bears
the ability to satisfy stated or implied needs of the customer is called
1752 _________. Quality
Decision about the quality system are made based on recorded data and the
system is regularly audited and evaluated for conformance and
1753 effectiveness, is the clause of ________________. ISO: 9001
Identify the diagram, which is an investigative tool of quality control to
1754 rearrange possible causes of the problem? Ishikawa diagram
Numerical
DMAIC stands for define, measure, analyze, improve and control. It involves measurement of the
defining the problem, measuring where you stand, analyzing where the current process is
problem starts, improving the situation and controlling the new process to necessary in order to
1755 confirm that is fixed. The Analyze step, involves - change the process
1756 Indian Industry Started from - 1850
1757 I.T.Sectors involves- a and b Both
An activity which involves handling or directing the affairs of an organisation
1758 is called as- Administration
The ability of a supervisor to choose the correct course of action from the
available alternatives to achieve the desired aims and objectives of the
1759 business is termed as - Decision Making
Who is called as Founder and Architect of " Modern Scientific Management"
1760 ? Fredrick W.Taylor
1761 Scientific Management Involves - All of the above
 While working as a professional Manager in any modern Industrial
1762 Organisation , which of the following duties he is expected to perform? All of the above
Figure shows Modern Thought represented in a schematic way. Fill in the Functions Of
1763 appropriate Terminology at space marked by "?" Mangement
1764 Which of the following is / are the characteristics of Organistion ? All of the above
1765 The commonly known forms of organisation structures are - All of the above
Not Managed by
1766 Joint stock private limited company is - Government
1767 Balaji Telefilms , Bharat Fertilizers are - None of the Above
1768 Which of the following includes causes of accidents All of the above
A temporary accommodation given by the bank to their customers against
1769 certain security is called Overdrafts

When finance is required for expansion and development of an organisation

1770 , it can be raised through loans instead of issuing shares is termed as - Debentures
1771 Which of the following are financial Institutions? All of the Above
1772 Which of the following are recently included under the service Tax- All of the Above
Economic Order
1773 The size of an order that minimises the total inventory cost is called as- Quantity
1774 Which of the following are the Aims of Material Management? All of the Above
1775 Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) can be used by- All of the above

Arrange in a chronological order the steps of material purchasing i) Place

1776 Order ii) Payment of bill iii) Receive the material iv) Inspection- I,iii,iv,ii
Figure shows modules of a system being implemented in Industries. Choose
the appropriate terminology from options given below to be placed at the
1777 letter 'X' . ERP
As per definition of ISO 8402-1968 , " the totality of features and
characteristics of a period or service that bears its ability to satisfy stated or
1778 implied needs is known as Quality
Figure refers to a Japnese Technique whichis also known as Shewhart cycle,
Deming cycle or PDCA cycle. identify correctly the technique from the given
1779 option. TQM
World Trade
1780 WTO stand for :- Organization
1781 Level Management :- All of the above
1782 ____________are internally formed Project Organization
1783 Which factor dose not cause accident due to dangerous machine Unsafe clothing
1784 Reason due to which non-machinery accident may occur all of the above
Sufficient Working
1785 which of the following condition is not physical condition Space for Movement
1786 Example of office & Administrative expenses are All of the above

1787 ___________may occure because of loss on scale of asset fire or theft etc Abnormal Losses

1788 _________is a part of material management? Inventory management

 Economic order
1789 EOQ stand for Quantity

A unified & single

1790 Advantage of ERP are reporting system
______is define as tool for controlling the quality of the product & services
1791 to ultimately gain the customer satisfaction Quality control
1792 For effective quality circles Both A & b

Write Step by step sequently objective I )To endorse self & mutual
development ii) To develop quality of work iii)To give an opportunity to
1793 employee iV)To improve quality,productivity,safety & reduces the cost i-ii-iii-iv
1794 Engineering industrial sector not involves ____ Filament Yard
1795 ITES Stand for_____ IT Enabled Services

1796 _________Is recruitment of right people at right place in an organization. Staffing

1797 Advantage of planning :- All of the above
_____________ is the life blood of business enterprise. It is a universal
1798 lubricant which keeps enterprise dynamic. Capital
1799 External sources are_____________ All of the above

Following are which types of taxes :-1) Consumption tax. 2) Flat tax. 3) Social
1800 security tax. 4) Dividing tax. 5) Gift taxes. 6) Payroll tax. 7) Pole tax. Both A&B

1801 _______________ is a plan that view future production of end of product. MPS
the organization should
identify work
environment that
ensures conformity of
1802 Work environment clause of ISO 9001:2000 ________________ service

1803 The idea of liberalization in the present phase of globalisation deals with economic aspect
One of the following is definitely not a positive aspect of globalisation in Growth of small scale
1804 India industry
1805 The services provided by Ashoka hotel comes under tertiary activity
1806 The art of getting things done by people is called as management
1807 Who is recognised as a man who invented management Peter drucker
1808 The lower level of managers work at Operational level

1809 The management of interdependence in work situations is called as Coordination

Structure of
1810 An organization is nothing but Management
Based on specialization
1811 Funtional organizations are based on factor
The principal sent a note that he will be on leave for a few days and the Hod
of mechanical department will look after the responsibility in his absence,
1812 this is called delegation
 two of our friends decided to start a garment shop such type of business
1813 organisation can be called Partnership
1814 Minimum wages need to be paid in: cash
holding cost and
1815 The quantity to be ordered depends upon two costs, what are they procurement cost
to implement the
1816 In Kaizen the role of middle management is process
I want the products of my company to achieve perfect quality, which tool
1817 will I apply to check this six sigma

I wanted to know the major and minor causes which are responsible for the
1818 problem,from the following which technique will I adopt Ishikawa diagram
1819 Find the odd one out TQM
Seiri means sorting and
Seition means Set in
1820 Which of the following is correctly matched order
1821 EOQ does not work if ------ order quantity is compulsory. Minimum
1822 .------------ activity is complicated and takes more time. Procurement
1823 Income other than sales are called as ------------ Indirect income
1824 Direct tax is an example of ----------- Income tax
1825 Out of following, --------- is not considered as a dependent. Married sister
Fire extinguishers should be kept in easily accessible places.Under which Safety measures
1826 category of accident prevention methods does this appear? essential in industry
1827 Lack of training to worker is a cause of accident due to -------- Management
1828 Features of project organization are ------------ All of the above
1829 Factors which affects departmentation are ----------- All of the Above
1830 .------------ means right (to command) and power to act. Authority
1831 .---------- organization is also called as staff organization. Functional

1832 .------- type of organization is suitable for military & small businesses. Line

1833 .------- is important not only for individual but for an organization also. Discipline
1834 The funtion ofadministration is -------------- All of above
1835 The factor which affects decision making is ---------------------- All of above
.----------- is the downward transfer of authority from manager to
1836 subordinate. Delegation

1837 .-------- level management is known as strategical level of management. Top

1838 The area of classical school are ---------- All of above
Import & Export
1839 . --------------------- is not the type of service industry. House
1840 Following are types of banks ---------- All of the Above
In ABC analysis, the 20 % items in industry having cost 80% of total inventory
1841 cost is called as ------- Type A
1842 .------------ inventory is not a type of inventory. Departmental
1843 Continuous Improvement means ----------- Kaizen
 Authority cannot be
1844 Which statement is wrong? delegated
1845 Why plan fails All are correct
Match the pair 1. Ashok Leyland a) Gurgoan 2. Suzuki b) Pune 3. Mahindra
1846 c)Chennai 4. Kinetic d) Nasik 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (a)
1847 License permit raj in India was in this period 1965 – 1990
1848 Application of ERP are__________ Both A & B
1849 Benefits of ISO 9001:2000 are _______ All of the above
____________ accident prevents employees from working, for the period
1850 less than 48 hours from the time of accident. Minor
__________________ is an unfortunate & sudden mishappening which
1851 causes damage or loss of property, material or human. Accident
When 20 number of persons comes together to form a business as owners
with all legal formalities then formed ownership is called as
1852 ______________ type of ownership. Partnership

When a group of people are pulled together for a special task then formed
1853 structure of organisation is called _________________ organisation Project

1854 Departmenation is done on the basis of product, function & _____________ process
Senses of responsibility increases due to _____________________ provided
1855 by seniors. authority
Similar activites & related people are grouped together to form a
1856 _________________ department
Oraganization establishes a relationship betweeen authority &
1857 ______________ & controls the efforts of group. responsibility
Which function of management fails due to following reasons a. Incorrect
person to do plan, b. faulty System of work c. Insufficient data d. No
1858 feedback system e. Overconfidence Planning
The process by which actual performance of subordinates is guided towards
common goals of the enterprise is called as _____________ function of
1859 management Directing
Middle level management is also called as __________________________
1860 of managers Tactical Level
Management works as _______________ to produce goods using labour,
1861 materials and capital Catalyst

1862 Hospitality industry is mainly dependent on ______________ industry Tourism

Products are produced from raw materials by using engineering technology
1863 and ______________ Machinery
1864 Service sector has occupied _____ of GDP (Gross Domestic Product) 1%

1865 ______________ department will be dedicated for saftey related work only Safety
Relationship between employer & employees is very important for the
1866 development & _____________ of any organization. Survival

1867 Financial management is nothing but effective management of __________ Funds

 Eventhough permanent working capital is working capital but it's nature is
1868 ______________ for every year or month. Permanent
____________ is an instrument of management for planning its future
1869 activities. Budgets
_________________ operates on the principle that if you have something it
1870 must have been paid for somehow. Balance sheet

A man working in an industry has annual income of 2,50,000 Rs. from all
sources, total investment like PF, PPF, LIC savings 50,000 Rs., Exempted
amount for income tax is 1,50,000 Rs. & income tax rate is 10% upto
1871 3,00,000. Find out amount of income tax paid by that person is 5000
____________________ is way of keping material which will not stop the
1872 manufacturing and allied process inventory
The results of ABC analysis have to be reviewed ________________ &
1873 updated. periodically
If there is more stock than requirement , then the cost of carrying it i.e.
1874 __________________ cost will b more. inventory
MRP (Material Resource Planning) projects not only demand but also the
1875 timing of the _______________ demand. inventory

If a TV manufacturing industry is using ABC analysis for inventory

management. They are having items such as picture tube main costly item, A- picture tube, B- PCB,
PCB moderately cost & electronics components less costly items, then C- electronics
1876 classify these items into A items, B items & C items. components

According to ERP each department has its own ERP module following are the
ERP module and department match ERP module with their department A.
ERP Finance module B. ERP Human Resources Module C. ERP Purchase
Module D. ERP production module and Departments are 1. Production Dept.
1877 2. Account Dept. 3. Purchase Dept. 4. Personal Dept. A- 2, B- 4, C- 3, D-1
Quality __________ gives more attention on testing of products to find
1878 defects & reporting to management before release of product. Control
1879 Kaizen is the Japanese term which means __________________ Improvement
5"S" methodology for organizing & minimizing items within a workplace in
1880 order to operate more ________. Efficiently

Following are the stages & Break through Strategy (B.S.) phases. Match the
Stage & Break through Strategy correctly. 1. Identification 2.
Characterization 3. Optimization 4. Institutionalization and B.S. phases are A.
Improve & Control B. Standardise & Integrate C. Recognize & Define D.
1881 Measure & Analyze 1-C, 2-D, 3-A, 4-B
1882 The term management means---? All above.
1883 Organizing process transfers------? Into reality Plans
1884 To avoid delay in work-----? Management function is used. Coordinating
1885 In line organization authority flows from---------? Top to bottom
1886 An accident means unforeseen ----------- sudden mishap? Uncontrolled
1887 Material Management is an --------activity? Integrated
1888 The term Inventory management means---------? Short list of items
Total Quality
1889 TQM stands for----------? management.
1890 KAIZEN theory uses---------theory? 5S
1891 6-Sigma is a---------- method used for improvement? Statistical.
1892 For creating Departments --------- methods are used? All above.
If the capital in a business provided by one or two persons in the form of
1893 Shares With legal entity then it is Called as ---------? Partnership co.
Following table is the example of--------budget? . XYZ-Co. -----------Budget. For
the year- Dept. JAN FEB MAR 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr. X 4000 2000 4000 13000
1894 14000 Y 2000 2000 3000 9000 9500 X+Y Sales
1895 To achieve the vision of an organization------ management works? Upper level

Generating alternative
1896 Brainstorming is used by the management for: for problem solving.
1897 Analysis of causes of deviation is a part of ______________ Process controlling
group of 15 people on
1898 In an organization which of following group is not present bus stop
organization has no
1899 which of the following statement is wrong ? boundaries
to ensure regular and
adequate supply of
1900 which of following is not objective of financial management funds
1901 The capital required for a business is ____________ both (A) and (B)
1902 Following fig. refers to : Balance sheet

ABC analysis results in

reduction of annual
1903 which of the following is advantage of ABC analysis _______ inventory cost

EOQ is a formula that determines the ___________ at which the

1904 combination of procurement costs and inventory carrying costs are least quantity
they decrease as
quantity ordered
1905 procurement costs: increases
1906 Quality consist of ______________- to satisfy wants. capacity
Process employed to ensure a certain level of quality in a product or service
1907 is called quality control

1908 AGM stands for Annual General Meeting

1909 finished good means good waiting for dispached to: customer
1910 Which of the following is in significant item A items
1911 following fig shows : master budget

1912 Which of the following would represent an organisations Fixed Assets Fixtures & Fittings

1913 Which of the following is/are Current Liabilities of the organisation? Creditors
 Sale Revenue &
1914 Gross Profit is the difference between? Cost of Goods Sold
1915 Maslows motivation theory is on the basis of human___________. needs
1916 which type of organization is the fig. refer to… Line and Staff
1917 Goal or target to be achieved is known as ____________. objective
The chain of superiors from the highest authority to the lowest level in the
1918 organization is _________ Scalar chain
An identified group of people contributing their efforts towards the
1919 attainment of goals is called an Organization
Exchange of ideas, opinions, information etc. between two or more persons
1920 is________ communication
1921 India is awarded a certification of ---- free country. Polio
1922 Excess inventory may lead to : loss
1923 when we order and receive good in company it will include procurement cost
Following are the principles of …..1)Customer focus
1924 2)Leadership3)Involvement of people4)Process approach ISO:9001
1925 Extract from pareto's chart : The key causes are A,B,C

1926 _________ Industries are known as sunshine sector of Indian economy information technology
to create and keep
1927 The purpose of business according to Drucker, customers
Goods being
transported across
1928 Which of the following is an example of a physical aspect of globalization? borders
1929 The ------process transform plans in to reality. organizing
The right of a person to give instructions to his subordinates is known
1930 as_________. authority
Supply of human and material resources and helps to achieve the objective
1931 of business is _______ Organization

The process of dividing the large monolithic functional organization into

1932 small and flexible administrative units is called__________. Departmentation
1933 Identify type of organization does the fig. refer to.. Project
1934 An environmental factor for accidents in industry is: daydreaming
As per Factories Act, "--------------------” of a factory means the person who
1935 has the ultimate control over the affairs of the factory. Occupier
Which of the following is obligation imposed byFactories Act upon the
1936 employer with respect to his workers ? All the above.
XYZ company has to be appointed _____________ if an organization is
1937 engaging 500 or more employees welfare officer
1938 The function of financial management is ________ all of the above
It is the credit money of
1939 complete fiil in the blank the company
The summary of an organisations assets and Liabilities at a particular point in
1940 time is called? Balance Sheet

1941 Which one of the following cannot be found in the Profit & Loss Account? Sales Goods returned
 An organisation which produce DVD recorders has a Fixed Cost of Rs.
30,000. If the selling price is Rs. 350 each and Variable Costs are Rs. 100 per
1942 unit what is the number of units needed to reach the Break-Evan point? 120
preparation of lisi of all
1943 To preparation of ABC analysis First step is items
Which of the following is the name given to a bill of lading where goods have
1944 been received by a carrier free of defects? Clean bill of lading.
Which of the following categories of materials handling equipment does a
1945 ‘counterbalanced type’ belong to? Fork lift Trucks
Warehouses and stockyards are two types of storage facilities. Which of the
following is the most appropriate factor to consider in the design of a
1946 stockyard? Surface
process steps and their
1947 process flow chart helps to explain relationship
Normal distribution
1948 Name the curve shown in fig. curve
1949 Quality is the relative term and is used with reference to - product
it is the series of the quality management system standards created by the
1950 international organisation for standardisation ISO 9001

1951 classification of material as per their values and usage comes under ABC analysis
1952 which statement is wrong none
1953 which is wrong statement about capital None of the above

cash to be maintained
1954 Fixed capial is not required for in emergency
1955 Fixed capial can be financed through all
1956 employer has to do compensation in which case All of the above

centralisation considers
1957 which statement is wrong local issue always

1958 Urban co-operative bank refers to which of the following company type- Co-operative company
1959 which is the last need in Maslow need hierchy self actualisation
1960 what is the next function after planning organising
1961 Banks are regulated by RBI
1962 LPG increases – All of the above
1963 Excise duty is the amount of duty paid on _____ of goods. Production
1964 Which one of the following is not a personal protective device ? pullover
1965 #NAME? Trade
1966 Following business pattern do not come under service industry. Textile Mill

1967 Too little inventory increases the risc of: Out of stock condition
1968 Kaizen is the name given by: Japanese
1969 Meeting goals can increase : Motivation
 Food,Water,Sleep,Clothes,and an acceptable temperature are all examples
1970 of : Physiological Need
1971 The motivators are guided by : Need
____ make products, from raw materials or componentparts, which they
1972 then sell at a profit. service providers
in the form of
1973 How do traders make profit? commission
1974 What is the main stay of Indian economy? Agriculture

1975 Indian IT companies are not working in the __________________ business. product development

1976 Out of following which is the first activity in organizing? Identifying the activities
1977 They expect less but contribute more this happens in which phase? Self actualization
1978 Project organization is a ____________organization structure. Temporary
_________ is a voluntary organization formed to serve the members and the
1979 welfare of society. co-operative society
1980 In a tall organisation structure, the span of control is ___________ narrow
loans from commercial
1981 _______________ is a source of working capital. banks
1982 Tools, lubricants, cutting fluids are ___________. indirect materials
________ helps managers to have selective control and focus attention only
1983 on important items. ABC analysis
The ___ provides the information about when to order and how much to
1984 order. MRP
1985 In kaixen the role of an employee is __________ to participate
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q1.When was Indian factory Act Established?

a) 1943 b)1948 c)1953 d)1923
Answer:
Option : b)1948
Q2. When was Workman Compensation Act Established?
a)1948 b)1943 c)1953 d)1923
Answer:
Option : d)1923
Q3. When was Minimum wages Act Established?
a)1943 b)1948 c)1923 d)1953
Answer:
Option : b)1948
Q4.What are different causes of Accident?
a)Unsafe physical conditions b)Due to harmful substance c)Moving Objects d)All of the above
Answer:
Option : d)All of the above
Q5. Types of Accident?
a) Minor b) Serious c) Fatal d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q6. Causes of Accident are due to -------------?
a) Accident due to management b) Accident due to worker
c) Accident due to dangerous accident d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q7.Accident due to management are due to--------------------?

a) Carelessness towards worker b) Lack of maintenance of plant & machinery
c) Equipment for safety are not provided d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q8. Accidents due to worker are due to--------------------?
a) Taking shortcuts b) Lack adequate knowledge
c) Poor planning d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q9. Accident due to layout or design of working place are due to--------------------?
a) Uncomfortable working posture b) Oily or greasy floors
c) Improper Electrification d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above
Q10. An accident which is not due to natural disaster are due to--------------------?
a) Tsunami b) Storms c) Leakage of gas d) Heavy Rains
Answer:
Option : c) Leakage of gas
Q11. ------------------ is a person who have completed 18 years of age.
a) Adult b) Adolescent c) Child d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : a) Adult
Q12. ------------------- is a person who have completed 15 years of age but not 18 years of age.
a) Adult b) Adolescent c) Child d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : b) Adolescent

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q13.Child is person whose age is below ----------- years.

a) 25 b) 20 c) 15 d) 10
Answer:

Option : c) 15

Q14.Minor is person who have not completed --------- years of age.

a) 15 b) 18 c) 20 d) 2
Answer:

Option : b) 18

Q15.Which is not a provision in Indian Factory Act?

a) Health Provision b) Welfare Provision c) Minimum wages d) Safety Provision

Answer:

Option : c) Minimum wages

Q16.Health Provisions in Indian Factory Act Consist of---------------?

a) Cleanliness b) Ventilation b) Drinking water d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q17.Welfare Provisions in Indian Factory Act Consist of---------------?

a) Washing Facility b) Sitting Facility c) Canteen d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q18.Safety Provisions in Indian Factory Act does not consist of---------------?

a) Fencing of Machinery b) Precautions against Fire c) Lunch rooms d) Protection eyes

Answer:

Option : c) Lunch rooms

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 February 12, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER .4 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY & LEGISLATIVE ACTS

Q19. Workman Compensation Act consist of ----------------- Provisions of act.

a) Partial Disablement b) Total Disablement c) Amount of Compensation d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q20.Minimum Wages Act consist of ----------------- Provisions.

a) Fixing Minimum rate of wages b) Overtime

c) Claims & Penalties d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q1.What is Organization?
a) Formal Structure b) Coordinating Activities
c) People working together with common goal d) Shared Environment
Answer:
Option : c) People working together with common goal
Q2. What are Characteristics of Management?
a) Clear defined Objective b) Coordinating Activities with people
c) Shared Environment d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q3.What are different steps in forming organization?
a) Determining Objectives b) Designing strategy to achieve goal
c) Defining Roles & Responsibilities d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q4.What are different types of Organization?
a) Line Organization b) Line & Staff Organization
c)Functional Organization d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q5.---------------------- is simplest structure of Organization?
a) Line Organization b) Line & Staff Organization
c)Functional Organization d) Project Organization
Answer:
Option : a) Line Organization

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q6.Subordinate works under guidance of--------------------------?

a)Manager b)Engineer
c)Foreman d) Superior
Answer:
Option : d) Superior
Q7.Line organization is also called----------------?
a) Line & Staff Organization b)Scalar or Military Organization
c)Functional Organization d) Project Organization
Answer:
Option : a) Scalar or Military Organization
Q8. Advantages of Line organization?
a) Simple and Easy Structure b) No Confusion & High Discipline
c) Simple Division of Authority d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q9.Disadvantage of Line organization?
a) Lacks in Employee Specialization b) High skilled People are required
c) Not suitable for large organization d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q10.Line Staff organization is combination of------------------------------- departments
a) Line & Staff b) Line & Project
c) Functional d) Project & Functional
Answer:
Option : a) Line & Staff

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q11.Advantages of Line Staff organization?

a) Responsibilities are Fixed b) Division of work is easy
c) Low wastage due to high skilled employee d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q12.Disadvantages of Line Staff organization?
a) Discipline maintaining is difficult b) Confusion may arise structure
c) Requires more cost d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q13.Functional organization is specialized in-----------------?
a) Hierarchy of Organization b) Functions of Organization
b) Structure of Organization d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : b) Functions of Organization
Q14. Advantage of Functional organization?
a) Specialization can be done b) High Qualified people required
c) Cost of structure is more d) Better Quality of Products can be Produced
Answer:
Option : d) Better Quality of Products can be Produced
Q15.Line Organization is suitable?
a) Small Organizations b) Medium Organization
b)Large Organization d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : a) Small Organizations

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q16. Types of project Organizations?

a) Function based b) Matrix Based
c) Project based d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q17. Advantage of Project organization?
a) High Efficiency b) Greater Flexibility
c) Scope of work is limited d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above
Q18.Disadvantage of Project Organization?
a) Temporary structure b) Confusion may arise
c) Functions are complicated d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q19.Departmentation can be done based on------------------?
a) Process b) Product
d)Market or Customer d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q20.Advantages of Departmentation?
a) Accountability for profit or loss b) Evaluation of performance is easy
c) Better Controllability d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q21. Disadvantages of Departmentation?

a) Cost of Structure is more b) Applicable for Large organization
c) Large amount Manpower is essential d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q22.--------------------------------- enforces centralized control.
a)Decentralization b) Departmentation
c) Centralization d)None of the above
Answer:
Option : c) Centralization
Q23. Centralization------------- Span of control.
a) High b) Less
c) Moderate d) None
Answer:
Option : b) Less
Q24. Decentralization is ----------------------------?
a) Division of Authority b) Separation into Departments
c) Distribution of work d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q25.------------------------- has right to command?
a) Subordinate b) Superior
c)Authority d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : c)Authority

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 20, 2015 NOTES ON NO.3 ORGANISATIONAL MANAGEMENT

Q26.----------------------- is defined as number of subordinates who report to executive.

a) Responsibility b) Delegation
c) Span of Control d) Stability
Answer:
Option : c) Span of Control
Q27.------------------------means a capacity to tolerate losses because of key persons leaving organization.
a)Balance b) Stability
c)Flexibility d) Communication
Answer:
Option : b) Stability
Q28.Which is not a type of Communication?
a) Horizontal Communication b) Vertical Communication
c) Triangle Communication d) Upward Communication
Answer:
Option : c) Triangle Communication
Q29.What are Different forms of Ownership?
a) Partnership b) Joint Stock Companies
c) Cooperative Organization d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q30. Types of Joint stock companies?
a) Private Limited Joint stock company b) Public Limited Joint stock company
c) Both a & b d)None of the above
Answer:
Option : c) Both a & b

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 NOTES ON CHAPTER N0.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Ql.What is Management?

a) Channelizing b) Administration

c) Production cl) Getting work done from otners

Answer:

Option : d) Getting work done from others

Q2.What is process of Management?

a) Planning b) Organizing

c) Controlling d All of tile Al:>ove

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q3.Who is father of Scientific Management?

a)Henry Fayal ) F.W.TaY, or

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option: b) F.W.Taylor

Q4.Contributor to 14 principles of Management is ------------------?

a)Henry Fayal b) F.W.Taylor

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option : a)Henry Fayol

QS. Who is father of Modern Management?

a) F.W.Taylor b) Henry Fayal

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option: b) Henry Fayol

©Notes By E& TC Dept. at Dr. V. V.P.lnstitute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly)1 Pravarnagar Published 1111
@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 NOTES ON CHAPTER N0.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q6.What are different schools of Management?

a)Classical School b)Behavioral School

c) Universal process School

Answer:

Option : c} All of the above

Q7.The areas of Classical school are:

a) Scientific Management b) Administrative Management

c)Bureaucratic Management All of tlie Al:>ove

Answer:

Option : d}AII of the Above

Q8. Bureaucratic Management doesn't consist of------------------------?

a) Work specialization and division of labor b) Abstract rules and regulations

c) Impersonality of managers d) None of the above

Answer:

Option : d} None of the above

Q9.The Scientific Management consists of--------------------------?

a) Piece rate incentive system b) Time and motion study

c) Gantt scheduling chart d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d} All of the above

QlO.Who is not a Contributor to theory of Scientific Management?

a) Frederick Winslow Taylor b)Maslow

c) Lillian Gillbreth d)Frank Gillbreth

Answer:

Option : b}Maslow

©Notes By E& TC Dept. at Dr. V. V.P.lnstitute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly)1 Pravarnagar Published 1111
@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 NOTES ON CHAPTER N0.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Qll. In which theory 'Redesigning the work process to increase efficiency' is proposed.

a) Administrative Management

c) Bureaucratic Management d) Modern Management

Answer:

Option: b) Scientific Management

Ql2.Henry Fayal stated ---------------------- principles of management?

a) Remuneration b Order

c) Stability of tenure d) All of the Above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

QB.What is Administration?

a) Decision Making b) Policy Making

c) Controlling

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q14.Determination of Objectives and major policies of an organization is concerned with--------?

a) Management b) Organization

c) Administration d) None of the above

Answer:

Option : c) Administration

QlS. ------------------- is defined as set of steps to do the particular activity or activities in

systematic manner.

a) Organizing b) Decision Making

c) Planning d) Controlling

Answer:

Option : c) Planning

©Notes By E& TC Dept. at Dr. V. V.P.lnstitute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly)1 Pravarnagar Published 1111
@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
Q16.The process of establishing the orderly use of resources by assigning & coordinating tasks
is called as-----------------?

a) Decision Making

c) Planning c) Controlling

Answer:

Option: b) Organizing

Ql 7 .The management of interdependence in work situations is known as-----------------------?

a) Organizing b) Decision Making

c Coor inating c) Controlling

Answer:

Option : c) Coordinating

Q18.Communication, Leadership & Motivation are sub functions of-----------------?

a) Directing b) Decision Making

c) Coordinating d) Controlling

Answer:

Option : a) Directing

Ql 9. Functions of co ntro IIi ng a re-------------------------?

a) Establishing Standards b) Measuring Performance

c) Taking Corrective Actions d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q20.A process of solving the problem or finding out the new business opportunity is called as ?

a) Directing b) Decision Making

c) Coordinating d) Controlling

Answer:

Option: b) Decision Making

©Notes By E& TC Dept. at Dr. V. V.P.lnstitute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly)1 Pravarnagar Published 1111
@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 NOTES ON CHAPTER N0.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q21.A very few number people work at---------------- level.

a) Low level b) Middle Level

d) Tactical Level

Answer:

Option : c} Top Level

Q22. A very large number people work at-------------- level.

a [ow eve b) Middle Level

c) Strategic Level d) Tactical Level

Answer:

Option : a} Low level

Q23.Henry Fayal proposed ---------- number of principles.

a)lS

c)12 d)9

Answer:

Option : b}14

Q24. Types of decision based on levels of Management are-------------------?

a) Strategic Decisions b) Tactical Decisions

c) Operational Decisions d) All of the above

Answer:

Option : d} All of the above

Q25.Adams Smith found theory of--------------?

a) Job Analysis b) Job Description

c) Job Specialization d) Recruitment

Answer:

Option : c} Job Specialization

©Notes By E& TC Dept. at Dr. V. V.P.lnstitute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly)1 Pravarnagar Published 1111
@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 NOTES ON CHAPTER N0.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q26. 'Codify the new methods of performing tasks into written rules and standard operating
procedures' is principle proposed in--------------------.

a)Maslow's Theory

c) Administrative Management d) Contingency Theory

Answer:

Option : b)Scientific Management

Q27. Functions of top level Management is--------------------------?

a)Defining Goals b) Laying Strategies to achieve goal

c) Monitoring Progress

Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above.

Q28.Principle of Management to manage work effectively & efficiently was proposed by?

a)Hen [Y Fayal b) F.W.Taylor

c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt

Answer:

Option : a}Henry Fayol

Q29.Worker should receive order from one supervisor is called as-----------------?

a)Unity of Direction b) Unity of Command

c) Scalar Chain d)Equity

Answer:

Option : b) Unity of Command

Q30.Worker should be given assurance about Safety & Security is called as-----------------?

a)Staffing b)Stability of tenure

c) Authority d) Order

Answer:

Option : b)Stability of tenure

©Notes By E& TC Dept. at Dr. V. V.P.lnstitute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly)1 Pravarnagar Published 1111
@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Question Set:
Chapter 2: Management Process
Q.1 Schools of management are as follows:
a) The Classical School
b) The Behavioral school
c) The quantitative or management science school
d) All of the Above
Q.2 The area of Classical School are :
a) Scientific Management
b) Administrative Management
c) Bureaucratic Management
d) All of the Above.
Q.3 The great thought of motivating the workers or employees
for better results have come up from ______________of
management.
a) The Classical School
b) The Behavioral school
c) The quantitative or management science school
d) All of the Above
Q.4 The main areas of quantitative or management science
school are:
a) Management Science
b) Operations Management
c) Management information systems
d) All of the Above

Q.5 The Center point of ___________________is about appling

management principles and processes as per the unique
characteristics of situation.
a) The Contingency school
1 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.
Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

b) The behavioral school

c) The quantitative or management science school
d) The Systems School
Q.6 ___________is recruitment of right people at right place in
an organization.
a) Planning b) Organizing c)Staffing d) Controlling
Q.7 Levels of Management are :
a) Strategic Level
b) Tactical Level
c) Operational Level
d) All of the Above.
Q.8 On ________________ only few people working on lower level
are largest than___________.
a) Strategic Level
b) Tactical Level
c) Operational Level
d) All of the Above.
Q.9 The Functions of Top level Management are:
a) Defining goal of an organization or business.
b) Defining Mission and Vision
c) Making different long term policies for an organization
d) All of the Above.

Q.10 Top level includes people like:

a) Managing Directors(MD)
b) Chairman
c) Chief Executive Officers(CEO)
d) All of the Above.
Q.11 Employees get energized due to
a) Controlling
b) Planning
c) Motivation
d) Decision-Making

2 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.12 Which is the last need (higher) in Maslow‟s need

hierarchy?
a) Self-actualization needs
b) Social needs
c) Physiological needs
d) Safety needs
Q.13 “They expect less but contribute more”- This happens in
which phase?
a) Social needs
b) Self-actualization needs
c) Safety needs
d) Esteem needs
Q.14 How many needs are mentioned in Maslow‟s needs?
a) 3
b) 4
c) 5
d) 6
Q.15 Do the proper ascending sequence (down to up) of
Maslow‟s needs
1. Physiological needs
2. Security Needs
3. Love/affection needs
4. Social needs
5. Self-actualization needs
a) 1-2-3-4-5
b) 1-3-4-2-5
c) 1-4-3-2-5
d) 2-1-3-4-5
Q.16 Food, Water, Shelter are _____________needs.
a) Physiological
b) Esteem
c) Social
d) Safety

3 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.17 Which is the first need in Maslow‟s need hierarchy?

a) Physiological
b) Security
c) Social
d) Self-actualization
Q.18 Need-want-satisfaction chain is invented by
a) Fayol
b) Talor
c) Drucker
d) Maslow
Q.19 Which is not the technique for effective decision-making in
core company?
a) Linear Programming
b) Simulation
c) Outsourcing
d) Dynamic Programming
Q.20 Which of the following is the advantage of effective decision-
making
a) No Delays
b) Quick actions
c) No confusion
d) All are correct
Q.21 First step in Decision making is
a) Recognize the problem
b) Evaluation
c) Analysis
d) Finding out alternatives
Q.22 Control System having feedback is
a) Reverse System
b) Feedback Control
c) Open loop System
d) Closed loop System

4 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.23 Who is known as the father of scientific management?

a) Alfred Marshall
b) Mathew Boulton
c) F.W. Taylor
d) Henry Gantt
Q.24 Who is known as the father of modern management?\
a) Max Weber
b) Henry Fayol
c) Mary Follet
d) Henry Gantt
Q.25 Fredrick Taylor stressed on:
a) Selecting the right people for the right job
b) Division of labour
c) Unity of command
d) Unity of direction
Q.26 Fayol suggested that organisations can be subdivided into
____________main groups of activity.
a) 12
b) 4
c) 14
d) 6
Q.27 Who is credited with having developed the concept of a
priority or hierarchy of needs?
a) F. W. Taylor
b) Abraham Maslow
c) Max Weber
d) Mary Follet
Q.28 Arya Chanakya's Arthashastra written in the 3rd Century
BC provides guidelines for:
a) The policies of governance of a kingdom and people
Management
b) How to work

5 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

c) Utilization of the organization’s strength and the importance of

discipline.
d) The policies and objectives of an organization.

Q.29 In the early writings on management, The Art of War was

written by:
a) Arya Chanakya
b) Mark Twain
c) Sun Tzu
d) Adam Smith
Q.30 The breakdown of operation in a product‟s manufacturing
into small and repetitive tasks is recommended by:
a) Peter Drucker
b) James Watt
c) F.W.Taylor
d) Adam Smith
Q.31 Getting the things done from others is called as
a) Management
b) Adjustment
c) Organization
d) Direction
Q.32 Out of mentioned below, which is not the input of
management?
a) Human resources
b) Financial resources
c) Growth
d) Technology
Q.33 Out of mentioned below, which is not the output of
management?
a) Desired results
b) Goal Achievement
c) Technology
d) Status in Market

6 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.34 Following are mentioned few duties which is not the duty
of management?
a) To keep stability
b) To motivate staff
c) To reduce wastages
d) To do manufacturing
Q.35 When there is no management , then what will not happen?
a) Overlapping of duties
b) Wastages of resources
c) Poor functioning of executives
d) Mature work culture
Q.36 Mc Gregor has given his contribution in
a) Concept of bureaucracy
b) Motion study
c) Theory X and Theory Y
d) Time Study
Q.37 “Management is getting the things done by others” – is
said by
a) Henry Fayol
b) Drucker
c) Mery Parker
d) Fayoul
Q.38 Henry Fayol has given _________principles of
management.
a) 14
b) 12
c) 16
d) 13
Q.39 Following is not the principle of management
a) Initiative
b) Scalar Chain
c) Staffing
d) Responsibility
Q.40 Position, designation, seniority defines

7 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

a) Centralization
b) Authority
c) Initiative
d) Scalar chain
Q.41 Meaning of ____________is right to command.
a) Authority
b) Stability
c) Scalar chain
d) Initiative
Q.42 Which statement is wrong?
a) Authority is the power to act.
b) Authority cannot be delegated
c) Higher the post, Higher is the Authority
d) Authority is right to command.
Q.43 What is second side of coin of Authority?
a) Position
b) Power
c) Responsibility
d) Remuneration
Q.44 First step in planning is
a) Establish goals
b) Identify resources
c) Prioritize goals
d) Establish tasks
Q.45 Which is the next function after planning?
a) Scheduling
b) Organizing
c) Staffing
d) Decision-making
Q.46 „The assignment of each grouping to a manager with the
authority necessary supervise it‟ , is called as
a) Planning
b) Staffing
c) Organizing

8 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

d) Controlling
Q.47 Out of following, which is the first activity in organizing?
a) Assigning the activities to managers
b) Grouping the Organizing
c) Delegation of authority to managers
d) Identifying the activities
Q.48 Providing correct way of working is
a) Planning
b) Organizing
c) Directing
d) Controlling
Q.49 Which statement is wrong?
a) Directing is one time activity
b) Directing should not be autocratic
c) Directing needs good vision in leadership
d) Directing needs communication and motivation as supportive
functions.
Q.50 ____________is like a brake system in automobiles.
a) Directing
b) Planning
c) Controlling
d) Management
Q.51 Work on correct track with correct speed is possible by
a) Planning
b) Organizing
c) Directing
d) Controlling
Q.52 Techniques not used for control function are
a) CPM
b) PERT
c) Audit
d) Budget
Q.53 Out of following which is not the characteristic of
controlling?

9 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

a) It is a starting function
b) It needs at any time
c) It is flexible
d) It is dynamic in nature
Q.54 To motivate workers Taylor suggested
a) A differential piece rate method of payment
b) To pay more salary
c) To give less work
d) To provide festival bonus
Q.55 Gantt chart represents:
a) A critical activities in a project
b) Schedule of project
c) Predetermined duration and actual progress of activities
d) Details of design of a project
Q.56 Who developed a theory on Motion Study?
a) Taylor
b) James Watt
c) Gilbreth
d) Peter Drucker
Q.57 Authority hierarchy, rules and procedures and division of
roles and responsibilities to manage work are all features of:
a) Taylor’s principle of management
b) Fayol’s principle of management
c) General administrative theory .
d) Weber’s bureaucratic organization
Q.58 Mary Follett developed the theory of group dynamics for:
a) Revolution of conflict
b) Deciding wages
c) The communication process
d) Doing large scale tasks
Q.59 Possibly the most important pre-20th century influence on
management was:
a) Scientific Management
b) Middle Management

10 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

c) The industrial revolution

d) The division of labour
Q.60 Who is recognized as “The man who invented
management”?
a) F.W. Taylor
b) Elton Mayo
c) Peter F. Drucker
d) Henri Fayol
Q.61 Who is responsible for the actual operations of various
departments?
a) Top Management
b) Board of Directors
c) Middle Management
d) Frontline Management
Q.62 __________sets the vision and mission of the organization
a) Top Management
b) Middle Management
c) Frontline Management
d) Board of Directors
Q.63 The road objectives and policies are decided by:
a) Regional Manager
b) Marketing Manager
c) Supervisor
d) Chief Executive Officer
Q.64 When we classify managers according to their level in the
organization , they are described as:
a) Functional, staff and line managers
b) Top managers, Middle Managers and Supervisors
c) Higher level and lower level managers
d) General Managers and administrative managers
Q.65 Top level managers engage chiefly in __________planning
or long range planning.
a) Human Resource
b) Financial

11 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

c) Succession
d) Strategic
Q.66 “Analysis of causes of deviations” is a part of which
process?
a) Motivation
b) Teamwork
c) Controlling
d) Leadership

Q.67 Which of the following is not a basic function of the

management process?
a) Controlling
b) Organizing
c) Working
d) Leading
Q.68 ____________determines specific goals and lays down the
broad areas within which the goals are to be attained.
a) Organization
b) Management
c) Business
d) None of given above
Q.69 _____________is a communication that flows from a higher
level to lower level in the organization.
a) Horizontal communication
b) Upward Communication
c) Downward Communication
d) None of given above
Q.70 A___________is a long term goal.
a) Plan
b) Operation
c) Innovation
d) Vision
Q.71 ___________is the judgment of future.

12 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

a) Forecasting
b) Planning
c) Mission
d) Organizing
Q.72 _______________are an organization‟s objectives, and
_________ are the documented ways that organizations intend
to meet those objectives.
a) Standing plans, single-use plans
b) Stated goals ,real goals
c) Goals, plans
d) Specific plans, Directional Plans
Q.73 Getting work done with a minimum of effort, expense or
waste is the definition of:
a) Efficiency
b) Effectiveness
c) Productivity
d) Planning
Q.74 The planning process is used to prepare ________in an
organization.
a) Advancement
b) Technologies
c) Discoveries
d) Budgets
Q.75 ______________reduces uncertainty.
a) Negotiating
b) Planning
c) Organizing
d) Leading
Q.76 __________is proved to be a smart technique that allows
everybody to do the job as per their skills or specialization
a) Division of work
b) Authority and responsibility
c) Discipline
d) All of the above

13 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.77 _________results into better output in terms of work.

a) Division of work
b) Authority and responsibility
c) Discipline
d) All of the above
Q.78 ________is a right for giving orders and the power to
ensure obedience.
a) Division of work
b) Authority and responsibility
c) Discipline
d) All of the above
Q.79 _______ is given to a manager (supervisor) to get the work
done from his or her subordinates.
a) Division of work
b) Authority
c) Discipline
d) All of the above
Q.80 _______is important not only for the individual but for an
organization too.
a) Division of work
b) Authority
c) Discipline
d) All of the above
Q.81 ________ is a policy making function.
a) Production
b) Plan
c) Work
d) Administration
Q.82 Which Managers supervise and coordinate the activities of
operating employees?
a) Production Manager
b) Frontline Manager
c) Section Head
d) Operations Manager

14 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.83 Who is not a middle manager?

a) General Manager
b) Production Manager
c) Section Head
d) Marketing Manager
Q.84 ________does not belong to Henry Fayol‟s 14 principles of
management.
a) Standardization
b) Scalar chain
c) Authority
d) Discipline
Q.85 The process of inspiring the subordinates to put in their
best is known as
a) Motivation
b) Teamwork
c) Management
d) Leadership
Q.86 _________converts efforts into results.
a) Goal
b) Business Plan
c) Vision
d) Strategy
Q.87 Plans that apply to the entire organization, establish the
organization‟s overall objectives and seek to position the
organization in terms of its environment are called:
a) Tactical Plans
b) Strategic Plans
c) Single-use plans
d) Operational plans
Q.88 Which is not a type of communication?
a) Voice mails
b) Publications
c) Formal presentations
d) Listening

15 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.89 __________ is the process of getting activities completed

efficiently and effectively with and through other people.
a) Leading
b) Supervision
c) Controlling
d) Management
Q.90 __________ is the process by which an organization
decides what it will sell, to whom, when and how.
a) Strategic Management
b) Planning
c) Selling
d) Marketing
Q.91 The five management functions of planning, organizing,
commanding , coordinating and controlling were proposed by:
a) F.W. Taylor
b) Henry Ford
c) Chester Barnard
d) Henri Fayol
Q.92

16 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

Answers:
1.d 2.d 3.b 4.d 5. a 6.c
7.d 8.b 9.d 10.d 11. c 12.c
13.b 14.5 15. a 16.a 17.a 18.d
19.c 20.d 21.a 22.d 23.c 24.b
25.a 26.d 27.b 28.a 29.c 30.d
31.a 32.c 33.c 34.d 35.d 36.c
37.c 38.a 39.c 40.b 41.a 42.b
43.c 44.a 45.b 46.c 47.d 48.c
49.a 50.c 51.d 52.d 53.a 54.a
55.c 56.c 57.d 58.a 59.c 60.c
61.c 62.a 63.d 64.b 65.d 66.c
17 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.
Chapter 2: Management Process Subject : MANAGEMENT

67.c 68.d 69.c 70.d 71.a 72.c

73.a 74.d 75.b 76.a 77.a 78.b
79.b 80.c 81.d 82.b 83.a 84.a
85.a 86.b 87.b 88.d 89.d 90.d
91.d

18 Collected by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

 B.COM CBCS EXAMINATION 2018

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1.Which of the following is not a function of management?

a) planning
b) staffing
c) co-operation
d) controlling

2.Management is
a) an art
b) a science
c) both art and science
d) neither

3 .Policy formulation is the function of

a) top level management
b) middle level management
c) operational management
d) All of the above

4. Find the odd one out

a) board of directors
b) chief executive
c) foremen
d) shareholders

5.How are principles of management formed

a) In a laboratory
b) By experiences of management
c) By experiences of customers
d) By propagation of social scientists

6.Henry Fayol was a

a) Social scientists
b) Mining engineer
c) Accountant
d) Production engineer
7.Which of the following statement best described the principle of 'Division of
work '
a) work should be divided into small tasks
b) labour should be divided
c) resource should be divided among jobs
d) it leads to specialisation

8.Which of the following is Not a principle of management given by Taylor

a) Science, not rule of Thumb
b) Functional foremanship
c) Maximum ,not restricted output
d) Harmony not discord

9.The principals of management are significant because of

a) increase in efficiency
b) Initiative
c) optimum utilisation of resources
d) Adaptation of changing technology

10.Management should find ' One best way ' to perform a task. Which technique
of Scientific management is defined in this sentence
a) Time study
b) Motion study
c) Fatigue study
d) Method study

11.Which of the following best describe 'Mental revolution '

a) it implies change of attitude
b) the management workers should not play the game of one upmanship
c) both management and workers require each other
d) workers should be paid more wages

12.Observe the following management principles and pick the odd one out.
Justify your answer
a) unity of command
b) unity of direction
c) maximum output
d) equity

13. Which of the following is not the functional areas of management ?

a) Production Management
b) Marketing Management
c) Personnel Management
d) Information Management
14. Which of following is not among the levels of management ?
A) Top level management
B) Intermediate Level
C) Middle level management
D) Lower level management
15. Which scholar's definition on management is " Management is the art of
getting things done through and with people in formally organised groups". ?
A) Harold Koontz B) J.N. Schulze
C) S. George D) Henry Fayol
16. __________ is the decision making body of an organization ?
A) Decentralisation
B) Administration
C) Functional organisation
D) Leadership
17.Which among the following is not a nature of Management principles ?
A) Rigid B) Universal
C) Relative D) Human nature

18. Who is known as 'the Father of Modern Theory of Management' ?

A) Harold Koontz.
B) Henry Fayol
C) F.W. Taylor
D) Max Weber
19. Which of the following is not a Management Principle ?
A) Order B) Discipline
C) Equity D) Cooperation
20. Which of the following is not a function of management ?
A) Planning B) profit earning
B) Staffing D) Budgeting
21.Which among the following is not a subsidiary function of management?
A) Decision making B) Innovation
C) Communication D) Motivation
22. Who is known as the father of scientific management?
A) F.W. Taylor B) Max Weber C) Henry Fayol D) S.George
23.management is need at ............
(a) Top level (b) Middle level (c) lower level (d) all levels

24.Top management is concerned with .................

(a) carrying suggestions upwards
(b) maintaining liaison with the outside world
(C) transmitting orders downwards
(d)none of these

25.management is called a process because............

(a) it is applicable to the manufacturing process
(b) it is relevant for social organisation
(c) it involves a series of action
(d) All of above

26.Administration is............
(a) policy making
(b) Active direction to get things done
(c) executing the policy
(d) None of these
27.management is .............
(a) tangible (b)intangible
(c) fictitious (d) All of the above
28.middle management..........
(a) consists of departmental managers
(b) motivates lower management
(c) Both a&b
(d) None of these
29.Top management consists of ......
(a financial managers
(b) sales manager
(c) personnel manager
(d)Board of Directors and chief executives
30.co-ordination means..............
(a) organising activities
(b) Directing activities
(c) synchronizing activities
(d)both a&b
31.Administration is an activities at...............
(a) lower level (b) Middle level
(c)Higher level (d) both a&b
32.The essence of management
is ...............
(a) co-ordination (b) planning (c)organising (d) Directing
33.which of the following is not true?
(a) management is a social process
(b) management is universal
(c) management is an art
(d) management is always bureaucratic
34. .............. is defined as the functions of getting things done through people.
(a) management (b) science (c)art (d) both a&b
35.management is............ function
(a) dynamic (b) controlling (c)directing (c) planning
36.Administration is a ........function
(a) management (b) planning (c)directing (d) All of the above
37.The term hierarchy implies.........
(a) departmentalisation
(b) a definite ranking order
(c) specialisation
(d) None of these
38.The main aim of Taylor was to.................
(a) improve labour relations
(b) improve productivity
(c) To attempt a general theory of management
(d) None of these
39.method study is ..................
(a) preliminary survey of production
Process
(b) study of the movement of a work
(c) study of operational efficiency
(d) All of the above
40.Henry fayol is well known...........
(a) As the father of scientific management
(b) for formulating general principles of management
(c) for promoting trade unionism
(d) None of these
41.unity of command implies
(a) A subordinate should receive orders from all the superiors
(b) individuals must sacrifice in the larger interest
(c) be accountable to one and only one superior
(d) None of these
42.purpose of time study is ...........
(a) to remove wastage of time
(b) to give timely assistance
(c) to determine fair days work
(d) watching time
43.The scientific technique of task setting is known as ......................
(a)work study (b)motion study (c)time study (d) method study
44.scientific analysis of work under scientific management requires......
(a) time study (b) motion study
(C)Both a&b (d) work study
45.Authority refers to ..................
(a)Getting work done
(b)right to get work done
(c)being in a managerial position
(d)scalar chain
46. Which among the following involves in planning process?
A) Selection of objective B) determine the way to achieve objective
C) both A and B D) None of the above
47.Which among the following is a single use plan?
A) Objectives B) Policies
C) Rules D) Budget
48. _______________ is a time table of work ?
A) Budget B) Project
C) Programmes D) Schedules

49.Which among the following is not an element of co-ordination

a) integration
b) balancing
c) proper timing
d) directing
50.Find the odd one out
a) goals
b) objective
c) polices
d) motivation

51.Buget is an instrument of
a) planning only
b) control only
c) both planning and control
d) none of these
52. .................... are the prescribe guidelines for conducting an action
a) Rules
b) Method
c) Budget
d) policy
53.The purpose and the aim for which the organisation is set up and operate is
called
a) objective
b) strategy
c) policy
d) procedure
54.Planning process begans with
a) setting objectives
b) identity alternatives
c) developing planning premise
d) selecting alternatives
55.It is a function of management which refers to the process of integrating the
activities of different units of organisation to achieve the organisation goals.
This is called
a) Actuating
b) controlling
c) co-ordination
d) planning
56.planning is
a) forward looking
b) backward looking
c) both forward and backward looking
d) none of the above
57.Management by objective is
a) goal oriented
b) work oriented
c) none of the above

58. What is the full form of MBO?

A) Management By Opportunity
B) Method By opportunity
C) Management By Objectives
D) Method By Objective
59. Which of the following is not said to be a feature of coordination?
 A) Managerial responsibility
B) provides different functions
C) Relevant of group efforts
D) Not a separate function

60.Planning is ...........
(a) pervasive (b) futuristic
(c) continues (d)All of these
61.planning involves................
(a) future course of action
(b) review of past performance
(c) analysis of policies
(d) All of these
62.planning provides .............
(a) information to outsiders
(b) basis for recruitment and selections
(c) purpose and direction of all persons
(d) None of these
63.operational planning is undertaken at.................
(a) Top level (b) lower level (c) middle level (d) All of these
64. .................... are guides to action
(a) strategy (b)planning
(c) policies (d) procedure
65. .............. as a special type of plan prepared for meeting the challenges of
competitors and other environmental forces.
(a) policies (b) objectives (c)strategy (d) procedure
66. ............... are goals established to guide the efforts of the company and each
of its components
(a) objectives (b) strategy (c) policies (d) procedure
67. .............. is also known as management by result
(a) management by subordinate
(b) management by objectives
(c) management by art
(d) management by planning
68. ........... co-ordination refers to the description of the behaviour and
relationships of the organisation
(a) vertical (b)Horizontal
(c) procedural (d) substantive
69. ............. is a systematic way of handling regular events
(a) procedure (b) rules
(c) policies (d) strategy

70 Which among the following is not the principles of organisation?

A) Unity of objectives B)Specialisation
C) Span of control D) Initiative
71.Which among the following is not a type or forms of organisation?
A) Formal Organisation B) Project organisation
C) Committee organisation D) Line organisation

72. In a line Organisation which among the following will not work directly
under the general manager?
A) Sales Manager. B) Foreman
C) Works manager D) Personnel manager
73.Which scholar introduced the functional type of organisation?
A) F.W. Taylor B) Chester Bernard
C) Allen D) Max Weber
74.Which of the following statement is true?
A) there is scope for specialisation in line Organisation
B) it is difficult to fix responsibility in line Organisation
C) the line of authority in line Organisation is vertical
D) line Organisation is only suitable for large-scale operation
75.Whose definition on authority is , "Authority is the right to give Orders and
power to exact obedience". ?
A) Henry Fayol B) Allen
C) Simon D) S. George
76.Which of the following is right about authority?
A) authority is informal. B) not to achieve organisational goal
C) there is existence of right. D) cannot be delegated

77.Which among the following is not a feature of accountability ?

A) can be delegated. B) always upward
C) unitary. D) should be specific standards
78.Which among the following is not a principle of delegation?
A) Functional Definition B)Unity of command
C) Remuneration D) Authority level principle
79. Which among the following is considered as a reluctance on the path of
subordinates in delegation?
A) Perfectionism B) Fear of criticism
C) Autocratic attitude. D) Absence of control
80. Which among the following is a factor determining centralisation?
A) Integration B) Desire for independence
 C) Availability of managers. D) Control techniques

81.organising is ...................
(a) A remedy for all types of problems
(b) ensure accurate forecasting
(c) None of these
(d) All of these
82. Organising process involves .......
(a) division of work
(b) grouping of identical work
(c) All of these
(d) None of these
83. Formal organisation is ................
(a) created by management
(b) A result of social interaction
(c) To satisfy cultural needs
(d) None of these
84.organising deals with..............
(a) division of work
(b) decentralising activities
(c) centralisation activities
(d) All of these
85.The process of organising consists of .........................
(a) division of work into job
(b) establishing authority relationships
(c) Both a&b
(d) None of these
86. Authority refers to ..................
(a) Getting work done
(b) right to get work done
(c) being in a management position
(d) None of these
87.principles of specialisation requires...............
(a) Division of labour
(b) centralisation of work
(c) decentralisation of work
(d) None of these
88.Delegation is .............
(a) Getting things done by others
(b) fixing of responsibility
(c) Assigning the task
(d) unity of command
89. Accountability means ........
(a) Delegation (b) responsibility
(c) Authority (d) Answerability
90. Which of the following is not an element of delegation
a) accountability
b) authority
c) responsibility
d) informal organisation
91.centralisation refers to
a) retention of decision making authority
b) dispersal of decision making authority
c) creating divisions as profit centres
d) opening new centres of branches
92.Span of management refers to
a) number of managers
b) length of term for which a manager is appointed
c) number of subordinate under a superior
d) number of members in top management
93.A network of social relationship that arise spontaneously due to the
interaction at work is called
a) formal organisation
b) informal organisation
c) Decentralisation
d) delegation
94.Which of the following does not follow the scalar chain
a) Functional structure
b) Divisional structure
c) Formal organisation
d) Informal organisation
95.For delegation to be effective it is essential that responsibility be
accompanied with necessary
a) authority
b) manpower
c) incentives
d) promotion
96.The form of organisation known for giving rise to rumours is called
a) centralised organisation
b) functional organisation
c) decentralised organisation
d)informal organisation
97. Groping of activities on the basis of products line is a part of
a) delegated organisations
b) divisional organisations
c) functional organisation
d) autonomous organisation
98.Identification and groping of activities to be undertaken and assigning them
of different departments is
a) planning
b) directing
c) organising
d) co-ordinating
99.Find out the odd
a) well defined structure
b) official line communication
c) well planned relation
d) social interaction
100. The right to give orders and power to obedient is
a) Responsibility
b) Accountability
c) Authority
d) Delegation
101. The process of sharing authority by superior to subordinate is
a) Delegation
b) Accountability
c)Centralisation
d) Responsibility
102..Line organisation is also called
a) military organisation
b) functional organisation
c) line and staff organisation
d) project organisation
103.The fame work within which managerial and operating tasks are performed
is called
a) staffing
b) organisation structure
c) job design
d) departmentation
104....................... is the obligation of a subordinate to properly perform the
assigned duty
a) authority
b) responsibility
c) accountability
d) decentralisation
105.Identity the odd one from the following
a) Notice
b) memos
c) orders
d) complains
106..First step in organizing is
a) establishing authority relationship
b) co-ordination of activities
c) groping of jobs into departmentation
d) division of work
107..Which among the following is true for formal organisation
a) it is not clear
b) to satisfy the members
c) importance to persons and feelings
d) to fulfill the firm's goal
108.. ________________ is the managerial function of guiding nursing and
reading people to the attainment of objectives?
A) Controlling B) Direction
C) Planning D) Organising
109. Which among the following is not an element of direction?
A) Supervision B) organising
C) Motivation D) Leadership
110. Which among the following statement relating to leadership is false?
A) leadership is a process of influence
B) leadership is goal oriented
C) leadership is bossism
D) a leader must have followers
111. Which type of leader allow complete delegation of authority ?
A) Creative leaders B) Persuasive leaders
C) Laissez faire leaders D) Intellectual leaders
112. Which among the following is not a quality for a leader?
A) Charming personality B) Ability to take decision
C) Communication skill D) Lazy attitude
113.Under which style of leadership the leader completely delegate the
authority to the subordinates ?
A) Free rein leadership
B) Paternalistic leadership
C) Participative leadership
D) Authoritarian leadership
114. Which among the following is not a style of grid in the managerial grid by
Blake and Mouton ?
A) Task management.
B) Innovation management
C) Middle road
D) Country club
115. Which leadership Theory suggest that "leaders are born not made" ?
A) Trait theory B) Situational theory
C) Great man theory D)Behavioural theory
116. Which among the following is a characteristics of motivation?
A) Internal feeling B) Simple process
C) One time process. D) Not a goal oriented process
117. Which among the following is not in the 5 types of needs proposed by
maslow?
A) Psychological needs B) Social needs
C) Esteem needs D) Safety needs
118. Which theory explains that there are two separate factors influence
motivation?
A) Adam's Equity theory. B) Maslow's need hierarchy theory
C) Herzberg's hygiene theory. D) McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y
119. Which among the following is not a type of budget?
A) Materials budget B) Information budget
C) Production budget D) Cash budget
120. ________________ is the point at which there is no profit or no loss ?
A) Maximum profit point B) Minimum loss point
C) Break even point. D) Break down point

121.The heart of management is

a) planning
b) organising
c) directing
d) controlling

122. Which among the following is not an element of direction

a) motivation
b) communication
c) delegation
d) supervision

123..The motivation theory which classifies need in hierarchical order is

developed by
a) Fred Luthans
b) Scott
c) Abraham Maslow
d) Peter. F. Drucker

124.Which of the following is a financial incentive

a) promotion
b) stock incentive
c) job security
d) employees participation

125..Which of the following is not an element of communication

a) Decoding
b) communication
c) channel
d) receiver

126.Grapevine is
a) formal communication
b) barrier communication
c) lateral communication
d) informal communication
127. The highest level need in the need hierarchy of Abraham Maslow
a) safety needs
b) belongingness need
c) self actualisation need
d) prestige need

128..Ability of a leader to look things from others point of view is

a) Empathy
b) Sympathy
c) Responsibility
d) Apathy

128.Find the odd one out

a) supervision
b) leadership
c) co-ordination
d) communication

129.Leadership style which takes decisions with subordinate is

a) Democratic leadership
b) autocratic leadership
c) Laissez -faire leadership
d) paternalistic leadership

130. An efficient control system helps to

a) accomplished organisational objectives
b) boosts employees morale
c) judges accurancy of standards
d) all of the above

131..Controlling function of management is

a) forward looking
b) backward looking
c) forward as well as backward looking
d) none of these

132.Management audit is a technique to keep a check on the performance of

a) company
b) management of the company
c) shareholders
d) customers

133.Budgetary control requires the preparation of

a) training schedule
b) budget
c) network diagram
d) responsibility centres

134. Who introduced quality circle in its present form in 1962?

A) Edwin Flippo B) Dr. Ishikawa
C) F.W. Taylor D) Edward Demin
135. The employee problem solving group to improve product quality is known
as __________ ?
A) Quality group B) Quantity circle
C) Quality circle D) Group circle
136.The senior official responsible for facilitating and guiding Q.C activities in
his area is known as ___________ ?
A) Leader B) Facilitator
C) Follower D) Member
137.What is the full form of TQM ?
A) Total quality measurement
B) Total quantity management
C) Typical quality management
D) Total quality management
138. Which among the following is not a technique of TQM ?

A) Re-engineering
B) Quality measurement
C) Bench marking
D) Empowerment
139.___________ is known as rethinking and redesigning of the core business
process ?
A) Quality circle
 B) Bench marking
C) Business process reengineering
D) Empowerment

140.Which among the following is not an element of Kaizen ?

A) Individual work
B) Quality circle
C) Personal discipline
D) improved morale
141. Which among the following is not an area of Kaizen activity ?
A) Quality B) Cost
C) Data handling. D) Delivery

142.Well governing group of workers who voluntarily meet regularly is

a) Quality Circle
b) Total Quality Management
c) Six sigma
d) Kaizen

143..Defects free product creats by

a) kaizen
b) six sigma
c) Quality circle
d) Total quality management

143.The fundamental rethinking and radical design of business process

a) business process reengineering
b) six sigma
c) quality quality
d) total quality management

144.Total quality management focus on

a) customer satisfaction
b) profit maximization
c) improve efficiency
d) none of the above

145.The employees who take up six sigma implementation are called

a) champions
b) green belts
c) master black belts
d) black belts

146............... is a voluntary group of persons having a common cause.

(a) quality circle

(b) co-ordination
(c) co-oco-operation
(d) None of these
147.Expand TQM
(a) Total Quality Management
(b) Total Quantity Management
(c) Total Quality Method
(d) Total Quality mythology
148........... is fundamental rethinking and redesign of business
(a) Business process outsourcing
(b) Business process Reengineering
(c) quality circle
(d) None of these
149............... is a set of techniques and tools for improving the capability of
business process
(a) Quality circle
(b) six sigma
(c) management
(d) All of these
150.Expand CTQ
(a) critical To Quality
(b) continue To Quantity
(c) control To Quality
(d) critical To Quantity
151.According to empirical approach , management is a ----------
(a) study of experience of managers
(b) Decision making
(c) A system of logical process
(d) Depends upon the relationship among people.
152.Management by Objectives concept was developed by -------
(a)Peter.F.Drucker
(b) Fayol
(c) Chester Bernard
(d) None
153.MBO offers the basis for assessing the -----------------
(a) Techniques
(b) performance
(c) Authority
(d) subject
154. The principle of management by exception is to relieve top level executive
from ---------
(a) perfprmance
(b) production
(c) Routine matters
(d) None
155.The line of authority from the chief executives to the lowest level of
organisation is called-----
(a) Unity of command
 (b) Unity of direction
(c) Scalar Chain
(d) Order
156. Code of conduct is an example of -------
(a) Controllable premise
(b) Semi-controllable
(c) Uncontrollable
(d) None of the above.
157. A small programme is called ------
(a) Schedule
(b) Project
(c) Budget
(d) None
158. Guide post of managerial action is ------
(a) Rule
(b) Policy
(c) Programme
(d) Strategy.
159.Policies are ------
(a) Short-range plan
(b) Medium –term plan
(c) Long –range plan
(d) All
160.A sequence of activities to implement the policy is ---
(a) Programme
(b) Budget
(c) Plan
 (d) Procedure
161.Planning is --------------process
(a) directing
(b) thinking
(c) forecasting
(d) none of these
162. Lower level management is concerned with the tactical administrative
plans which are -----------
(a) long range plans
(b) short range plans
(c) medium range plans
(d) none of these
163.Policies are flexible where as procedure are --------
(a) specific
(b) detailed
(c) Rigid
(d) All
164.-----------is described as interpretative planning
(a) Procedure
(b) Strategy
(c) Policies
(d) none of the above.
165.--------------indicates the exact manner in which the integrated serious of
activities will have to be performed.
(a) Procedures
(b) Planning
(c) Organising
(d) staffing
166.Organisational decisions are made by ------
(a) Directors
(b) Managers
(c) Managing directors
(d) None of these
167.Organisation means a formalised intentional structure of ------
(a) Roles
(b) Rooms
(c) Routes
(d) None
168. A proper organisation avoids duplication of ----------
(a) Action
(b) Activities
(c) Assets
(d) None
169. Power is the ability to do ----
(a) something
(b) anything
(c) order
(d) none
170.Authority and responsibility should be --------
(a) Equal
(b) Not equal
(c) effective
(d) none
171.Authority is the right to give ---------
(a) Powers
 (b) Order
(c)Responsibility
(d) None
172.Responsibility is an obligation to carry out certain ------
(a) Tasks
(b) Talks
(c) Tastes
(d) None
173.Operational authority is to carrying out the ------
(a) Wards
(b) Work
(c) Supervisor
(d) None
174.Authority flowing from top to bottom is called -----
(a) Formal authority.
(b) Informal authority
(c) Both
(d) None.
175.The number of subordinates that a manager can manage is called-----
(a) Delegation
(b) Span of Management
(c) Development
(d) None.
176.The staff are experts who provide advice to ----
(a) Workers
(b) Line workers
(c) Line officers
 (d) None.
177.Functional authority ensures ---
(a) Co-Ordination
(b) Control
(c) Better division of labour
(d) None.
178.Aptitude test consists of -----
(a) Attitude test
(b) Intelligent test
(c) Interest test
(d) All
179.Shifting a trainee fromone job to another is known as ---------
(a) Job rotation
(b) Job playing
(c) Programmed learning
(d) None of these.
180.Performance appraisal serves as a basis for ---------
(a) Training
(b) Promotion
(c) performance
(d) staffing
181.-------- is concerned with developing the employees in the present job.
(a) Man power planning
(b) On-the –job-training
(c) Job Description
(d) None of these.
182. The supervisor motivate the subordinates in -----
 (a) Consultative direction
(b) Free rein direction
(c) Autocratic direction
(d) All
183.Direction is known as ------
(a) Command
(b) Supervision
(c) Communication
(d) none
184. Direction has the following functions-------
(a) Supervision
(b) Motivation
(c) Communication
(d) All
185.Telling people what to do is ---
(a) Directing
(b) Motivating
(c) Supervision
(d) None
186. Effective control depends on ----
(a) Organisation structure
(b) proper direction
(c) Flow of communication
(d) All
187.Control is the function of -----
(a) Top level management
(b) Lower level management
 (c) All managers
(d) None
188. Effective control depends on ------
(a) Organisation structure
(b) proper direction
(c) Flow of communication
(d) All
189. The requirement of Effective control system is ------
(a) Flexible
(b) Objective
(c) Suitable
(d) All
190.CPM emphasis –
(a) Time
(b) Cost
(c) cost as well as time
(d) None
191.BEP is a function of ----
(a) sales volume
(b) cost
(c) profit
(d) sales volume, cost and profit
192.The heart of management is ----
(a) planning
(b) organisation
(c) controlling
(d) coordinating
193.The process of MBO starts with -----
(a) setting up of obligation
(b) Fetron plan
(c) Review
(d) All
194.Management is a -----
(a) profession
(b) principles
(c) performance
(d) None
195.Management is a -----Activity
(a) single
(b) group
(c) both group and single
(d) None
196. Management applies to ----
(a) Business unit
(b) Family
(c) government
(d) All
197.A manager needs three skills such as technical, human and ---
(a) Conceptual
(b) Process
(c) Accuracy
(d) None
198.Management is a wider concept than administration according to---
(a) Oliver Sheltom
 (b) Fayol
(c) Hernold Koontz
(d) William Newman
199.MBO was developed by ----
(a) Peter.F.Drucker
(b) Chester Bernard
(c) Fayol
(d) None
200.MBO offers the basis for assessing the ---
(a) operations
(b) performance
(c)equality
(d) None these

ANSWER KEY

1 C 51 C 101 A 151 A
2 C 52 D 102 A 152 A
3 A 53 A 103 B 153 B
4 C 54 A 104 B 154 C
5 B 55 C 105 D 155 C
6 B 56 C 106 D 156 A
7 D 57 A 107 D 157 B
8 B 58 C 108 B 158 A
9 D 59 B 109 B 159 D
10 D 60 D 110 C 160 A
11 A 61 A 111 C 161 B
12 C 62 C 112 D 162 B
13 D 63 B 113 D 163 C
14 B 64 C 114 B 164 B
15 A 65 C 115 C 165 A
16 B 66 A 116 A 166 B
17 A 67 B 117 A 167 A
18 B 68 C 118 C 168 B
19 D 69 A 119 B 169 A
20 B 70 D 120 C 170 A
21 D 71 A 121 C 171 B
22 A 72 B 122 C 172 A
23 D 73 A 123 C 173 B
24 C 74 C 124 B 174 A
25 C 75 A 125 B 175 B
26 A 76 C 126 D 176 C
27 B 77 A 127 C 177 C
28 C 78 C 128 A 178 D
29 D 79 B 129 C 179 A
30 C 80 A 130 D 180 B
31 C 81 C 131 C 181 B
32 A 82 C 132 B 182 B
33 D 83 A 133 B 183 B
34 A 84 A 134 B 184 D
35 A 85 C 135 C 185 A
36 A 86 C 136 B 186 D
37 B 87 A 137 D 187 C
38 B 88 C 138 B 188 D
39 A 89 D 139 C 189 D
40 A 90 D 140 A 190 C
41 C 91 A 141 D 191 D
42 C 92 C 142 A 192 D
43 C 93 B 143 B 193 A
44 C 94 D 144 A 194 A
45 B 95 A 145 B 195 B
46 C 96 D 146 A 196 D
47 D 97 B 147 A 197 A
48 D 98 C 148 B 198 B
49 D 99 D 149 B 199 A
50 D 100 C 150 A 200 B
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

1. Who is a person who advanced early scientific management principles?

(a) Weber
(b) Taylor
(c) Vest
(d) Fayol

2. A reporting relationship in which an employee receives orders from, and reports to, only one
supervisor is known as:
(a) Line of authority.
(b) Centralization.
(c) Unity of direction.
(d) Unity of command.

3. Which worked on administrative management theory:

I. Fayol
II. Parker
III. Weber
(a) I and III
(b) II and III
(c) none of these worked on administrative management theory
(d) I, II, and III

4. ________ is the study of how to create an organizational structure that leads to high efficiency
and effectiveness.
(a) Scientific management
(b) Job specialization
(c) Administrative management
(d) Allocation management

5. _______ is the singleness of purpose that makes possible the creation of one plan of action
to guide managers in resource allocations.
(a) Unity of direction
(b) Unity of command
(c) Unity of authority
(d) Unity of resources

6. Which is an organizational - environmental theory?

I. The open-systems view
II. Contingency theory
III. The Theory of Bureaucracy
IV. Theory Z
(a) I and II
(b) I, III, and IV
(c) II, III, and IV
(d) I, II, and III

7. Theory __ is based on positive assumptions about workers.

(a) Z
(b) X
(c) Y
(d) C

8. The _______ theory states a manager's choice of organizational structures and control systems
depends on characteristics of the external environment.
(a) Mechanistic
(b) Management science
(c) Organic
(d) Contingency

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 1
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

9. Which is not one of Fayol's principles:

(a) Authority and responsibility
(b) Line of authority
(c) Globalization
(d) Unity of command

10. Which is not a management science theory:

(a) Operations Management
(b) TQM
(c) MIS
(d) None of these

11. Theory __ states that the average employee is lazy and will try to do as little as possible.
(a) X
(b) Y
(c) Z
(d) None

12. In recent history, workers have felt that they should be empowered in the workplace. This is
an example of
(a) social influences
(b) political influences
(c) technological influences
(d) global influences

13. Scientific management, administrative management, and bureaucratic management belong to

the management viewpoint known as the
(a) classical perspective
(b) behavioral perspective
(c) quantitative perspective
(d) systems perspective

14. The theorist that advocated standard methodology for doing a task and suggested
that workers were motivated by pay according to output (piecework) is
(a) Elton Mayo
(b) Max Weber
(c) Frederick Taylor
(d) Henri Fayol

15. As a Theory Y manager, you believe that your employees

(a) dislike work and will avoid it if possible.
(b) need a hierarchy of authority and lots of rules and regulations.
(c) should be trained to standard methodology in all their tasks.
(d) are self-motivated and self-directed toward achieving organizational goals.

16. What does the case, ‘Scientific management in action’ illustrate?

(a) Scientific management theory is an outdated management theory.
(b) Managers should apply classical management theory to their everyday work if they want to be
more effective.
(c) A traditional approach to management can be successfully applied to the problems of a modern
organisation.
(d) Quality usually suffers as productivity increases.

17. According to Frederick Taylor, who was to blame for the inefficiency in organisations?
(a) The unions.
(b) The managers.
(c) The organisation as a whole.
(d) The workers

18. Which of these was not an integral part of scientific management?

(a) Differential pay rates.
(b) Worker control of production.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 2
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Systematic selection of workers.

(d) Work specialisation

19. Which of the following is not a valid criticism of scientific management theory?
(a) Increases in pay for workers were not proportional to increases in productivity.
(b) Worker discretion over the execution of the task was reduced.
(c) Jobs became too complex for workers to handle.
(d) Fear of redundancy was increased.

20. Which of the following is not a fundamental characteristics of Bureaucratic Management?

(a) Specialisation of labour
(b) Well defined hierarchy
(c) Striving to be a ‘first-class worker’
(d) Formal rules and regulations.

21. Which of these statements concerning Weber’s concept of Bureaucracy is not correct?
(a) It is based on rules and procedures rather than personal preference and judgement.
(b) It is still a relevant concept in today’s organisation.
(c) It has acquired a negative reputation for inefficiency and rigidity.
(d) It rejects rational approaches to managing organizations

22. Which of the following was an early key management idea, pre-dating the work of Frederick Taylor
and Max Weber?
(a) Differential pay rates.
(b) Rule-by-the-office.
(c) Work specialisation.
(d) Classical management theory.

23. Which of the following was the key aim of scientific management?
(a) To increase worker control of production.
(b) To increase productivity.
(c) To decrease absenteeism.
(d) To develop time-and-motion studies.

24. Which of the following is NOT a key concept associated with scientific management?
(a) One best way.
(b) Formalisation.
(c) Time-and-motion studies.
(d) Systematic selection.

25. Contingency theory suggests which of the following as a limitation of classical management
theory?
(a) Management approaches need to take into account the informal social life of workers at work.
(b) Management approaches need to take into account complexity and instability in the environment.
(c) Everything is contingent upon the workers in an organisation.
(d) Management practices need to recognise stability in the environment.

26. Which of the following is NOT true of scientific management?

(a) It gave rise to the modern operations research.
(b) It raises questions as to how rewards from increased productivity should be distributed.
(c) It is outdated as a theory as it cannot be applied to today’s modern organisations.
(d) Managers are chosen for their intellectual ability and rationality.

27. Which of the following does NOT describe a problem with scientific management?
(a) Productivity increases may not be reflected in workers’ pay.
(b) It is better suited to complex jobs.
(c) Improvement is not necessarily maintainable.
(d) It is better suited to simple jobs.

28. Scientific management gave rise to which of the following modern disciplines?
(a) Theory Y.
(b) Behavioural science.
(c) Socio-technical systems.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 3
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Operations research.

29. Which of the following men’s writings are associated with bureaucracy?
(a) Max Weber.
(b) Henri Fayol.
(c) Frederick Taylor.
(d) Douglas McGregor.

30. According to Fayol’s 14 principles of management, ‘esprit de corps’ refers to which of the
following?
(a) Being treated fairly and kindly.
(b) Spirit of the corporation.
(c) Team work and harmony.
(d) Spirit of work.

31. Which of the following images best captures how classical management views the organisation?
(a) As an organism.
(b) As a human being.
(c) As a machine.
(d) As a wheel in an engine.

32. Which of the following is the ‘odd one out’?

(a) Management science.
(b) Management accounting.
(c) Operations management.
(d) Systems management.

33. In general, Theory Y and Theory X belong to which of the following perspectives?
(a) Socio-political.
(b) Bureaucratic.
(c) Cultural.
(d) None of these.

34. Which of the following is NOT part of the mix of behavioural sciences informing organisation
behaviours?
(a) Social psychology.
(b) Organisational theory.
(c) Systems theory.
(d) Psychology.

35. The behavioural science approaches add which of the following emphases to management?
(a) The study of people who satisfy social needs at work and how informal as well as formal
organisation affects behaviour.
(b) Management as a science and developing techniques to control behaviour.
(c) The scientific study of human behaviour and developing behavioural techniques.
(d) None of these.

36.
ystems theory takes into account which of the following?
(a) The whole system of anything.
(b) Every system involving humans.
(c) Socio-technical systems.
(d) Open systems.

37.
hich of the following phrases is closely connected to contingency theory?
(a) No one best way.
(b) Today’s ideas are tomorrow’s history.
(c) One best way.
(d) Universal ideas of good management.

38. Which of the following is not a way of overcoming resistance to change?

(a) Incentives

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 4
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Bullying and harassing people

(c) Education and communication
(d) Coercion

39. Which of the following is the reason for resistance to change?

(a) Obsolecense of skills
(b) Fear of economic loss
(c) Fear of unknown
(d) All of the above.

40. Changes which take place gradually without any resistance are
(a) Evolutionary
(b) Revolutionery
(c) Planned
(d) Unplanned.

41. Which of the following is true with people with a Type A personality?
(a) They are generally content with their place in the world.
(b) They generally fell little need to discuss their achievements
(c) They are easy going and relaxed and that’s why take no tension of work.
(d) They have an intense desire to achieve and are extremely competitive

42. The difference between a company’s mission statement and the concept of strategic vision is
that
(a) The mission statement lays out the desire to make a profit, whereas the strategic vision addresses
what strategy the company will employ in trying to make a profit.
(b) A mission statement deals with "where we are headed " whereas a strategic vision provides the
critical answer to "how will we get there?"
(c) A mission deals with what a company is trying to do and a vision concerns what a company ought
to do.
(d) A mission statement typically identifies what the company's products or services are (what we do)
and the customers and markets it serves (why we are here), whereas the focus of a strategic vision is on
"where we are going and why."

43. The management process functions consist of

(a) Planning, organising, staffing and directing
(b) Planning, organising, leading and directing
(c) Planning, organising, leading and staffing
(d) Planning, organizing, leading and controlling.

44. Which of the following is not Kurt Lewin’s famous 3 stage perspective model of change?
(a) Unfreezing current attitudes
(b) Refreezing attitudes at new level
(c) Moving to a new level
(d) Melting resistance.

45. Forcefield analysis suggests that before a manager embarks on a change strategy he should
properly identify and evaluate ________ and ____________ .
(a) Positive forces, negative changes
(b) Driving forces, restraining forces
(c) External forces, internal forces
(d) Strong forces, weak forces.

46. Which of the following is not an organ of company management?

(a) Officer
(b) Board of Directors
(c) Managing Director
(d) Secretary.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 5
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

47. Disqualifications from becoming a Director of a company is

(a) Insolvency
(b) Fraudulent, declared by court
(c) Unsound mind
(d) All of the above.

48. The Central Government may appoint some directors for a period of ___________ in case of
mismanagement of company affairs
(a) 3 and half yrs
(b) Not more than 3 yrs
(c) 5 yrs
(d) Not more than 2 yrs.

49. A director has to hold a minimum qualifying amount of shares of ` ___________ within ______
months after his appointment as director.
(a) 5000, 2
(b) 50,000, 2
(c) 5000, 5
(d) 5000, 3.

50. The maximum limit of holding Directorship in public companies is

(a) 11 companies
(b) 12 companies
(c) 14 companies
(d) 15 companies.

51. A person cannot be appointed as a Managing Director for more than ________ at a time.
(a) 5 yrs
(b) 6 yrs
(c) 7 yrs
(d) 4 yrs

52. Which of the following is a characteristic of a Public sector organization?

(a) Private ownership
(b) Primary profit making motive
(c) Strict financial control by Government
(d) None of the above.

53. Which of the following industries does not come within the purview of 1991 Industrial Policy for
reservation for public sector?
(a) Handicrafts
(b) Atomic energy
(c) Arms Ammunitions
(d) Coal and lignite.

54. Planning is based on:

(a) decision-making,
(b) forecasting,
(c) staffing,
(d) organising
[Hint: Planning is setting objectives and deciding how to accomplish them.]

55. Planning do not consider:

(a) choice,
(b) communication,
(c) machine,
(d) coordination.

56. Strategic plans are:

(a) single use plans,
(b) long range plans,

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 6
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) for lower management levels.

(d) standing plans

57. Short-term plans guides:

(a) lower level management,
(b) bridges gap between past and present
(c) forecasting
(d) environmental factors

58. Participating in the planning process makes:

(a) effective planning,
(b) cost reduction,
(c) increase output.
(d) perception of opportunities

59. Negative attitude and Commitment are not the basis for:
(a) effective planning,
(b) environment,
(c) resistance.
(d) technology

60. Planning is:

(a) looking ahead,
(b) guiding people,
(c) delegation of authority,
(d) fundamentals of staffing

61. Single use plans are:

(a) applicable in non-recurring situation,
(b) deals with recurring situations,
(c) budgets,
(d) strategic

62. Programs are a complex of:

(a) budgets,
(b) goals & policies,
(c) rules,
(d) None of the above.
[Hint: Programs are complex of goals, policies, rules, procedures, tasks.]

63. The limitations of planning are:

(a) proper environment,
(b) planning premises,
(c) wrong information,
(d) feasibility.
[Hint: Wrong information and time involved are the limitations of planning.]

64. What are the three levels of planning?

(a) Operational, intermediate and strategic
(b) Headquarters, divisional and local
(c) Top, middle and bottom
(d) None of the above

65. All of the following would be steps or concerns in the process of strategic planning except:
(a) Designing a sound business portfolio.
(b) Checking to see if an advertising spot had been run in its allotted time slot.
(c) Setting supporting objectives.
(d) Defining a clear company mission.

66. Identify the best definition of planning.

(a) An integrated process in which plans are formulated, carried out and controlled.
(b) The core activity of planners and planning departments.
(c) Setting an organisation's objectives and the means of reaching them.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 7
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Devising ways of achieving the objectives of an organisation.

67. Budget refers to

(a) Planned target of performance
(b) Steps of handling future activities
(c) Systematic action and allocation of resources
(d) Statement of expected results expressed in numerical terms

68. Which of the following indicates the importance of planning?

(a) Makes way for orderly activities
(b) Provides a basic for control in an organization
(c) Reduces risk of uncertainty
(d) All of the above.

69. Which of the following is not a technique of planning?

(a) Budgeting
(b) Balanced score card
(c) PERT CPM
(d) Management by Objectives.

70. ___________ plans have clearly defined objectives

(a) Directional
(b) Flexible
(c) Specific
(d) Standing.

71. Which one of the following does not fall under qualitative forecasting method?
(a) Life cycle analogy
(b) Moving average methods
(c) Judgmental methods
(d) Delphi method

72. For which of the following situation(s) is the market research method of forecasting suitable?
(a) When a firm is planning moderate changes on product innovations
(b) When a firm is market testing one of its new offerings
(c) when a firm is working with stable technology, planning moderate changes on product innovations
or market testing one of its new offerings.
(d) when a firm is planning moderate changes on product innovations and market testing one of its
new offerings.

73. Which of the following forecasting method is suitable for launching new products?
(a) Moving average methods
(b) Exponential smoothing
(c) Causal models
(d) Judgmental methods

74. Which of the following method(s) is(are) suitable for forecasting the demand of a product?
(a) Delphi method
(b) Market research
(c) Delphi method and judgmental method
(d) Market research and judgmental method

75. Qualitative forecasting methods include

(a) delphi
(b) Panel of experts
(c) (a) and (c)
(d) (a) and (b)

76. Forecasts
(a) become more accurate with longer time horizons
(b) are rarely perfect

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 8
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) are more accurate for individual items than for groups of items
(d) all of the above

77. One purpose of short-range forecasts is to determine

(a) production planning
(b) inventory budgets
(c) research and development plans
(d) job assignments

78. Forecasts are usually classified by time horizon into three categories
(a) short-range, medium-range, and long-range
(b) finance/accounting, marketing, and operations
(c) strategic, tactical, and operational
(d) exponential smoothing, regression, and time series

79. A forecast with a time horizon of about 3 months to 3 years is typically called a
(a) long-range forecast
(b) medium-range forecast
(c) short-range forecast
(d) weather forecast

80. Organizing refers to:

(a) planning,
(b) delegation of authority,
(c) training,
(d) selection

81. Organizing aims to serve:

(a) common purpose,
(b) corruption,
(c) authority structure,
(d) All of the above.

82. Organizing destroys:

(a) individual relationships,
(b) plans,
(c) simplicity in the organization,
(d) environment.

83. The principle of objective states:

(a) delegation of authority,
(b) existence for a purpose,
(c) formal organization,
(d) none of the above.
[Hint: An organization must exist for a purpose is the principle of objective.]

84. For effective organizing, an organization required:

(a) principle of balance,
(b) span of management,
(c) organization process,
(d) planning and forecasting.

85. The structure of organization includes:

(a) identification and classification of required activities,
(b) informal organization,
(c) establishing enterprise objectives,
(d) authority relationships.

86. The degree to which an organization relies on rules and procedures to direct the behaviour of
employees is:
(a) complexity,

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 9
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) formalization,
(c) centralization,
(d) motivation.

87. In a formal organization, “power” is associated with:

(a) an individual,
(b) position,
(c) relationship,
(d) control

88. Delegation is:

(a) a continuous process,
(b) unfolding talents,
(c) granting the right to command.
[Hint: Delegation is the act of granting of conferring something and the term authority means right to
command.]

89. Unity of command means:

(a) parity of authority and responsibility,
(b) flow of command from subordinate to superior,
(c) flow of command from superior to subordinate,
(d) parity in controlling.

90. Defective delegation:

(a) hampers coordination
(b) size of the organization,
(c) establish proper controls,
(d) establish sources of powers.

91. Indicate which of the following is NOT among the six main types of organization structure–
(a) Line organization
(b) Functional structure
(c) Committees
(d) Department

92. Organisattion structure is primarily concerned with _______ and _______ of tasks and authority.
(a) Allocation and Delegation
(b) Allocation and apportionment
(c) Reporting and delegating
(d) Setting standards and delegation

93. Line organization is also known as _____________ organization.

(a) Scalar
(b) Chain
(c) Matrix
(d) Project

94. An advantage of the matrix structure is said to be –

(a) Because product lines can be identified as cost centres,it facilitates financial control
(b) Top management has more time to devote to long term strategic issues
(c) It is easily understood by the people involved
(d) Improved lateral communications.

95. Organizational structure is made up of key elements. Which of the following is not one of these
elements?
(a) Centralisation
(b) Coordination
(c) Decentralisation
(d) Span of control

96. The foundations of ‘behavioral theory of organization’ were laid down by _______________
conducted by ____________
(a) Structural experiments,Gullick

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 10
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Bethlehem steel corporations, Mooney

(c) Hawthrone experiments, Mayo
(d) The longwell coal mining study,Weber

97. The systems approach _______________________?

(a) Emphasises the technical requirements of the organization and its needs
(b) Emphasises the psychological and social aspects
(c) Encourages the managers to view the organization both as a whole and as a part of larger
environment
(d) All of the above.

98. The Contingency theory focuses on

(a) Situational variables
(b) Interrelationships
(c) Groups and human behavior
(d) Economic needs of workers

99. ___________ is attributed with developing the scientific management perspective.

(a) Elton Mayo
(b) Robert Owens
(c) Frank Gilbirth
(d) Frederick Taylor

100. ____________ provides a focus and direction for formulating strategy to achieve organizational
objectives.
(a) Management by objectives
(b) Strategy by objectives
(c) Management by strategy
(d) Strategic planning model.

101. ___________ refers to changes implemented by an organization due to pressure by external

forces.
(a) Unplanned change
(b) Reactive change
(c) Proactive change
(d) Revolutionery change.

102. Selection devices must:

(a) be explained,
(b) match the job in question,
(c) to be cost-effective
(d) none of the above.

103. The popular on-the-job training methods include:

(a) job rotation,
(b) classroom lectures,
(c) films.
(d) description and displays
[Hint: On-the-job training methods allow the workers to work in a realistic work environment and gather
experiences.]

104. Need refers to:

(a) control information and performance review,
(b) key result areas and statement of objectives,
(c) agree what you expect from me,
(d) All of the above.
[Hint: Need states agree what you refer from me and give me an opportunity to perform.]

105. Staffing refers to:

(a) measuring performance,
(b) managing the positions,
(c) management in action,

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 11
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) making strategic plans.

[Hint: Staffing refers to appointing the right person for the right job.]

106. Non-financial incentives have many things to do with:

(a) Directing,
(b) Motivation,
(c) Planning,
(d) organising.

107. Staffing needs:

(a) man power planning,
(b) authority,
(c) communication,
(d) coordination.
[Hint: Staffing needs estimates of present and future needs of managerial man power and therefore it
needs some pre-thinking.]

108. HRD refers to:

(a) remuneration,
(b) development,
(c) controlling,
(d) planning

109. Recruitment covers:

(a) selection,
(b) job analysis,
(c) time,
(d) none of the above.
[Hint: Recruitment covers job analysis, job design and job descriptions.]

110. Training is the process of:

(a) motivation
(b) increasing knowledge and skill
(c) testing.
(d) employee recommendations.

111. Vestibule training provides the worker with:

(a) on the job training,
(b) off the job training,
(c) real life presentations off the job
(d) demonstration
[Hint: The worker is provided with a real life presentation but not on the job directly.]

112. What is the meaning of the acronym HRM?

(a) Humane Resource Management.
(b) Humanistic Resource Management.
(c) Human Resource Management.
(d) Human Relations Management.

113. Which of the following is not a function normally performed by the HR department?
(a) Recruitment and selection.
(b) Accounting.
(c) Training and development.
(d) Pay and reward.

114. Recruitment and selection must be effective to ensure it:

(a) Offsets high labour turnover
(b) Delivers the highest calibre of individuals at optimum most
(c) To have a surplus in case of sickness and absence
(d) Encourages new blood into the organization.

115. Which of the following is not a selection technique?

(a) Performance appraisal

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 12
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Ability test

(c) Psychometric testing
(d) Interviews

116. The primary aim of recruitment and selection process is to

(a) Meet the high labour turnover
(b) Hire the best individuals at optimum cost
(c) Ensure the availability of surplus in case of sickness and absence
(d) None of the above.

117. Job evaluation is conducted to develop

(a) Compensation package
(b) Training modules
(c) Organisational grapevine
(d) Rules and policies.

118. Which of the following defines the process of recruitment?

(a) Forecasting the demand of human resources
(b) Forecasting the supply of human resources
(c) Discovering potential job candidates for a particular position
(d) Making a hire or no hire decision.

119. Which of the following is not a type of remuneration system under Time Rate System?
(a) High wage plan
(b) Measured day work
(c) Taylor System
(d) Differential time rate.

120. Which of the following functions or activities requires recruiting and placing qualified
personnel needed for the organization so that it may achieve its objectives and goals?
(a) Planning
(b) Staffing
(c) Organizing
(d) Controlling.

121. Direction refers to:

(a) planning,
(b) organizing,
(c) driving,
(d) staffing

122. Marry Follett pointed that reform was possible provided the following consideration were taken
into account:
(a) building up new attitudes,
(b) planning
(c) negative attitudes,
(d) None of the above.

123. The characteristics of direction include:

(a) guiding,
(b) motivating,
(c) planning,
(d) performance appraisal

124. Direction is a:
(a) discrete process,
(b) continuous process,
(c) circular process,
(d) supervisory process

125. The principles of direction do not include:

(a) to have a thorough knowledge about the terms to bind the employees and the organization,

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 13
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) to remove the inefficient employees,

(c) labour turnover,
(d) to have an effective communication superior and his subordinates.

126. The techniques of direction excludes:

(a) an alternative device of communication,
(b) supervisory techniques,
(c) coordination,
(d) standard practices and procedures.
Hint: Coordination refers to the link between the different functions of management.

127. Communication is a:
(a) two-way process,
(b) one-way process,
(c) discrete process,
(d) circular process
[Hint: Communication is a transfer of information from one person to another and getting the
feedback to check the efficiency of the message communicated.]

128.

The sketch shows the process of communication from A to B. What labels apply to the arrows that cross
in the centre?
(a) Stimulus; response
(b) Transmission; feedback
(c) Feedforward; feedback
(d) Encoding; decoding

129. What comprises the decoding stage of the communication model?

(a) Perception; retention.
(b) Attention; perception; retention
(c) Receiving; processing and storing information
(d) Short term memory; decoding; long term memory.

130. What is the first step to take during communications planning?

(a) Decide on means of communication
(b) Identify communication constraints
(c) Conduct a stakeholder analysis
(d) Develop a communications management plan

131. Feedback is a listener's

(a) verbal critique of your message.
(b) verbal or nonverbal responses to a message.
(c) acceptance of a message.
(d) aversion to a message.

132. To decode a message is to

(a) translate ideas into code.
(b) reject a message.
(c) evaluate a message.
(d) interpret a message.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 14
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

133. In the communication process, to encode means to

(a) translate ideas into a code.
(b) block a pathway between the sender and receiver of a message.
(c) speak to large groups of people.
(d) interpret a code.

134. A message is a signal that serves as

(a) noise reduction.
(b) stimuli for a speaker.
(c) stimuli for a mass audience.
(d) stimuli for a receiver.

135. Feedback can come in the form of

(a) nonverbal communication only.
(b) verbal communication only.
(c) environmental noise.
(d) verbal and nonverbal listener responses.

136. In the communication process, a receiver is

(a) message interference.
(b) the person who decodes a message.
(c) a message pathway.
(d) the person who encodes an idea.

137. Noise does the following:

(a) causes listeners to listen to messages more carefully.
(b) focuses wandering thoughts.
(c) distorts or interferes with a message.
(d) enhances a message.

138. An example of a communication channel is

(a) face-to-face conversation.
(b) noise.
(c) feedback.
(d) context.

139. Which of the three components are part of the human communication process?
(a) Message, noise, feedback
(b) Feedback, message, critiquing
(c) Noise, feedback, jargon
(d) Message, recording, feedback

140. Which of the following is an example of a nonverbal message?

(a) Eye contact
(b) Yelling
(c) Mumbling
(d) Jargon

141. The ability to communicate effectively

(a) depends on the education level of those around you.
(b) can be learned.
(c) is a natural talent that cannot be learned.
(d) depends on not using technology to send messages.

142. A message can only be deemed effective when it is

(a) communicated face-to-face.
(b) understood by others and produces the intended results.
(c) repeated back as proof of understanding.
(d) delivered with confidence.

143. Learning to communicate with others is key to

(a) establishing rewarding relationships.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 15
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) never being misunderstood.

(c) eliminating all of your listeners' physiological noise.
(d) winning the approval of everyone around you.

144. Encoding is important because it

(a) guarantees that one's message will be decoded.
(b) encourages listener feedback.
(c) eliminates noise.
(d) Produces messages.

145. When a subordinate or a lower level manager passes information or offers suggestions to the
higher level management, they are using which level of communication?
(a) Upward communication
(b) Downward communication
(c) Lateral communication
(d) Diagonal communication.

146. Control is a function aimed at:

(a) economic development,
(b) staffing,
(c) organizational development,
(d) planning

147. Control is a:
(a) static activity,
(b) plan,
(c) pervasive function,
(d) All of the above

148. The objective of control is:

(a) take corrective actions,
(b) make plans,
(c) prepare manpower planning,
(d) influence and persuasiveness,

149.

In the sketch of the planning and control cycle, what do the arrows X and Y indicate?
(a) (X) Review plans, (Y) review implementation of plans.
(b) (X) Alter plans; (Y) alter implementation of plans.
(c) (X) Restart the planning process; (Y) confirm existing plans.
(d) (X) Proceed with normal planning review; (Y) intervene urgently in current action.

150. Detecting irregularities is possible through:

(a) controlling,
(b) staffing,

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 16
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) decision-making,
(d) planning.

151. Strategic control is implemented with:

(a) micro perspective,
(b) department perspective,
(c) macro perspective,
(d) motivational perspective

152. Deviation is a term used in:

(a) controlling
(b) motivation
(c) directing
(d) staffing
[Hint: Deviation is the term used when the actual performance is not equal to the standard
performance.]

153. Controlling plays an important role in helping:

(a) increase the costs,
(b) fixing standards,
(c) identify opportunities,
(d) time management

154. Difficulty in controlling the external factors is a drawback for:

(a) controlling
(b) motivation
(c) staffing
(d) organising

155. Effective control requires:

(a) flexibility
(b) rigidity
(c) high cost
(d) high time

156. The standard performances need to be adjusted after measuring with:

(a) actual performances
(b) costs
(c) time involved
(d) external factors
[Hint: The actual performances should be measured with standards and the standard performances
need to be adjusted through controlling techniques and review procedures.]

157. The process of monitoring performance monitoring it with goals and correcting any significant
deviations is known as
(a) Planning
(b) Organising
(c) Leading
(d) Controlling.

158. Which of the factors listed below is not a reason for decision making in organizations being a
complex process?
(a) People have to make decisions in a historical context
(b) Several stakeholders will have an interest in the decision
(c) Factors in the current context of the organization affect the decision
(d) Modern information systems enable people to evaluate a range of possible outcomes.

159. The overall process of decision making in, for example, staff selection includes which of these
stages?
(a) Deciding which candidate to appoint
(b) Identifying the need for a new member of staff
(c) Agreeing the job specification

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 17
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) All of the above

160. A solution to a problem that is arrived at through an unstructured process of decision making
is called a:
(a) Bounded rationality
(b) Programmed decision
(c) Non-programmed decision
(d) Uncertainty

161. As a manager moves to higher positions in an organisation the ability to make ______
becomes ______ important.
(a) Programmed; less
(b) Non-programmed; more
(c) Non-programmed; less
(d) Programmed; much more

162. Decision making situations can be categorized along a scale which ranges from:
(a) Certainty to risk to uncertainty to ambiguity
(b) Certainty to uncertainty to risk
(c) Certainty to risk to uncertainty
(d) Uncertainty to certainty to risk

163. Maslow in his hierarchy has not considered:

(a) psychological needs,
(b) security needs,
(c) wealthy needs,
(d) existence needs.

164. The features of leadership do not include:

(a) representation,
(b) initiation,
(c) planning,
(d) motivation

165. Leadership has a lot of characteristics and a leader must not maintain this trait in his
behaviour:
(a) coexistence,
(b) taking responsibility,
(c) avoiding responsibility,
(d) All of the above.

166. Which of the following statements about leadership is false?

(a) Leadership does not necessarily take place within a hierarchical structure of an organisation.
(b) Not every leader is a manager.
(c) When people operate as leaders their role is always clearly established and defined.
(d) All the above.

167. Contingency theories of leadership are based on the belief that:

(a) there is no single style of leadership appropriate to all situations.
(b) there is a single style of leadership appropriate to all managers.
(c) there is a single style of leadership appropriate to all situations.
(d) none of the above.

168. Another contingency model of leadership is the path-goal theory. This suggests that subordinates
will see leadership behaviour as a motivating influence if:
(a) path-goal relationships are clarified.
(b) their effective performance will satisfy their needs.
(c) the necessary direction, guidance, training and support is provided.
(d) all the above.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 18
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

169. When determining the most appropriate form of leadership, which of the following should be
considered?
(a)The manager.
(b) The work environment.
(c) The group.
(d) All the above.

170. The following phrase is used to describe a leader:

(a) relies on control strategies
(b) challenges status quo
(c) uses traditional influence
(d) acts with established culture
(e) maintains and allocates resources

171. The "means" of leadership involve

(a) getting results through others.
(b) the ability to build cohesive, goal-oriented teams.
(c) the process of influencing an organized group toward accomplishing its goals.
(d) an interpersonal relation in which others comply because they want to, not because they have to.

172. Which of the following is a leadership trait?

(a) Dominance
(b) Energy
(c) Cognitive ability
(d) All responses are leadership traits

173. Which of the following statements is false about the behavioral theories of leadership?
(a) Consideration is a people-oriented dimension of leadership behavior
(b) Production-centered leader behavior focuses on tasks and has little concern for people
(c) Leaders high in initiating structure do not set deadlines or make individual task assignments
(d) Employee-centered leader behavior focuses on people and the quality of the social system.

174. Maslow and Herzberg are two examples of ___________ theories of motivation.
(a) process
(b) content
(c) expectancy
(d) equity

175. Maslow suggests that human needs are arranged in a series of levels, a hierarchy of importance.
Which of the following statements are relevant to Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory?
(a) The hierarchy is not necessarily in a fixed order.
(b) A satisfied need is no longer a motivator.
(c) A need is not necessarily fully satisfied before a subsequent need arises.
(d) All of the above.

176. According to Herzberg, which of the following may be regarded as hygiene/maintenance factors?
(a) Sense of achievement.
(b) Recognition.
(c) Personal growth and advancement.
(d) None of the above.

177. Which of the following statements is true about the goal theory of motivation?
(a) People with easier goals will perform better than people with difficult goals.
(b) A person's level of commitment to a goal will not regulate the level of effort expended.
(c) People with difficult goals will perform better than people with easier goals.
(d) Research has shown that there is little support for the goal theory and its effects on motivation with
regard to the relationship between goal-setting and performance.

178. Douglas McGregor's view that suggests that employees will exercise self-direction and self-control
when they are committed to the objectives of the work is called:
(a) Theory B
(b) Theory X
(c) Theory Y

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 19
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Theory A

179. Which step in Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs Theory deals with achieving one's potential?
(a) Esteem
(b) Physiological
(c) Self-actualization
(d) Social

180. Which of the following would be classified by Herzberg as a hygiene factor?

(a) Achievement
(b) Promotion
(c) Responsibility
(d) Company policy

181. Who proposed that achievement, affiliation and power are three important needs that help explain
motivation in workplace situations?
(a) McClelland
(b) Herzberg
(c) Alderfer
(d) Maslow

182. Company policy, administration, supervision, interpersonal relations, working conditions, and
salary are characterized as:
(a) Achievement factors
(b) Growth factors
(c) Motivating factors
(d) Hygiene factors

183. An employee's experiences in a situation or position outside his or her current organization is a
referent comparison called:
(a) Self-outside
(b) Other-inside
(c) Other-outside
(d) Self-inside

184. Theory X suggests that employees:

(a) Like their manager
(b) Dislike work
(c) Dislike their manager
(d) Like work

185. What three words define motivation?

(a) Intensity, direction, persistence
(b) Fairness, equity, desire
(c) Desire, persistence, fairness
(d) Ambition, direction, intensity
(e) Persistence, fairness, ambition

186. As a well-educated and highly esteemed businesswoman, Delores feels she has accomplished a
great deal in her life. She decides that she would like to give back to the community, so she makes a
sizable endowment to the local conservatory. She is also using her professional influence to draw the
public's attention to the needs of children who have cancer. Abraham Maslow would probably say that
Delores has reached the __________________ stage of his need hierarchy.
(a) esteem
(b) cognitive
(c) aesthetic
(d) self-actualization

187. Which of the following statements is false about the hierarchy of needs theory (Maslow)?
(a) Chronic frustration of needs has no ill effects
(b) The next higher-level need can become important, while a lower level is only partially satisfied
(c) Needs are not the only basis of human behavior
(d) A satisfied need is no longer a motivator

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 20
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

188. Each of the following statements about the hierarchy of needs theory (Maslow) is true except
(a) A satisfied need does not motivate behavior
(b) People progress through the hierarchy in the same order without exception
(c) Behavior can focus on satisfying more than one need at a time
(d) The environment can affect behavior

189. Which of the following is false about motivator — hygiene theory (Herzberg)?
(a) Motivators include achievement and the work itself
(b) Empirical research strongly supports the theory
(c) Dissatisfiers and satisfiers fall on two different continua
(d) Company policies are a hygiene factor

190. Contingency theory of leadership are based on the belief that

(a) There is no single style of leadership appropriate to all situations
(b) There is a single style of leadership appropriate to all situations
(c) There is a single style of leadership appropriate to all managers
(d) None of the above.

191. What does ERG stands for

(a) Effective, readiness and growth
(b) Expectancy, real and exist
(c) Existence, relatedness and growth
(d) Excellent relationship and growth.

192. Theory X suggests that employees

(a) Dislike work
(b) Dislike managers
(c) Like work
(d) None of the above.

193. Changes in behavior as a result of observation and manipulation of conditions in an environment

are termed:
(a) the Hawthorne effect
(b) group dynamics
(c) social influence
(d) sociometry.

194. Members within a group that share similar experiences and feelings are known to have:
(a) process
(b) universality
(c) content
(d) conflict.

195. An important factor of the preplanning stage in group dynamics is determining what the group is to
accomplish; this is known as ________________________.
(a) goal setting
(b) cohesion
(c) clarity of purpose
(d) group orientation

196. ____________ groups have members who have similar presenting problems or are similar in
gender, ethnicity, or social background
(a) Heterogeneous
(b) Ideal
(c) Dynamic
(d) Homogeneous

197. Role _________________ is a conflict between the role an individual has outside the group and
the role he or she is expected to have in the group.
(a) collision
(b) transition

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 21
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) confusion
(d) incompatibility.

198. Which one of the following characteristics is not necessarily true about groups?
(a) Group members are interdependent
(b) Groups have two or more members
(c) Groups have assigned goals
(d) Groups interact.

199. What sort of groups is defined by the organization’s structure?

(a) informal
(b) task
(c) friendship
(d) formal

200. When do informal groups appear?

(a) in response to the need for social contact
(b) in reaction to formal groups
(c) as a result of social needs
(d) most frequently in bureaucracies

201. Which of the following statements is true?

(a) All task groups are also command groups
(b) All command groups are also task groups
(c) All task groups are also friendship groups
(d) All command groups are also informal groups

202. As per Cartwright which of the following characteristics of a group is a means for overcoming
resistance to change
(a) Incentives
(b) Coercion
(c) Education
(d) Strong sense of belonging.

203. Each statement below is true about conflict and conflict management in organizations except
(a) Conflict management includes both increasing and decreasing conflict
(b) Conflict is necessary for organizational survival
(c) Conflict management is not a basic management responsibility
(d) Conflict includes interactions in which one party opposes another party.

204. Which of the following statements is false about functional and dysfunctional conflict in
organizations?
(a) Conflict is dysfunctional when it is lower than a group requires for reaching its goals
(b) Conflict management does not involve maintaining conflict at functional levels
(c) Conflict that is functional in one group can be dysfunctional in another group
(d) Dysfunctionally high conflict can reduce trust.

205. All but one of the following statements accurately describe aspects of levels and types of conflict
in organizations. Which statement does not?
(a) Intraorganization conflict includes all types of conflict between organizations.
(b) Interpersonal conflict is conflict between two or more people.
(c) Intergroup conflict is conflict between two or more groups.
(d) Intrapersonal conflict is conflict that occurs within a person.

206. Each statement below is true about conflict management except

(a) Innovative products or services require a higher desired conflict level than more routine products or
services
(b) If conflict in a work unit is dysfunctionally low, the manager tries to increase conflict
(c) A manager's tolerance for conflict can affect the manager's perception of desired conflict levels in
a workgroup
(d) Desired conflict levels do not vary from one group to another and for the same group over time.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 22
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

207. Which of the following is false about reducing conflict?

(a) Compromise uses negotiation to reduce conflict. It splits the differences between the parties in
conflict
(b) Problem solving usually does not find a conflict episode's root causes
(c) Avoidance prevents a person from facing a conflict episode
(d) A superordinate goal is a goal desired by all parties to the conflict but not reachable by any party
alone.

208. Which of the following does not increase conflict in organizations?

(a) Superordinate goal
(b) Devil's advocate
(c) Heterogeneous groups
(d) Organizational culture

209. Which of the following is false about ethical issues in conflict in organizations?
(a) Variation in optimum conflict levels among countries
(b) Subtle methods of increasing conflict
(c) Intrapersonal conflict from requests for immoral acts
(d) Conflict higher than a person's tolerance level

210. One of the advantages of conflict is that it forces you to examine problems and work towards
a potential __________.
(a) Solution
(b) Outcome
(c) Experience
(d) Relationship

211. Conflict that refers to a disagreement among connected individuals is

(a) Interpersonal
(b) Intrapersonal
(c) Friendly conflict
(d) Negative conflict

212. The first stage of conflict resolution is to

(a) Chose a solution
(b) Define the problem
(c) Think through possible solutions
(d) Analyse the problem

213. Which of the following is conflict resolution skill?

(a) Accomodating
(b) Passive listening
(c) Active listening
(d) Avoiding

214. Who considered organization to be similar to the architectural plan of a building?

(a) Fayol
(b) Weber
(c) Newman
(d) Taylor

215. Functional foremanship is the concept underlying the following organization

(a) Matrix
(b) Functional
(c) Product
(d) Divisional

216. Which nature of organization structure is suitable for aircraft manufacture, aerospace/
construction, consultancy etc?
(a) Project
(b) Matrix
(c) Functional
(d) Line

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 23
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

217. Which management principle does matrix organization violate?

(a) Unity of command
(b) Unity of Direction
(c) Espirit de corps
(d) Centralization

218. A rapidly changing adaptive temporary system of a group of people with diverse professional
skills are known as
(a) Line organization
(b) Staff organization
(c) Matrix organization
(d) Free form organization

219. Free form organization is more suitable in ............................. environment

(a) dynamic
(b) stable
(c) rigid
(d) none of these

220. A concern having textile, chemicals, plastics fertilizers follow departmentation based on
(a) process
(b) product
(c) functions
(d) geographical areas

221. The act of entrusting subordinates with the same power that are of the superior is termed
(a) Decentralization
(b) Centralization
(c) Delegation
(d) Departmentation

222. _______ applies to the systematic delegation of authority in an organization-wide context

(a) Delegation
(b) Decentralization
(c) Centralization
(d) None of the above

223. Authority should be commensurate with responsibility is the best way to achieve
(a) Decentralization
(b) Communication
(c) Control
(d) Effective delegation

224. Organization structure deliberately created by the management for achieving the objectives
of the enterprise is called
(a) Product organization
(b) Functional organization
(c) Formal organization
(d) Informal organization

225. Grapevine is another term used to describe

(a) Formal organization
(b) Informal organization
(c) Product organization
(d) Project organization

226. The unofficial and social pattern of human interactions is observed in

(a) Formal organization
(b) Informal organization
(c) Product organization
(d) None of these

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 24
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

227. When departmentation is done based on production, sales, financing and personnel, it is
termed as
(a) Functional departmentation
(b) Product departmentation
(c) Composite departmentation
(d) Customer departmentation

228. A suitable basis of departmentation is decided considering

(a) Specialization of work
(b) Customers
(c) Control
(d) Top management

229. Organization theory is predominantly _________ and _________ in nature

(a) descriptive and normative
(b) normative and predictive
(c) exploratory and descriptive
(d) descriptive and predictive

230. Machine theory has been popularized as

(a) Scientific Management
(b) Administrative Management
(c) Bureaucracy
(d) None of these

231. The concept of span of control was propounded by

(a) Graicunas
(b) Fayol
(c) Taylor
(d) Mc Gregor

232. Blake and Mouton propounded the concept of

(a) Tri dimensional theory
(b) Bureaucracy
(c) Contingency
(d) Managerial grid

233. The Latin term “persona” is used to describe

(a) perception
(b) personality
(c) attitude
(d) learning

234. Being outgoing, talkative, sociable, assertive indicated which personality dimention
(a) Agreeableness
(b) Emotional stability
(c) Extroversion
(d) Openness to experience

235. An individual’s view of reality is

(a) Selection
(b) perception
(c) interpretation
(d) organisation

236. The tendency of judging people on the basis of the characteristics of the group to which they
belong is termed
(a) attribution
(b) projection
(c) stereotyping
(d) inference

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 25
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

237. The law of exercise in learning is based on

(a) classical conditioning
(b) operant conditioning
(c) Social learning
(d) cognitive learning

238. Negative reinforcement involves the threat of

(a) Extinction
(b) Punishment
(c) Criticism
(d) None of these

239. According to MASLOW’S Hierarchy of needs theory, human needs are to be arranged in the
following hierarchy of importance,________________________________________
(a) Physiological needs>social needs>safety needs>esteem needs > self actualisation needs
(b) Physiological needs>safety needs>esteem needs>social needs > self actualisation needs
(c) Safety needs>physiological needs>social needs>esteem needs > self actualisation needs
(d) Physiological needs>safety needs>social needs>esteem needs > self actualisation

240. Douglas McGregor’s theory X and Theory Y of motivation, proposed two distinct views of
human beings, ____________________
(a) Satisfied and dissatisfied
(b) Optimistic and pessimistic
(c) Positive and negative
(d) Happy and sad

241. Which of the following is not an assumption according to theory X,

(a) Employees inherently dislike work and, whenever possible will attempt to avoid it.
(b) Since employees dislike work, they must be coerced, controlled, or threatened with
punishment to achieve goals.
(c) Employees will avoid responsibilities and seek formal direction whenever possible.
(d) Most workers place self actualisation above all other factors associated with work and are
highly ambitious.

242. According to Herzberg’s motivation hygiene theory, the opposite of satisfaction

is,____________________
(a) Dissatisfaction
(b) No satisfaction
(c) No dissatisfaction
(d) All of the above

243. Victor vroom’s expectancy theory of motivation focuses on three relationships: effort –
performance relationship, performance - reward relationship and_______________________
(a) Rewards- organisational goals relationship
(b) Performance – organisational goals relationship
(c) Rewards – personal goals relationship
(d) Performance – personal goal relationship

244. Management by objectives is not a new concept of motivation, it was originally proposed
more than 45 years ago by,
(a) Peter Drucker
(b) Abraham Maslow
(c) David McClelland
(d) Frederic Herzberg

245. Which of the following is the second stage of group formation,

(a) Forming stage
(b) Initial integration stage
(c) Storming stage
(d) None of the above

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 26
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

246. We all know that mainly two types of groups exist in an organisation namely formal and
informal. But what are the two types of formal groups in an organisation?
(a) Command groups and interest groups
(b) Interest groups and task groups
(c) Task groups and psychological groups
(d) Command groups and task groups

247. A well integrated group is able to disband, if required, when its work is accomplished. This
stage is known as,
(a) Disbanding stage
(b) Disintegration stage
(c) Adjourning stage
(d) None of the above

248. Organisational culture performs a number of functions within an organisation. Which of the
following is not one such function:
(a) It creates distinction between one organization and another.
(b) It facilitates the generation of commitment to one’s individual self interest only
(c) It conveys a sense of identity for organisation members
(d) It enhances social system stability.

249. The _________ are perspectives of motivation that identify specific needs that energize
behavior.
(a) content theories of motivation
(b) process theories of motivation
(c) equity theory and OB mod theory
(d) expectancy theories
250. _________ is attributed with the development of the Two-Factor Theory of motivation.
(a) Abraham Maslow
(b) David McClelland
(c) Frederick Herzberg
(d) Stacy Adams

251. Hygiene factors are similar to the _____________ needs identified by the Hierarchy of Needs.
(a) higher order
(b) three-tiered
(c) lower order
(d) none of the above

252. Which of the following is a strategic way in which employees strive to reduce inequity?
(a) Focus specifically on the behavior in question and attempt to alter it.
(b) Maintain the same comparison person as before.
(c) Changing their inputs and/or outcomes
(d) None of the above.

253. Which theory is considered to deal with consequences?

(a) Reinforcement Theory
(b) Two-Factor Theory
(c) Equity Theory
(d) Hierarchy of Needs Theory

254. Which of the following is/are a recommendation(s) to prevent the potential side effects of
punishment?
(a) Focus specifically on the behavior in question.
(b) Always punish in private.
(c) Specify alternative behaviors that will prevent mistakes from being repeated.
(d) All of the above.

255. Which motivation theory focuses on establishing future performance targets?

(a) Goal theory
(b) Reinforcement theory
(c) Equity theory

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 27
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) None of the above

256. Jackson is a line worker for the local clothing manufacturer. Even though he does not possess an
official title or a private office, Jackson is more than willing to give his complete dedication to assisting
the organization in achieving its mission of producing a quality product. This willingness to pursue an
organizational goal is a demonstration of _____________.
(a) motivation
(b) positive reinforcement
(c) goal commitment
(d) goal setting

257. Which of the following is/are suggested for a successful management by objectives program?
(a) Establish a time frame for achievement
(b) Establish performance targets
(c) Prioritize goals
(d) All of the above

258. Which theory of motivation starts with an assumption that employees are rational?
(a) Goal setting theory
(b) Expectancy theory
(c) Reinforcement theory
(d) Herzberg's Two-Factor theory

259. The desired "performance” of skill acquisition is attributable to ___________.

(a) expectancy theory
(b) reinforcement theory
(c) skill-based pay programs
(d) none of the above

260. Wide range of abilities and attributes possessed by people are called as
(a) Management
(b) Human Resources
(c) Entrepreneur
(d) Intreprenuer

261. The focus of Human Resource Management revolves around

(a) Machine
(b) Motivation
(c) Money
(d) Men

262. Quality goals require alignment with

(a) Production
(b) Human Resources
(c) Finance
(d) Purchase

263. Demand for human resources and management is created by

(a) Expansion of industry
(b) Shortage of labour
(c) Abundance of capital
(d) Consumer preferences

264. Union function arises as a result of employees

(a) Problem of communication
(b) Longing for belonging
(c) Dissatisfaction
(d) Change in technology

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 28
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

265. Human Resource Management is primarily concerned with

(a) Sales
(b) Dimensions of people
(c) External environment
(d) Cost discipline

266. Human Resource Management aims to maximize employees as well as organizational

(a) Effectiveness
(b) Economy
(c) Efficiency
(d) Performativity

267. The difference between human resource management and personnel management is
(a) Insignificant
(b) Marginal
(c) Narrow
(d) Wide

268. Human Resource Management function does not involve

(a) Recruitment
(b) Selection
(c) Cost control
(d) Training

269. Which one is not the specific goal of human resource management?
(a) Attracting applicants
(b) Separating employees
(c) Retaining employees
(d) Motivating employees

270. Identify the top most goal of human resource management

(a) Legal compliance
(b) Competitive edge
(c) Work force adaptability
(d) Productivity

271. To achieve goals organizations require employees

(a) Control
(b) Direction
(c) Commitment
(d) Cooperation

272. Human resource management helps improve

(a) Production
(b) Productivity
(c) Profits
(d) Power

273. The amount of quality output for amount of input means

(a) Productivity
(b) Production
(c) Sales increase
(d) Increase in profits

274. Responding to employees and involving them in decision making is referred to as

(a) Quality of work life
(b) Autonomy
(c) Empowerment
(d) Preaction

275. Within an organisation, leadership influence will be dependent upon the type of ________ that the
leader can exercise over the followers.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 29
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Knowledge
(b) Power
(c) delegation
(d) friendship

276. Legitimate power is based on the subordinate's perception that the leader has a right to exercise
influence because of the leader's
(a) role or position within the organisation.
(b) expertise and knowledge.
(c) personal characteristics and personality.
(d) ability to punish or reward.

277. Needs such as training the group, setting standards and maintaining discipline, and appointing
sub-leaders may be called
(a) task functions.
(b) individual functions.
(c) work functions.
(d) team functions.

278. Contingency theories of leadership are based on the belief that

(a) there is a single style of leadership appropriate to all managers.
(b) there is no single style of leadership appropriate to all situations.
(c) there is a single style of leadership appropriate to all situations.
(d) none of the above.

279. Another contingency model of leadership is the path-goal theory. This suggests that subordinates
will see leadership behaviour as a motivating influence if
(a) path-goal relationships are clarified.
(b) the necessary direction, guidance, training and support is provided.
(c) their effective performance will satisfy their needs.
(d) all the above.

280. Culture refers to

(a) gender equality.
(b) race or nationality.
(c) the specialized lifestyle of a group of people.
(d) genetic similarities.

281. The transmission of culture from one generation to another is called

(a) culture shock.
(b) acculturation.
(c) individualistic.
(d) enculturation.

282. The process by which one learns the norms of a culture different from your native culture is
(a) culturation.
(b) acculturation.
(c) interculturation.
(d) multiculturalism.

283. Low power distance cultures include

(a) Iceland, Australia, Sweden and the U.S.
(b) Denmark, New Zealand, Sweden and the U.S.
(c) India, Morocco, Brazil and the Philippines.
(d) India, Brazil, China and the Philippines.

284. In a masculine culture, men are viewed as

(a) weak, marginal and ineffective.
(b) assertive, oriented to material success and strong.
(c) incredible, strong and assertive.
(d) strong, sensible and funny.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 30
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

285. In a feminine culture, both men and women are encouraged to be

(a) tender, modest and forgiving.
(b) assertive, oriented to material success and strong.
(c) modest, oriented to maintaining the quality of life and tender.
(d) tender, intelligent and forgiving.

286. An individualist culture promotes

(a) benevolence.
(b) tradition.
(c) competition.
(d) conformity.

287. Culture shock is

(a) a physiological reaction that can occur when experiencing a culture for the first time.
(b) the honeymoon period experienced when introduced to a different way of life.
(c) a psychological reaction that can occur when overexposed to a culture different from your own.
(d) a psychological reaction that can occur when experiencing a culture for the first time.

288. Intercultural communication occurs when

(a) those with different cultural beliefs, values or ways of behaving communicate with one another.
(b) different ethnic backgrounds meet.
(c) different cultural beliefs cause conflict.
(d) different races gather for conferences and seminars.

289. A low context culture is one where

(a) most of the information is explicitly stated in the verbal message.
(b) most of the information is nonexistent.
(c) most of the information is unspoken.
(d) most of the information is apparent.

290. A high context culture is one where

(a) much of the information is spoken.
(b) much of the information is in the context or in the person.
(c) most people use sign language.
(d) much of the information is unspoken.

291. In which type of culture is competition encouraged?

(a) Ethnocentric culture
(b) Selfish culture
(c) Individualist culture
(d) Collectivist culture

292. When people who study communication focus their attention on spoken symbolic interaction, their
primary interest is in which of the following?
(a) The unspoken body language that people use
(b) The way people use words to create common meaning
(c) All of the ways organisms (including non-human organisms) create meaning
(d) The unintentional behaviors that accompany speaking

293. The essential components of communication are

(a) source, message, interference, channel, receiver, feedback, environment, and context.
(b) symbols, understanding, communication, and communicant.
(c) symbols, understanding, purpose, ideas, opinions, nonverbals, and reaction.
(d) source, destination, interaction, and correlation.

294. The primary channels that individuals use to communicate with others are
(a) television and radio.
(b) voice mail, conventional mail, and e-mail.
(c) sight and sound.
(d) touch and tone of voice.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 31
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

295. A component in the communication process that we often send without being aware of it is
(a) verbal communication.
(b) an encoded message.
(c) feedback.
(d) a message sent via touch.

296. The context of an interaction includes two major components

(a) a business proposal and a personal friendship.
(b) the physical setting and the encoding.
(c) the supportive climate and the defensive climate.
(d) the physical setting and the psychological climate.

297. Which aspect of a message focuses on new information or ideas?

(a) channel
(b) content
(c) relationship
(d) Context

298. Which of the following is the definition of a speech act?

(a) People who share common attitudes toward speech
(b) An identifiable sequence of speech activity
(c) The purpose served by a given form of talk
(d) A clearly marked occasion that calls for speech

299. The idea that "communication is a process of adjustment" means that

(a) people have to learn each other's meanings for words, as well as their nonverbal behaviors during
communication.
(b) people will adapt to others' attitudes and speech while communicating.
(c) both the content and relational dimensions of a message can change during communication.
(d) people usually engage in complementary transactions during communication.

300. Which of the following approaches to Human Resource Management suggests that treating
employees with respect would improve employee satisfaction and help in achieving higher
productivity?
(a) Technical Management Approach
(b) Human Accounting Approach
(c) Human Relations Approach
(d) Scientific Management Approach

301. Which of the following tests measure an individual’s ability to learn a given job, when adequate
training is given and do not test the knowledge or proficiency possessed by the individual?
(a) Interest tests
(b) Achievement tests
(c) Situational tests
(d) Aptitude tests

302. Which of the following concept refers to attributing an appropriate value to the worth of human
resources in the organization?
(a) Human resource planning
(b) Human resource accounting
(c) Human resource development
(d) Human resource management

303. The employment agencies in which fresh graduates and technicians in search of suitable
employment would first register themselves are known as
(a) Global agencies. .
(b) Private agencies.
(c) Local agencies.
(d) Public or state agencies

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 32
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

304. Which of the following cannot act as a force for change?

(a) Technology
(b) World politics
(c) Decreasing skills set
(d) Social

305. Activities related to change which are intentional and goal oriented are termed as?
(a) Planned change
(b) Second order change
(c) First order change
(d) Change agent

306. If an organization used an outside consultant as opposed to an insider as change agent, the
result would probably be:
(a) More cautious and thoughtful.
(b) More reflective of the organization’s history and culture.
(c) More objective.
(d) Reflective of the fact that change agents must live with the consequences of their actions.

307. The most relevant disadvantage of using outside consultants as change agents is:
(a) The cost.
(b) Internal members do not accept external recommendations.
(c) They do not have to live with the repercussions after the change.
(d) They cannot offer an objective perspective

308. Resistance to change is positive since:

(a) It provides a degree of stability to behavior and productivity.
(b) Without some resistance, OB would take on characteristics of chaotic randomness.
(c) Resistance can be a source of functional conflict.
(d) All of the above

309. It is easiest for management to deal with resistance when it is:

(a) Overt.
(b) Subtle.
(c) Passive.
(d) Implicit.

310. Give an example for individual resistance to change?

(a) Group inertia.
(b) Structural inertia.
(c) Habit.
(d) Threat to expertise.

311. Which of the following is not a source of individual resistance to change?

(a) Habit
(b) Security
(c) Fear of the unknown
(d) Structural inertia

312. Which is not a source of organizational resistance to change?

(a) Structural inertia.
(b) Security.
(c) Limited focus of change.
(d) Threat to established power relationships

313. Which one of the following is not a tactic for dealing with resistance to change?
(a) Cooperation
(b) Manipulation
(c) Participation
(d) Negotiation

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 33
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

314. Using covert influence to overcome resistance to change is called:

(a) Participation.
(b) Cooptation.
(c) Manipulation.
(d) Coercion.

315. The application of direct threats or force upon resisters is called:

(a) Power.
(b) Cooptation.
(c) Manipulation.
(d) Coercion.

316. Politics suggest that the impetus for change is more likely to come from:
(a) Outside change agents.
(b) Employees who are new to the organization.
(c) Managers slightly removed from the main power structure.
(d) All of the above
317. Who developed a three-step model for change that included unfreezing, movement, and
refreezing?
(a) Mary Parker Follett
(b) David McClelland
(c) Kurt Lewin
(d) Chester Barnard

318. _____ is a change process based on systematic collection of data and then selection of a
change action based on what the analyzed data indicate.
(a) Organizational development
(b) Action research
(c) Sensitivity training
(d) Process consultation

319. William Marsteller once said that, "Communication is not just words, paint on a canvas, math
symbols, or the equations and models of scientists; it is the interrelations of human beings trying to
escape ________, trying to share experience, trying to implant ideas."
(a) Loneliness
(b) Compartmentalization
(c) Boredom
(d) Their own cages

320. Communication is the __________ or accidental transfer of meaning.

(a) Unintentional
(b) Deliberate
(c) Strategic
(d) Conscientious

321. Intrapersonal communication is best defined as:

(a) The relationship level of communication.
(b) Interactions with a limited number of persons.
(c) Communication designed to inform or persuade audience members.
(d) Communication with the self.

322. Public communication can best be defined as:

(a) Communication designed to inform or persuade audience members.
(b) The relationship level of communication.
(c) Interactions with a limited number of persons.
(d) Communication with the self.

323. The communication process has several elements. Of these, what is the "content of a
communicative act?"
(a) Message
(b) People
(c) Channel
(d) Noise

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 34
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

324. Feedback, one of the more important parts of the communication process, comes in many
varieties. Of those listed below, which is "a behavior enhancing response?"
(a) Positive feedback
(b) Negative feedback
(c) Internal feedback
(d) External feedback

325. There are two (2) crucial characteristics of communication. First, communication is dynamic; the
elements of the process are always affecting each another. Second, communication is unrepeatable
and ___________.
(a) Unrecognizable
(b) Irreversible
(c) Distinct
(d) Reversible

326. To become more adept at communicating with persons who are culturally different from
ourselves, we need to learn not only about their cultures, but about ___________.
(a) Their various subcultures
(b) Our own culture
(c) Their religion
(d) Their language

327. Cultural pluralists advocate adherence to the principle of …...

(a) High-text communication
(b) Low-text communication
(c) Cultural relativity
(d) Ethnocentrism

328. Demographers tell us that _________ will shape our country's future.
(a) Ignorance
(b) Diversity
(c) Individualism
(d) Conformity

329. To communicate interculturally, it is important to limit one's reliance on ___________.

(a) Stereotypes
(b) Technology
(c) Friendship
(d) Media

330. It is important to ____________ the communication rules of other cultures to communicate

effectively.
(a) Debate
(b) Restructure
(c) Challenge
(d) None of the above

331. Which of the following is not a norm?

(a) Participation
(b) Hunger
(c) Positive Attitude
(d) Confidentiality

332. Which of the following is not an example of group influence on an individual?

(a) minority influence.
(b) deindividuation.
(c) social facilitation.
(d) social loafing.

333. Social facilitation is the term used to describe the tendency for the presence of others
(a) to affect our likelihood to help.
(b) to either enhance or impair performance.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 35
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) to make a person act more extroverted.

(d) to make a person act more introverted.

334. What is the term used to describe when a person's identity and self-awareness are diffused by
being in the presence of a group, and a person might act in an unrestrained manners?
(a) deinstitutionalization.
(b) deindividuation.
(c) decineration.
(d) declination.

335. Group polarization occurs when

(a) members in a group interact, but, instead of changing their minds about a topic, they keep
their original ideas and strengthen those ideas.
(b) the group members do not interact, and the members reverse their decisions to the opposite
point of view.
(c) social loafing is strong and deindividuation is weak.
(d) the members in a group interact, and based upon what they hear, they discard their original
ideas in favor of the other group members' ideas.

336. Which researcher coined the term "groupthink"?

(a) Leon Festinger
(b) Norman Triplett
(c) Irving Janis
(d) Irwin Yalom

337. Groupthink is used to describe

(a) the positive aspects that occur when a group works together.
(b) group dynamics that can interfere with group decision-making processes and can produce
disastrous results.
(c) when group members have in-jokes and give each other knowing glances.
(d) when group members are on the same wavelength and complete each other’s sentences.

338. Research on working in pairs, teams, or in groups has shown that

(a) collaborations are never productive.
(b) teamwork is never as good as working alone.
(c) group problem solving tasks always dilute original ideas.
(d) collaborations can be productive.

339. Minority influence can

(a) never sway the majority of the group members to the other point of view.
(b) steer other group members who hold the majority view over to the minority point of view.
(c) decrease creativity.
(d) increase superficiality.

340. It is through ______________ that group members can be inspired, motivated, and guided to be
successful and productive.
(a) fellowship
(b) sportsmanship
(c) Coercion
(d) leadership

341. Which style of leadership focuses on goals, standards, and organization?

(a) task leadership
(b) social leadership
(c) semantic leadership
(d) transformational leadership

342. Which style of leadership focuses on team building, conflict resolution, and morale?
(a) surrogate leadership
(b) social leadership
(c) transparent leadership
(d) task leadership

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 36
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

343. The transformational leadership style

(a) Encourages group members to transform themselves into better people.
(b) Strives to change the group members' opinions by showing them a better way to think.
(c) changes opinions and attitudes without changing behaviors.
(d) Encourages and inspires group members to go above and beyond selfish interests and do what
is best for the common good of the group as a whole.

344. Social comparison theory is offered as one explanation for ______________.

(a) group polarization
(b) pluralistic ignorance
(c) summation polarity
(d) group adhesion

345. Influencing others to work willingly toward achieving the firm’s objectives is:
(a) Organizing
(b) Motivation
(c) Leadership
(d) Management

346. Effective leadership reflects a balance of:

(a) Traits and skills
(b) Leadership styles or behaviors
(c) Situations and influences
(d) a and b

347. Traits or skills on which leaders differ from non-leaders include:

(a) Honesty and integrity
(b) Self-confidence
(c) Drive and the desire to lead
(d) All of the above

348. Sources from which leaders derive power include:

(a) Position held
(b) Authority to reward or punish
(c) Expert knowledge
(d) All of the above

349. A leader’s people oriented functions include:

(a) Reducing tension and boosting morale
(b) Making the job more pleasant
(c) Defending the group’s values, attitudes and beliefs
(d) All of the above

350. Leaders that focus on the individuality and personality needs of their employees and
emphasize building good interpersonal relationships are:
(a) Job centered
(b) Laissez-faire
(c) Employee oriented
(d) Consideration oriented

351. Leaders that focus on production and the job’s technical aspects are:
(a) Job centered
(b) Laissez-faire
(c) General
(d) Autocratic

352. The extent to which a leader lets followers make decisions themselves rather than making the
decisions for them is focused on by _______________ leadership styles.
(a) Laissez-faire and general
(b) Participative and autocratic
(c) Employee-oriented and job-centered
(d) Laissez-faire and close

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 37
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

353. ______________ leaders solve problems and make decisions alone.

(a) Laissez-faire
(b) Job-centered
(c) Autocratic
(d) Situational

354. Leaders who enlist the help of subordinates as a group to solve problems is:
(a) Situational
(b) Laissez-faire
(c) Participative
(d) Employee-oriented

355. A leader uses _____________ when giving the individual or group the authority and responsibility
to make a decision.
(a) Consultation
(b) Laissez-faire
(c) Joint decision
(d) Delegation

356. Advantages of participative decision making include:

(a) Employees set higher goals for themselves
(b) More points of view are offered
(c) Participants buy into the final decision
(d) All of the above

357. Whether a leader is charismatic is determined by:

(a) Follower perceptions
(b) Context of the leadership situation
(c) Individual and collective need of followers
(d) All of the above

358. The “fix” style of leadership depends upon the:

(a) Nature of the task
(b) Capabilities of employees
(c) a and b
(d) All of the above

359. Identify the best definition of planning

(a) An integrated process in which plans are formulated carried out and controlled.
(b) Setting an organization’s objectives and the means of reaching them.
(c) Devising ways of achieving the objectives of an organisation.
(d) The core activity of planners and planning departments.

360. What is planning horizon?

(a) The distance ahead for the forecasts on which plans are made.
(b) The maximum time for which managers can make plans.
(c) The time between making a plan and putting it into effect.
(d) The time ahead for which there is no information.

361. What three problems commonly hindering successful planning did we identify?
(a) Procedures unsuited to change; negative organisational culture; poor interpersonal
relationships.
(b) Lack of planning expertise; little top management support; misuse of planning specialists.
(c) An oversized planning department; poor co-operation between managers and planners;
managers with little time to gather information.
(d) Conflict among objectives; impossibility of measuring outcomes; confusion between means
and ends.

362. What is the more formal term

for what is known as 'Plan B'?
(a) A contingency plan.
(b) A convergence plan.
(c) A circumstantial plan.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 38
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) A crisis plan.

363. What is the duty to act according to the authority that has been given?
(a) Professionalism
(b) Delegation
(c) Responsibility
(d) Probity

364. What are the three themes found in the choice of organisational divisions?
(a) Growth, specialization and co-ordination
(b) Products, customers and geography
(c) Hierarchy, level and chain of command
(d) Size, diversity and independence

365. In which organisational form are there dual or multiple lines of authority?
(a) Multidivisional
(b) Decentralised
(c) Network
(d) Matrix

366. Which concept does personality represent?

(a) zero concept
(b) whole concept
(c) full concept
(d) empty concept

367. Which determinant of personality determines the actual learning of a person?

(a) biological
(b) social
(c) culture
(d) situational

368. Who divided in two types -(tough minded and tender minded) to judge the personality?
(a) william james
(b) luthans
(c) spranger
(d) murray

369. What are the three kinds of personality according to Jung?

(a) extrovert, talkative, ambivert
(b) introvert lazy talkative
(c) extrovert, introvert, ambivert
(d) talkative,ambivert,lazy

370. Who classified people in terms of values?

(a) jung
(b) spranger
(c) luthans
(d) carl rogers

371. Alport makes a distinction between which two traits?

(a) a.common and uncommon traits
(b) uncommon and personal traits
(c) common traits and personal disposition
(d) d.tough traits and common traits

372. What are the two traits according to catell's trait theory?
(a) surface and base trait
(b) surface and source trait
(c) base and source trait
(d) source and end traits

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 39
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

373. What are more traditional concepts of explaining human behavior?

(a) self theory
(b) unself theory
(c) trait and type theory
(d) type and self theory

374. Which theory studys the person-situation ineraction?

(a) a.self theory
(b) social theory
(c) c.trait theory
(d) type theory

375. Which of the following is a characteristics of leadership?

(a) a function of stimulation
(b) a process of leaning
(c) process of obeying commands
(d) process of getting motivated by others

376. Leadership is the procces whoose important ingridient is the _____________ exercised by the
leaders on the group members .
(a) friendship
(b) loyalty
(c) ctrust
(d) influence

377. According to louis A allen a leader is a person who____________ other people.

(a) guides and directs
(b) socializes with
(c) participates with
(d) tolerates

378. What style does an autocratic leader follow?

(a) who consults with people in the group then give instructions
(b) One who gives order which must be obeyed
(c) who does not lead
(d) who does not take any responsibility

379. Why is autocratic leadership considered negetive?

(a) people are uninformed,insecued and afraid of the leader
(b) leader is extra friendly
(c) too much confusion arises
(d) very participative

380. A________________ leader is one who gives instruction only after consulting the group.
(a) democratic
(b) socialist
(c) autocratic
(d) free rein/laissez faire

381. A ____________ leader avoids power and leaves the group entirely to itself.
(a) socialistic
(b) democratic
(c) autocratic
(d) free rein/laissez faire

382. A ___________ leader assumes his function to be fatherly.

(a) socialistic
(b) democratic
(c) paternal
(d) free rein/laissez faire

383. System 1 management ,managers make what kind of decisions?

(a) employess personal life realted

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 40
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) work related

(c) socialy related
(d) related to society

384. Maslow suggests that needs are arranged in a series of levels, on the basis of importance.In this
regard which of the following are relevant to the Maslows Hierarchy of needs theory?
(a) A need once satisfied does not motivate an individual
(b) Once a need is satisfied it is replaced by another need
(c) Needs are same for all individuals
(d) All of the above

385. Leaders who inspire their followers to surpass their self interests for the good of the good of the
organization are called?
(a) Democratic leaders
(b) Autocratic leaders
(c) Transformational
(d) Transactional

386. The term used for defining the number of subordinates under a manager in an organization is
called?
(a) Span of management
(b) Control of management
(c) Division management
(d) Departmentalization

387. Hygiene factors are similar to ______ needs as identified in the Hierarchy of needs.
(a) Lower order
(b) Higher order
(c) 3Tiered
(d) None of the above

388. Which of the following theories are similar to Maslows need hierarchy in terms of how human
behavior and motivation are priorities in the workplace to maximize output?
(a) Theory X and Thoery Y
(b) Mc Clellands theory of human motivation
(c) Clayton Alderfers ERG theory
(d) Mmanagement by objectives theory

389. ______the ability to influence others that stems from the leaders characteristics
(a) Referent power
(b) Coersive power
(c) Legitimate power
(d) None of the above

390. Training is vital and necessary activity in all organisations. It plays a large part in determining
the _______________ and ____________ of the establishment
(a) Effectiveness and efficiency
(b) Effectiveness and smooth running
(c) Efficiency and smooth running
(d) Efficiency and success

391. Learning by doing is a type of

(a) Off the job training
(b) On the job training
(c) Internship taining
(d) Classroom training

392. Planning involves deciding in _________ what is to be done, where , how and by whom it is to
be done
(a) Respect of
(b) Context of
(c) Advance
(d) Regard to

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 41
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

393. Limitation of planning include :

(a) Inaccuracy
(b) Time consuming
(c) Rigidity
(d) All of the above

394. In the top-down approach _____________ takes the initiative in formulating major objectives,
strategies policies and derivatives
(a) Team
(b) Top management
(c) Supervisory management
(d) None of the above

395. The term budget is usually regarded as a tool of ____________ planning and control
(a) Operational
(b) Functional
(c) Systematic
(d) None of the above

396. PERT AND CPM are ___________________

(a) Network techniques useful for planning
(b) Tools of forecasting
(c) Both a and b
(d) None of the above

397. Organisational plans for handling non repetitive, novel and unique problems are known as
________
(a) Standing plans
(b) Single use plans
(c) Both of the above
(d) None of the above

398. Setting goals and objective is the first step in the __________________ process
(a) Planning
(b) Strategic planning
(c) Organising
(d) Staffing

399. Felt conflict is :

(a) When people perceive that conflictful conditions exist
(b) When conflict promoting conditions appear
(c) When people feel there is conflict
(d) None of the above

400. Coalition is a combination of two or more organisations who without losing their respective
identities work for a _______
(a) General purpose
(b) Specific purpose
(c) Common purpose
(d) All of the above

401. Internal sources of recruitment are

(a) Promotion
(b) Transfer
(c) Apprentices
(d) All of the above

402. Fundamentals of principles of scientific management include

(a) Rule of thumb
(b) Harmony in group
(c) A and b
(d) None of the above

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 42
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

403. Unity of command means that a person should get orders and instructions from
(a) Multiple people
(b) Only one superior
(c) Any of his superior
(d) Peers

404. Advantage of forecasting include

(a) Important for planning
(b) Coordination of activities
(c) Achievement of objectives
(d) All of the above

405. Employee walk-ins is a type of

(a) Internal source of recruitment
(b) External source of recruitment
(c) Both of the above
(d) None of the above

406. Lectures, conferences, role playing is a kind of

(a) On the job training
(b) Off the job training
(c) Both of the above
(d) None of the above

407. Functions of a supervisor is to

(a) Communicate orders
(b) Enforce safety
(c) Handle grievances
(d) All of the above

408. PODSCORB stands for

(a) Planning organising staffing directing controlling reporting budgeting
(b) Planning organising staffing directing controlling rectifying budgeting
(c) Planning ordering staffing directing controlling reporting budgeting
(d) Planning organising staffing directing controlling recruiting budgeting

409. Decentralisation is a disadvantage due to

(a) Growth and diversification
(b) Lack of uniformity
(c) Executive development
(d) All of the above

410. Directing the employees includes

(a) Supervising employees
(b) Leading employees
(c) Both a and b
(d) None of the above

411. Need for planned change arises due to

(a) Market situation
(b) Technology
(c) Deficiency in existing system
(d) All of the above

412. Resistance to change is due to

(a) Status quo
(b) Fear of unknown
(c) Both a and b
(d) None of the above

413. Changes in environment can be

(a) Economic
(b) Sociological

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 43
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Technological
(d) All of the above

414. Select the CORRECT sequence of organization behavior modification process

(a) Identify, Measure, Analyze, Intervene and Evaluate
(b) Analyze, Measure, Identify , Intervene and Evaluate
(c) Identify, Measure, Intervene, Analyze and Evaluate
(d) Both (b) and (c)

415. Which of the following connectionist theories is used in associating an unconditioned stimulus
with a conditioned one to get a response which is conditioned?
(a) Classical conditioning
(b) Negative conditioning
(c) Instrumental conditioning
(d) Cognitive conditioning

416. The process by which people try to manage or control the perceptions formed by other
people
about themselves is called :
(a) perceptual management. .
(b) impression management.
(c) group management.
(d) perceptual grouping

417. Which of the following perception sub processes involves, making note of the stimulus
received
from the environment by an individual?
(a) Sensation
(b) Interpretation
(c) Registration
(d) Confrontation

418. Creating a general impression about an individual based on a single characteristic, such as
intelligence, appearance sociability etc. is known as
(a) stereotyping
(b) halo effect.
(c) attribution.
(d) parity effect.

419. Which of the following factors influence perception?

(a) Power, Affiliation and Motivation
(b) Needs, Drives and Incentives
(c) The Perceiver, the Target and the Situation
(d) The Perceiver, the Risk Taking and the Incentives

420. Which of the following referent comparisons is used by an employee if he compares his
experiences in the present position with the experiences of those holding a similar position in another
organization?
(a) Other-inside
(b) Self-inside
(c) Other-outside
(d) Self-outside

421. The valence is said to be zero when ____________.

(a) the person prefers not attaining the outcome
(b) the person is not interested in the outcome
(c) the person is interested in the outcome
(d) both (a) and (b)

422. GAS means ________________.

(a) general availability synapse
(b) general adoption syndrome

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 44
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) general adaptation syndrome

(d) general apprehensive syndrome

423. Stress included by stimulus is known as ___________.

(a) stressmentor
(b) stresspusser
(c) stresseor
(d) stressor

424. Which of the following are the most important contributions in the field of organizational
behavior by Dr. Hans Selye?
(a) Estress and distress
(b) Eustress and distress
(c) Impstress and epstress
(d) Rule of thumb and unity of direction

425. Which of the following three stages of GAS is used for coping with the stress situation?
(a) Alarm stage, resistance stage and exhaustion stage
(b) Depreciation stage, material stage and tecometric stage
(c) Anxiety stage, appreciative stage and masmule stage
(d) Exiting stage, remotive stage and speculative stage
426. The psychological process of recollecting information and past experiences by an individual is
referred to as
(a) perception.
(b) learning. .
(c) cognition.
(d) motivation.

427. According to the Keith Davis equation,the potential performance of an individual is determi
ned by his __________
(a) knowledge and skill.
(b) ability and situation.
(c) ability and motivation.
(d) both (a) and (c ).

428.
The Management Style adopted by some companies like IBM, Intel, HP etc. was a combination
of both American and Japanese styles. These organizations were referred to as
(a) theory x organizations.
(b) theory y organizations.
(c) theory z organizations.
(d) theory o organizations

429. Given 'O' represents human being, which of the following perspectives does S-O-
R model
represent best?
(a) Traditional
(b) Input and output
(c) Behavioral
(d) Attitude
430. Which of the following types of employees have high work ethics and are quality conscious?
(a) Young employees
(b) Middle aged employees
(c) Older employees
(d) Both (a) and (b)

431.
Which of the following are specialized cells that transmit information from one part of the body to
another part of the body?
(a) Neurons
(b) Blood cells
(c) Hormones
(d) Both (b) and (c)

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 45
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

432. Which of the following are certain projections that branch out from the neuron; and r
eceive information from other neurons?
(a) Fibers
(b) Axon
(c) Dendrites
(d) Synapse
433. How many parts can a nervous system be divided into?
(a) 5
(b) 9
(c) 3
(d) 2

434. The probability of a particular behavior being repeated, but by withdrawing an

Undesirable consequence, is termed as
(a) positive reinforcement.
(b) punishment.
(c) negative reinforcement.
(d) behavior modification.

435.
In which of the following leadership styles DOES the leader obtain relevant information from the
subordinates and then attempt to find the solution to the problem?
(a) Autocratic I
(b) Autocratic III
(c) Group I
(d) Autocratic II

436. Which of the following is NOT an effective supervisory practice?

(a) Avoid close supervision
(b) Promoting individual cohesiveness
(c) Promoting group cohesiveness
(d) Devoting more time in planning

437. In which of the following classification of conflicts DO people always try to maintain their
image and respect?
(a) Intergroup conflict
(b) Intragroup conflict
(c) Interpersonal conflict
(d) Intrapersonal conflict

438. Which of the following methods to manage inter group relations deals with a skilled p e r s on
in resolving disputes, promoting communication and establishing friendy relations between the
conflicting parties?
(a) Task force
(b) Team
(c) Liaison role
(d) Resolving role

439. Which Fayol`s theory principle states that activities in an organization should be planned
in a way that they all come under one plan and are supervised by only one person?
(a) Unity of command
(b) Unity of direction
(c) Discipline
(d) Scalar chain

440. What is referred to the selfperception of how well a person can cope with situations as
and when they arise?
(a) Self-esteem
(b) Self-efficacy
(c) Self-motivation
(d) Self-improvement
441. Match the following.
a. Extraversion (i) Creative and Innovative

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 46
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

b. Agreeableness (ii)
Marketing, Public relations and Human resources
c. Conscientiousness (iii) Good natured, Co-Operative and Trusting
d. Emotional stability (iv) Organized, Self –disciplined and
Responsible
e. Openness’ to experience (v) Withstand stress and tend to be calm
(a) a(ii), b(iii), c(iv), d(v), e(i)
(b) a(iii), b(iv), c(ii), d(i), e(v)
(c) a(ii), b(i), c(iii), d(iv), e(v)
(d) a(iii), b(iv), c(v), d(ii), e(i)

442. That refers to the degree to which individual is practical in his approach, maintains emo
tional distance from others and believes ends justify means. Which of the following is this referred to?
(a) Self –Monitoring
(b) Risk taking
(c) Self – Esteem
(d) Machiavellianism

443.
This is concerned with the employee’s emotional attachment and involvement with
the organization. Which of the following represents organizational commitment?
(a) Normative commitment
(b) Continuance commitment
(c) Affective commitment
(d) Effective commitment

444.
According to Levinson, the maximum development in one’s personality takes place during ____
(a) age-thirty transition
(b) mid-life transition
(c) age-fifty transition
(d) late-adult transition

445. In which of the following, does the productivity of some people increase further, while for s
ome the productivity may remain stagnant?
(a) Exploration
(b) Maintenance
(c) Decline
(d) Existence

446. In which of the following, do attitudes provide a standard of reference which allows people to
understand and explain their environment?
(a) Adjustment-function
(b) Ego-defensive function
(c) Value-expression function
(d) Knowledge-function

447. Which of the following motives is learned or acquired over a period of time such as
power,achievement and affiliation?
(a) Affection motive
(b) Secondary motive
(c) Primary motive
(d) Stimulus motive

448. Which of the following theories does say that ‘motivation alone cannot ensure
successfulperformance of a task, the employee should have a clear perception of his role and the r
equired skills and abilities’?
(a) Equity theory
(b) The Porter-Lawler model
(c) Attribution theory
(d) The continuum model

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 47
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

449. Match the following approaches with the relevant components.

1. Classical approach a) Operations management
2. Behavioral approach b) Hawthorne studies
3. Quantitative approach c) Administrative management
4. Modern approach d) Quality management
(a) 1-(c), 2- (d), 3-(b),4-(a)
(b) 1-(c), 2- (a), 3-(b),4-(d)
(c) 1-(c), 2- (b), 3-(a),4-(d)
(d) 1-(c), 2- (d), 3-(a),4-(b)

450. Which of the following is the module of behavioral approach?

(a) Administrative management
(b) Group influences
(c) Management sciences
(d) The systems theory

451.
The study that focuses on reducing the unnecessary activities in work and thus reducing
thefatigue and wastage of time is known as :
(a) Time study.
(b) Fatigue study.
(c) Work study.
(d) Motion study.

452. What is meant by Unity of Command?

(a) Each employee should receive orders from a number of superiors
(b) Each employee should receive orders from one superior only
(c) Each employee should receive orders from Board of Directors
(d) Each employee should receive orders from subordinates

453. Which of the following principles is attributed to grouping members who belong to the
same department in an organization?
(a) Continuity
(b) Figure Ground
(c) Closure
(d) Proximity

454. The behavioral science that contributes ‘motivation’ to Organizational Behavior is

(a) Sociology.
(b) Political science
(c) Psychology.
(d) Anthropology.

455. Which of the following organizations does believe in providing lifetime employment to
the employees?
(a) American
(b) Japanese
(c) European
(d) Italian
456. Which of the following experiments revealed that there is some other variable beyond w
age,
hours of work and working conditions that made a significant impact on productivity?
(a) Relay experiment
(b) Interview experiment
(c) Wiring experiment
(d) Illumination experiment

457. Law of Effect states that responses followed by pleasant consequences (are)
(a) less likely to be repeated.
(b) not at all repeated.
(c) lead to unpleasant consequence.
(d) more likely to be repeated.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 48
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

458. Observational learning is the essential component of ______________, where learning

could occur through imitation of others.
(a) customary process
(b) habitual process
(c) modeling process
(d) routine process

459. A bright light, a strong odor or a loud noise are more likely to be noticed than a dim light, a
weak odour or a soft sound. Which of the following principles of attention is mentioned here?
(a) Intensity
(b) Moderation
(c) Repetition
(d) Replication

460.
In which of the following organizations are employees manipulative and not willing to take
any risks?
(a) Model I
(b) Model II
(c) Type A
(d) Type B

461. Which of the following perspectives DOES attempt to explain human behavior with the
S-O-B model?
(a) Traditional perspective
(b) Modern perspective
(c) Behavioral perspective
(d) Behavior as an input-output system

462. In which of the following perceptual processes are perceived objects are separated
from their general background by the perceiver?
(a) Figure-ground
(b) Perceptual Constancy
(c) Perceptual Context
(d) Perceptual Content

463. Which of the following theories DOES refer to the incompatibility that an individual may p erceive
between two or more of his attitudes, or between his behavior and attitudes?
(a) Cognitive Dissonance Theory
(b) Argyris` Immaturity to Maturity Theory
(c) Hall’s Career Stage Model
(d) Levinson`s Theory of Adult Life Stages

464. Which of the following is NOT the attribute of individual politicking?

(a) Pressure to perform
(b) Personality traits
(c) Background
(d) Experience

465. Which of the following is the fourth step in the process of negotiation?
(a) Preparation and planning
(b) Defining rules
(c) Bargaining and problem solving
(d) Clarification and justification

466. Which of the following DOES emphasize that an individual should know about oneself,
accept responsibility for his actions and regulate any dysfunctional behavior?
(a) Team-building approach
(b) Formal group diagnostic method
(c) Role analysis technique
(d) Gestalt approach

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 49
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

467. In which of the following leadership types DOES a leader give his subordinates challenging
tasks and higher responsibilities in order to develop them?
(a) Supportive leadership
(b) Accommodative leadership
(c) Participative leadership
(d) Achievement-oriented leadership

468. Which of the following DOES refer to the ability to modify or change people in general ways
like changing their performance and satisfaction?
(a) Power
(b) Authority
(c) Accountability
(d) Influence

469. Which of the following theories DOES state that leaders establish a special relationship
with a small group of subordinates, usually early in their interaction?
(a) LMX theory
(b) Path-goal theory
(c) Blake and Mouton theory
(d) Hersey and Blanchard’s theory

470.
Which of the following theories of organization DOES lay more stress on the environment and
establish the relationship between organizational structure and the environment?
(a) Contingency theory
(b) Ecological theory
(c) Learning theory
(d) Biological theory

471. In which of the following roles within an informal group a person is an aggressive achiever
who makes the team action-oriented?
(a) Monitor-evaluator
(b) Implementer
(c) Shaper
(d) Plant

472.
Which of the following DOES refer to the authority to take decision within one’s area of operations
without having to get anyone’s approval?
(a) Enrichment
(b) Enlargement
(c) Enhancement
(d) Empowerment

473. In which of the following referent comparisons DO employees compare their experience
in the present position with the experiences of those holding a similar position in the same
organization?
(a) Self-outside
(b) Other-inside
(c) Self-self
(d) Self-inside

474.
Which of the following theories DOES state that leadership traits can be acquired with training
and experience?
(a) Great person theory
(b) Gestalt theory
(c) Subordinate theory
(d) Behavioral theory

475. Which of the following cognitive processes DOES occur in a state of mental disorder a
nd is characterized by illogical thought processes?
(a) Austic thinking

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 50
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Daydreaming
(c) Sorting
(d) Pathological thinking

476. In which of the following roles within an informal group is a person a careful and
Detailed examiner who ties up loose ends?
(a) Complete-Finisher
(b) Resource Investigator
(c) Team worker
(d) Coordinator

477. Which of the following terms DOES refer to people drawing general impression about
Others based on a single characteristic, such as intelligence, aggressiveness, etc.?
(a) Attribution
(b) Stereotyping
(c) Halo Effect
(d) Primacy Error

478. In which of the following processes of power DOES the target find the agent attractive and
Seek to emulate his behavior?
(a) Internalization
(b) Externalization
(c) Acquaintance
(d) Identification

479. Which of the following disciplines DOES provide insights into the aspects of decision and
choice,factors that need to be considered while choosing the most suitable options?
(a) Political Science
(b) Anthropology
(c) Economics
(d) Ergonomics

480. Which of the following traits DOES refer to the extent to which a person is responsible
and achievement oriented?
(a) Extroversion
(b) Introversion
(c) Conscientiousness
(d) Agreeableness

481. Which of the following DOES refer to the equilibrium between the degree of dependency
of the target and the degree of power exercised by the agent?
(a) Balancing imbalance
(b) Maintaining imbalance
(c) Reacting to power
(d) Power balance

482. Which of the following DOES enable the employees to widen their interests and get inform
ation relating to recent developments in their field?
(a) Grapevine
(b) Gangplank
(c) Network
(d) Communication

483.
Which of the following DOES refer to the ability of an individual to analyze complex situations and
to rationally interpret the available information?
(a) Individual skills
(b) Technical skills
(c) Conceptual skills
(d) Group skills

484. Which of the following DOES refer to the quality of voice, volume, pitch, speed and non
fluencies used to convey a message?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 51
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Body language

(b) Para language
(c) Kinesics
(d) Expressions

485. Which of the following is the third step in the O.B. Mod Process?
(a) Identify
(b) Measure
(c) Intervene
(d) Analyze

486. Which of the following DOES refer to the degree to which an individual is practical
in his approach, maintains an emotional distance from others, and believes that ends justify means?
(a) Risk taking
(b) Locus of control
(c) Machiavellianism
(d) Self-monitoring

4 8 7. Which of the following dimensions DOES refer to a leader considering employees as a means to
achieve goals and pay little or no attention to any problems that the employees may face?
(a) Development-oriented
(b) Production-oriented
(c) Training-oriented
(d) Employee-oriented

488. Which of the following systems of management suggested by Likert is called

exploitive-authoritative style?
(a) Systems 1 management
(b) Systems 2 management
(c) Systems 3 management
(d) Systems 4 management

489. In which of the following changes, does the new state of things have a completely
different nature from the old state of things?
(a) Third order change
(b) Second order change
(c) First order change
(d) Reverse order change

490. Which of the following is based on the assumption that there are two forces –
driving forces and
restraining forces that play a role in attaining a state of equilibrium in the organization?
(a) Abad’s model
(b) Lippitt`s approach
(c) Beckhard`s approach
(d) Force-field analysis

491. Which of the following approaches is based on the assumption that there exist one or
more solutions to a problem that could result in a win-win situation?
(a) Collective bargaining
(b) Individual bargaining
(c) Distributive bargaining
(d) Integrative bargaining

492. In which of the following leadership styles DOES the leader discuss the problem wit
h his subordinates and listens to their ideas and suggestions?
(a) Consultative II
(b) Consultative I
(c) Group II
(d) Participative II

493. Which of the following is the fourth step in the process of negotiation?
(a) Preparation and planning

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 52
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Defining rules

(c) Bargaining and problem solving
(d) Clarification and justification

494. Which of the following DOES emphasize that an individual should know about oneself, a
ccept responsibility for his actions and regulate any dysfunctional behavior?
(a) Team-building approach
(b) Formal group diagnostic method
(c) Role analysis technique
(d) Gestalt approach

495. Which of the following DO refer to the cognition of an individual that a certain mode of
conduct or style of behavior is socially preferable to the other modes of conduct or behavioral styles?
(a) Belief
(b) Norm
(c) Culture
(d) Value

496. Which of the following selection tests refer to testing the components such as reaso
ning
judgment, memory and the power of abstraction?
(a) Intelligence tests
(b) Interest tests
(c) Aptitude tests
(d) Polygraph tests

497. Which of the following approaches treat the organizational goals and the employee ne
eds as being mutual and compatible?
(a) Human relations approach
(b) Human resources approach
(c) Classical management approach
(d) Modern management approach

498. Which of the following managerial functions of the human resource department
involves establishing an intentional structure of roles for people in an organization?
(a) Organizing
(b) Controlling
(c) Directing
(d) Planning

499. Which of the following concepts refer to the system of matching the available resources,
either internally or externally, with the demand that the organization expects to have
over a period of time?
(a) Human Resource Process
(b) Human Resource Performance
(c) Human Resource Planning
(d) Human Resource Information System

500. Which of the following do you think are interrelated and inter-dependent?
(a) Job satisfaction and productivity
(b) Job content and productivity
(c) Job specification and productivity
(d) Job description and productivity

501. Which of the following organizational structures reduce redundancy and enable free flow of i
dea and information among the employees?
(a) Tall organizational structure
(b) Flat organizational structure
(c) Project organizational structure
(d) Matrix organizational structure

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 53
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

502. Which of the following managerial functions of the human resource department refers
to the measurement and rectification of activities to ensure that events conform to plans?
(a) Directing
(b) Staffing
(c) Controlling
(d) Organizing

503. Which of the following concept suggests that a worker is basically motivated by the mo
netary gains and that financial incentives alone could maximize the worker’s output?
(a) Economic man
(b) Time-motion
(c) Rule-of-the thumb
(d) Piece-rate

504. Which of the following provides the information on the current human resource available i
n the
organization?
(a) Job evaluation
(b) Job design
(c) Job content
(d) Job analysis

505.
Which of the following techniques of downsizing does an organization adopt when the demand
for their products or services comes down, and the supply cannot be maintained at the existing
levels?
(a) Outplacement
(b) Leave of absence without pa
(c) Work sharing
(d) Lay-offs

506.
Which of the following process serves the purpose of selling the organization to the candidate?
(a) Recruitment process
(b) Selection process
(c) Development process
(d) Training process

507.
Which of the following roles does the HR department play in advising the management,
including the top management on various people-related issues and communicating management
decisions to the employees?
(a) A facilitator
(b) A regulator
(c) A specialist
(d) A controller

508.
Which of the following results in low employee turnover, low absenteeism, and low accident rates
in shop floor jobs?
(a) Induction
(b) Placement
(c) Stimulation
(d) Selection

509. Which of the following methods of dealing with surplus manpower refers to the techniq
ue of getting rid of ageing employees and infusing fresh talent into the organization?
(a) Outplacement
(b) Lay-offs
(c) Retrenchment
(d) Early/voluntary retirement

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 54
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

510. If on falling sick your organization allows you to work from home provided you report to office
once in a week, which of the following concept is that?
(a) Flextime
(b) Telecommuting
(c) Working from home
(d) Telemarketing

511. A situation where there are more number of people available in the job market due to
mushrooming of management
Institutions, identify the environmental factorsthat determine the effectiveness of the
recruitment program .
(a) Law of land
(b) Situation in the labour market
(c) Reputation of organization
(d) Culture, social attitudes and beliefs

512.
Which of the following interviews refer to the interviewer selecting the questions to be asked and
plans the interview well in advance?
(a) Social interview
(b) Formal interview
(c) Stress interview
(d) Selection interview

513. Which of the following concepts refer to identifying and grooming an employee for a vacan
cy that would arise in the future?
(a) Career planning
(b) Performance planning
(c) Succession planning
(d) Corporate-level planning

514. Which of the following methods for determining the validity of a selection method refer
to the
degree to which the validity of the selection method, established in one context, can be extended
to other ‘primary contexts’?
(a) Legality
(b) Utility
(c) Reliability
(d) Generalizability

515. Which of the following roles is played by an HR Manager when training and develo
pment activities are planned and conducted and performance appraisals are done?
(a) The consultant
(b) The service provider
(c) The facilitator
(d) The auditor

516.
Which of the following level Human Resource Planning takes into consideration the changing
market situation, strategic plans of the organization and the technological changes anticipated at
a macro level?
(a) Intermediate-level planning
(b) Operations planning
(c) Planning short-term activities
(d) Corporate-level planning

517. Which of the following refers to the obligation of a manager to carry out the duties assign
ed to him?
(a) Authority
(b) Influence
(c) Power
(d) Responsibility

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 55
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

518. Which of the following job specifications include stability, adaptability, flexibility and is co
mmon across most of the jobs?
(a) Physical specifications
(b) Mental specifications
(c) Group specifications
(d) Emotional and social specifications

519. Which of the following characteristics of a job refers to the degree to which the job
makes an impact on the lives or work of other people?
(a) Autonomy
(b) Feedback
(c) Task identity
(d) Task significance

520.
Which of the following characteristics of selection methods produces consistent results across
different situations and times?
(a) Legality
(b) Validity
(c) Generalizability
(d) Reliability

521. Which of the following is the third step in the process of job enrichment?
(a) Providing scope for change
(b) Concentrating on motivational factors
(c) Changing the content of the job
(d) Making a list of changes

522. Which of the following steps in the process of job enrichment is succeeded by changi
ng the content of the job rather than changing employees?
(a) Making a list of changes and enrichment in job design
(b) Providing adequate training, guidance, encouragement and help
(c) Introducing the enriched job carefully, so that there is no resistance towar
ds the
implementation of job enrichment programs.
(d) Administering corrective discipline

523.
Which of the following concept refers to the process of ascertaining qualifications, experience,
skill, knowledge of an applicant with the purpose of determining his/her suitability for a job?
(a) Staffing
(b) Introducing
(c) Induction
(d) Selection

524.
Which of the following approaches to Human Resource Management suggests that treating
employees with respect would improve employee satisfaction and help in achieving higher
productivity?
(a) Scientific Management Approach
(b) Human Resource Approach
(c) Human Accounting Approach
(d) Human Relations Approach

525.
Which of the following tests measure an individual’s ability to learn a given job, when adequate
training is given and do not test the knowledge or proficiency possessed by the individual?
(a) Interest tests
(b) Achievement tests
(c) Situational tests
(d) Aptitude tests

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 56
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

526. Which of the following concept refers to attributing an appropriate value to the worth of
human resources in the organization?
(a) Human resource planning
(b) Human resource accounting
(c) Human resource management
(d) Human resource evaluation

527.
The employment agencies in which fresh graduates and technicians in search of suitable
employment would first register themselves are known as
(a) Global agencies. .
(b) Private agencies.
(c) Public or state agencies
(d) Regional agencies.

528. Which of the following refers to the monetary and non-monetary benefits given to the
employees during their employment and these benefits are in no way connected to the employee’s
performance?
(a) Fringe benefits
(b) Incentives
(c) Wage and salary administration
(d) Base salary

529.
Which of the following types of organization facilitates close supervision and provides for
continuous interaction between the supervisor and his subordinates?
(a) Flat organization
(b) Tall organization
(c) Vertical organization
(d) Matrix organization

530.
Which of the following concepts refer to identifying one’s career goals and formulating plans of
reaching them through various means like education and work experience?
(a) Career development
(b) Management development
(c) Human Resource Development
(d) Training

531.
Which of the following refers to the departments or employees that perform a support function
and contribute indirectly to the business of a firm?
(a) Staff function
(b) Line function
(c) Employee functions
(d) Organizational function

532.
Which of the following methods of job analysis refers to gathering all the job related information
from supervisors?
(a) Questionnaire method
(b) Expert method
(c) Observation method
(d) Technical conference method

533. Which of the following methods of job analysis describes jobs in terms of worker activities?
(a) Position analysis questionnaire
(b) Questionnaire method
(c) Technical job analysis
(d) Critical incident technique

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 57
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

534. Which of the following measure the job related proficiency and knowledge of the applicants
and is used to select experienced candidates?
(a) Achievement tests
(b) Intelligence tests
(c) Aptitude tests
(d) Interests tests

535.
Which of the following operative functions include functions like job analysis, human resource
planning, recruitment, selection, placement and induction?
(a) Loaning
(b) Retention
(c) Employment
(d) Evaluation

536.
Kaivalya is the Human Resource Manager in TCS. He is efficient in the functions of payment that
has to be adequate, equitable and fair to the employees. It encompasses base salary, incentives,
bonus and benefits and is based on job evaluation. Which of the following functions is performed
by Kaivalya?
(a) Employee relations
(b) Employment
(c) Compensation
(d) Performance Appraisal

537.
Which of the following types of selection interviews has no predetermined framework of
questions and helps the candidate remain comfortable during the course of the interview because
the interaction tends to proceed naturally?
(a) Panel interview
(b) Group interview
(c) Selection interview
(d) Unstructured interview

538.
Which of the following organization structures is characterized by flexibility, value for knowledge,
low levels of formalization, decentralized style of management and is more suitable for operating
effectively in dynamic environments?
(a) Organic structure
(b) Whole structure
(c) Inorganic structure
(d) Technical structure

539.
Which of the following tests is used to assess the leadership qualities, initiative, negotiating skills,
communication skills and decision-making skills of a candidate?
(a) Simulated situational tests
(b) Interest tests
(c) In-basket exercises
(d) Group discussions
540.
Which of the following characteristics of job specifications include the ability to make judgments,
ability to undertake research, creativity, teaching ability, maturity, selfreliance and the ability to be
authoritative?
(a) Social specifications
(b) Collective specifications
(c) Mental specifications
(d) Behavioral specifications

541.
Which of the following methods for determining the validity of a selection method refers to the
degree to which the value provided by the selection method enhances the effectiveness of an
organization?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 58
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Legality
(b) Reliability
(c) Generalizability
(d) Utility

542. Which of the following characteristics of a job refers to the degree to which a job r
equires completion of a work, from the beginning to the end?
(a) Task significance
(b) Autonomy
(c) Task identity
(d) Feedback

543. Which of the following is the basic standard that any selection method should satisfy?
(a) Consistency
(b) Stability
(c) Legality
(d) Effectiveness

544. Which of the following is the third step in the process of human resource planning?
(a) Analyzing the impact of the organizational strategy
(b) Forecasting the quality and quantity of human resources
(c) Involving the line managers in determining human resource needs
(d) Matching the current human resources with the future requirement

545. Identify the second element in the selection process.

(a) Organizational objectives
(b) Job design and Job description
(c) Job specification
(d) Selection

546.
Which of the following steps in the process of selection is succeeded by initial screening
interview?
(a) Analyzing the application blank
(b) Core and departmental interviews
(c) Conducting tests and evaluating performance
(d) Job offer

547.
Which of the following managerial functions involves coordination between different department to
ensure maximum utilization of all resources including human resources?
(a) Controlling
(b) Planning
(c) Leading
(d) Directing

548.
Which of the following types of organization refers to employees meeting together for a game of
snooker and sharing common ideas, interests and information?
(a) Flat
(b) Informal
(c) Technical
(d) Hybrid

549. Which of the following steps in the process of selection is preceded by reference checks?
(a) Preliminary interview
(b) Core and departmental interviews
(c) Conducting tests and evaluating performance
(d) Job offer

550.
Which of the following tests refer to the simulated office situation where the candidate has to
respond to letters, clear important documents schedule his/her meetings and make important

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 59
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

business related decisions?

(a) In basket exercises
(b) Group discussions
(c) Personality tests
(d) Simulated situational tests

551. Which of the following refers to the extent to which an employee’s work meets
his/her professional needs?
(a) Quality of Work Life
(b) Total Quality Management
(c) Quality Circles
(d) Worker Productivity

552.
Which of the following refers to the departments or employees of a firm that perform the core
activities and contribute to its business directly?
(a) Staff functions
(b) Line managers
(c) Department functions
(d) Organization functions

553.
Which of the following approaches to job design states that the manager determines the best way
of performing the job?
(a) Human Resource Approach
(b) Sociotechnical Approach
(c) Job Characteristics Approach
(d) Engineering Approach

554. Which of the following is the second step in the process of human resource planning?
(a) Analyzing the impact of the organizational strategy
(b) Involving the line managers in determining human resource needs
(c) Matching the current human resources with the future requirement
(d) Developing an action plan to meet future requirements

555.
In which of the following techniques of dealing with surplus manpower DO workers agree to be
paid less and put in fewer hours of work to avoid their colleagues being retrenched?
(a) Reduced work hours
(b) Work sharing
(c) Loaning
(d) Leave of absence without pay

556.
Which of the following enables managers to act, exert influence and make decisions in carrying
out their responsibilities?
(a) Power
(b) Accountability
(c) Authority
(d) Responsibility

557. Which of the following job specifications include analytical ability; data interpretation
ability; decision-
making ability and the requirement level of these abilities vary according to the level of
the job?
(a) Physical specifications
(b) Mental specifications
(c) Behavioral specifications
(d) Group specifications

558.
Which of the following techniques of dealing with surplus manpower DOES an organization adopt
when they do not want their middle/top level managers to stagnate or leave the company?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 60
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Reduced work hours

(b) Early/voluntary retirement
(c) Loaning
(d) Work sharing

559. Marketers must adopt a different approach while selling intangible products.Which
of the following combinations does truly represent intangible products?
(a) Goods and ideas
(b) Goods and products
(c) Goods and services
(d) Services and ideas

560. Which of the following DOES NOT represent the characteristics of the Marketing Era?
(a) It focused on coordinated marketing management
(b) It emphasized the importance of consumer needs and wants
(c) It focused only on profitability
(d) It restricted forcible selling of products to customers without offering utility

561. According to Arthur D Little, there are a number of factors that influence
performance of businesses. Identify the factors.
(i) Stake-holders
(ii) Processes
(iii) Resources
(iv) Organization
(a) Only (i)
(b) Only (iii) and (iv)
(c) Only (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(d) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)

562.
An evaluative comparison between a product's performance and the buyer's expectations is the
basis for determining
(a) Customer Loyalty.
(b) Customer Delivered Value.
(c) Customer Choice.
(d) Customer Satisfaction.

563. Which of the following is influenced by the geographical location of an organization?

(a) Organizational functions
(b) Organizational secrets
(c) Organizational culture
(d) Organizational goal

564.
The process of collecting information about political, legal, regulatory, societal, economic,
competitive and technological forces that may affect its marketing activities is called
(a) environmental analysis.
(b) survey of environment.
(c) environmental scanning.
(d) assessment of environment.

565.
You are directed to study the factors that are close to the company that affect its ability to serve
its customers the company, suppliers, marketing intermediaries, customer markets, competitors,
and publics. What are you studying?
(a) The macro environment
(b) The global environment
(c) The microenvironment
(d) The national environment

566.
What type of competitive structure does exist when a firm produces a product that has no close
substitutes?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 61
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Monopoly
(b) Monopolistic competition
(c) Perfect competition
(d) Duopoly

567.
In which of the following structures, are usually branded products sold and heavy marketing and
advertising are its key features?
(a) Monopolistic
(b) Monopoly
(c) Multipoly
(d) Oligopoly

568.
Which of the following does create ample opportunities for marketers to venture into new regions?
(a) Trade barrier
(b) Trade alliances
(c) Trade wars
(d) Trade meal

569.
The software industry has to be prepared to unlearn the existing software (language) and learn
new software. The software professionals have to constantly keep a watch on
(a) career opportunities. .
(b) technological changes.
(c) regulatory changes
(d) political changes.

570.
The airline industry comprising of companies such as Air India, Singapore Airlines, Malaysian
Airlines etc have high entry barriers due to high costs involved. Which type of competitive
structure do they come under?
(a) Monopoly
(b) Monopolistic competition
(c) Oligopoly
(d) Pure competition

571.
In buying decision process, which of the following is NOT considered as “personal source of
information”?
(a) Family
(b) Friends
(c) Journal
(d) Reference groups
572. Organizational buying process does consist of which of following stages?
(i)Problem reorganization, general needs description
(ii)Production specification and supplier search
(iii)Proposal solicitation, supplier selection
(iv)Order routine specification performance review
(v)Problem reorganization value analysis
(a) Only (i) and (ii)
(b) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v)
(c) Only (i), (ii) and (iii)
(d) Only (i), (ii) and (iv)

573.
A company producing ink pens wants to venture into producing ball point pens. They need to
procure raw materials from the same supplier. What is this process of buying called?
(a) Straight rebuy
(b) New task buying
(c) Modified rebuy
(d) Routinized buying

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 62
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

574.
In a business organization, which of the following divisions does generate the revenues essential
for the survival and growth of the firm?
(a) Marketing
(b) Finance
(c) R&D
(d) Manufacturing

575.
In the olden days, people used to exchange goods and services, instead of money, according to
the needs and availability. This system of exchange is known as
(a) marketing system.
(b) societal system.
(c) need based system.
(d) barter system.

576.
Technological advancement is rapidly changing the marketplace and causing intense competition
among firms. To cope with the changing dynamics, firms use various approaches. They are
divided into company responses. Which of the following is the company response?
(a) Customization
(b) Integrated marketing communication
(c) Target marketing
(d) Outsourcing

577. Which of the following is / are the steps to identify the market segment?
(i)Analysis
(ii)Survey
(iii)Benefit
(iv)Profiling
(a) Only (i) and (ii)
(b) All (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) Only (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(d) Only (ii) and (iii)

578.
Which is the factor that does influence the organizational purchase process by providing
information about the general market situation, growth rate, poverty rate and unemployment rate?
(a) Political factors
(b) Social factors
(c) Legal factors
(d) Economic factors

579.
Marketers are providing better “Form Utility” by creating product to suit individual’s need.
company’s inviting inputs from customers and seeking their ideas in designing better and more
suitable products is an example of
(a) reengineering.
(b) outsourcing.
(c) e-commerce.
(d) customization.
.
580. The four P's of the marketing mix are
(a) personnel, priorities, placement, and profits.
(b) promotion, product, personnel, and place.
(c) product, place, politics and economy.
(d) product, promotion, price and place.
.
581. Common sense usually helps you in analyzing
(a) marketing problems
(b) when to diversify.
(c) what segment to drop

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 63
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) future opportunities.

582.
Which of the following sets of activities can be called primary activities involved in value chain?
(a) Inbound logistics, operations, procurement and firm infrastructure
(b) Inbound logistics, operations, outbound logistics, marketing and sales and services
(c) Outbound logistics, operations, procurement, firm infrastructure and services
(d) Outbound logistics, operations, services, procurement and firm infrastructure

583. Activity based costing (ABC) usually helps an organization to assess

(a) profitability of the organization.
(b) strengths and weaknesses of the competitors.
(c) which customers are profitable and which ones are subsidized.
(d) internal environment of the organization.

584. The Indian Oil campaign “Save oil-save India” is a form of de-
marketing its product. This is
basically the company’s initiative to maintain the ecological balance by creating an awareness of
oil conservation. This in turn gives the opportunity to the company to manage its
(a) technological environment.
(b) economic environment.
(c) legal environment.
(d) natural environment.

585.
When anybody registers for an email ID with any of the email service providers, viz.
rediffmail.com or yahoo.com, while registering, a person has various options to check in the
registration form. If an individual checks those options, these email service providers send various
information on sports, news, weather and other subjects to the individual’s email address. This is
an example of
(a) Web casting.
(b) Newsletters.
(c) E-mails.
(d) Brochures.

586.
Which of the following is a method for maintaining the minimum inventory of raw materials and
finished goods?
(a) Just-in-time
(b) Material requirement planning
(c) Production schedule
(d) Delivery schedule

587. Which of the following is a change in behavior based on experience?

(a) Selective retention
(b) Dissonance
(c) Learning
(d) Motivation

588. What is the difference between ‘total customer value’ and ‘total customer cost called?
(a) Value analysis
(b) Customer cost
(c) Customer desired value
(d) Eigen value

589. Which of the following is NOT a method of online advertising?

(a) Web communities
(b) Bulletin boards
(c) Banners
(d) Newsgroup

590. According to BCG Matrix, question marks are

(a) SBU’s with a large market share in a fast growing market.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 64
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) SBU’s with a low market share in an intensely competitive, mature industry
characterized by low profits.
(c) SBU’s with an uncertainty about their future.
(d) SBU’s which are characterized by low market share and high growth.

591.
When a foreign product enters India, the Indian government imposes a kind of tax on those
goods. What is this tax on the foreign goods called, in the context of global trade?
(a) Tariff
(b) Restriction
(c) Embargo
(d) Barriers

592. A firm is considered socially responsible, when it fulfills its economic, legal, ethica
l and …………. commitments.
(a) environmental
(b) global
(c) organizational
(d) philanthropic

593.
Which of the following is NOT a principle of seven modern marketing principles that address the
public policy towards marketing?
(a) Principle of economic efficiency
(b) Principle of consumer protection
(c) Principle of curbing potential harm
(d) Principle of profiteering

594.
McDonald’s world popular product is Hamburger which is made of beef. But, when it started
operating in India, it replaced this Hamburger with various vegetable burgers. Which global
environmental factor forced McDonald to do so?
(a) Legal environmental factor
(b) Cultural environmental factor
(c) Economic environmental factor
(d) Technological environmental factor

595. ‘Emami Fair and Handsome’ cream is an example of

(a) lifestyle segmentation. .
(b) value segmentation.
(c) benefit segmentation
(d) usage rate segmentation.

596. What does SAFTA stand for?

(a) South Asian Free Tariff Agreement
(b) South Atlantic Free Trade Agreement
(c) South African Free Trade Agreement
(d) South Asia Free Trade Agreement

597.
Which of the following is the type of marketing where the company gathers as many names as
possible through mass mailing and forms a database?
(a) Personalized marketing
(b) Database marketing
(c) Lifetime value marketing
(d) Carpet bombing

598. Which strategy in NOT used by a market leader in its defense? Identify from the following.
(a) Guerilla attack
(b) Mobile attack
(c) Flank attack
(d) Position attack

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 65
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

599. Needs differ from wants because

(a) wants are a socialized manifestation of underlying needs.
(b) needs are a socialized manifestation of underlying wants.
(c) needs are historical and wants are about the future.
(d) wants are historical and needs are about the future.

600.
PepsiCo, a cola major in the world has bought a number of restaurant chains as its growth
strategy. Among many, Pizza Hut, KFC are a few names, although currently Pepsi Co. has spun
off them. This type of strategy of the company is called
(a) lateral integration.
(b) vertical integration.
(c) forward integration.
(d) horizontal integration.

601. Which of the following deals with the study of the characteristics of human population?
(a) Socio-cultural
(b) Demographics
(c) Human resource management
(d) Natural environment

602. SWOT analysis helps in formulating effective strategies for the company to deal with
(a) competitors.
(b) suppliers.
(c) distributors.
(d) customers.

603. Which of the following is not a form of direct marketing?

(a) Telemarketing
(b) Kiosk Marketing
(c) Catalog marketing
(d) Newspaper advertising

604.
Unlike products, services cannot be inventoried or stored for future consumption. This points to
one unique feature of services. Identify it.
(a) Heterogeneity
(b) Inseparability
(c) Intangibility
(d) Perishability

605. Which of the following is not the stage or stages of the ‘competitive intelligence system’?
(a) Setting up the system
(b) Value analysis
(c) Data collection
(d) Analysis and evaluation of data

606. The factor which differentiates a service from a product is

(a) Homogeneity.
(b) Separability.
(c) Accessibility.
(d) Intangibility.

607. Which of the following is an example of personnel differentiation?

(i) HPCL train their distributors to provide better services to the end user.
(ii) McDonald trains its employee to be friendly, respectful to the customers.
(iii) Linux trains their users on how to operate the software.
(iv) Reliance Petroleum trains the employees of their customers to provide a better service to the
customers.
(v) Consumer redressal forum trains people about the rights they have of being a customer.
(a) only

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 66
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) only
(c) (iii), (iv) and (v)
(d) (i), (ii) and (v)

608.
Currently almost all automobile companies are following ‘Euro II’ norms while plying their
operations in India. In which concept of marketing can we put these automobile companies for
their act of this kind?
(a) Managerial concept
(b) Marketing concept
(c) Societal marketing concept
(d) Production concept

609.
What is the objective of a bank, if it is conducting a market research to find out the general public
opinion about the bank?
(a) Image assessment
(b) Future prediction
(c) Consumer behavior survey
(d) New product development

610.
Despite the lack of enough opportunities to differentiate the service offerings, service
organizations try to gain customer loyalty by differentiating their services on the basis of the
(a) offer, delivery and image of the organization.
(b) offer, process and image of the organization.
(c) offer, perishability and image of the organization.
(d) offer, feel and image of the organization.

611. Which is not an element of ‘Intensity of rivalry among firms’ – One of the forces
of Michael Porter’s five forces model?
(a) Concentration ratio
(b) Diversity of rivals
(c) Market share
(d) Government policies

612.
The service that are purchased by individual customers for their own consumption are defined as :
(a) Business to Business Services
(b) Consumables Services
(c) Consumed Services
(d) Consumer Services

613. Which of the following emphasizes the importance of satisfying the customers by providing
the highest quality standards at all times?
(a) Total quality management
(b) Value delivery system
(c) Just in time
(d) Competitive intelligence system

614. Organization structure primarily refers to

(a) how activities are coordinated and controlled
(b) how resources are allocated
(c) the location of departments and office space
(d) the policy statements developed by the firm

615. The job design would be LEAST formal in a

(a) matrix structure
(b) professional bureaucracy
(c) divisionalized structure
(d) machine bureaucracy

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 67
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

616. The purpose of job enrichment is to

(a) expand the number of tasks an individual can do
(b) increase job efficiency
(c) increase job effectiveness
(d) increase job satisfaction of middle management

617. Individuals such as Albert Einstein, Edwin Land and Steven Jobs lead through which type of
power?
(a) Legitimate
(b) Reward
(c) Expert
(d) Charismatic

618. Strategic planning as a broad concept consists of

(a) corporate strategy and business strategy
(b) strategy formulation and strategy implementation
(c) inputs and outputs
(d) environmental analysis and internal analysis

619. Early theories about how individuals make decisions were based on the concept of a(n)
(a) utilitarian philosophy
(b) action man
(c) economic man
(d) attentive man

620. Communication begins with

(a) encoding
(b) idea origination
(c) decoding
(d) channel selection

621. Functional managers are responsible

(a) for a single area of activity
(b) to the upper level of management and staff
(c) for complex organizational sub-units
(d) for obtaining copyrights and patents for newly developed processes and equipment

622. Policies are sometimes defined as a(n)

(a) shortcut for thinking
(b) action plan
(c) substitute for strategy
(d) substitute for management authority

623. One method of bringing a group to agreement is called

(a) proportional values
(b) consensus
(c) accordance
(d) conformance

624. In general, if a policy is not thought out and established

(a) a situation requiring action will arise
(b) social issues will cause change in the organization
(c) managers will be hired from the outside
(d) there will be significant staff turnover

625. The problem-solving process begins with

(a) clarification of the situation
(b) establishment of alternatives
(c) identification of the difficulty
(d) isolation of the cause

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 68
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

626. All of the following are requirements for successful value chain management EXCEPT :
(a) Coordination and Collaboration
(b) Continuous Process Improvement
(c) Organizational Processes
(d) Technology

627. An individual's belief that he or she is capable of performing a task is called:

(a) Self esteem
(b) Self direction
(c) Self efficacy
(d) Self confidence

628. In which stage of the conflict process does conflict become visible?
(a) Illumination
(b) Intentions
(c) Behaviour
(d) Cognition

629. --------is an attempt through a formal program to integrate employees’ needs and wellbeing
with the intention of improved productivity, better involvement and satisfaction
(a) Quality of Work life
(b) Quality Circle
(c) Alternative Work schedule
(d) Job Redesign

630. ------------- is small groups of workers who meet regularly with their supervisor to solve work
related problem
(a) Quality of Work life
(b) Quality Circle
(c) Alternative Work schedule
(d) Job Redesign

631. The concept of Work- Week is related with

(a) Quality of Work life
(b) Quality Circle
(c) Alternative Work schedule
(d) Job Redesign

632. When a group gives some of its leadership positions to the members of other group, it is
(a) Contracting
(b) Co-opting
(c) Co-alition
(d) Competition
633. The LEAST-used communication channel in an organization is usually
(a) upward
(b) downward
(c) diagonal
(d) horizontal

634. An important potential environmental source of change is

(a) a new competitive product
(b) dissatisfied employee attitudes
(c) employee grievances
(d) a wildcat strike

635. What does SBU stand for :

(a) Single Business Unit
(b) Stratified Business Unit
(c) Strategic Business Unit
(d) None of the above.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 69
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

636. Choose the best option that fits the meaning of the word ‘benchmarking’ ?
(a) Setting targets to be achieved.
(b) Setting goals and measuring performance
(c) Setting goals and measuring productivity based on the best industry practices
(d) All of the above.

637. Who proposed the Motivation-Hygiene Theory ?

(a) Abraham Maslow
(b) Fredrick Winslow Taylor
(c) Frederic Herzberg
(d) None of the above.

638. Following are examples of the Macro environment ?

(a) Demographic environment
(b) Economic Environment
(c) Technological environment
(d) All of the above.

639. Peter F Drucker was of the view that :

(a) Business cannot be explained in terms of profit
(b) Business are always explained in terms of profit
(c) None of the above.
(d) Both a and b

640. In the hierarchal structure of an organisation, ....... managers are at the base of the pyramid :
(a) Top Level.
(b) Middle Level
(c) First Level.
(d) Link Level.

641. Which of the following is a function of middle management?

(a) Reviewing daily and weekly production or sales reports.
(b) Selecting Board members.
(c) Supervising day-to-day operations.
(d) Evaluating the all-round performance of various departments.

642. The process of designing and maintaining an environment in which individuals working
together in groups, efficiently accomplish specific aims is termed :
(a) Administration.
(b) Management.
(c) Organisation.
(d) Staffing.

643. The management functions which involves influencing, motivating and directing human
resources towards the achievement of organisational goals is known as :
(a) Leading.
(b) Controlling.
(c) Planning.
(d) Staffing.

644. .......... managers deal with the actual operation of an organisations units :
(a) First Level.
(b) Top Level.
(c) Middle Level.
(d) Link level.

645. .................. are at the lowest level of the hierarchy and are directly responsible for the
performance of operational level employees :
(a) Middle level managers.
(b) First Level managers.
(c) Top-Level Managers.
(d) Trainee-level managers.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 70
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

646. First level managers must possess ............. skills, which include knowledge of and proficiency in
the methods, processes and procedures for carrying out activities :
(a) Human.
(b) Conceptual.
(c) Design
(d) Technical.

647. Name the skill which is important at all levels of an organisation :

(a) Conceptual.
(b) Design
(c) Human
(d) Technical.

648. Which theory states that there is no best way to manage all situations?
(a) Systems Theory.
(b) Contingency Theory.
(c) Administrative Theory.
(d) Bureaucratic Theory.

649. Which of the following theories gives managers a new way of looking at an organisation as a
whole and as a part of the larger external environment :
(a) Contingency Theory.
(b) Theory Z and quality management.
(c) Systems Theory
(d) Theory X and Theory Y

650. According to the systems theory, planning, organising, leading, controlling and technology
come under ............ component of an organisational system.
(a) Inputs.
(b) Transformation process.
(c) Outputs.
(d) Feedback.

651. Which management theory gives importance to the achievement of customer satisfaction and
loyalty?
(a) Management science.
(b) Operations management.
(c) Situations theory.
(d) Quality management.

652. Which type of management approach focuses only on the economic and physical needs of
workers and ignores their social needs?
(a) Scientific management.
(b) Bureaucratic management.
(c) Administrative management.
(d) Operations management.

653. Which one of the following management concepts leads to the destruction of the creativity
and flexibility required to respond to changes in the global environment?
(a) Bureaucratic management.
(b) Scientific management.
(c) Operations management.
(d) Administrative management.

654. Under which system does a worker’s wage increase in proportion to the output produced?
(a) Time and motion study.
(b) Piece Rate incentive system.
(c) Micro motion study.
(d) Gantt Chart.

655. Which of the following was not a phase in the Hawthorne experiments?
(a) Illumination experiments.
(b) Bank wiring observation room experiments.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 71
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Group discussions.

(d) Interview phase

656. Which of the following is not a result of poor span of control in organisations?
(a) Over supervision.
(b) Timely decision.
(c) High costs.
(d) Communication problems.

657. Which of the following factors does not indicate an effective span of management?
(a) Trained subordinates.
(b) Clarity of delegation of authority.
(c) Physical appearance of manager.
(d) Communication technique.

658. The span of management.................... at different levels of the same organisation :

(a) Matches.
(b) Varies.
(c) Is parallel.
(d) Is similar.

659. To eliminate the problems created by a large span of management in flat structures,
organisations are forced to...........
(a) Recue the hierarchical levels.
(b) Maintain the existing hierarchical levels.
(c) Increase the hierarchical levels.
(d) Decrease the existing hierarchical levels.

660. Which of the following is not a contingency factor that influences the design of an effective
organisation structure?
(a) Technology used.
(b) Size of the organisation.
(c) Transfer process.
(d) Environmental factors.

661. Which of the following methods help managers find out the minimum time and cost required to
complete a project?
(a) Program evaluation and review technique (PERT)
(b) Critical path method (CPM)
(c) Just in time (JIT)
(d) Computer aided design (CAD)

662. Which one of the following is not an assumption underlying direct control?
(a) Personal responsibility exists.
(b) Time expenditure is warranted.
(c) Performance cannot be measured.
(d) Mistakes can be discovered in time.

663. ............... refers to unanalyzed and unorganised facts and figures describing entities.
(a) Information.
(b) Intelligence.
(c) Data
(d) Systems.

664. External information is more useful for........ managers :

(a) Top level.
(b) Middle level
(c) Lower level
(d) Link level

665. Which one of the following is not an external user to whom the company is required to provide
information?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 72
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Customer.
(b) Employee
(c) Supplier
(d) Government

666. Which of the following is not a component of an information systems :

(a) Keyboard.
(b) Printers.
(c) Floppy discs.
(d) Magnetic discs

667. The higher quality of managers and their subordinates the less the need for..............
(a) Direct control.
(b) Preventive control
(c) Tactical control.
(d) Strategic control.

668. According to the........... approach, business should be conducted on the basis of established
standards and facts or truths gained through systematic observation, experiment and reasoning.
(a) Administrative.
(b) Behavioural
(c) Bureaucratic
(d) Scientific

669. The two major managerial practices that emerged from Taylor’s approach to management
are the piece-rate incentive systems and............
(a) Time and motion study.
(b) Work-study.
(c) Fatigue.
(d) Organisation study.

670. Unlike Classical theorists who viewed organisation from the production point of view,
behaviour theorists viewed it from the ......... point of view.
(a) Human.
(b) Technical.
(c) Administrative.
(d) Scientific.

671. ............... strategies provide guidelines for organisational growth.

(a) Organisation.
(b) Finance.
(c) Marketing.
(d) Growth.

672. Cost leadership, differentiation and ............... are the three generic business level strategies
identified by Michael Porter.
(a) Growth.
(b) Market Leadership.
(c) Focus.
(d) Product leadership.

673. In a SWOT analysis, a ..................... is regarded as an internal characteristics which can improve
an organisation’s competitive capabilities.
(a) Threat.
(b) Weaknesses.
(c) Strength.
(d) Opportunity.

674. A/ an .................. is an environmental condition that helps an organisation improves its situation
relative to the competitors :

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 73
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Strength.
(b) Opportunity.
(c) Threat.
(d) Weakness.

675. Which of the following is not an approach to organisational development?

(a) Problem solving.
(b) Decision-making.
(c) Team development.
(d) Cooperation.

676. The ............... level strategy identifies the business area that an organisation will operate in.
(a) Business.
(b) Functional.
(c) Corporate.
(d) Operational.

677. Which of the following is not an external threat to a company’s well being?
(a) Reduction in sales due to substitute products.
(b) Likely entry of new competitors.
(c) Underutilised plant capacity.
(d) Costly regulatory requirements.

678. Which one of the following constitutes a threat to the company?

(a) Serving additional customer groups.
(b) Expanding the product line.
(c) Integrating forward or backward.
(d) Slowdown in market growth.

679. Which of the following is not determined by organisational strategies?

(a) How centralised the decision making authority should be.
(b) How de-centralised the decision making authority should be.
(c) How the employees should be trained.
(d) How the staff positions should be designed.

680. Which of the following is not a tangible reward?

(a) Bonuses.
(b) Awards
(c) Personal feeling of accomplishment.
(d) Promotions.

681. Which one of the following is not a social constraint?

(a) Changing lifestyles.
(b) Increasing number of women in the workforce.
(c) Domestic demand.
(d) Increasing number of divorces.

682. Which of the following is not an environmental constraint?

(a) Recycling waste.
(b) Keeping pollution under control.
(c) Adopting automation in the manufacturing process.
(d) Manufacturing environment friendly products.

683. A situation of information asymmetry gives rise to...................

(a) Certainty.
(b) Uncertainty

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 74
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Risk
(d) Stability.

684. Which of the following functions of management involves filling and keeping filled positions in
the organization structure?
(a) Planning.
(b) Organizing.
(c) Staffing
(d) Controlling.

685. Which managerial function involves the process of setting goals and findings and deciding on
the best ways to achieve them?
(a) Planning
(b) Organizing
(c) Staffing
(d) Controlling

686. A manufacturing company has grouped its main functions into marketing, engineering,
production and finance. What kind of organizational structure has this company adopted?
(a) Functional structure
(b) Hybrid structure
(c) Divisional structure
(d) Matrix structure

687. Which of the following is synonymous with need theories?

(a) Supply theory.
(b) Process theory
(c) Surplus theory
(d) Content theory

688. According to the principle of ……………………, the same result can be reached by different
means.
(a) Insight
(b) Intuition
(c) Logical formulation
(d) Unconscious scanning

689. Which of the following perspectives opposes the concept of finding the on best way for
managing organizations?
(a) Universal
(b) Behavioural
(c) Scientific
(d) Contingency

690. ……………………. is known as “quantitative common sense”

(a) Operations research
(b) Operations management
(c) Efficient organization
(d) Operations planning

691. Brainstorming and synectics techniques encourage individuals to think ……………….

(a) Optimistically
(b) Pessimistically
(c) Intuitively
(d) Emotionally.

692. According to some experts knowledge work, system is advanced versions of …………….
(a) Decision support systems
(b) Office automation systems

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 75
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Executive support systems

(d) Transactional processing system

693. What role should a manager do when communicating with the outside world?
(a) Disseminator
(b) Spokesperson
(c) Recipient
(d) Liaison

694. Which of the following is not a major component of the Management information system?
(a) Data gathering
(b) Information utilization
(c) Risk Analysis
(d) Data transformation

695. In negotiation and agreement, management offers something of value in exchange for
cooperation thereby ……….. potential or actual resistance from employees.
(a) Neutralizing
(b) Increasing
(c) Decreasing
(d) Aggravating

696. ………………….. refers to the price of an inventory item.

(a) Ordering cost
(b) Item cost
(c) Carrying cost
(d) Stock-out cost

697. Management techniques are used at the ………….. level of the organization.
(a) Top level
(b) Middle level
(c) First level
(d) All of the above

698. ………………….. innovations lead to changes in the physical process through which a product
or service passes.
(a) Technical
(b) Radical
(c) Incremental
(d) Managerial

699. A ………………. Outline the expected results of a given future period in numerical terms
(a) Program
(b) Budget
(c) Policy
(d) Procedure

700. Which of the following is not a major type of structural alternative used for departmentation?
(a) Functional
(b) Divisional
(c) Vertical
(d) Matrix

701. In which role do managers try new methods to improve the functioning of a unit or the whole
organization?
(a) Disseminator
(b) Leader
(c) Entrepreneur
(d) Liaison

702. ………………….. refers to the managements efforts to increase organizations effectiveness by

intervention in the organizations processes?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 76
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Planned development

(b) Functional development
(c) Company development
(d) Organization development

703. What is the nature of the problems that top management generally deals with and what kind of
decisions do they take to solve their problem s?
(a) Unstructured an programmed
(b) Structured and non programmed
(c) Unstructured and non programmed
(d) Structured and programmed

704. ……………………. specializes in feeding input data into a system and extracting required
information from it.
(a) Data processing managers
(b) Data entry operators
(c) Programmers
(d) System analysis

705. A ……………… is a type of departmentation in which positions are grouped according to

similarity of products services or market’s
(a) Hybrid structure
(b) Divisional structure
(c) Matrix structure
(d) Functional structure

706. Functional authority contravenes which one of the following principles?

(a) Unity of direction
(b) Unity of command
(c) Discipline
(d) Scalar chain

707. In which of the following models will a manager completely disregard the emotions or feelings
of his or her subordinates?
(a) Phenomenological
(b) Economic
(c) Rational
(d) Behaviouristic

708. Managers perceptions of workers in Theory X and Theory Y are ……………. respectively.
(a) Negative and negative
(b) Positive and negative
(c) Negative and Positive
(d) Positive and positive

709. Which of the following is considered synonymous used with “downsizing”

(a) Rebuilding
(b) Recreating
(c) Re-establishing
(d) Restructuring

710. According to the functional view point, ……………… functions are directly related to the
accomplishment of organizational objectives
(a) Line
(b) Staff
(c) Linea and staff
(d) Both a and b

711. Which of the following is not a content theory?

(a) Equity Theory
(b) Two factor theory
(c) Need hierarchy theory

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 77
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) ERG theory

712. Which of the following principles of management identified by Henri Fayol states that
promoting tem spirit will give the organization a sense of unity?
(a) Equity
(b) Espirit de Corps
(c) Discipline
(d) Initiative

713. Which of the following perspective is/are considered universal perspective?

(a) Classical
(b) Quantitative
(c) Behavioural
(d) All of the above

714. Which of the following managers are familiar with all the functional areas of management /
(a) Operations managers
(b) Human resource managers
(c) Financial managers
(d) General managers

715. Which of the following strategies focuses on the best means of computing in a particular
market?
(a) Business Level
(b) Corporate Level
(c) Functional Level
(d) Organizational Level

716. Which of the following techniques is used in decision making to figure out how much extra
output will result if one more variable is added?
(a) Financial analysis
(b) Ratio analysis
(c) Break even analysis
(d) Marginal analysis

717. ………………….. decisions usually involve a lot of uncertainly

(a) Programmed
(b) Non programmed
(c) Tactical
(d) Operational

718. The .......role, identified by Mintzberg includes the specific roles of entrepreneur, disturbance
handler, resource allocator and negotiator.
(a) Decisional.
(b) Interpersonal
(c) Informational.
(d) Administrative

719. Which of the following approaches to management examines practical cases but is having
only limited value for developing management theory?
(a) Group behaviour approach.
(b) Systems approach.
(c) Operations approach.
(d) Emperical approach.

720. In the ......... approach to management, managerial practice depends on circumstances.

(a) Systems.
(b) Contingency or Situational.
(c) McKinsey’s &-S framework.
(d) Emperical or case.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 78
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

721. Which one of the following theories ignored the concept of leadership, motivation, power, and
informal relations :
(a) Pre-classical.
(b) Classical
(c) Behavioural.
(d) Modern.

722. Which one of the following did not contribute to the behavioural concept of management :
(a) Elton Mayo.
(b) Mary Parker Follet.
(c) Chris Argyris
(d) Henry R Towne

723. Which behavioural thinker supported the idea of ‘power sharing’ between superiors and
subordinates in an organisation?
(a) Abraham Maslow.
(b) Elton Mayo.
(c) Mary Parker Follet
(d) Douglas McGregor

724. Who proposed that human needs develop in a hierarchical manner in the order of
physiological needs, safety, social needs, esteem needs and self-fulfilment needs?
(a) Elton Mayo
(b) Abraham Maslow.
(c) Chris Argyris.
(d) Douglas McGregor

725. Who was the most prominent among the general administrative theorist?
(a) Henry Mintzberg.
(b) Henri Fayol.
(c) Frederick W. Taylor.
(d) Frank Gilbreth.

726. Which management thinker regarded people and organisations as closed systems?
(a) Elton Mayo.
(b) Henri Fayol.
(c) Frederick. W. Taylor.
(d) Chris Argyris.

727. .............. proposed the hierarchy of needs theory.

(a) Abraham Maslow.
(b) Elton Mayo.
(c) Douglas McGregor.
(d) Chris Argyris.

728. ................ is generally recognised as the “Father of the Human relations Approach. “
(a) Max Weber.
(b) Mary Parker Follet.
(c) Abraham Maslow.
(d) Elton Mayo.

729. In the systems theory the terms ’throughputs’ refers to the..............

(a) Input.
(b) Output.
(c) Feedback.
(d) Transformation process.

730. Which of the following Fayol’s principles of management aims at avoiding the possibility of
conflicting orders?
(a) Well defined hierarchy of authority.
(b) Unity of command.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 79
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Authority on par with responsibility.

(d) Downward delegation of authority or responsibility.

731. Max Weber, a German sociologist believed that effective organisations had a formal structure
and followed a predefined set of rules and regulations. To identify such organisations he used the
term..........
(a) Autocracy.
(b) Autonomy.
(c) Formal.
(d) Bureaucracy.

732. Who developed the ‘hierarchy of needs theory?

(a) Herzberg.
(b) Abraham Maslow.
(c) McClelland.
(d) Alderfer

733. According to Herzberg ...... are job content factors which lead to job dis-satisfaction :
(a) Motivators.
(b) Hygiene factors.
(c) Context factors.
(d) Psychological factors

734. The concept of social assumption is based on ................ belief that people are motivated by
social needs.
(a) Kurt Lewin’s
(b) Douglas McGregor’s.
(c) Elton Mayo’s
(d) Chris Argyris’s

735. ............... proposed by Douglas McGregors has a positive, dynamic, flexible and optimistic
view of employees.
(a) Theory W
(b) Theory X
(c) Theory Y
(d) Theory Z

736. Self-actualisation and esteem needs in Maslow’s theory correspond to..... ..factor in Herzberg’s
theory :
(a) Interpersonal relations.
(b) Working conditions.
(c) Challenging work.
(d) Quality of supervision.

737. Which of the following needs does not come under McClellands needs theory :
(a) Achievement needs.
(b) Affiliation needs.
(c) Power needs.
(d) Safety needs

738. MBO was first suggested by:

(a) Frederick Taylor
(b) Henri Fayol
(c) Peter. F Drucker
(d) Henry Mintzberg

739. Fayol out lined 14 principles of management. One of them, the ..., states that each employee
must receive instructions about a particular operation from only one person.
(a) Unity of direction.
(b) Discipline.
(c) Unity of command
(d) Centralisation.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 80
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

740. Weber coined the term... identify large organisations that operated on a rational basis.
(a) Autocracy.
(b) Dictatorship.
(c) Bureaucracy.
(d) Diplomacy.

741. Henry Mintzberg classified the managerial roles of recipient, disseminator and spokesperson
as...............
(a) Interpersonal roles.
(b) Informational roles
(c) Decisional roles.
(d) Intelligence roles.

742. In Herzberg’s two factor theory of motivation, hygiene factors are also known as :
(a) Job content factors.
(b) Job context factors.
(c) Motivators.
(d) Job satisfying factors

743. George Homans’ “format vs informal” organisation model is based on three concepts. Which of
the following is not one among the three concepts?
(a) Interactions.
(b) Activities.
(c) Behaviour.
(d) Sentiments.

744. According to Vroom’s expectancy theory, what would be the valence of an individual who is
indifferent to the outcome?
(a) +1
(b) 0
(c) -1
(d) +0.5

745. Which of the following branches of the classical viewpoint of management is based on the
contributions of Max Weber?
(a) Scientific management.
(b) Bureaucratic management
(c) Administrative management
(d) Behavioural management

746. Who among the following proposed the concept of functional authority?
(a) Chris Argyris
(b) Max Weber
(c) F. W Taylor
(d) Elton Mayo.

747. According to Mintzberg ……….. are interpersonal roles.

(a) Figurehead, recipient, liaison
(b) Leader, Liaison, spokesperson
(c) Figurehead, leader, liaison
(d) Figurehead, liaison, entrepreneur

748. Which of the following needs of Maslow’s needs hierarchy theory does not correspond with the
hygiene factors of Herzberg’s two-factor theory
(a) Physiological theory
(b) Esteem needs
(c) Security or safety needs
(d) Social needs

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 81
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

749. In the classical approach, who first introduced the concept of training workers for the benefit of
both workers and organization?
(a) Henry L Grant
(b) Henri Fayol
(c) Frederick Winslow Taylor
(d) Max Weber

750. The situational theory is also known as ………………..

(a) Trait theory
(b) Transactional theory
(c) Contingency theory
(d) Behavioural theory

751. Whose principles of management gave rise to the concept of team spirit among employees
(known as Espirit de corps)?
(a) Henry L Grant
(b) Henri Fayol
(c) Max Weber
(d) Lillian B Gilbreth

752. Which one of the following did not contribute to pre classical management thought?
(a) Robert Owen
(b) Charles Babbage
(c) Henri Fayol
(d) Henry R Towne

753. The ………………….. model of decision-making was developed by Herbert Simon.

(a) Garbage-can
(b) Incremental
(c) Satisficing
(d) Rational

754. According to Likert’s system of management ………………. represents ‘dictatorial leadership

behaviour’
(a) System 1 management
(b) System 2 management
(c) System 3 management
(d) System 4 management

755. Which of the following is not a leadership theory?

(a) Trait theory
(b) ERG theory
(c) Contingency theory
(d) Transactional theory

756. Which specialization improves the efficiency of operations? This principle of management
indentified by Henri Fayol is termed as ……………….
(a) Division of work
(b) Stability
(c) Espirit de corps
(d) Discipline

757. Who among the following is regarded as the Father of motion study?
(a) Lillian Gilbreth
(b) Charles Babbage
(c) Henry Grant
(d) Frank Gilbreth

758. According to Blake and Moutons’ managerial grid, which of the following managerial styles is
known as ‘organizational management?’
(a) Impoverished management

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 82
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Middle of the road management

(c) Country club management
(d) Team management

759. Mc Gregors’s ………………… takes a pessimistic static and rigid view of human nature.
(a) Theory W
(b) Theory X
(c) Theory Y
(d) Theory Z

760. Which of the following studies gave importance to the “initiating structure” and “consideration
dimensions of leadership?”
(a) Iowa studies
(b) Michigan studies
(c) Ohio State studies
(d) Likert’s four system of management

761. According to Herzberg and his associates … are job content factors, which lead to job
satisfaction.
(a) Motivators
(b) Hygiene factors
(c) Context factors
(d) Physiological factors

762. …………………… is the earliest management thinker to use this term ‘Management by
Objectives.
(a) Peter F Drucker
(b) Frederick Winslow Taylor
(c) Henri Fayol
(d) Henry Mintzberg

763. Leadership style 1, 9 in Blake and Mouton’s management grid represents the ………………
style.
(a) Impoverished management
(b) Country club management
(c) Team management
(d) Organization man management

764. Theory X and Theory Y, two sets of assumptions about the nature of people, proposed by:
(a) Abraham Maslow
(b) McGregor
(c) Herzberg
(d) McClelland

765. According to Vroom’s expectancy theory, which of the following refers to the probability that
successful performance will lead to certain outcomes?
(a) Motivation
(b) Valence
(c) Expectancy
(d) Instrumentality

766. ………………. Is known as the “Father of scientific management“

(a) Henri Fayol
(b) Henry Mintzberg
(c) Frederick W. Taylor
(d) Max Weber

767. To achieve organisational objectives managers ensure that the plans made a different levels
of an organisation are............
(a) Independent.
(b) Inter-dependent.
(c) Non-reticulate.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 83
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Separate.

768. Which level of managers is involved in the development of plans?

(a) Top level management
(b) Middle level managers.
(c) First level managers.
(d) All the above.

769. Organisations use contingency plans to cope with..............

(a) Anticipated events.
(b) Premeditated events.
(c) Unforeseen events.
(d) Predictable events.

770. Planning encourages ............. thinking among managers this type of thinking is essential for
the long-term survival and growth of an organisation.
(a) Conservative.
(b) Innovative.
(c) Conventional.
(d) Stereotyped.

771. What type of plan is used when unique situations of a non-recurring nature occur?
(a) Primary plans.
(b) Secondary plans.
(c) Single-use plans.
(d) Standing plans.

772. Which of the following is action based and result oriented management approach that
contributes to the smooth and efficient functioning of organisations?
(a) Projects.
(b) Programs.
(c) Rules.
(d) Policies.

773. Which one of the following is not a type of single use plan?
(a) Programs.
(b) Policies.
(c) Budgets.
(d) Projects.

774. Budgets are not expressed in the form of..................

(a) Units of production.
(b) Labour hours.
(c) Machine hours.
(d) Written policies.

775. Which of the following plans are rigid in nature and do not allow any deviation from the
established guidelines?
(a) Programs.
(b) Policies.
(c) Rules.
(d) Procedures.

776. Which one of the following is the first step in the planning process?
(a) Established objectives.
(b) Analysing opportunities.
(c) Determining planning premises.
(d) Identifying alternatives.

777. Which of the following is not a limitation of planning?

(a) Time-consuming process.
(b) Expensive.
(c) Flexible.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 84
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Lack of accurate information.

778. When developing a contingency plan, managers should not try to........
(a) Increase interruptions to the operations of the business.
(b) Speed up the restoration of services.
(c) Reduce financial losses.
(d) Resume critical operations within a specified time after a disaster.

779. Which one of the following does not come under the “formulating supporting plans” stage in
the planning process?
(a) Hiring workers.
(b) Training new workers.
(c) Expenditures for capital equipment.
(d) Developing a new product.

780. The open systems approach to planning is effective as it leads to.............. in planning.
(a) Rigidity.
(b) Flexibility.
(c) Inelasticity.
(d) Invariability.

781. Which of the following is the second step in the planning process?
(a) Determining planning premises.
(b) Establishing objectives.
(c) Implementation
(d) Identifying resources.

782. Which of the following are large scale single use plans that coordinate a complex set of
activities to achieve important non-recurring goals?
(a) Budgets.
(b) Single use plans
(c) Projects
(d) Programs.

783. Which of the following indicate the action that major departments and subunits should take to
execute a strategic plan?
(a) Operational plan.
(b) Tactical plan.
(c) Single use plan.
(d) Project plan.

784. Generally, ‘strategic plans’ is an important aspect of the jobs of _____________ managers.
(a) Operational Level
(b) Middle-level
(c) Top-level
(d) At the levels

785. If goals are the desired ends, which of the following are the means for achieving those ends?
(a) Commitments
(b) Strategies
(c) Plans
(d) Programs

786. Managers involved in the development of ______ plans generally work in an environment of
uncertainty and are required to make assumptions about future threats and opportunities.
(a) Tactical
(b) Operational
(c) Single-use
(d) Strategic

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 85
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

787. Which of the following plans are developed by low-level managers?

(a) Operational.
(b) Tactical.
(c) Strategic.
(d) Standing.

788. ............. spell out the specific action that must or must not be taken in given situations :
(a) Programs.
(b) Rules.
(c) Budgets.
(d) Policies.

789. Which of the following plans provide guidelines for day-to-day actions in an organisation?
(a) Short term plans
(b) Long term plans
(c) Intermediate plans.
(d) Standing plans.

790. Which of the following strategic plans of an organisation have a time frame exceeding 5
years?
(a) Short term plans.
(b) Single use plans.
(c) Long terms plans.
(d) Intermediate plans.

791. Which of the following is the first step in the planning process?
(a) Establishing objectives.
(b) Determining planning premises.
(c) Identifying alternatives.
(d) Analysing opportunities.

792. Which of the following steps in the planning process involves the execution of a plan?
(a) Implementation.
(b) Selection.
(c) Evaluation.
(d) Review.

793. There are three major kinds of standing plans: policies, rules and...................
(a) Projects.
(b) Programs.
(c) Procedures.
(d) Standards.

794. Operational plans are generally oriented towards issues that have a time horizon of..........
(a) About 5 years.
(b) 3 to 5 years.
(c) 1 to 2 years.
(d) One year or less.

795. Which of the following refers to the determination of the purpose and the basic long-term
objectives of an enterprise, and the adoption of courses of action and the allocation of resources
necessary for achieving those objectives?
(a) Strategies.
(b) Plans
(c) Policies.
(d) Procedures.

796. Top-level managers with good conceptual and design skills are responsible for..........
(a) Operational planning.
(b) Strategic planning.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 86
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Functional planning.

(d) Tactical planning.

797. Managers refer to strategic plans as..................

(a) Goal setting.
(b) Organisational planning.
(c) Functional planning.
(d) Action plans.

798. .............. are aimed at achieving a specific goal and are designed to meet the needs of a
unique situation :
(a) Single use plans
(b) Standing plans
(c) Short-term plans
(d) Double use plans

799. A …………… is a large scale single use plan which coordinates a complex set of activities for
achieving a major non recurring goal.
(a) Program.
(b) Project
(c) Budget.
(d) Policy.

800. Which type of planning provides the organization with well-equipped individuals for top level
and middle level positions?
(a) Replacement planning
(b) Succession planning
(c) Resource planning
(d) Requirement planning

801. Which of the follow terms refers to the time gap between placing and receiving an order?
(a) Reorder time
(b) Lead time
(c) Real time
(d) Just in time

802. What kind of plans do manager make on the basis of future expectations of political, legal,
social technological, and economic environments?
(a) Primary plans
(b) Secondary plans
(c) Contingency plans
(d) Situational plans

803. Holding cost is synonymous with …………………..

(a) Ordering cost
(b) Item cost
(c) Carrying cost
(d) Stock-out cost

804. What kind of plan facilitates the delegation of authority?

(a) Single use plan
(b) Contingency plan
(c) Standing plan
(d) None of the above

805. Which one of the following situations requires the use of standing plans?
(a) Intermittent
(b) Occasional
(c) Recurring
(d) Temporary

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 87
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

806. Which of the following includes factors like profitability, sales and R&D and has a direct bearing
on an organizations well being ?
(a) Planning premises
(b) Key result areas
(c) Corporate objectives
(d) Operations

807. Which of the following is an advantage of decentralization?

(a) Encourages decision making
(b) Easy to have uniform policy
(c) Greater control
(d) Decreases complexity of coordination

808. Which of the following refers to assumptions about the environment in which the plan is to be
carried out?
(a) Planning environment
(b) Planning premises
(c) Panning boundaries
(d) Decision premises

809. A SWOT analysis does not consider organization’s ………………

(a) Internal strengths
(b) External opportunities
(c) Internal weaknesses
(d) External task environment

810. The plant manager of Crux industries has established certain work schedule for supervisors of
the company. Which of the following powers was used by the plant manager of Crux industries in this
case?
(a) Downward referent power
(b) Reward Power
(c) Downward legitimate power
(d) Upward legitimate power

811. Which of the following is a type of departmention that adopts aspects of both functional and
divisional structures at the same level of management?
(a) Matrix
(b) Flexible
(c) Hybrid
(d) Partly functional

812. The use of effective control systems does not lead to …………………..
(a) Improved output per unit of output
(b) Reduction in wastage
(c) Increase in personnel turnover
(d) Lower labour costs

813. Which of the following types of plan is formulated to achieve strategic goals?
(a) Tactical plans
(b) Strategic plans
(c) Operational plans
(d) Standing plans

814. Which of the following is a one-time plan created in response to a non-programmed decision?
(a) Standing
(b) Single use
(c) Long term
(d) Tactical

815. Which of the following identify problem areas and increase the feasibility of achieving goals?
(a) Key result areas

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 88
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Goals
(c) Action plans
(d) Procedures

816. Feed forward control is not known as …………………..

(a) Pre control
(b) Preliminary control
(c) Preaction control
(d) Reaction control

817. ………………….. involves the identification of potential candidates for filling specific
managerial positions.
(a) Succession planning
(b) Replacement planning
(c) Resource planning
(d) Requirement planning

818. . ………………….. is distinct business set up within a company to ensure that certain product or
product line is promoted and handled as though it were an independent business?
(a) Strategic planning units
(b) Strategic business units
(c) Strategic functional units
(d) Specific business units

819. Which of the following is not a feature of an adaptable organization?

(a) Employee participation in decision making
(b) Broad goals and objectives
(c) Rigid functional division
(d) Regular feedback from the environment

820. A firm using a ………………. strategy tries to offer products and services that are considered
unique in the industry.
(a) Market Leadership
(b) Focus
(c) Differentiation
(d) Cost Leadership

821. The structural methods used for promoting, innovation help organizations implement
……………… and achieve goals.
(a) Procedures
(b) Polices
(c) Strategies
(d) Rules
822. A message that is generated by the receiver in response to the sender’s original message is
known as...............
(a) Feedback.
(b) Feed forward.
(c) Perception.
(d) Transmission.

823. The communication flow from people at higher levels to those at lower levels in the
organisational hierarchy is referred to as....................
(a) Upward communication
(b) Crosswise communication
(c) Downward communication
(d) Horizontal communication

824. Which of the following is not a gateway to effective communication in an organisation?

(a) Effective listening.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 89
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Non-directive counselling.

(c) Interpersonal trust.
(d) Improper feedback.

825. Which of the following is not a form of upward communication?

(a) Suggestion systems.
(b) Oral instructions.
(c) Counselling sessions.
(d) Complaint system.

826. In the process of communication the translation of intended meaning into words and gestures
is known as :
(a) Encoding
(b) Decoding
(c) Processing
(d) Transforming.

827. Which of the following media is not used for written downward communication?
(a) Memorandum
(b) Grapevine.
(c) Handbooks
(d) Pamphlets.

828. ……………… facilitates control, communication and coordination in organisations.

(a) Deceleration
(b) Departmentation
(c) Disintegration
(d) Decentralization

829. Which of the following is not a mode of communication that helps managers communicate
effectively with subordinates?
(a) Fax
(b) Teleconferencing
(c) Photocopying
(d) Internet

830. Which of the following is a type of crosswise communication flow in organizations?

(a) Upward
(b) Vertical
(c) Diagonal
(d) Downward

831. Which of the following skills helps manager realize the most appropriate responses to a
situation?
(a) Conceptual skills
(b) Diagnostic skills
(c) Decision making skills
(d) Technical skills

832. The grapevine is a/an ………………… communication channel.

(a) Informal
(b) Formal
(c) Stable
(d) Organization

833. ..................... power is based on the influencers ability to punish the influence for not meeting
requirements :
(a) Referent
(b) Legitimate.
(c) Expert.
(d) Coercive.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 90
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

834. Which of the following is not a feature of authority?

(a) Right to do something.
(b) Legitimate power given by organisation.
(c) Derived from position.
(d) Requires no formal position.

835. A lawyer specialised in criminal law is said to have which type of power?
(a) Coercive.
(b) Referent
(c) Legitimate
(d) Expert.

836. In a manufacturing company, which of the following functions is not a staff function?
(a) Plant maintenance.
(b) Accounting.
(c) Sales
(d) Quality control.

837. Which of the following powers is based on the perception or belief that the influencer has
relevant expertise, special knowledge or skill that the influence lacks?
(a) Referent
(b) Legitimate.
(c) Expert.
(d) Reward.

838. The authority to control the functions of other departments related to specific task is known as :
(a) Functional authority.
(b) Formal authority.
(c) Informal authority.
(d) Managerial authority.

839. The establishment of a distinct area, unit or subsystem of an organization over which a
manager has authority for the performance of specialized activities and results is termed as
…………………
(a) Centralization
(b) Departmentalization
(c) Decentralization
(d) Functionalization

840. The output-input ratio within a time frame with regard to quality is known as …………………..
(a) Efficiency
(b) Effectiveness
(c) Productivity
(d) All the above

841. In the …………………. stage in the change process the new behaviour pattern is locked into
place by means of a supporting or re-enforcing mechanism so that it becomes the new norm:
(a) Refreezing
(b) Unfreezing
(c) Moving
(d) Freezing

842. ………………..managers bringing new work practices and help the organization sail smoothly
through changes.
(a) Top Level
(b) Middle level
(c) First level
(d) Supervisory level

843. In the context of employee behaviour, which of the following is not an outcome of established
standards?
(a) Helps employees perform efficiently

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 91
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(b) Identifies task related deficiencies

(c) Reduces their potentially negative effects of goal incongruence.
(d) Reduces the potentially positive effects of goal incongruence

844. An informal organization lays emphasis on ……………

(a) Authority
(b) People and relationships
(c) Responsibility
(d) Accountability

845. ……………………. is a blue print of the formal organization indicating the lines of authority within
the organization.
(a) Management chart
(b) Authority chart
(c) Flow chart
(d) Organization chart

846. Decreasing the role of subordinates in decision-making is knows as:

(a) Centralization
(b) Stabilization
(c) Decentralization
(d) Delegation of authority

847. . ……………. refers to the number of subordinates a superior can supervise efficiently and
effectively.
(a) Span of authority
(b) Span of control
(c) Span of direction
(d) Span of power.

848. Which one of the following best describes a sequence of steps formed to achieve a particular
objective?
(a) Programs
(b) Policies
(c) Procedures
(d) Rules

849. The management function that involves setting goals and deciding how best to achieve them
is known as__________
(a) Planning
(b) Organising
(c) Leading
(d) Controlling

850. Which of the following is not a problem faced during the implementation of the MBO process?
(a) Motivational assessment.
(b) Individual action.
(c) Group action.
(d) Appraisal of appraisers.

851. Which of the following is a limitation of MBO?

(a) Helps in the coordination of goals and plans.
(b) Provides clarity in organisational action.
(c) Emphasises short terms goals.
(d) Develop effective controls.

852. Which of the following specifies the broad parameters within which organisation members are
expected to operate in pursuit of organisational goals?
(a) Budget.
(b) Program.
(c) Project.
(d) Policy.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 92
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

853. The MBO process should receive continuous support from........... managers for its successful
implementation.
(a) Top Level.
(b) Middle level.
(c) First level.
(d) Link level.

854. Which of the following is not an external environment?

(a) Political.
(b) Social.
(c) Organisational policies.
(d) Technology.

855. Goals improve the cohesiveness or unity of a group as they make the group members..............
(a) Self-reliant.
(b) Independent.
(c) Inter-dependant.
(d) Self-sufficient.

856. Periodic reviews allow managers to give........ to their subordinates.

(a) Objectives.
(b) Feedback.
(c) Bonus.
(d) Gifts.

857. The use of effective control systems does not lead to................
(a) Improved output per unit of input.
(b) Reduction in wastage.
(c) Increase in personnel turnover.
(d) Lower labour costs.

858. The first step in the decision making process is indentifying the problem; this involves the
following stages :
(a) Scanning.
(b) Categorisation.
(c) Problem exercises.
(d) Diagnosis.

859. .................. refers to the extent to which an alternative can be accomplished within
organisational constraints such as time, budgets and polices.
(a) Acceptability.
(b) Quality.
(c) Ethics
(d) Feasibility.

860. Decision alternatives must be evaluated against the........... criterion to determine their
compatibility with the social responsibilities of the organisation.
(a) Quality.
(b) Feasibility.
(c) Ethics
(d) Acceptability.

861. The decision made by managers usually fall into one of the following categories :
(a) Programmed and non-programmed.
(b) Rational and irrational.
(c) Strategic and non-strategic.
(d) Strategic and tactical.

862. ..................... is the first step in the decision making process :

(a) Identifying resource and constraints
(b) Determining the problem.
(c) Generating alternative solutions.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 93
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Selecting an alternative

863. Managers using the............. model of decision making arrives at an optimal decision after
obtaining and understanding all the information that is relevant to their decisions :
(a) Garbage can.
(b) Satisficing.
(c) Incremental.
(d) Rational.

864. Which of the following is not a non-rational model of decisions making?

(a) Garbage-can.
(b) Strategic planning.
(c) Satisficing.
(d) Incremental.

865. The evaluation of an organisations task environment is necessary to understand its impact
on...................
(a) Strategic goals.
(b) Operational goals
(c) Functional goals.
(d) Individual employee goals.

866. Non programmed decisions usually involve a lot of ..............., a condition in which the decision
maker must choose a course of action without having complete knowledge of the consequences that
will follow the implementation of the decision :
(a) Certainty.
(b) Stability.
(c) Opportunity.
(d) Uncertainty.

867. Most of the important decision that managers make are .......... decisions :
(a) Functional
(b) Programmed
(c) Non programmed
(d) Tactical.

868. The most significant decisions made in today’s complex environment are taken under
conditions of....................
(a) Risk.
(b) Uncertainty.
(c) Certainty.
(d) Stability

869. ................. gives managers access to more information and knowledge.

(a) Individual decision-making.
(b) Strategic decision-making.
(c) Operational decision-making.
(d) Group decision making.

870. In which of the following steps of the decision making process is the transformation technique
used?
(a) Generating alternative solutions.
(b) Evaluating alternatives.
(c) Identifying resource and constraints.
(d) Selecting an alternative.

871. Which of the following is not considered when evaluating the alternatives in the decision
making process?
(a) Feasibility.
(b) Quantity.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 94
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Quality.
(d) Acceptability.

872. Which of the following approaches is not used in the decision making process when selecting
an alternative?
(a) Experience.
(b) Experimentation.
(c) Acceptability.
(d) Research and analysis.

873. The first step in the decision making process is identifying the problems. This involves :
(a) Scanning.
(b) Categorisation.
(c) Problem exercises.
(d) Diagnosis.

874. .................. refers to the extent to which an alternative can be accomplished within
organisational constraints such as time, budgets and polices.
(a) Acceptability.
(b) Quality.
(c) Ethics
(d) Feasibility.

875. Decision alternatives must be evaluated against the........... criterion to determine their
compatibility with the social responsibilities of the organisation.
(a) Quality.
(b) Feasibility.
(c) Ethics
(d) Acceptability.

876. The decision made by managers usually fall into one of the following categories :
(a) Programmed and non programmed.
(b) Rational and irrational.
(c) Strategic and non-strategic.
(d) Strategic and tactical.

877. ..................... is the first step in the decision making process :

(a) Identifying resource and constraints
(b) Determining the problem.
(c) Generating alternative solutions.
(d) Selecting an alternative

878. Managers using the............. model of decision making arrives at an optimal decision after
obtaining and understanding all the information that is relevant to their decisions :
(a) Garbage can.
(b) Satisficing.
(c) Incremental.
(d) Rational.

879. Which of the following is not a rational model of decisions making?

(a) Garbage-can,
(b) Strategic planning.
(c) Satisficing.
(d) Incremental.

880. Decisions that deal with strategies for mergers, acquisitions, and takeovers are.......... in nature.
(a) Programmed.
(b) Non-programmed.
(c) Operational.
(d) Tactical.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 95
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

881. Which of the following refers to the total set of managerial activities employed by the
organisation to transform resource inputs into product inputs?
(a) Strategic management.
(b) Operations management.
(c) Marketing management.
(d) Resource management

882. .................... control systems help managers manage inputs in such a way that they are
available at the right place and at the right time and in the right quantity at minimum cost.
(a) Budgetary
(b) Inventory
(c) Financial
(d) Quality.

883. Which of the following control systems help managers ensure that actual performance is in
tune with planned performance?
(a) Budgetary control systems.
(b) Financial control systems.
(c) Inventory control systems.
(d) All the above.

884. Which of the following is a self-regulating control system that can automatically monitor the
situation and take corrective action :
(a) Cybernetic control system.
(b) Non-cybernetic control system.
(c) Multiple control system.
(d) Feedback control system.

885. Which of the following is a control technique applied during or following the completion of an
activity :
(a) Direct control.
(b) Preventive control.
(c) Corrective control.
(d) Activity control.

886. The main source of information for ......... managers are mostly internal.
(a) Input.
(b) Output.
(c) Storage.
(d) Instruction.

887. An international enterprise has to scan the.............. market to identify threats and opportunities
for the company.
(a) Domestic.
(b) National.
(c) Worldwide
(d) Native market.

888. Which of the following management functions help managers in achieving desired objectives
by establishing guidelines for future activities?
(a) Staffing.
(b) Controlling
(c) Planning
(d) Organising.

889. ............. refers to the ability to persuade others to seek defined objectives enthusiastically :
(a) Authority
(b) Morale
(c) Leadership
(d) Controlling

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 96
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

890. Which of the following is not a stage in delegating authority?

(a) Briefing.
(b) Monitoring progress.
(c) Executing.
(d) Evaluating results

891. Which of the following is a limitation of decentralisation?

(a) Does not aid organisation in adapting to the environment.
(b) Gives managers more freedom.
(c) Considerable expense for training managers.
(d) Adds to burden on top management.

892. Functional authority contravenes which one of the following principles?

(a) Unity of direction.
(b) Unity of command.
(c) Discipline.
(d) Scalar chain.

893. ................... is the unbroken line of authority linking each employee with the top most position
in the organisation through a series of management posts?
(a) Unity of command.
(b) Chain of command.
(c) Degree of command.
(d) Unity of direction.

894. Which of the following is not a benefit of informal organisation to employees?

(a) Security.
(b) Status.
(c) Self-actualisation.
(d) Social satisfaction.

895. ................... are action oriented and provide an energising thrust towards the achievement of
goals :
(a) Drive.
(b) Need
(c) Goals
(d) Wants.

896. Internal information used for operations control provided by management information systems
is used by...................
(a) Top Level managers.
(b) Middle level managers.
(c) Link level managers.
(d) First level managers.

897. Which of the following is not true in the case of a decision support system (DSS)?
(a) Specialised in easy to use software.
(b) Employs interactive processing.
(c) Inflexible.
(d) Adaptable.

898. Organisations with.............. structures usually have many hierarchical levels and narrow spans
of control.
(a) Flat.
(b) Broad.
(c) Wide.
(d) Tall.

899. ........ is the crux of entrepreneurship?

(a) Management.
(b) Doing business.
(c) Innovation.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 97
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Goals.

900. Which of the following is not one of the bases of power that managers rely on?
(a) Coercive.
(b) Reward
(c) Expert
(d) Illegitimate

901. The structural methods used for promoting innovation help organisations implement........... and
achieve goals.
(a) Procedures
(b) Policies
(c) Strategies
(d) Rules

902. In the ............, managers consider the impact of changes in the external environment on the
firm and on every aspect of planning :
(a) Open systems approach
(b) Management information system
(c) Closed system approach
(d) Grass-root budgeting

903. Participation and commitment from which of the following level(s) of management is
necessary for the success of an MBO program.
(a) Top level.
(b) Lower level.
(c) Middle level.
(d) All the above.

904. A/ an ............... is an environment condition that has the possibility of undermining an

organisations competitive capability.
(a) Strength.
(b) Threat.
(c) Opportunity.
(d) Weakness.

905. An organisation can differentiate the products from those of the competitors by................
(a) Offering better customer service.
(b) Offering new features.
(c) Creating a brand image.
(d) Using all the above strategies.

906. A/an ............... organisation refers to a group of people working together cooperatively, under
authority, toward goals that mutually benefit the participants and the organisation.
(a) Informal.
(b) Partly Informal.
(c) Formal.
(d) Stable.

907. ................... refers to the grouping of activities and resources in a logical fashion.
(a) Organising.
(b) Staffing.
(c) Planning.
(d) Controlling.

908. Which of the following interactive subsystems is used to develop an open system model and is
known as production function?
(a) Technical
(b) Boundary-spanning
(c) Managerial.
(d) Financial.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 98
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

909. In a formal organisation, ‘power’ is associated with..................

(a) People.
(b) Position.
(c) Relationships.
(d) Public.

910. Which one among the following areas for strategic goals indentifies factors that indicate the
financial well being of an organization?
(a) Profit requirements
(b) Productivity
(c) Financial resources
(d) Physical resources

911. Which of the following describes the distribution of organizations resources over the areas in
which it competes?
(a) Resource deployment
(b) Resource accumulation
(c) Resource gathering
(d) Resource garnering

912. What do managers do in a liaison role?

(a) Communicate with outsiders on behalf of the organization.
(b) Communicate with people outside an within the organization
(c) Communicate organizations information to subordinates
(d) Receive information about the organization

913. A/an ………………. is a vital tool for providing information about organizational relationships.
(a) Organizational chart
(b) Functional chart
(c) Organizational model
(d) Functional model

914. Which one of the following management functions helps maintain managerial effectiveness for
future activities?
(a) Organizing
(b) Planning
(c) Staffing
(d) Leading

915. Which of the following occurs when a company that is headquartered in one country builds or
starts operations in a foreign country?
(a) Partnerships
(b) Direct investment
(c) Joint venture
(d) Strategic alliance

916. The high profits that a cash cow generates can be used to support ………………
(a) Question marks and stars
(b) Dogs and stars
(c) Dogs and question marks
(d) Dogs

917. Which type of departmentation is useful only at the lower level of organizations?
(a) Departmentation by simple numbers
(b) Departmentation by time
(c) Departmentation by process or equipment
(d) Departmentation by strategic numbers.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 99
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

918. Which managerial function gives attention to influencing and motivating employees to
improve performance and achieve corporate objectives?
(a) Leading
(b) Organizing
(c) Staffing
(d) Controlling

919. Which of the following processes shows how an individual seeks information about a certain
issue and how he interprets that information?
(a) Dogmatism
(b) Perception
(c) Stereotyping
(d) Cognitive dissonance

920. Problems in the organization structure and the political environment are defined as …………..
constraints.
(a) Internal-internal
(b) External-internal
(c) Internal-external
(d) External-external

921. Which of the following does not explain the reluctance of managers to set goals?
(a) Fear of failure
(b) Thorough knowledge of organisational policies
(c) Lack of confidence
(d) Lack of knowledge of organizational procedures

922. Which of the following is/are the tools in the recruitment process under staffing?
(a) Job analysis
(b) Jobs description
(c) Job specification
(d) All of the above

923. Which of the following is not considered as an irregularity in organizations?

(a) Increasing personnel turnover
(b) Decreasing personnel turnover
(c) Product defects
(d) Cost overruns

924. The principle of ……………. is based on the belief that most of the negative deviations from the
standards can be over taken by applying the fundamentals of management
(a) Successive
(b) Directive
(c) Preventive
(d) Indirect

925. ………………….. provide directions for the activities of an organization.

(a) Resources
(b) Goals
(c) Information
(d) Manpower

926. . ………….. is also known as staffing

(a) Resource management
(b) Human management
(c) Human resource management
(d) Human resource development

927. The process of developing an organizational structure is also known as ………………

(a) Organizational design.
(b) System design.
(c) Structure design.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 100
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(d) Process design.

928. ………. refers to the powers to make decisions to guide their actions of another.
(a) Responsibility
(b) Authority
(c) Power
(d) Delegation

929. . …………………..refers to the set of documents, programs, and procedures associated with the
operations of a corporate system.
(a) Hardware
(b) Software
(c) People
(d) Data

930. Which of the following intervention techniques is concerned with the interpersonal relations
and dynamic operating in work groups?
(a) Team building
(b) Skill development
(c) Process consultation
(d) Survey feedback

931. ………….. brings about changes in the way products or services are manufactured.
(a) Product innovation
(b) Radical innovation
(c) Incremental innovation
(d) Process innovation

932. The efficient use of resources relative to outcomes is known as ………………

(a) Innovation
(b) Financial resources
(c) Physical resources
(d) Productivity

933. Which of the following is not a step in the organizational development process?
(a) Diagnosis
(b) Interruption
(c) Intervention
(d) Evaluation

934. Which of the following is not a fixed asset?

(a) Land
(b) Building
(c) Marketable securities
(d) Machinery

935. Which of the following means is not used by managers when implementing operational
research techniques?
(a) Scientific
(b) Financial
(c) Logical
(d) Mathematical

936. A …………………… organization structure has a wide span of control and only a few
hierarchical levels.
(a) Flat
(b) Narrow
(c) Tall
(d) Wide

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 101
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

937. Which of the following designations does not fall in the category of top-level management?
(a) Chief executive officer
(b) Executive director
(c) President
(d) Supervisor

938. …………. are related to the balance sheet instead of the income statement.
(a) Capital standard
(b) Revenue standard
(c) Program standards
(d) Cost standards

939. Which of the following decision making techniques is used to estimate the profitability of an
investment?
(a) Marginal analysis
(b) Financial analysis
(c) Break even analysis
(d) Ratio analysis

940. Which of the following is not an output device?

(a) Printers
(b) Visual display monitors
(c) Graphic plotters
(d) Optical scanners

941. In the MBO transformation process objectives are not stated in terms of..........
(a) Quantity.
(b) Quality.
(c) Profits
(d) Time.

942. Action plans are concerned with identifying and grouping activities in the .......... stage of the
MBO transformation process.
(a) Selling objectives.
(b) Planning for action.
(c) Control and appraisal.
(d) Hierarchy of objectives.

943. Which of the following sub-systems is an integral part of the MBO process
i. Man power planning
ii. Compensation.
iii. Appraisal
(a) i and ii.
(b) i and iii.
(c) ii and iii.
(d) i, ii and iii.

944. Which of the following is not a limitation of the MBO?

(a) Difficulty in goal setting.
(b) Flexibility.
(c) Failure to give guidelines to goal setters.
(d) Importance of short-term goals.

945. The first step in an MBO program is................

(a) Formulating action plans.
(b) Clarifying organisational roles.
(c) Establishing specific goals for various departments.
(d) Developing overall organisational goals.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 102
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

946. Which of the following terms refers to the areas in which good performance is essential for the
success of an enterprise?
(a) Key result areas.
(b) Performance areas.
(c) Significant areas.
(d) Key work areas.

947. Which of the following refers to efforts made within a firm to evaluate its own social
responsiveness?
(a) Social audit.
(b) Management audit.
(c) Organizational audit.
(d) Environment audit.

948. Many people oppose the involvement of organisations in social welfare activities. Which of the
following is not a reason for their opposition to such activities?
(a) Excessive costs.
(b) Absence of mechanism to ensure accountability to society.
(c) Protecting shareholders interests.
(d) Weakened international balance.

949. Which of the following determines a person ethical or unethical behaviour?

(a) Values.
(b) Procedures.
(c) Rules.
(d) Policies.

950. In which of the following situations does the intensity of an ethical issue increase?
(a) Everyone agrees that the action is right.
(b) Many people will be harmed by the action.
(c) When the chances of the act causing harm are negligible.
(d) When the action has no serious impact on people.

951. Which of the following refers to developments in countries other than/outside the organisations
home country that have the potential to influence the organisation?
(a) Sociocultural component.
(b) Technological component.
(c) International component.
(d) Economic component.

952. ............ divisions are set up to serve particular types of clients or customers.
(a) Customer
(b) Product.
(c) Service
(d) Geographic.

953. Which of the following is not a structural method for promoting innovation in organisations?
(a) Roles.
(b) Reservations.
(c) Environment.
(d) Differentiation.

954. Which of the following is not an advantage of functional departmentation in organisations?

(a) In depth skill development.
(b) Simplified training.
(c) Reduced coordination between functions.
(d) Clarity about career paths

955. Which of the following is not a major form of the divisional structure of departmentalisation?
(a) Product division.
(b) Geographic division.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 103
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Sales division.

(d) Customer division.

956. Which of the following is not an advantage of product division?

(a) Improves coordination of functional activities.
(b) Requires more people with general managerial abilities.
(c) Permits growth of products and services.
(d) Places attention and efforts on product line.

957. Which of the following is not a characteristic of a line manager when exercising his authority?
(a) Takes operating decisions.
(b) Direct others.
(c) Delegates.
(d) Assist others.

958. Which of the following is not a feature of the consultative style of management?
(a) Motivating employees.
(b) No upward communication flow.
(c) Downward communication flow.
(d) Managers acting as consultants.

959. The .................. refers to the assignment of formal authority and responsibility to another person
for carrying out specific activities :
(a) Decentralisation of authority.
(b) Delegation of responsibility.
(c) Centralisation of authority
(d) Delegation of authority.

960. The willingness of subordinates to take on additional responsibilities is a factor that affects the
degree of..............
(a) Centralisation.
(b) Decision-making.
(c) Decentralisation.
(d) Controlling.

961. Which of the following refers to the total set of managerial activities employed by the
organisation to transform resource inputs into product inputs?
(a) Strategic management.
(b) Operations management.
(c) Marketing management.
(d) Resource management

962. MBO techniques wok successfully when managers consider the assumptions of ……………….
and the actions of employees are consistent with these assumptions.
(a) Theory W
(b) Theory X
(c) Theory Y
(d) Theory Z

963. Which of the following is synonymous with the external culture of an organization?
(a) Corporate culture
(b) Social culture
(c) Corporate philosophy
(d) Social programs

964. In ……………………, the opinion of experts are collected to arrive at a consensus.

(a) Interacting groups
(b) Nominal groups
(c) Delphi groups
(d) Formal groups

965. Which of the following terms refers to the measurement of performance in an organization?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 104
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Coordination
(b) Organizational development
(c) Appraisal
(d) Control

966. Which of the following is not a social need?

(a) Cooperative peers
(b) Good superiors
(c) Job security
(d) Loyal customers

967. A firm using a ……………… strategy tries to specialize within a very narrow segment of the
market by establishing a position of overall cost, leadership, differentiation or both.
(a) Specific
(b) Focus
(c) Directive
(d) Differentiation

968. Which of the following represents the formulation and quantification of plans for a particular
period of time in the future?
(a) Linear programming
(b) Budgeting
(c) Leveraging
(d) Computing

969. A superior officer evaluates the performance of his subordinates in order to decide who should
be promoted. What type of power does the superior have in this case?
(a) Referent
(b) Coercive
(c) Legitimate
(d) Reward

970. Just in time is also known as stockless production and …………………..

(a) Finished goods inventory
(b) Zero inventory
(c) Raw material inventory
(d) Work in progress inventory

971. The specific roles of figurehead’s leader and liaison fall in category of....... role:
(a) Informational.
(b) Decisional.
(c) Organisational.
(d) Interpersonal.

972. Which of the following is not a key leadership trait as proposed by the trait theory?
(a) Leadership motivation.
(b) Honesty and integrity
(c) Rigidness.
(d) Self-confidence.

973. According to the trait theory of leadership, which of the following is a social characteristic of
leaders?
(a) Interpersonal skills.
(b) Achievement
(c) Enthusiasm
(d) Adaptability

974. Which of the following is not a critical dimension of the leadership situation identified by Fiedler
that would help in deciding the most effective style of leadership?

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 105
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(a) Position power.

(b) Task structure.
(c) Organisational structure.
(d) Leader-member relations.

975. Research on leadership has been carried out at the University of Michigan, and Ohio State
university. Which of the following studies focused on the aspects of leadership?
(a) Behavioural.
(b) Situational
(c) Substitutes.
(d) Traits.

976. The.............. leader tends to make unilateral decisions, dictates work methods, limits worker
knowledge about goals and sometimes gives punitive feedback.
(a) Participative
(b) Autocratic.
(c) Laissez-faire
(d) d. Democratic.

977. Fiedler’s approach to leadership is one of the popular ............ theories of leadership :
(a) Behavioural.
(b) Trait
(c) Situational
(d) Transformational.

978. Leadership involving an exchange relationship between leaders and followers is termed as :
(a) Transformational Leadership.
(b) Situational Leadership.
(c) Transactional Leadership.
(d) Exchange Leadership.

979. Which of the following is not a leadership style as proposed by Iowa and Michigan studies?
(a) Bureaucratic
(b) Democratic
(c) Autocratic
(d) Laissez faire.

980. Which type of technical innovation involves changes in the physical characteristics of a
product or the creation of new products?
(a) Managerial innovation
(b) Radical innovation
(c) Process innovation
(d) Product innovation

981. Which type of leaders gives complete freedom to their employees?

(a) Autocratic leaders
(b) Bureaucratic leaders
(c) Participative leaders
(d) Laissez faire leaders

982. Democratic Leadership is also known as ………………. Leadership

(a) Autocratic
(b) Participative
(c) Bureaucratic
(d) Laissez-faire

983. Which of the following is not a motivational technique?

(a) Participation.
(b) Quality of work life
(c) Job enrichment
(d) Job description

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 106
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

984. Which of the following is the origin of any motivated behaviour?

(a) Need
(b) Drives
(c) Goals
(d) Wants

985. Which of the following methods encourages the involvement of employees in the setting of
objectives?
(a) Management by walking around
(b) Management by goals
(c) Management by objectives
(d) Management by exceptions

986. A collection of values, norms, beliefs, attitudes and habits that directs the behaviour of a group
of people is known as................
(a) Culture.
(b) Programs.
(c) Rules
(d) Philosophy.

987. Which of the following is not a common characteristic of corporate culture?

(a) It is based on certain norms.
(b) It shapes philosophy and rules.
(c) The strength of culture varies from organisation to organisation
(d) Leads to diverse behavioural aspects.

988. Which of the following methods help managers find out the minimum time and cost required to
complete a project?
(a) Program evaluation and review technique (PERT)
(b) Critical path method (CPM)
(c) Just in time (JIT)
(d) Computer aided design (CAD)

989. Which one of the following is not an assumption underlying direct control?
(a) Personal responsibility exists.
(b) Time expenditure is warranted.
(c) Performance cannot be measured.
(d) Mistakes can be discovered in time.

990. ............... refers to unanalyzed and unorganised facts and figures describing entities.
(a) Information.
(b) Intelligence.
(c) Data
(d) Systems.

991. External information is more useful for.......... managers :

(a) Top level.
(b) Middle level
(c) Lower level
(d) Link level

992. Which one of the following is not an external user to whom the company is required to provide
information?
(a) Customer.
(b) Employee
(c) Supplier
(d) Government

993. Which of the following is not a component of an information systems :

(a) Keyboard.
(b) Printers.

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 107
 Paper 1 – Fundamentals of Organization and Management (Syllabus 2008)

(c) Floppy discs.

(d) Magnetic discs

994. The higher quality of managers and their subordinates the less the need for..............
(a) Direct control.
(b) Preventive control
(c) Tactical control.
(d) Strategic control.

995. Individual differences in human beings are rooted in difference in their ……………… make up.
(a) Penological
(b) Pathological
(c) Physiological
(d) Psychological

996. Which of the following is synonymous with the external culture of an organization?
(a) Corporate culture
(b) Social culture
(c) Corporate philosophy
(d) Social programs

997. Organization culture is an aspect of the ……………. environment of an organization.

(a) General
(b) Task
(c) Internal
(d) External

998. . … Which of the following describe the set of feelings or beliefs that individuals have about
certain ideas situations or people?
(a) Attitude
(b) Dogmatism
(c) Self esteem
(d) Self efficacy

999. According to the ………………, a person’s behaviour is influenced by the environment.

(a) Behaviouristic view
(b) Emotional view
(c) Economical view
(d) Self actualizing view

1000. A/ an …………………….. organization is a network of personal and social relations not established
or required by the formal organization and arising spontaneously as people associate with one another.
(a) Informal
(b) Formal
(c) Partly formal
(d) Strategic

The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (Statutory Body under an Act of Parliament) Page 108
1) A primary benefit of MBO is:

A) Avoid competition

B) Resistance against new entrance

C) Improve employee motivation

D) Increase resources

2) Functional departmentalization groups’ jobs by which of the following?

A) Tasks they perform

B) Territories they serve

C) Products or services they manufacture or produce

D) Type of customer they serve

3) Henri Fayol, a French industrialist, first analyzed what managers do and divided that work into
functions The study of the management function that defines goals and establishes strategies to
achieve them is called:

A) Planning

B) Organizing

C) Leading

D) Controlling

4) Which one of the following items best reflects the extent to which a society places a high value
on reducing risk and instability?

A) Uncertainty avoidance

B) Power distance

C) Masculinity/femininity

D) Long-term/short-term orientation

5) When a manger made a decision and he is uncertain about the outcomes His decision is likely
to be:

A) Of Poor Quality

B) Unacceptable

C) Successful

D) Risky

6) Forecasting techniques fall into which of the following two categories?

 A) Fixed asset and human capital

B) Predictive and confirmatory

C) Quantitative and qualitative

D) Empirical and conceptual

7) A plan developed to carry out a course of action that is not likely to be repeated in the future is
called:

A) Single-use plan

B) Specific plan

C) Reaction plan

D) Directional plan

8) The organization which has no interaction with its external environment is called:

A) Open system

B) Closed system

C) Non-interactive system

D) Moderated system

9) Which famous management thinker was related with the development of “Theory X”?

A) Douglas McGregor

B) Abraham Maslow

C) Frederick Herzberg

D) Chester Barnard

10) The management function that specifies goals to be achieved and deciding in advance the
appropriate actions to achieve those goals is:

A) Leading

B) Controlling

C) Organizing

D) Planning

11) Supervisor is another name for whom?

A. team leaders

B. middle managers

C. first-line managers
 D. top managers

12) Which of the following is true concerning technical and managerial skills?

A. Human skills and technical skills remain equally important as managers move to higher
levels.

B. Technical-skill needs remain necessary and human skills decrease as managers move to
higher levels.

C. Human skills remain necessary and technical-skill needs decrease as managers move to
higher levels.

D. Both human-skill and technical-skill needs decrease as managers move to higher levels.

13) Which of the following views of managerial impact is useful in explaining the high turnover
among college and professional sports coaches who can be considered the “managers” of their
teams?

A. symbolic

B. omnipotent

C. generalist

D. autocratic

14) Managers operate within the constraints imposed by__________________.

A. government at the federal and state level

B. the employees of the organization

C. the organization’s culture and environment

D. the organization’s board of directors

15) Which of the following is not an example of a constituency that makes up the specific
environment?

a) customers

b) sociocultural factors

c) suppliers

d) competitors

16) Employees in organizations with strong cultures _______________.

A. are more committed to their organization

B. are more likely to leave the organization than stay

C. are more willing to perform illegal activities

 D. are more likely to follow directives from peers

17) When Japanese employees use words such as: KAIZEN and RINGI, they are using
organizational __________.

A. languages

B. rituals

C. symbols

D. artifacts

18) According to the textbook, _______________ refers to the number of components in an

organization’s environment and the extent of the knowledge that the organization has about those
components.

A. degree of stability

B. openness

C. degree of complexity

D. change

19) A manager resolving conflict among organizational members is performing what function?

A. controlling

B. commanding

C. directing

D. leading

20) According to Mintzberg’s management roles, the _____________ roles are those that involve
people and other duties that are ceremonial and symbolic in nature.

A. informational

B. interpersonal

C. technical

D. decisional

21) Hawthorne studies were a series of early experiments that focused on:

A) Behavior in the workplace

B) Ethics in the workplace

C) Group norms

D) Interpersonal dynamics
22) Selecting an alternative in the decision-making process is accomplished by option:

A) Choosing the alternative with the highest score

B) Choosing the One You Like Best

C) Selecting the alternative that has the lowest price

D) Selecting the alternative that is the most reliable

23) A plan developed to carry out a course of action that is not likely to be repeated in the future
is called:

A) Single-use plan

B) Specific plan

C) Reaction plan

D) Direction plan

24) Concern for employee motivation is most closely associated with which of the following
management approach?

A) Bureaucracy

B) Organizational behavior (NOT SURE)

C) Scientific management

D) Systems

25) Interest rates, inflation rates, and stock market indexes are all examples of which of the factor
of an organization’s general environment?

A) Economic

B) Political

C) Social

D) Technological

26) Which factor has been the most rapidly changing component in an organization’s general
environment in the past quarter-century?

A) Global

B) Economic

C) Social

D) Technological

27) The process of monitoring performance, comparing it with goals and correcting any significant
deviations is known as:
 A) Planning

B) Organizing

C) Leading

D) Controlling

28) When Usman decides to deploy employees to another department that is lagging behind in
production, he is acting in which of the following roles?

A) Spokesperson

B) Negotiator

C) Leader

D) Resource allocator

29) The greater the risk involves in making a decision, the greater the:

A) Outcomes

B) Information available

C) Rewards

D) Uncertainty

30) Each subordinate should report to one and only one superior is called:

A) Authority

B) Unity of command

C) Unity of direction

D) Order

31) Which of the following is part of the principles of management identified by Henri Fayol?

A) Scalar chain

B) Innovation

C) Efficiency

D) Motivation

32) A learning organization has developed its________

A) Educational department to keep employees trained

B) Capacity to adapt and change

C) Barriers to entry of its markets

 D) A sustainable competitive advantage that is easy to maintain

33) Which of the following is not a suggestion for motivating employees?

A) Recognize individual differences

B) Makes goals very difficult to achieve

C) Match people to jobs

D) Individualize rewards

34) In Maslow’s need hierarchy, a healthy work environment is an example of what type of need?

A) Physiological

B) Steem

C) Safety

D) Social

35) The plans which deal with fairly small set of activities are called:

A) Strategic plan

B) Tactical plan

C) Operational plan

D) Personal plan

36) Which of the following is known as the process of getting activities completed efficiently and
effectively with and through other people?

A) Leading

B) Management

C) Supervision

D) Controlling

37) Which of the following describe(s) a global marketplace?

A) The entire world is a marketplace

B) National borders are irrelevant

C) The potential for organizations to grow expands dramatically

D) All of the given options

38) The assignment of new or additional responsibilities to a subordinate is called:

A) Coordination
 B) Specialization

C) Delegation

D) Span of control

39) Which of the following management thinker created a role classification system based on how
managers spend their time at work to describe a manager’s role?

A) Peter Brabeck-Letmathe

B) Abraham Maslow

C) Andrea Jung

D) Henry Mintzberg

40) Which expectancy theory linkage explains the degree to which a student desires a good job?

A) Expectancy

B) Effort to performance

C) Input to outcome

D) Valence

41) The assignment of new or additional responsibilities to a subordinate is called:

A) Coordination

B) Specialization

C) Delegation

D) Span of control

42) Which ethical approach is guided by what will result in the greatest good for the greatest
number of people?

A) Moral-Rights approach

B) Individual approach

C) Utilitarian approach

D) Justice approach

43) Low level management has a complete authority to make decisions in case of:

A) Centralization

B) Decentralization

C) Scalar Chain

D) Order
44) Which one of the following individuals is most closely associated with scientific
management?

A) Frederick Taylor

B) Mary Parker Follett

C) Harold Koontz

D) Max Weber

45) Each subordinate should report to one and only one superior is called:

A) Authority

B) Unity of command

C) Unity of direction

D) Order

46) There are many healthcare products manufacturers XYZ Company manufactures
only personal hygiene products It markets such products deodorant, body powder,
body creams, and exfoliates Because it only stocks body care and personal hygiene
products, it is using ___ strategy :

A) Prospecting

B) Emergent

C) Focus

D) Cost leadership

47) When managers give goals to employees, they must always: :

A) Use employee-recognition as a reward

B) Provide feedback to the employees

C) Let the employees participate in setting the goals

D) All of the given options

48) The organization that has developed the capacity to continuously learn, adapt,
and change is called:

A) Virtual organization

B) Learning organization

C) Traditional organization

D) Bureaucratic organization

49) Your firm’s attorney has which of the following power when giving legal advice?
A) Legitimate

B) Status

C) Expert

D) Coercive

50) Which of the following is a function of how much decision-making authority is

pushed down to lower levels in the organization?

A) Departmentalization

B) Centralization

C) Span of control

D) Power

51) Organizations that are highly flexible and adaptive are described as which of the
following?

A) Organic

B) Mechanistic

C) Rational

D) Intuitive

52) A human resource manager attending a local Society for Human Resource
Management meeting would be functioning in which of the following role?

A) Informational

B) Leader

C) Liaison

D) Disseminator

53) Which type of environment is best suited for mechanistic organizations?

A) Dynamic

B) Manufacturing

C) Service

D) Stable

54) The most outspoken advocate of the classical view of social responsibility is
economist and Nobel prize winner:

A) Carnegie Milton
B) Charles Darwin

C) Milton Freeman

D) Milton Friedman

55) In traditional goal setting, the goals are set at the top level of management and
after that they:

A) Become the responsibility of first-line management

B) Are broken down into sub goals for each level of the organization

C) All the efforts to achieve the goals are directed by top management

D) Are delegated to the next lower level to be achieved

56) Which of the management tasks is the most important for a supervisory manager?

A) Planning

B) Organizing

C) Controlling

D) Staffing

57) A budget is an example of which of the following plan?

A) Strategic plan

B) Single use plan

C) Informal plan

D) Standing plan

58) Which of the following is the final step in the decision-making process?

A) Identifying the problem

B) Evaluating the decision’s effectiveness

C) Identifying decision criteria

D) Selecting an alternative that can resolve the problem

59) The behavioral dimension of leadership involving the concern that the leader has
for the feelings, needs, personal interest, problems, and well-being of followers is
referred to as which of the following?

A) Consideration

B) Initiating structure

C) Autocratic
D) Democratic

60) What type of an organization actively creates, acquires, and transfers knowledge
within itself and is able to modify its behavior to reflect new knowledge?

A) Enlightened organization

B) Conceptualized organization

C) Learning organization

D) Modern organization

61) Monitoring organizational progress towards goal attainment is called:

A) Planning

B) Organizing

C) Leading

D) Controlling

62) Organizational culture is similar to an individual’s:

A) Skills

B) Personality

C) Motivation

D) Ability

63) Which of the following is NOT an example of an organization’s general

environment?

A. Economic conditions

B. Political conditions

C. Social conditions

64) Who presented the Concept of Quality?

A. Henri Fayol

B. ProfHenryMintzberg

C. Frank & Lillian Gilbreth

D. ProfEdward Deming

65) In order to communicate, motivate and delegate a manager must have:

A. Political skills

B. Conceptual skills
C. Technical skills

D. Interpersonal skills

66) Which of the following is called output of a system?

A. Services

B. Material

C. Human

D. Information resource

67) Who is credited for the theory of motivation based on the hierarchy of needs?

A. Abraham Maslow

B. Douglas McGregor

C. Henri Fayol

D. Mary Parker Follett

68) Which of the following is NOT an example of a constituency that makes up the
specific environment?

A. Customers

B. Socio-cultural

C. Suppliers

D. Competitors

69) The SWOT approach assesses an organization’s:

A. Speed, Wants, Order, Timing

B. Studies, Workflows, Opportunities, Trials

C. Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats

D. Signs, Worries, Objectives, Techniques

70) An office supply firm that has three departments based upon retail, wholesale,
and governmental customers is using which of the following types of
departmentalization?

A. Functional

B. Product

C. Customer

D. Geographic
71) To determine the ___________, a manager must determine what is relevant or
important in resolving the problem

A. Geocentric behavior needed

B. Number of allowable alternatives

C. Weighting of decision criteria

D. Decision criteria

72) A manager who strives to ensure the activities of the organization’s employees are
supported and blend well with those of individuals outside the firm could be said to
hold which of the following interpersonal role within the company?

A. Liaison

B. Disseminator

C. Figure head

D. Entrepreneur

73) What would be the best description of plans that focus on the broad future of the
organization and incorporate both external environmental demands and internal
resources into managers’ actions?

A. Operational plans

B. Tactical plans

C. Strategic plans

D. Holistic plans

74) Which of the following scientist is most closely associated with the
Hawthornestudies?

A. Adams

B. Mayo

C. Lawler

D. Barnard

75) When objectives are not written down or rarely verbalized, and the planning is
general and lacks continuity, which of the following types of planning is used?

A. Environmental planning

B. Economic planning

C. Informal planning
D. Formal planning

76) Which of the following is the power that rests on the leader’s ability to punish or
control?

A. Reward power

B. Coercive power

C. Expert power

D. Referent power

77) Inspiring people to be high performer is called:

A. Controlling

B. Leading

C. Planning

D. Organizing

78) Which of the following theory is currently the most widely accepted when
describing employee motivation?

A. Reinforcement

B. Three-need

C. Expectancy

D. Equity

79) Activities such as taking visitors to dinner and attending ribbon cutting
ceremonies come under which of the following management role?

A. Leader

B. Liaison

C. Figurehead

D. Negotiator

80) LG and Sony electronics agreed to cooperate on developing new technologies

Representatives from each firm meet regularly to coordinate this new venture Which
of the following roles these mangers are playing?

A. Liaison

B. Leader

C. Disseminator

D. Spokesperson
81) A skill or capability that enables an organization to conceive of and implement its
strategies is its:

A. Strength

B. Weakness

C. Opportunity

D. Threat

82) The task environment of organizations consists of constituencies that have a

direct impact on managers’ decisions and actions The main constituencies are made
up of customers, suppliers, competitors, and ________

A. Legislators

B. Pressure groups

C. Employees

D. Lawyers

83) Set of processes involved in creating or determining the strategies of the

organization is called:

A. Strategy formulation

B. Strategy implementation

C. Strategy evaluation

D. Strategy imitation

84) What type of an organization actively creates, acquires, and transfers knowledge
within itself and is able to modify its behavior to reflect new knowledge?

A. Enlightened organization

B. Conceptualized organization

C. Learning organization

D. Modern organization

85) Which of the following is a general statement or understanding that guide or

channelize thinking in decision making?

A. Policy

B. Procedure

C. Rule

D. Project
86) Which of the following is a process that involves managers from all parts of the
organization in the formulation of strategic goals?

A. Strategic management

B. Strategic positioning

C. Strategic planning

D. Strategic organizing

87) Maslow’s need hierarchy, a healthy work environment is an example of what type
of need?

A. Physiological

B. Esteem

C. Safety

D. Social

88) That would be the best description of plans that focus on the broad future of the
organization and incorporate both external environmental demands and internal
resources into managers’ actions?

A. Operational plans

B. Tactical plans

C. Strategic plans

D. Holistic plans

89) Which of the following is NOT a key element of the Total Quality Management
approach?

A. Focus on the customer

B. Employee involvement

C. Continuous improvement

D. Focus on the supplier

90) When call center managers spend much of their time monitoring customer calls
and giving employees feedback about how to improve their dialogue with customers
in the future, these managers are using which of the following skills?

A. Technical

B. Conceptual

C. Situational
D. Ethical

91) The process of selecting decision criteria is accomplished by:

A. Massaging the data that will support a given decision

B. Flipping a coin to produce a – chance of being right

C. Determining what is relevant in making the decision

D. Examining the difference in the opportunities available

92) Alternatives that an organization chooses from its operations across several
industries and several markets is called:

A. Business-level strategy

B. Corporate-level strategy

C. Functional-level strategy

D. Market-level strategy

93) In the MBO system:

A. Objectives are determined by management

B. Goals are only reviewed at the time of completion

C. Goals are used as controls

D. Progress is periodically reviewed

94) Strategic plans cover a broader view of the organization and include the
formulation of goals, whereas operational plans define ways to:

A. Maximize the organization’s profits

B. Achieve the goals

C. Minimize the number of employees

D. Provide the most efficient methods of production

95) The first step in the decision-making process is which of the following?

A. Developing decision criteria

B. Allocating weights to the criteria

C. Analyzing alternatives

D. Identifying a problem

96) A skill or capability that enables an organization to conceive of and implement its
strategies is its:
A. Strength

B. Weakness

C. Opportunity

D. Threat

97) The management function that specifies goals to be achieved and deciding in
advance the appropriate actions to achieve those goals is:

A. Leading

B. Controlling

C. Organizing

D. Planning

98) The plans which deal with fairly small set of activities are called:

A. Strategic plan

B. Tactical plan

C. Operational plan

D. Personal plan

99) A budget is an example of which of the following plan?

A. Strategic plan

B. Single use plan

C. Informal plan

D. Standing plan

100) Which of the following can be defined as the art and science of formulating,
implementing and evaluating cross-functional decisions that enable an organization to
achieve its objectives?

A. Strategy formulation

B. Strategy evaluation

C. Strategy implementation

D. Strategic management

101) Which of the following is NOT one of the situational factors thought to influence
the relationship between leader behavior and subordinate motivation to perform in
the path-goal theory?

A. Preferences of the leader

B. Subordinate locus of control

C. Characteristics of the work group

D. Task structure

102) Social obligation is the obligation of a business to meet its:

A. Social and technological responsibilities

B. Economic and social responsibilities

C. Technological and economic responsibilities

D. Economic and legal responsibilities

103) All of the following are the examples of the actions that can be taken in strategy
implementation stage EXCEPT:

A. Changing organization’s pricing strategy

B. Developing new employee benefits

C. Transferring managers among divisions

D. Taking corrective action when needed

104) The method by which strategies are operational zed or executed within the
organization is called:

A. Strategy implementation

B. Strategy evaluation

C. Strategy formulation

D. Strategy imitation

105) The idea that employees should also share the profit of organization was given
by:

A. Frederick Taylor

B. Robert Owen

C. Charles Babbage

D. W Edwards Deming

106) In some countries, such as Venezuela, titles, rank, and status carry a lot of
weight These countries have a large:

A. Power distance

B. Uncertainty avoidance
C. Short- versus long-term orientation

D. Individualism versus collectivism

107) Which of the following is associated with the classical view of social
responsibility?

A. Economist Robert Reich

B. Concern for social welfare

C. Stockholder financial return

D. Voluntary activities

108) Which of the following management thinker created a role classification system
based on how managers spend their time at work to describe a manager’s role?

A. Peter Brabeck-Letmathe

B. Abraham Maslow

C. Andrea Jung

D. Henry Mintzberg

109) Which of the management tasks is the most important for a supervisory
manager?

A. Planning

B. Organizing

C. Controlling

D. Staffing

110) Forecasting techniques fall into which of the following two categories?

A. Fixed asset and human capital

B. Predictive and confirmatory

C. Quantitative and qualitative

D. Empirical and conceptual

111) If all criteria in the decision making are equal, weighting the criteria
______________.

A. improves decision making when large numbers of criteria are involved

B. is not needed

C. produces excellent decisions

D. improves the criteria

112) Decision making is (simplistically) typically described as which of the following?

A. deciding what is correct

B. putting preferences on paper

C. choosing among alternatives

D. processing information to completion

113) In Step 6 of the decision-making process, each alternative is evaluated by

appraising it against the _____________.

A. subjective goals of the decision maker

B. criteria

C. assessed values

D. implementation strategy

114) According to the textbook, because managers can’t possibly analyze all
information on all alternatives, managers ______________, rather than
______________.

A. maximize; satisfice

B. maximize; minimize

C. satisfice; minimize

D. satisfice; maximize

Answer Keys

Question No. Answer Question No. Answer Question No. Answer Question No. Answer
Question No. Answer

1 C 26 D 51 C 76 C 101 D

2 A 27 D 52 C 77 B 102 D

3 A 28 D 53 A 78 B 103 A

4 A 29 C 54 C 79 B 104 A

5 D 30 B 55 B 80 A 105 C

6 C 31 A 56 C 81 A 106 A

7 A 32 B 57 B 82 A 107 A
8 B 33 B 58 B 83 A 108 D

9 A 34 C 59 D 84 C 109 C

10 D 35 C 60 C 85 A 110 C

11 C 36 B 61 D 86 A 111 B

12 C 37 D 62 B 87 C 112 C

13 B 38 C 63 C 88 C 113 B

14 C 39 D 64 D 89 D 114 D

15 B 40 A 65 D 90 A

16 A 41 C 66 B 91 B

17 A 42 D 67 A 92 D

18 C 43 B 68 B 93 A

19 D 44 A 69 C 94 B

20 B 45 B 70 A 95 D

21 A 46 C 71 D 96 A

22 A 47 D 72 C 97 D

23 B 48 B 73 C 98 D

24 B 49 C 74 B 99 B

25 A 50 A 75 C 100 D
Multiple Choice Questions:

1. Which term best describes the process of obtaining, deploying, and utilizing a variety of
essential resources to contribute to an organization’s success?

A) planning
B) organizing
C) staffing
D) management

2. Which title is given to an individual who is in charge of and coordinates the activities of a
group of employees engaged in related activities within a unit of an organization?

A) manager
B) employee
C) vender
D) contractor

3. Which management function involves setting goals and objectives and creating specific
plans for completing them?

A) planning
B) organizing
C) controlling
D) leading

4. Which level of management is responsible for establishing a vision for the organization,
developing broad plans and strategies, and directing subordinate managers?

A) first level managers

B) middle managers
C) executive managers
D) second level managers

1
5. Which level of management is responsible for implementing programs that are intended
to carry out the broader objectives of an organization set by executives?

A) supervisory managers
B) middle managers
C) first level managers
D) chief financial managers

6. Which management principle states that each individual should report to only one boss
in order to avoid conflict and/ or confusion?

A) division of command
B) chain of command
C) unity of direction
D) unity of command

7. Which management principle states that orders and instructions should flow down from
top to bottom or from a higher level manager to a lower one?

A) division of work
B) chain of command
C) unity of direction
D) unity of command

8. A manager who possesses knowledge of the processes, equipment, and potential

problems of an industry would possess what type of managerial skill?

A) technical
B) administrative
C) interpersonal
D) organizational

2
9. The ability of a manager to interface and work effectively with individuals and groups is
descriptive of what type of managerial skill?

A) technical
B) administrative
C) interpersonal
D) organizational

10. By exceeding the monthly marketing budget set for a company, a manager would fail to
meet which type of performance measure?

A) quantity
B) quality and workmanship
C) cost and budget control
D) customer satisfaction

11. If a manager leads a team to exceed their monthly goal of new clients, which type of
performance results have they attained?

A) quantity
B) quality and workmanship
C) cost and budget control
D) customer satisfaction

12. For a manager, which should take priority- the job task or the employees performing the
job?

A) The job task always takes priority over employees.

B) Employees always take priority over the job task.
C) Neither, a manager should balance interest in the job task with the needs of the
employees performing the job.
D) Neither, administration of the business takes priority over the job task and the
employees.

3
13. Economic uncertainty, regulatory requirements, and new competitors are examples of
what type of factors that affect managers?

A) intrapersonal factors
B) internal factors
C) interpersonal factors
D) external factors

14. Which management function involves measuring results, comparing results to

expectations, and taking corrective action?

A) planning
B) organizing
C) leading
D) controlling

15. Which type of issues are first level managers routinely influenced by?

A) long range issues

B) short range issues
C) strategic issues
D) shareholder issues

16. Which of the following characterize a manager as being effective?

A) They use a minimum amount of resources for the amount of outputs produced.
B) They devote a large amount of time to planning.
C) They achieve their goals.
D) They interview, select, and train people who are most suitable to fill open jobs.

17. Which of the following characterize a manager as being efficient?

A) They use a minimum amount of resources for the amount of outputs produced.
B) The devote a large amount of time to planning
C) They achieve their goals.
D) They interview, select, and train people who are most suitable to fill open jobs.

4
18. Which management principle states that work should be divided so that each person will
perform a specialized portion?

A) division of work
B) chain of command
C) unity of direction
D) unity of command

19. What two major end results are managers seeking on a daily basis?

A) a product or service
B) management and efficiency
C) energy and utilities
D) facilities and equipment

20.In management, the various roles that managers are called on to perform are defined in
which process?

A) management process
B) executive process
C) business process
D) supervisory process

21. Which type of managers are responsible for reporting to middle managers?

A) employees
B) managers
C) executive managers
D) second level managers

5
22. Which part of the management process includes measuring results, comparing results to
expectations, and taking corrective action to bring results in to line?

A) planning
B) organizing
C) leading
D) controlling

23. Which influential thought leader is known for his common sense approach to self-
improvement as demonstrated through the book he authored, How to Win Friends and
Influence People?

A) Dale Carnegie
B) Frederick W. Taylor
C) W. Edwards Deming
D) Steven Covey

24. Which influential thought leader is known as the father of scientific management?

A) Dale Carnegie
B) Frederick W. Taylor
C) W. Edwards Deming
D) Peter F. Drucker

25. The term “core competency,” was coined by which of the following influential business
thinkers?

A) W. Edwards Deming
B) C.K. Prahalad
C) Ken Blanchard
D) Frederick W. Taylor

6
26. Which influential thought leader is known for his theory on organizational forms?

A) John Maxwell
B) Tom J. Peters
C) Henry Mintzberg
D) John P. Kotter

7
answer key:
Question # Multiple Choice

1 D

2 A

3 A

4 C

5 B

6 D

7 B

8 A

9 C

10 C

11 A

12 C

13 D

14 D

15 B

16 C

17 D

18 A

19 A

20 A

8
21 B

22 D

23 A

24 B

24 B

26 C

9
 Unit : 2
Q.1 _______ is an activity required before one starts working on a project .
(a) Planning (b) Manufacturing
(c) Marketing (d) Supervision
Ans. : (a)
Q.2 The main components of the organization are :
(a) Cleary defined objectives
(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people
(c) Suitable division of work and labour
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (d)
Q.3 The main components of the organization are :
(a) Predefined and clear policies and procedures.
(b) Right division of authority and responsibility
(c) Effective communication system.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.4 Organization has following characteristics:
(a) Small or large group of people.
(b) Group is leaded by executive leader.
(c) Important tool of management is organization.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.5 Organization has following characteristics :
(a) Allocates duties and responsibilities to employees.
(b) Organization establishes a relationship between authority and responsibility.
(c) Organization controls the efforts of the group.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.6 Elements of organization are:
(a) Set of defined objectives
(b) Well organized and coordinated group of people
(c) Proper division of the work and labour
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.7 Elements of organization are:

(a) Clear and well defined policies and procedures
(b) Proper division of authority and responsibility
(c) An effective system of communication
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.8 Organization can be defined as _____.

(a) The process of identifying and grouping the work to be performed.
(b) Defining and delegating responsibility and authority
(c) Establishing relationship for the purpose of enabling people to work most effectively
together in accomplishing objectives.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.9 The principle of organization are:
(a) Understanding and formulating of objectives.
(b) Association and relation of basic components of the organization.
(c) Responsibility and authority
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
 Q.10 The principle of organization are:
(a) Span of control
(b) Division and grouping of work.
(c) Proper delegation of work
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.11 Which factors decide the type of organization:

(a) Size of the organization.
(b) Nature of the product being manufactured
(c) Complexity of the problems being faced.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.12 Commonly known forms (types) of organization structures:
(a) Line, military or scalar organization.
(b) Line and Staff Organization.
(c) Functional organization
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.13______ is one of the simplest types of the organization.
(a) Line organization.
(b) Line and Staff Organization.
(c) Functional organization.
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (a)
Q.14 Line organization is also called as ______ or scalar organization.
(a) Military organization.
(b) Line and Staff Organization
(c) Functional organization.
 (d) All of the above.
Q.15 Application of the Line organization:
(a) Small business
(b) Military
(c) Automated industries like textile
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.16 Advantages of line organization are:

(a) Simple and easy.
(b) Flexible structure and easy to expand or contract.
(c) Easy addition and removal of members.
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (d)

Q.17 Advantages of line organization are:

(a) Easy communication among employees.
(b) Almost no confusion exist.
(c) Working speed is fast.
(d) High degree of discipline.
Ans. : (d)

Q.18 Disadvantages of line organization are:

(a) Neglects area of specialization of employees.
(b) May overload employees
(c) Highly skilled and qualified people are required.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.19 The Line organization is developed step by step to shape as the ______.
(a) Line organization
(b) Line and Staff Organization
(c) Functional organization.
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (b)

Q.20 The ______ makes a combination of the line organization with the staff departments
that helps and advice line departments.
(a) Line organization

(b) Line and Staff Organization

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans. : (b)

Q.21 Advantages of line and Staff Organization:

(a) Expert advice is available from specialist staff executives.
(b) Perfect work division
(c) No work overloading
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.22 Advantages of line organization:

(a) Improved product quality
(b) Duties are clear to each person
(c) System functions smoothly.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.23 Disadvantages of the line and Staff Organization:
(a) Increase in the cost of product because of increase in staff.
(b) More people more confusion and breaking rules and regulation by the line of
executives.
(c) Unclear functions create confusions
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.24 The ______ mainly focuses on the specialized area of the person and the person does
the same job. This is known as staff organization type.
(a) Line organization

(b) Line and Staff Organization.

(c) Functional organization

(d) All of the above

Ans. : (c)

Q.25 Merits of functional organization :

(a) Because of specification, responsibilities are fixed .
(b) Expert advice can be received.
(c) Better quality of products can be produced
(d) All of the above
Ans. (d)
Q.26 Demerits or disadvantages of functional organization:
(a) Coordination is difficult as many people are working on the same level
(b) Maintaining discipline is difficult.
(c) Assigning of new job is difficult because of specialization.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.27 ______ are internally formed.
(a) Line organization.
(b) Line and Staff Organization
(c) Functional organization
(d) Project organization
Ans. : (d)

Q.28 Features of project organization are:

(a) Organization are internally formed.
(b) These organizations are generally temporary.
(c) Less number of employees.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.29 Types of project organization:

(a) Function based
(b) Project based
(c) Matrix based
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.30 Advantages of project organization:
(a) The scope of work is limited so efficiency is more.
(b) Teamwork is not emphasized.
(c) This structure reduces communication and decision making.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.31 Disadvantages of project organization:
(a) Temporary nature of organization.
(b) Loose bonding in groups.
(c) Functions are complicated
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.32 Advantages of departmentation :

(a) Duties and authority are precisely known so efficiency is more.
(b) persons can be made accountable for the results.
(c) Managers are allowed to take initiative and learn new managerial skills

(d) All of the above

Ans. : (d)

Q.33 Departmentalisation can be done on the basis of following factors :

(a) Process

(b) Product
(c) Customers of markets
(d)All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.34. Advantages of departmentation by product:
(a) Every product division or department can be made accountable for profit or
loss incurred by it.
(b) Evaluation of performance of every product line can be done individually.
(c) It is possible to find out profitable and non profitable product lines
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (d)
Q.35 Disadvantages of departmentation by product:
(a) Management cost is increased.
(b) Services are duplicated or repeated.
(c) Man power requirements are more.
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (d)
Q.36 _______ is accountability. It is an obligation of a subordinate to his/her boss to do
given work.
(a) Authority
(b) Responsibility
(c) Communication
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)

Q.37 _______ means right ( to command ) and power to act.

(a) Authority
(b) Responsibility
(c) Communication
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.38 _______ stands for granting of authority to subordinates to accomplish or perform a
Particular assignment while operating within predecided limits and standards
established.
(a) Delegation of authority
(b) Responsibility
(c) Effective Delegation
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.39 Principles of delegation of authority are:
(a) Parity (equally) between authority and responsibility.
(b) Responsibility in terms of results.
(c) Principles of unity of command.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.40 The span of control depends on the factors like :
(a) Trained and experienced subordinates
(b) Type of work
(c) Capacity of executive or manager.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.41 Limitations of span of control :
(a) Wider span of control may not be executive.
(b) Inexperienced subordinates may create problems.
(c) Ego problems may arise
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.42 _______ means giving right person.
(a) Delegation of authority
(b) Responsibility
(c) Effective Delegation
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (c)
Q.43 _______ allows executives to give opportunity to his subordinate to think, make work
related decisions, and get developed.
(a) Delegation of authority
(b) Responsibility
(c) Effective Delegation
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (c)
Q.44 Absence of _______ in units will lead to the failure in achieving organizational goal,
So balancing is foremost.
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.45 _______ means adequate resources, man power and necessary authority for smooth
Functioning of department.
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(C) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.46 ________ of organization means a capacity to tolerate losses because of key person
leaving organization.
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
Q.47 _______ ensures that in absence of these key persons organization do not make any
Losses and run smoothly towards it’s growth .
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
Q.48 To ensure _______ a long term planning related to the required manpower and training
and development for employees is required.
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
Q.49 Organizational _______ is mainly about adjusting work assignment, man power, and
facilities that are required when temporary changes occur while working.
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (c)
Q.50 _______ allows bending and blending without experiencing any grave setback or
delay.
(a) Balance
(b) Stability
(c) Flexibility
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
Q.51 _______ can culminate into strike or fights among employees and cause serious
Consequences to the organization.
(a) Communication
(b) Good communication
(c) Miscommunication
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (c)

Q.52 A ________ assist in taking decisions correctly and also implementing it effectively
and efficiently.
(a) Communication
(b) Good communication
(c) Miscommunication
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
 Q.53 _______ communication takes place from top executives to the lowest grade of the
employees .
(a) Downward
(b) Upward
(c) Horizontal
(d) Unofficial
Ans. : (a)
Q.54 _______ communication could be information or instructions.
(a) Downward
(b) Upward
(c) Horizontal
(d) Unofficial
Ans. : (a)
Q.55 _______ is from bottom to top.
(a) Downward communication
(b) Upward communication
(c) Horizontal communication
(d) Unofficial communication
Ans. : (b)
Q.56 ________ is generally from lowest grade employees to the executives.
(a) Downward communication
(b) Upward communication
(c) Horizontal communication
(d) Unofficial communication
Ans. : (b)
Q.57 ________ could be in the form of suggestions, complaints, feedback, orientation etc.
(a) Downward communication
(b) Upward communication
(c) Horizontal communication
(d) Unofficial communication
Ans. : (b)
Q.58 _______ takes place among employees who have same level of authority.
(a) Downward communication
(b) Upward communication
(c) Horizontal communication
(d) Unofficial communication
Ans. : (c)
Q.59 _______ could be rumours or gossips. Sometimes rumours could be truth but it creates
a wrong pictures. Effective communication system can help in improving official
communication.
(a) Downward communication
(b) Upward communication
(c) Horizontal communication
(d) Unofficial communication
Ans. : (d)
Q.60 A _______ is an instrument of management used as an aid in the planning,
Programming, and control of business activity.
(a) Finance
(b) Capital
(c) Budget
(d) VAT
Ans. : (c)
Q.61 Types of budget:
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.62 A _______ or static budget shows one plan, one volume of output or sales and related
Fixed costs.
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.63 The ________ depends upon the ability to perfect income, sales or shipments with at
Least a no provision in made for any changes may occur during period.
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.64 ________ serves a valuable purpose in the planning and control of certain fixed types
Of expenditures, e.g., a research project , hospitals, school and colleges, etc.
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (a)
Q.65 A ________ or flexible budget recognizes the unreliability of income or sales
Prediction and makes provision in advance for variations in production and
Expenditure in accordance in variation.
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
Q.66 _______ takes in account only those cost, e.g. direct labour and materials, which
Vary with output and over which the department has control.
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)

Q.67 A _______ is one which relates to any of the functions of an undertaking.

e.g. sales, production, cash, .etc.
(a) Fixed budget
(b) Variable budget
(c) Functional budget
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (b)
Q.68 The frequently used functional budget are:
(a) Material and purchase budgets.
(b) Direct labour budgets.
(c) Selling and distribution budgets.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.69 Production budget is based upon:
(a) Sales budget.
(b) Factory capacity (production and storage)
(c) Budgeted stock requirements
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)
Q.70 Manufacturing budget need the following basis budgets or estimates to meet the plans:
(a) Production budget outlining the schedule of product units to be manufactured.
(b) Direct material budget.
(c) Plant (space) and equipment budget.
(d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

Q.71 Labour requirements are determined as follows:

(a) Split work product into operations.
(b) Using work study calculates the standards time for each operation.
(c) From work study calculate total number of hours required for operation.
(d) All of the above.
Ans. : (d)
 ​ MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
PLANNING AND ORGANIZING AT SUPERVISORY LEVEL

1. Which worked on administrative management theory:

I. Fayol
II. Parker
III. Weber
(a) I and III
(b) II and III
(c) none of these worked on administrative management theory
(d) I, II, and III

2. ________ is the study of how to create an organizational structure that leads to high
efficiency and effectiveness.
(a) Scientific management
(b) Job specialization
(c) Administrative management
(d) Allocation management

3. _______ is the singleness of purpose that makes possible the creation of one plan of action
to guide managers in resource allocations.
(a) Unity of direction
(b) Unity of command
(c) Unity of authority
(d) Unity of resources

4. Which is an organizational - environmental theory?

I. The open-systems view
II. Contingency theory
III. The Theory of Bureaucracy
IV. Theory Z
(a) I and II
(b) I, III, and IV
(c) II, III, and IV
(d) I, II, and III

5. Theory __ is based on positive assumptions about workers.

(a) Z
(b) X
(c) Y
(d) C
 6. The _______ theory states a manager's choice of organizational structures and control
systems depends on characteristics of the external environment.
(a) Mechanistic
(b) Management science
(c) Organic
(d) Contingency

7. Planning is:
(a) looking ahead,
(b) guiding people,
(c) delegation of authority,
(d) fundamentals of staffing

8. Single use plans are:

(a) applicable in non-recurring situation,
(b) deals with recurring situations,
(c) budgets,
(d) strategic

9. Programs are a complex of:

(a) budgets,
(b) goals & policies,
(c) rules,
(d) None of the above.

10. The limitations of planning are:

(a) proper environment,
(b) planning premises,
(c) wrong information,
(d) feasibility.
[Hint: Wrong information and time involved are the limitations of planning.]

11. What are the three levels of planning?

(a) Operational, intermediate and strategic
(b) Headquarters, divisional and local
(c) Top, middle and bottom
(d) None of the above

12. Identify the best definition of planning.

(a) An integrated process in which plans are formulated, carried out and controlled.
(b) The core activity of planners and planning departments.
(c) Setting an organisation's objectives and the means of reaching them.
13. All of the following would be steps or concerns in the process of strategic planning except:
(a) Designing a sound business portfolio.
(b) Checking to see if an advertising spot had been run in its allotted time slot.
(c) Setting supporting objectives.
(d) Defining a clear company mission.

14. Which of the following indicates the importance of planning?

(a) Makes way for orderly activities
(b) Provides a basic for control in an organization
(c) Reduces risk of uncertainty
(d) All of the above.

15. Which of the following is not a technique of planning?

(a) Budgeting
(b) Balanced scorecard
(c) PERT CPM
(d) Management by Objectives.

16. ___________ plans have clearly defined objectives

(a) Directional
(b) Flexible
(c) Specific
(d) Standing.

17. Which one of the following does not fall under qualitative forecasting method?
(a) Life cycle analogy
(b) Moving average methods
(c) Judgmental methods
(d) Delphi method

18. For which of the following situation(s) is the market research method of forecasting
suitable?
(a) When a firm is planning moderate changes on product innovations
(b) When a firm is market testing one of its new offerings
(c) when a firm is working with stable technology, plan
ning moderate changes on product innovations or market testing one of its new
offerings.
(d) when a firm is planning moderate changes on product innovations and market testing one
of its new offerings.
19. Which of the following forecasting methods is suitable for launching new products?
(a) Moving average methods
(b) Exponential smoothing
(c) Causal models
(d) Judgmental methods

20. Which of the following method(s) is(are) suitable for forecasting the demand of a product?
(a) Delphi method
(b) Market research
(c) Delphi method and judgmental method
(d) Market research and judgmental method

21. Qualitative forecasting methods include

(a) delphi
(b) Panel of experts
(c) (a) and (c)
(d) (a) and (b)

22.Which of the following is a characteristic of a Public sector organization?

(a) Private ownership
(b) Primary profit making motive
(c) Strict financial control by Government
(d) None of the above.

23. Which of the following industries does not come within the purview of 1991 Industrial Policy
for reservation for the public sector?
(a) Handicrafts
(b) Atomic energy
(c) Arms Ammunitions
(d) Coal and lignite.

24. Planning is based on:

(a) decision-making,
(b) forecasting,
(c) staffing,
(d) organising
[Hint: Planning is setting objectives and deciding how to accomplish them.]
25. Planning do not consider:
(a) choice,
(b) communication,
(c) machine,
(d) coordination.

26. Short-term plans guides:

(a) lower level management,
(b) bridges gap between past and present
(c) forecasting
(d) environmental factors

27. Participating in the planning process makes:

(a) effective planning,
(b) cost reduction,
(c) increase output.
(d) perception of opportunities

28. Negative attitude and Commitment are not the basis for:
(a) effective planning,
(b) environment,
(c) resistance.
(d) technology

29. Planning is:

(a) looking ahead,
(b) guiding people,
(c) delegation of authority,
(d) fundamentals of staffing

30. Single use plans are:

(a) applicable in non-recurring situation,
(b) deals with recurring situations,
(c) budgets,
(d) strategic

31. Programs are a complex of:

(a) budgets,
(b) goals & policies,
(c) rules,
(d) None of the above.
32. The limitations of planning are:
(a) proper environment,
(b) planning premises,
(c) wrong information,
(d) feasibility.
[Hint: Wrong information and time involved are the limitations of planning.]

33. What are the three levels of planning?

(a) Operational, intermediate and strategic
(b) Headquarters, divisional and local
(c) Top, middle and bottom
(d) None of the above

34. All of the following would be steps or concerns in the process of strategic planning except:
(a) Designing a sound business portfolio.
(b) Checking to see if an advertising spot had been run in its allotted time slot.
(c) Setting supporting objectives.
(d) Defining a clear company mission.

35. Identify the best definition of planning.

(a) An integrated process in which plans are formulated, carried out and controlled.
(b) The core activity of planners and planning departments.
(c) Setting an organisation's objectives and the means of reaching them.

36. Non-financial incentives have many things to do with:

(a) Directing,
(b) Motivation,
(c) Planning,
(d) organising.

37. Staffing needs:

(a) man power planning,
(b) authority,
(c) communication,
(d) coordination.
[Hint: Staffing needs estimates of present and future needs of managerial man power and
therefore it needs some pre-thinking.]
38. HRD refers to:
(a) remuneration,
(b) development,
(c) controlling,
(d) planning

39. Recruitment covers:

(a) selection,
(b) job analysis,
(c) time,
(d) none of the above.
[Hint: Recruitment covers job analysis, job design and job descriptions.]

40. Training is the process of:

(a) motivation
(b) increasing knowledge and skill
(c) testing.
(d) employee recommendations.

41. Vestibule training provides the worker with:

(a) on the job training,
(b) off the job training,
(c) real life presentations off the job
(d) demonstration
[Hint: The worker is provided with a real life presentation but not on the job directly.]

42. What is the meaning of the acronym HRM?

(a) Humane Resource Management.
(b) Humanistic Resource Management.
(c) Human Resource Management.
(d) Human Relations Management.

43. Which of the following is not a function normally performed by the HR department?
(a) Recruitment and selection.
(b) Accounting.
(c) Training and development.
(d) Pay and reward.
44. Recruitment and selection must be effective to ensure it:
(a) Offsets high labour turnover
(b) Delivers the highest calibre of individuals at optimum most
(c) To have a surplus in case of sickness and absence
(d) Encourages new blood into the organization.

45. A solution to a problem that is arrived at through an unstructured process of decision

making is called a:
(a) Bounded rationality
(b) Programmed decision
(c) Non-programmed decision
(d) Uncertainty

46. As a manager moves to higher positions in an organisation the ability to make ______
becomes ______ important.
(a) Programmed; less
(b) Non-programmed; more
(c) Non-programmed; less
(d) Programmed; much more

47. What sort of groups is defined by the organization’s structure?

(a) informal
(b) task
(c) friendship
(d) formal

48. When do informal groups appear?

(a) in response to the need for social contact
(b) in reaction to formal groups
(c) as a result of social needs
(d) most frequently in bureaucracies

49. Which of the following statements is true?

(a) All task groups are also command groups
(b) All command groups are also task groups
(c) All task groups are also friendship groups
(d) All command groups are also informal groups
49. As per Cartwright which of the following characteristics of a group is a means for
overcoming resistance to change
(a) Incentives
(b) Coercion
(c) Education
(d) Strong sense of belonging.

50. Each statement below is true about conflict and conflict management in organizations
except
(a) Conflict management includes both increasing and decreasing conflict
(b) Conflict is necessary for organizational survival
(c) Conflict management is not a basic management responsibility
(d) Conflict includes interactions in which one party opposes another party.

51. Which of the following statements is false about functional and dysfunctional conflict in
organizations?
(a) Conflict is dysfunctional when it is lower than a group requires for reaching its goals
(b) Conflict management does not involve maintaining conflict at functional levels
(c) Conflict that is functional in one group can be dysfunctional in another group
(d) Dysfunctionally high conflict can reduce trust.

52. All but one of the following statements accurately describe aspects of levels and types of
conflict in organizations. Which statement does not?
(a) Intraorganization conflict includes all types of conflict between organizations.
(b) Interpersonal conflict is conflict between two or more people.
(c) Intergroup conflict is conflict between two or more groups.
(d) Intrapersonal conflict is conflict that occurs within a person.

53. Each statement below is true about conflict management except

(a) Innovative products or services require a higher desired conflict level than more
routine products or services
(b) If conflict in a work unit is dysfunctionally low, the manager tries to increase conflict
(c) A manager's tolerance for conflict can affect the manager's perception of desired conflict
levels in a workgroup
(d) Desired conflict levels do not vary from one group to another and for the same group over
time.
54 Which of the following does not increase conflict in organizations?
(a) Superordinate goal
(b) Devil's advocate
(c) Heterogeneous groups
(d) Organizational culture

55. Which of the following is false about ethical issues in conflict in organizations?
(a) Variation in optimum conflict levels among countries
(b) Subtle methods of increasing conflict
(c) Intrapersonal conflict from requests for immoral acts
(d) Conflict higher than a person's tolerance level

56. One of the advantages of conflict is that it forces you to examine problems and work
towards a potential __________.
(a) Solution
(b) Outcome
(c) Experience
(d) Relationship

57. Conflict that refers to a disagreement among connected individuals is

(a) Interpersonal
(b) Intrapersonal
(c) Friendly conflict
(d) Negative conflict

58. The first stage of conflict resolution is to

(a) Chose a solution
(b) Define the problem
(c) Think through possible solutions
(d) Analyse the problem

59. Which of the following is conflict resolution skill?

(a) Accommodating
(b) Passive listening
(c) Active listening
(d) Avoiding
60. Who considered organization to be similar to the architectural plan of a building?
(a) Fayol
(b) Weber
(c) Newman
(d) Taylor

61. Functional foremanship is the concept underlying the following organization

(a) Matrix
(b) Functional
(c) Product
(d) Divisional

62. Which nature of organization structure is suitable for aircraft manufacture, aerospace/
construction, consultancy etc?
(a) Project
(b) Matrix
(c) Functional
(d) Line

63. A well integrated group is able to disband, if required, when its work is accomplished. This
stage is known as,
(a) Disbanding stage
(b) Disintegration stage
(c) Adjourning stage
(d) None of the above

64. Organisational culture performs a number of functions within an organisation. Which of the
following is not one such function:
(a) It creates distinction between one organization and another.
(b) It facilitates the generation of commitment to one’s individual self interest only
(c) It conveys a sense of identity for organisation members
(d) It enhances social system stability.

65. The _________ are perspectives of motivation that identify specific needs that energize
behavior.
(a) content theories of motivation
(b) process theories of motivation
(c) equity theory and OB mod theory
(d) expectancy theories
66. _________ is attributed with the development of the Two-Factor Theory of motivation.
(a) Abraham Maslow
(b) David McClelland
(c) Frederick Herzberg
(d) Stacy Adams

67. Hygiene factors are similar to the _____________ needs identified by the Hierarchy of
Needs.
(a) higher order
(b) three-tiered
(c) lower order
(d) none of the above

66. Which of the following is a strategic way in which employees strive to reduce inequity?
(a) Focus specifically on the behavior in question and attempt to alter it.
(b) Maintain the same comparison person as before.
(c) Changing their inputs and/or outcomes
(d) None of the above.

67. Which theory is considered to deal with consequences?

(a) Reinforcement Theory
(b) Two-Factor Theory
(c) Equity Theory
(d) Hierarchy of Needs Theory

68. Which of the following is/are a recommendation(s) to prevent the potential side effects of
punishment?
(a) Focus specifically on the behavior in question.
(b) Always punish in private.
(c) Specify alternative behaviors that will prevent mistakes from being repeated.
(d) All of the above.

69. There are two (2) crucial characteristics of communication. First, communication is
dynamic; the elements of the process are always affecting each another. Second,
communication is unrepeatable and ___________.
(a) Unrecognizable
(b) Irreversible
(c) Distinct
(d) Reversible
70. To become more adept at communicating with persons who are culturally different from
ourselves, we need to learn not only about their cultures, but about ___________.
(a) Their various subcultures
(b) Our own culture
(c) Their religion
(d) Their language

71. Cultural pluralists advocate adherence to the principle of …...

(a) High-text communication
(b) Low-text communication
(c) Cultural relativity
(d) Ethnocentrism

72. Demographers tell us that _________ will shape our country's future.
(a) Ignorance
(b) Diversity
(c) Individualism
(d) Conformity

73. To communicate interculturally, it is important to limit one's reliance on ___________.

(a) Stereotypes
(b) Technology
(c) Friendship
(d) Media

74. It is important to ____________ the communication rules of other cultures to communicate

effectively.
(a) Debate
(b) Restructure
(c) Challenge
(d) None of the above

75. Which of the following is not a norm?

(a) Participation
(b) Hunger
(c) Positive Attitude
(d) Confidentiality
76. Which of the following is not an example of group influence on an individual?
(a) minority influence.
(b) deindividuation.
(c) social facilitation.
(d) social loafing.

77. Influencing others to work willingly toward achieving the firm’s objectives is:
(a) Organizing
(b) Motivation
(c) Leadership
(d) Management

78. Effective leadership reflects a balance of:

(a) Traits and skills
(b) Leadership styles or behaviors
(c) Situations and influences
(d) a and b

79. Traits or skills on which leaders differ from non-leaders include:

(a) Honesty and integrity
(b) Self-confidence
(c) Drive and the desire to lead
(d) All of the above

80. Sources from which leaders derive power include:

(a) Position held
(b) Authority to reward or punish
(c) Expert knowledge
(d) All of the above

81. A leader’s people oriented functions include:

(a) Reducing tension and boosting morale
(b) Making the job more pleasant
(c) Defending the group’s values, attitudes and beliefs
(d) All of the above
82. Leaders that focus on the individuality and personality needs of their employees and
emphasize building good interpersonal relationships are:
(a) Job centered
(b) Laissez-faire
(c) Employee oriented
(d) Consideration oriented

83. Leaders that focus on production and the job’s technical aspects are:
(a) Job centered
(b) Laissez-faire
(c) General
(d) Autocratic

84. The extent to which a leader lets followers make decisions themselves rather than making
the decisions for them is focused on by _______________ leadership styles.
(a) Laissez-faire and general
(b) Participative and autocratic
(c) Employee-oriented and job-centered
(d) Laissez-faire and close

85. Coalition is a combination of two or more organisations who without losing their respective
identities work for a _______
(a) General purpose
(b) Specific purpose
(c) Common purpose
(d) All of the above

86. Internal sources of recruitment are

(a) Promotion
(b) Transfer
(c) Apprentices
(d) All of the above

87. Fundamentals of principles of scientific management include

(a) Rule of thumb
(b) Harmony in group
(c) A and b
(d) None of the above
88. To achieve goals organizations require employees
(a) Control
(b) Direction
(c) Commitment
(d) Cooperation

89. Human resource management helps improve

(a) Production
(b) Productivity
(c) Profits
(d) Power

90. The amount of quality output for amount of input means

(a) Productivity
(b) Production
(c) Sales increase
(d) Increase in profits
Chapter 3: Oraganizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Question Set:
Chapter 3: Organizational Management
Q.1 Scalar organization is also known as:
a) Line organization
b) Project organization
c) Staff organization
d) Functional organization
Q.2 A private limited company can have minimum_________
and maximum ___________members.
a) 4,50
b) 4,20
c) 2,50
d) 2,50
Q.3 A company in which not less ________of the paid up share
capital is held by Government is known as a Government
Company.
a) 48%
b) 49%
c) 50%
d) 51%
Q.4 In a Joint Stock Company, loans are repaid by the_______.
a) Members
b) Promoters
c) Company
d) None of the above.
Q.5 Structure of organization is represented by
a) Organizational chart
b) Organization Brochure
c) Organization draft
d) None of above
1 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.
Chapter 3: Oraganizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.6 Which is the first step in organization forming?

a) Assignment of duties
b) Aims are determined
c) Identifying activities
d) Formulating plans
Q.7 The structure of organization depends on
a) Scope of functions
b) Span of Control
c) Number of employees
d) All of the Above
Q.8 The structure of organization is not depends on
a) Span of Control
b) Communication
c) Profit Margin
d) Resources available

Q.9 Which are the essentials of organization?

a) Organizational chart
b) Delegation
c) Integration
d) All
Q.10 Which is important word in the definition of organization?
a) Group of persons
b) Profit
c) Common Aim
d) United together
Q.11 Military type of organization
a) Line
b) Staff
c) Line and staff
d) Project
Q.12 In line organization, who is responsible for final results?
a) The workers
b) The superior authority

2 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Oraganizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

c) The managers
d) The foreman
Q.13 ______________________does not pay taxes on profit earned.
a) Partnership
b) Private Ltd. Company
c) Public Ltd. Company
d) All of the Above
Q.14 Line organization lacks:
a) Coordination
b) Conflicts
c) Specialization
d) Nothing
Q.15 Project organization is a ______________organization structure
a) Temporary
b) Annual
c) Permanent
d) Quarterly
Q.16 According to law ….. Is not viewed as separate legal entity.
a) Entrepreneur
b) Partner
c) Company
d) Proprietorship
Q.17 Which of following can be considered as project organization?
a) car production
b) Manufacturing of Parts
c) Installation of a dairy
d) None of the above
Q.18 The person forming a joint stock company are___________.
a) Partner
b) Entrepreneurs
c) Promoters
d) Investors
Q.19 ….authority is the right given an individual or a department to
control specified processes or activities in other department

3 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Oraganizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

a) Functional
b) Line
c) Project
d) Job
Q.20 Managers at lower level can have……..span of control
a) Wide
b) Narrow
c) Low
d) High
Q.21 Organization is a/an ………..system
a) Closed
b) Exposed
c) Open
d) None of the above
e)
Q.22 Which one of the following is not the type of communication
a) Downward
b) Upward
c) Horizontal
d) Diagonal
Q.23 Departmentalization helps to improve the ……of an organization
a) Effectiveness
b) Life
c) Quality
d) skills
Q.24 What sort of company is Infosys?
a) Public Limited
b) Private Limited
c) Partnership
d) None of Above

(*************Other Questions are under construction ….plz wait*******)

4 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Oraganizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Answers:
1. a 2.c 3.d 4.c 5. a 6.b
7. d 8. c 9.d 10.b 11.a 12.c
13.a 14.c 15.a 16.d 17.c 18.c
19.a 20.a 21.a 22.d 23.a 24.a
25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36.
37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42.
43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48.
49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54.

5 Collection by ~~~~~Prof. Awaghade S. S.

 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q1.What is Management?
a) Channelizing b) Administration
c) Production d) Getting work done from others
Answer:
Option : d) Getting work done from others
Q2.What is process of Management?
a) Planning b) Organizing
c) Controlling d) All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the Above
Q3.Who is father of Scientific Management?
a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : b) F.W.Taylor
Q4.Contributor to 14 principles of Management is ------------------?
a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : a)Henry Fayol
Q5. Who is father of Modern Management?
a) F.W.Taylor b) Henry Fayol
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : b) Henry Fayol

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q6.What are different schools of Management?

a)Classical School b)Behavioral School
c) Universal process School c) All of the above
Answer:
Option : c) All of the above
Q7.The areas of Classical school are:
a) Scientific Management b) Administrative Management
c)Bureaucratic Management d)All of the Above
Answer:
Option : d)All of the Above
Q8. Bureaucratic Management doesn’t consist of------------------------?
a) Work specialization and division of labor b) Abstract rules and regulations
c) Impersonality of managers d) None of the above
Answer:
Option : d) None of the above
Q9.The Scientific Management consists of--------------------------?
a) Piece rate incentive system b) Time and motion study
c) Gantt scheduling chart d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q10.Who is not a Contributor to theory of Scientific Management?
a) Frederick Winslow Taylor b)Maslow
c) Lillian Gillbreth d)Frank Gillbreth
Answer:
Option : b)Maslow

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q11. In which theory ’Redesigning the work process to increase efficiency’ is proposed.

a) Administrative Management b) Scientific Management

c) Bureaucratic Management d) Modern Management
Answer:

Option : b) Scientific Management

Q12.Henry Fayol stated ---------------------- principles of management?

a) Remuneration b) Order
c) Stability of tenure d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q13.What is Administration?
a) Decision Making b) Policy Making
c) Controlling d) All of the Above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above

Q14.Determination of Objectives and major policies of an organization is concerned with--------?

a) Management b) Organization
c) Administration d) None of the above
Answer:

Option : c) Administration

Q15. ------------------- is defined as set of steps to do the particular activity or activities in

systematic manner.
a) Organizing b) Decision Making
c) Planning d) Controlling
Answer:

Option : c) Planning

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q16.The process of establishing the orderly use of resources by assigning & coordinating tasks
is called as-----------------?
a) Decision Making b) Organizing
c) Planning c) Controlling
Answer:

Option : b) Organizing

Q17.The management of interdependence in work situations is known as-----------------------?

a) Organizing b) Decision Making
c) Coordinating c) Controlling
Answer:

Option : c) Coordinating

Q18.Communication, Leadership & Motivation are sub functions of-----------------?

a) Directing b) Decision Making
c) Coordinating d) Controlling
Answer:

Option : a) Directing

Q19.Functions of controlling are-------------------------?

a) Establishing Standards b) Measuring Performance
c) Taking Corrective Actions d) All of the above
Answer:

Option : d) All of the above

Q20.A process of solving the problem or finding out the new business opportunity is called as ?
a) Directing b) Decision Making
c) Coordinating d) Controlling
Answer:

Option : b) Decision Making

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q21.A very few number people work at---------------- level.

a) Low level b) Middle Level
c) Top Level d) Tactical Level
Answer:
Option : c) Top Level
Q22. A very large number people work at-------------- level.
a) Low level b) Middle Level
c) Strategic Level d) Tactical Level
Answer:
Option : a) Low level
Q23.Henry Fayol proposed ---------- number of principles.
a)15 b)14
c)12 d)9
Answer:
Option : b)14
Q24. Types of decision based on levels of Management are-------------------?
a) Strategic Decisions b) Tactical Decisions
c) Operational Decisions d) All of the above
Answer:
Option : d) All of the above
Q25.Adams Smith found theory of --------------?
a) Job Analysis b) Job Description
c) Job Specialization d) Recruitment
Answer:
Option : c) Job Specialization

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
 January 17, 2015 NOTES ON CHAPTER NO.2 MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Q26. ’Codify the new methods of performing tasks into written rules and standard operating
procedures’ is principle proposed in --------------------.
a)Maslow’s Theory b)Scientific Management

c) Administrative Management d) Contingency Theory

Answer:
Option : b)Scientific Management

Q27. Functions of top level Management is --------------------------?

a)Defining Goals b) Laying Strategies to achieve goal
c) Monitoring Progress d) All of the Above.
Answer:

Option : d) All of the Above.

Q28.Principle of Management to manage work effectively & efficiently was proposed by?
a)Henry Fayol b) F.W.Taylor
c)Adams Smith d)Henry Gantt
Answer:
Option : a)Henry Fayol
Q29.Worker should receive order from one supervisor is called as-----------------?
a)Unity of Direction b) Unity of Command
c) Scalar Chain d)Equity
Answer:
Option : b) Unity of Command
Q30.Worker should be given assurance about Safety & Security is called as-----------------?
a)Staffing b)Stability of tenure
c) Authority d) Order
Answer:
Option : b)Stability of tenure

©Notes By E&TC Dept. at Dr.V.V.P.Institute of Tech. & Engg.(Poly),Pravarnagar Published

@ www.etcdepartment.weebly.com/notes.html
Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Question Set:
Q.1 Scalar organization is also known as:
a) Line organization
b) Project organization
c) Staff organization
d) Functional organization
Q.2 A private limited company can have minimum_________
and maximum ___________members.
a) 4,50
b) 4,20
c) 2,50
d) 2,50
Q.3 A company in which not less ________of the paid up share
capital is held by Government is known as a Government
Company.
a) 48%
b) 49%
c) 50%
d) 51%
Q.4 In a Joint Stock Company, loans are repaid by the_______.
a) Members
b) Promoters
c) Company
d) None of the above.
Q.5 Structure of organization is represented by
a) Organizational chart
b) Organization Brochure
c) Organization draft
d) None of above

1 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.6 Which is the first step in organization forming?

a) Assignment of duties
b) Aims are determined
c) Identifying activities
d) Formulating plans
Q.7 The structure of organization depends on
a) Scope of functions
b) Span of Control
c) Number of employees
d) All of the Above
Q.8 The structure of organization is not depends on
a) Span of Control
b) Communication
c) Profit Margin
d) Resources available

Q.9 Which are the essentials of organization?

a) Organizational chart
b) Delegation
c) Integration
d) All
Q.10 Which is important word in the definition of organization?
a) Group of persons
b) Profit
c) Common Aim
d) United together
Q.11 Military type of organization
a) Line
b) Staff
c) Line and staff
d) Project

2 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.12 In line organization, who is responsible for final results?

a) The workers
b) The superior authority
c) The managers
d) The foreman
Q.13 ______________________does not pay taxes on profit earned.
a) Partnership
b) Private Ltd. Company
c) Public Ltd. Company
d) All of the Above
Q.14 Line organization lacks:
a) Coordination
b) Conflicts
c) Specialization
d) Nothing
Q.15 Project organization is a ______________organization structure
a) Temporary
b) Annual
c) Permanent
d) Quarterly
Q.16 According to law ….. Is not viewed as separate legal entity.
a) Entrepreneur
b) Partner
c) Company
d) Proprietorship
Q.17 Which of following can be considered as project organization?
a) car production
b) Manufacturing of Parts
c) Installation of a dairy
d) None of the above

3 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.18 The person forming a joint stock company are___________.

a) Partner
b) Entrepreneurs
c) Promoters
d) Investors
Q.19 ….authority is the right given an individual or a department to
control specified processes or activities in other department
a) Functional
b) Line
c) Project
d) Job
Q.20 Managers at lower level can have……..span of control
a) Wide
b) Narrow
c) Low
d) High
Q.21 Organization is a/an ………..system
a) Closed
b) Exposed
c) Open
d) None of the above
Q.22 Which one of the following is not the type of communication
a) Downward
b) Upward
c) Horizontal
d) Diagonal
Q.23 Departmentalization helps to improve the ……of an organization
a) Effectiveness
b) Life
c) Quality
d) Skills

4 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.24 What sort of company is Infosys?

a) Public Limited
b) Private Limited
c) Partnership
d) None of Above
Q.25 In line organization, the authority flows from:-
a) Subordinate to subordinate
b) Superior to Superior
c) Subordinate to Superior
d) Superior to subordinate
Q.26 The main Components of the organization are :
a) Predefined and clear Policies and procedures
b) Right division of Authority and responsibility
c) Effective communication System
d) All of the Above
Q.27 Line organization is:
a) Rigid
b) Flexible
c) Strong
d) Expensive
Q.28 In functional organization activities are grouped by ____function.
a) Common
b) Separate
c) Grouped
d) Special
Q.29 ___________ is a voluntary organization formed to serve the
members and the welfare of society.
a) Cooperative society
b) Company
c) Public limited Company
d) None of above.

5 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.30 The staff specialist provides____________ to line managers.

a) Machines
b) Work
c) Advice
d) Orders
Q.31 The various departments in a company are: capacitors, sensors,
resistors and fuses. It’s an example of depart mentation on the basis of:
a) Process
b) Product
c) Function
d) Project
Q.32 Project organization is a _______________organization structure.
a) Temporary
b) Permanent
c) Annual
d) Quarterly
Q.33 Assistant to the president of a company refers to which type of
authority?
a) Line
b) Functional
c) Assistant
d) Staff
Q.34 Members of project organization are from _______departments.
a) Higher
b) H.R.
c) Functional
d) C.E.O.
Q.35 In project organization, the members can be from:
a) Within the organization
b) Outside the organization
c) None of the above
d) A and b

6 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.36 A public limited company can have minimum_____ and

maximum ________ members.
a) 2, unlimited
b) 2, 100
c) 4,100
d) 7, unlimited
Q.37 The advantages of project organization :
a) It takes less time to complete
b) Maximum use of specialist knowledge
c) Decision are taken independently
d) None of the above
Q.38 The Process of _________ of tasks of similar nature is known as
departmentation.
a) Arranging
b) Deciding
c) Aligning
d) Grouping

Q.39 In a department the _______ is in charge of department.

a) Manager
b) H. R.
c) C.E.O.
d) Project Manager
Q.40 Suggest a suitable form of ownership for a bicycle repair business.
a) Public Limited
b) Private Limited
c) Partnership
d) None of the above.
Q.41 Memorandum of association of a company does not contain:
a) Purpose
b) Liability
c) Authorized Capital
d) Dividend

7 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.42 Departmentation helps to improve the ________ of an

organization.
a) Effectiveness
b) Life
c) Quality
d) Skills
Q.43 ____ is right to issue orders.
a) Responsibility
b) Span
c) Stability
d) Authority
Q.44 Minimum ___________ and maximum ____ persons can be partners
in a business.
a) 4,20
b) 2,20
c) 4,10
d) 2,10
Q.45 Which of the following is not an adaptive activity?
a) Modified plans
b) Extensive market Research
c) Outsourcing of Services
d) Material Management
Q.46 In order to have flexibility, the maintenance activities must be
supported by ____ activities.
a) Cooperative
b) Adaptive
c) Supportive
d) Financial
Q.47 Delegation is a right given by a ____________ to _________ to
make decisions.
a) Manager, Employee
b) C.E.O.H.R.
c) Manager , Supervisor
d) Superior , Subordinate

8 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.48 Noise is the _______________ in communication.

a) Medium
b) Transmitter
c) Both a and b
d) Barrier.
Q.49 _____________ concentrates on development of the organization.
a) Availability
b) Stability
c) Productivity
d) Flexibility
Q.50 Communication is the transfer of __________.
a) Words
b) Speech
c) Message
d) Sayings
Q.51 When Complexity of work is more then __________ is preferable.
a) Narrow Span
b) Wide Span
c) Big Span
d) Small Span
Q.52 Which of the following is the advantage of a wide span?
a) Lower skilled managed easily
b) Monitoring is easy
c) Lower operational Cost
d) Good Communication
Q.53 Which of the following is the advantage of a Narrow span?
a) Closer supervision
b) Lower overhead
c) Economical
d) More delegation
Q.54 The organization always prefers _____________ span of control.
a) Small
b) Economical
c) Wide

9 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

d) Narrow
Q.55 The process of concentration of ___________authority with the
top management is known as centralization.
a) Top
b) Functional
c) Line
d) Decision making
Q.56 In partnership, the partners have unlimited liability
a) True
b) False
c) Partly true
d) Partly false
Q.57 Advantage of Centralization:
a) Greater Quality
b) Greater Control
c) Greater self-satisfaction among the staff
d) Great Fluency of work
Q.58 In Centralization the skills of the middle level management are:
a) Increased
b) Decreased
c) Underestimated
d) Underutilized
Q.59 With _____________ , the top management can focus on strategic
issues for finding new avenues and opportunities.
a) Work
b) Processes
c) Centralization
d) Decentralization
Q.60 ________________ is the legitimate power to exercise influence,
make decision, carry out ,actions and to direct to others.
a) C. E. O.
b) Supervisor
c) Responsibility
d) Authority

10 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

Q.61 _______ is essential to direct, guide, instruct and order the

subordinate.
a) Manager
b) Authority
c) Responsibility
d) Chairman
Q.62 The life and existence of a __________ doesn’t depend upon the
life of members.
a) Partnership
b) Entrepreneurship
c) Proprietorship
d) Company
Q.63 The authority that a _______ posses is known as line authority.
a) Subordinate
b) Manager
c) Superior
d) Chief Executives
Q.64

Answers:
1. a 2.c 3.d 4.c 5. a 6.b
7. d 8. c 9.d 10.b 11.a 12.c
13.a 14.c 15.a 16.d 17.c 18.c
19.a 20.a 21.a 22.d 23.a 24.a
25.d 26.d 27.b 28.a 29.a 30.c
31.b 32.a 33.d 34.c 35.d 36.d
37.b 38.d 39.a 40.d 41.d 42.a
11 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.
Chapter 3: Organizational Management Subject : MANAGEMENT

43.d 44.b 45.c 46.b 47.d 48.d

49.b 50.c 51.a 52.c 53.a 54.c
55.d 56.a 57.b 58.d 59.c 60.d
61.b 62.d 63.c 64.

12 Collection by ~~~~~ Prof. Awaghade S. S.

DIRECTING AND CONTROLLING AT SUPERVISORY
LEVEL
1.​ Modern managers are:
a. action oriented.
b. able to build a sense of shared values.
c. able to manage change efficiently.
d. all of the above.

2. Planning, organizing, directing and controlling are the:

a. functions of management.
b. goals of management.
c. results of management.
d. all of the above.

3. Coordinating people and human resources to accomplish organizational goals is the

process of:
a. Planning.
b. Directing.
c. management.
d. Leadership.
4. Which of the following would be included in the "controlling function" ?
a. measuring results against corporate objectives.
b. explaining routines.
c. setting standards.
d. giving assignments.

5. Specific, short-term statements detailing how to achieve an organization's goals is known as

its:
a. Vision.
b. mission statement.
c. objectives.
d. operational planning.

6. An outline of the fundamental purpose of an organization is called its:

a. mission statement.
b. Objectives.
c. policy.
d. all of the above.

7. Strategic planning is done by:

a. top managers of the firm.
b. middle managers.
c. supervisory managers.
d. non supervisory employees.

8. Mr. X is a branch manager for Microsoft. He is:

a. top management.
b. middle management.
c. supervisory management.
d. none of the above.

9. The most effective leader is one who:

a. makes managerial decisions without consulting others
b. works with managers and employees to make decisions
c. has the leadership style most appropriate to the situation and the employee involved.
d. none of the above
10. Empowerment is related to:

a. planning.
b. organizing.
c. directing.
d. controlling.

11. Technical skills are most important for which of the following:

a. first line managers.

b. middle managers.
c. vice president-Production.
d. top managers.

12. Motivation is related to:

a. planning.
b. controlling.
c. leading.
d. tactical decisions.

13. Supervisory management spends most of his/her time:

a. planning and controlling.

b. directing and controlling.
c. planning and organizing.
d. organizing and controlling.

14. ____________ refers to the process of developing detailed, short term strategies about
what is the be done, who is to do it, and how it is to be done.

a. strategic planning
b. tactical planning
c. contingency planning
d. none of the above

15. An example of an effective standard for a control system would be:

a. deciding to hire 5 new employees.
b. renting new premises.
c. planning to increase sales of product A from 5,000 to 10,000 per month by
December of next year.
d. improving the quality of production.
 16.​ ​Guiding and supervising the efforts of subordinates towards the attainment of the
organization 's goals describes the function of :
A. planning
B. organizing
C. directing
D. controlling

17. ​Directing function of management embraces activities of :

A. issuing orders to subordinates
B. supervising subordinates
C. guiding and teaching the subordinates
D. providing leadership and motivation to subordinates
E. all of these

18. ​Adequate motivation of employees results in:

A. fostering in-disciplines among the subordinates
B. boosting the morale of the subordinates
C. decreasing the productivity of subordinates
D. all of these

19. ​"Unity of Command " principle of effective direction means:

A. subordinates should be responsible to one superior
B. there should be unity amongst subordinates
C. there should be unity amongst superiors
D. a superior can supervise a limited number of subordinates

20. ​Establishing standards,comparing actual results with standards and taking

corrective actions are the steps included in the process of
A. planning
B. controlling
C. directing
D. organizing

21. ​Control function of management cannot be performed without:

A. planning
B. organizing
C. staffing
D. motivation
 22. ​Successful coordination of activities results from effectively carrying out the function:
A. planning
B. organizing
C. staffing
D. directing
E. all of these

23. ​ Line functions are concerned with those activities which are connected with the
discharge of:
A. direct responsibility for accomplishing the subsidiary objectives of the organization
B. direct responsibility for accomplishing the main objectives of the organization
C. direct responsibility for accomplishing both main and subsidiary objectives of the
organization
D. none of these
E.

24. ​Main functions of administrative management are:

A. planning,organizing ,staffing,directing and controlling
B. planning ,organizing,directing and controlling
C. planning ,organizing,staffing and directing
D. planning,organizing,controlling and representation

25​. In terms of the sequential relationship, the first function requiring managerial
attention is:
A. planning
B. coordinates
C. directing
D. controlling

26​. The last function in the sequence,which culminates in the attainment of organization
objectives,is:
A. organizing
B. coordinating
C. Controlling
D. planning
27. ​Which of the following management functions are closely related?
A. planning and organizing
B. staffing and control
C. planning and control
D. planning and staffing
1) Ensuring that everything is carried out according to plan is the part of the process- Planning
2) Following types of information is passes through the foreman. Both a & b
3) A…………………..is the person who actually gives practical shape to the policies of the enterprise with the help of
workmen Foreman/Supervisor
4) A…………………..is a vital link or mediator between management & worker. Supervisor
5) A …………………….is a generally designated by supervisor (in most of the industries) is a person in charge of and
coordinator of, the activities of the group of workers engaged in a one type of task. Foreman
6) The most effective leader is one who: has the leadership style most appropriate to the situation and the employee
involved
7) Coordinating people and human resources to accomplish organizational goals is the process of: leadership
8) Principal of Taylor and Fayol are mutually complementary. One believed that management should not close its ears
to constructive suggestion made by the employees, while the other suggested that a good company should have an
employee suggestion system, whereby suggestions which result in substantial time or cost reduction should be
rewarded. Identify and explain the principles of Taylor and Fayol referred in the above paragraph. All of the
above
1) Controlling function includes the following processes. 1. Analyzing the actual performance 2 Finding out the
reasons for discrepancies 3 Evaluating the performance 4 Establishing the standards of work performance. The
correct sequence in which these processes are usually carried out is- 4,1,3,2
2) Which one of the following statement is correct- 1 Planning and controlling are one and the same. 2 Controlling
is a part of the planning process. 3 Controlling is a substitute for planning 4 A control process is meaningless
without preset standards 4
3) Which basic function of management includes setting standards such as production of engine piston with
desired quality standards- a. Planning b. Controlling. C. Directing d. All above Controlling
4) Which specific activities listed below are part of the controlling function- checking to see how actual
performance compares with standards.
5) Directing function of management implies- 1.Planning 2. Staffing 3. Leadership. 4. Motivation 3&4
6) Consider the following basic steps involved in the process of controlling- 1. Identifying the strategic control
points. 2. Establishment of standards 3. Measuring performance against standards 4. Correcting deviations from
the standards Arrange it in order in which it is carried out. 2,1,3,4
7) Establishment of standards , comparing actual results with standards and taking corrective action are the steps
in- Controlling
8) Which of the following management functions are closely related- Directing and Controlling
9) which of the following would be included in the controlling function Setting performance standards
10) -------- is the right to make the decision, to direct the work to workers and to give order to subordinates.
Directing
11) -------- are authorized to direct the work and issue of orders workers at lower level of management. Supervisor
12) Directing is a continuous task of – Making decisions, giving orders and providing leadership
13) In order to achieve the desired results , the effort should be in proper direction, this is ensured by the following
function of management – 1.Directing 2.. Coordinating 3. Forecasting 4. Controlling 1&4
14) Order issued by Supervisor must have clarity and completeness to- get desired results as per set
standard and increase in productivity
15) Issuing instructions to subordinates are necessary to- 1.achieve desired set of standards 2.increase productivity
3.make efficient use of machine and equipment. 4.to maintain discipline in only one section.
1,2,3
16) Supervisors should issue the order with no ambiguity and with completeness to- get clarity in performance and
achieve target
17) Supervisor can bring clarity in order and in performance by- all above.
18) Establish standards and evaluation of performance is the parameters of- Controlling
19) Directing is not concerned with the following function- forecasting and management
20) Prateek is working in multinational company in Mumbai. When he was new he does not know the rules ,
regulations and Quality policy of company. He was poor in some technical and generic skill. He was lacking in
confidence and communication. But his supervisor Mr. Atul constantly encourages him and motivates to work.
He demonstrates the work and direct him to do individually. Now Prateek is a skilled employee and working in
the direction and leadership of Mr. Atul. Identify the function of management Directing.
21) Some times subordinates were found confused about their work, this mainly happens due to –lack of clarity
and completeness in order issued by supervisor
22) Ambiguous and incomplete order issued by supervisor results in 1 Poor communication 2 Incapability of
supervisor to get work done. 3 Loss of time, money and energy 4 Higher idle time of employees 3&4
23) Employees who are more concerned about their work may loss their interest and enthusiasm towards work
because of 1 Ambiguous order issued by supervisor 2 Feasibility of order is not possible 3 There is no clarity and
completeness in order 4 Lack of motivation from supervisor 1,2,3 & 4
24) ------------ may lead the make employees confused about their work. Not feasible and ambiguous order
25) To complete the work without any problem and in time employees mainly needs- Order with clarity,
completeness and having feasibility
26) Proper instructions issued by supervisor to his subordinates result in- All above
27) While issuing order supervisor shall take care of- 1 present situation of his section 2 order must be issued loudly
and in hard words to get work done. 3. provide only necessary information 4. checking the desired impact of
order or repeat it. 3&4
28) Supervisor can reduce the anxiety of employee which affects on his performance by- Personal counseling
29) Personal counseling is the technique by which supervisor can- advise the troubled employee to reduce his
anxieties
30) Following are the features of the perfect order issued by supervisor- 1 Clarity and completeness 2 Feasibility
and timely bounded 3 Consideration of worker choice and interest 4 Incomplete orders from higher authority
1&2
31) Mr. Vijay is working in renowned company as worker. He is a sincere & obedient employee. But from last few
days his behavior is changed. Most of the time he gets annoyed and behave erratically. He lacks his interest in
work thus his performance also get reduced and more rejection takes place. Mr. Atul is a supervisor in his
section, noticed the change in behavior of Mr. Vijay. He take him in confidence and advise. So that Mr. Vijay
feels relax and again he concentrates on his work Personal counseling
32) Identify the step of controlling process applicable in following case- In a company a manager is trying to find out
the deviation between the actual number of parts produced and the desired number. He already knows about
the standards as the company has assigned him a definite quantity of parts to be produced
comparing actual and standard performance
33) Mr Rajesh wants to set standard to be achieved in both qualitative and quantitative in his section. He wants to
judge the motivation, skill level and satisfaction of the subordinates. All these things will require qualitative
standards while on other hand he has to set quantitative standards for the number of units produced. Identify
the step of controlling process applicable in this case. Setting standard
34) Sachin is working in tool manufacturing company and have been assigned the job of judging the output of
production in a neutral and reliable way. He is applying different techniques for achieving this aim. He is also
keeping the units of measurement same to that of the units of set standard. Identify the step of controlling
process applicable in this case. Measurement of actual performance
35) find odd thing out with respect to type of communication (upward/downward) provide feedback to
subordinates
36) Advantages of written communication are All of the above
37) requires intuition and good judgment Decision making
38) Supervisor has to advise troubled employee to improve his performance. Which function of management he is
performing- Personal counseling
39) Personal Counseling is a very effective tool for troubled employee when- all above
40) -------------- is essential because the performance of the troubled employee gets affected and also spoil the
discipline of section. Personal counseling
41) Supervisor can counsel his employee by- 1. sharing worker feelings 2.understand his problem 3. giving him extra
facility. 4. changing his job position 1&2
42) Discipline is necessary in all efficient organizations for following factors except Wealth creation and expansion
of plant
43) Decision related to policy matter taken at higher level of management after careful analysis and evaluation of
various alternatives like capital expenditure, decision related to pricing, expansion and change in product line
etc. are the type of following type of decision; Strategic Decision
44) Following are the general steps of which management activity Step 1: Defining the problem Step 2: Searching
for alternative course of action Step 3: Evaluating the alternatives Step 4: Selecting one alternative
Decision making & Problem solving
45) Following statements related with Decision making are valid and correct except: 1. A Decision is a course of
action or inaction selected to meet the requirements of solution. 2. Decision making is an intellectual activity,
because it calls for both judgment and imagination to select one from many alternatives. 3. A Decision is in act
of choice wherein a manger forms a conclusion about what must be done under a given situation. 4. Decision
making involves only one alternative. Only 4 is incorrect statement
46) A………………………is a conclusion of a process by which one chooses between two or more available alternative
courses of action for the purpose of attaining goals. Decision Making
47) Read the following statements and identify the correct option for characteristics suited to the statements: 1. It
is the knacks of getting other people to follow you and to do willingly the things you want them to do. 2. It
means to inspire confidence & trust so that there is maximum cooperation from the employees within the
control of manager. 3. It is the ability to persuade others to seek defined objectives enthusiastically. Leadership
Qualities
48) Every control system has at least four elements, viz. : Detector or Sensor, Assessor, Effector and
Communication Network.
49) Management audit is a technique to keep a check on the performance of:Management of the company
50) Controlling function of an organization is; Forward as well as backward looking
51) An efficient control system helps to: All of the above
52) Following are the corrective actions might involve in Control Process by Management except: Fire the
worker who failed to achieve target
53) ……is an important principle of management control based on the belief that an attempt to control everything
results in controlling nothing. Management by Exception
54) “A good control system ensures that employees know well in advance what they are expected to do and what
are the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised.” This statement focus on which
importance aspect of Controlling: Improving Employee Motivation
55) Control must be tailored to following factors except; Leadership & Motivation
56) There are following types of control except; Advanced Control
57) The advanced and quantitative technique used for managerial control is…………. PERT
58) The traditional device which is widely used for managerial control is……………… All of the above
59) Control that takes place before work is performed is known as…………… Pre Control
60) “One of the most frustrating situations manager can find themselves in is knowing that something is going wrong
in their company/agency/department and not knowing exactly where the responsibility for the trouble lies”.
This type of problem is relates and responsible with which of the management function:
61) Controlling
62) The following list is some of the common mistakes supervisors have made while trying to delegate except:
63) Motivate the subordinates for active involvement
64) Effective supervisors getting out and understanding the day-to-day operation firsthand. He knowing his people
as individuals and being known by them. Real involvement on the part of the supervisor reaps two advantages.
 First, it will provide his with knowledge about his section that is unobtainable any other way. Secondly, frequent
interaction with people promotes what managerial experts call a “therapeutic climate”--the supervisor
demonstrates concern for the workers‟ daily performance, To get involved
65) Any control system has four important elements. Which element helps in comparing the actual results with the
standard or expected results? An assessor
66) he day-to-day activities of an organization are controlled by: Operational Control System
67) By what process do managers influence other members of an organization to implement organization‟s
strategies? Management Control
68) Following are not the causes of deviation in controlling process ?Newly purchased machinery
69) Leadership is a function of all the following factors except; Product or Service
70) When management pays attention to more important areas and when day to day routine problems are looked
after by lower level management, it is known as; Management by Exception
71) In the process of controlling management certain steps are normally taken which includes; 1. analyze the actual
performance 2. finding out the reasons for discrepancies 3. evaluating the performance 4. establishing the
standards of work performance The correct sequence in which these steps are usually taken is: 4,1,3,2
72) Which of the following is the origin of any motivated behaviour? Need
73) The higher quality of managers and their subordinates the less the need for.............. Direct control.
74) Can banking be treated as an industry? Yes as a public utility service
75) The General Manager‟s meeting was most likely a result of the following management function:
Decision-Making
76) Leadership can subordinates to help the organization achieve its goals. All of the above
77) Which type of decision making is carried out by lower level management and deals with specific day-to-day
processes? Operational decision making
78) The process by which a sender transmits content is known as…………. Encoding
79) According to Abraham Maslow, the most elevated / higher type of need is .Self-actualization
80) It is interesting and inspiring to know about N. R. Narayan Murthy, Ex-Chairman of Infosys, an IT legend,
institution builder, a leader par excellence and embodiment of directing abilities. He started his career as head
of the computer centre at IIM, Ahmadabad. He started Infosys, a small software company along with his friends
in 1981 and turned it into a global IT company by 2002. He was the chief mentor, CEO of the company for two
decades. During that time he took the company to unimaginable All of the above
81) Some examples of employee recognition are as below except one: Firing an employee for giving suggestions
for improvement
82) HCL Technologies has formulated a rather innovative approach to management, where employees come before
customers. Every employee ranks their boss, their boss‟s boss, and at least three other company managers on
a 1- to-5 scale. Then the results are posted online for everyone to see. This company realizes that satisfied and
secure employees can best focus on customer success. HCL has formed new strategic alliances, and is embarking
on a rather innovative approach to shared risk with customers. Leadership & Team Work
83) According to Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich “Leadership is the art or process of ”. This is defined by:
A & B both
84) “Motivation refers to the way in which urges, drives, desires, aspirations, strivings or needs direct, control and
explain the behaviour of human beings”. This is defined by: Mc Farland
85) According to William G. Scout, Motivation means a process of stimulating people to action to accomplish
desired goals
86) Following are certain statements about a good leader. Rectify the statement which is found to be incorrect. (a)
He is empathetic and listens to others. (b) He is competent thus, does everything alone. (c) He has to be very
 good looking else people will not like him. (d) He likes to generate team spirit and works with the people as a
team. b & c – Incorrect
87) Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication.
“A typist informs his fellow typist during the lunch-break about the rude behavior of her supervisor.”
Informal, Horizontal, Verbal
88) Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication.
“The sales assistants discussing with his friend regarding customers‟ behaviour.”Informal, Horizontal, Verbal
89) Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication.
“The supervisor sending an explanation to the General Manager stating the performance of his department.”
Formal, Upward, Verbal
90) Identify the following type of communication on the basis of channel, direction and mode of communication.
“The General Manager seeking explanation from a supervisor for poor performance in his department.”
Formal, Downward, Verbal
91) The control process is based on . Clear standards
92) Which of the following is an advantage of group decisions making Variety of approaches to find possible
problem solutions
93) Supervisors have the tendency to spend most of their time on this function: Controlling
94) The upper limit of employees or subordinates a supervisor can effectively manage is called: Span of
control
95) Which of the following will help motivate employees? Ask for performance and set standards
96) Which of the following three factors affects an employee’s motivation? Attitude, interests and needs
97) While taking disciplinary action, you should………………… Enforce policies and rules with consistency
98) The following is (are) the element(s) of control All of the above
99) is a process of influencing people. Motivation
100) The old control technique(s) which were used through years is (are) All of the above
101) Communication barrier(s) in the international environment is (are) All of the above
102) The external factor(s) that limit control is (are) All of the above
103) Which of the following would be included in the “controlling function”? measuring results against
corporate objectives
104) Empowerment is related to: directng
105) Motivation is related to: leading
106) Supervisory management spends most of his/her time: directing and controlling
107) Guiding and supervising the efforts of subordinates towards the attainment of the organization‟s goals
describes the function of : directing
108) Directing function of management embraces activities of : all of these
109) Adequate motivation of employees results in: boosting the morale of the subordinates
110) Establishing standards, comparing actual results with standards and taking corrective actions are the
steps included in the process of : controlling
111) The last function in the sequence, which culminates in the attainment of organization objectives is:
controlling
112) In comparison to top level managers, a first -line supervisor will spend more time in : direction of
subordinates
113) Which level of management would be most involved in the function of directing and controlling?
lower
114) Elaborating decisions can Avoid confusion among workers
115) The decision making for controlling of any process has several characteristics. Which of the following
wing is NOT typically included? it cannot be learned in the classroom
116) The decision making process is conducted in three different ways .Which is NOT a typically method?
by fate
117) The decision making for the purpose of controlling is made up of : all of these
118) Following are the ways to elaborate decisions All of the above
119) Creative behavior is made more likely: All of these
120) Participation of groups while decision making and elaborating decisions is helpful in minimizing
deviations but one disadvantage of group participation in decision making is too much time
required
121) Top management decision making for the purpose of controlling is distinctively characterized by:
more uncertainly and greater reliance on judgment
122) Guidelines for establishing vertical layers include all but which one of the following: place decision
making at the highest level it can be efficiently handled
123) A supervisor is most likely to be able to directly affect an employees: task assignments
124) Which is not goal of performance appraisal is : to identify psychological problems
125) Traditional approach to appraisal, now-a-days, have increasingly emphasized the evaluation of:
employee performance
126) The traditional method of appraisal whereby the rate lists the employees according to their level of
performance is called the: personal observation
127) Directing functions of management embraces activities of : d. all of these
128) The direction process has several characteristics. Which of the following is not typically included?
it cannot be learned in the classroom
129) In comparison to top level manager, a first-line supervisor will spend more time in : direction of
subordinates
130) Technical skill of a supervisor will be most needed where: operations are complex and organizational
level is low
131) Execution involves all of the following steps except: measuring performance against the plan
132) The element that is a linking process of managerial functions is : communicating
133) Successful communication involves the occurrence of a : desire change
134) The proper sequence of elements in the expanded communication model is : sender-message-
transmission recipient-meaning
135) The relationship between leadership and management is most accurately stated as: leadership is a
subset of management
136) The manager who motivates people by explicitly or implicitly threatening punishment of some kind for
non- cooperation is using: negative leadership
137) Needs hierarchy theory of motivation was given by Abraham Maslow
138) What in your opinion would be the most powerful personal objective of a Noble Prize winning chemist
working in the research department of a medical concern? pride of creativity
139) Managerial control typically consists of three steps. Which one does NOT belong? remove
unnecessary obstacles
140) The proper sequence of the three steps in the traditional control process is : set standards,
measure performance, take corrective actions
141) Control systems typically focus on all except...quality of planning process
142) Several means are available for the determination of performance: all of these
143) For best management, controlling should be objective-oriented
144) In controlling ,a common means for determining performance is by means of: reports
145) The control function of management embraces: all of these
146) Several types of control systems rely on quantitative data in their measurement process. Which type
does NOT? social control
147) The area having to do with identifying personal characteristics and situational factors leading to
managerial success is that of: leadership
148) When management pays attention to more important areas and when day-to -day routine problems are
looked after by lower-level of management ,this is known as: Management of Exception (MBE)
149) Effective communication requires: information and understanding
150) One of the sign of effective non-verbal communication is: body language
151) The best analogy of communication in an organization with respect to human body is: nervous
system
152) Positive motivation makes people willing to do their work in the best way they can and improve their
. Both (A) and (B)
153) Following are disadvantages of written communications except Can be written casually
154) Effective communication at directing level can be in the form of All of the above
155) which of the following is not principle of directing organizing
156) ………………..are made under different conditions to determine the behaviour of the system containing
the problem based on which decisions could be taken for doing appropriate control action Observations
157) Abraham Maslow, a well-known Psychologist in a classic paper published in 1943, outlined the elements
of an overall theory of motivation. His theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human
being, there exists a hierarchy of five needs. Figure shows Maslow‟s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation.
Answer the questions related to Motivation Theory respective to the diagram. Hunger, thirst, shelter, sleep are
some examples of most basic in the hierarchy and corresponds to Basic Physiological Needs
158) Abraham Maslow, a well-known Psychologist in a classic paper published in 1943, outlined the elements
of an overall theory of motivation. His theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human
being, there exists a hierarchy of five needs. Figure shows Maslow‟s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation.
Answer the questions related to Motivation Theory respective to the diagram. According to Maslow, Affection,
sense of belongingness, acceptance and friendship lies in which category: Affiliation/Belonging Needs
159) Abraham Maslow, a well-known Psychologist in a classic paper published in 1943, outlined the elements
of an overall theory of motivation. His theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human
being, there exists a hierarchy of five needs. Figure shows Maslow‟s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation.
Answer the questions related to Motivation Theory respective to the diagram. Growth, self-fulfillment and
achievement of goals, these types of needs are lies in which category: Self Actualization Needs
160) A good decision is dependent upon recognition of the right ............................ problem
161) Following are the main purposes of communication except: To hide the information
162) What a man can be, he must be. this is a need, which is paramount in a very small percentage of people,
those who have reached high on the ladder of success in life and have nothing further to gain from the material
values of life. This generally results in a change in the life cycle of the individuals. Through the above paragraph,
Abraham Maslow discuss the following type of Need Self Actualization Needs
163) A..............................is a number of persons who communicate with one another over a span of time, and
which is small enough so that each person is able to communicate with all the others, not at second hand
through other people, but face to face. Group
164) ................................is an element of managerial tasks and involves the measurement and correction of
the performance of subordinates to make sure that the objective of the enterprise and the plans devised to
attain them, are accomplished efficiently and economically. Controlling
165) The best kind of managerial controls are those........................... which correct deviations from plans
before they occur
166) Some Common aspect(s) of standard(s) listed below: All of the above
167) Managers should insist on checking personally before the work is permitted to proceed. it is for the
purpose of seeing how far the goal or objective is being realized, how far the standards are being followed. The
above paragraph mentioned the following step in control process: Measurement of Performance
168) Effective control cannot tolerate All of the above
169) A Manager is the principal medium of communication in any enterprise. He should give orders and
instructions to his subordinates and supervise them to ensure that their performance is according to plan. The
above mentioned statement elaborates which type of Management function? Directing
170) In respect of Agreements which are directed at achieving obedience, application, energy and outward
marks of respect, clearness in rules, good supervision will ensure....................................in an enterprise.
Discipline
171) Which part of the management process includes measuring results, comparing results to expectations,
and taking corrective action to bring results in to line? Controlling
172) Making assignments, issuing orders and instructions, providing guidance and inspiration to subordinates
for the achievement of organizational objective is called . Directing
173) Motivation based on force of fear is called . negative motivation
174) Wages, salaries, bonus, vacation pay, insurance are examples of . financial motivation
175) According to Maslow, self-actualization needs is a . high level needs
176) According to terry, "Decision making is the selection based on some criteria from possible alternatives"
Two or more than two
177) The purchase of land and building is an example of.............................. major decision
178) Exchange of ideas, opinions, information etc. between two or more persons is Communication
179) Communication is a . two-way process
180) The person who sends a message is known as . Sender
181) Direction is a managerial function performed by at largest scale top level management
182) When an individual or a group agrees to work under the direction of an informal leader is called .
informal delegation
183) No smoking - This factor is an example of.................... rules & discipline
184) The number of subordinates that report directly to a single supervisor is . span of supervision
185) Directing function of management implies 1. Planning 2. Staffing 3. Leadership 4. Motivation Choose the
correct answer using the codes given below: 3 and 4
186) Purpose of Negative motivation during disciplinary action is to Person will improve his performance in
future with fear of disciplinary action
187) which of the following is not form of non-verbal communication instant messages
188) Which of the following is not a part of motivation verbal and non verbal motivation
189) These factors affects the workers motivation All of the above
190) Which of the following is not an example of positive motivation disciplinary action
191) find odd thing out with respect to type of motivation job security
192) find odd thing out with respect to type of communication rumours
193) which of the following is a form of written communication? All of the above
194) which of the following are not the characteristics of personal counselor fixed mindset in any situation
195) Possible mistakes can be predicted by using All of the above
196) An industry is selling a product for Rs. 10 per unit. The fixed cost for assets is Rs. 40000 with variable cost
of Rs. 6 per unit. How many units should be produced to break even? 10000
197) laying disciplinary standard in overall working helps to All of the above
198) laying disciplinary standards through way of disciplinary action is an example of which type of motivation
negative motivation
199) Which are the possible ways of laying disciplinary standards All of the above
200) Controlling is function A & B both
201) Controlling helps in - All of the above
202) The objectives of quality control activity is to not to assign simple work to only selected workers
203) External sources of information to quality control department includes Feedback from customer
regarding quality of product
204) In controlling process the standards can be term A & B both
205) Quantitative standards in setting performance standard can be in terms of All of the above
206) Qualitative standards in setting performance standards can not include Cost to be incurred
207) Methods of measurement of actual performance does not include
View past performance of worker, ask them reasons and stop their salary so that they will leave company
208) Break even point in break even analysis can be calculated as Fixed cost / selling price per unit - variable
cost per unit
209) Break even point in break even analysis means point at which their is no profit no loss
210) with the help of break even analysis we can determine relationship between cost, volume and profit
211) Which of the following are characteristics of Break Even Point ? All of the above
212) Given selling price is Rs 10 per unit, variable cost is Rs 6 per unit and fixed cost is Rs 5,000. What is break-
even point? 1250 units
213) At breakeven point Total expenses = Total revenue
214) The breakeven point is obtained at intersection of Total revenue and Total cost line
215) Analysis which focuses on firms profitability is classified as break even analysis
1) Accident may occur due to unsafe act of worker
2) Which is not an objective of fire drill . All of the above
3) Which is a cause of accidents due to unsafe working conditions? . both a and b
4) Which one is not a type of accident . None of the above
5) After a fire drill . Reset fire alarm
6) which is not a preventive measure under safety . Work permit
7) Providing a fire extinguisher equipment is a part of . Safety provision
8) Preventive measures refers to: . All of the above
9) Which one is not a step in fire drill------------ Define related policies
10) Which one is not an effect of accident on family? Loss of production
11) Which one is not an effect of accident on worker? Bad message to other worker
12) Which is not a cause of accident due to unsafe working condition . Lack of safety awareness
13) Issue of work permit means . Worker can go to the site for work
14) Safety management is a branch of management . To control hazards in industry
15) Work that can create fire, needs a . Hot work permit
16) Selection of PPE depends on . Process and body exposure
17) To avoid accidents, the worker must be . All of the above
18) Which is a cause of accident?unstable mental condition
19) Which is indirect cost of accident . Cost of time lost
20) In case of occurrence of fire . Safely reach to predetermined safe area
21) Safety devices are used in industry for . Avoiding accidents
22) While working with grinder . wear gloves and safety goggles
23) Safety cards are . Cards with hazard symbol
24) Around work station having moving and rotary parts, the protective cloths used shall be . Tightly fit
25) Burn hazard may certainly be due to presence of . Fire
26) Safety equipment’s shall be decided . As per type of work and body exposure
27) Which is not a safety preventive measure . development of work station
28) Which accidents shall be reported to management? . All accidents
29) Long form of PPE . Personal protective equipment’s
30) Safety management is needed for . Managing workplace safely
31) Which type of work permit is required while working in pipes, tanks and boilers? Confined space
32) Personal protective equipment is a . Barrier between hazard and person
33) Duty of safety officer: . All of the above
34) Which is not a type of work permit . Videography
35) Confined space is a . Small and enclosed area
36) Safety audit means to . Identify unsafe conditions and unsafe act
37) Safety policies are framed because of . All of the above
38) To work with nuclear reactor, type of work permit required is . Radiography permit
39) Maintenance in hazardous area should not be started without----------------------- having food
40) Dos and don'ts at the work station are . None of the above
41) Ensuring fire alarm system back to normal operating condition shall be done . After fire drill
42) Paper and clothes are: . Flammable solid materials
43) Objective of fire drill is to . Practice how to behave in emergency
44) Accident affects . All of the above
45) Chemical leakage, poor electrification, weak machine foundations are the causes of accidents due to
. Unsafe working condition
46) Causes of accident due to worker are . Stress in work, un-necessary daring
47) Land sliding is a type of accident . On construction site, mines
48) Tools required for safety are: . Helmet, safety shoes, goggle
49) Safety management is a department for . Designing policies to avoid accidents
50) Fire hazards are . Workplace hazards
51) Fire drill shall be done . Once in a quarter
52) Accident due to unsafe workplace is . Due to management
53) Industrial accident causes damage to . Property, material, human
54) Injury without showing external signs: . Internal injury
55) Fire drill is carried out to . practice evacuating buildings in case of emergency
56) Natural causes of accidents are: . All of the above
57) Mining accidents are because of . All of the above
58) Fatal accident results in . Death of an employee
59) Safety management concentrates on . Avoiding accidents
60) As per safety procedures, compressed gas cylinders may be moved . By rolling
61) Using a tool without proper sharpening is . More dangerous
62) Long form of OSHA . Occupational safety and health act
63) Under occupational health the employer is responsible for providing a Safe workplace
64) Unsafe physical condition refers to ------------- All of the above
65) Safety training includes . All of above
66) Workplace safety requirements are . All of above
67) Safety standards focus on . All of the above
68) Objective of safety management is to . Prevent accident
69) Fetal accidents result in: . Death of an employee
70) After the fire drill, supervisor has to . All of the above
71) General safety norms include_ . Head protection
72) Promoting safety awareness does not consist of the following .Fencing of rotary and moving parts
73) lack of concentration is the cause of accident due to . Worker
74) Unsafe working conditions : . all of the above
75) Effect of accident on Industry is . Production stoppage
76) SOP for an activity is prepared by ----------------- Plant manager
77) Example of Chemical Hazards . all of the above
78) Proper storage of flammable liquids prevents . Fire hazards
79) During a fire drill, supervisor has to monitor_ . All of the above
80) Safety management ensures --------- compliances from all location. centralized
81) Which one of the following can be considered as unsafe act?. All of the above
82) Which one of the following is not included in the causes of accident due to worker? Poor housekeeping
83) Following is not included in the cause of accident due to management? Bad habits of worker
84) Who may be responsible for accident? All of the above
85) Who is responsible for unguarded moving parts? Management
86) Which one of the following is not included in the causes of accidents due to unsafe working conditions?
Quarrels among the workers
87) Which one of the following is not included in the causes of accidents due to nature? Gas leakage
88) Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to accidents? All of the above
89) Which one of the following preventive measures an industry should adopt to avoid accidents? All of the
above
90) An accident that disables the affected worker forever is a :----------------------------- permanent accident
91) What occurs in fatal accident? Death
92) If affected worker is not recovered within 48 hours, then which type of accident is it ? Reportable
93) Which one of the following is not the effect of accident on worker. Production stoppage
94) Which one of the following is not a part of the immediate cause of accident: Physical condition of the
person
95) Floods, earthquakes, and tsunami are causes of accidents due to . natural disasters
96) Which factor does not cause accidents due to dangerous machines? Unsafe clothing
97) An example of wrong layout or design of working place... : . Congestion
98) House-keeping refers to -------------- Neatness and cleanliness
99) Safety management deals with : . Prevention of an accident
100) Get the odd one out: . Pullover
101) Which one of the following is contributory cause of an accident? Tendency of show off
102) In a minor accident, the affected worker is recovered within . 48 hrs
103) Management is responsible for . Unguarded moving parts
104) The cause of accident due to unsafe working conditions: . All of the above
105) Which one of the following is the cause of accident due to worker. Untrained workers
106) Who gets affected directly or indirectly due to an accident? . All of the above
107) Which one of the following is the cause of accident due to management Poor house keeping
108) Internal accident means an . Injury without showing external signs
109) Example of Fire Hazards are: . All of the above
110) Faulty electrical equipment’s may cause . All of the above
111) Fire drill is . a kind of training
112) Before doing fire drill operation, communication should be established with . Fire marshal
113) The fire triangle does not include-------------- Temperature
114) To give practice of evacuation in emergency -------------- is done. Fire drill
115) Documented format that authorizes specified people to work under conditions is a Work permit
116) A document that sets out the logical sequence of steps to perform an activity is known as -----------------
Safe operating procedure
117) Work permit sets out the ------- required to be taken to do work safely under-----Precaution, risk management
118) Work permit is given at High risk areas
119) Work permit is essentially obtained at . All of the above
120) Work permit is not required in case of . Emergency
121) A person authorized to keep workplace safe is: Responsible person
122) Safety management does not ensure Time management
123) Get the odd one out: Unguarded moving parts
124) Work permit does not involve following person ------- software designer
125) Safety procedure includes: . All of the above
126) Find the odd one out: Compensation paid
127) The following is an indirect cost of accident . Cost of lost time of injured worker
128) The following is/are physical hazard agents . All of the above
129) Check list for job safety analysis consist of . Material, machines, tools,men
130) Which one of the following is not an accident based on the place of accident? . Laboratory accident
131) For household wiring and small units, the following should be used for safety measure . MCB
132) Which one of the following is generally provided with limit switch to prevent motion beyond preset limit.
All of the above
133) The following are used as safety devices in machines . All of the above
134) Class-A fire consists of fire due to . Wood
135) Water is used to extinguish . Class-A fire
136) The following class of fire occurs in electrical equipment . Class-C fire
137) The following extinguisher is suitable for fire due to cotton Foam
138) is best suited for extinguishing oil or flammable liquid fire. Foam
139) ---------------- is an example of unsafe working condition. Oily surface
140) Carbon dioxide is not used for which class of fire? class A
141) DGMS stand for ........ Directorate General of Mines Safety
142) Which one of the following activity does not require a work permit? Carrying tools to the tool room
143) Get the odd one out: Foreman
144) The sole purpose of work permit is: To avoid accident
145) The fire drill should be conducted on a : Working day
146) With reference to a fire drill, which one of the following statement is incorrect? All of the above
147) Get the odd one out: Acid
148) Cooling effect of water is essential for: Fire involving ordinary combustible matter
149) A blanketing effect is essential for: Fire in flammable liquids
150) It is necessary to dilute the burning gas for: Fire involving gaseous substances
151) Special extinguishing medium is essential for: Fire involving metal
152) The electrical nonconductivity of the extinguishing media is important for: Fire involving electrical equipment
153) Get the odd one out: Carbon dioxide
154) Which one of the following is not a mechanical hazard: Short circuit
155) Which one of the following is not applicable to Good housekeeping: Extinguishes fire
1) Indian factory act come in to force on 1st April 1949
2) As per Indian factory act, the person who has control over the affairs of factory is known as Occupier
3) Section 27 under the Industrial dispute act is about Penalty for instigation
4) As per Indian Factory act, Employer has to provide canteen facility, if there are ---- number of employees.
250
5) ------------- section of Industrial Dispute act covers the topic penalty for instigation. Section 27
6) -- is not statuary welfare facility under Factory act Transport
7) Bhopal gas tragedy led to an amendment under ---- legislation None of the above
8) arrangements of drinking water are mentioned under------ section of Factory act 18
9) For contravention of provisions of factories act, the occupier shall liable for punishment up to None of
the above
10) The license fee can be paid to get license for a factory maximum up to -------- Five Year
11) The occupier of a factory is required to send written notice to the Chief Inspector of Factories at least -------
-- days before he begins to occupy the premises as factory. 15
12) As per the Factories Act,1948 any engine, motor or other appliance which generates or otherwise provides
power is termed as -------------- Prime Mover
13) As per section 16 of the Factory Act, 1948 the minimum space to be allocated to each worker employed in
the factory is --------------- 4.2 cu.met
14) An adult worker is allowed to work for -------- hours in a week. 48
15) ------- is not an essential element of a factory There must be an electronic data processing unit are
installed
16) Section 2 (m) of the Factory Act 1948 Says about -- Manufacturing Process
17) Crèche is to be provided if or more lady employees are engaged 30
18) The maximum daily hours of work in a day with normal wage allowed in factories is ----------- 9
19) --------- is the chairman of Site Appraisal Committees the Chief Inspector of the State
20) ------ authority enforces the Factory Act 1948 The Labour Department of the State Government
21) --- year did the Industrial Dispute act come into operation. 1947
22) The industrial peace is secured through voluntary and compulsory Negotiation and
Adjudication
23) -------legislation there is a provision called „protected workmen‟. Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
24) Grievance Handing Machinery is given in --------- Industrial Dispute Act
25) To provide compensation to workmen in cases of Lay-off, retrenchment and closure is a provision of
............... Act. Industrial Dispute
26) -------- is a machinery for the settlement of Industrial Disputes in India Industrial Tribunal
27) ------- machinery has been mentioned in the Industrial Dispute act accountable for the speedy and amicable
settlement of industrial disputes Conciliation
28) means an interim or a final determination of any industrial dispute or of any question relating there to by
any labour court. Award
29) Industrial Dispute means, Dispute between ----- All of the Above
30) The ------- authorities are set up for settling the industrial Dispute. All of the Above
31) An arbitrator is appointed by ------------ Government
32) “Award‟ under Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 is------- Both A & B
33) Under the Industrial Disputes Act, ------- is not be considered as an industrial dispute When demand
made for alteration of conditions of service of employees in a cooperative society
34) The ongoing globalization in India requires drastic changes under ------ of the labour legislation. The
Industrial Disputes Act
35) ------------- includes any court constituted under any law relating to investigation and settlement of industrial
disputes in force in any State Labour court
36) -------- members does a conciliation board consist of as per the appropriate government Chairman and 2-4
members
37) A national tribunal consist of ---- number of person/s to be appointed by the central government. 1
38) ------- is the time period in which all the awards of the arbitration are to be published from the date of its
receipt by the appropriate government 30 days
39) As per section a conciliation proceeding shall be deemed to have commenced on the date on which a strike
or lock - out is received by the conciliation officer 22
40) No person employed in a public utility service shall go on strike in breach of contract within of giving
such a notice. 6 weeks
41) Section of industrial dispute act covers the compensation provided to workers who are in continuous
service for not less than one year. 25-FFF
42) A workman who is employed in an industrial establishment in the place of another workman whose name
is borne on the muster rolls of the establishment is ------------- badali workman
43) dependent means ------- relatives of a deceased workman, All of the above
44) A person named as Minor who has not attained the age of ----- years 18
45) if death results and from the injury, the amount of compensation to the employee equal to 40% monthly
wages multiplied by the relevant factor
46) Minimum rates of wages may be fixed by ----- All of the above
47) if workmen Loss of both hands or amputation at higher sites then he /she will get compensation -----
percentage of loss of earning capacity 100
48) if workmen have permanent total disablement, he /she will get compensation amount ----- percentage of
monthly wages. 50
49) A workman has Amputation through shoulder joint., then he/she will get compensation -----Percentage of
loss of earning capacity. 90
50) A workman has Loss of both eyes, then He/She will get compensation ---- Percentage of loss of earning
capacity 50
51) Basic compensations given to employees as salaries or wages are called ------- Basic pay
52) ---------- is the total cash and non-cash payments that you give to an employee in exchange for the work they
do for your business. Compensation
53) ---------- is the initial pay, you give your employees Basic Pay
54) Characteristic of a good compensation system is ------- All of the above
55) Major factors influencing compensation of worker are ----- All of the above
56) In graduated time rates system, if basic salary is Rs.2000 and dearness allowance is 150% then total
remuneration will be Rs. ----- 5000
57) Most common and usual form of direct compensation paid in organizations is ----- base and variable
pay
58) An Act to provide for the payment by certain classes of employers to their Employees of compensation for
injury by accident ---- Workman Compensation Act
59) ------ means, where the disablement is of a temporary nature, such disablement as reduces the earning
capacity of a *[employee] in any employment in which he was engaged at the time of the accident resulting
in the disablement partial disablement
60) ----- is the maximum wage period for the payment of wages 1 month
61) -------- deductions is not authorized payment of wages act Deduction for payment of uniform and property
62) -------- of the wages payable is the maximum limit of fine to be imposed on an employee 0.03
63) section....... deals with the provisions relating to arrangements for drinking water in factories 18
64) -------- means a person who has completed his fourteenth year of age but has not completed his eighteenth
year adolescent
65) ------- means a person who has completed his eighteenth year of age Adult
66) -------means a person who has not completed his fourteenth year of age Child
67) ------- means all remuneration expressed in terms of money wages
68) According to the definition of "Week" under the Minimum wage Act, it is a period of 7 days beginning at
midnight on Monday
69) The power of inspectors is discussed under Section-----------of the Factories Act, 1948. 9
70) The responsibility for maintenance of employee health and safety is concerned with -------- All of the
above
71) Ensuring the safety, health and welfare of the employees is the primary purpose of the ------- Factories
Act, 1948
72) A person who has ultimate control over the affairs of the factory under Factories Act, 1948 is called as ---
Occupier
73) Leave with wages is allowed for employees if they work for days in a month 20
74) An adult worker can work up to --------- hrs in a day as per factories Act, 1948. 9
75) Section 22 and 23 of the industrial dispute Act says about --------- strikes and lock-out
76) The Section 20 of the Factories act discusses about--------- Spittoons
77) Under Minimum Wages Act an Adult means a Person who has completed a age of -------- years 18
78) The employment of young person on dangerous machines shall be prohibited by ................. the Act. Factory
79) To close down a factory. the occupier has to give days notice to the authority 60
80) Under the Factories Act, white washing of the factory building should be carried out in every months
14
81) The rate of minimum wage is fixed with respect to ................................. Cost of Living allowance
82) Which of the following law is a relating to Industrial Relations? Industrial Disputes Act 1947
83) Which of the following Act has provision for the constitution of Board of Conciliation? Industrial Disputes
Act 1947
84) The Factory act is applicable to the premises wherein ........ or more workers are employed without the use
of power. 20
85) Which of the following Schedules of Industrial Disputes Act 1947 indicates "The matters within the
jurisdiction of Labour courts"? The Second Schedule
86) Lay off indicates the temporary inability of an employer to avail the services of the employee due to following
reasons except: Relief to an employee from his monotonous job
87) ……………….is the temporary removal or suspension of the employee from his job during period of emergency.
Lay off
88) Following are the methods to improve discipline except: Separating or removing the employee from the
pay roll
89) In case of piecework, due to non-availability of fixed minimum piece rate, the employer has to pay
............................. to the employee. Minimum time rate
90) Empowerment means All of the above
91) Which of the following industrial Acts safe guards the security of dependents of the employee?
Workmen's compensation Act 1923
92) which of the following is not a provision of Factories Act 1948? Workmen's compensation
93) Which of these statements best describes the concept of reinforcement (strengthening or forced) ?
Punishment and reward are both reinforcements.
94) A day according to factory Act is ..................... Period of 24 hours starting at mid night
95) Which of the following Provisions of Factory Act provides for First Aid facility at work place ? Welfare
96) According to provisions of Factory Act, provision of Canteen becomes necessary in the factory when the
number of ordinarily employed workers is more than ................... 250
97) According to Factory Act, the working women in factory can avail the facility of Creches for their children
with age below ................. years. Six
98) which of the Factory provision provides for the constitution of "Site Appraisal Committee" ?
Provision relating to Hazardous Processes
99) Which of the following provision of Factory Act provides for "Artificial Humidification"? Health
100) The ceiling of number of working hours per week for adult worker according to Factory Act is ........... hours.
Forty-Eight
101) According to provision of working hours of Factory Act, the interval for rest after continuous work of not
more than five hours is ............... minutes. Thirty
102) The age of young person according to Factory Act lies between ...............years. Fourteen to Eighteen
103) According to Factory Act, the young person working in factory has to carry ........................ during working.
Both B & C
104) A Factory ordinarily employs 165 employees out of which twelve are women. Select the correct welfare
provisions according to factory act from the following options. Rest room / Lunch room is needed.
105) Select the correct form of Light at work place as per health provision of factory act from the following
options. Both B & C
106) In a factory lubrication of prime mover part is needed. Who among the following are not permitted for this
work? Both A & B
107) An underground work place employs a cage lowered and lifted by hoist.. Which of the following is the
correct frequency for thorough examination of the hoist mechanism by Chief factory inspector? Twelve
months
108) Select the odd one from the following; Rope sling
109) Under which of the following cases, appointment of safety officer becomes compulsory according to safety
provisions of factory Act; All of the above
110) Select the correct Chapter of Factory act applicable to launch prosecutions against factory-owners; from
the following. Chapter X
111) According to Factory Act,a worker is entitled for over time under which of the following cases?Both of A &
B
112) Select the correct time slot in which women employee can be employed under normal conditions according
to provisions of Factory Act. Any shift between 6.00 a m to 7.00 p m
113) Select the correct chapter of Factory act from the following for penalizing a factory. Chapter Ten
114) The duty of works committee in Industrial disputes Act is to .................... To promote good relations
between Employer and workmen
115) The conciliation officers appointed as per the provisions of Industrial disputes act have the duty of
..................................... Mediating in and promoting settlement of disputes
116) The members on board of conciliation set up under the provisions of Industrial disputes Act are..................
Members recommended by parties in dispute
117) Labour court constituted as per the provision of Industrial Disputes Act is headed by .............................
Presiding Officer
118) Labour court constituted under the provision of industrial dispute Act adjudicates industrial disputes listed
under............................. Second Schedule
119) The industrial Tribunal constituted as per the provision of Industrial Disputes Act has Jurisdiction over the
disputes falling under .............................. Either second or third schedule
120) The condition for disqualification of the presiding officer of Labour court / Industrial Tribunal / National
Tribunal despite fulfilling judicial eligibility criteria is .................................. Both of A & B
121) According to Industrial disputes Act, grievance redressal Committee becomes compulsory when the
number of workmen exceeds .................. Fifty
122) According to Industrial disputes Act, an award in regard to an industrial dispute has to be enforced within
a maximum time limit of .............................days. Three hundred sixty five
123) The appropriate section of Industrial disputes act applicable to matters related to strikes and lockout is
....................................... Section 22 and 23
124) Identify the unfair labour practice from the following; Employer taking active interest in organising
trade union of workmen
125) An electrician after an accident at work place loses his capacity to perform the duties of electrician for one
month. Under which category, the disablement can be classified? Total and Temporary
126) A minor according to Workmen Compensation Act is equivalent to which of the following identity of Factory
Act? Both of A & B
127) How much compensation is due in case of an accident in a factory resulting in total disablement of worker
for two days? No compensation other than medical expenses and paid leave
128) The authority to settle workmen compensation issues as per the provision of workmen compensation Act
is
..................................... Commissioner of Work men's compensation
129) In case of any appeal against an order by commissioner of Workmen compensation Act, the party has to
approach............................... High Court
130) Complete deafness due to injury in an accident deprives the workmen of .....................100% earning
capacity
131) According to provision of workmen compensation Act, the multiplying factor for working out the lump sum
compensation ....................................... Decreases with age of workmen
132) Occupational diseases are listed in schedule ................ of workmen compensation Act. Three
133) The schedule III of workmen compensation Act enlists ...................................... Occupational Diseases
134) Which of the following is not included in the wage of the employee ? Both B & C
135) Minimum Wage comprises of how many components? Three
136) How many classes of employment are there in Maharashtra? Three
137) Adherence to the provisions of minimum wages Act is verified by ............................. Factory Inspector
138) The clerical category of employment is equivalent to which of the following categories? Skilled
139) In case it is noticed during factory inspection that the drinking water facility is located very close to wash
rooms, then the factory has defaulted under which of the following provision of Factory Act? Health
140) There are 162 employees in a factory. The workers after working for four hours, break for lunch. They
assemble at the open space in shop floor and eat their lunch. In the above narrative, which of the welfare
provision of Factory Act is violated? Shelter / Rest room facility as workers eat at work place
141) Lunch break is provided after four hours of work in a factory and the workers are instructed to report back
to work in twenty minutes for the post lunch session. In the above narrative, which provision of Factory Act
is violated? Woking Hours
142) An employer decides to withdraw the transport facility given to the employees. He gives a one month
notice to employees and offers to compensate them with allowance to cover travel expenditure through
public transport. Which provisions of industrial disputes Act support this Act of employer? Notice of
Change
143) An employee retired from a factory has a dispute with the management regarding his gratuity amount.
Which authority he has to approach for steelement of the issue? Industrial tribunal
144) An employer is active in the trade union activities. The employer transfers him to another location of the
factory with an intention of distancing him from the trade union. Identify the provisions of Industrial dispute
Act applicable. Unfair Labour Practices
145) A worker while carrying out his work in a factory meets with an accident resulting in the loss of his thumb
in his right hand. According to the provisions of workmen compensation Act, the injury to the worker can be
classified as ..................................... Permanent partial disablement
146) A worker of a maintenance contractor engaged in servicing of exhaust fans in the shop floor meets with an
accident and is totally disabled temporarily. According to provisions of Workmen compensation Act, is the
employer of the factory is liable for compensation to the maintenance worker? No as the work
performed is not regular work of factory
147) Under which of the following cases, an employer is liable for penalty as per the provisions of Workmen
compensation Act? Both of A & B
148) A worker in a factory has eight hours of work in an ordinary day of work. However, on a particular day, the
worker finished the work assigned to him in six hours and leaves the work place as no further work was
assigned. Is the worker eligible for full day wage? Yes, as employer did not assign him sufficient work
149) A worker in a factory works as skilled employee for half day and semi skilled employee for rest of the day
as per the requirement of work place. Which of the following wage can be correct for the worker? Both of
B&C
150) This is a narrative about a factory having 300 workers out of which 70 are women. The workers have to
bring their lunch as there is no canteen facility. One woman has a son aged 12 years and she has requested
for permission to accommodate him in Creche after his school hours. Her request is rejected. Identify the
provisions of Factory Act that are violated. Welfare in respect of canteen
151) Select the correct match of Provision and the corresponding condition from the following;
Health - Ventilation, Safety - Protection to eyes
152) The manufacturing process in a factory involves large number of risky operations. The number of workers
in the factory is six hundred forty six. Decide whether there is necessity for the appointment of a safety
Officers in the Factory. Absloutely necessary as the process involves risky procedures.
153) A factory undertakes manufacturing process classified under the hazardous. Identify the condition under
provisions of Factory Act is applicable to the factory? Both of A & B
154) Calculate the available leave with wage as balance of a worker from the following data. He has worked 240
days per year for four consecutive years. He has availed 14 days of leave with wage during the four years of
his service. 34 days
155) Identify the correct statement applicable to the narrative below; "A worker working in a factory having 45
workers has a grievance to be addressed. He approached the grievance redressal cell in the factory with his
complaint. The grievance redressal committee gave its decision in three weeks. However, the employee was
 not satisfied by the decision and approached the employer who disposed off the grievance after five weeks."
The employer has delayed his decision
156) The workers of a Factory have a dispute referred to Conciliation board. The proceedings of the board are
concluded and the settlement has not been arrived. Hence the workers proceed on strike from the next day
of conclusion of conciliation procedure. In the above narrative, identify the violation of provision of industrial
dispute Act. Strike by workers within sevendays of conclusion of conciliation process.
157) A factory employing about 50 workers continuously for more than one year is facing slow down. In view of
the situation, the factory lays off the workers for a period of 15 days after which the factory is expecting
fresh orders after 15 days. In this situation, the workers of the factory are liable to .........................
Half of total wage they were paid before lay off
158) A worker in a factory having continuous service of more than one year is laid off by the management as he
was slowing down production as per directives of trade union instructions. Is the worker liable for lay off
compensation? No, as he is part of strike.
159) Select the appropriate condition for retrenchment of worker with more than one year continuous service.
All of the above
160) Which of the following acts can be classified as unfair labour practice? Establishing management
sponsored trade union.
161) In case of death of a worker in a factory, who among the following are eligible as dependent to receive the
compensation? Both of A & B
162) In case of death of a worker in a factory, the amount of compensation to the dependent of worker is
calculated by which of the following method? Forty percent of monthly wage of worker multiplied by
relevant factor
163) Select the correct fact from the following in relation to the relevant factor used for calculating amount of
compensation using the monthly wage. The relevant factor decreases with the age of dead / injured
worker
164) In order to calculate the compensation amount of a worker injured permanently with total disablement,
select the correct methodology from the following.
Fifty percent of monthly wage of worker multiplied by relevant factor
165) The award by commissioner appointed as per the provision of Workmen compensation Act has divided the
compensation among the number of dependents. Some of the dependents are not satisfied with the division.
Suggest the authority for appeal against the compensation award. High court
166) Which of the following is correct to decide the compensation claim by the family of dead worker. The
worker died on account of fall from high platform as he had not fastened safety belt.
Pay no compensation as the worker has disregarded safety tool provided to him
167) Separate out the injury which does not come under permanent total disablement from the following.
Amputation through Shoulder joint
168) Suggest the factor which controls the compensation amount for a worker in case of permanent
disablement which is not total. Percentage loss of earning capacity
169) The correct option among the following arranging the injuries in the descending order of the percentage
loss of earning capacity is .................................... Loss of four fingers in one hand - Loss of one eye - Loss
of thumb - Loss of all toes in one leg.
170) Frequent revision is necessary in which of the following wage component?
Variable Dearness Allowance (VDA)
171) According to minimum wages Act, the employer is liable for penalty and punishable with imprisonment
under which of the cases? Both of A & B
172) According to factory act, all inside walls and partitions, all ceiling tops of rooms, passage and staircase to
be repainted once in ..... years 5
173) Which of the following is not a provision of Factory Act? fixation and revision of minimum wages
174) A factory should employ a welfare officer if it is having minimum ....... number of workers 500
175) According to factory act, which of the following part should be securely fenced by safeguards. All of the
above
176) A worker will get overtime wages at the rate of twice his ordinary rate of wage, if he works more than ......
hours in any week. 48
177) ------------ includes cleanliness in work area and rest area. Housekeeping
178) ---------- is a legal document that provides logical sequence of steps to perform an activity. SOP
179) It is not necessary to report -------- accidents to management. Minor
180) If a Occupier or Manager fails to produce registers or other document on demand by Inspector and
prevents any factory worker from being examined by the Inspector he will be punishable with....... Rs.
10000
181) The government of India has set up the second national labour on ................. 15th October 1999
182) Which of the following is a cause of dispute: All of the above
183) Lock-out means: Closing of place of employment
184) Retrenchment does not include..... All of the above
185) The work committee shall be formed in any industry that have employed minimum .......... workers in
preceding 12 months. 100
186) A worker having more than one year of continuous service under an employer, if is laid off, shall get
compensation equal to .............. 50% of the total of his basic wages and dearness allowance
187) According to Minimum Wages Act, government may provide a day for rest in every period of ..... days 7
1) types of accidents are :
a) Minor b) Serious c) Fatal d) All of the Above
Ans. (d)

2) Taking shortcuts, Lack of adequate Knowladge are _________

a) Accidents because of Workers
b) Accidents because of management
c) Accidents due to layout or design of working place
d) Accidents because of Disasters
Ans. : (c)

3) Causes of Accidents are____________

a) Accidents because of workers
b) Accidents because of management
c) Both(a) and (b)
d) None
Ans. : (c)

4) Accidents because of management are__________________

a) Mental distractions
b) luck of training to workers.
c) Equipments for safety are not provided.
d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans:(d)

5) Accidents due to layout or design of working place:

a) Earthquakes
b) Wrong designs or layout of working place
c) oily or greasy floors.
d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans. : (d)

6) Floods, Earthquakes, Tsunami are____________

a) Accidents because of Workers
b) Accidents because of management
c) Accidents due to layout or design of working place
d) Accidents because of Disasters
Ans. : (d)

7) General causes of accidents could as follows:

a) Accidents due to dangerous machines
b) Unsafe physical condition
c) Moving Objects
d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

8) Which factor does not cause accidents due to dangerous machines ?

a) Boiler
 b) Unsafe clothing
c) Prime Movers
d) Transmission system
Ans. : (b)

9) Unsafe physical conditions occures because of following reason:

a) Absence of proper protecting devices
b) Harmful aerosol
c) No proper ventilation
d) Working with unsafe speed
Ans. : (c)

10) In an industry these accidents are caused because of ___________ or falling objects.
a) Accidents due to dangerous machines
b) Moving Objects
c) Personal factors
d) None of the above
Ans. : (b)

11) Accidents may cause because of partial or no knowledge of processes or may be because of physical weak
a) Accidents due to dangerous machines
b) Moving Objects
c) Personal factors
d) None of the above
Ans. : (c)

12) ______________accidents are caused because of not following safety procedures.

a) Accidents due to dangerous machines
b) Moving Objects
c) Personal factors
d) Unsafe acts
Ans. : (d)

13) Unsafe acts occures because of following reasons:

a) Absence of proper protecting devices
b) Harmful aerosol
c) No proper ventilation
d) Working with unsafe speed
Ans. : (d)

14) Accidents because of electrical factors includes following reasons:

a) Absence of proper protecting devices
b) Harmful aerosol
c) No proper ventilation
d) Working with unsafe speed
Ans. : (a)

15) Accidents include injures because of exposure to:

 a) Harmful substance
b) Toxic gases
c) Dangerous fumes
d) All of the above
Ans. : (d)

16) Industrial accidents have following types:

a) Machinery
b) Non-Machinery
c) Both (a) and (b)
d) None of the above
Ans. (c)

17) ______________accidents happen because of insufficient safeguard of machines.

a) Machinery
b) Non-machinery
c) Both (a) and (b)
d) None above the above
Ans. : (a)

18) Reasons due to which non-machinery accidents may occur:

a) Age of person
b) Harmful substance
c) Toxic gases
d) Unsafe clothing
Ans. : (a)

19) Preventive measures that can be taken related to working environment are____________
a) Safe workplace and working conditions
b) Atmospheric conditions
c) Dangerous fumes
d) Working with unsafe speed
Ans. : (a)

20) Good layout, reduction in noise level are_____

a) Safe workplace and working conditions
b) Atmospheric conditions
c) Dangerous fumes
d) Working with unsafe speed
Ans. : (a)

21) __________has to be kept and secured and separate place which is not easily accissible
a) Inflameable material
b) Machines safeguards
c) Both (a) and (b)
d) None of the above
Ans. (a)
22) Which of the following condition is not physical condition:
a) Enough illumination
b) Sufficient working space for movement
c) Good ventilation and height of working place
d) Proper flooring with cleanliness and oil free
Ans. : (b)

23) House keeping has to be good is the condition of__________

a) Safe material handling
b) Personal protection devices
c) Safe activities in the organization
d) Good house-keeping
Ans. : (d)

24) Fire esinguishers should be kept at easily accissible places is the condition of _______
a) Safe material handling
b) Personal protection devices
c) Safe activities in the organization
d) Good house-keeping
Ans. : (b)

25) Based on the past experiences, the danger zone should be declered and proper precautions need to be take
a) Safe material handling
b) Personal protection devices
c) Safe activities in the organization
d) Good house-keeping
Ans. (c)

26) Good house-keeping includes folowing conditions :

a) Use of machine that will reduce noise level
b) Separate place for machines that are producing noise.
c) Reducing vibrations of machine with some technique
d) None of the above
Ans. : (d)
 MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS:

1-Probability of the event that might occur X Severity of the event if it occurs =
(A) Accident
(B) Hazard
(C) Risk
(D) None of the above
(Ans: C)

2-Industrial safety management if that branch of management which is concerned with ______ hazards from the industries.
(A) Reducing
(B) Controlling
(C) Eliminating
(D) All of the above
(Ans: D)

3-The following is indirect cost of accident

(A) Money paid for treatment of worker
(B) Compensation paid to worker
(C) Cost of lost time of injured worker
(D) All of the above
(Ans: C)
4-The following is(are) physical hazard agent(s)
(A) Falls
(B) Electricity
(C) Inhalation
(D) All of the above
(Ans: D)
5-Checklist for Job Safety Analysis (JSA) consists of
(A) Work area, material, machine, tools
(B) Men, machine, material, tools
(C) Men, machine, work area, tools
(D) Men, work area. Material, tools
(Ans: A)

6-A safety programme consists of

(A) Three E’s
(B) Four E’s
(C) Five E’s
(D) Six E’s
(Ans: B)

7-For household wiring and small units, the following should be used for safety measure
(A) MCB
(B) ACB
(C) OCB
(D) MCCB
(Ans: A)
8-Which of the following colour is used for radiation hazard?
(A) Red
(B) Orange
(C) Green
(D) Purple
(Ans: D)

9-Decibel (db) is a unit used to measure

(A) Light
(B) Sound
(C) Frequency
(D) None of the above
(Ans: B)

10-The following is (are) are generally provided with limit switch to prevent motion beyond preset limit
(A) Hoists
(B) Conveyors
(C) Machine tables
(D) All of the above
(Ans: D)

11-The following is (are) used as safety device(s) in machines

(A) Fail safe
(B) Safety interlocks
(C) Limit switches
(D) All of the above
(Ans: D)
12-Class-A fire consists of fire due to
(A) Wood
(B) Oil
(C) Transformer
(D) Chemical
(Ans: A)

13-Water is used to extinguish

(A) Class-A fires
(B) Class-B fires
(C) Class-C fires
(D) All of the above
(Ans: A)

14-The following class of fire occur in electrical equipment

(A) Class-A fires
(B) Class-B fires
(C) Class-C fires
(D) All of the above
(Ans: C)

15-The following extinguisher is suitable for cotton or other textile fire

(A) Water
(B) Soda acid
(C) Foam
(D) Dry chemicals
(Ans: D)
16-_____ is best suited to extinguishing oil or flammable liquid fire.
(A) Soda acid
(B) Vaporizing liquid
(C) Foam
(D) Dry chemical
(Ans: C)

17 - First aid is…

a) Temporary and immediate care given to the victim
b) Permanent care given to victim
c) Both (a) & (b)
d) Neither (a) nor (B)
(Ans. A)
18 - Which of these is most likely to be a result of handling an overloaded electrical socket ?
a) Frostbite
b) Asbestosis
c) Asphyxiation
d) Electric shock
(Ans. D)

19 - Which of the following precautions is/are necessary in electrical work ?

a) The equipments should be earthed properly
b) Cable should be completely insulated
c) Cable should have any joints
d) Both (a) & (b)
(Ans. D)
20. Under the OSH Act, employers are responsible for providing a __________

a) Safe workplace

b) Land

c) Insurance

d) Estimation

Answer: a

21. OSHA was created to _________

a) Data analysis

b) To reduce hazards

c) Ecological development

d) EIA analysis

Answer:b
22. Which act establishes responsibilities and rights for employers and employees?

a) SARA

b) RCRA

c) CERCLA

d) OSHA

Answer: d

23. OSHA is part of the ___________ department of labour.

a) UK

b) US

c) India

d) Australia

Answer: b
24. In the case of fatal accident, when should be a report filed for nearest OSHA office?

a) Within 24 hours

b) Within 48 hours

c) Within 8 hours

d) Within 4 hours

Answer: c

25. OSHA assignment is to set standards and conduct _________

a) Inspections

b) Tests

c) Analysis

d) Estimation

Answer: a
26. OSHA ensures that employees have been provided with _________

a) Job

b) PPE

c) Insurance

d) Security

Answer: b

27. When was OSHA enacted?

a) 1980

b) 1930

c) 1945

d) 1970

Answer: d
28. Hazard communication in OSHA conducts _________

a) Chemical analysis

b) Toxic exposure

c) Strength analysis

d) Hazard evaluations of the products

Answer: d

29. The OSHA Form 300 is an injury/illness log.

a) Injury

b) Analysis

c) Finance

d) Assistance

Answer: a
30. When should be the form 300A posted?

a) January

b) February

c) March

d) April

Answer: b

31. What is OSHA Form 301?

a) Sickness log

b) Individual incident report

c) Chemical log

d) Finance log

Answer: b
32. Safety and Health Achievement Recognition Program (SHARP) recognizes _____________

a) Small employers who operate safety and health management system

b) Large employers who operate safety and health management system

c) All employers who operate safety and health management system

d) Workers who operate safety and health management system

Answer: a
Factories Act, 1948 - MCQs with answers - Part I

Choose the correct option for the questions below.

1. In which year did factories act come into force?

a. 23rd September, 1948

b. 1st April, 1949
c. 4th April, 1949
d. 12th September, 1948

ANSWER: b. 1st April, 1949

2. How many days in advance does the occupier of a factory premises gives
notice of occupancy to the chief inspector?

a. 15 days
b. 20 days
c. 10 days
d. 25 days

ANSWER: a. 15 days
3. What are the general duties of an Occupier?

A. Maintenance of a plant and system of work in factory are safe, without risks to
health.
B. Ensure safety and absence of risks to health in, use, handling, storage and
transport of articles and substances.
C. Specifying the area
D. Defining the local mean time ordinarily deserved therein.

a. D
b. C
c. Only A & B
d. All of the above

ANSWER: c. Only A & B

4. Which provisions regarding health are mentioned in the sections 11 to 20 in
factories act?

A. Cleanliness
B. Dust and fumes
C. Ventilation and temperature
D. Disposal of wastes

a. Only B & C
b. Only A & D
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

ANSWER: d. All of the above

5. As per the factories act, after how many years should the factory premises be
painted and refurbished?

a. 5 years
b. 2 years
c. 10 years
d. Annually

ANSWER: a. 5 years

6. As per section 2 in factories act, who will be called as an adult?

a. A person who has completed 21 years of age

b. A person who is less than 19 years of age
c. A person who has completed 24 years of age
d. A person who has completed 18 years of age

ANSWER: d. A person who has completed 18 years of age

7. Section 2(g) under the act defines _______

a. Factory
b. Manufacturing process
c. Worker
d. Occupants

ANSWER: b. Manufacturing process

8. Match the following

1. Approval, licensing and registration of factories ----a.) Section 18

2. Arrangements for drinking water ------------ b.) Section 35
3. Maintenance of buildings ------------------- c.) Section 6
4. Protection of eyes ------------------------- d.) Section 40A

a.) 1 - c, 2 - a, 3 - d, 4 - b
b.) 1 - b, 2 - a, 3 - d, 4 - c
c.) 1 - c, 2 - d, 3 - a, 4 - b
d.) 1 - a, 2 - c, 3 - d, 4 - b

ANSWER: a.) 1 - c, 2 - a, 3 - d, 4 - b

9. If there are ____ numbers of employees, then the employer has to provide a
canteen.

a. 250
b. 510
c. 320
d. 100
ANSWER: a. 250

10. Which of the following diseases is not mentioned in the section 89 of factories
act?

a. Anthrax
b. Asbestosis
c. Phosphorus
d. Pneumonia

ANSWER: d. Pneumonia

Factories Act, 1948 - MCQs with answers - Part II

Choose the correct option for the questions below.

1. In which year did factories act come into force?

a. 23rd September, 1948

b. 1st April, 1949
c. 4th April, 1949
d. 12th September, 1948

ANSWER: b. 1st April, 1949

2. How many days in advance does the occupier of a factory premises gives
notice of occupancy to the chief inspector?

a. 15 days
b. 20 days
c. 10 days
d. 25 days

ANSWER: a. 15 days
3. What are the general duties of an Occupier?

A. Maintenance of a plant and system of work in a factory are safe, without risks
to health.
B. Ensure safety and absence of risks to health in, use, handling, storage and
transport of articles and substances.
C. Specifying the area
D. Defining the local mean time ordinarily deserved therein.

a. D
b. C
c. Only A & B
d. All of the above

ANSWER: c. Only A & B

4. Which provisions regarding health are mentioned in the sections 11 to 20 in

factories act?

A. Cleanliness
B. Dust and fumes
C. Ventilation and temperature
D. Disposal of wastes

a. Only B & C
b. Only A & D
c. None of the above
d. All of the above

ANSWER: d. All of the above

5. As per the factories act, after how many years should the factory premises be
painted and refurbished?

a. 5 years
b. 2 years
c. 10 years
d. Annually

ANSWER: a. 5 years
6. As per section 2 in factories act, who will be called as an adult?

a. A person who has completed 21 years of age

b. A person who is less than 19 years of age
c. A person who has completed 24 years of age
d. A person who has completed 18 years of age

ANSWER: d. A person who has completed 18 years of age

7. Section 2(g) under the act defines _______

a. Factory
b. Manufacturing process
c. Worker
d. Occupants

ANSWER: b. Manufacturing process

8. Match the following

1. Approval, licensing and registration of factories ----a.) Section 18

2. Arrangements for drinking water ------------ b.) Section 35
3. Maintenance of buildings ------------------- c.) Section 6
4. Protection of eyes ------------------------- d.) Section 40A

a.) 1 - c, 2 - a, 3 - d, 4 - b
b.) 1 - b, 2 - a, 3 - d, 4 - c
c.) 1 - c, 2 - d, 3 - a, 4 - b
d.) 1 - a, 2 - c, 3 - d, 4 - b

ANSWER: a.) 1 - c, 2 - a, 3 - d, 4 - b

9. If there are ____ numbers of employees, then the employer has to provide a
canteen.

a. 250
b. 510
c. 320
d. 100
ANSWER: a. 250
10. Which of the following diseases is not mentioned in the section 89 of factories
act?

a. Anthrax
b. Asbestosis
c. Phosphorus
d. Pneumonia

ANSWER: d. Pneumonia

11. As per section 94, a person who repeats an offence, he shall be punishable
with an imprisonment for a term which may extend upto ______ years and fine
which shall not be less than 10,000 Rs but which may extend upto _______ or
both.

a. 3 years/ 2,00,000 Rs
b. 5 years/ 1,20,000 Rs
c. 2 years/ 2,50,000 Rs
d. 4 years/ 3,00,000 Rs

ANSWER: a. 3 years/ 2,00,000 Rs

12. If a company has _____ number of employees, then the appointment of a

safety officer is mandatory under the factories act.

a. 500
b. 100
c. 1000
d. 10000

ANSWER: c. 1000
1​3. Which of the following is an obligation of the employer as mentioned in the
factories act?
A. Provide all benefits and facilities to the workers regarding annual leave, weekly
holidays, and extra wages for overtime, washing, first aid, canteens, crèches,
rest and lunch rooms.

B. Applicable to all workers

C. To prevent haphazard growth of factories through the provisions related to the

approval of plans before the creation of a factory.

D. To ensure adequate safety measures and to promote the health and welfare of
the workers employed in factories.

a. Only C
b. Only A
c. B, C and D
d. All of the above

ANSWER: b. Only A
Reason: All except option "A" are the objectives of the act.

14. Fitness certificate granted under "sub section 2" of the act is valid for how
many months?

a. 10 months
b. 24 months
c. 6 months
d. 12 months
ANSWER: d. 12 months

15. From the below mentioned options, which of the following is not mentioned
under the welfare provision in the factories act?

a. Canteen
b. Creches
c. Drinking water
d. First aid

ANSWER: c. Drinking water

Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 - MCQs with answers - Part I

1. In which year did the act come into operation?

a. 1947
b. 1949
c. 1953
d. 1963

ANSWER: a. 1947

2. To which settlement machinery can the central government refer the disputes
under rule 81 - A?

a. Conciliation
b. Arbitration
c. Adjudicator
d. Supreme Court

ANSWER: c. Adjudicator

3. Before the industrial disputes act was implemented in the year 1947, which act
took care of the industrial disputes?

a. Trade Disputes Act, 1929

b. Royal Commission on Labour, 1934
c. Labour Management Relations Act, 1947
d. None of the above

ANSWER: a. Trade Disputes Act, 1929

4. Choose the correct option that correctly states out the defect in the Trade
Disputes Act, 1929.

a. Restraints imposed on the rights of strike

b. To render the proceedings unstatutable under the Act for the settlement of an
industrial dispute

c. Solution to industrial unrest

d. All of the above

ANSWER: b. To render the proceedings unstatutable under the Act for the settlement
of an industrial dispute

5. The bill passing rule 81A has made two new institutions for the prevention and
settlement of industrial disputes, i.e. Work Committees and _______

a. Industrial Tribunal
b. Commission on Labour
c. Arbitration
d. Adjudication

ANSWER: a. Industrial Tribunal

6. The industrial peace is secured through voluntary _______ and compulsory

________

a. Compromise and Arbitration

b. Adjudication and Arbitration
c. Work Committee and Industrial Tribunal
d. Negotiation and Adjudication

ANSWER: d. Negotiation and Adjudication

7. Choose the correct objective of the Industrial Disputes Act.

a. To prevent illegal strikes

b. To promote measures for securing and preserving good relations between the
employers and the employees

c. To provide relief to workmen in matters of lay - offs,

retrenchment, wrongful dismissals

d. All of the above

ANSWER: d. All of the above

8. State true or false

i. Industrial disputes act can be described as the milestone in the historical

development of industrial law in India.

a. True
b. False

ANSWER: a. True

9. The act was first amended in the year ______

a. 1929
b. 1946
c. 1947
d. 1949

ANSWER: d. 1949
10. Power has been given to _______________ to require Works Committee to be
constituted in every industrial establishment employing 100 workmen or more.

a. Appropriate Government
b. State Government
c. High Court
d. Board of Conciliation

ANSWER: a. Appropriate Government

Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 - MCQs with answers - Part II

1. Which permanent settlement machinery has been mentioned in the act

accountable for the speedy and amicable settlement of industrial disputes?

a. Adjudication
b. Conciliation
c. Arbitration
d. Appropriate government

ANSWER: b. Conciliation

2. State true or false.

i. The industrial disputes act bill empowers the conciliation to declare emergency
if required, by notification in the official Gazette.

a. True
b. False

ANSWER: b. False
Reason: The bill empowers the appropriate government to declare emergency if
required
3. A report of the select committee on the Industrial Disputes Bill, 1946 was
published in the Gazette of India, Part ____

a. V
b. IV
c. III
d. I

ANSWER: a. V

4. On which date did the industrial disputes act, 1947 receive assent and came in
the Statute Book?

a. 1st April, 1947

b. 23rd April, 1936
c. 28th April, 1937
d. 11th March, 1947

ANSWER: d. 11th March, 1947

5. ________ means an interim or a final determination of any industrial dispute or

of any question relating thereto by any labour court.

a. Banking Company
b. Closure
c. Award
d. Conciliation Proceeding

ANSWER: c. Award

6. State True or False

i. A controlled industry is any industry which is controlled by the union and has
been declared by any central act to be expedient in the public interest.

a. True
b. False

ANSWER: a. True
7. Clause (d) of section 2 of ______________ act defines Khadi.

a. Industrial Disputes Act, 1947

b. Payment of wages act, 1936
c. Khadi and Village Industries commission Act, 1956
d. Industrial Relations Act, 1967

ANSWER: c. Khadi and Village Industries commission Act, 1956

8. How many members does a conciliation board consist of as per the appropriate
government?

a. Chairman and 2 or 4 other members

b. Chairman and 1 more member
c. Chairman and 5 or 6 other members
d. Chairman and 10 other members

ANSWER: a. Chairman and 2 or 4 other members

9. A person shall not be appointed as the presiding officer of a labour court

unless he has been the presiding officer under any provincial or state act for not
less than ____ years.

a. 2
b. 10
c. 5
d. 15

ANSWER: c. 5

10. How many persons shall a national tribunal consist of which is to be

appointed by the central government?

a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
ANSWER: a. 1
1. Which section in the industrial disputes act discusses about the
disqualifications of the presiding officers of labour courts?

a. 7A
b. 7B
c. 7C
d. 8

ANSWER: c. 7C

2. What is the required minimum age of the person to be appointed in the office of
the presiding officer of a labour court, Tribunal or National Tribunal?

a. 65 years
b. 60 years
c. 58 years
d. 50 years

ANSWER: a. 65 years

3. As per section 8, if a vacancy arises in the office of the presiding officer of a

labour court, Tribunal or National Tribunal or in the chairman's office in the case
of National Tribunal, the __________ and in any other office the ___________ shall
appoint another person in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

a. Central Government for both

b. Appropriate Government for both
c. Central Government; Appropriate Government
d. Appropriate Government; Central Government

ANSWER: c. Central Government; Appropriate Government

4. State true or false

i. No settlement arrived at in the course of a conciliation proceeding shall be

invalid by reason only of the fact that such settlement was arrived at after the
expiry of the period referred to in sub-section (6) of section 12 or sub - section (5)
of 13.

a. True
b. False

ANSWER: a. True

5. How many days of notice has to be given to the workman by the employer in
case of any changes to be made in the service conditions specified in the fourth
schedule?

a. 30 days
b. 15 days
c. 21 days
d. 45 days

ANSWER: c. 21 days

MCQs on Workmen's Compensation Act 1923 (1)

1. Under Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923

(A) Individual managers subordinate to an employer cannot act as managing agents.
(B) Managing agent includes an individual manager subordinate to an employer.
(C) Only employers can act as managing agents.
(D) The appropriate government shall appoint a managing agent.

Answer - (D)
2. The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, the Maternity Benefit Act, 1965 and the
Employees State Insurance Act, 1948
(A) Together can be applicable.
(B) The Maternity Benefit Act and the Employees State Insurance Act can be applicable at a
time.
(C) The Workmen’s Compensation Act and the Employees State Insurance Act can be
applicable at a time.
(D) If the Workmen’s Compensation Act and the Maternity Benefit Act are applicable, the
Employees State Insurance Act is not applicable.

Answer - (D)

3. Assertion (A): Provisions of Employees’ compensation Act and Maternity Benefit

Act do not apply to all industries.
Reason (R): Employees’ Compensation Act is a comprehensive social security
legislation.
(A) (A) is wrong, but (R) is right.
(B) (A) is right, but (R) does not related to the (A).
(C) (A) and (R) are right, and (R) validates the (A).
(D) (A) and (R) are wrong.

Answer - (C)

4. While working at the construction of a multi-storeyed building of a company, a

worker employed by a ‘contractor’, supplied by a ‘sirdar’, faced an accident and
became temporarily disabled. For paying compensation to the worker, who shall be
held responsible as per law?
(A) The contractor who employed the worker
(B) The sirdar who supplied the worker
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) None of the above

Answer - (A)
5. No contribution is required for getting benefit under which of the following
legislations?
(A) Maternity Benefit Act
(B) Employees’ Compensation Act
(C) Both under (A) & (B)
(D) None of the above

Answer - (C)

6. If the money is due from the employer under the settlement or award, the workman
or his assignee can make an application to the appropriate government for the
recovery within the period given below.
(A) One year.
(B) One year and also after the said period of the appropriate government is satisfied that
the applicant has sufficient cause for not making the application within one year.
(C) Two years.
(D) Three years.

Answer - (B)

7. The name of which of the following legislations has been recently changed?
(A) Workmens’ Compensation Act
(B) Employees’ State Insurance Act
(C) Maternity Benefit Act
(D) Payment of Gratuity Act

Answer - (A)
8. Which of the following statements relating to the Employees’ Compensation Act is
not correct?
(A) This Act has a link with the Workmen’s Compensation Act
(B) This act is the outcome of the amendment that was made to the Workmen’s
Compensation Act
(C) This act does not have any provision relating to temporary disablement of workmen
(D) This act has a provision relating to permanent partial disablement

Answer - (C)

9. Assertion (A): Industrial accidents occur inter-alia due to fatigue.

Reason (R): Fatigue is the result of personal health condition of the worker as well as
by overwork, monotony and boredom as part of work experience.
Codes:
(A) (A) is right but (R) is wrong.
(B) (A) is right and the (R) rightly explains the (A).
(C) Both (A) and (R) are wrong.
(D) (A) is wrong but (R) is right.

Answer - (B)

10. If there is willful removal or disregard by the workman of any safety guard or
other device which he knew to have been provided for the purpose of securing safety
of workman,
(A) Employer is liable to pay compensation
(B) Employer is not liable to pay compensation
(C) Appropriate government is liable to pay compensation
(D) The Trade Union is liable to pay compensation

Answer - (B)
11. In case of fatal accident if the commissioner serves notice to the employer based
on his source
(a) The employer can neglect the notice.
(b) If the employer thinks liable, he shall make the deposit within sixty days of the
service of notice.
(c) If the employer thinks liable, he shall make the deposit within thirty days of the
service of notice.
(d) If the employer is not liable, he shall in his statement indicate the grounds on
which he disclaims liability.

(A) All statements are correct.

(B) All statements are incorrect.
(C) Only (a) and (d) are correct.
(D) Only (c) and (d) are correct.

Answer - (D)

12. Under Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, which of the following are considered
as dependent of deceased workman for the purpose of paying compensation?
(i) a minor brother or an unmarried sister or a widowed sister
(ii) a widowed daughter-in-law
(iii) a minor child of a predeceased son
(iv) a minor child of a predeceased daughter where no parent of the child is alive
(v) a paternal grandparent if no parent of the workman is alive;

(A) i, ii & v
(B) i, ii. iii & iv
(C) i, ii, iii & v
(D) i, ii, iii, iv & v

Answer - (D)
13.Under this Act, employer shall not be liable to pay compensation in respect of any
injury which does not result in the total or partial disablement of the workman for a
period exceeding ------- days;
(A) 7
(B) 3
(C) 5
(D) 2
Answer - (B)

14. Under this Act, employer shall not be liable to pay compensation in respect of any
injury not resulting in death or permanent total disablement caused by an accident
(A) Under the influence of drink or drugs
(B) Due to the wilful disobedience of the workman to an order expressly given or to a rule
expressly framed for the purpose of securing the safety of workmen
(C) Due to the wilful removal or disregard by the workman of any safety guard or other
device he knew to have been provided for the purpose of securing the safety of workman
(D) All the above

Answer - (D)

15. The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, the Maternity Benefit Act, 1965 and the
Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 _______________.

(a) If the Workmen’s Compensation Act and the Maternity Benefit Act are applicable, the
Employees’ State Insurance Act is not applicable.

(b) The Maternity Benefit Act and the Employees’ State Insurance Act can be applicable at
a time.

(c) The Workmen’s Compensation Act and the Employees’ State Insurance Act can be
applicable at a time.

(d) Together can be applicable.

Answer - (A)
16. Under Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, which of the following are considered
as dependent of deceased workman for the purpose of paying compensation?

(i) a minor brother or an unmarried sister or a widowed sister

(ii) a widowed daughter-in-law

(iii) a minor child of a predeceased son

(iv) a minor child of a predeceased daughter where no parent of the child is alive

(v) a paternal grandparent if no parent of the workman is alive;

(a) (i), (ii) and (v)

(b) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)

(c) (i), (ii), (iii) and (v)

(d) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v)

Answer - (D)

17. Under Workmen’s Compensation Act, employer shall not be liable to pay
compensation in respect of any injury which does not result in the total or partial
disablement of the workman for a period exceeding _______________ days.

(a) 2

(b) 3

(c) 5

(d) 7

Answer - (D)
18. Under Workmen’s Compensation Act, employer shall not be liable to pay
compensation in case of any injury not resulting in death or permanent total
disablement caused by an accident

(a) Under the influence of drink or drugs

(b) Due to the willful disobedience of the workman to an order expressly given or to a rule
expressly framed for the purpose of securing the safety of workmen

(c) Due to the willful removal of any safety guard or other device by workmen provided for
the purpose for securing the safety of workman

(d) All of the above

Answer - (B)

19. Basic compensations given to employees as salaries or wages are called

_______________.
(a) base pay
(b) wages
(c) variable pay
(d) salaries

Answer - (D)

20. Payments made to employees without taking hours for which they worked into
consideration are called _______________.
(a) base pay
(b) wages
(c) variable pay
(d) salaries

Answer - (A)
 21. Most common and usual form of direct compensation paid in organizations is
_______________.
(a) Base pay and benefits
(b) Base and variable pay
(c) Variable pay and benefit
(d) All of the above

Answer - (D)

22. For Compensation under Workmen’s Compensation Act, any workman can file
suit and has to establish _______________.
(a) That this injury was the result of an accident with his employment
(b) That the employer was somehow responsible for accident
(c) Establish amount of compensation due to his injury
(d) All of the above

Answer - (D)

23. Compensation means compensation provided for by Workmen’s Compensation

Act in _______________.
(a) Section 2(1-a)
(b) Section 2(1-b)
(c) Section 2(1-c)
(d) Section 2(1-d)

Answer - (C)
24.Who shall be held responsible for paying compensation as per law when working
at the construction of a multi-storeyed building of a company, a worker employed by
a ‘contractor’, supplied by a ‘sirdar’, faced an accident and became temporarily
disabled.
(a) The contractor who employed the worker
(b) The sirdar who supplied the worker
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above

Answer - (A)

25. No contribution is required for getting benefit under which of the following
legislations?
(a) Maternity Benefit Act
(b) Employees’ Compensation Act
(c) Both under (a) and (b)
(d) None of the above

Answer - (C)

26. The workman or his assignee can make an application to the appropriate
government for the recovery within the period given below, if the money is due from
the employer under the settlement or award,
(a) One year
(b) One year and also after the said period of the appropriate government is satisfied that
the applicant has sufficient cause for not making the application within one year
(c) Two years
(d) Three years

Answer - (B)
27. Name of _______________ legislation has been recently changed.
(a) Workmen’s Compensation Act
(b) Employees’ State Insurance Act
(c) Maternity Benefit Act
(d) Payment of Gratuity Act

Answer - (A)

28. Statements relating to the Employees’ Compensation Act are not correct:
(a) This Act has a link with the Workmen’s Compensation Act.
(b) This Act is the outcome of the amendment that was made to the Workmen’s
Compensation Act.
(c) This Act does not have any provision relating to temporary disablement of workmen.
(d) This Act has a provision relating to permanent partial disablement.

Answer - (C)

29. If there is willful removal or disregard by the workman of any safety guard or
other device which he knew to have been provided for the purpose of securing safety
of workman,
​(a) Employer is liable to pay compensation
(b) Employer is not liable to pay compensation
(c) Appropriate government is liable to pay compensation
(d) The Trade Union is liable to pay compensation

Answer - (B)
30. In case of a fatal accident if the Commissioner serves notice to the employer
based on his source, _______________.
(i) The employer can neglect the notice.
(ii) If the employer thinks liable, he shall make the deposit within sixty days of the
service of notice.
(iii) If the employer thinks liable, he shall make the deposit within thirty days of the
service of notice.
(iv) If the employer is not liable, he shall in his statement indicate the grounds on
which he disclaims liability.
(a) All statements are correct.
(b) All statements are incorrect.
(c) Only (i) and (iv) are correct.
(d) Only (iii) and (iv) are correct.

Answer - (D)

31. Under Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, which of the following are
considered as dependent of deceased workman for the purpose of paying
compensation?
(i) a minor brother or an unmarried sister or a widowed sister
(ii) a widowed daughter-in-law
(iii) a minor child of a predeceased son
(iv) a minor child of a predeceased daughter where no parent of the child is alive
(v) a paternal grandparent if no parent of the workman is alive;
(a) (i), (ii) and (v)
(b) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (i), (ii), (iii) and (v)
(d) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v)

Answer - (D)
Payment of Wages Act, 1936 - MCQs with answers

1. In which year was the first suggestion for the legislation in the act made?
a. 1934
b. 1925
c. 1936
d. 1937

ANSWER: b. 1925

2. The first suggestion for legislation in the act was made by a private member's
bill called __________.

a. Legislative Bill
b. Wages Bill
c. Weekly Payment Bill
d. None of the above

ANSWER: c. Weekly Payment Bill

3. Choose the correct date and year on which payment of wages act was passed?

a. 23rd April, 1936

b. 28th March, 1937
c. 25th April, 1937
d. 27th April, 1936

ANSWER: a. 23rd April, 1936

4. In which year did the payment of wages act come into force?

a. 23rd April, 1925

b. 28th March, 1940
c. 23rd April, 1936
d. 28th March, 1937

ANSWER: d. 28th March, 1937

5. The power is vested in the ____________ to make the act applicable to payment
of wages to any class of persons employed in any establishment or class of
establishments specified in section 2(h) by giving 3 month's notice to that effect.

a. Central Government
b. Acting Government
c. State Government
d. Judicial Court

ANSWER: c. State Government

6. State true or false.

i. In a factory if a person has been named as manager of the factory under the
clause (f) of sub section 1 of section 7 of the factories act, he is responsible to
make the payments of the employees.

a. True
b. False

ANSWER: a. True
7. What is the maximum wage period for the payment of wages?

a. 1 month
b. 40 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days

ANSWER: a. 1 month

8. In any factory or industrial establishment where less than 1000 employees are
employed the wages shall be paid before the expiry of the ____ day.

a. 10th day
b. 2nd day
c. 7th day
d. None of the above

ANSWER: c. 7th day

9. Which of these deductions under section 7 of payment of wages act is not

authorised?

a. Deduction for Fines

b. Deduction for payment of Income tax
c. Deduction for Payment of insurance
d. Deduction for payment of uniform and property

ANSWER: d. Deduction for payment of uniform and property

10. What is the maximum limit of fine to be imposed on an employee?

a. Should not exceed an amount equal to 5% of the wages payable

b. Should not exceed an amount equal to 1% of the wages payable
c. Should not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the wages payable
d. Should not exceed an amount equal to 10% of the wages payable

ANSWER: c. Should not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the wages payable

11. Which section of the act covers deduction for damage or loss?

a. Section 10
b. Section 9
c. Section 12
d. Section 7

ANSWER: a. Section 10

12. Match the following deductions with their respective sections

1. Deduction for recovery of loans --------- A. Section 12 A

2. Deduction from wages ----------------- B. Section 9
3. Deduction for services rendered --------- C. Section 7
4. Deductions from absence of duty --------- D. Section 11

a. 1-a, 2-c, 3-d, 4-b

b. 1-c, 2-a, 3-b, 4-d
c. 1-b, 2-d, 3-c, 4-a
d. 1-d, 2-a, 3-b, 4-c

ANSWER: a. 1-a, 2-c, 3-d, 4-b

13. A single application may be presented under section ___ on behalf or in

respect of any number of employed persons.

a. Sub section 3 of section 15

b. Section 15
c. Section 14
d. Section 10

ANSWER: b. Section 15
14. What is the penalty for those who contravene the provision of section 4
subsection (4) of section 5 or 10 or 25?

a. 500 Rupees
b. 5000 Rupees
c. Upto 500 Rupees
d. None of the above

ANSWER: c. Upto 500 Rupees

15. Which section takes care of payment of undisbursed wages in case of death
of an employed person?

a. Section 25A
b. Section 25
c. Section 26
d. Section 22A

ANSWER: a. Section 25A

16. Which of the following is not included under the definition of wages given under
the Payment of Wages Act, 1936?
(a) Basic Wage
(b) Dearness Allowance
(c) Incentive
(d) Gratuity

Answer - (d)
17. Under the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 the maximum limit on deductions should
not ordinarily cross
(a) 50 percent generally and 65 percent in case of payments due to the cooperatives
(b) 60 percent generally and 75 percent in case of payments due to the cooperatives
(c) 50 percent generally and 75 percent in case of payments due to the cooperatives
(d) 40 percent generally and 75 percent in case of payments due to the cooperatives

Answer - (c)

18. If deduction is made contrary to the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act,
1936 the aggrieved employee can write to the inspector appointed under the Act
within the time period given below from the date on which the deduction from wages
was made or the date on which the payment of wages is due
(a) two years
(b) one year
(c) twelve weeks
(d) six weeks

Answer - (c)

19. Under which labour legislation in India the provision of check-off has been
accepted?
(a) Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
(b) Trade Unions Act, 1926
(c) Payment of Wages Act, 1936
(d) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act

Answer - (c)
20. The present wage ceiling per month for the purpose of the Payment of Wages Act,
1936 is
(a) Rs. 10. 000/-
(b) Rs. 15, 000/-
(c) Rs. 18, 000/-
(d) Rs. 20,000/-

Answer - (c)

21. As per Payment of Wages Act, 1936, in railway factory or industrial or other
establishment upon or in which less than one thousand persons are employed,
wages shall be paid before the expiry of the
(a) Seventh day of the month.
(b) Tenth Day of the months
(c) Third Day of the months
(d) None of the above

Answer - (c)

22. According to this Act, the maximum wage period or payment of wages to
employees by employer should not exceed
(a) 45 days
(b) 15 days
(c) 30 days
(d) 60 days

Answer - (c)
23.If the employee is terminated or removed for the employment by the employer, the
wage of that employee should be paid within -------- days from the day on which he
was removed or terminated.
(a) 7 days
(b) 15 days
(c) 30 days
(d) 2 days

Answer - (d)

24.The total amount of deductions from wages of employees should not exceed
-------- percentage.
(a) 50 %
(b) 70 %
(c) 25 %
(d) 40 %

Answer - (a)

25.Total amount of fine imposed by the employer on employees should not exceed
-------- percentage of his wage
(a) 1 %
(b) 3 %
(c) 7 %
(d) 5 %

Answer - (b)
26. Fine should be recovered within ------- days from the date on which fine were
imposed.
(a) 30 days
(b) 45 days
(c) 60 days
(d) 75 days

Answer - (c)

27. If 10 or more persons together are absent for the duty without any notice and
without reasonable cause, employers can make -------- days wages as deduction from
their wage.
(a) 30 day
(b) 10 day
(c) 7 day
(d) 8 day

Answer - (d)

28.If wage period exceeds one month, the employer may be punished with a fine
which shall not be less than -------- 1000/- rupees but which may extend to ---------
7500/- rupees.
(a) Rs.1000/- and Rs.7500/-
(b) Rs.1000/- and Rs.10,000/-
(c) Rs. 500/- and Rs. 5000/-
(d) Rs.750/- and Rs.6000/-

Answer - (a)
29. Whoever obstructs an Inspector in the discharge of his duties under this Act, he
may be punished with fine which may extend --------- rupees
(a) Rs.5000/-
(b) Rs.3000/-
(c) Rs.7500/-
(d) Rs.3500/-

Answer - (b)

30. Fine should not be imposed on any employee who is under the age of ------- years.
(a) 21 years
(b) 18 years
(c) 15 years
(d) 14 years

Answer - (c)